Visuddhimagga

Input by the Sri Lanka Tripitaka Project

[CPD Classification 2.8.1]
[SL Vol Vism- ] [\z Vism /] [\w I /]
[SL Page 001] [\x 1/]
[PTS Vol Vism1] [\z Vism /] [\f I /]
[PTS Page 001] [\q 1/]
Visuddhimaggo.



THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.

Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)

description:multibyte sequence:
long a ā
long A Ā
long i ī
long I Ī
long u ū
long U Ū
vocalic r
vocalic R
long vocalic r
vocalic l
vocalic L
long vocalic l
velar n
velar N
palatal n ñ
palatal N Ñ
retroflex t
retroflex T
retroflex d
retroflex D
retroflex n
retroflex N
palatal s ś
palatal S Ś
retroflex s
retroflex S
anusvara
visarga
long e ē
long o ō
l underbar
r underbar
n underbar
k underbar
t underbar

Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.

For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm






Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.

Nidānādikathā.

"Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño cittaṃ paññca bhāvayaṃ
Ātāpī nipako bhikkhu so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭanti"[a]
Itihidaṃ vuttaṃ. Kasmā panetaṃ vuttaṃti1 bhagavantaṃ kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharantaṃ
rattibhāge aññataro devaputto upasaṅkamitvā attano saṃsaya samugghatatthaṃ

"Anto jaṭā bahi jaṭā jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā
Taṃ taṃ gotama pucchāmi ko imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ"ti[b]

Imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi. Kassāyaṃ saṅkhepattho: - jaṭāti taṇhāya jāli niyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ,
sāhi rūpādisu ārammaṇesu heṭṭhūpapariya vasena punappunaṃ uppajjanato
saṃsibbanaṭṭhena veṅgumbādīnaṃ sākhājālasaṅkhātā jaṭā viyāti jaṭā. Sā panesā
sakaparikkhāraparaparikkhāresu sakaattabhāvaparaattabhāvesu
ajhattikāyatanabāhirāyakanesu ca uppajjanato anto jaṭā bahi jaṭāti vuccati. Tāya evaṃ
uppajjamānāya jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā: yathānāma veḷujaṭādīhi veḷuādayo, evaṃ tāya
taṇhājaṭāya sabbāpi ayaṃ sattakāyasaṅkhātā2 pajā jaṭitā vinaddhā saṃsibbitāti attho. [PTS
Page 002] [\q 2/] yasmā ca evaṃ jaṭitā-taṃ taṃ gotama pucchāmīti3 tasmā taṃ
pucchāmi gotamāti bhagavantaṃ gottena ālapati ko imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃti, imaṃ evaṃ
tedhātukaṃ jaṭetvā ṭhitaṃ jaṭaṃ ko vijaṭeyya vijaṭetuṃ ko samatthoti pacchati4 evaṃ
puṭeṭhā panassa sabbadhammesu appaṭihatañāṇacāro devadevo sakkānaṃ atisakko
brahmānaṃ ati brahmā catuvesārajjavisārado dasabaladharo anāvaraṇañāṇo samantacakkhu
bhagavā tamatthaṃ vissajjento: -

1. Sī. [II.] Vuttaṃ.
2. Sī. [I, II.] Sattasaṅkhātā-ma.
3. Sī. [II.] Pucchāmi.
4. Ma. [II.] Pucchīti.
[A, b.] Saṃyuttanikāya devatā saṃ.

[SL Page 002] [\x 2/]
"Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño cittaṃ pañññca bhāvayaṃ,
Ātāpī nipako bhikkhu so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ"ti.

Imaṃ gāthamāha.

Imissādāni gāthāya kathitāya mahesinā
Vaṇṇayanto yathābhūtaṃ attaṃ sīlādi bhedanaṃ.

Sudullabhaṃ labhitvāna pabbajjaṃ jaṃnasāsane,
Sīlādisaṅgahaṃ khemaṃ ujuṃ maggaṃ visuddhiyā.

Yathābhūtaṃ ajānantā suddhikāmāpi ye idha,
Visuddhiṃ nādhigacchanti vāyamantāpi yogino.

Tesaṃ pāmojjakaraṇaṃ suvisuddhavinicchayaṃ,
Mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ desanānayanissitaṃ

Visuddhimaggaṃ bhāsissaṃ taṃ ve sakkacca bhāsato,
Visuddhikāmā sabbepi nisāmayatha sādhavoti.

Tattha visuddhīti sabbamalavirahitaṃ accantaparisuddhaṃ nibbāṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tassā
visuddhiyā maggoti visuddhimaggo. Maggoti adhigamūpāyo vuccati. Taṃ visuddhimaggaṃ
bhāsissāmīti attho.

So panāyaṃ visuddhimaggo katthaci vipassanāmattavaseseva desito. Yathāha: -

"Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccāti yadā paññāya passati,
Atha nibbindatī dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā"ti. [A]

[PTS Page 003] [\q 3/]
Katthaci jhānapaññāvasena. Yathāha: -

"Yamhi jhānañca paññāca save nibbāṇasantike"ti. [B]

Katthaci kammādivasena. Yathāha: -

"Kammaṃ vijjā ca dhammo ca sīlaṃ jīvitamuttamaṃ,
Etena maccā sujjhanti na gottena dhanena vā"ti. [C]

Katthaci sīlādivasena. Yathāha: -

"Sabbadā sīlasampanno paññavā susamāhito,
Āraddhaviriyo pahitatto oghaṃ tarati duttaraṃ"ti. [D]

Katthaci satipaṭṭhānavasena. Yathāha: -

[A.] Saṃyutta ni. De. Saṃ. Dhammapada. Haggavagga.
[B.] Dhammapada. Bhikkhuvagga.
[C.] Majjhima ni. Anāthapiṇḍikovāda. Su. Saṃ. Ni. De. Saṃ.
[D.] Saṃyutta ni. De. Saṃ.

[SL Page 003] [\x 3/]

"Ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā -penibbāṇassa sacchikiriyāya yadidaṃ
cattāro satipaṭṭhānā"ti. [A]
Sammappadhānādisupi eseva nayo. Imasmiṃ pana pañhavyākaraṇe sīlādivasena desito.

Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepavaṇṇanā: - sīle patiṭṭhāyāti sīle ṭhatvā. Sīlaṃ paripūrayamāno yeva
cettha sīle patiṭṭitoti1 vuccati, tasmā sīlaparipūraṇena sīle patiṭṭhahitvāti ayamettha attho.
Naroti satto. Sapaññoti kammajāya tihetukapaṭisandhi paññāya2 paññavā. Cittaṃ paññca
bhāvayaṃti samādhidveva vipassanañca bhāvayamāno. Cittasīsenahettha samādhi
niddiṭṭho, paññānāmena ca vipassanāti, ātāpīti viriyavā. Viriyaṃhi kile sānaṃ ātāpana
paritāpanaṭṭhena3 ātāpoti vuccati, tadassa atthīti ātāpī, nipakoti nepakkaṃ vuccati paññā,
tāya samannā gatoti attho. Iminā pana padena pārihāriyapaññaṃ dasseti. Imasmiñhi
pañhabyākaraṇe tikkhattuṃ paññā āgatā. Tattha paṭhamā jātipaññā, dutiyā vipassanāpaññā,
tatiyā sabbakiccapariṇāyikā parihāriyā paññā, saṃsāre bhayaṃ ikkhatīti bhikkhu so imaṃ
vijaṭaye jaṭaṃti so imināca sīlena imināca cittasīsena niddiṭṭha samādhinā imāya ca
tividhāya paññāya imāni ca ātāpenāti chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu -[PTS Page
004] [\q 4/] seyyathāpi nāma puriso paṭhaviyā patiṭṭhāya sunisitaṃ satthaṃ ukkhipitvā
mahantaṃ veḷugumbaṃ vijaṭeyya, evameva sīle patiṭṭhāya samādhisilāya sunisitaṃ
vipassanā paññāsatthaṃ viriyabalapaggahitena pārihāeyapaññāhatthena ukkhipitvā
sabbampi taṃ attano santāne patitaṃ taṇhājaṭaṃ vijaṭayayya sañchindeyya sampadāḷeyya,
aggakkhaṇe panesa taṃ jaṭaṃ vijaṭeti nāma. Phalakkhaṇe vijaṭitajaṭo sadevakanna lokassa
aggadakkhiṇeyyo hoti. Tenāha bhagavā: -

"Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño cittaṃ paññca bhāvayaṃ,
Ātāpī nipako bhikkhu so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ"ti.

Tatrāyaṃ yāya paññāya samaññoti vutto, tatrassa karaṇīyaṃ natthi.
Purimakammānubhāveneva hi ssa sā siddhā. Ātāpī nipakoti ettha vuttaviriyavasena
panatena sātaccakārinā paññā vasena ca sampajākārinā hutvā sīle patiṭṭhāya
cittapaññāvasena vuttā samathavipassanā bhāvetabbāti. Imamatra bhagavā
sīlasamādhīpaññāmukhena visuddhimagga dasseti. Ettāvatā hi tisso

[A.] Dīgha. Ni. Satipaṭṭhāna. Su.
1. Sī. [II,] ma. [II.] hitoti.
2. Sī. [II,] ma. [II.] Kammajatihetukapaṭisandhipaññāya.
3. Sī. [II.] Ātāpanaṭṭhena.

[SL Page 004] [\x 4/]
Sikkhā, tividhakalyāṇaṃ sāsanaṃ, tevijjatādīnaṃ upanissayo,
antadvayavajjanamajjhimapaṭipatti sevanāni, apāyādisamatikkamanūpāyo, tīhākāehi
kilesappahāṇaṃ, vītikkamādīnaṃ paṭipakkho, saṅkilesattayavasodhanaṃ, sotāpannādi
bhāvassa ca kāraṇaṃ pakāsitaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? Etthahi sīlena adhisīlasinṇā pakāsitā hoti,
samādhinā adhicittasikkhā, paññāya adhipaññāsikkhā. Sīlena ca sāsanassa ādikalyāṇatā
pakāsitā hoti-ko cādi kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ silañca suvisuddhanti[a] hi vacanato,
sabbapāpassa akaraṇanti[b] ādivacanato ca sīlaṃ sāsanassa ādi. Tañca
kalyāṇaṃ-avippaṭisārādiguṇāvahattā, samādhinā majjhe kalyāṇatā pakāsitā hoti - [PTS Page
005] [\q 5/] kusalassa upasampadāti[c] ādivacanatohi samādhi sāsanassa majjho. So ca
kalyāṇo-iddhividhādi guṇāvahattā, paññāya pariyosānakalyāṇatā pakāsitā hoti -
sacittapariyodapana eta buddhānasāsanaṃti[d] hi vacanato, paññuttarato ca paññāsāsanassa
pariyosānaṃ. Sāca kalyāṇā-iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu tādibhāvāva hanato.

"Selo yathā ekaghano vātena na samīrati,
Evaṃ nindā passāsu na samiñjanti paṇḍitā"ti[e-]hi vuttaṃ

Tathā sīlena tevijjatāya upanissayo pakāsito hoti-sīlasampattiṃ hi nissāya tisso vijjā
pāpuṇāti, na tatopara, samādhinā chaḷabhiññatāya upanissayo pakāsito
hoti-samādhisampadaṃ hi nissāya cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, na tatoparaṃ, paññāya
paṭisambhidā pabhedassa upanissayo pakāsito hoti-paññāsampattiṃ hi nissāya catasso
paṭisambhidāpāpuṇāti, na aññena kāraṇena, sīlenaca kāmasukhānuyogasaṅkhātassa1
antassa vajjanaṃ pakāsitaṃ hoti, samādhinā attakilamathānuyogasaṅkhātassa, paññāya
majjhimāya paṭipattiyā sevanaṃ pakāsitaṃ hoti, tathā sīlena apāyasamatikkamanupāyo
pakāsito hoti, samādhinā kāmadhātusamatikkamanupāyo, paññāya
sabbabhavasamatikkamanupāyo, sīlena ca tadaṅgappahāṇavasena kilenappahāṇaṃ
pakāsitaṃ hoti, samādhinā vikkhambhanappahāṇavasena, paññāya
samucchedappahāṇavasena, tatā sīlena kilesānaṃ vītakkamapaṭipakkho pakāsito hoti,
samādhinā paeyuṭṭhānapaṭipakkho, paññāya anusayapaṭipekkho, [PTS Page 006] [\q 6/]
sīlenaca duccaritasaṅkilenavisodhana pakāsitaṃ hoti, samādhinā
taṇhāsaṅkilesavisodhanaṃ, paññāya

[A.] Saṃyutta. Ni. Mahāvagga.
[B. C. D.] Dīgha. Ni-mahāpadānasutta. Dhammapada. Buddhavagga.
[E.] Saṃ. Ni. Sagāthavagga. Dhammapada. Paṇḍitavagga.
[I.] Ma. Kāmasukhallikānuyogasaṅkhātassa.
[SL Page 005] [\x 5/]
Diṭṭhisaṅkilesavisodhanaṃ, tathā sīlena sotāpanna sakadāgāmibhāvassa kāraṇaṃ pakāsitaṃ
hoti, samādhinā anāgāmibhāvassa, paññāya arahattassa-sotāpanno hi sīlesu paripūrakārīti
vutto, tathā sakadāgāmī, anāgāmī pana samādhismija paripūrakārīti, aehā pana paññāya
paripūrakārīti. Evaṃ ettāvatā tisso sikkhā, tividha kalyāṇaṃ sāsanaṃ, tevijjatādīnaṃ
upanissayo, antadvayavajjanamajjhimapaṭipattisevanāni, apāyādisamatikkamanupāyo,
tīhākāehi kilesappahāṇaṃ, vītikkamādīnaṃ paṭipakkho, saṅkilesattayavisodhanaṃ,
sotāpannādibhāvassa ca kāraṇanti ime nava, aññe ca evarūpā guṇattikā pakāsitā hontī"ti.

Iti nidānādikathā.

Atha sīlaniddeso.

Evaṃ aneka guṇa saṅhakena sīlasamādhipaññāmukhena desitopi panesa visuddhimaggo
atisaṅkhepadesito yeva hoti. Tasmā nālaṃ sabbesaṃ upakārāyāti vitthāramassa dassetuṃ
sīlaṃ tāva ārabbha idaṃ pañhakammaṃ hoti.

Kiṃ sīlaṃ? Kenaṭṭhena sīlaṃ? Kānassa lakkhaṇa rasa paccupaṭṭhāna padaṭṭhānāni?
Kimānisaṃsaṃ sīlaja? Katividhañcetaṃ sīlaṃ? Ko cassa saṃkileso? Kiṃ vodānanti? Tatiradaṃ
vissajjanaṃ: -

Kiṃ sīlanti: pāṇātipātādīhi vā viramantassa vattapaṭivattaṃ vā pūrentassa cetanādayo
dhammā. Vuttaṃ heta paṭisambhidāyaṃ. "Kiṃ sīlanti: cetanāsīlaṃ cetasikaṃ sīlaṃ saṃvaro
[PTS Page 007] [\q 7/] sīlaṃ avītikkamo1 sīla"nti. [A] tatra cetanā sīlaṃ nāma:
pāṇātipātādīhi vā viramantassa vattapaṭivattaṃ vā pūrentassa cetanā, cetasikaṃ sīlaṃ nāma:
pāṇātipātādīhi viramantassa virati: - apica cetanā sīlaṃ nāma: pāṇātipātādīni pajahantassa
sattakammapathacetanā, cetasikaṃ sīlaṃ nāma "abhijjhaṃ pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā
viharatī"ti[b] ādinā nayena vuttā anabhijjhā avyāpāda sammā diṭṭhidhammā. Aṃvaro sīlanti
ettha pañcavidhena saṃvaro veditabbo. Pātimokkhasaṃvaro satisaṃvaro ñāṇasaṃvaro
khantisaṃvaro

1. Ma. [II.] Ānatikkamo.
[A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga. Ñāṇakathā.
[B.] Dīgha. Ni. Sāmaññaphala. Su.

[SL Page 006] [\x 6/]

Viriyasaṃvaroti, tattha "iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto"ti[a] ayaṃ
pātimokkhasaṃvaro, "rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī"ti[b] ayaṃ
satisaṃvaro,

"Yānisotāni lokasmi (ajitātibhagavā) satitesaṃnivāraṇaṃ, sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi paññāyete
pathīyare"ti. [C]

Ayaṃ ñāṇasaṃvaro-paccayapaṭisevanampi ettheva samodhānaṃ gacchati, yo panāyaṃ
"khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassā"ti[d] ādinā nayena āgato ayaṃ khanti saṃvaro nāma, yo cāyaṃ
"uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī"ti[e] ādinā nayena āgato ayaṃ viriya saṃvaro nāma-
ājīvapārisuddhipi ettheva samodhānaṃ gacchati. Iti ayaṃ pañcavidhopi saṃvaro, yā ca
pāpabhīrukānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ sampattavatthuto virati, sabbampetaṃ saṃvarasīlanti
veditabbaṃ. Avītikkamosīlanti samādinnasīlassa kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo. Idaṃ tiva kiṃ
sīlanti pañhassa vissajjanaṃ.

[PTS Page 008] [\q 8/]
Avasesesu kenaṭṭhena sīlanti-sīlanaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Kimidaṃ sīlanaṃ naṃma? Samādhānaṃ vā
kāyakammādīnaṃ-susīlyavasena avippakiṇṇatāti attho. Upadhāraṇaṃ vā kusalānaṃ
dhammānaṃ-patiṭṭhāvasena ādhārabhāvoti attho. Etadevahi ettha atthadvayaṃ
saddalakkhaṇavidū anujānanti. Aññe pana sirattho sītalatethāti evamādi nāpi nayenevettha
atthaṃ vaṇṇayanti.

Idāni-"kānassa lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānānī"ti ettha

Sīlanaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ tassa bhinnassāpi anekadhā,
Sanidassanattaṃ rūpassa yathā bhinnassa nekadhā.

Yathāhi nīlapītidibhedena anekadhā bhinnassāpi rūpāyatanassa sanidassanattaṃ
lakkhaṇaṃ-nīlādibhedena bhinnassāpi sanidassana bhāvānatikkamanato, tathā sīlassa
cetakādibhedena anekadhā bhinnassāpi. Yadetaṃ kāya kammādīnaṃ samādhānavasena
kusalānañcha dhammānaṃ patiṭṭhānavasena vuttaṃ sīlanaṃ tadeva lakkhaṇaṃ-cetanādi
bhedena bhinnassāpi samādhānapatiṭṭhāna bhāvānatikkamanato. Evaṃ lakkhaṇassa panassa

Dussīlya viddhaṃsanatā anavajjaguṇo tathā,
Kiccasampatti atthena raso nāma vapuccati.

Tasmā idaṃ sīlaṃ nāma kiccatethana rasena dussīlyaviddhaṃsanarasaṃ, sampattiatthena
rasena anavajjarasanti veditabbaṃ. Lakkhaṇādisu hi kiccameva sampatti vā rasoti vuccati.

[A.] Abhidhamma. Jhānavibhaṅga.
[B.] Dīgha ni. Sāmaññaphala. Majjhima ni. Sabbāsava. Su.
[C.] Suttanipāta.
[D. E.] Majjhima ni. Sabbāsava. Su.

[SL Page 007] [\x 7/]

Soceyya paccupaṭṭhānaṃ tayidaṃ tassa viññuhi,
Ottappañca hiriñceva padaṭṭhānanti vaṇṇitaṃ.

[PTS Page 009] [\q 9/]
Taṃ hidaṃ sīlaṃ "kāyasoceyyaṃ vacīsoceyyaṃ manosoceyyaṃ"ti[a] evaṃ
vuttasoceyyapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ-sucibhāvenahi paccupaṭṭhāti gahanabhāvaṃ gacchatīti.
Hirottappañca pana tassa viññūhi padaṭṭhānanti vaṇṇitaṃ. Āsannakāraṇaniti
attho-hirottappe hi sati sīlaṃ uppajjati ceva tiṭṭhati ca, asati neva uppajjati na ca tiṭṭhatīti.
Evaṃ sīlassa lakkhaṇa rasa paccupaṭṭhāna padaṭṭhānāni veditabbāni.

Kimānisaṃsaṃ sīlanti-avippaṭisārādi anekaguṇapaṭilābhānisaṃsaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ:
avipṭisāratthāni kho ānanda kusalāni sīlāni avippaṭisārānisaṃsānī"ti. [B]
Aparampi vuttaṃ: -

"Pañcime gahapatayo anānasaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha gahapatayo
sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhakiraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ
paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya, punaca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavato
sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaso
sīlavatosīlasampadāya, punacaparaṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ
upasaṅkamati yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi
samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato
sīlasampadāya, punacaparaṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti.
Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya, punacaparaṃ gahapatayo sīlavā
sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃlokaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo
ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāyā"ti. [C]

Aparepi

"Ākaṅkheyya ce bhikkhave bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo cassaṃ manāpo garu
bhāvanīyocāti sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī"ti. [D]

Ādinā nayena piyamanāpatādayo āsavakkhayapariyosānā ānaka sīlānisaṃsā vuttā. Evaṃ
avippaṭisārādi anekaguṇānisaṃsaṃ sīlaṃ. [PTS Page 010] [\q 10/] apica: -

1. Sī. [II,] ma. [II.] Soceyyabhāvena.
[A.] Aṅguttara ni. Tika. Ni.
[B.] Saṃ. Ni. Mahāvagga.
[C.] Dīgha ni. Mahāparinibbāna su. Aṃ. Ni. Pañcaka.
[D.] Majjhima ni. Ākaṅkheyya su.

Sāsane kulaputtānaṃ patiṭṭhāpi natthi yaṃ vinā
Ānisaṃsaparicchedaṃ tassa sīlassa ko vade.

Na gaṅgā yamunā vāpi sarabhū vā sarassatī,
Ninnagā vā ciravatī mahī vāpi mahānadī.

Sakkuṇanti visodhetuṃ taṃ malaṃ idha pāṇinaṃ,
Visodhayati sattānaṃ yaṃ ve sīlajalaṃ malaṃ.

Na taṃ sajaladā vātā na cāpi haricandanaṃ,
Neva hārā na maṇayo na candakiraṇaṅkurā.

Samayantīdha sattānaṃ pariḷāhaṃ surakkhitaṃ,
Yaṃ sameti idaṃ ariyaṃ sīlaṃ accantasītalaṃ.

Sīlagandhasamo gandho kuto nāma bhavissati,
Yo samaṃ anuvāte ca paṭivāte ca vāyati,

Saggārohaṇasopānaṃ aññaṃ sīlasamaṃ kuto,
Dvāraṃ vā pana nibbāṇa nagarassa pavesane.

Sobhantevaṃ na rājāno muttāmaṇi vibhūsitā,
Yathā sobhanti yatino sīlabhūsana bhūsitā.

Attānuvādā dībhayaṃ viddhaṃsayati sabbaso,
Janeti kittiṃ bhasañca sīlaṃ sīlavataṃ sadā.

Guṇānaṃ mūlabhūtassa dosānaṃ balaghātino,
Iti sīlassa viññeyyaṃ ānisaṃsakathāmukhaṃ"ti.

Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ katividhañcetaṃ sīlanti. Tatiradaṃ vissajja naṃ:-sabbameva tāva idaṃ sīlaṃ
attano sīlanalakkhaṇena ekavidhaṃ. Cāritta vāritta vasena duvidhaṃ, tathā ābhisamācārika
ādibrahmacariyakavasena, virati avirati vasena, nissitā 'nissitavasena, kālapariyanta
āpāṇakoṭikavasena, sapariyantā'pariyantavasena, lokiya lokuttara vasenaca. [PTS Page 011]
[\q 11/] tividhaṃ hīna majjhima paṇītavasena, tathā attādhipateyya lokādhipateyya
dhammādhipateyyavasena, parāmaṭṭhā'parāmaṭṭha paṭippassaddhivasena,
visuddhā'visuddhavematikavasena, sekhā'sekha nevasekhanāsekha vasenaca. Catubbidhaṃ
hānabhāgiya ṭhitibhāgiya visesabhāgiya nibbedhabhāgiya vasena, tathā bhikkhu bhikkhunī
anupasampanna gahaṭṭhasīla vasena, pakati ācāra dhammatā pubbahetukasīla vasena,
pātimokkhasaṃvara indriyasaṃvara ājīva pārisuṭṭhi paccayasannissitasīla vasenaca.
Pañcavidhaṃ pariyantapārisuddhisīlādi vasena-vuttampicetaṃ parisambhidāyaṃ. "Pañca
sīlāni: pariyantapārisuṅsīlaṃ, apariyantapārisuddhisilaṃ, paripuṇṇāpārisuddhisīlaṃ,
aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhisīlaṃ, paṭippassaṭṭhipārisuddhisīlaṃ"ti;[a] tathā pahāṇaveramaṇī
cetanā saṃvarā'vītikkama vasena.
----------------------------
[A.] Paṭisambhidā. Ñāṇakathā.


[SL Page: 009] [\x 9/]

Tattha ekavidhakoṭṭhāse attho vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Duvidhakoṭṭhāse:yaṃ bhagavatā
"idaṃ kattabbaṃ"ti paññatta sikkhāpadapūraṇaṃ taṃ cārittaṃ, yaṃ "idaṃ na kattabbaṃ"ti
paṭikkhittassa akaraṇaṃ taṃ vārittaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho:-caranti tasmiṃ sīle
paripūrakāritāya1 pavattantīti cārittaṃ, vāritaṃ tāyanti rakkhanti tenāti vārittaṃ, tattha
saddhā viriyasādhanaṃ cārittaṃ, saddhā sādhanaṃ vārittaṃ. Evaṃ cārittavārittavasena
duvidhaṃ. Dutiyaduke-abhisamācāroti uttamasamācāro. Abhisamācārova ābhisamācārikaṃ,
abhisamācāraṃ vā ārabbha paññattaṃ ābhisamācārikaṃ. Ājīvaṭṭhamakato avasesasīlassetaṃ
adhivacanaṃ. Maggabrahmacariyassa ādivyabhūtanti ādibrahmacariyakaṃ,
ājīvaṭṭhamakasīlassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Taṃ hi maggassa ādibhāvabhūtaṃ pubbabhāge yeca
parisodhetabbato. Tenāha:- "pubbeva kho panassa kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ ājīvo
suparisraddho hotī"ti[a.] Yāni vā sikkhāpadāni khuddānukhuddakānīti vuttāni [PTS Page
012] [\q 12/] idaṃ ābhisamācārikaṃ sīlaṃ, sesaṃ ādibrahmacariyakaṃ, ubhato
vibhaṅgapariyāpannaṃ vā ādibrahmacariyakaṃ, khandhakavatta pariyāpannaṃ vā
ābhisamācārikaṃ. Tassa sampattiyā ādibrahmacariyakaṃ sampajjati. Tenevāha:"sovata
bhikkhave bhikkhu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā ādibrahmacariyakaṃ dhammaṃ
paripūressatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī"ti[b.] Evaṃ ābhisamācārika ādibrahmacariyaka vasena
duvidhaṃ. Tatiyaduke-pāṇātipātādīhi veramaṇī mattaṃ viratisīlaṃ, sesacetanādi
aviratisīlanti, evaṃ viratiavirativasena duvidhaṃ. Catutthaduke-nissayoti dve nissayaṃ taṇhā
nissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca. Tattha yaṃ "imināhaṃ silena devo vā bhavissāmi
devaññatarovā"ti[c] evaṃ bhavasampattiṃ ākaṅkhamānena pavattitaṃ idaṃ taṇhānissitaṃ,
yaṃ sīlena suddhīti evaṃ suddhīdiṭṭhiyā pavattitaṃ idaṃ diṭṭhinissitaṃ, yaṃ pana
lokuttaraṃ lokiyadva tasseva sambhārabhūtaṃ idaṃ anissitanti evaṃ nissitā nissitavasena
duvidhaṃ. Padvamaduke-kālaparicchedaṃ katvā samādinna sīlaṃ kālapariyantaṃ, yāvajīvaṃ
samādiyitvā tatheva pavattitaṃ āpāṇakoṭikanti evaṃ kālapariyantaāpāṇakoṭikavasena
duvidhaṃ. Chaṭṭhaduke-lābha yasa ñāti aṅga jīvitavasena diṭṭhapariyantaṃ sapariyantaṃ
nāma, viparītaṃ apariyantaṃ. Vuttampicetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ "katamantaṃ sīlaṃ
sapariyantaṃ? Atthi sīlaṃ lābhapariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ yasapariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ
ñātipariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ aṅgapariyantaṃ, atthi silaṃ jīvitapariyantaṃ. Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ
lābhapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco lābhahetu lābhapaccayā lābhakāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhā
------------------------------
1. Ma. [II] caranti tasmiṃ taṃsamaṅgino sīlesu paripūrakāritāya.
[A b.] Aṅguttara ni. Pañcaka ni.
[C.] Aṅguttara ni.-Sattaka ni.-(Aññatthāpibahusu)


[SL Page: 010] [\x 10/]

Padaṃ vītikkamati, idaṃ [PTS Page 013] [\q 13/] taṃ sīlaṃ lābhapariyantaṃ"ti[a] eteneva
upāyena itarānipi vitthāretabbāni. Apariyantavissajjanepivuttaṃ:- "katamattaṃ sīlaṃ na
lābhapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco lābhahetu lābhapaccayā lābhakāraṇā
yathāsamādinnasikkhāpadavītikkamāya cittampi na uppādeti, kiṃ so vītikkamissati, idaṃ
taṃ sīlaṃ na lābhapariyantaṃ"ti[b] eteneva upāyena itarānipi vitthāretabbāni. Evaṃ
pariyantāpariyantavasena duvidhaṃ. Sattamaduke-sabbampi sāsavaṃ sīlaṃ lokiyaṃ,
anāsavaṃ lokuttaraṃ. Tattha lokiyaṃ bhavavisesāvahaṃ hoti bhavanissaraṇassa ca sambhāro.
Yathāha:-vinayo saṃvaratthāya, saṃvaro avippaṭisāratthāya, avippaṭisāro pāmojjatthāya,
pāmojjaṃ pītatthāya, pīti passaddhatthāya, passaddhi sukhatthāya, sukhaṃ samādhatthāya,
samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanatthāya, yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidatthāya, nibbidā
virāgatthāya, virāgo vimuttatthāya, vimuttiñāṇadassanatthāya, vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ
anupādā parinibbāṇatthāya. Etadatthā kathā etadatthāmantā etadatthā upanisā etadatthaṃ
sotāvadhānaṃ, yadidaṃ anupādācittassa vimokkho"ti[c.] Lokuttaraṃ bhavanissaraṇāvahaṃ
hoti paccavekkhaṇa ñāṇassa ca bhūmiti. Evaṃ lokiyalokuttaravasena duvidhaṃ.

Tikesu:- paṭhamattike-hīnena chandena cittena viriyena vīmaṃsāya vā pavattitaṃ hīnaṃ,
majjhimehi chandādīhi pavattitaṃ majjhimaṃ, paṇītehi paṇītaṃ. Yasakāmatāya vā
samādinnaṃ hīnaṃ, puññaphalakāmatāya majjhimaṃ, kattabbamevidanti ariyabhāvaṃ
nissāya samādinnaṃ paṇītaṃ. Ahamasmi sīlasampanno ime panaññe bhikkhu dussīlā
pāpadhammāti evaṃ attukkaṃsanaparavambhanādīhi1 upakkiliṭṭhaṃ vā hīnaṃ,
anuppakkiliṭṭhaṃ lokiyaṃ sīlaṃ majjhimaṃ, lokuttaraṃ paṇītaṃ. Taṇhāvasena vā
bhavabhogatthāya pavattitaṃ hīnaṃ, attano vimokkhatthāya pavattitaṃ majjhimaṃ,
sabbasattavimokkhatthāya pavattitaṃ pāramitāsīlaṃ paṇītanti, evaṃ hīnamajjhima paṇīta
vasena tividhaṃ. Dutiyattike-attano ananurūpaṃ pajahitukāmena attagarunā attani [PTS Page
014] [\q 14/] gāravena pavattitaṃ attādhipateyyaṃ, lokāpavādaṃ pariharitukāmena
lokagarunā loke gāravena pavattitaṃ lokādhipateyyaṃ dhammamahattaṃ pūjetukāmena
dhammagarunā dhamme gāravena pavattitaṃ dhammādhipateyyanti, evaṃ
attādhipateyyādivasena tividhaṃ. Tatiyattikeyaṃ dukesu nissitanti vuttaṃ taṃ taṇhādiṭṭhīhi
parāmaṭṭhattā parā
-------------------
[A.B.] Paṭisambhidā-ñāṇakathā.
[C.] Vinayaparivāra-cūḷasaṅgāma.
[I.] Sī. [II.] Paravambhanāhi.

[SL Page: 011] [\x 11/]

Maṭṭhaṃ, puthujjanakalyāṇakassa maggasambhārabhūtaṃ sekhānañca maggasampayuttaṃ
aparāmaṭṭhaṃ-sekhāsekhānaṃ phalasampayuttaṃ paṭippassaddhanti, evaṃ parāmaṭṭhādiva
sana tividhaṃ. Catutthattike-yaṃ āpattiṃ anāpajjantena pūritaṃ āpajjitvā vā pana1
katapaṭikammaṃ taṃ visuṭṭhaṃ, āpattiṃ āpannassa akatapaṭikammaṃ avisuddhaṃ,
vatthumhi vā āpattiyā vā ajjhācāre vā vematikassa sīlaṃ vematikasīlaṃ nāmatattha yoginā
avisuddhaṃ sīlaṃ visodhetabbaṃ, vematike vatthajjhācāraṃ akatvā vimati paṭivinodetabbā,
iccassa phāsu bhavissatīti, evaṃ visuddhādivasena tividhaṃ. Pañcamattike-catūhi
ariyamaggehi tīhi ca sāmaññaphalehi sampayuttaṃ sīlaṃ sekhaṃ, arahattaphalasampayuttaṃ
asekhaṃ, sesaṃ nevasekhaṃ nāsekhanti, evaṃ sekhādivasena tividhaṃ. Paṭisambhidāyaṃ
pana-yasmā loke tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ pakatipi sīlanti vuccati. Yaṃ sandhāya ayaṃ
sukhasīloayaṃ dukkhasīlo ayaṃ kalahasīlo ayaṃ maṇḍanasīloti bhaṇanti, tasmā tena
pariyāyena "tīṇi sīlāni, kusala sīlaṃ akusala sīlaṃ abyākatasīla2nti[a] evaṃ
kusalādivasenapi tividhanti vuttaṃ. Tattha akusalaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetassa sīlassa
lakkhaṇādisu ekenapi na sametīti idha na upanītaṃ. Tasmā vuttanayehevassa tividhatā
veditabbā.

Catakkesu:- paṭhamacatukke-

Yodha sevati dussīle sīlavante na sevatī,
Vatthuvītikkame dosaṃ na passati aviddasu.
[PYS Page 015]
Micchāsaṅkappabahulo indriyāni na rakkhati,
Evarūpassa ve sīlaṃ jāyate hānabhāgiyaṃ.
Yo panattamano hoti sīlasampattiyā idha,
Kammaṭṭhānānuyogamhi na uppādeti mānasaṃ.

Tuṭṭhassa sīlamattena aghaṭantassa uttariṃ,
Tassa taṃ ṭhitibhāgīyaṃ sīlaṃ bhavati bhikkhuno.

Sampannasīlo ghaṭati samādhatthāya yo pana,
Visesabhāgiyaṃ sīlaṃ hoti etassa bhikkhuno.

Atuṭṭho sīlamattena nibbidaṃ yo nuyuñjati,
Hoti nibbedhabhāgīyaṃ sīlametassa bhikkhunoti.

Evaṃ hānabhāgiyādivasena catubbidhaṃ. Dutiya catukke-bhikkhū ārabbha
paññattasikkhāpadāni, yāni ca nesaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ paññattito rakkhatabbāni, idaṃ
bhikkhūsīlaṃ. Bhikkhuniyo ārabbha
-----------------------
1. Ma. [II.] Puna.
2. Sī.Ma. Kusalaṃ sīlaṃ akusalaṃ sīlaṃ abbhakataṃ sīlaṃ-(sabbattha)
[A.] Paṭisambhidā ñāṇakathā.


[SL Page: 012] [\x 12/]

Paññattasikkhāpadāni, yāni ca tāsaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paññattito rakkhitabbāni idaṃ
bhikkhunīsīlaṃ, sāmaṇerasāmaṇerīnaṃ dasasīlāni idaṃ anupasampannasīlaṃ,
upāsakaupāsikānaṃ niccasīlavasena pañcasikkhāpadāni sati vā ussāhe dasa
uposathaṅgavasena aṭṭhāti idaṃ gahaṭhasīlanti, evaṃ bhikkhusīlādivasena catubbidhaṃ.
Tatiya catukkeuttarakurukānaṃ manussānaṃ avītikkamo pakatisīlaṃ, kuladesapāsaṇḍānaṃ
attano attano mariyādābhataṃ cārittaṃ ācārasīlaṃ, "dhammatā esā ānanda yadā bodhisatto
mātukucchiṃ okkanto hoti na bodhisattamātu purisesu mānasaṃ uppajjati
kāmaguṇūpasaṃhitaṃ"ti[a] evaṃ vuttaṃ bodhisattamātu sīlaṃ dhammatā sīlaṃ,
mahākassapādīnaṃ pana suddhasattānaṃ bodhisattassa ca tāsu tāsu jātīsu sīlaṃ
pubbahetukasīlanti, evaṃ pakatisīlādivasena catubbidhaṃ. Catutthacatukke-yaṃ bhagavatā
"idha bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu
vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesū"ti[b] evaṃ vuttaṃ sīlamidaṃ
pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ nāma. Yampana "so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī [PTS
Page 016] [\q 16/] hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī, yatvādhikaraṇametaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ
asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa
saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena
saddaṃ sutvā-pe-ghāṇena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā-jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvākāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ
phusitvā-manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti
nānubyañjanaggāhī-pe-manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī"ti[c] vuttaṃ, idaṃ indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ.
Yā pana ājīvahetu paññattānaṃ channaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ vītikkamassa, kuhanā lapanā
nemittikatā nippesikatā lābhena lābhaṃ nijigiṃsanatāti eva mādīnañca pāpadhammānaṃ
vasena pavattā micchājīvā virati, idaṃ ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ. "Paṭisaṅkhāyoniso cīvaraṃ
paṭisevati yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāyā"ti[d] ādinā pana nayena vutto
paṭisaṅkhānaparisuddho catupaccayaparibhogo paccaya sannissitasīlaṃ nāma.

Tatrāyaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya anupubba padavaṇṇanāya saddhiṃ vinicchaya kathā:- idhāti
imasmiṃ sāsane; bhikkhuti saṃsāre bhayaṃ ikkhaṇatāya vā bhinnapaṭadharāditāya vā1 evaṃ
laddhavohāro tena pātimokkhasaṃvarena saṃvuto saddhā pabbajito
kulaputto;pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutoti ettha pātimokkhanti sikkhāpadasīlaṃ, taṃ hi yo naṃ
pāti rakkhati taṃ mokkheti moceti āpāyikādīhi dukkhehi
-------------------------
[A.] Dīgha.Ni-mahāpadānasutta.
[B c.] Abhi-jhānavi.(Aññattha ca bahusra)
[D.] Ma-ni-sabbāsavasu.(Aññattha ca bahusu.)
[I.] Ma. [II.] Chinnabhinnapaṭadharāditāya.


[SL Page: 013] [\x 13/]

Tasmā pātimokkhanti vuccati. Saṃvaraṇaṃ saṃvaro-kāyikavācasikassa avītikkamassetaṃ
nāmaṃ. Pātimokkhamevasaṃvaro pātimokkhasaṃvaro. Tena pātimokkhasaṃvarena saṃvuto
pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto-upagato samannāgatoti attho; viharatīti irīyati. [PTS Page 017]
[\q 17/] ācāra gocarasampannoti ādīnaṃ attho pāliyaṃ āgatanaye neva veditabbo.
Vuttaṃ hetaṃ:-"ācāragocarasampanno"ti[a] atthi ācāro atthi anācāro. Tattha katamo anācāro?
Kāyiko vītikkamo vācasiko vītikkamo kāyikavācasiko vītikkamo ayaṃ vuccati anācāro.
Sabbampi dussīlyaṃ anācāro. Idhekacco veḷudānena vā pattadānena vā pupphadānena vā
phaladānena vā sinānadānena vā dantakaṭṭhadānena vā1 cāṭukamyatāya vā
muggasupyatāya vā pāribhaṭṭatāya vā jaṅghapesanikena vā aññataraññatarena vā
buddhapatikuṭṭhena micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti, ayaṃ vuccati anācāro. Tattha katamo
ācāro? Kāyiko avītikkamo vācasiko avītikkamo kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo ayaṃ vuccati
ācāro. Sabbopi sīlasaṃva ro ācāro. Idhekacco na veḷudānena na pattadānena na
pupphadānena na phaladānena na sinānadānena na dantakaṭṭhadānena2 na cāṭukamyatāya
na muggasupyatāya na pāribhaṭṭatāya na jaṅghapesanikena na aññataraññatarena
buddhapatikuṭṭhena micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti, ayaṃ vuccati ācāro.

Gocaroti-atthi gocaro atthi agocaro. Tattha katamo agocaro? Idhekacco vesiyāgocaro vā
hoti[b] vidhavāgocaro vā thullakumārigocaro vā paṇḍakagocaro vā bhikkhunīgocaro vā
pānāgāragocaro vā3 hoti, saṃsaṭṭho viharati rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi
titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena saṃsaggena, yāni vā pana tāni kulāni assaddhāni
appasannāni anopānabhūtāni akkosakaparibhāsakāni anatthakāmāni ahitakāmāni
aphāsukāmāni ayogakkhemakāmāni bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ,
tathārūpāni [PTS Page 018] [\q 18/] kulāni sevati bhajati payirupāsati, ayaṃ vuccati
agocaro. Tattha katamo gocaro? Idhekacco na vesiya gocaro vā hoti-pe-na pānāgāragocaro,
asaṃsaṭṭho viharati rājūhi-pe-titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena saṃsaggena, yāni vā pana tāni
kulāni saddhāni pasannāni opānabhūtāni kāsāvapajjotāni isivātapaṭivātāni
---------------------
1. Sī. [I. II] saha ma. [II.] Pupphaphalasināna dantakaṭṭhadānena vā.
2. Sī. [I. II] saha ma. [II.]Na patta na puppha na phala na sināna na dattakaṭṭhadānena.
3. Sī. [I. II.]Vidhavā-pe-thullakumārikapaṇḍaka bhikkhunī pānāgāragocaro.
[A.B.] Abhi-jhānavi.

[SL Page: 014] [\x 14/]

Atthakāmāni-pe-yogakkhemakāmāni bhikkhūnaṃ-pe- upāsikānaṃ, tathārūpāni kulāni sevati
bhajati payirupāsati, ayaṃ vuccati gocaro. Iti imināca ācārena imināca gocarena upeto hoti
samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato tena vuccati
ācāragocarasampannoti.

Api cettha imināpi nayena ācāragocarā veditabbā:duvidhohi anācāro kāyiko vācasiko ca
tattha katamo kāyiko anācāro? Idhekacco saṅghagatopi: acittīkārakato there bhikkhū
ghaṭṭayantopi tiṭṭhati, ghaṭṭayantopi nisīdati, puratopi tiṭṭhati, puratopi nisīdati, uccepi
āsane nisīdati, sasīsampi pārupitvā nisīdati, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati,
therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupāhanānaṃ caṅkamantānaṃ saupāhano caṅkamati, nīce caṅkame
caṅkamantānaṃ ucce caṅkame caṅkamati, chamāya caṅkamantānaṃ caṅkame caṅkamati, there
bhikkhū anupakhajjāpi tiṭṭhati, anupakhajjāpi nisīdati, nacepi bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhati,
jantāgharepi: there bhikkhū anāpucchā kaṭṭhaṃ pakkhipati, dvāraṃ pidahati, udakatitthepi:
there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi otarati, puratopi otarati, ghaṭṭayantopi nahāyati, puratopi
nahāyati, ghaṭṭayantopi uttarati, puratopi uttarati, antagharaṃ pavisantopi: there bhikkhū
ghaṭṭayantopi gacchati, puratopi gacchati, vokkammaca therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ purato purato
gacchati, yānipi tāni honti kulānaṃ ovarakāni guḷhānica paṭicchannāni ca yattha kulitthiyo
kulakumāriyo nisīdanti tatthapi sahasā pavisati, kumārakassapi siraṃ parāmasati. Ayaṃ
vuccati kāsiko anācāro. Tattha katamo vācasiko anācāro? Idhevakacco saṅghagatopi:
acittīkārakato there bhikkhū anāpucchā dhammaṃ bhaṇati, pañhaṃ vissajjeti, pātimokkhaṃ
uddisati, ṭhitakopi [PTS Page 019] [\q 19/] bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati,
antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhopi: itthīṃ vā kumāriṃ vā evamāha itthannāme itthaṅgotte kiṃ atthi?
Yāgu atthi, bhattaṃ atthi, khādanīyaṃ atthi, kiṃ pivissāma, kiṃ khādissāma? Kiṃ
bhuñjissāma, kiṃ vā medassathāti vippalapati. Ayaṃ vuccati vācasiko anācāro.[A]

Paṭipakkhavasena panassa ācāro veditabbo. Api ca bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso
hirottappasampanno sunivattho supāruto pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena
vilokitena sammiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno indriyesuguttadvāro
bhojanemattaññū jāgariyānuyutto satisampajaññenasamannāgato appiccho santuṭṭho
----------------------
[A.] Mahāni - purābheda - ni.


[SL Page: 015] [\x 15/]


Āraddhaviriyo ābhisamācārikesusakkaccakārī garucittīkāra bahulo viharati, ayaṃ vuccati
ācāro. Evaṃ tāva ācāro. Veditabbo.

Gocaro pana tividho:- upanissayagocaro ārakkhagocaro upanibandhagocaroti. Tattha katamo
upanissayagocaro? Dasakathā vatthugūṇasamannāgato kalyāṇamitto. Yaṃ nissāya assutaṃ
suṇāti sutaṃ pariyodapeti kaṅkhaṃ vitarati diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karoti cittaṃ pasādeti, yassa vā
pana anusikkhamāno saddhāya vaḍṭhati sīlena sutena cāgena paññāya vaḍṭhati, ayaṃ
upanissaya gocaro. Katamo ārakkhagocaro? Idha bhikkhū antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vīthiṃ
paṭipanno okkhitacakkhu yugamattadassāvī saṃvuto gacchati, na hatthiṃ olokento na assaṃ
na rathaṃ na pattiṃ na itthiṃ na purisaṃ olokento na uddhaṃ olokento na adho olokento na
disāvidisaṃ pekkhamāno gacchati, ayaṃ ārakkhagocaro. Katamo upanibandhagocaro?
Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā yattha cittaṃ upanibandhati, vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā:- "ko ca bhikkhave
bhikkhuno gocaro sako pettiko visayo yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā"ti[a] ayaṃ vuccati
upanibandhagocaro. Iti imināca ācārena imināca gocarena upeto-pe-samannāgato, tena
vuccati ācāragocarasampannoti. [PTS Page 020] [\q 20/]

"Aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī"ti aṇuppamāṇesu asaṃcicca
āpannasekhiyaakusalacittuppādādibhedesu vajjesu bhayadassanasīlo. "Samādāya sikkhati
sikkhāpadesū"ti yaṃ kiñci sikkhāpadesu sikkhitabbaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ sammā ādāya sikkhati.
Ettha ca pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutoti ettāvatā ca puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya
pātimokkhasaṃvaraṃsīlaṃ dassitaṃ, ācāragocarasampannoti ādi pana sabbaṃ yathā
paṭipannassa taṃ sīlaṃ sampajjati taṃ paṭipattiṃ dassetuṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Itipātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ.
----------------
Yaṃ panetaṃ tadanantaraṃ "so cakakhunā rūpaṃ disvā"ti ādinā nayena dassitaṃ
indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ. Tattha soti so pātimokkhasaṃvarasīle ṭhito bhikkhu, cakkhunā rūpaṃ
disvāti kāraṇavasena cakkhūti laddhavohārena rūpadassanasamatthena cakkhuviññāṇena
rūpaṃ disvā; porāṇāpanāhu:- cakkhu rūpaṃ na passati acittakattā, cittaṃ na passati
acakkhukattā dvārārammaṇasaṅghaṭṭe pana cakkhuppasādavatthukena1 cittena
passati-īdisī panesā dhanunā
-----------------------------
[B.] Saṃyuttani-mahāvagga.
1. Sī. [I II] saha ma.[I.] Pasādavatthukena.



[SL Page: 016] [\x 16/]

Vijjhatīti ādisu viya sasambhārakathā nāma hoti. Tasmā cakkhuviññānena rūpaṃ disvā ti aya
me cettha atthoti. Na nimittaggāhīti itthi purisa nimittaṃ vā subhanimitta dikaṃ vā
kilesavatthubhūtaṃ nimittaṃ na gaṇhāti, diṭṭhamatte yeva saṇṭhāti. Nānubyañjanaggāhīti
kilesānaṃ anubyañjanato pākaṭabhāvakaraṇato anubyañjananti laddhavohāraṃ
hatthapādasita hasita kathitavilokitādibhedaṃ ākāraṃ na gaṇhāti, yaṃ tattha bhūtaṃ tadeva
gaṇhāti. Cetiyapabbatavāsī mahātissatthero viya: theraṃ kiracetiyapabbatā anurādhapuraṃ
piṇḍacāratthāya āgacchantaṃ aññatarā kulasuṇhā sāmikena saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā
sumaṇḍitapasādhitā devakaññā viya kālasseva anurādhapurato nkkhamitvā ñātigharaṃ
gacchanti antarāmagge theraṃ disvā vipallatthacittā [PTS Page 021] [\q 21/]
mahāhasitaṃ hasi. Thero kimetanti olokento tassā dantaṭṭhike asubhasaññaṃ paṭilabhitvā
arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tena vuttaṃ:-

"Tassā dantaṭṭhikaṃ disvā pubbasaññaṃ anussarī,
Tattheva so ṭhito thero arahattamapāpuṇī"ti.

Sāmikopi kho panassā anumaggaṃ gacchanto theraṃ disvā kacci bhante itthiṃ passathāti
pucchi. Taṃ thero āha:-

"Nābhijānāmi itthī vā puriso vā ito gato,
Api ca aṭṭhisaṅghāṭo gacchate sa mahāpathe"ti.

"Yatvādhikaraṇameta"nti ādimhi yaṃ kāraṇā yassa cakkhundriyaṃ saṃvarassa hetu etaṃ
puggalaṃ satikavāṭena cakkhundrururiyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ apihitacakkhudvāraṃ hutvā
viharantaṃ ete abhijjhādayo dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ anuppabandheyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya
paṭipajjatīti tassa cakkhundriyassa satikavāṭena pidahanatthāya paṭipajjati. Evaṃ
paṭipajjantā yevai ca rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatītipi vuccati.
Tattha kidvāpi cakkhundriye saṃvaro vā asaṃvaro vā natthi, na hi cakkhuppasādaṃ nissāya
sati vā muṭṭhasaccaṃ vā uppajjati. Avi ca yadā rūpārammaṇaṃ cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchati
tadā bhavaṅge dvikkhattuṃ uppajjitvā niruddhe kiriyamanodhātu āvajjanakiccaṃ
sādhayamānā uppajjitvā nirujjhati, tato cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dassanakiccaṃ, tato
vipākamanodhātu sampaṭicchanakiccaṃ, tato vipākāhetukamano viññāṇadhātu
santīraṇakiccaṃ, tato kiriyāhetuka manoviññāṇadhātu votthapanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā
uppajjitvā nirujjhati. Kadanantaraṃ javanaṃ javati. Tatrāpi neva bhavaṅgasamayena
āvajjanādīnaṃ aññatarasamaye saṃvaro vā asaṃvaro vā atthi javanakkhaṇe pana sace
dussīlyaṃ vā muṭṭhasaccaṃ vā aññāṇaṃ vā akkhanti vā kosajjaṃ vā uppajati asaṃvaro hoti.
Evaṃ


[SL Page: 017] [\x 17/]

Honto pana so cakkhundrururiye asaṃvaroti vuccati. [PTS Page 022] [\q 22/] kasmā?
Yasmā tasmiṃ sati dvārampi aguttaṃ hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīnipi vīthi cittāni.
Yathākiṃ? Yathā nagare catusu dvāresu asaṃvutesu kiñcāpi
antogharadvārakoṭṭhakagabbhādayo susaṃvutā honti, tathāpi anto nagare sabbaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ
arakkhitaṃ agopitameva hoti, nagaradvārena hi pavisitvā corā yadicchanti taṃ1 kareyyuṃ.
Evameva javane dussīlyādisu uppannesu tasmiṃ asaṃvare sati dvārampi aguttaṃ hoti
bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīnipi vīthicittāni tasmiṃ pana sīlādisu uppannesu dvārampi guttaṃ
hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīnipi vīthicittāni. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā naragadvāresu susaṃvutesu
kiñcāpi antogharādayo asaṃvutā honti, tathāpi anto nagare sabbaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ surakkhitaṃ
sugopitamevava hoti, nagaradvāresu pihitesu corānaṃ paveso natthi. Evameva javane
silādisu uppannesu dvārampi guttaṃ hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīnipi vīthicittāni, tasmā
javanakkhaṇe uppajjamāno cakkhurndraye saṃvaroti vutto. Sotena saddaṃ sutvāti ādisupi
eseva nayo. Evamidaṃ saṅkhepato rūpādisu
kilesānubandhanimittādigāhaparivajjanalakkhaṇaṃ indriyasaṃvarasīlanti veditabbaṃ.

Itiindriyasaṃvaraṃsīlaṃ.
------------Idāni indriyasaṃvarasīlānantaraṃ vutte ājīvapārisuddhisīlo:- ājīvahetu paññattānaṃ
channaṃ sikkhāpadānanti-yāni tāni "ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ
abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati āpatti parājikassa. Ājīva hetu ājīvakāraṇā
sañcarittaṃ samāpajjati āpatti saṅghādisesassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā yo te vihāre vasati so
bhikkhu arahāti' bhaṇati paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā
bhikkhu paṇītabhojanāni agilāno attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati āpatti pācittiyassa.
Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā bhikkhunī paṇītabhojanāni agilānā attano atthāya viññāpetvā
bhuñjati āpatti pāṭidesanīyassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā sūpaṃ vā odanaṃ vā agilāno attano
[PTS Page 023] [\q 23/] atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati āpatti dukkaṭassā"ti.[A] evaṃ
paññattāni cha sikkhāpadāni. Imesaṃ channaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ.

Kuhanāti ādisu ayaṃ pāḷi:- "tattha katamā kuhanā? Lābhasakkāra silokasannissitassa
pāpicchassa icchāpakatassa yā paccaya paṭi
-----------------------
1. Ma. [II.] Yadicchitaṃ.
[A.] Vinayaparivāra-vipattippaccayavāra.


[SL Page: 018] [\x 18/]

Sedhanasaṅkhātena vā sāmantajappitena vā iriyāpathassa vā āṭhapanā1 ṭhapanā
saṇṭhapanā bhākuṭitā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati kuhanā.
Tattha katamā lapanā? Lābhasakkāra silokasannissitassa pāpicchassa icchāpakatassa yā
paresaṃ ālapanā lapanā sallapanā ullapanā samullapanā unnahanā samunnahanā ukkācanā
samukkācanā anuppiyabhāṇitā cāṭukamyatā muggasupyatā pāribhaṭṭatā, ayaṃ vuccati
lapanā. Tattha katamā nemittikatā? Lābhasakkārasilokasannissitassa pāpicchassa
icchāpakatassa yaṃ paresaṃ nimittaṃ nimittakammaṃ obhāso obhāsakammaṃ sāmantajappā
parikathā, ayaṃ vuccati nemittikatā. Tattha katamā nippesikatā? Lābha sakkārasiloka
sannissitassa pāpicchassa icchāpakatassa yā paresaṃ akkosanā vambhaṇā garahaṇā
ukkhepanā samukkhepanā khipanā saṅkhipanā pāpanā sampāpanā avaṇṇahāritā
paripiṭṭhimaṃsikatā, ayaṃ vuccati nippesikatā. Tattha katamā lābhena lābhaṃ nijigiṃsanatā?
Lābhasakkārasiloka sannissito pāpiccho icchāpakato ito laddhaṃ āmisaṃ amutra harati,
amutra vā laddhaṃ āmisaṃ idhāharati, yā evarūpā āmisena āmisassa eṭṭhī gaveṭṭhi
pariyeṭṭhī esanā gavesanā pariyesanā, ayaṃ vuccati lābhena lābhaṃ nijigiṃsanatā"ti.[A]

Imissā pana pāḷiyā evamattho veditabbo:- kuhananiddesetāva "lābha sakkāra siloka
sannissitassā"ti lābhañca sakkārañca kittisaddadva sannissitassa, patthayantassāti attho. [PTS
Page 024] [\q 24/] pāpicchassāti asantaguṇadīpanakāmassa. Icchāpakatassāti icchāya
apakatassa, upaddutassāti attho. Itoparaṃ yasmā paccayapaṭisedhana sāmantajappana
iriyāpathasannissitavasena mahāniddese tividhaṃ kuhanavatthu āgataṃ, tasmā
tividhampetaṃ dassetuṃ paccayapaṭisedhanasaṅkhātena vāti evamādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha
cīvarādīhi nimanti tassa tadatthikasseva sato pāpicchataṃ nissāya paṭikkhipanena te ca
gahapatike attani suppatiṭṭhitasaddhe ñatvā puna tesaṃ 'aho ayyo appiccho na kiñci
patigaṇhituṃ icchati, suladdhaṃ vata no assa sace appamattakampi kiñci
patigaṇheyyāti-nānāvidhehi upāyehi paṇītāni cīvarādīni upanentānaṃ
tadanuggahakāmataṃ yeva āvikatvā paṭiggahaṇena ca tatoppabhūti api sakaṭabhārehi
upanāmana hetubhūtaṃ vimhāpanaṃ paccayapaṭisedhanasaṃṅkhātaṃ kuhana vatthūti
veditabbaṃ.

Vuttampi cetaṃ mahāniddese:- "katamaṃ paccayapaṭisedhana saṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idha
gahapatikā bhikkhuṃ nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍa
----------------------------
1. Aṭṭhapanā-(sabbattha.) 2. Ma. [II.] Paccapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ.
[A.] Mahāni-purābheda-na.


[SL Page: 019] [\x 19/]

Pātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi, so pāpiccho icchāpakato atthiko
cīvara-pe-parikkhārānaṃ bhiyyo kamyataṃ upādāya cīvaraṃ paccakkhāti,
piṇḍapātaṃ-pe-senāsanaṃ gilānapaccaya bhesajjaparikkhāra paccakkhāti. So evamāha:kiṃ
samaṇassa mahagghena cīvarena, etaṃ sāruppaṃ yā samaṇo susānavā saṅkārakūṭā vā
pāpaṇīkā vā nantakāni uccinitvā saṅghāṭiṃ katvā dhāreyya. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena
piṇḍapātena, etaṃ sārūppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo uñchācariyāya piṇḍiyālopena jīvikaṃ kappeyya.
Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena senāsanena, etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo rukkhamūliko vā assa
abbhokāsikovā. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, etaṃ
sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo pūtimuttena vā harīṭakakhaṇḍena vā osadhaṃ kareyyāti.
Tadupādāya lūkhaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti, lūkhaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhujati, [PTS Page 025] [\q
25/] lūkhaṃ senāsanaṃ paṭisevati, lūkhaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati.
Tamenaṃ gahapatikā evaṃ jānanti:- ayaṃ samaṇo appiccho santuṭṭho paṭivitto asaṃsaṭṭho
āraddhaviriyo dhutavādoti. Bhiyyo bhiyyo nimantenti cīvara-pe-parikkhārehi. So
evamāha:"tiṇṇaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati-saddhāya
sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati,
deyyadhammassa-pe-dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ
pasavati, tumhākañcevāyaṃ saddhā atthi, deyyadhammo ca saṃvijjati, ahañca paṭiggāhako,
sacāhaṃ na paṭiggahessāmi evaṃ tumhe puññena paribāhirā bhavissatha, na mayhaṃ iminā
attho, apica tumhākaṃ yeva anukampāya patigaṇhāmīti. Tadupādāya bahumpi cīvaraṃ
patigaṇhāti, bahumpi piṇḍapātaṃ-pe-bhesajjaparikkhāraṃ patigaṇhāti. Yā evarūpā
bhākuṭitā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ idaṃ vuccati
paccayapaṭisedhanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthū"ti.[A]

Pāpicchasseva pana sato uttarimanussadhammādhigamaparidīpana vācāya tathā tathā
vimhāpanaṃ sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthūti veditabbaṃ. Yathāha:-"katamaṃ
sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idhekacco pāpiccho icchāpakato
sambhāvanādhippāyo evaṃ maṃjano sambhāvessatīti ariyadhammasannissitaṃ vācaṃ
bhāsati, yo evarūpaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati, yo evarūpaṃ
pattaṃ-pe-lohathālakaṃ-pe-dhamakarakaṃ-pe-parissāvanaṃ-pe-kuñci- kaṃ-pe-kāyabandhanaṃ
-pe-upāhanaṃ dhāreti so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati, yassa evarūpo
upajjhāyo-pe-ācariyo-pe-samānupajjhāyakā samānācariyakā mittā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā
sahāyā so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati, yo eva
---------------------------
[A.] Mahāni-purābheda-ni.


[SL Page: 020] [\x 20/]

Rūpe vihāre vasati so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati, yo evarūpe aḍḍhayoge
pāsāde-pe-hammiye-pe-guhāya-pe-leṇe-pe-kuṭiyā-pe-kūṭā- gāre
-pe-aṭṭe-pe-māle-pe-uddaṇḍe-pe-upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ-pe-- [PTS Page 026] [\q 26/]
maṇḍape-pe-rukkhamū le vasati so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati; athavā korajika korajiko
bhākuṭika bhākuṭiko kuhakuho lapalapo mukhasambhāvito1 ayaṃ samaṇo imāsaṃ
evarūpānaṃ santānaṃ vihārasamāpattīnaṃ lābhīti tādisaṃ2 gambhīraṃ guḷhaṃ nipuṇaṃ
paṭicchannaṃ lokuttaraṃ suññatā paṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ katheti. Yā evarūpā bhākuṭitā
bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ, idaṃ vuccati sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ
kuhanavatthū"ti.[A]

Pāpicchasseva pana sato sambhāvanādhippāyakatena iriyāpathena vimhāpanaṃ
iriyāpathasannissitaṃ kuhanavatthūti veditabbaṃ. Yathāha:-"katamaṃ iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ
kuhanavatthu? Idhekacco pāpiccho icchāpakato sambhāvanādhippāyo evaṃ maṃ jano
sambhāvessatīti gamanaṃ saṇṭhapeti ṭhānaṃ saṇṭhapeti nisajjaṃ saṇṭhapeti3 sayanaṃ
saṇṭhapeti paṇidhāya gacchati paṇidhāya tiṭṭhati paṇidhāya nisīdati paṇidhāya seyyaṃ
kappeti samāhito viya gacchati samāhito viya tiṭṭhati samāhito viya nisīdati samāhito viya
seyyaṃ kappeti āpāthakajjhāyī ca hoti. Yā evarūpā iriyāpathassa āṭhapanā ṭhapanā
saṇṭhapanā bhākuṭitā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ, idaṃ vuccati
iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthū"ti.[B]

Tattha paccayapaṭisedhanasaṅkhātenāti: paccayapaṭisedhananti evaṃ saṅkhātena,
paccayapaṭisedhanena vā saṅkhātena. Sāmantajappitenāti: samīpabhaṇitena. Iriyāpathassa
vāti: catuiriyāpathassa. Āṭṭhapanāti: ādiṭṭhapanā, ādarena vā ṭhapanā. hapanāti:
ṭhapanākāre saṇṭhapanāti: abhisaṅkharaṇaṃ-pāsādikabhāvakaraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti.
Bhākuṭitāti: padhānaparimathitabhāvadassanena4 bhākuṭikaraṇaṃmukhasaṅkocoti vuttaṃ
hoti. Bhākuṭīkaraṇaṃ sīlamassāti bhākuṭiko, bhākuṭikassa bhāvo bhākuṭiyaṃ. Kuhanāti:
vimhāpanā. Kuhassa āyanā kuhāyanā. Kuhitassa bhāvo kuhitattanti.

Lapanā niddese:-ālapanāti: vihāraṃ āgate manusse disvā kimatthāya bhonto āgatā? Kiṃ
bhikkhū nimantetuṃ? [PTS Page 027] [\q 27/] yadi evaṃ gacchatha ahaṃ pacchato
gahetvā āgacchāmīti, evaṃ āditova lapanā.
-----------------------------
1. Sī. [II.]Saha ma.[II.] Mukhasambhāviko.
2. Ma. [II.] Etādisaṃ
3. Sī. [I. II.]Saha ma.[II.] Gamanaṃ saṇṭhapeti-sayanaṃ saṇṭhapeti. 4. Sī. [I. II.]Saha ma.[I]
padhānapurimaṭhitabhāvadassanena
[A.B.] Mahāni-purā-ni.

[SL Page: 021] [\x 21/]

Athavā attānaṃ upanetvā ahaṃ tisso, mayi rājā pasanto, mayi asuko ca asuko ca
rājamahāmatto pasannoti, evaṃ attūpanāyikā lapanā ālapanā. Lapanāti: puṭṭhassa sato
vuttappakārameva lapanā. Sallapanāti: gahapatikānaṃ ukkaṇṭhanena bhītassa okāsaṃ datvā
suṭṭhu lapanā. Ullapanāti: mahākuṭumbiko mahānāviko mahādānapatīti evaṃ uddhaṃ
katvā lapanā. Samullapanāti: sabbato bhāgena uddhaṃ katvā lapanā unnahanāti: 'upāsakā
pubbe īdise kāle navadānaṃ detha, idāni kiṃ na dethā'ti evaṃ yāva'dassāma bhante okāsaṃ
na labhāmā'ti ādīni vadanti tāva uddhaṃ uddhaṃ nahanāveṭhanāti vuttaṃ hoti. Athavā
ucchuhatthaṃ disvā kuto ābhataṃ upāsakāti pucchati. Ucchukhettato bhanteti kiṃ tattha
ucchu madhuranti. Khāditvā bhante jānitabbanti. Na upāsaka bhikkhussa ucchuṃ dethāti
vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Yā evarūpā nibbeṭhentassāpi veṭhanakathā sā unnahanā. Sabbatobhāgena
punappunaṃ unnahanā1 samunnahanā. Ukkācanāti: etaṃ kulaṃ maṃ evaṃ jānāti, sace ettha
deyyadhammo uppajjati mayhaṃ eva detīti evaṃ ukkhipitvā kācanā ukkācanā-uddīpanāti
vuttaṃ hoti. Telakandarika vatthucettha vattabbaṃ. Sabbatobhāgena pana punappunaṃ
ukkācanā samukkācanā anuppiyabhāṇitāti: saccānurūpaṃ dhammānurūpaṃ vā anavaloketvā
punappunaṃ piyabhaṇanameva. Cāṭukamyatāti: nīca vuttitā, attānaṃ heṭṭhato heṭṭhato
ṭhapetvā pavattanaṃ. Muggasupyatāti: muggasūpasadisatā. Yathā hi muggesu paccamānesu
kocideva na paccati avasesā paccanti evaṃ yassa puggalassa vacane kiñcideva saccaṃ hoti
sesaṃ alikaṃ, ayaṃ puggalo muggasuppoti vuccati, tassa bhāvo muggasupyatā.
Pāribhaṭṭatāti: [PTS Page 028] [\q 28/] pāribhaṭṭabhāvoyo hi kuladārake dhātī viya
aṅkena vā bandhena vā paribhaṭati dhāretīti attho. Tassa paribhaṭassa kammaṃ
pāribhaṭṭaṃ, pāribhaṭṭassa bhāvo pāribhaṭṭatāti.

Nemittikatā niddese:- nimittanti: yaṃ kiñci paresaṃ paccayadānasaññājanakaṃ
kāyavacīkammaṃ. Nimittakammanti: khādanīyaṃ gahetvā gacchante disvā kiṃ khādanīyaṃ
labhitthāti ādinā nayena nimittakaraṇaṃ obhāsoti: paccayapaṭisaṃyuttakathā.
Obhāsakammanti: vacchapālake disvā kiṃ ime vacchā khīragovacchā udāhu takkago
vacchāti pucchitvā khīragovacchā bhanteti vutte na khīragovacchā yadi khīragovacchā
siyuṃ bhikkhūpi khīraṃ labheyyunti evamādinā nayena tesaṃ dārakānaṃ mātāpitunna
nivedetvā khīradāpanādikaṃ obhāsakaraṇaṃ. Sāmantajappāti: samīpaṃ katvā jappanaṃ
kulupagabhikkhu vatthu cettha vattabbaṃ. Kulūpago kira bhikkhu bhuñjitukāmo gehaṃ pavi
-----------------
1. Sī. [I. II. III.] Punappunanahanā


[SL Page: 022] [\x 22/]

Sitvā nisīdi taṃ disvā adātukāmā gharaṇī taṇḍulā natthīti bhaṇantī taṇḍule āharitukāmā
viya paṭivissakagharaṃ gatā. Bhikkhu antogabbhaṃ pavisitvā olokento kavāṭakoṇe ucchuṃ
bhājane guḷaṃ piṭake loṇamacchaphāle kumbhiyaṃ taṇḍule ghaṭe ghataṃ disvā
nikkhamitvā nisīdi. Gharaṇī taṇḍule nālatthanti āgatā. Bhikkhu upāsike ajjabhikkhā na
sampajjissatīti paṭigacceva nimittaṃ addasanti āha. Kiṃ bhante?Ti kavāṭakoṇe nikkhittaṃ
ucchuṃ viya sappaṃ addasaṃ, taṃ paharissāmīti olokento bhājane ṭhapitaguḷa piṇḍake viya
pāsāṇaleḍḍuke, pahaṭena sappena kataṃ piṭake nikkhitta loṇamacchaphālasadisaṃ
phaṇaṃ, tassa taṃ leḍḍu ḍaṃsitukāmassa1 kumbhiyā taṇḍulasadise dante, athassa
kupitassa ghaṭe pakkhittaghatasadisaṃ mukhato nikkhamantaṃ visamissakaṃ kheḷanti. Sā
na sakkā muṇḍakaṃ vañcetunti [PTS Page 029] [\q 29/] ucchuṃ datvā odanaṃ pacitvā
ghataguḷamacchehi saddhiṃ adāsīti. Evaṃ samīpaṃ katvā jappanaṃ sāmantajappāti
veditabbā. Parikathāti: yathā taṃ labhati tathā parivattetvā parivattetvā kathananti.

Nippesikatā niddese:- akkosanāti: dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosanā. Vambhanāti:
paribhavitvā kathanaṃ. Garahaṇāti: assaddho appasannoti ādinā nayena dosāropanā.
Ukkhepanāti: mā etaṃ ettha kathethāti vācāya ukkhipanaṃ. Sabbato bhāgena savatthukaṃ
sahetukaṃ katvā ukkhepanā samukkhepanā. Athavā adentaṃ aho dānapatīti evaṃ
ukkhipanaṃ ukkhepanā. Mahādānapatīti evaṃ suṭṭhu ukkhepanā samukkhepanā. Khipanāti:
kiṃ imassa jīvitaṃ bījabhojinoti evaṃ uppaṇḍanā. Saṅkhipanāti: kiṃ imaṃ ādāyakoti
bhaṇatha, yo niccakālaṃ sabbesampi natthīti vacanaṃ detīti evaṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ uppaṇḍanā.
Pāpatāti: adāyakattassa avaṇṇassa vā pāpanā. Sabbato bhāgena pāpanā sampāpanā.
Avaṇṇahāritāti: evaṃ me avaṇṇabhayāpi dassatīti gehato gehaṃ gāmato gāmaṃ janapadato
janapadaṃ avaṇṇaharaṇaṃ parapiṭṭhimaṃsikatāti: purato madhuraṃ bhaṇitvā parammukhe
avaṇṇabhāsitā. Esāhi abhimukhaṃ oloketuṃ asakkontassa parammukhānaṃ piṭṭhimaṃsa
khādanamiva hoti. Tasmā parapiṭṭhimaṃsikatāti vuttā. Ayaṃ vuccati nippesikatāti. Ayaṃ
yasmā veḷupesikā viya abbhaṅgaṃ parassa guṇaṃ nippeseti nipuñchati, yasmā vā
gandhajātaṃ nipiṃsitvā gandhamagganā viya paraguṇe nipiṃsitvā vicuṇṇetvā esā
lābhamagganā hoti tasmā nippesikatāti vuccatīti.

Lābhena lābhaṃ nijigiṃsanatā niddese:- nijigiṃsasatāti: magganā. Ito laddhanti: imasmā gehā
laddhaṃ. Amutrāti: amukamhi
--------------------------
1. Ḍasitukāmassa-(bahulaṃ)


[SL Page: 023] [\x 23/]

Gehe. Eṭṭhiti: icchanā. Gaveṭṭhīti: magganā. Pariyeṭṭhīti: punappuna magganā. Ādito
paṭṭhāya laddhaṃ laddhaṃ [PTS Page 030] [\q 30/] bhikkhaṃ tatra tatra kuladārakānaṃ
datvā ante khirayāguṃ labhitvā gatabhikkhu vatthucettha kathetabbaṃ. Phasanādīni
eṭṭhiādinaṃ vevacanāti. Tasmā eṭṭhiti esanā gaveṭṭhīti gavesanā pariyeṭṭhīti pariyesanā
iccevamettha yojanā veditabbā. Ayaṃ kuhanādīnaṃ attho. Idāni evamādīnaṃ ca
pāpadhammā nanti: ettha "yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni
bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpāya tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti,
seyyathīdaṃ: aṅgaṃ nimittaṃ uppātaṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ mūsikacchinnaṃ aggihomaṃ
dabbihoma"nti.[A] ādinā nayena brahmajāle vuttānaṃ anekesaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ gahaṇaṃ
veditabbaṃ. Iti yvāyaṃ imesaṃ ājīvahetu paññattānaṃ channaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ
vītikkamavasena imesañca kuhanā lapanā nemittikatā nippesikatā
lābhenalābhaṃnijigiṃsanatāti evamādīnaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ vasena pavatto micchājīvo,
tasmā sabbappakārāpi micchājīvā yā virati idaṃ ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho:-
etaṃ āgamma jīvantīti ājīvo. Ko so? Paccayapariyesana vāyāmo. Pārisuddhīti parisuddhatā,
ājīvassa pārisuddhi ājīvapārisuddhi.

Itiājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ.
---------------
Yaṃ panetaṃ tadanantaraṃ paccayasannissitasīlaṃ vuttaṃ, tattha paṭisaṅkhāyonisoti: upāyena
pathena paṭisaṅkhāya ñatvā-paccavekkhitvāti attho. Ettha ca sītassa paṭighātāyāti ādinā
nayena vuttaṃ paccavekkhaṇameva yoniso paṭisaṅkhāyāti veditabbaṃ. Tattha cīvaranti:
antaravāsakādisu yaṃ kiñci. Paṭisevatīti: paribhuñjati, nivāseti vā pārupati vā. Yāvadevāti.
[PTS Page 031] [\q 31/] payojanā'vadhiparicchedaniyamavacanaṃ. Ettakameva hi
yogino cīvarapaṭisevanepayojanaṃ, yadidaṃ sītassa paṭighātāyāti ādi, na ito bhiyyo.
Sītassāti: ajjhattadhātukkhobhavasena vā bahiddhā utupariṇāmavasena vā uppannassa
yassa kassaci. Paṭighātāyāti; paṭihananatthaṃ, yathā sarīre ābādhaṃ na uppādeti, evaṃ tassa
vinodanatthaṃ. Sītabbhāhate hi sarīre vikkhittacitto yoniso padahituṃ na sakkoti, tasmā
sītassa paṭighātāya cīvaraṃ paṭisevitabbanti bhagavā anuññāsi. Esa nayo sabbattha.
Kevalaṃ hettha uṇhassāti: aggisantāpassa. Tassa pana vanadāhādisu sambhavo veditabbo.
Ḍaṃsamakasa vātātapa siriṃsapa samphassānanti-ettha pana ḍaṃsāti: ḍaṃsanamakkhikā,
andhamakkhikāti pi vuccanti. Makasā makasāyeva. Vātāti;
-------------------------
[A.] Di-ni-brahmajālasu.


[SL Page: 024] [\x 24/]

Sarajaarajādibhedā. Ātapota: suriyātapo. Siriṃsapāti: ye keci sarantā gacchanti dīghajātikā
sappādayo. Tesaṃ daṭṭhasamphasso ca phuṭṭhasamphasso cāti duvidho samphasso. So vi
cīvaraṃ pārupitvā nisinnaṃ na bādhati. Tasmā tādisesu ṭhānesu tesaṃ paṭighātatthāya
paṭisevati. Yāvadevāti: puna etassa vacanaṃ niyata payojanāvadhi paricchedadassanatthaṃ.
Hirikopīnapaṭicchādanaṃ hi niyatapayojanaṃ, itarāni kadāci kadāci honti. Tattha
hirikopīnanti: taṃ taṃ sambādhaṭṭhānaṃ. Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ hi aṅge vivariyamāne hiri kuppati
vinassati taṃ taṃ hirikopanato hirikopīnanti vuccati, tassa hirikopīnassa paṭicchādanatthanti
hirikopīnapaṭicchādanatthaṃ. Hirikopīnaṃ paṭicchādanatthantipi pāṭho.

Piṇḍapātanti: yaṃ kiñci āhāraṃ-yo hi koci āhāro bhikkhuno piṇḍolyena patte patitattā
piṇḍapātoti vuccati. Piṇḍānaṃ vā pāto piṇḍapāto-tattha tattha laddhānāṃ bhikkhānaṃ
sannipāto samūhoti vuttaṃ hoti. Neva davāyāti: na gāmadārakādayo viya
davatthaṃ-kiḷānimittanti vuttaṃ hoti. Na madāyāti: na muṭṭhikamallādayo viya
madatthaṃ-balamadanimittaṃ porisamadanimittaṃ vāti [PTS Page 032] [\q 32/] vuttaṃ
hoti. Na maṇḍanāyāti: na antepurikavesiyādayo viya maṇḍanatthaṃ-aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ
pīṇanabhāva nimittanti vuttaṃ hoti. Na vibhūsanāyāti: na naṭanaccakādayo viya
vibhūsanatthaṃ-pasannachavivaṇṇatā nimittanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ettha ca neva davāyāti etaṃ
mohūpanissayapahāṇatthaṃ vuttaṃ; na madāyāti etaṃ dosūpanissayapahāṇatthaṃ, na
maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāyāti etaṃ rāgūpanissayapahāṇatthaṃ, nevadavāya na
madāyāticetaṃ attano saṃyojanupptipaṭisedhanatthaṃ, na maṇḍanāya na vibhusanāyāti etaṃ
parassapi saṃyojanuppatti paṭisedhanatthaṃ, catūhipi cetehi ayoniso paṭipattiyā
kāmasukhallikānuyogassa ca pahāṇaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yāvadevāti: vuttatthameva.
Imassa kāyassāti: etassa catumahābhūtikassa rūpakāyassa. hitiyāti: pabandhaṭṭhitatthaṃ.
Yāpanāyāti: pavattiyā avicchedanatthaṃ cirakālaṭhitatthaṃ vā-gharūpatthambhamiva hi
jiṇṇagharasāmiko, akkhabbhañjanamiva ca sākaṭiko, kāyassa ṭhitatthaṃ yāpanatthañcesa
piṇḍapāta paṭisevati na davamadamaṇḍanavibhusanatthaṃ; api ca ṭhītīti
jīvitindriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tasmā imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāyāti ettāvatā etassa
kāyassa jīvitindriyapavattāpanatthantipi vuttaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Vihiṃsūparatiyāti: vihiṃsā
nāma jighacchā ābādhanaṭṭhena tassā uparamatthampesa piṇḍapātaṃ paṭisevati
vaṇālepanamiva uṇhasītādisu tappatikāraṃ viya ca. Brahmacariyānuggahāyāti: sakala
sāsanabrahmacariyassa maggabrahmacariyassa ca anuggahatthaṃayaṃ hi
piṇḍapātapaṭisevanappaccayā kāyabalaṃ nissāya sikkhātta


[SL Page: 025] [\x 25/]

Yānuyogavasena bhavakantāra nittharaṇatthaṃ paṭipajjanto brahmacariyānuggahāya
paṭisevati, kantāranittharaṇatthikā puttamaṃsaṃ viya nadīnittharaṇatthikā kullaṃ viya,
samuddanittharaṇatthikā nāvamivaca. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca
vedanaṃ na uppādessāmīti: evaṃ iminā piṇḍapātapaṭisevanena [PTS Page 033] [\q 33/]
purāṇañca jighacchā vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca aparimitabhojanappaccayaṃ
āharahatthaka alaṃsāṭaka tatthavaṭṭaka kākamāsaka bhuttavamitaka brāhmaṇānaṃ aññataro
viya na uppādessāmītipi paṭisevati, bhesajjamivagilāno. Athavā yā adhunā
asappāyāparimitabhojanaṃ nissāya purāṇa kammapaccayavasena uppajjanato
purāṇavedanāti vuccati, sappāya parimitabhojanena tassā paccayaṃ vināsento taṃ
purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi. Yācāyaṃ adhunā kataṃ ayuttaparibhoga kammupacayaṃ
nissāya āyatiṃ uppajjanato navavedanāti vuccati, yuttaparibhogavasena tassā mūlaṃ
anibbattento taṃ navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmīti. Evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Ettāvatā
ca yuttaparibhogasaṅgaho attakilamathānuyogappahāṇaṃ dhammikasukhāpariccāgoca
dīpito hotīti veditabbo. Yātrā ca me bhavissatīti: hitaparimitaparibhogena1
jīvitindriyupacchedakassa iriyāpathabhañjakassa vā parissayassa abhāvato cirakālagamana
saṅkhātā yātrāca me bhavissati imassa paccayāyattavuttino kāyassāti pi paṭisevati,
yāpyarogī viya tappaccayaṃ. Anavajjatāca phāsuvihāro cāti: ayutta pariyesana paṭiggahaṇa
paribhoga parivajjanena anavajjatā, parimita paribhogena phāsuvihāro. Asappāyā parimita
bhojanappaccayā2 arati tandi vijamhikā viññūgarahādi dosābhāvena vā anavajjatā,
sappāyaparimitabhojanappaccayā kāyabalasambhavena phāsuvihāro. Yāvadattha
udarāvadehaka bhojana parivajjanena vā seyyasukha phassasukha middhasukhādīnaṃ3
pahāṇato anavajjatā, catu pañcālopamattaūnabhojanena
catuiriyāpathayoggabhāvapaṭipādanato phāsuvihāro ca me bhavissatītipi paṭisevati
vuttampi hetaṃ:-

Cattāro pañca ālope abhutvā udakaṃ pice,
Alaṃ phāsu vihārāya pahitattassa bhikkhunoti.[A]
[PTS Page 034] [\q 34/]
Ettāvatā ca payojanapariggaho majjhimā ca paṭipadā dīpitā hotīti veditabbā.
-------------------------
1. Sī.[II.] Mitaparibhogena saha sī.[III.] Hitaparimita-pe-na.
2. Sī.[I.II.] Paribhogappaccayā.
3. Sī.[II] saha ma [I.II.] Middhasukhānaṃ.
[A.] Theragāthā-sāriputtatthera.

[SL Page: 026] [\x 26/]

Senāsananti: senañca āsanañca-yattha yattha hi seti vihārevā aḍḍhayogādimhi vā taṃ senaṃ,
yattha yattha āsati nisīdati taṃ āsanaṃ, taṃ ekato katvā senāsananti vuccati. Utuparissaya
vinodanaṃ paṭisallānārāmatthanti: parisahanaṭṭhena utuyeva utuparissayo,
utuparissayavinodanatthañca paṭisallānārāmatthañcayo sarīrābādhacittavikkhepakaro
asappāyo utusenāsanapaṭisevanena vinodetabbo hoti, tassa
vinodanatthaṃ-ekībhāvasukhatthañcāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kāmañca sītassapaṭighātāyādināva
utuparissayavinodanaṃ vuttameva; yathāpana cīvarapaṭisevane hirikopīna paṭicchādanaṃ
niyata payojanaṃ itarāni kadāci kadāci hontīti vuttaṃ, evamidhāpi niyataṃ
utuparissayavinodanaṃ sandhāya idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Athavā ayaṃ vuttappakāro utu
utuyeva; parissayo pana duvidho pākaṭaparissayoca paṭicchannaparissayoca. Tattha
pākaṭaparissayo sīhavyagghādayo, paṭicchannaparissayo rāgadosādayo. Te yattha
apariguttiyā ca asappāyarūpadassanādinā ca ābādhaṃ na karonti, taṃ senāsanaṃ evaṃ jānitvā
paccavekkhitvā paṭisevanto bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhāyoniso senāsanaṃ-pe-utuparissaya
vinodanatthaṃ paṭisevatīti veditabbo.

Gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāranti: ettha rogassa patiayanaṭṭhena
paccayo-paccanikagamanaṭṭhenāti attho, yassa kassaci sappāyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
Bhisakkassa kammaṃ tena anuññātattāti bhesajjaṃ, gilānapaccayova bhesajjaṃ gilānapaccaya
bhesajjaṃ-yaṃ kiñci gilānassa sappāyaṃ bhisakkakammaṃ telamadhuphāṇitādīnīti vuttaṃ
hoti. Parikkhāroti pana "sattahi nagaraparikkhārehi suparikkhittaṃ hotī"ti[a] ādisu parivāro
vuccati. "Ratho sīlaparikkhāro1 jhānakkho cakkavīriyo"ti[b][PTS Page 035] [\q 35/]
ādisu alaṅkāro. "Yecime pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā"ti[c] ādisu sambhāro.
Idha pana sambhāropi parivāropi vaṭṭati. Taṃ hi gilānappaccayabhesajjaṃ jīvitassa
parivāropi hoti jīvitanāsakābādhuppattiyā antaraṃ adatvā rakkhaṇato; sambhāropi
yathāciraṃ pavattati evamassa kāraṇabhāvato; tasmā parikkhāroti vuccati. Evaṃ
gilānappaccayabhesajjañca taṃ parikkhārocāti gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro. Taṃ
gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃgilānassa yaṃ kiñci sappāyaṃ bhisakkānuñññātaṃ
telamadhuphāṇitādi jīvitaparikkhāranti vuttaṃ hoti. Uppannānanti: jātānaṃ bhūtānaṃ
nibbattānaṃ. Veyyābādhikānanti: ettha vyābādhoti
------------------------------
[A.] Aṃ-ni-sattakani.
[B.] Saṃ-ni-mahāvagga.
[C.] Ma.Ni-vanapatthasu.
1. Sī [I. II. III.] Saha ma. [I. II.] Setaparikkhāro

[SL Page: 027] [\x 27/]

Dhātukkhobho, taṃ samuṭṭhānā ca kuṭṭhagaṇḍapiḷakādayo, vyābādhato uppannattā
veyyabādhikā. Vedanānanti: dukkhavedanā akusalavipākavedanā; tāsa veyyābādhikānaṃ
vedanānaṃ. Abyāpajjhaparamatāyāti: nidduṃ sabbaṃpahīṇaṃ hoti tāvāti attho. Evamidaṃ
saṅkhepato paṭisaṅkhā yoniso paccayaparibhogalakkhaṇaṃ paccayasannissitasīlaṃ
veditabbaṃ. Vacanattho panettha: cīvarādayo hi yasmā te paṭicca nissāya paribhuñjamānā
pāṇino ayanti gacchanti pavattanti tasmā paccayāti vuccanti; te paccaye sannissitanti
paccayasannissitaṃ.
Iti paccayasannissitasīlaṃ. ---------------

Athapakiṇṇakakathā.
---------
Evametasmiṃ catubbidhe sīle:- saddhāya pātimokkhasaṃvaro sampādetabbo. Saddhā
sādhano hi so, sāvakavisayātītattā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā vacanapaṭikkhepo1 cettha
nidassanaṃ. Tasmā yathāpaññattaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ anavasesaṃ saddhāya samādiyitvā jīvitepi
apekkhaṃ akarontena sādhukaṃ sampādetabbaṃ. Vuttampihetaṃ:[PTS Page 036] [\q 36/]


Kikīca aṇḍaṃ camarīva vāladhiṃ
Piyaṃ ca puttaṃ nayanaṃ ca ekakaṃ
Tatheva sīlaṃ anurakkhamānakā
Supesalaja hotha sadā sagāravāti.[A]

Aparampi vuttaṃ:-"evameva kho mahārāja yaṃ mayā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ taṃ
mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamantī"[b.] Imasmiñca panatthe aṭaviyaṃ corehi
baddhatherānaṃ vatthūni veditabbāni. Mahāvattani aṭaviyaṃ kira theraṃ corā kāḷavallīhi
bandhitvā nipajjāpesuṃ, thero yathā nipannova sattadivasāni vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā
anagāmiphalaṃ pāpuṇitvā tattheva kālaṃkatvā brahmaloke nibbatti. Aparampi theraṃ
tambapaṇṇidīpe pūtilatāya bandhitvā nipajjāpesuṃ; so davaḍāhe2 āgacchante valliṃ
acchinditvāva vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā samasīsi hutvā parinibbāyi. Dīghabhāṇaka
abhayatthero pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ gacchanto disvā therassa sarīraṃ jhāpetvā
cetiyaṃ kārāpesi. Tasmā aññopi saddho kulaputto:-
----------------------
1. Sī.[I.II.III] saha ma.[I.II.]Sikkhāpadapaññattiyā vacanaparikkhepo.
2. Ma.[II.]Vanaḍāhe. [A.]Khuddakani-apadāna. [B.]Saṃ-ni-kosalasaṃ.
Pārājikapāḷiyaṃ verajakhaṇḍe sāriputtāyācitapaṭikkhepamapekkhati.


[SL Page: 028] [\x 28/]

Pātimokkhaṃ visodhento appeva jīvitaṃ jahe,
Paññattaṃ lokanāthena na bhinde sīlasaṃvaraṃ.

Yathā ca pātimokkhasaṃvaro saddhāya, evaṃ satiyā indriyasaṃvaro sampādetabbo.
Satisādhano hi so, satiyā adhiṭṭhitānaṃ indriyānaṃ abhijjhādīhi ananvāssavanīyato . Tasmā
" varaṃ bhikkhave tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhū tāya cakkhundriyaṃ
sampaḷimaṭṭhaṃ, natve va cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu anuvyañjanaso nimittaggāho"ti[a]
ādinā nayena ādittapariyāyaṃ samanussaritvā rūpādisu visayesu cakkhudvārādipavattassa
viññāṇassa ajijjhādīhi anvāssavanīyaṃ nimittādigāhaṃ asammuṭṭhāya [PTS Page 037] [\q
37/] satiyā nisedhentena esa sādhukaṃ sampādetabbo. Evaṃ asampādite hi etasmiṃ
pātimokkhasīlampi anaddhaniyaṃ hoti na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, asaṃvitahitasākhāparivāramiva
sassaṃ. Haññate cāyaṃ kilesacorehi vivaṭadvāro viya gāmo parissahārīhi. Cittaṃ cassa
rāgosamativijjhati, ducchannamagāraṃ vuṭṭhī viya. Vuttampi hetaṃ:-

Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu
Gandhesu phassesu ca rakkha indriyaṃ,
Etehi dvārā vivaṭā arakkhitā
Hananti gāmaṃva parassa hārino.[B]

Yathāgāraṃ cucchannaṃ vuṭṭhi samativijjhati,
Evaṃ abhāvitaṃ cittaṃ rāgo samativijjhatīti.[C]

Sampādite pana etasmiṃ pātimokkhasīlampi addhanīyaṃ hoti ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, susaṃvihita
sākhāpārivāra miva sassaṃ; na haññatecāyaṃ kilesacorehi, susaṃvutadvāro viya gāmo
parassahārīhi; na cassa cittaṃ rāgo samativijjhati succhannamagāraṃ vuṭṭhīviya. Vuttampi
cetaṃ:-

Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu
Gandhesu phassesu ca rakkha indriyaṃ,
Etehi dvārā pihitā susaṃvutā
Na hanti gāmaṃva parassa hārino.[D]
Yathāgāraṃ succhannaṃ vuṭṭhī na samativijjhati,
Evaṃ subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ rāgo na samativijjhatīti.[E]

Ayaṃ pana atiukkaṭṭhadesanā1
------------------------
[A.] Ya-ni-saḷāyatanavagga. [D.] Saṃ-ni-saḷāyatanavagga.
[C.] Dhammapada-yamakavagga. [E.] Dhammapada-ya-ca.
1. Sī. [II.] Ukkaṭṭhadesanā.


[SL Page: 029] [\x 29/]

Cittaṃ nāmetaṃ lahuparivattaṃ1 tasmā uppannaṃ rāgaṃ asubhamanasi kārena vinodetvā
indriyasaṃvaro sampādetabbo. Adhunā pabbajitena [PTS Page 038] [\q 38/]
vaṅgīsattherena viya-therassa kira adhunā pabbajitassa piṇḍāya carato ekaṃ itthiṃ disvā
rāgo uppajji, tato ānandateraṃ āha:-

Kāmarāgo ḍayhāmi cittaṃ me pariḍayhati,
Sādhu nibbāpana brūhi anukampāya gotamāti.[A]

Thero āha:-

Saññāya viparīyesā cittaṃ te pariḍayhati,
Nimittaṃ parivajjehi subhaṃ rāgūpa saṃhitaṃ.

Asubhāya cittaṃ bhāvehi ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ,
Saṅkhāre parato passa dukkhato no ca attato,
Nibbāpehi mahārāgaṃ mā ḍayhittho punappunanti.

Thero rāgaṃ vinodetvā va piṇḍāya cari api ca indriyasaṃvarapūrakena bhikkhunā
kuraṇḍaka mahāleṇavāsinā cittaguttattherena viya, corakamahāvihāravāsinā
mahāmittattherena viyaca bhavitabbaṃ. Kuraṇḍakaleṇe kira sattannaṃ buddhānaṃ
abhinikkhamaṇa cittakammaṃ manoramaṃ ahosi. Sambahulā bhikkhu senāsanacārikaṃ
āhiṇḍantā cittakammaṃ disvā manoramaṃ bhante cittakammanti āhaṃsu. Thero
āha:-atirekasaṭṭhi me āvuso vassāni leṇe vasantassa cittakammaṃ atthi tipi2 najānāmi,
ajjadāni cakkhumante nissāya ñātanti. Therena kira ettakaṃ addhānaṃ vasantena cakkhuṃ
ummīletvā leṇaṃ na ullokitapubbaṃ. Leṇadvāre cassa mahānāgarukkho ahosi sopi therena
uddhaṃ na ullokitapubbo, anusaṃvaccharaṃ bhūmiyaṃ kesarasipātaṃ disvāvassa
pupphitabhāvaṃ jānāti. Rājā therassa guṇasampattiṃ sutvā vanditukāmo tikkhattuṃ pesetvā
anāgacchante there tasmiṃ gāme taruṇaputtānaṃ itthīnaṃ thane bandhāpetvā lañchāpesi:-
tāva dārakā thaññaṃ mālabhiṃsu yāva thero na āgacchatīti. [PTS Page 039] [\q 39/]
thero dārakānaṃ anukampāya mahāgāmaṃ agamāsi. Rājā sutvā gacchatha bhaṇe theraṃ
pavesetha sīlāni gaṇhissāmīti ante puraṃ abhiharāpetvā3 vanditvā bhojetvā ajja bhante
okaso natthi sve sīlāni gaṇhissāmīti therassa pattaṃ gahetvā thokaṃ anugantvā deviyā
saddhiṃ vanditvā nivatti. Thero rājā vā vandatu devi vā, sukhī hoti
--------------------------------
1. Sī.[II.] Lahuparivatti-ma-lahuparivattati.
2. Sī.[I.II.] Atthi natthītipi.
3. Sī.[II.] Atiharāpetvā.
[A.] Saṃ-ni-vaṅgīsa-saṃ.

[SL Page: 030] [\x 30/]

Mahārājāti vadati. Evaṃ satta divasā gatā,1 bhikkhū āhaṃsu:-kiṃ bhante tumhe raññepi
vandanamāne deviyāpi vandamānāya 'sukhī hotu mahārājā'ti evaṃ vadathāti. Thero nāhaṃ
āvuso rājāti vā devīti vā vavatthānaṃ karomīti vatvā sattāhātikkame therassa idha vāso
dukkhoti raññā vissajjito kuraṇḍakamahāleṇaṃ gantvā rattibhāge caṅkamaṃ āruhi.2
Nāgarukkhe adhivatthā devatā daṇḍadīpikaṃ gahetvā aṭṭhāsi, athassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ
atiparisuddhaṃ pākaṭaṃ ahosi. Thero kiṃnu3 me ajja kammaṭṭhānaṃ ativiya pakāsatīti
attamano majjhimayāma samanantaraṃ sakalaṃ pabbataṃ unnādayanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇi.
Tasmā aññepi atthakāmo4 kulaputto.

Makkaṭova araññamhi vane bhanta migo viya,
Bālo viya ca utrasto na bhave lolalocano.

Adho khipeyya cakkhūni yugamatta daso siyā,
Vanamakkaṭa lolassa na cittassa vasaṃ vajeti.

Mahāmittattherassāpi mātu visagaṇḍarogo uppajji, dhītā pissā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā hoti.
Sā taṃ āha:-"gaccha ayye bhātu santikaṃ, gannvā mama aphāsubhāvaṃ ārocetvā bhesajjaṃ
āharā"ti. Sā gantvā ārocesi. Thero āha nāhaṃ mūlabhesajjādīni saṃharitvā bhesajjaṃ pacituṃ
jānāmi, apica te bhesajjaṃ ācikkhissaṃ, ahaṃ yato pabbajito na mayā lobhasahagatena cittena
indriyāni bhinditvā visabhāgarūpaṃ olokitapubbaṃ, imināsaccavacanena [PTS Page 040] [\q
40/] mātuyā me phāsu hotu, gaccha imaṃ vatvā upāsikāya sarīraṃ parimajjāti. Sā gantvā
imamatthaṃ ārocetvā kathā akāsi, upāsikāya taṃ khaṇaṃ yeva gaṇḍo pheṇapiṇḍo viya
vilīyitvā antaradhāyi. Sā uṭṭhahitvā sace sammāsambuddho dhareyya kasmā mama
puttasadisassa bhikkhuno jālavicittena hatthena sīsaṃ na parāmaseyyāti attamanavācaṃ
nicchāresi. Tasmā

Kulaputtamānī6 aññepi pabbajitvāna sāsane,
Mittattherova tiṭṭheyya vare indriyasaṃvare.

Yathā pana indriyasaṃvaro satiyā, tathā viriyena ājīvapārisuddhi sampādetabbā.
Viriyasādhanā hi sā, sammā āraddhaviriyassa micchā
---------------------------------
1. Sī.[I.II.III] saha ma.[I.II.]Sattadivasāgataṃ
2. Sī.[II.]Abhirūhi.
3. Sī.[II] saha [I] kinnukho.
4. Sī [I.II] saha [III.]Attatthakāmo.
5. Sī.[II.]Mātuupāsikāya.
6. Sī.[I.III.]Kulaputtodāti.


[SL Page: 031] [\x 31/]

Jīvappahāṇayambhavato. Tasmā anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ pahāya viriyena
piṇḍapātacariyādīhi sammā esanāhi esā sampādetabbā, parisuddhuppādeyeva paccaye
paṭisevamānena aparisuddhuppāde āsiviseviya parivajjayatā. Tattha
apariggahitadhutaṅgassa saṅghato gaṇato dhammadesanādīhi cassa guṇehi pasannānaṃ
gihīnaṃ santikā uppannapaccayā parisuddhuppādā nāma piṇḍapātacariyādīhi pana
atiparisuddhuppādāyeva pariggahitadhutaṅgassa piṇḍapātacariyādīhi dhutaṅgaguṇecassa
pasannānaṃ santikā dhutaṅganiyamānulomena uppannā parisuddhuppādā nāma
ekabyādhivūpasamatthañcassa pūtiharīṭakī catumadhuresi uppannesu catumadhuraṃ
aññepi sabrahmacārino paribhuñjissantīti cintetvā hariṭakīkhaṇḍameva paribhuñjamānassa
dhutaṅgasamādānaṃ patirūpaṃ hoti. Esahi uttamaariyavaṃsiko bhikkhūti vuccati. Ye panete
cīvarādayo paccayā tesu yassa kassaci bhikkhuno ājīvaṃ parisodhentassa cīvarehi
piṇḍapāteva nimittobhāsaparikathāviññattiyo na vaṭṭanti. Senāsane pana apariggahita
dhutaṅgassa nimittobhāsa parikathā vaṭṭanti. Tattha nimittaṃ [PTS Page 041] [\q 41/]
nāma:- senānasatthaṃ bhūmiparikammādīni karontassa kiṃ bhante kayirati1 ko kārāpetīti
gihīhi vutte na kocīti paṭivacanaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi evarūpaṃ nimittakammaṃ. Obhāso
nāma:-upāsakā tumhe kuhiṃ vasathā?Ti pāsāde bhanteti. Bhikkhūnaṃ pana upāsakā pāsāde
na vaṭṭatī?Ti vacanaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi evarūpaṃ obhāsakammaṃ. Parikathā nāma:
bhikkhusaṅghassa senāsanaṃ sambādhanti vacanaṃ, yā vā panaññāpi2 evarūpā
pariyāyakathā. Bhesajje sabbampi vaṭṭati. Tathā uppannaṃ pana bhesajjaṃ roge vūpasante
paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati na vaṭṭatī"?Ti3 tattha vinayadharā bhagavatā dvāraṃ dinnaṃ, tasmā
vaṭṭatīti vadanti; suttantikā pana kiñcāpi āpatti na hoti ājīvaṃ pana kopeti, tasmā na vaṭṭati
cceva vadanti.

Yo pana bhagavatā anuññātāpi nimittobhāsaparikathā viññattiyo akaronto
appicchatādiguṇeyeva nissāya jīvitakkhayepi paccupaṭṭhite aññatreva obhāsādīhi uppanne
paccaye paṭisevati. Esa paramasallekhavuttīti vuccati. Seyyathāpi thero sāriputto: so
kirāyasmā ekasmiṃ samaye pavivekaṃ brūhayamāno mahāmoggallānattherena saddhiṃ
aññatarasmiṃ araññe viharati. Athassa ekasmiṃ divase udaravātābādho uppajjitvā
atidukkhaṃ janesi. Mahāmoggallānatthero sāyaṇhasamaye tassā yasmato upaṭṭhānaṃ gato
theraṃ nipannaṃ disvā taṃ pavattiṃ
-------------------
1. Sī.[II] saha ma.[II.]Karīyati.
2. Sī.[I.II.]Yaṃvāpanaññampi.
3. Sī.[I.II] saha [III] paribhuñjituṃ navaṭṭati.

[SL Page: 032] [\x 32/]

Pucchitvā pubbe te āvuso kena phāsu hotīti pucchi. Thero āha:-gihīkāle me āvuso mātā
sappimadhusakkharādīhi yojetvā asambhinnakhīrapāyāsaṃ adāsi, tena phāsukaṃ ahosīti.
Sopi āyasmā: hotu āvuso sace mayhaṃ vā tuyhaṃ vā puññaṃ atthi appevanāma sve
labhissāmāti āha. Imaṃ pana tesaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ rukkhe adhivatvā
devatā sutvā sve ayyassa pāyāsaṃ uppādessāmīti tāvadeva therassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ [PTS
Page 042] [\q 42/] gantvā jeṭṭhaputtassa sarīraṃ āvisitvā pīḷaṃ janesi. Athassa tikicchā
nimittaṃ sannipatite1 ñātake āha:sace sve therassa evarūpaṃ nāma pāyāsaṃ paṭiyādetha taṃ
muñcissāmīti. Te tayā avuttepi mayaṃ therānaṃ nibaddhaṃ bhikkhaṃ demāti vatvā
dutiyadivase tathārūpaṃ pāyāsaṃ paṭiyādayiṃsu. Mahāmoggallānatthero pātova āgantvā
āvuso yāvāhaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā āgacchāmi, tāva idheva hohīti vatvā gāmaṃ pāvisi. Te
manussā paccuggantvā therassa pattaṃ gahetvā vuttappakārassa pāyāsassa pūretvā adaṃsu.
Thero gamanākāraṃ dassesi. Bhuñjatha bhante tumhe, aparampi dassāmāti theraṃ bhojetvā
puna pattapūraṃ adaṃsu. Thero gantvā handāvuso sāriputta paribhuñjathāti upanāmesi
theropi taṃ disvā atimanāpo pāyāso kathannukho uppannoti cintento tassa uppatti mūlaṃ
disvā āha: harāvuso2 moggallāna aparibhogārahoyaṃ3 piṇḍapātoti. Sopāyasmā mādisena
nāma ābhataṃ piṇḍapātaṃ na paribhuñjatīti cittampi anrappādetvā ekavacaneneva pattaṃ
mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā ekamante nikkujjesi. Pāyāsassa saha bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhānā therassa
ābādho antaradhāyi. Tato paṭṭhāya cattāḷīsavassāni4 na puna uppajji. Tato
mahāmoggallānattheraṃ āha: "āvuso vacīviññattiṃ nissāya uppanno pāyāso antesu
nikkhamitvā bhūmiyaṃ carantesupi paribhuñjituṃ ayuttarūpo"ti. Idañca udānaṃ udānesi:-

Vacīviññatti vipphārā uppannaṃ madhu pāyasaṃ,
Sace bhutto bhaveyyāhaṃ sājīvo garahito mama.[A]

Yadi pi me antaguṇaṃ nikkhamitvā bahī care,
Neva bhindeyya mājīvaṃ5 cajamānopi jīvitaṃ.

Ārādhemi sakaṃ cittaṃ vivajjemi anesanaṃ,
Ahaṃ hi buddhapatikuṭṭhaṃ na kāhāmi anesananti
---------------------
1. Ma.[II.]Sandissati-so. 4. Pañcacattāḷīsavassāni(sabbattha)
2. Sī.[I.II.]Āvuso. 5. Sī.[I.]Saha [II.]Ājīvaṃ.
3. Sī.[I] saha [II.]Aparibhogāraho. [A.] Khuddakani-udāna.


[PTS Page 043] [\q 43/]
[SL Page 033] [\x 33/]
Civaragumbavāsitaambakhādaka mahātissattheravatthūpi cettha kathe tabbaṃ. Evaṃ
sabbathāpi.

"Anesanāya cittampi ajanetvā vicakkhano,
Ājivaṃ parisodheyya saddhā pabbajito yatī"ti.

Yathāca viriyena ājivapārisuddhi, tathā paccayasannissitasīlaṃ paññāya sampādetabbaṃ
paññāsādhanaṃ hi taṃ paññavato paccayesu ādīnavānisaṃsadassanasamatthabhāto. Tasmā
pahāya paccaya gedhaṃ dhammena samena uppanne paccaye yathāvuttena vidhinā paññāya
paccavekkhitvā paribhuñjantena taṃ sampādetabbaṃ. Tattha duvidhaṃ paccavekkhaṇaṃ;
paccayānaṃ paṭilābhakāle paribhogakāleca. Paṭilābhakālepi hi dhātuvasena vā
paṭikkūlavasena vā paccavekkhitvā ṭhapitāni cīvarādīni tato uttariṃ paribhuñjantassa
anavajjova paribhogotathā paribogakālepi. Tatrāyaṃ sanniṭṭhānakaro vinicchayo: - cattāro
hiparibogā; theyyaparibogo iṇaparibogo dāyajjaparibogo sāmiparibhogoti; tatra
saṅghamajjhe nisīditvā paribhuñjantassa dussīlassa paribhogo theyyaparibhogo nāma.
Sīlavato apaccavekkhita paribogo1 iṇaparibogo nāma; tasmā cīvaraṃ pariboge pariboge
paccavekkhitabbaṃ, piṇḍapāto ālope ālope, tathā asakkontena purebhattapacchābhatta
purimayāma majjhimayāma pacchimayāmesu. Sacassa apaccavekkhatova aruṇaṃ uggacchati
iṇaparibhogaṭṭhāne yeva tiṭṭhati, senāsanampi paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhi tabbaṃ;
bhesajassa paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi satipaccayatāva vaṭṭati. Evaṃ santepi paṭiggahaṇe
satiṃ katvā pariboge akarontassevaāpatti, paṭiggahaṇe pana satiṃ akatvāpi paribhege
karontassa anāpatti. Catubbidhā hi suddhi; desanāsuddhi saṃvarasuddhi pariyeṭṭhisuddhi
paccavekkhaṇasuddhiti. [PTS Page 044] [\q 44/] tattha desanāsuddhi nāma:
pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ, taṃ hi desanāya sujjhanato desanāsuddhitivuccati. Saṃvarasuddhi
nāma: indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ, taṃ hi na puna evaṃ karissāmīti cittādhiṭṭhānasaṃvareneva
sujjhanato saṃvarasuddhīti vuccati. Pariyeṭṭhisuddhi nāma: ājivapārisuddhisīlaṃ, taṃhi
anesanaṃ pahāya dhammena samena paccaye uppādentassa pariyesanāya suddhattā
pariyeṭṭhisuddhīti vuccati. Paccavekkhaṇasuddhi nāma: - paccaya sannissitasīlaṃ, 3 taṃhi
vuttappakārena paccavekkhaṇena sujjhanato paccavekkhaṇasuddhiti vuccati; tena vuttaṃ
"paṭiggahaṇepana satiṃ akatvāpi pariboge karontassa anāpattī"ti. Sattannaṃ

1. Sī1. 11. Apaccavekkhitvā 2. Sī 1. Satipaccayatā. 3. Ma. 11.
Paccayaparibhogasannissitasīlaṃ

[SL Page 034] [\x 34/]

Sekhānaṃ paccayaparibogo dāyajjaparibogo nāma. Tehi bhagavato puttā, tasmā
putusantakānaṃ paccayānaṃ dāyādā hutvā te paccaye paribhuñjanti. Kiṃ pana te1 bhagavato
paccaye paribhuñjanti udāhu gihīnaṃ paccaye paribhuñjantīti2 gihīhi dinnāpi
bhagavatāanuññātattā bhagavato santakā honti. Tasmā bhagavato paccaye paribhuñjantīti
veditabbā. Dhammadāyādasuttañcettha sādhakaṃ. Khīṇāsavānaṃ paribhogo sāmiparibhogo
nāma. Tehi taṇhāya dāsavyaṃ atītattā sāmino hutvā paribhuñjanti. Imesu paribhogesu
sāmiparibhogoca dāyajjaparibhogoca sabbesaṃ vaṭṭati. Iṇaparibhego na vaṭṭati.
Theyyaparibhoge kathayeva natthi. Yo panāyaṃ sīlavatopaccavekkhitaparibhogo, so
iṇaparibhogassa paccanīkattā ānaṇyaparibogo vā hoti dāyajjapariboge vā2 saṅgahaṃ
gacchati. Sīlavā hi imāya sikkhāya samannā gatattā sekhotveva vuccati. Imesu pana
paribhogesu yasmā sāmipariboge aggo, tasmā taṃ patthayamānena bhikkhunā
vuttappakārāya paccavekkhaṇāya paccavekkhitvā paribhuñjantena paccaya sannissitasīlaṃ
sampādetabbaṃ. Evaṃ karonto hikiccakārī hoti. Vuttampi cetaṃ: -
[PTS Page 045] [\q 45/]
Piṇḍaṃ vihāraṃ sayanāsanañca
Āpañca saṅghāṭi rajūpavāhanaṃ,
Sutvāna dhammaṃ sugatena desitaṃ
Saṅkhāya seve varapaññasāvako.

Tasmāhi pinḍe sayanāsane ca
Āpe ca saṅghāmi rajūpavāhane,
Etesu dhammesu anūpalitto
Bhikkhu yathā pokkhare vāribindu.

Kālena laddhā parato anuggahā
Dhajjesu bhojjesu ca sāyanesu,
Mattaṃ sa jaññā satataṃ upaṭṭhito
Vaṇassa ālepana rūhaṇe yathā.

Kantāre puttamaṃsaṃva akkhassabbhañjanaṃ yathā.
Evaṃ āhari āhāraṃ3 yāpanatthāya 'mucchitoti. [A.]

Imassa ca paccayasannissitasīlassa paripūrakārikāya bhāgineyya saṅgharakkhitasāmaṇerassa
vatthu kathetabbaṃ, so hi sammā pacca vekkhitvā paribhuñji, yathāha: -

1. Sī 1. 11. Kimpanete 2. Sī1. 11. Dāyajjaparibogeyevavā. 3. ī. Āhāreyyāhāraṃ. [A.]
Suttanipate- dhammikasutta.

[SL Page 035] [\x 35/]
"Upajjhāyo maṃ bhuñjamānaṃ sālikuraṃ sunibbutaṃ,
Māheva tvaṃ sāmaṇera jivhā jhāpesi asaññato.

Upajjhāyassa vaco sutvā saṃvegamalabhiṃ tadā,
Ekāsane nisīditvā arahattaṃ apāpuniṃ.

Sohaṃ paripuṇṇasaṅkappo cando paṇṇaraso yathā
Sabbāsavaparikkhīno natthi dāni punabbhavo"ti.

[PTS Page 046] [\q 46/]
Tasmā aññopi dukkhassa patthayanto parikkhayaṃ,
Yoniso paccavekkhitvā paṭisevetha paccayeti. [A]

Evaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlādivasena catubbidhaṃ.
Iti catupārisuddhisīlapakiṇṇakakathā.

Pañcavidhakoṭṭhāsassa paṭhamapañcake aṭupasampannasīlādi vasena attho veditabbo.
Vuttaṃhetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ: - katamaṃ pariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Anupasampannānaṃ
pariyantasikkhāpadānaṃ. Idaṃ pariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Katamaṃ
apariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Upa sampannānaṃ apariyantasikkhāpadānaṃ. Idaṃ
apariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ katamaṃ paripunṇapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Puthujjanakalyāṇakānaṃ
kusala dhamme yuttānaṃ sekkhapariyante paripūrakārīnaṃ kāye ca jiviteca anapekkhānaṃ
pariccattajīvitānaṃ. Idaṃ paripuṇṇapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Katamaṃ aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhisīlaṃ?
Sattannaṃ sekhānaṃ. Idaṃ aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Katamaṃ
paṭippassaddhipārisuddhisīlaṃ? Tathāgata sāvakānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ
tathāgatānaṃ arahantānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ. Idaṃ paṭippassaddhipārisuddhisīlanti. [B]
tattha anupasampannānaṃ sīlaṃ gaṇanavasena sapariyantattā pariyantapārisuddhiti
veditabbaṃ; upasampannānaṃ.
Navakoṭisahassāni asītiṃ satakoṭiyo,
Paññāsaṃ satasahassāni chattiṃsāca punāpare.

Ete saṃvaravinayā sambuddhena pakāsitā,
Peyyālamukhena niddiṭṭhā sikkhā vinaya saṃvareti.

Evaṃ gaṇanavasena sapariyantampi anavasesavasena [PTS Page 047] [\q 47/]
samādāna bhāvaṃ lābhayasañāti aṅgajīvitavasena adiṭṭhapariyantabhāvañca savdhāya
aparayantapārisuddhiti veditabbaṃ, cīvaragumbavāsī ambakhādaka mahā tissattherassa
sīlamīva; tathāhi so āyasmā

[A.] Khuddakani - apadāna [b] paṭisambadā -ñāṇa. 1. Ma. 11.
Apariyantapārisuddhisīlantivuttaṃ.

[SL Page 036] [\x 36/]

Dhanaṃ caje yo pana aṅgahetu
Aṅgaṃ caje jīvitaṃ rakkhamāno,
Aṅgaṃ dhanaṃ jīvitañvāpi sabbaṃ.
Caje naro dhammamanussarantoti. [A]

Imaṃ sappurisānussatiṃ avijahanto jīvitasaṃsayepi sikkhāpadaṃ avītikkamma tadeva
apariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ nissāya upāsakassa piṭṭhigatova arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Yathāha: -

"Na pitā napi te mātā na ñātī napi bandhavo,
Karotetādisaṃ kiccaṃ sīlavantassa kāraṇā.

Saṃvegaṃ janayitvāna sammasitvāna yoniso,
Tassa piṭṭhigato santo arahattaṃ apāpuṇī"ti.

Puthujjanakalyāṇakānaṃ sīlaṃ upasampadato paṭṭhāya sudhota jātimaṇi viya
suparikammakatasuvaṇṇaṃ viya ca atiparisuddhattā cittuppādamattakenapi malena
virahitaṃ arahattasseva padaṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Tasmā paripuṇṇapārisuddhiti vuccati-
mahāsaṅgharakkhita bhāgiṇeyyasaṅgharakkhitattherānaṃ viya. Mahāsaṅgharakkhitattheraṃ
kira atikkantasaṭṭhivassaṃmaraṇamañce npannaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho lokuttarādigamaṃ pucchi.
Thero natthi me lokuttaradhammoti āha. Athassa upaṭṭhāko daharabhikkhu āha: bhante
tumhe parinibbutātu samantā dvādasayojanā manussā sannipatitā, tumhākaṃ putujjana
kālakiriyāyamahāvippaṭisāro1 bhavissatīti. Āvuso ahaṃ metteyyaṃ bhagavantaṃ passissāmīti
vipassanaṃ na paṭṭhapesiṃ, [PTS Page 048] [\q 48/] tena hi maṃ nisīdāpetva okāsaṃ
karohīti. So theraṃ nisidā petvā bahī nikkhanto thero tassa saha bahi nikkhamanāva
arahattaṃ patvā ackrikāya saññaṃ adāsi. Saṅgho sannipatitvā āha: bhante evarūpe
maraṇakāle lokuttaradhammaṃ nibbattetvā dukkaraṃ karitthāti. Nāvuso etaṃ dukkaraṃ,
apica ve dukkaraṃ ācikkhissāmi, ahaṃ āvuso pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya asatiyā
aññāṇapakataṃkammaṃ nāma na sarāmīti. Bhāgiṇeyyopissa paññāsavassa kāle evameva
arahattaṃ pāpuṇīti.

Appassutopi ce hoti sīlesu asamāhito,
Ubhayena naṃ garahanti sīlatoca sutena ca.

Appassutopi ce hoti sīlesu susamāhito,
Sīlato naṃ pasaṃsanti nāssa sampajjate sutaṃ.

[A.] Aḍhakathāgatā [b.] Aṅguttara -ni-4-ni. 1. Si11. Mahājanassavippaṭisāro.

[SL Page 037] [\x 37/]

Bahussutopi ce hoti sīlesu asamāhito.
Sīlato naṃ garahanti nāssa sampajjate sutaṃ.

Bahussutopi ce hoti sīlesu susamāhito,
Ubhayena naṃ pasaṃsanti sīlato ca sutena ca.

Bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ sappaññaṃ buddhasāvakaṃ,
Nekkhaṃ jambonadasseva ko taṃ ninditumarahati.
Devāpi naṃ pasaṃsanti brahmunāpi pasaṃsitoti. [A.]
Sekhānaṃ pana sīlaṃ diṭṭhivasena aparāmaṭṭhattā-puthujjanānāṃ vā pana bhavavasena
aparāmaṭṭhasīlaṃ aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhīti veditabbaṃkuṭumbiyaputtatissattherassa sīlaṃ
viya. So hi āyasmā tathārūpaṃ sīlaṃ nissāya arahatte patiṭṭhātukāmo verike āha:

Ubho pādāni bhinditvā saṃyamessāmi1 vo ahaṃ,
Aṭṭiyāmi harāyāmi sarāgamaraṇaṃ ahanti.

[PTS Page 049] [\q 49/]
Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna sammasitvāna yoniso,
Sampatte aruṇuggamhi arahatta mapāpuṇinti.

Aññataropi mahāthero bāḷhagilāno sahatthā āhārampi paribhuñjituṃ asakkonto sake
muttakarīse paḷipanno samparivattati. Taṃ disvā aññataro daharo ho dukkā jīvitasaṅkhārāti
āha. Tamenaṃ mahāthero āha: āvuso idāni mīyyamāno saggasampattiṃ labhissāmi, natthi
me ettha saṃsayo, imaṃ pana sīlaṃ bhinditvā laṅdhasampatti nāma sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya
paṭiladdha gihībhāvasadi sīti2 vatvā sileneva saddhiṃ marissāmīti tatheva3 nipanno
tameva rogaṃ sammasanto arahattaṃ patvā bhikkhusaṅghassa imāhi gāthāhi vyākāsi: -

Phuṭṭhassa me aññatarena byādhinā
Rogena bāḷhaṃ dukhitassa ruppato.
Parisussatī khippamidaṃ kaḷebaraṃ.
Pupphaṃ yatā paṃsuni ātape kataṃ.

Ajaññaṃ jaññasaṅkhātaṃ asuciṃ suci sammataṃ,
Nānākuṇapaparipūraṃ jaññarūpaṃ apassato.

[A.] Aṅguttara catuni. 1. Sī1. 11. Saññamissāmi - saccāpessāmi. 2. Ma 11.
Gihībhāvasadisanti. 3. Ma1. 11. Tattheva.

[SL Page 038] [\x 38/]

Dhīratthu maṃ āturaṃ pūtikāyaṃ.
Duggandhiyaṃ asuciṃ vayādhidhammaṃ,
Yatthappamattā adimucchitā pajā
Hāpenti maggaṃ sugatupapattiyāti.

Ahavantādīnaṃ pana sīlaṃ sabbadarathapaṭippassaddhiyā parisuddhattā
paṭippassaddhipārisuddhiti vedatabbaṃ. Evaṃ pariyantapārisuddhiādivasena pañcavidhaṃ.

Dutiyapañcake: - pāṇātipātādīnaṃ pahāṇādivasena attho vedatabbo. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ
paṭisambhidāyaṃ: -
"Pañca sīlāni; pāṇāti pātassa pahāniṃ sīlaṃ, veramaṇīsīlaṃ, cetanāsīlaṃ saṃvarosīlaṃ,
avītikkamo sīlaṃ, adinnādānassa; kāmesu micchācārassa; musāvādassa; pisuṇāvācāya;
pharusāvācāya; samphappalāpassa; [PTS Page 050] [\q 50/] abhijjhāya; vyāpādassa;
miccādiṭṭhiyā. Nekkhammena kāmacchandassa; abyāpādena byāpādassa;
ālokasaññāyathinamiddhassa; avikkhepena uddhaccassa; dhammavavatthānena vicikicchāya;
ñāṇena avijjāya; pāmojjena aratiyā; paṭhamena jhānena nīvaranānaṃ; dutiyena jhānena
vitakkavicārānaṃ; tatiyena jhānena pītiyā, catutthena jhānena
sukhadukkhānaṃ;ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā rūpasaññāya, paṭighasaññāya.
Nānattasaññāya; viññāṇañcāyatasasamāpattiyā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāya;
ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāya;
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā ākiñcaññāyatasasaññāya; aniccānupassanāya
niccasaññāya; dukkhānupassanāya sukhasaññāyra anattānupassanāya attasaññāyra
nibbidānupassanāya nandiyāra virāgānupassanāya rāgassa; nirodhānupassanāya
samudayassa; paṭinissaggānupassanāya ādānassa; khayānupassanāya ghanasaññāya;
vayānupassanāya āyūhaṇassa; viparināmānupassanāya dhuvasaññāya; animuttānupassanāya
nimittassa; appanihitānupassanāya paṇidhiyā; suññatānupassanāya abhinivesassa;
adhipaññādhamma vipassanāya sārādānābhini vesassa; yathābhūtañāṇadassaṇena
sammohābhinivesassa; ādīnavā nūpassanāya ālayābhinivesassa; paṭisaṅkhānupassanāya1
appaṭi saṅkhāya; vivaṭṭhānupassanāya saṃyogābhinivesassa; sotāpatti maggena
diṭṭhekaṭṭhānaṃ kilesānaṃ; sakadāgimimaggena oḷārikānaṃ kilesānaṃ; anāgāmivaggena
anusahagatānaṃ kilesānaṃ; arahattamaggena sabbakilesānaṃ; pahānaṃ sīlaṃ, veramaṇi
cetanā saṃvaro avītikkamo sīlaṃ. Evarūpāni sīlāni cittassa avippaṭisārāya saṃvattanti,
pāmojjāya saṃvattanti. Pītiyā saṃvattanti.

1. Sī11. Hsaṅkhādhammānupassanāya.

[SL Page 039] [\x 39/]

Passaddhiyā saṃvattanti, somanassāya saṃvattanti, āsevanāya saṃvattanti, bhāvanāya
saṃvattanti, pahulīkammāya saṃvattanti alaṅkārāya saṃvattanti, parikkhārāya saṃvattanti,
parivārāya saṃvattanti, pāripūriyā saṃvattanti, ekantanibbaṃdāya virāgāya nirodāya
upasamāya abhiññāya sambodāya nibbānāya saṃvattantīti. [A]

Ettha ca pahāṇanti koci dhammo nāma natthi aññata; vuttappakārānaṃ
pānātipātādīnaṃanuppādamattato. Yasmā pana taṃ taṃ pahānaṃ tassa tassa kusalassa [PTS
Page 051] [\q 51/] dhammassa patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena upadhāraṇaṃ hoti,
vikampabhāvākaraṇena ca samādānaṃ tasmā pubbevutteneva
upadhāraṇasamādhānasaṅkhātena sīlanaṭṭhena sīlanti vuttaṃ. Itare cattāro dhammā tato
tato veramaṇivasena tassa tassa saṃvaravasena, tadubhayasampayuttacetanāvasena, taṃ taṃ
avītīkkamantassa avītikkamavasena ca, cetaso pavattisabbhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttā. Sīlaṭṭho
pana nesaṃ pubbe pakāsitoyevāti. Evaṃ pahāṇasīlādivasena pañca vidhaṃ.

Ettāvatāca kiṃ sīlaṃ, keṭṭhena sīlaṃ, kāna'ssa lakkhaṇa rasa paccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānāni,
kimānisaṃsaṃ sīlaṃ, katividhañcetaṃ sīlanti? Vuttānaṃ imesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjanaṃ
niṭṭhitaṃ.

Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ko cassa saṃkileso? Kiṃ vodānanti? Tatra vadāma: khaṇḍādibhāvosīlassa
saṃkileso, akhaṇḍādibhāvo vedānaṃ. So pana khaṇḍādibhāvolābhayasādihetukena bhedena
ca sattavidhamethunasaṃyogena ca saṅgahīto. Tathāhi yassa sattasu āpattikkhandhesu
ādimhivā ante vā sikkhāpadaṃ bhinnaṃ hoti, tassa sīlaṃ pariyante chinnasāṭako viya
khaṇḍaṃ nāma hoti. Yassa pana vemajjhe bhinnaṃ, tassa majjhe chiddasāmako viya chiddaṃ
nāma hoti. Yassa paṭipāṭiyā dve tīṇi bhinnāni, tassa piṭṭhiyāvā kucchiyāvā uṭṭhitena
visabhāgavaṇṇena kāḷarattādīnaṃ aññatara sarīravanṇāgāvī viya sabalaṃ nāma hoti. Yassa
antarantarā bhinnāni, tassa antarantarā visabhāgavaṇṇabindu vicita;gāvī viya kammāsaṃ
nāma hoti. Evaṃ tāva lābhādihetukena bhedena khaṇḍādibhāvo hoti.

Evaṃ sattavidhamethunasaṃyogavasena. Vuttaṃ hi bhagavatā: - idha brāhmaṇa ekacco
samanovā brāhmanovā sammābrahmacārī paṭijāna māno naheva ko mātugāmena [PTS Page
052] [\q 52/] saddhiṃ dvayaṃdvayasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, apica kho mātugāmassa
acchādanaṃ parimaddanaṃ nahāpanaṃ sambāhanaṃ sādiyati, so tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti,
tenaca vittiṃ āpaññati. Idampiko brāhmaṇa brahmacariyassa khaṇḍampi

[A.] Paṭisambhidā - ñāṇakathā.

[SL Page 040] [\x 40/]

Chiddampi sabalampi kammāsampi. Ayaṃ vuccati brāhmaṇa aparisuddhaṃ brāhmacariyaṃ
caratī, saṃyutto methunena saṃyogena, na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena -pe- na
parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi. Puna ca paraṃ brāhmaṇa idhekacco samanovā
brāhmanovā-pepaṭijānamāno naheva ko mātugāmena saddhiṃ dvayaṃ dvayasamāpattiṃ
samāpajjati, napi mātugāmassa ucchādanaṃ -pesādiyati, apica kho mātugāmena
saddhiṃsañjagghati, saṃkīḷati saṅkeḷāyati, so tadassādeti -pedukkhasmāti vadāmi.
Punacaparaṃ brāhmaṇa idhekacco samaṇovā brāhmaṇovā -pe- naheva kho mātugāmena
saddhiṃ dvayaṃdvayasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, napi mātugāmassa uccādanaṃ -pe-sādiyati,
napi mātu gāmena saddhiṃ sañjagghati saṅkīḷati saṅkeḷāyati. Api ca kho mātugāmassa
cakkhunā cakkhuṃ upanijjhāyati, pekkhati, so tadassādeti -pedukkhasmāti vadimi.
Punacaparaṃ brahmaṇa idhekacco samaṇovā brahmanovā -pe- naheva ko mātugāmena -pe-
napi mātugāmassa -penapi mātugāmena -pe- napi mātugāmassa -pepekkhati. Apica ko
mātugāmassa saddaṃ suṇāti tirokuḍḍā vā tiropākārā vā hasantiyā vā bhaṇantiyā vā
gāyantiyā vā rodantiyā vā, so tadassādeti -pe- dukkhasmāti vadāmi. Punacaparaṃ brāhmaṇa
idhekacco samaṇovā brāhmanovā -penaheva kho mātugāmena -pe- napi mātugāmassa -pe-
napi mātugāmena -pe- napi mātugāmassa -pe- rodantiyā vā -peapica kho yānissa tāni pubbe
mātugāmenasaddhiṃ hasitalapitakīḷitāni, tāni anussarati. So tadassā deti -pedukkhasmāti
vadāmi. Punacaparaṃ brāhmaṇa idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmano vā -penaheva kho
mātugāmena -pe-napi mātugāmassa -pe- napi yānissa tāni pubbe mātugāmena saddhiṃ
hasitalapitakīḷitāni tāni anussarati, [PTS Page 053] [\q 53/] apica kho passati gahapatiṃ
vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitaṃ samaṅgibhūtaṃ parivārayamānaṃ, se
tadassādeti -pedukkhasmāti vadāmi. Punacaparaṃ brāhmaṇa idhekacco samano vā
brāhmaṇo vā -penaheva kho mātugāmena -pe- napi passati gahapatiṃ vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā
-peparicārayamānaṃ. Apica kho aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmaciriyaṃ carati:
imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi
devaññataro vāti, so tadassā deti taṃ nikāmeti tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati. Idampi brāhmaṇa
brahmacariyassa khaṇḍampi chiddampi sabalampi kammāsampīti evaṃ lābhādi hetukena
bhedena sattavidhamethunasaṃyogena ca khaṇḍādi bhāvo saṅgahītobati veditabbo.

[A.] Aṅguttarani - sattakani.

[SL Page 041] [\x 41/]

Akhaṇḍādibhāvo pana sabbesaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ abhedena, bhinnā nañca sappaṭikammānaṃ
paṭikammakaraṇena, sattavidha methunasaṃyogā bhāvane ca, aparāya ca kodho apanābho
makkho paḷāso issā macchariyaṃ māyā sāṭheyyaṃ thambho sārambho māno atimāno mado
pamādoti ādīnaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ anuppattiyā, appicchatā santuṭṭitāsallekhatādīnañca
tuṇānaṃ uppattiyā saṅgahīto. Yānīhi sīlānī lābhādīnampi attāya abhinnāni, pamādadosena
vā bhinnānipi paṭikammakatāni, metunasaṃyogena ca kodhūpanāhādīhi vā pāpadhammehi
anupahatāni, tāni sabbaso akhaṇḍāni acciddāni asabalāni akammāsānīti vuccanti. Tāni yeva
bhujissabhāvakaraṇatova bhujissāni, viññūhi pasatthattā viññūppasatthānira taṇhādiṭṭhihi
aparāmaṭṭhattā aparāmaṭṭhāni; upacārasamādhiṃ vā appaṇāsamādiṃ vā saṃvattayantīti
samādhisaṃvattanikāni ca honti. Tasmā tesaṃ esa akhaṇḍādibhāvo vodānanti veditabbo.
Taṃ panetaṃ vodānaṃ dvīhākārehi sampajjati sīla vipattiyā ca ādīnavadassanena
sīlasampattiyāva ānisaṃsadassanena. [PTS Page 054] [\q 54/] tattha "pañcime
bhikkhave ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā "ti: [a] evamādi suttanayena sīlavipattiyā
ādīnavo daṭṭhabbo: apica dussīlo puggalo dussīlyahetu amanāpo hoti deva manussānaṃ,
ananusāsaniyo sabrahmacārīnaṃ, dukkhito dussīlagarahāsu, vippaṭisārī
sīlavataṃpasaṃsāsu, tāyaca pana dussīlyatāya sāṇasāmako viya dubbaṇṇo hoti, ye kho
panassa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpaññanti tesaṃ dīgharattaṃ apāyadukkhāvahanato
dukkhasamphasso, yesaṃ deyyadhammaṃ patiganhāti tesaṃ na mahapphalakaraṇato
appaggho, anekavassagaṇikaguthakūpo viya dubbisodhano, chavā lātamiva ubhato
parībāhiro, bhikkhubhāvaṃ paṭijānantopi abhikkhuyeva gogaṇaṃ anubaddhagadrabho viya,
satatubbiggo sabbaverika puriso viya, asaṃvāsāraho matakaḷebaraṃ viya, sutādiguṇayuttopi
sabrahmacārīnaṃ apūjāraho susānaggi viya brāhmaṇānaṃ, ahabbo visesādigame
avdhovarūpadassane, nirāso saddhamme caṇḍāla kumārako viya rajje, sukitosmiti
maññamānopi dukkhitova aggikkhandhapariyāye vuttadukkhabhāgitāya, dussīlānaṃ hi
pañcakāmaguṇaparibogavandanamānanādisukhassādagathitacittānaṃ tappaccayaṃ
anussaraṇamattenāpi bhadayasantāpaṃ janayitvā uṇhalohituggā rappavattanasamatthaṃ
atikamukaṃ dukkhaṃ dassentosabbākārena paccakkhakammavipāko bhagavā āha:
"passathano tumhe bhikkhave amuṃ mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ
sajotibhūtanti. Evaṃ bhante. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ yaṃ

[A] aṃ -ni-pañcakani.

[SL Page 042] [\x 42/]

Amuṃ mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ āliṅtvā upanisīdeyya vā
upanipajjeyya vā, yaṃ khattiyakaññaṃ vā brāhmaṇakagñaññaṃ vā gahapatikaññaṃ vā
mudutalunahatthapādiṃ āliṅgitvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vāti. Etadeva bhante varaṃ
yaṃ khattiyakaññaṃ vā brāhmaṇakaññaṃ vā gahapatikaññaṃ vā mudutalunahatthapādiṃ
āliṅgitvā upanisīdeyya vā [PTS Page 055] [\q 55/] upanipajjeyyavā dukkhaṃ hetaṃ
bhante yaṃ amuṃ mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ āliṅtvā
upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, yaṃ khattiyakaññaṃ vā brāhmaṇakagñaññaṃ vā
gahapatikaññaṃ vā mudutalunahatthapādiṃ āliṅgitvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vāti
ārocayāmi vo bhikkhave paṭivedayāmi vo bhikkhave yathā etadeva tassa varaṃ dussīlassa
pāpadhammassa asuci saṅkassarasamācārassa paṭicchannakammantassa assamaṇassa
samaṇapaṭiññassa abrahma cārissa brahmacārīpaṭiññassa antopūtissa avassutassa
kasambujā tassa yaṃ amuṃ mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ
āliṅtvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, yaṃ khattiyakaññaṃ vā brāhmaṇakagñaññaṃ vā
gahapatikaññaṃ vā mudutalunahatthapādiṃ āliṅgitvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā. Taṃ
kissa hetu? Tato nidānaṃ hi so bhikkhave maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā
dukkhaṃ, natveva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ
nirayaṃ uppajjeyya. Yañca ko so bhikkhave dussīlo-pekasambujāto khattiyakaññaṃ vā
brāhmaṇakagñaññaṃ vā gahapatikaññaṃ vā mudutalunahatthapādiṃ āliṅgitvā upanisīdeyya
vā upanipajjeyya vā gitvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, 1 tañhi tassa bhikkhave hoti
dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maranā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ
nirayaṃ uppajjeyya. [A] evaṃ aggikkhandhupamāya itthipaṭibaddhapadvakāmaguṇa
paribhogappaccayaṃ dukkhaṃ dassetvā eteneva upāyena: "taṃkiṃ maññatha bhikkhave
katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā puriso daḷhāya vāḷarajjuyā ubojaṅghā veṭhetvā
ghaṃseyya sā chaviṃ cindeyya chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chivdeyya cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ
chandeyya aṭṭhiṃ cetvā aṭṭhi miñjaṃ āhacca tiṭṭheyya, yaṃ vā khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ vā
brāhmaṇamahā sāḷānaṃ vā gahapatimahāsāḷānaṃ vā abhivādanaṃ sādiseyyāti ca. Taṃ kiṃ
maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā puriso tiṇhāya sattiyā teladhotāya
paccorasmiṃ pahareyya, yaṃ vā khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsāḷānaṃ vā
gahapatimahāsāḷānaṃ vā añjalikammaṃ sādiyeyyāti ca. Taṃ kiṃvaññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ
nu kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā puriso tattena ayopaṭṭena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhutena
kāyaṃ sampaḷiveṭheyya, yaṃ vā khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsāḷānaṃ vā
gahapatimahā sāḷānaṃ vā saddhādeyyaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjeyyā ti ca. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha
bhikkhave katamaṃ [PTS Page 056] [\q 56/] nu kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā puriso tattena
ayo saṅkunā ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena mukhaṃ vivaritvā tattaṃ lohaguḷaṃ
ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ mukhe pakkhi peyya taṃ tassa oṭṭhampi ḍaheyya
mukhampi jivhampi kaṇṭhampi adarampi

[A] aṅguttara sattakani. 1. Sī. Ma. 1. 11. Saha 111. Upanipajjati vā. 2. Sī. Ma. 1. 11.
Khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatimahāsāḷānaṃ.

[SL Page 043] [\x 43/]

Ḍaheyya antampi antaguṇampi ādāya adhobhāgā nikkhameyya, yaṃ vā
khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsāḷānaṃ vā gahapatimahāsāḷānaṃ vā saddhādeyyaṃ
piṇḍapātaṃ paribuñjeyyāti ca. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ yaṃ
balavā riso sīse vā gahetvā khandhe vā gahetvā tattaṃ ayomañcaṃ vā ayopīṭhaṃ vā ādittaṃ
sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ abhinisīdāpeyya vā abhinipajjā peyya vā, yaṃ vā
khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ yā brāhmaṇamahāsāḷānaṃ vā gahapatimahā sāḷānaṃ vā
saddhādeyyaṃmañcapīṭhaṃ paribuñjeyyāti ca. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu
kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā puriso uddhapādaṃ adho siraṃ gahetvā. Tattāya lohakumbhiyā
pakkipeyya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya, so tattha eṇeddehakaṃ paccamāno sakimpi
uddhaṃ gaccheyya sakimpi adho gaccheyya sakimpi tiriyaṃ gaccheyya, yaṃ vā
khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsāḷānaṃ vā gahapatimahāsāḷānaṃ vā saddhādeyyaṃ
vihāraṃ paribuñjeyyāti cā ti. [A] imāhi vāḷarajju tinha satti ayopaṭṭa ayoguḷa ayoguḷa
ayomañca ayopīṭha ayokumbhi upamāhi abivādana añjalikamma cīvara piṇḍapāta
mañcapīṭha vihāra paribhogappaccayaṃ dukkhaṃ dassesī. Tasmā: -

Aggikkhandhāliṅgana dukkhādikadukkhakamukaphalaṃ,
Avijahato kāmasukhaṃ sukaṃ kuto bhinnasīlassa.

Abhivādana sādiyane kiṃ nāma sukhaṃ vipannasīlassa,
Daḷhavāḷarajjughaṃsana dukkhādhika dukkhabhāgissa. [PTS Page 057 [\q 57/] 2]

Saddhānamañjalikamma sādiyane kiṃ sukhaṃ asīlassa,
Sattippahāra dukkhā dhimatta dukkhassa yaṃ hetu.

Cīvara pariboga sukhaṃ kiṃ nāma asaññatassa,
Yena cīraṃ anubhavitabbā niraye jalita ayopaṭṭasamphassā.

Madhuropi pinḍapāto haḷāhaḷavisūpamo asīlassa,
Ādittā giḷitabbā ayoguḷā yena cirarattaṃ.

Sukhasammatopi dukkho asīlino mañcapīṭhaparibogo,
Yaṃ bādissanti cīraja jalita ayomañca pīṭhāni. 3

Dussīlassa vihāre saddhādeyyamhi kā nivāsa rati,
Jalitesu nivasitabbaṃ yena ayokumhi majjhesu.

Saṅkassarasamācāro kasambujāto avassuto pāpo,
Anto pūtīti ca yaṃ nivdanto āha lokagaru.

[A.] Aṅguttara sattakani. 1. Sī 1. 11 Saha 111 dukkhātidukkhaṃmukaṃphalaṃ. 2. Sī. 1. 11
Dukkhātidukkhabhāgiyassa 3. Sī1. 11 Saha 111. Jalitaayomañcadukkhāti.

[SL Page 044] [\x 44/]

Dhijjīvitaṃ adhaññassa tassa samaṇānaṃ vesadhārissa,
Assamaṇassa upahataṃ khatamattānaṃ vahantassa.

Guthaṃ viyaṃ kuṇapaṃ viya maṇḍanakāmā vivajjayantīdha,
Yaṃ nāma sīlavanto santo kiṃ jīvitaṃ tassa.

Sabbahayehi amutto mutto sabbehi adhigamasukhehi,
Supihita saggadvāro apāyamaggaṃ samārūḷho.

Karuṇāya vatthūbhūto kāruṇikajanassa nāma ko añño,
Dussīlasamo dussīlatāya iti pahuvidhāpi dosāti.

Evamādinā paccavekkhaṇena sīlavipattiyaṃ ādīnavadassanaṃ, vuttappakāraviparītato
silasmapattiyaṃ ānisaṃsadassanaṃ ca veditabbaṃ. Apica: [PTS Page 058 [\q 58/] -]
Tassa pāsādikaṃ hoti pattacīvaradhāranaṃ,
Pabbajjā saphalā tassa yassa sīlaṃ sunimmalaṃ.

Attānuvādādibhayaṃ suddhasīlassa bhikkhuno,
Andhakāraṃ viya ravi hadayaṃ nāvagāhati.

Sīlasampattiyā bhikkhū sobhamāno tapovano.
Pabhāsampattiyā cando gagane viya sobhati.

Kāyagavdhopi pāmojjaṃ sīlavantassa bhikkuno,
Karoti api devānaṃ sīlagandhe kathāva kā.

Sabbesaṃ gandhajātānaṃ sampattiṃ abibhusyahi,
Avighātī dasadisā sīlagavdho pavāyati.

Appakampi katā kārā sīlavante mahapphalā,
Hontīti silavā hoti pūjā sakkārabhājanaṃ.

Sīlavantaṃ na bādhenti āsavā diṭṭhadhammikā,
Samparāyikadukkhānaṃ mūlaṃ khaṇati sīlavā.

Yā manussesu sampatti yā ca devesu sampadā,
Na sā sampannasīlassa icchato hoti dullabhā.

Accantasantā pana yā ayaṃ nibbāṇasampadā,
Sampanna sīlassa mano tameva anudhāvati.

Sabbasampattimūlamhi sīlamhi iti paṇḍito,
Anekākāravokāraṃ ānisaṃsaṃ vibhāvayeti.

Evaṃ hi vibhāvayato sīlavipattito ubbijjitvā sīlasampatti ninnaṃ mānasaṃ hoti; tasmā yathā
vuttaṃ imaṃ sīlipattiyā ādī navaṃ, imañca sīlasampattiyā ānisaṃsaṃ disvā sabbādarena
sīlaṃ

[SL Page 045] [\x 45/]
Vodāpetabbanti. Ettāvatā ca "sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño"ti imissā gāthāya sīla samādhi
paññāmukhena desite visuddhimagge sīlaṃ tāva paridīpitaṃ hoti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimaggena

Sīlanīddeso nāma

Paṭhamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 059] [\q 59/]

2.
Atha dhutaṅganiddeso.

Idāni yehi appicchatā santuṭṭhitādīhi guṇehi vuttappakā rassa sīlassa vodānaṃ hoti te
guṇe sampādetuṃ yasmā samādinnasīlena yoginā dhutaṅgasamādānaṃ kātabbaṃ, evaṃ
bhissa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekha pavivekāpacaya viriyārambha subhara tādi guṇasalila
vikkhālitamalaṃ sīlañceva suparisuddhaṃ bhavissati vatāni ca sampajjissanti. Bati
anavajjasīlabbataguṇaparisuddhasamācāro porāṇe ariyavaṃsattaye patiṭṭhāya catutthassa
bhāvanārāmatā saṅkhātassa ariyavaṃsassa adhigamāraho bhavissati; tasmā dhutaṅgakathaṃ
ārabissāma: - bhagavatā hi pariccattalokāmisānaṃ kāye ca jivite ca anapekkhānaṃ
anulomapaṭipadaṃ yeva ārādhetukāmānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ terasa dhutaṅgāni aṭuññātāni
seyyathīdaṃ: paṃsukulikaṅgaṃ, tecīvarikaṅgaṃ, pinḍapātikaṅgaṃ, sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ,
ekāsanikaṅgaṃ, pattapinḍikaṅgaṃ, khalupacchābhattikaṅkaṃ, āraññikaṅgaṃ,
rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ, abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ, sosānikaṅgaṃ, yathā santhatikaṅgaṃ, nesajjikaṅganti
tattha: -

Atthato lakkhaṇādīhi samādānavidhānato,
Pabhedato bhedato ca tassa tassānisaṃsāto.

Kusalattikato ceva dhutādīnaṃ vibhāgato,
Samāsavyāsatocāpi viññātabbo vinicchāya. [PTS Page 060] [\q 60/]

Tattha atthato tāva: - rathikā susāna saṅkārakūmādīnaṃ yattha katthaci paṃsūnaṃ upari
ṭhitattā abbhuggataṭṭhena tesu paṃsusu kūla mivāti paṃsukūlaṃ; athavā paṃsu viya
kucchitabhāvaṃ ulatī'tipaṃsukūlaṃkucchitabhāvaṃ gacchatīti vuttaṃ hoti; evaṃ
laddhanibbacanassa paṃsukūlassa dhāraṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ; paṃsukūlaṃ sīlamassāti
paṃsukuliko; paṃsukulikassa aṅgaṃ= paṃsukulikaṅgaṃ, aṅganti kāraṇaṃ vuccati, tasmā yena
samādānena so paṃsukuliko hoti, tassetaṃ adhi vacananti veditabbaṃ. Eteneva nayena
saṅghāṭi uttarāsaṅga

[SL Page 046] [\x 46/]

Antaravāsaka saṅkhātaṃ ticīvaraṃ sīlamassāti tecīvariko; tecīvarikassa aṅgaṃ
tecīvarikaṅgaṃ. Bhikkhāsaṅkhātānaṃ pana āmisapinḍānaṃ pāto piṇḍapāto, parehi dinnānaṃ
piṇḍānaṃ patte nipata nanti vuttaṃ hoti; taṃ pinḍapātaṃ uñchati taṃ taṃ kulaṃ
upasaṅkamanto gavesatīti piṇḍapātiko. Pinḍāya vā patituṃ vatame tassāti
piṇḍapātīpatitunti carituṃ; pinḍapātī eva piṇḍapātiko; piṇḍapātikassa aṅgaṃ
pinḍapātikaṅgaṃ. Dānaṃ vuccata avakhaṇḍanaṃ; apetaṃ dānato apadānaṃ-
anavakhaṇḍananti attho; saha apadā nena sapadānaṃavakhaṇḍanavirahitaṃ anugharanti
vuttaṃ hoti; sapadānaṃ carati idamassa sīlanti sapadānacārī; sapadānacārī eva
sapadānacāriko; tassa aṅgaṃ sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ. Ekāsane bojanaṃ ekāsaṃ; taṃ sīlamassāti
ekāsaniko; tassa aṅgaṃ ekāsani kaṅgaṃ. Dutiyabhājanassa paṭikkhittattā kevalaṃ ekasmiṃ
yeva patte piṇḍo pattapiṇḍo; idāni pattapiṇḍagahaṇe pattapiṇḍasaññaṃ katvā-
pattapiṇḍo sīlamassāti pattapinḍiko; tassa aṅgaṃ pattapiṇḍikaṅgaṃ. Khalūti
paṭisedhanatthe nipāto; pavāritena satā [PTS Page 061] [\q 61/] paccā laddhaṃ bhattaṃ
pacchābhattaṃ nāma. Tassa pacchā bhattassa bhojanaṃ pacchābhattabhojanaṃ; tasmiṃ
pacchābhattabhojane pacchābhattasaññaṃ katvā- pacchābhattaṃ sīlamassāti pacchābhattiko;
na pacchābhattiko khalu pacchābhattiko; samādānavasena paṭikkhittātirittabhojanassetaṃ
nāmaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ khalūti eko sakuṇiko, so mukhena phalaṃ gahetvā
tasmiṃ patite puna aññaṃ na khādati tādiso ayanti khalupacchābhattiko tassa aṅgaṃ
khalupacchābhattikaṅgaṃ. Araññe nivāso sīlamassāti āraññiko tassa aṅgaṃ āraññikaṅgaṃ.
Rukkhamūle nivāso rukkhamūlaṃ, taṃ sīlamassāti rukkhamūliko. Rukkhamūlikassa aṅgaṃ
rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ. Abbhokāsika sosānikaṅgesupi eseva nayo yadeva santhataṃ yathā
santhataṃ, idaṃ tuyhaṃ pāpuṇātīti evaṃ paṭhamaṃ uddiṭṭhasenāsanassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
Tasmiṃ yathāsanthate viharituṃ sīlamassāti yathāsanthatiko, tassa aṅgaṃ
yathāsanthatikaṅgaṃ. Sayanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā nisajjāya virahituṃ sīlamassāti nesajjiko, tassa
aṅgaṃ nesajjikaṅgaṃ. Sabbāneva panetāni tena tena samādānena dhūtakilesattā dhutassa
bhikkhuno aṅgānīti kilesa dhananato vā dhutanti laddhavohāraṃ ñāṇaṃ aṅgaṃ etesanti
dhutaṅgāni. Athavā dhutāni ca tāni paṭipakkhaniddhunanato aṅgāni ca paṭipattiyā tipi
dhutaṅgāni, evaṃ tāvettha atthato viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Lakkhaṇādihīti: - sabbāneva panetāni1 samādānacetanālakkhaṇāni. Vuttampicetaṃ: -2 " yo
samādiyati so piggalo, yena

1. Sī1. 11. Sabbānevacetāni. 2. Sī1 saha ma. 11. Vuttampicetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ

[SL Page 047] [\x 47/]
Samādiyati cittacetasikā ete dhammā, yā samādānacetanā taṃ dhutaṅgaṃ, yaṃ paṭikkhipati
taṃ vatthūti. [A"] sabbāneva ca loluppaviddhaṃ sanarasāni,
nilloluppabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānāni, appicchatādi ariyadhamama padaṭṭhānāni. [PTS Page 062]
[\q 62/] evamettha lankhaṇādihiveditabbo vinicchayo.

Samādānavidhānatoti ādisu pana padvasu: - sabbāneva dhutaṅgāni dharamāne bhagavati
bhagavatova santike samādātabbāni; parinibbute mahāsāvakassa santike; tasmiṃ asati
khauṇāsavassaanāgamissasakadāgāmissasotāpannassatipiṭakassadvipimakas-
saekapimakassa - ekajaṅgītikassa - ekāgamassa - aṭṭhakathācariyassa - tasmiṃ asati
dhutaṅgadharassa - tasmimpi asati cetiyaṅganaṃ sammajjitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā
sammāsambuddhassa santike vadanena viya samādātabbāni. Apica sayampi samādātuṃ
vaṭṭati evaṃ. Ettha ca cetiyapabbate dvebhātika terānaṃ jeṭṭhabhātu dhutaṅgappicchatāya
vatthu kathetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva sādāraṇakathā.

Idāni ekekassa samādānavidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃse vaṇṇayissāma: paṃsukulikaṅgaṃ
tāva: -" gahapatidānacīvaraṃ paṭikkipāmi, " "paṃsukulikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesu dvīsu
vacanesu aññatarena samādinnaṃ hoti. Idaṃ tāvettha samādānaṃ evaṃ
samādinnadhutaṅgena pana tena sosānikaṃ pāpaṇikhaṃ rathiyacolaṃ saṅkāra coḷaṃ sottiyaṃ
nahānachoḷaṃ titthacoḷaṃ gatapaccāgataṃ aggidaḍḍhaṃ gokhāyitaṃ upacikākhāyitaṃ
undūrakhāyitaṃ antacchinnaṃ dasacchinnaṃ dhajāhamaṃ thūpacīvaraṃ samaṇacīvaraṃ
ābisekikaṃ iddhimayaṃ panthikaṃ vātāhataṃ devadattiyaṃ sāmuddiyanti etesu aññataraṃ
cīvaraṃ gahetvā phāletvā dubbalaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya thiraṭṭhānāni dhovitvā cīvaraṃ katvā
porānaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ apanetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Tattha sosānikanti: susāne patitakaṃ.
Pāpaṇikanti: āpaṇadvāre patītakaṃ. Rathiyacoḷanti: puññattikehi vātapānadvārena1
ratikāya chaḍḍītacoḷakaṃ. Saṅkāracoḷanti: [PTS Page 063] [\q 63/] saṅkāraṭṭhāne
chaḍḍita coḷakaṃ. Sotthiyanti: gabbhamalaṃ puñchitvā chaḍḍitavatthaṃ. Tissā maccamātā
kira sataagghanakena vatthena gabbhamalaṃpuñchāpetvā paṃsukulikā gaṇhissantīti
tāḷavelimagge chaḍḍāpesi, bhikkhū jinṇakaṭṭhānatthameva gaṇhanti. Nahānacoḷanti: yaṃ
bhūta vejjehi sasīsaṃ nahāpitā kāḷakaṇṇicoḷanti chaḍḍetvā gacchanti. Titthacoḷanti:
sinānatitthe chaḍḍita pilotikaṃ. Gata paccāgatanti: yaṃ manussā. Susānaṃ gantvā paccāgatā
nahātvā chaḍḍenti. Aggidaḍhenti: agginā daḍḍhapadesaṃ. Taṃ hi manussā chaḍḍenti.
Gokhāyitādīni pākaṭāneva. Tādisānipi hi manussā chaḍḍenti. Dhajāhaṭanti: nāvaṃ āruhantā
dhajaṃ bandhitvā āruhanti

[A] mahāaṭhakathā. 1. Sī1. 11. Vātapānantarena.

[SL Page 048] [\x 48/]
Taṃ tesaṃ dassanātikkame gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Yampi yuddhabhamiyaṃ dhajaṃ bandhitvā
ṭhapitaṃ taṃ dvinnampi senānaṃ gatakāle gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Thūpavīcaranati: vammikaṃ
parikkhipitvā balikammakataṃ. Samaṇacīvaranti: bhikkhusantakaṃ. Ābhisekikanti: rañño
abhisekaṭṭhāne chaḍḍita cīvaraṃ. Iddhimayanti: ehi bhikkhucīvaraṃ. Panathikanti:
antarāmagge patitakaṃ yaṃ pana sāmikānaṃ satisammosena patitaṃ taṃ tokaṃ rakkhitvā
gahetabbaṃ. Vātāhatanti: vātena haritvā dūre pātitaṃ. Taṃ pana sāmike apassante gahetuṃ
vaṭṭati. Devadattiyanti: yaṃ anuruddhattherassa viya devatāhi dinnakaṃ. Sāmuddiyanti:
samuddavicīhi thale ussāditaṃ yaṃ pana saṅghassa demāti dinnaṃ coḷaka bikkhāya vā
caramānehi laddhaṃna taṃ paṃsukulaṃ, bhikkhudattiyepi yaṃ vassaggena gāhetvā vā
dīyyati senāsanacīvaraṃ vā hoti na taṃ paṃsukulaṃ, no gāhāpetvā dinnameva paṃsukuḷaṃ
tatrāpi yaṃ dāya kehi bhikkhussa pādamūle nikkhittaṃ tena pana bhikkhunā paṃsukulikassa
hattheṭhapetvā dinnaṃ taṃ ekato suddhikaṃ nāma, yaṃ bhikkhuno hatthe ṭhapetvā
dinnaṃtena pana pādamūle ṭhapitaṃ tampi ekato suddhikaṃ, yaṃ bhikkhunopi pādamūle
ṭhapitaṃtenāpi tatheva dinnaṃ taṃ [PTS Page 064] [\q 64/] ubhatosuddhikaṃ, yaṃ
hatthe ṭapetvāva laddhaṃ hattheyeva ṭhapitaṃ taṃ anukkaṭṭhacīvaraṃ nāma. Iti imaṃ
paṃsukulabhedaṃ ñatvā paṃsukulikena cīvaraṃ paribhuñjitabbanti idamettha vidhānaṃ.
Ayaṃ pana pabhedo: tayo paṃsukulikā, ukkaṭṭho majjhimo mūduti. Tattha sosānikaṃ yeva
gaṇhanto ukkaṭṭho hoti, pabbajitā gaṇhissantīti ṭhapitakaṃ gaṇhanto majjhimo, pādamūle
ṭhapetvā dinnakaṃ gaṇhanto mudūti. Tesu yassa kassaci attano ruciyā khantiyā gihīhi
dinnakaṃ sāditakkhaṇe dutaṅgaṃbhijjati. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ pānānisaṃso:
"paṃsukulachivaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā"ti[a] vacanato nissayānurūpa paṭipattisabbhāvo,
paṭhame ariyavaṃse patiṭṭhānaṃ, ārakkhadukkhābhāvo, aparāyattavuttitā, corabhayena
abhayatā, paribhogataṇhāya abhāvo, samaṇasāruppaparikkhāratā. " Appāni ceva sulahāni
ca tānica anavajjānī"tī: [b] bhagavatā saṃvaṇṇitappaccayatā, pāsādikatā, appicchatādīnaṃ
phalanipphatti, sammāpaṭipattiyā anubrūhaṇa, pacchimāya janatāya diṭṭhānugatiṃ
āpādananti.

Mārasenavighatāya paṃsukūla1 dharo yati.
Sannaddha kavaco yuddhe khattiyo viya sobhati.

Pahāya kāsikādīni varavatthāni dhāritaṃ.
Yaṃ lokagarunā ko taṃ paṃsukulaṃ na dhāraye.

[A.] Vinayamahāvagga- pabbajjākhandhaka. [B.] Aṅguttarani - catukkani. 1. Sī1. 11 Saha
111paṃsukulaṃ.

[SL Page 049.] [\x 49/]

Tasmā hi attano bhikhu paṭiññaṃ samanussaraṃ,
Yogācārānukulamhi paṃsukule rato siyāti.
Ayaṃ tāva paṃsukulikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Tadanantaraṃ pana tecīvarikaṅgaṃ " catutthakacīvaraṃ paṭikkhipāmi, tecīvarikaṅgaṃ
samādiyāmi"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena [PTS Page 065] [\q 65/] samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena
pana tecīvarikena cīvaradussaṃ labhitvā yāva aphāsu bhāvena kātuṃ vā na sakkoti
vicārakaṃ1 vā na labhatisūciādisu vāssa kiñci2 na sampajjati tāva nikkhipitabbaṃ;
nikkittapaccayā doso natthi. Rajitakālato paṭṭhāya pana nikkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati;
dhutaṅgacoro nāma hoti. Idamassa vidhānaṃ. Pabhedato pana ayampi tivido hoti: tattha
ukkaṭṭhena rajana kāle paṭhamaṃ antaravāsakaṃ vā uttarāsaṅgaṃ vā rajitvā taṃ nivāsetvā
itaraja rajitabbaṃ, taṃ pārupitvā saṅghāṭi rajitabbā- saṅghāṭiṃ pana nivāsetuṃ na vaṭṭati.
Idamassa gāmantasenāsane vattaṃ. Āraññakena pana dve ekato dhovitvā rajituṃ vaṭṭanti.
Yathā pana kadvi disvā sakkoti kāsāvaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā upari kātuṃ evaṃ āsanne ṭhāne
nisīditabbaṃ. Majjhimassa pana rajanasālāyaṃ rajanakāsāvaṃ nāma hoti taṃ nivāsetvā vā
pārupitvā vā rajanakammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati; mudukassa sabhāgabhikkhūnaṃ cīvarāni
nivāsetvā vā pārupitvā vā rajana kammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tatraṭṭhaka paccattharaṇampi
tassa vaṭṭati, pariharituṃ pana na vaṭṭati, sabhāgabhikkhūnaṃ cīvarampi antarantarā
paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Dhutaṅga tecīvarikassa pana catutthaṃ vaṭṭamānaṃ aṃsakāsāvameva
vaṭṭati, tañca kho vitthārato vidatthi dīghato tihatthameva vaṭṭati. Imesa pana tinṇampi
catutthakacīvaraṃ sāditakkhaṇeyeva dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panāni
saṃso: tecīvariko bikkhu santuṭṭhohoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, tenassa pakkhino viya
samādāyeva gamanaṃ, appasamārambhatā, vatthasannidhiparivajjanaṃ, sallahukavuttitā,
atireka cīvaraloluppappahāṇaṃ, kappiyepi mattakāritā. Sallekhavuttitā, appicchatādīnaṃ
phalanipphattīti evamādayo guṇā sampajjanti. [PTS Page 066] [\q 66/]

Atireka vatthataṇhaṃ pahāya sannidhi vivajjito dhiro,
Santosa sukha rasaññū ticīvaradharo bhavati yegī.

Tasmā sapattacaraṇo pakkhīva sacīvarova yogivaro,
Sukhamanuvicaritukāmo cīvaraniyame ratiṃ kayirāti.
Ayaṃ tecīvarikaṅge
Sāmādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavanṇanā.

1. Sī 1. 11. Vicāraṇakaṃ 2. Sī 1. 11 Saha 111 sūciādīsu vā yaṃ kiñci.

[SL Page 050] [\x 50/]

Piṇḍapātikaṅgampi "atirekalābhaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, piṇḍapāti kaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ
aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana piṇḍapātikena saṅghabhattaṃ,
uddesabhattaṃ, nimattanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ,
āgantukabhattaṃ, gamikabhattaṃ, gilānabhattaṃ, gilānūpaṭṭhākabhattaṃ, vihārabhattaṃ,
dhūrabhattaṃ, vārabhattanti etāni cuddasa bhattāni na sāditabbāni, sace pana saṅghabhattaṃ
gaṇhathāti ādināvata nayenavā ambhākaṃ gehe saṃgho bikkhaṃ ganhāti tumhepi bhikkhaṃ
gaṇhathāti vatvā dinnāni honti tāni sādituṃ vaṭṭanti. Saṅghato nirāmisasalā kāpi vihāre
pakkabhattampi vaṭṭatiyevāti - idamassa vidhānaṃ. Pahe dato pana ayampi tividho hoti:
tattha ukkaṭṭho puratopi pacchatopi āhaṭabhikkhaṃ gaṇhāti, padvāre1 ṭhatvā pattaṃ
gaṇhantānampi deti, paṭikkamanaṃ āharitvā dinnabikkhampi gaṇhāti, taṃ divasaṃ pana
nisīditvā bhikkhaṃ na gaṇhāti; majjhimo taṃ divasaṃ nisīditvāpi gaṇhāti, svātanāya
pananādhivāseti; muduko svātanāyapi puna divasāyapi bhikkhaṃ adivāseti. Te ubhopi
serivihārasukhaṃ na labhanti, ukkaṭṭho pana labhati. Ekasmiṃ kira gāme ariyavaṃso hoti,
ukaṭṭho itare āha. Āyāmāvuso dhammasavaṇāyāti. Tesu eko ekenamhi bhante manussena
nisīdāpitoti. Evaṃ te ubhopi parihīṇā, itaro pātova piṇḍāya caritvāgantvā dhammarasaṃ
[PTS Page 067] [\q 67/] paṭisaṃvedesi. Imesaṃ pana tinṇampi saṅghabhattādikaṃ
atirekalābhaṃ sāditakkhaṇe eva dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati - ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso:
" pinḍiyālopa bojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā"ti[a] vacānato nissayānurūpapaṭipattisabbhāvo,
dutiye ariyavaṃse patiṭṭhānaṃ, aparāyattavuttitā, "appagghāniceva sulabhāni ca tāni ca
anavajjānī" ti[b-] bhagavatā saṃvaṇṇitappaccayatā, kosajjanimmaddanatā2 parisuddhājīvatā,
sekhiyapaṭipattipūraṇaṃ, aparapositā, parānuggahakiriyā, mānappahānaṃ,
rasataṇhānivāraṇaṃ, gaṇabhojana paramparabhojana cārittasikkhāpadehi anāpattitā,
appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitā. Sammāpaṭipattibrūhaṇaṃ, paccimajanatānukampananti.

"Piṇḍiyālopa santuṭṭho aparāyattajiviko,
Pahīṇāhāraloluppo hoti cātuddisoyati.

Vinodayati kosajjaṃ ājīvassa visujjhati,
Tasmā hi nātimaññeyya bhikkhācariyaṃ sumedhaso.

1. Sī1. 11 Saha 111 pattadvāre. 2. Nimmathanatā- katthaci. [A.] Vinayamahāvagga. [B.]
Aṅguttarani - catukkani.

[SL Page 051.] [\x 51/]

Evarūpassa hi: -

Pinḍapātikassa bhikkhuno attabharassa anaññaposino,
Devāpihayanti tādino no ce lābhasilokanissitoti.

Ayaṃ pinḍapātikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedābhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Sapadānacārikaṅgampi " leluppacāraṃ paṭikkhipāmi, sapadānacāri kaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti
imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana sapadānacārikena gāmadvāre ṭhatvā
parissayābhāvo sallakkhetabbo: yassā racchāya cā gāme vā parissayo hoti, taṃ pahāya
aññattha carituṃ vaṭṭati. Yasmiṃ gharadvāre vā racchāya vā gāme vā kiñci na labbhati,
agāmasaññaṃ katvā gantabbaṃ. Yattha kiñci labbhati, taṃ pahāya gantuṃ na vaṭṭati. Iminā
ca bhikkhunā kālataraṃ pavisitabbaṃ evaṃ hi aphāsukaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya aññattha [PTS Page
068] [\q 68/] gantuṃ sakkhissati. Sace panassa vihāre dānaṃ dentā antarāmagge vā
āgacchantā manussā. Pattaṃ gaṇhitvā pinḍapātaṃ denti vaṭṭati, iminā ca maggaṃ
gacchantenāpi bhikkhācāravelāyaṃ sampattagāmaṃ anatikkamitvā caritabbameva. Tattha
alabhitvā vā thokaṃ labhitvā vā gāmapaṭipāṭiyā caritabbanti. Idamassa vidhānaṃ, pabhedato
pana ayampi tividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭho purato āhaṭabhikkhaṃ pacchato
āhaṭabhikkhampi paṭikkamanaṃ āharitvā dīyamānampi na ganhāti, pattadvāre pana pattaṃ
vassajjeti- imasmiṃ hi dhutaṅge mahākassapattherena sadiso nāma natthi, tassāpi patta
vissaṭṭhaṭṭhā nameva paññāyati. Majjhimo purato vā pajchato vā āhaṭmpi paṭikkamanaṃ
ābhatampi gaṇhāti, pattadvārepi pattaṃ vissajjeti, na pana bhikkhaṃ āgamayamāno nisīdati;
evaṃ so ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍa pātikassa anulometi. Muduko taṃ divasaṃ nisīditvā āgameti.
Imesaṃ pana tinṇampi loluppacāre uppannamatte dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati. Ayamettha bhedo;
ayaṃ panānisaṃso: kulesu niccanava katā, candūpamatā, kulamaccherappahāṇaṃ,
samānukampitā, kulūpakādi navābhāvo, avhāṇānabhinavdanā, abhihārena anatthikatā,
appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitāti.

Candūpamo niccanavo kulesu amaccharī sabbasamānukampo,
Kulūpakādīnavavippamutto hotīdha bhikkhū sapadānacārī.

Loluppacāradva pahāya tasmā okkhittacakkhū yugamattadassī,
Ākaṅkhamāno bhuvi seri cāraṃ careyya dhiro sapadānacāranti.

Ayaṃ sapadānacārikaṅge
Samādāna vidānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā. [PTS Page 069] [\q 69/]

[SL Page 052] [\x 52/]

Ekāsanikaṅgampi " nināsanabhejanaṃ paṭikkipāmi, ekāsani kaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ
aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti tena pana ekāsanikena āsanasālāya nisīdantena
therāsane anisīditvā idaṃ mayhaṃ pāpunissatīti patirūpaṃ āsanaṃ sallakkhetvā nisīditabbaṃ.
Sacssa vippakate bojane ācariyo vā upajjhāyo vā āgacchati, aṭṭhāya vattaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati.
Tipiṭakacūlābhayatthero panāha: - āsaṃ vā rakkheyya bojanaṃ vā, ayañca vippakata bhojano,
tasmā vattaṃ karotu, bhojanaṃ pana mā bhuñjatūti. Idamassa vidhānaṃ, pabhedato pana
ayampi tivido hoti, tattha ukkaṭṭho appaṃ vā hotu bahuṃ vā, yamhi bhejane hatthaṃ otā
heti tato aññaṃ gaṇhituṃ na labhati. Sacepi manussā therena na kiñci bhuttanti sappiādīni
āharanti, bhesajjatthameva vaṭṭanti na āhāratthaṃ. Majjhimo yāvapatte bhattaṃ na khīyati
tāva aññaṃ gaṇhituṃ labhati. Ayaṃ hi bhojanapariyantiko nāma hoti. Muduko yāva āsanā
na vuṭṭhāti tāva bhuñjituṃ labhatisohi udaka pariyantiko vā hoti yāva pattadhovanaṃ na
gaṇhātatāva bhuñja nato, āsanapariyantiko vā yāva na uṭṭhāti tāva bhuñjanato. Imesaṃ
pana tinṇampi nānāsanabhojanaṃ bhuttakkhaṇe dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ
panānisaṃso: appābādhatā, appātaṅkatā, lahuṭṭhānaṃ, balaṃ, phāsuvihāro, anatirittappaccayā
anāpatti, rasataṇhāvinodanaṃ, appicchatādīnaṃ anuloma vuttititi.

Ekāsanabhejane rataṃ na yatiṃ bhejanapaccayā rujā,
Visahanti raso alolupo parihāpeti na kammamattano.

Isi phāsuvihāra kāraṇe sucisallekha ratūpasevite.
Janayetha visuddhamānaso ratimekāsanabhojane yatīti. 1

Ayaṃ ekāsanikaṅge

Samādāna vidānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā. [PTS Page 070] [\q 70/]

Pattapinḍikaṅgampi "dutiyakabhājanaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, patta piṇḍikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmi"ti
imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana pattapinḍikena yāgupānakāle
bhājane ṭhapetvā vyañjane laddhe vyañjanaṃ vā paṭhamaṃ khāditabbaṃ, yāgu vā pātabbā.
Sace pana yāguyaṃ pakkhipati, pūtimacchakādimhi vyañcane pakkhitte yāgu paṭikkūlā hoti
appaṭikkūlameva ca katvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tasmā tathārūpaṃ vyañjanaṃ sandhāya idaṃ
vuttaṃ yaṃ pana madhusakkharādikaṃ appaṭikkūlaṃ hoti, taṃ pakkipitabbaṃ gaṇhantena ca
pamāṇayuttameva gaṇhitabbaṃ, āmakasākaṃ hatthena gahetvā

1. Sī1. 11 Sadāti.

[SL Page 053.] [\x 53/]
Khādituṃ vaṭṭati. Yathā pana akatvā patteyeva pakkhipitabbaṃ. Dutiyakabhājanassa pana
paṭikkhittattā aññaṃ rukkhapaṇṇampi na vaṭṭatītiidamassa vidhānaṃ; pabhedato pana
ayampitivido hiti: tettha ukkaṭṭhassa aññata; ucchukhādanakālā kacavarampi chaḍḍetuṃ na
vaṭṭati. Odanapiṇḍamacchamaṃsapūvepi bhinditvā khādituṃ na vaṭṭati. Majjhimassa ekena
hatthenabhanditvā khādituṃ vaṭṭati, - hatthayogī nāmesa muduko pana pattayogī nāma
hoti, tassa yaṃ sakkāhoti patte pakkhipituṃ taṃ sabbaṃ hatthena vā dantehi vā bhinditvā
khādituṃ vaṭṭati. Imesaṃ pana tinṇampi dutiyakabhājanaṃ sāditakkhaṇe dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati.
Ayamettha bedo, ayaṃ panānisaṃso: nānārasataṇhāvinodanaṃ, artiiricchatāya pahānaṃ,
āhāre payojanamattadassitā, thālakādipariharaṇadhedābhāvo, avikkhittabojitā,
appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitāti.

Nānābhājana vikkhepaṃ hitvā okkhitta locano,
Khaṇanto viya mūlāni rasataṇhāya subbato.

Sarūpaṃ viya santuṭṭhiṃ dhārayanto sumānaso,
Paribhuñjeyya āhāraṃ ko añño pattapinḍikāti.

Ayaṃ pattapinḍikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedābhedānisaṃsavaṇnanā. [PTS Page 071] [\q 71/]

Khalupacchābhattikaṅgampi " atirittabhojanaṃ paṭikkipāmi, khalupacchābhattikaṅgaṃ
samādiyāmi"ti imosaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana
khalupacchābhattikena pavāretvā punabhojanaṃ kappiyaṃ kāretvā na bhuñjitabbaṃ-
idamassa vidhānaṃ; pahedato pana ayampitividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭho yasmā paṭhama
piṇḍe pavāraṇā nāma natthi, tasmiṃ pana ajjhohariyamāne aññaṃ paṭikkipato hoti, tasmā
evaṃ pavārito paṭhamapinḍaṃ ajjhoharitvā dutiyapiṇḍaṃ na bhuñjati. Majjhimo yasmiṃ
bojane pavārito tadeva bhuñjati. Muduko pana yāva āsanā na vuṭṭhāti tāva bhuñjati imesaṃ
pana tinṇampi pavāritānaṃ kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā bhuttakkhaṇe dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati.
Ayamettha tbhado, ayaṃpanāni saṃso: anatirittabojanāpattiyā dūrībhāvo, odarikattābhāvo,
nirāmisasannidhitā, puna pariyesanāya abhāvo, appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitāti.

Pariyesanāya dhedaṃ na yāti na karoti sannidhiṃ dhiro,
Odarikattaṃ pajahati khalupacchābhattiko yogī.

[SL Page 054] [\x 54/]

Tasmā sugatappasatthaṃ santosa guṇādivundisaṃjananaṃ,
Dose vidhunitukāmo bhajeyya yogī dhutaṅgamidanti.

Ayaṃ khalupacchābhattikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Āraññikaṅgampi "gāmantasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, āraññikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imosaṃ
aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana āraññikena gāmantasenāsanaṃ pahāya
araññe aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Tattha saddhiṃ upacārena gāmoyave gāmanasenāsanaṃ.
Gāmo nāma: - yo koci ekakuṭiko vā anekakuṭiko vā parikkitto vā aparikkhitetā vā
samanusso vā amanusso vā, antamaso atireka cātumāsaniviṭṭho [PTS Page 072] [\q 72/]
yo koci satthopi. Gāmūpacāro nāma: - parikkhittassa gāmassa sace anurādha purasseva
dve indakhīlā honti, abbhantarime indakhīle ṭhitassa thāmavajjhimassa purisassa
leḍḍupāto. Tassa lakkhaṇaṃ yathā taruṇa manussā attano balaṃ dassentā bāhaṃ pasāretvā
leḍḍṃ khipanti, evaṃ khittassa leḍḍussa patanaṭṭhānabbhantaranti vinayadharā; suttantikā
pana kākanivāraṇaniyāmena khittassāti vadanti. Aparikkhittagāme yaṃ sabbapaccantimassa
gharassa dvāre ṭhito mātu gamo bhājanena udakaṃ chaḍḍeti, tassa patanaṭṭhānaṃ
gharūpacāro. Tato vuttanayena eko leḍḍpāto gāmo, dutiyo gāmūpa cāro, araññaṃ pana
vinayapariyāyena tāva "ṭhapetvā gāmaca gāmūpacāraca sabbametaṃ arañña"nti[a] vuttaṃ,
abhidhammapariyāyena "nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā sabbametaṃ arañña"nti[b] vuttaṃ,
imasmiṃ pana suttantikapariyāyena "āraññikaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ
pacchima"nti idaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ ti āropitena ācariyadhanunā1 parikkhittassa gāmassa
indakhīlato aparikkhittassa paṭhamaleḍḍu pātato paṭṭhāya yāva vihāraparikkhepā minitvā
vacatthapetabbaṃ. Sace pana vihāro aparikkhitto hoti yaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ senāsanaṃ vā
bhattasālā vā dhuvasannipātaṭṭhānaṃ vā bodhi vā cetiyaṃ vādurecepi senāsanato hoti, taṃ
paricchedaṃ katvā minitabbanti vinayaṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ; majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana
vihārassāpi gāmasseva upacāraṃ nīharitvā ubhinnaṃ leḍḍupātānaṃ antarā minitabbanti
vuttaṃ idamettha pamāṇaṃ, sacepi āsanne gāmo hoti, vihāre ṭhitehi mānusakānaṃ saddo
sūyyati, pabbatanadī ādīhi pana antitattā nasakkā ujuṃ gantuṃ, yo tassa pakatimaggo

1. Aropitena ayadhanunā itica. Āropitajiyadhanunā itica teci vaññanti. [A]
vinayapārājikapāḷi. [B.] Abhidhamma- jhānavibhaṅga.

[SL Page 055] [\x 55/]

Hoti sacepi nāvāya sañcaritabbo tena maggena pañcadhanu satikaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Yo pana
āsannagāmanna aṅgsampādanattha tato tato maggaṃ pidahati, ayaṃ dhutaṅgacoro hoti. Sace
pana āraññikassa bhikkhuno upajjhāyo vā ācariyo vā gilāno hoti, tena araññe sappāyaṃ
alabhantena gāmanta [PTS Page 073] [\q 73/] senāsanaṃ netvā upaṭṭhātabbo. Kālasseva
pana nikkhavitvā aṅgayutte ṭhāne aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace aruṇuṭṭhāna velāyaṃ tesaṃ
ābādho vaḍḍhati, tesaṃ yeva kiccaṃ kātabbaṃ, na dhutaṅgasuddhikena bhavitabbanti -
idamassa vidhānaṃ; pabhedato pana ayampi tividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭhena sabbakālaṃ
araññe arunaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ; majjhimo cattāro vasasike māse gāmante vasituṃ labhati;
muduko hemantikepi. Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇampi yathāparicchinne kāle araññato agāntvā
gāmanta senāsane dhammaṃ suṇantānaṃ aruṇe uṭṭhitepi dhutaṅgaṃ na bhijjiti; sutvā
gacchantānaṃ antarāmagge uṭṭhitepi na bhijjati; sace pana uṭṭhitepi dhammakathike
muhuttaṃ nipajjitvā gamissāmāti niddāyantānaṃ aruṇaṃ uṭṭhahati, attano vā ruciyā
gāmanta senāsane aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpenti, dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjatīti ayamettha bhedo, ayaṃ
panānisaṃso: āraññiko bhikkhu araññasaññaṃ manasikaronto bhabbo aladdhaṃ vā samādhiṃ
paṭiladdhuṃ, laddhaṃ vā rakkhituṃ, satthāpissa attamano hoti. Yathāha: - "tenāhaṃ nāgi
tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārenā "tī[a] panta senāsanavāsinocassa asappāya
rūpādayo cittaṃ na vikkhipanti, vigatasantāso hoti jīvitanikantiṃ jahāti, pavivekasukharasaṃ
assādeti, paṃsukulikādibhāvopicassa patirūpo hotīti.

Pavicitto asaṃsaṭṭho pantasenāsane rato.
Ārādhayanto nāthassa vanavāsena mānasaṃ.

Eko araññe nivasaṃ yaṃ sukaṃ labhate yati,
Rasaṃ tassa na vindanti api devā sa indakā.

Paṃsukulaṃ ca esova kavacaṃ viya dhārayaṃ,
Araññasaṅgāmagato avasesadhutāyudho.


Samattho na cirasseva jetuṃ māraṃ savāhiṇiṃ,
Tasmā araññavāsamhi ratiṃ kayirātha paṇḍitoti.

Ayaṃ āraññikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā. [PTS Page 074] [\q 74/]

[A.] Saṃyuttani- sagāthavagga.

[SL Page 056] [\x 56/]

Rukkhamūlikaṅgampi " channaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ
aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana rukkhamūlikena sīmantarikarukkhaṃ
cetiyarukkhaṃ nīyyā sarukkhaṃ phalarukkhaṃ vagguli rukkhaṃ susurarukkhaṃ vihāramajjhe
ṭhitarukkhanti ime rukkhe vivajjetvā vihārapaccante ṭhitarukkho gahetabboti -
idamassavidhānaṃ. Pabhedato pana ayampi tivido hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭho yathārucitaṃ
rukkhaṃ gahetvā paṭijaggā petuṃ na labhati, pādenapapaṇṇasamaṃ apanetvā vasitabbaṃ.
Majjhimo taṃ ṭhānaṃ sampattehi yeva jaggāpetuṃ labhati. Mudu kena ārāmikasamaṇuddese
pakkositvā sodāpetvā samaṃ kārāpetvā vālikaṃ okirāpetvā pākāraparikkhepaṃ kārāpetvā
dvāraṃ yojāpetvā vasitabbaṃ. Mahadivase pana rukkhamūlikena tattha anisīditvā aññattha
paṭicchanne ṭhāne nisīditabbaṃ, imesaṃ pana tiṇṇampi channe vāsaṃ kappitakkhaṇe
dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati, jānitvā channe aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpitamatteti aṅguttarabhāṇakā. Ayamettha
bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso: "rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā"ti[a] vacanato
nissayānurūpapaṭipattisabbhāvo, "appagghāniceva sulabhāni ca tānica anavajjānī"ti[b]
bhagavatā saṃvaṇṇi tappaccayatā, abhiṇhaṃ tarupaṇṇavikāradassanena aniccasaññā
samuṭṭhāpanatā, senāsanamaccherakammārāmatānaṃ abāvo, devatāhi sahavāsitā,
appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitāti.

Vannito buddhaseṭṭhena nissayoti ca bhāsito.
Nivāso pavicittassa rukkhamūlasamo kuto.

Āvāsa macchera hare devatā paripālite.
Pavivitte vasanto hī rukkhamūlamhi subbato. [PTS Page 075] [\q 75/]

Abhirattāni nīlāni paṇḍūni patitāni ca,
Passanto tarupanṇāni niccasaññaṃ vanūdati.

Tasmā hi buddhadāyajjaṃ bhāvanābhiratālayaṃ, vivittaṃ nātivaññeyya rukkhamūlaṃ
vicakkhaṇoti.

Ayaṃ rukkhamūlikaṅge

Samādana vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Abbhokāsikaṅgampi "channañca rukkhamūlañca paṭikkhipāma, abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ
samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tassa pana abbhokāsikassa
dhammasavaṇāya vā uposathattāya vā uposathāgāraṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭati, sace paviṭṭhassa
devo.

[A.] Vinayamahāvagga-pa-pa [b.] Aṅguttarani- catukkani.

Vassati, vassamāne anikkhamitvā vassūparame nikkhamitabbaṃ; bhojana sālaṃ vā
aggisālaṃvā pavisitvā vattaṃ kātuṃ, bhojanasālāyaṃ there bhikkhū bhattena āpucchituṃ,
uddisantena vā uddisā pentena vā knnaṃ pavisituṃ bahi dunnikkhittāni mañcapīdhādini
anto pavesetuñca vaṭṭati; sace maggaṃ gacchantena buḍḍhatarānaṃ parikkhāro gahito hoti,
deve cassante maggamajjhe ṭhitaṃ sālaṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭati; sace na kiñci gahitaṃhoti, sālāyaṃ
ṭhassāmīti vegena gantuṃ na vaṭṭati. Pakatigatiyā gantvā paviṭṭhena pana yāva
vassūparamā ṭhatvā gantabbanti idamassa vidhānaṃ; rukkhamūlikassāpi eseva nayo.
Pabhedato pana ayampi tividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭhassa rukkhaṃ vā pabbataṃ vā gehaṃvā
upanissāya vasituṃ na vaṭṭati, abbhokāseyeva cīvarakuṭiṃ katvā vasitabbaṃ. Majjhimassa
rukkhapabbatagehāni upanissāya anto apavisitvā vasituṃ vaṭṭati. Mudukassa
acchinnamariyādaṃ pabbhārampi sādhāmaṇḍapopi pīṭhapaṭopi khettarakkhakādīhi
chaḍḍitā tatraṭṭhaka kuṭukāpi vaṭṭatīti. Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇampi vāsatthāya channaṃ vā
rukkhamūlaṃ vā paviṭṭhakkhaṇe [PTS Page 076] [\q 76/] dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati. Jānitvā
tattha aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpita matteti aṅguttarabhāṇakā. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso:
āvāsapalibedhūpacchedo, thīnamiddhapanūdanaṃ, "magakā viya asaṅgacārino aniketā
viharanti bhikkhavo"ti: pasaṃsāya aṭurūpatā, nissaṅgatā, cātuddisatā, appicchatādinaṃ
anuloma vuttitāti.

Anagāriyabhāvassa anurūpe adullabhe,
Tārāmaṇivitānamhi candadīpappabhāsite.

Abbhokāso vasaṃ bhikkhū vigabhutena cetasā,
Thīnamiddhaṃ vinodetvā bhāvanārāmataṃ sito.

Pavivekarasassādaṃ na cirasseva vindati,
Yasmā tasmā hi sappañño abbhokāse rato siyāti.

Ayaṃ abbhokāsikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Sosānikaṅgampi " na susānaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, sosānikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmi"ti imesaṃ
aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana sosānikena yaṃ manussā gāmaṃ nivesetvā1
idaṃ susānanti vavatthapenti, na tattha vasitabbaṃ. Na hi matasarīre ajjhāpite taṃ susānaṃ
nāma hoti, jhāpitakālato pana paṭṭhāya sacepi dvādasavassāni chaḍḍitaṃ taṃ susānameva,
tasmiṃ pana vasantena

1. Ma. 11. Nivesantā.

[SL Page 058] [\x 58/]

Caṅkama maṇḍapādīni kāretvā mañcapīṭhaṃ paññāpetvā pānīyapari bhojanīyaṃ1
upaṭṭhāpetvā dhammaṃ vācentena na vasitabbaṃgarukaṃ hi idaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ tasmā
uppannaparissayavighātatthāya saṃghattheraṃ vā rājayuttakaṃ vā jānāpetvā appamattena
vasitabbaṃ; caṅkamantena addhakkikena āḷāhanaṃ olokentena [PTS Page 077] [\q 77/]
caṅkamitabbaṃ. Susānaṃ gacchantenāpi mahāpathā okkamma uppathamaggena gantabbaṃ;
divāyeva ārammaṇaṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ; evaṃ hissa taṃ rattiṃ bhayānakaṃ na bhavissati.
Amanussā rattiṃ viravitvāviravitvā āhinḍantā pi na kenaci paharitabbā; ekadivasampi
susānaṃ agantuṃ na vaṭṭati; majjhimayāmaṃ susāne khepetvā pacchimayāme paṭikkhamituṃ
vaṭṭatīti aṅguttarabhāṇakā; amanussānaṃ piyaja tilapiṭṭhamāsabhattamacchamaṃsa
khīratelagulādi khajjabhojjaṃ na sevitabbaṃ. Kulagehaṃ na pavisi tabbanti - idamassa
vidhānaṃ. Pabhedato pana ayampi tividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭhena yattha
dhuvaḍāhadhuvakuṇapadhuvarodanāni atthi tattheva vasitabbaṃ, majjhimassa tīsu
ekasmimpi sati vaṭṭati; mudukassa vuttanayena susānalakkhaṇaṃ pattamatte vaṭṭati.
Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇampi na susānamhi vāsakappanena dhutaṅgaṃ bijjati, susānaṃ agatadiva
se"ti aṅguttarabhāṇakā. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso: maraṇasati paṭilābho,
appamādavihāritā, asubhanimittādhigamo, kāmarāgavinodanaṃ, abhiṇhaṃ
kāyasabhāvadassanaṃ, saṃvegabahulatā ārogyamadādippahāṇaṃ, bhayabheravasahanatā,
amanussānaṃ garubhāva nīyatā, appicchatādīnaṃ anuloma vuttitāti.

Sosānikañhi 2 maraṇānusatippabhāvā
Niddāgatampi na phusanti pamādadosā,
Sampassatoba ca kuṇapāni bahūni tassa
Kāmānurāga vasagampi na hoti cittaṃ.

Saṃvegameti vipulaṃ na madaṃ upeti
Sammā ato ghaṭati nibbutimesamāno,
Sosānikaṅgamiti nekaguṇāvahattā
Nibbāṇaninnahadayena nisevitabbanti.

Asaṃ sosānikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā. [PTS Page 078] [\q 78/]

Yathāsanthatikaṅgampi "senāsana loluppaṃ paṭikkipāmi, yathā santhatikaṅgaṃ
samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana yathāsanthatikena
yadassa senāsanaṃ idaṃ tuyhaṃ pāpuṇātīti gāhitaṃ hoti teneva tuṭṭhabbaṃ, na añño
uṭṭhāpe

1. Sī1. 111. Pānīyaṃ. 2. Sī 1. 11 Sosānikaṅgi.

[SL Page 059] [\x 59/]

Tabbo-idamassa vidhānaṃ. Pabhedato na ayampi tividho hoti. Tattha ukkaṭṭho attani
pattasenāsanaṃ dūreti vā accā sanneti vā amanussadīghajātikādīhi upaddutanti vā uṇhanti
vā sītalanti vā pucchituṃ na labhati; majjhimo pucchituṃ labhatī, gantvā pana oloketuṃ na
labhati; muduko gantvā oloketvā sacassa taṃ na ruccati aññaṃ gahetuṃ labhati. Imesaṃ pana
tinṇampi senāsanaloluppe uppannāmatte dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjatītiayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ
panānisaṃso: - "yaṃ laṅṃ tena taṭṭhabbaṃ"ti vuttovādakaraṇaṃ, sabrahmacārīnaṃ hitesitā,
hīnappaṇītavikappa pariccāgo, anurodhavirodheppahāṇaṃ, atricchatāya dvārapidahanaṃ,
appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitāti.

Yaṃ laddhaṃ tena santuṭṭho yathāsanthatiko yati,
Nibbikappo sukaṃ seti tiṇasantharakesupi.

Na so rajjati seṭṭhamhi hīnaṃ laddhā na kuppati,
Sabrahmacārī navake hitena anukampati.

Tasmā riyasatāciṇṇaṃ munipuṅgava vaṇṇitaṃ,
Anuyuñje tha medhāvī yathāsanthatarāmatanti.

Ayaṃ yathāsanthatikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Nesajjikaṅgampi "seyyaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, nesajjikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ
aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana nesajjikena rattiyā tīsu yāmesu ekaṃ yāmaṃ
uṭṭhāya caṅkami tabbaṃ. Iriyāpathesuhi nipajjitumeva na vaṭṭati- idamassa vidhānaṃ. [PTS
Page 079] [\q 79/] pabhedato pana ayampi tivido hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭhassa neva
apassenaṃ, na dussapallatthikā, na āyogapaṭṭo vaṭṭati; majjhamassa imesu tīsu yaṃkiñci
vaṭṭati; mudukassa apassenampi dussapallatthi kāpi ābogapaṭṭopi bimbohanampi
pañcaṅgopi sattaṅgopi paṭaṃṭati; pañcaṅgo nāma, piṭṭhiapassayena saddhiṃ kato, sattaṅgo
nāma piṭṭhiapassayena ca ubato passesu apassayehi ca saddhiṃ kato, taṃ kira
mīḷhābhayattherassa1 akaṃsu, thero anāgāmi hutvā parinibbāyi. Imosaṃ pana tinṇampi
seyyaṃ kappitamatte dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati-ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso: -"seyyasukhaṃ
phassasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharatī"ti[a] vuttassa cetaso vinibandhassa
upacchedanaṃ, sabbakammaṭṭhānānuyogasappāyatā, pāsādikairiyāpathatā,
viriyārambhānukūlatā, sammāpaṭipattiyā anubrūhananti. 2
1. Sī1. 11 Sahama. Pīḷhābhayattherassa. [A.] Majjhimani - cetokhilasutta. 2. Sī1. 11Saha 111.
Samupabrūbhaṇāni.

[SL Page 060] [\x 60/]

Ābhujitvāna pallaṅkaṃ paṇidāya ujuṃ tanuṃ,
Nisīdanto vikampeti mārassa hadayaṃ yatī.
Seyyasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ hitvā āraddhaviriyo,
Nisajjābhirato bhikkhu sobhayanto tapocanaṃ.

Nirāmisaṃ pītisukhaṃ yasmā samadhigacchati,
Tasmā samanuyuññejayya dhiro nesajjikaṃ vatanti.

Ayaṃ nesajjikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedābhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Idāni: -

Kusalattikato ceva dhutādīnaṃ vibhāgato,
Samāsavyāsato cāpi viññātabbo vinicchāyoti.

Imissā gāthāya vasena vaṇṇanā hoti, tattha kusalanti katoti; sabbāneva hi
dhutaṅgānisekhaputhujjanakhīṇāsavānaṃ vasena siyā kusalāni, siyā avyākatāni, [PTS Page
080] [\q 80/] natthi dhutaṅgaṃakusalanti. Yo pana vadeyya: "pāpiccho icchāpakato
āraññiko hoti"ti[a] ādīvacanato akusalampi dhutaṅganti, so vattabbo na mayaṃ
akusalacittena araññe na vasatīti vadāma; yassahi araññe nivāso so āraññiko; so ca pāpiccho
vā bhaveyya appiccho vā, imāni1 pana tena tena samādānena dhutakilesattā dhutassa
bhikkhuno aṅgāni kilesadhunanato vā dhutanti laṅvohāraṃ ñāṇaṃ aṅgametesanti
dhutaṅgāni; athavā dhutāni ca tāni paṭipakkhaniṅnanato aṅgāni ca paṭipattiyātipi
dutaṅgānītivuttaṃ, na ca akusalena koci dhuto nāma hoti, yassetāni aṅgāni bhaveyyu, na ca
akusalaṃ kiñci dhunāti yesaṃ taṃ aṅganti katvā dhutaṅgānīti vucceyyuṃ, nāpi akusalaṃ
cīvaraloluppādīni ceva dunāti paṭipattiyā ca aṅgaṃ hoti, tasmā suvuttamidaṃ natthi
akusalaṃ dhutaṅganti. Yesampi kusalattikavinimmuttaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ tesaṃ atthato
dhutaṅgameva natthi, asantaṃ kassa dunanato dhutaṅgaṃ nāma bhavissati, dhutaguṇe
samādāya vattatīti vacanavirodhopica nesaṃ āpajjati, tasmā taṃ na gahetabbanti. Ayaṃ tāva
kusalatti kato vaṇṇanā.

Dhutādīnaṃ vibhāgatoti: dhuto veditabbo, dhutavādo veditabbo, dhutadhammo veditabbā,
dhutaṅgāni veditabbāni, kassa dhutaṅga sevanā sappāyāti veditabbā. Tattha dhatoti:
dhutakileso vā puggalo, kilesadhunano vā dhammo. Dhutavādoti ettha pana atthi dhuto na
dhutavādo, atthi na dhuto dhutavādo, atthi neva dhuto na

[A.] Aṅguttarani- pañcaka. 1. Sī. 1. Iminā.

[SL Page 061.] [\x 61/]

Dhutavādo, atthi dhuto ceva dutavādo ca, tattha yo dhutaṅgena attano kilose dhuni, paraṃ
pana dhutaṅgena na ovadati nānusāsatibakkulatthero viya -ayaṃ dhuto na dhutavādo.
Yathāha: "nayidaṃ āyasmā bakkulo dhuto na dhutavādo"ti yo pana [PTS Page 081] [\q 81/]
na dhutaṅgena attano kilese dhuni, kevalaṃ aññe dhutaṅgena ovadati
anusāsatiupanandatthero viya-ayaṃ na dhuto dhutavādo. Yathāha: "nayidaṃ ayāsmā
upanando sakyaputto na dhuto dhutavādo"ti. Yo abhayavipanno-lāludiyī viya-ayaṃ neva
dhutona dhutavado. Yathāha: "tayidaṃ āyasmā lāludiyī neva dhuto na dhutavādo"ti. Yo
pana ubayasampanno- dhammasenāpati viya- ayaṃ dhutoceva dhutavādoca. Yathāhaṃ:
"tayidaṃ āyasmā sāriputto dhutoceva dhutavādocā"ti, dhutadhammā veditabbāti appicchatā
santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā pavivekatā idamaṭṭhitāti ime dhutaṅgaceta nāya parivārakā
pañcadhammā appicchaṃ yeva nissāyātiādivacanato dhutadhammā nāmaṃ. Tattha
appicchatā ca santuṭhitā ca alobhe anupatanti, sallekhatā ca pavivekatā ca dvīsu dhammesu
anupatanti alobhe ca amohe ca, idamaṭṭhitā ñāṇameva. Tattha ca alobhena
paṭikkhepavatthusu lobhaṃ, amohena tesveva ādīnava paṭicchādakaṃ mohaṃ dhunāti,
alobheneva anuññātānaṃ paṭisevanamukhena pavattaṃ kāmasukhānuyogaṃ, amohena
dhutaṅgesu ati sallekhamukhena pavattaṃ attakilamathānuyogaṃ dhunāti; tasmā ime
dhammā dhutadhammāti veditabbā. Dhutaṅgāni veditabbātīti: terasa dhutaṅgāni
veditabbānipaṃsukulikaṅgaṃ, tecīvarikaṅgaṃ, pinḍapātikaṅgaṃ, sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ,
ekāsanikaṅgaṃ, pattapinḍikaṅgaṃ, khalupacchābhattikaṅkaṃ, āraññikaṅgaṃ,
rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ, abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ, sosānikaṅgaṃ, yathā santhatikaṅgaṃ, nesajjikaṅganti
tāni atthato lakkhaṇādahi ca vuttāneva. Kassa dhutaṅgasevanā sappāyāti: rāgacaritassaceva
mohacaritassa ca, kasmā?Dhutaṅgaseva nāhi dukkhā paṭipadāveca sallekhavihāro ca
dukkhāpaṭipadaṃ ca nissāya rāgo vūpasammatī, sallekhaṃ nisāya appamattassa moho
pahīyati. Āraññikaṅgarukkhamūlikaṅgapaṭisevanā vā ettha dosacaritassāpi sappāyā- tattha
hissa asaṅghaṭṭiyamānassa viharato dosopi vūpa sammatīti- ayaṃ dhutādīnaṃ vibhāgato
vaṇṇanā. [PTS Page 082] [\q 82/]

Samāsavyāsatoti: imāni pana dhutaṅgāni samāsato tīṇi sīsaṅgāni, pañca asambhinnaṅgānīti
aṭṭheva honti. Tatthi sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ, ekāsanikaṅgaṃ, abbhokāsikaṅganti imāni tīṇi
sīsaṅgāni. Sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ hi rakkhanto pinḍapātikaṅgampi rakkhissati,
ekāsanikaṅgañca rakkhato pattapinḍikaṅga khalupacchā bhattikaṅgānipi surakkhanīyāni
bhavissanti; abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ rakkhantassa kiṃ atthi rukkhamūlikaṅga yathāsatthatikaṅgesu
rakkitabbaṃ nāma. Iti imāni tīṇi sīsaṅgānīti. Āraññikaṅgaṃ, paṃsukulikaṅgaṃ ,
tecīvarikaṅgaṃ nesajjikaṅgaṃ, sosānikaṅganti imāni pañca asambhinnaṅgānicāti aṭṭheva
honti. Puna dve cīvarapaṭisaṃ
[SL Page 062] [\x 62/]

Yuttāni, pañca piṇḍapātapaṭisaṃyuttāni, pañca senāsanapaṭisaṃ yuttāni, ekaṃ
viriyapaṭisaṃyuttanti evaṃ cattāroca honti, tattha nesajjikaṅgaṃ viriyapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ. Itarāni
pākaṭāneva. Puna sabbāneva nissayavasena dve honti paccayasannissitāni dvādasa
viriyasannissitaṃ ekanti; sevitabbāsevitabbavasenapi dveyeva honti-yassahi dhutaṅgaṃ
sevantassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhati, tena sevitabbāni;yassa sevato hāyati, tenana
sevitabbāni;yassa pana sevatopi asevatopi vaḍḍhateva na hāyati, tenāpi pacchimaṃ janataṃ
anukampantena sevitabbāni; yassāpi sevatopi aseva topi na vaḍḍhati, tenāpi
sevitabbāniyevapaāyatiṃ vāsānatthā yāti. Evaṃ sevitabbāsevitabbavasena duvidhānipi
sabbāneva cetanāvasena ekavidhāni honti. Ekamevahi dhutaṅgaṃ samādāna cetanāti.
Aṭṭhakathāyampi vuttaṃ "yā cetanā taṃ dhutaṅganti vadantī"ti.

Vyāsato pana bhikkhūnaṃ terasa, bhikkhūnīnaṃ aṭṭha, sāmaṇerānaṃ dvādasa, sikkhamānā
sāmaṇerīnaṃ sattaṃ upāsakaupāsikānaṃ dveti dvecattāḷisa honti. Sace pana 1 abbhokāso
āraññikaṅga sampannaṃ susānaṃ hoti, ekopi bhikkhū ekappahārena sabba dhutaṅgāni
paribhuñjituṃ sakkoti. Bhikkhunīnaṃ pana āraññikaṅgaṃ khalu pacchābhattikaṅgadva dvepi
sikkhāpadeneva paṭikkhittāni; abbho [PTS Page 083] [\q 83/] kāsikaṅgaṃ
rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ sosānikaṅganti imānitīṇi duppari hārāni; bhikkhuniyāhi dutiyikaṃ vinā
vasituṃ na vaṭṭati; evarūpeva ṭhānesamānacchandā dutiyikā dullabhā, 2 sacepi labheyya
saṃsaṭṭhaviharato na mucceyya, evaṃ sati yassatthāya dhutaṅgaṃ seveyya svevassā attho na
sampajjeyya, evaṃ pariharituṃ3 asakkuṇeyyakāya pañca hāpetvā bhikkhunīnaṃ aṭṭheva
hontīti veditabbāni. Yathā vuttesu pana ṭhapetvā tecīvarikaṅgaṃ sesāni dvādasa
sāmaṇerānaṃ, satta sikkhamānā sāmaṇerīnaṃ veditabbāni, upāsakaupāsikānaṃ pana
ekāsaniṅgaṃ pattapinḍikaṅganti imāni patirūpāni ceva sakkā ca paribhuñjitunti dve
dhutaṅgānīti. Evaṃ vyāsato dvecattāḷisa hontīti- ayaṃ samāsavyāsato vaṇṇanā.

Ettāvatā ca "sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño"ti imissā gāthāya sīla samādhi paññāmukhena
desite visuddhimagge yehi appicchatā santuṭṭhitādihi guṇehi vuttappakārassa sīlassa
vodānaṃ hoti, tesaṃ sampādanatthaṃ samādātabbadhutaṅgakathā kathitā hoti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge

Dhutaṅganiddeso nāma

Dutiyo paricchedo. [PTS Page 084] [\q 84/]

1. Si 1. 11. Sacehi 2. Ma1. 11 Dullabhāca. 3. Sī saha ma 1. 11. 111. Paribhuññajituṃ

[SL Page 063] [\x 63/]

3.

Atha kammaṭṭhāna gahaṇa niddeso.

Idāni yasmā evaṃ dhutaṅgapariharaṇasampāditeha appicchatādīhi guṇehi pariyodāte
imasmiṃsīle patiṭṭhitena "sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño cittaṃ paññāñca bhāvayaṃ"ti.
Vacanato citta sīsena niddiṭṭho samādhi bhāvetabbe so ca atisaṅkhepadesi tattā viññātumpi
tāva na sukaro pageva bhāvetuṃ. Tasmā tassa vitthārañca bhāvanānayañca dassetuṃ idaṃ
pañha kammaṃ hoti.

Ko samādhi? Kenaṭṭhena samādhi? Kānassa lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānāni?
Kativido samādhi? Kocassa saṃkileso? Kiṃ vodānaṃ? Kathaṃ bhāvetabbo?
Samādhibhāvanāya ko ānisaṃsoti?

Tatridaṃ vissajjanaṃ: - ko samādhīti? - Samādhi bahuvido nānappakārako, taṃ sabbaṃ
vibhāvayituṃ ārabbhamānaṃ vissajjanaṃ adhippe tañceva atthaṃ na sādheyya uttariñca
vikhepāya saṃvatteyya, tasmā idhādhippetameva sandhāya vadāma. Kusalacittekaggatā
samādhi. Kenaṭṭhena samādhīti?- Samādhānaṭṭhena samādi. Kimidaṃ1 samādhānaṃ nāma?
Ekārammaṇe cittacetasikānaṃ samaṃ sammā ca ādhānaṃ ṭhapananti vuttaṃ hoti, [PTS Page
085] [\q 85/] tasmā yassa dhammassānubhāvena ekārammaṇe cittacetasikā samaṃ
sammā ca avikkhippamānā avippakiṇṇā ca hutvā tiṭṭhanti idaṃ samādhānanti veditabbaṃ.
Kānassa lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānānīti? - Ettha pana avikkhepa lakkhaṇo
samādhi, vikkhepaviddhaṃsanaraso, avikampanapaccupaṭṭhāno, "sukino cittaṃ
samādhiyatī" ti[a] vacanato pana sukhamassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Katividho samādhīti?
Avikkhepalakkhaṇena tāva ekavidho, upacāra appanāvasena duvidho. Tathā
lokiyalokuttaravasena, sappīti kanippītikavasena, sukhasahagata upekkhāsahagatavasena
ca. Tividho hīna majkidhima paṇitavasena, tathā savitakkasavicārādivasena, pīti
sahagatādivasena, parittamahaggataappamāṇavasena ca. Catubbido dukkhā paṭipadā
dandhābhiññādivasena, tathāparittaparittārammaṇādi vasena, catujjhānaṅgavasena,
hānabhāgiyādivasena, kāmāvacarādi vasona, adhipativasena ca. Pañcavidho pañcakanaye
pañcajhānaṅga casenāti.

Tattha ekavidhakoṭṭhāso uttānattho yeva. Duvidhakoṭṭhāse channaṃ
anussatiṭṭhānānaṃmaraṇasatiyā upasamānussatiyā āhāre paṭikkūlasaññāya
catudhātuvavatthānassāti- imesaṃ vasena laddha

1. Sī1 kiñcidaṃ. [A.] Dīghani- saṅgīsutta ( aññatthāpibahusu)

[SL Page 064] [\x 64/]

Cittekaggatā, yāca appanāsamādhinaṃ pubbabhāge ekaggatā, ayaṃ upacārasamādhi
"paṭhamassajhānassa parikammaṃ paṭhamassa jhānassa anantarapaccayena paccayo"ti[a]
ādivacanato pana yā parikammā nantarā ekaggatā, ayaṃ appanāsamādhīti- evaṃ
upacārappanāvasena duvidho. Dutiyaduke-tīsu bhūmisu kusalacittekaggatā lokiyo samādhi,
ahiyamaggasampayuttā ekaggātā lokuttaro samādhiti- evaṃ lokiyalokuttaravasena duvido.
Tatiyaduke- catukkanaye dvisupañcakanaye tīsu jhānesu ekaggatā sappītiko samādhi,
avasesesu [PTS Page 086] [\q 86/] dvīsu jhānesu ekaggatā nippītiko samādhi,
upacārasamādhi pana siyāsappītiko siyā nippītikoti evaṃ sappītikanippītikavasona duvido.
Catutthaduke-catukkaye tīsu pañcakanaye catusu jhānesu ekaggatā sukhasahagato samādhi,
avasesasmiṃ upekkhā sahagato, upacārasamādi pana siyā sukhasahagato siyā
upekkhāsahagatoti evaṃ sukhasahagata upkhosahagatavasena duvidho.

Tikesu paṭhamattike - paṭiladdhamatto hano, nātisubhāvito majjhimo, subhāvito vasippatto
paṇītoti evaṃ hīnamajjhima paṇītavasena tividho. Dutiyattikepaṭhamajjhānasamādhi
saddhiṃ upacārasamādhinā savitakkasavicāro, pañcakanaye dutiyajjhānasamādhi
avitakkavicāramatto, yo hi vitakkamatte yeva ādīnavaṃ disvā vicāre adisvā kevalaṃ
vitakkappahāṇamattaṃ ākaṅkhamāno paṭhamajjhānaṃ atikkamati, so avitakkavicāramattaṃ
samādhiṃ paṭilabhati. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ- catukkanaye pana dutiyādisu pañcakanaye
ca tatiyādisu tīsu jhānesu ekaggatā avitakkā vicāro samādhiti evaṃ
savitakkasavicārādivasena tividho. Tatiyattike- catukkanaye ādito dvīsu pañcakanaye ca
tīsu jhānesu ekaggatā pīti sahagato samādhi, tesveva tatiye ca catutthe ca jhāneekaggatā
sukhasahagato samādhi, avasāne upekkhāsahagato. Upacārasamādhi pana
pītisukhasahagatovā hoti upekkhāsahagato vāti- evaṃ pīti sahagatādivasena tividho.
Catutthattike- upacārabhumuyaṃ ekaggatā paritto samādhi, rūpāvacarārūpāvacarakusale
ekaggatā mahaggato samādhi, ariyamaggasampayuttā ekaggatā appamāno samādhīti- evaṃ
parittamahaggatāppamāṇavasena tividho.

Catukkesu-paṭhamacatukke- atthi samādhi dukkhāpaṭipado dandhā bhiñño, atthi samādhi
dukkhāpaṭipado khippābhiñño, atthi samādhi sukhā paṭipado dandhābiñño, atthi samādhi
sukhāpaṭipado khippābhiññoti, tattha paṭhamasamannāhārato paṭṭhāya yāva tassa tassa
jhānassa upacāraṃ uppajjati, tāva pavattā samādhibhāvanā paṭipadāti vuccati, upacārato
pana paṭṭhāya yāva appanā tāva pavattā paññā abhiññāti

1. Abhi - paṭṭhāna, - paṭisambhidā- pemaka.

[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]

Vuccati. Sā panesā paṭipadā ekaccassa dukkhā hoti, nīvaraṇādi paccanīka
dhammasamudācāragahaṇatāya kicchā, asukhāsevanāti [PTS Page 087] [\q 87/] attho,
ekaccassa tadabhāvena sukhā. Abiññāpi ekaccassa dandhā hoti mandā asīghappavattī,
ekaccassa khippā amandā sīghappavattī, tattha yāni parato sappāyāsappāyāni ca
paḷibodhūpacchedādīni pubba kiccāni ca appanākosallāni ca vaṇṇayissāma. Tesu yo
asappāya sevī hoti, tassa dukkhāpaṭipadā dandhā ca abhiññā hoti. Sappāya sevino
sukhāpaṭipadā khuppāca abhiññā. Yo pana pubba bhāge asappāyaṃ sevitvā aparabhāge
sappāyasevī hoti, pubba bhāgevā sappāyaṃ sevitvā aparabhāge asappāyasevī, tassa
vomissatā veditabbā. Tathā paḷibodhupacchedādikaṃ pubbakiccaṃ asampādetvā
bhāvanamanuyuttassa dukkhāpaṭipadā hoti. Vipariyāyena sukhā. Appaṇākosallāni pana
asampādentassa dandhā bhiññā hoti, sampādentassa khippā, apica taṇhā avijjāvasena
samatha mipassanādikāravasena cāpi etāsaṃ pabhedo veditabbo: - taṇhādhi bhūtassahi
dukkhāpaṭipadā hoti, anadhibhūtassa sukhā. Avijjādhi bhūtassaca dandhābiññā hoti,
anadibhūtassa khippā. Yo ca samathe akatādhikāro, tassa dukkhāpaṭipadā hotī,
katādhikārassa sukhā, yo pana vipassanāya akatādhikāro hoti, tassa dandhābhiññā hoti,
katādhikārassa khippā, kilesindriyavasena cāpi etāsaṃ pabhedo vaditebbo: tibbakilesassa hi
mudindriyassa dukkhāpaṭipadā hotidandhā ca abhiññā, tikkhindriyassa pana khippābhiññā,
mandakile sassa ca mudindriyassa sukhā paṭipadā hoti dandhā ca abhiññā, tikkhindriyassa
pana khippā abhiññāti - iti imāsu paṭipadābhiññāsu yo puggalo dukkhāya paṭipadāya
dandhāya ca abhiññāya samādiṃ pāpuṇāti, tassa so samādhi dukkhāpaṭipadā
dandhābhiññoti vuccati. Esa nayo sesattayepiti evaṃ dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññādi
vasena catubbidho. Dutiya catukke- atthi samādhi paritto parittārammaṇo, atthi samādhi
paritto appamāṇārammaṇo, atthi samādhi appamāṇo parittārammaṇo, atthi samādhi
appamaṇo appamāṇārammaṇoti, tattha yo samādhi appaguṇo upari jhānassa paccayo
bhavituṃ na sakkoti, ayaṃ [PTS Page 088] [\q 88/] paritto, yo pana avaḍḍhite
ārammaṇe pavatto, ayaṃ parittārammaṇo, yo paguṇo subhāvito uparijhānassa paccayo
bhavituṃ sakkoti, ayaṃ appamāno, yo ca vaḍḍhite ārammaṇe pavatto, ayaṃ
appamānārammaṇo, vuttalakkhaṇavo missatāya pana vomissakanayo veditabbotievaṃ
parittaparittārammaṇādivasena catubbidho. Tatiyacatuke-vikkhambhitanīvaraṇānaṃ
vitakkavicārapītisukhasamādhīnaṃ vasena pañcaṅgikaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, tato
vūpasantavitakkavicāraṃ tivaṅgikaṃ dutiyaṃ, tato virattapītikaṃ duvaṅgikaṃ tatiyaṃ, tato
pahīṇa sukha upekkhā vedanā

[SL Page 066] [\x 66/]

Sahitassa samādhino vasena duvaṅgikaṃ catutthaṃ. Iti imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ aṅgabhūtā
cattāro samādhi honti. Evaṃ catujhānaṅgavasena catubbido. Catutthacatukke- atthi samādhi
hānabhāgiyo, attha samādhi ṭhitibhāgiyo, atthi samādhi visesabhāgiyo, atthi samādhi
nibbedha bhāgiyoti. Tattha paccanīkasamudācāravasena hānabhāgiyatā tadanu
dhammātāya1 satiyā saṇṭhānavasena ṭhitibhāgiyatā, uparivisesādhigama vasena
visesabhāgiyatā, nibbidāsahagata saññāmanasikāra samūdācāra vasena nibbedhabhāgiyatāca
veditabbā yathāha: - "paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhiṃ kāmasahagatasaññāmanasikārā
samudācaranti hānabhāginipaññā, tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati ṭhitibhāginī paññā,
avitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti visesabhāginī paññā, nibbidāsahagatā
saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti virāgupasaṃhitā nibbedhabhāgini paññāti tāyapana
paññāya sampayuttā samādhipi cattāro hontī"tī[a] evaṃ hānabhāgiyādivasena catubbidho.
Pañcama catukke- kāmāvacaro samādhi- rūpāvacaro samādhi-arūpāvacarosamādhi-
apariyāpanno samādhīti evaṃ cattāro samādhī. Tattha sabbāpi upacārekaggatā kāmāvacaro
samādhi, pāvacarādikusalacitte kaggatā itare tayoti- evaṃ kāmāvacarādivasena catubbidho.
Chaṭṭhacatukke "chandañce bhikkhū adhipatiṃ karitvā labhati samādhiṃ labhati cittassa
ekaggataṃ, [PTS Page 089] [\q 89/] ayaṃ vuccati chandasamādhi, viriyañce
bhikkhuadhipatiṃ karitvā labhati samādhiṃ labhati cittassa ekaggataṃ, ayaṃ vuccati
viriyañcodhī"ti. Cittañce bhikkhū adhipatiṃ karitvā labhati samādhiṃ labhati cittassa
ekaggataṃ, ayaṃ vuccati cittasamādhi, vīmaṃsañce bhikkhu adhipatiṃ karitvā labhati
samādhiṃ labhati cittassa ekaggataṃ, ayaṃ vuccati vīmaṃsāsamādhi"ti[d] evaṃ adipativasena
catubbidho.

Pañcake yaṃ catukkabhede vuttaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, taṃ vitakka mattātikkamena dutiyaṃ.
Vitakkavicārātikkamena tatiyanti evaṃ dvidhā bhinditvā pañca jhānāni veditabbāni. Tesaṃ
aṅgabhūtā ca pañca samādhīti evaṃ pañcajhānaṅgavasena pañcavidhatā veditabbā.

Kocassa saṃkileso kiṃ vodānanti ettha pana vissajjanaṃ vibhaṅge vuttameva. Vuttaṃ hi
tattha: - " saṅkilesanti hānabhāgiyo dhammo, vodānanti visesabhāgiyo dhammo"ti. Tattha
paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhiṃ kāmasahagatasaññāmanasikārā samudācaranti hāna bhāginī
paññāti iminā nayena hānabhāgiyo dhammo veditabbo. Avitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā
samudācaranti visesabhāginī paññāti iminānayena visesabhāgiyo dhammo veditabbo.

Kathaṃ bhāvetabboti- ettha pana yo tāva ayaṃ lokiya lokuttaravasena duvidhoti ādisu
ariyamaggasampayutto samādhi vutto, tassa bhāvanānayo paññābhāvanānayenevasaṅgahīto.

1. Sī1. 11. Tadanudhammāya. [A]paṭisambhidā-pevakopadesa [b.] Abhi-iddhipādavibhaṅga
- saṃ - ni - mahāvagga.

[SL Page 067] [\x 67/]

Paññāyahi bhāvitāya so bhāvitova hoti, tasmā taṃ sandhāya evaṃ bhāvatebboti nakiñci visuṃ
vadāma. Yo panāyaṃ lokiyo so vuttanayona sīlāni visodhetvā suparisuddhe sile
patiṭṭhitena, yvāssa dasasu paḷibodhesu paḷibodho atthi taṃ upacṛnditvā
kammaṭṭānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvā attano cariyānu kūlaṃ cattāḷīsāya
kammaṭṭhānesu aññātaraṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā samādhībhāvanāya ananūrūpaṃ vihāraṃ
pahāya anurūpe vihāre viharantena khuddakapaḷibodhupacchedaṃ katvā sabbaṃ
bhāvanāvidhānaṃ apariyāpentena bhāvetabboti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Ayaṃ pana vitthāro:
- yaṃ tāva vuttaṃ yvāssa dasasu paḷibodhesu paḷibodho atthi taṃ upacchivdhitvāti ettha.
[PTS Page 090] [\q 90/]

Āvāso ca kulaṃ lābho gano kammañca pañcamaṃ,
Addhānaṃ ñāti ābādho gantho iddhiti te dasāti.

Ime dasa paḷibodhā nāma.

Tattha āvāsoyeva āvāsapaḷibodho, esa nayo kulādisu, tattha āvāsoti: ekopi ovarako vuccati
ekampi pariveṇaṃ sakalopi saṅghārāmo. Svāyaṃ na sabbasesava paḷibodho hoti, yo panettha
navakammādisu ussukkaṃ vā āpajjati, bahubhaṇḍasanni cayo vā hoti, yena kenaci vā
kāraṇena apekkhāvā paṭibaddha citto, tasseva paḷibodhe hoti na itarassa, tatridaṃ vatthu.
Dve kira kulaputtā anurādhapurā nikkhamitvāthūpārāme pabbajiṃsu. Tesu eko dvemātikā
paguṇaṃ katvā pañcavassiko hutvā pavāretvā pāvīnakhaṇḍarājiṃ nāma gato. Eko tattheva
vasati, pācīna khaṇḍarājiṃ gato tattha ciraṃ vasivo thero hutvā cintesi:
paṭisallānasāruppamidaṃṭhānaṃ, handa naṃ sahāyakassāpi ārocemīti. Tato
nikkhavitvāanupubbena thūpārāmaṃ pāvisi. Pavisantaṃ yeva ca naṃ disvā
samānavassikatthero paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cattaṃ akāsi. Āgantukatthero
senāsanaṃ pavisitvā cintesi: - idāni me sahāyo sappiṃ vā phāṇitaṃ vā pānakaṃ vā pesessati,
ayaṃhi imasmiṃ nagare ciranivāsīti. So rattiṃ aladdhā pāto cintesi: - idāni upaṭṭhākehi
pahitaṃ yāgukhajjakaṃ pesessasīti. Tampi adisvā pahiṇantā natthi paviṭṭhassa maññe
dassantīti pātova tena saddhiṃ gāmaṃ pāvisi. Te dve ekaṃ vīthiṃ caritvā uluṅkamattaṃ
yāguṃ labhitvā āsanasālāyaṃ nisīditvā piviṃsu. Tato āgantuko cintesi: - nibaddhayāgu vaññe
natthi, bhatta kāle dāni manussā paṇitaṃ bhattaṃ dassantīti. Tato bhatta kālepi piṇḍāya
caritva laddhameva bhuñjitvā itaro āha: - kiṃ bhante sabbakālaṃ evaṃ yāpethāti. Āmāvusotī,
bhante pācīna
[SL Page 068] [\x 68/]

Khaṇḍarāji phāsukā, tattha gacchāmāti, thero nagaro nagarato [PTS Page 091] [\q 91/]
dakkhiṇa dvārena nikkhamanto kumbhakāragāmamaggaṃ paṭipajji. Bataro āha: -kiṃ bhante
imaṃ maggaṃ paṭipannatthāti. Nanu tvaṃ āvuso pācīnakhaṇḍarājiyā vaṇṇaṃ abhāsīti. Kiṃ
pana bhante tumhākaṃ battakaṃ kālaṃ vasitaṭṭhāne na koci atirekaparikkhāro atthiti.
Āmāvusomañcapīṭhaṃ saṅghikaṃ, taṃ paṭisāmitameva, aññaṃ kiñci natthīti. Mayhaṃ pana
bhante kattaradaṇḍo telanāḷī upāhanattha vikāca tatthevāti tayā āvuso ekadivasaṃ vasitvā
ettakaṃ ṭhapitanti, āma bhanteti, so pasannacitto theraṃ vanditvā tumhā disānaṃ
bhantesabbattha araññavāsoyeva. Thūpārāmo catunnaṃ buddhānaṃ dhātunidhānaṭṭānaṃ,
lohapāsāde sappāyaṃ dhammasavaṇaṃ mahācetiyadassanaṃ theradassanañca labbhati,
buddhakālo viya vattati. Idheva tumhe vasathāti dutiyadivase pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā
sayameva agamāsīti. Odisassa āvāso na paḷibodho hoti.

Kulanti: ñātikulaṃ vā upaṭṭhākakulaṃ vā, ekaccassa hi upaṭṭhākakulampi sukhite sukhitoti
ādinā nayena saṅsaṭṭhassa viharato paḷibodho hoti, so kulamānusakehi vinā
dhammasavaṇāya sāmantavihārampi na gacchati. Ekaccassa mātāpitaropi paḷibodhāna
honti. Koraṇḍakavihāravāsittherassa bhāgiṇeyya dahara bhikkhuno viya. So kira
uddesatthaṃ rohaṇaṃ agamāsi, therabhaginīpi upāsikā sadā theraṃ tassa pavattiṃ pucchati,
thero ekadivasaṃ daharaṃ ānessāmīti rohaṇābimuko pāyāsi. Daharopi ciraṃ me idha
vutthaṃ, upajjhāyaṃ dāni passitvā upāsikāya ca pavattiṃ ñtvā āgamissāmīti rohaṇato
nikkhami. Te ubhopi gaṅgātīre samā gacchiṃsu. So aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamule therassa
vattaṃ katvā kuhiṃ yāsīti pucchito tamatthaṃ ārocesi. Thero suṭṭhu te kataṃ, upāsikāpi sadā
pucchati, ahampi etadatthameva āgato, gaccha tvaṃ ahaṃ pana idheva imaṃ vassaṃ
vasissāmīti taṃ uyyojesi. [PTS Page 092] [\q 92/] so vassu panāyikadivaseyeva taṃ
vihāraṃ patto, senāsanampissa pitarā kāritameva pattaṃ, athassa pitā dutiyadivase āgantvā
kassa bhante amhākaṃ senāsanaṃ pattanti pucchanto āgantukadaharassāti sutvā. Taṃ
upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā āha: - bhante amhākaṃ senāsane vassaṃ upagatassa vattaṃ atthiti.
Kiṃ upāsakāti? Temāsaṃ amhākaṃ yeva ghare bhikkhaṃ gahetvā pavāretvā gamanakāle
āpucchitabbanti. So tuṇhī bhāvena adhivāsesi, upāsakopi gharaṃ gantvā amhākaṃ āvāse eko
āgantako ayyo upa gato, sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhātabboti āha. Upāsikā sādhuti sampaṭicchitvā
paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādesi. Daharopibhatta kāle ñātigharaṃ agamāsi. Na
naṃ koci sañjāni, so temāsampi

[SL Page 069] [\x 69/]

Tattha piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā vutthavasso ahaṃ gacchāmīti āpucchi. Athassa ñātakā
svebhante gacchissathāti dutiyadivase ghareyeva bhojetvā telanāḷiṃ pūretvā ekaṃ
guḷapiṇḍaṃ navahatthañca sāṭakaṃ datvā gacchatha bhanteti āhaṃsu. So anumodanaṃ
katvārohaṇābimukho pāyāsi, upajjhāyo. Pissa pavāretvā paṭipathaṃ āgacchanto pubbe
diṭṭhaṭṭhāne yeva taṃ addassa. So añña tarasmiṃ rukkhamūle therassa vattaṃ akāsi. Atha
naṃ thero pucchi: - kiṃ bhadumukha diṭṭhā te upāsikāti, so āma bhanteti sabbaṃ pavattiṃ
ārocetvā tena telena therassa pāde makkhetvā guḷena pānakaṃ katvā pāyetvā tampi sāṭakaṃ
therasseva datvā theraṃ vanditvā mayhaṃ bhante rohaṇaṃ yeva sappāyanti agamāsi.
Theropi vihāraṃ āgantvā dutiyadivase koraṇḍakagāmaṃ pāvisi. Upāsikāpi mayhaṃ bhāti
mama puttaṃ gahetvā idāni āgacchati idāni āgacchatīti sadā maggaṃ olokayamānāva
tiṭṭhati. Sā taṃ ekaka meva āgacchantaṃdisvā mato me maññe putto yaṃ thero eka kova
āgacchatīti, therasasa pādamūle patitvā va paridevamānā parodi. Thero nu daharo
appicchatāya attānaṃ. Ajānā petvāva gatoti taṃ samassāsetvā [PTS Page 093] [\q 93/]
sabbaṃ pavattiṃ ārocetvā pattatthavikato taṃ sāṭakaṃ nīharitvā dassesi. Upāsikā pasīditvā
puttena gatadisābhimukhā urena nipajjitvā namassamānā āha: - mayhaṃ puttasadisaṃ vata
maññe bhikkhuṃ kāyasakkhiṃ katvā bhagavā ratha vinītapaṭipadaṃ nālakapaṭipadaṃ
tuvaṭakapaṭipadaṃ catupaccayasantosa bhāvanārāmatādīpakaṃ mahāariyavaṃsapaṭipadañca
desesi, vijāta mātuyā nāma gehe temāsaṃ bhuñjamānopi ahaṃ putto tvaṃ mātāti na cakkhiti,
aho acchariyamanussoti. Evarūpassa mātā pitaropi paḷibodhā na honti, pageva aññaṃ
upaṭṭhākakulanti. Lābhoti; cattāro paccayā, te kathaṃ paḷibodhā honti? Puñña vantassa hi
bhikkhuno gatagataṭṭhāne manussā mahāparivāre paccaye denti. So tesaṃ anumodento
dhammaṃ desento samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ okāsaṃ na labhati. Arunuggamanato yāva
paṭhamayāmo tāva manussasaṃsaggo na upacchijjati. Puna balava paccūse yeva
bāhulikapiṇḍapātikā āgantvā bhante asuko upāsako upāsikā amacco amaccadhītā tumhākaṃ
dassanakāmāti vadanti. So gaṇhāvuso pattacīvaranti gamanasajjova hoti niccabyāvaṭo,
tassevaṃ te jaccayā paḷibodhā honti. Tena gaṇaṃ pahāya yattha naṃ najānanti tattha
ekakena caritabbaṃ. Evaṃ so paḷibodho upacchijjatīti. Gaṇoti; suttantikagaṇo vā
ābhidhammikagaṇo vā, yo tassa uddesaṃ vā paripucchaṃ vā dento samaṇadhammassa
okāsaṃ na labhati, tasseva gaṇo paḷibodho hoti, tena so evaṃ upacchinditabbo. Sace tesaṃ
bhikkhūnaṃ bahūṃ

[SL Page 070] [\x 70/]

Gahitaṃ1 hoti, appaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ niṭṭhapetvā araññaṃ pavisi tabbaṃ. Sace appaṃ
gahitaṃ bahuṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, [PTS Page 094] [\q 94/] yojanato paraṃ agantvā
antoyojanaparicchede aññaṃ gaṇavācakaṃ upasaṅkamutvā ime āyasmā uddesādihi
saṅgaṇhatuti vattabbaṃ. Evampi alabhamānena mayhaṃ āvuso ekaṃ kiccaṃ atthi, tumhe
yathāphāsu kaṭṭhānāni gacchathāti gaṇaṃ pahāya attano kammaṃ kātabbanti. Kammanti;
navakammaṃ, taṃ karontena vaḍḍhakī ādīhi laddhāladdhaṃ jānitabbaṃ, katākate ussukkaṃ
āpajjitabbanti sabbathāpi2 paḷibodho hoti, sopi evaṃ upacchinditabbo, sace appaṃ
avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti niṭṭhāpetabbaṃ sace bahuṃ saṅghikañce navakammaṃ saṅghassa vā
saṅghabhārahārakabhikkhūnaṃ vā niyyādetabbaṃ, attano santakaṃ ce attano bhārahārakānaṃ
niyyādetabbaṃ, tādisealabhantena saṅghassa pariccajitvā gantabbanti. Addhānanti;
maggagamanaṃ, yassa hi katthaci pabbajjāpekkho vā hoti, paccaya jātaṃ vā kiñci laddhabbaṃ
hoti, sace taṃ alabhanto na sakkoti adivāsetuṃ, araññaṃ pavisitvā samaṇadhammaṃ
karontassāpi gamikacittaṃ nāma duppaṭivinodāyaṃ hoti, tasmā gantvā taṃ kiccaṃ tīretvāva
samaṇa dhamme ussukkaṃ kātabbanti. Ñātīti; vihāre ācariyupajjhāya saddhivihārika
antevāsika samānupajjhāyaka samānācariyakā, ghare mātāpitābhātāti evamādikā, te gilānā
imassa paḷibodhā honti, tasmā so paḷibodho upaṭṭhahitvā tesaṃ pākatikakaraṇena
upacchinditabbo. Tattha upajjhāyo tāva gilānosace lahuṃ na viṭṭhāti yāvajivampi
paṭijaggitabbo, tathā pabbajjācariyo upa sampadācariyo saddhivihāriko
upasmapāditabbajjāpita antevāsika samānupajjhāyakā ca, nissayācariya uddesācariya
nissayante vāsika uddesantevāsika samānācariyakā pana yāva nissaya uddesā anupacchinnā
tāva paṭijggitabbā, pahontena tato uddhampi paṭijaggitabbā eva. Mātāpitusu upajjhāye viya
paṭipajjitabbaṃ, sacepihi te rajje ṭhitāhonti puttatoca upaṭṭhānaṃ paccāsiṃ santi, [PTS Page
095] [\q 95/] kātabbameva, atha tesaṃ bhesajjaṃ natthi, attano santakaṃ dātabbaṃ. Asati
bhikkhācariyāya pariyesitvāpi dātabbameva. Bhātu bhaginīnaṃ pana tesaṃ santakameva
yojetvā dātabbaṃ, sace natthi attano santakaṃ tāvakālikaṃ datvā paccā labhantena gaṇhi
tabbaṃ alabhantena na vodetabbā. Aññātakassa bhaginiyā sāmi kassa bhesajjaṃ neva kātuṃ
na dātuṃ vaṭṭati tuyhaṃ sāmikassadehīti vatvā pana bhaginiyā dātabbaṃ. Bhātujāyāyapi
eseva nayo. Tesaṃ pana puttā imassa ñātakāyevāti tesaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Ābādhoti; yo koci
rogo, so bādhamāno baḷibodo

1. Sī1. 11. 111 Gataṃ 2. Ma 11 sabbadā.
[SL Page 071] [\x 71/]

Hoti. Tasmā bhesajjakaraṇena upacchinditabbo, sace pana kati pāhaṃ bhesajjaṃ karontassāpi
na vūpasammati. Nāhaṃ tuyhaṃ dāso na bhatako taṃ yevamhi posento anamatagge
saṃsāravaṭṭe dukkhappattoti attabhāvaṃ garahitvā samaṇadhammo kātabboti. Ganthoti;
pariyattipariharaṇaṃ. Taṃ sajjhāyādihi niccavyāvaṭasseva paḷibodho hoti, na itarassa
tatrimāni vatthūni. Majjhimabhāṇaka devatthero kira malayavāsīdevatttharassa santikaṃ
gantvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ yāci. Thero kīdisosi āvuso majjhimo nāmesa dupparihāro,
mūlapaṇṇāsaṃ sajjhāyantassa majjhimapaṇṇāsako āgacchati, taṃ sajjhāyantassa upari
paṇṇāsako, kuto tuyhaṃ kammaṭṭhānanti. Bhante tumhākaṃ santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ
labhitvā puna na olokessāmīti kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvāekūnavīsativassāni sajjhāyaṃ akatvā
vīsatime vasse arahattaṃ patvā sajjhāyatthāya āgatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vīsatiṃ me āvuso
vassāni pariyattiṃ [PTS Page 096] [\q 96/] ano lokentassa, api ca kho kataparicayo ahaṃ
ettha ārabhathāti vatvā ādito paṭṭhāyayāva pariyosānā ekabyañjanepissa kaṅkhā nāhosi.
Kāraliyagirivāsī nāgattheropi aṭṭhārasavassāni pariyattiṃ chaḍḍetvā bikkhūnaṃ dhātūkathaṃ
uddisi. Tesaṃ gāmavāsikatthe rehi saddhiṃ saṃsandentānaṃ etapañhopi uppaṭipāṭiyā āgato
nāhosi. Mahāvihārepi tipiṭikacūḷābhayatthero nāma aṭṭhakathaṃ anuggahetvāva
pañcanikāyamaṇḍale tīṇi piṭakāni parivattessā mīti suvaṇṇaberiṃ pahārāpesi,
bhikkhūsaṅgho katamācariyānaṃ uggaho, attano ācariyuggahaṃ yeva vadatu, itarathā vattuṃ
na demāti āha. Upajjhāyopi naṃ attano apaṭṭhānaṃ āgataṃ pucchi: tvaṃ āvuso bheriṃ
paharāpesīti. Āma bhante, kiṃ kāraṇāti, pariyattiṃ bhante parivattessāmīti. Āvusoabhaya
ācariyā imaṃ padaṃ kathaṃ vadantīti? Evaṃ vadanti bhanteti, thero huṃ'ti paṭibāhi. Puna so
aññena aññena pariyāyena evaṃ vadanti bhanteti tikkhattuṃ āha. Thero sabbaṃ huṃtiṃ
paṭibāhitvā āvuso tayā paṭhamaṃ kathito yeva ācariyamaggo ācariyamukhato pana
anuggahitattā evaṃ ācariyā vadantīti saṇdhātuṃ nāsakkhi. Gaccha attano ācariyānaṃ santiko
sunihīti. Kuhiṃ bhante gacchāmīti. Gaṅghāyaparato rohaṇajāpade tulādhārapabbata vihāre
sabbapariyattiko dhammarakkhitatthero nāma vasati, tassa santikaṃ gacchāti. Sādhu bhanteti
theraṃ vanditvā pañcahi bhikkhū satehi saddhiṃ therassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā nisidi
tero kasmā āgatositi pucchi. Dhammaṃ sotuṃ bhanteti. Āvuso abhaya

1. Pī 1. 11 Karuliyagirivāsī.

[SL Page 072] [\x 72/]

Dīghamajjhimesu maṃ kālona kālaṃ pucchanti, avasesaṃ pana me tiṃ samattāni vassāni
naolokitapubbaṃ, api ca tvāṃ rattiṃ mama santike parivattehi, ahaṃ te divā kathayissāmīti.
So dādhu bhanteti tathā akāsi. Pariveṇadvāre mahāmaṇḍapaṃ kāretvā gāmavāsino divase
divase dhammasavaṇāya āgacchanti. Thero rattiṃ parivattitaṃ divā kathayanto [PTS Page
097] [\q 97/] anupubbena desanaṃ niṭṭhapetvā abhayattherassa santike taṭṭikāya
nisīditvā āvuso mayhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathehīti āha. Bhante kiṃ bhaṇatha, nanu mayā
tumhāka meva santike sutaṃ, kimahaṃ tumhehi aññātaṃ kathessāmīti. Tato naṃ thero añño
esaāvuso adigatamaggo1 nāmāti āha, abhayatthero kira tadā sotāpanno hoti. Athassa so
kammaṭṭhānaṃ datvā āgantvā lohapāsāde dhammaṃ parivattento thero parinibbutoti assosi,
sutvā āharathāvuso pattacīvaranti. Cīvaraṃ pārupitvā anucchiviko āvuso amhākaṃ
āvariyassa ara hattamaggo, ācariyo no āvuso uju ājānīyyo, so attano dhammantevāsikassa
santike tamṭikāya nisīditvā mayhaṃ. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathehīti āha, anucchaviko āvuso
therassa arahatta maggoti. Evarūpānaṃ gavtho paḷibodho na hotīti. Iddhiti; pothujjanikā
iddhi, yā hi uttānaseyyakadārako viya taruṇasassaṃ viya ca dupparihārā hoti,
appamattakeneva bhijjati, sā pana vipassanāya paḷibodho hoti, na samādhissa,
samādhiṃpatvā pattabbato. Tasmā vipassanatthikena iddhipaḷibodho upacchindi tabbo,
itarena avasesāti. Ayaṃ tāva paḷibodhakathāya vitthāro.

Kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvāti: ettha pana duvidhaṃ
kammaṭṭhānaṃ, sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṃ pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānañca tattha
sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma: bhikkhusaṅghādisu mettā maraṇasatica, asubhasaññātipi
eke, kammaṭṭhānikena hi bhikkhunā paṭhamaṃtāva paricchinditvā
sīmaṭṭhakabhikkhusaṅghe sukhitā hontu abyāpajjhāti mettā bhāvetabbā, tato
sīmaṭṭhakadevatāsu, tato gocara gāmamhi issarajane, tato tattha manusse upādāya
sabbasattesu, po hi bhikkhūsaṅghe mettāya sahavāsīnaṃ muducittaṃ2 janeti, athassa te
sukhasaṃvāsā honti. Sīmaṭṭhakadevatāsu ttoya mudu katacittāhi devatāhi dhammikāya
rakkhāya susaṃvihitārakkho [PTS Page 098] [\q 98/] hoti. Gocaragāmamhi issarajane
mettāya mudukatacittasantānehi3 issarehi dhammikāya rakkhāya surakkhita parikkhāro hoti.
Tattha manussesu mettāya pasāditacittehi tehi aparibhuto hutvā vicarati. Sabbasattesu
mettāya sabbattha appaṭihatacāro hoti.

1. Sī1. 11 Gatakassa. 2. Si 11 mudukatacittataṃ saha ma 1. Mudukacittataṃ 3. Ma. .
Mudukatasantānehi.

[SL Page 073] [\x 73/]
Maraṇasatiyā pana avassaṃ mayā maritabbanti cintento1 anesanaṃ pahāya uparūpari
vaḍhemānasaṃvego anolīnavuttiko hoti. Asubhasaññā paricitacittassa panassa
dibbānipiārammaṇāni lobha vasena cittaṃ na pariyādiyanti. Evaṃ pahūpakārattā sabbatta
atthayitabbaṃ icchitabbanti ca adippetassa yogānuyogakammassa ṭhānañcāti sabbatthaka
kammaṭṭhānanti vuccati. Cattāḷīsāya pana kammaṭṭhānesu yaṃ yassa caritānukūlaṃ taṃ
tassa niccaṃ parihari tabbattā, uparimassa ca uparimassa ca bhāvanā kammassa
padaṭṭhānattā, pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānanti vuccati. Iti emaṃ duvidhampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ yo
deti ayaṃ ammaṭṭhānadāyako nāma. Taṃ kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittanti.

Piyo garūbhāvanīyo vattāca vacanakkhamo, gambhīrañca kathaṃ kattā nocaṭṭhāne
niyojayeti.

Evamādiguṇasamannāgataṃ ekantahitesiṃ2 vuddhipakkhe ṭhitaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ. "Mamaṃ
hi ānanda kalyāṇamittaṃ āgamma jāti dhammā sattā jātiyā parimuccanti"ti[a] ādivacanato
pana sammā sambuddhoyeva sabbākārasampanno kalyāṇamitto, tasmā tasmiṃ sati tasseva
bhagavato santike gahitaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ sugahitaṃ hoti. Parinibbute pana tasmiṃ asītiyā
mahāsāvakesu yo dharati, tassa santike gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tasmimpi asati yaṃ
kammaṭṭhānaṃgahetukāmo hoti, tasseva vasena catukkapañca kajjhānāni nibbattetva
jhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā āsavakkhayaṃ pattassa khīṇāsavassa santike
gahetabaṃ. Kiṃ pana khīṇāsavo ahaṃ khīṇāsavoti attānaṃ pakāsetīti? Kiṃ vattabbaṃ,
kārakābhāvaṃ hi jānitvā pakāseti. Nanu assaguttatthero āraddhaṃ imassa bhikkhuno [PTS
Page 099] [\q 99/] kammaṭṭhānaṃ kārako3 ayanti jānitvā ākāse cammakhaṇḍaṃ
paññāpetvā tattha pallaṅkena nisinno kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathesīti. Tasmā sace khīṇāsavaṃ
labhati, iccetaṃ kusaṃla. No ce labhati, anāgāmi sadāgāmi sotāpanna jhāna lābhi puthujjana
tipiṭakadhara dvipiṭakadhara ekapimakadharesu purimassa purimassa santike.
Ekapiṭakadharepi asati yassa ekasaṅgītipi aṭṭha kathāya saddhiṃ paguṇā, sayañca lajji hoti,
tassa santike gahe tabbaṃ. Evarūpo hi tantidharo maṃsānurakkhako paveṇi pālako ācariyo
ācariyamatikova hoti, na attanomatiko teneva porāṇakattherā lajji rakkhissati, lajji
rakkhissatīti āhaṃsu. 4 Pubbe vuttakhīṇāsavādayo cettha attanā adhigata

1. Ma. Avassaṃcaritabbanti 2. Ma 1 ekantena hitesiṃ 3. Sī1. 11. Āraddha kammaṭhānassa
bhikkhuno kammaṭhānakārako. 4. Ma. 11. Nikkhantuṃ āhaṃsu [a.] Saṃ. Ni. Sagāthavagga.

[SL Page 074] [\x 74/]
Maggameva ācikkhanti, bahussuto pana taṃ taṃ ācariyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā
uggahaparipucchānaṃvisodhitattā ito citoca suttañca kāraṇañca sallakkhetvā
sappāyāsappāyaṃ yojtvo gahānaṭṭhāne gacchanto mahāhatthi viya mahāmaggaṃ dassento
kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathessati. Tasmā evarūpaṃ kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ
upasgamitvā tassa vattapaṭivattaṃ katvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Sace pana taṃ
ekavihāreyeva labhati. Iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhati, yattha so vasati tattha gantabbaṃ.
Gacchantena ca na dhotamakkhitehi pādehi upāhanā āruhitvā chattaṃ gahetva
telanāḷimadhuphāṇitādīni gāhāpetvā antevāsikaparivutena gantabbaṃ, gamikavattaṃ pana
pūretvā attano pattacīvaraṃ sayameva gahetvā antarāmagge yaṃ yaṃ vihāraṃ pavisati
sabbattha vatta paṭivattaṃ kurumānena sallahukaparikkhārena paramasallekhavuttinā hutvā
gantabbaṃ, taṃ mihāraṃ pavisantena antarā magge yeva dantakaṭṭhaṃ kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā
gahetvā pavisitabbaṃ, na ca muhuttaṃ vissamitvā padādhovanamakkhanādīni katvā
ācariyassasantikaṃ gamissāmīti aññaṃ parivenaṃ pavisitabbaṃ, kasmā? Sace hissa tatra
ācariyassa visabhāgā bhikkhū bhaveyyuṃ, te āgamanakāraṇaṃ pucchitvā ācariyassa
avaṇṇaṃ pakāsetvā naṭṭhosi sace tassa santikaṃ [PTS Page 100] [\q 100/] āgatoti
vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyyuṃ yena tatova ṭinivatteyya, tasmā ācariyassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ
pucchitvā ujukaṃ tattheva gantabbaṃ. Sace ācariyo daharataro hoti.
Pattacīvarapaṭiggahaṇādini na sāditabbāni, sace buḍḍhataro hoti gantvā ācariyaṃ vanditvā
ṭhātabbaṃ, nikkhipāvuso pattacīvaranti muttena nikkhipitabbaṃ, pānīyaṃ pivāti vuttena
saco icchati pātabbaṃ, pāde dhovātivuttena na tāva dhovitabbā, sacehi ācariye
ābhatamudakaṃ bhaveyya na sāruppaṃ siyā. Dhovāvuso na mayā ābhataṃ aññehi ābhatanti
vuttena pana yattha ācariyo na passati evarūpe paṭicchanne vā okāse abbhokāsavihārassāpi
vā ekamante nisīditvā pādā dhovitabbā. Sace ācariyo tela nāḷiṃ āharati uṭhahitvāubhogi
hatthehi sakkaccaṃ gahetabbā, sacehi na gaṇheyya ayaṃ bhikkhu ito eva paṭṭhāya
sambhogaṃ kopetīti ācariyassa aññathattaṃ bhaveyya. 1 Gahetvā pana na āditova pādā
makkhetabbā, sacehi taṃ ācariyassa gattabbhañjana telaṃ bhaveyya na sāruppaṃ siyā. Tasmā
paṭhamaṃ sīsaṃ makkhetvā dhandhādini makkhetabbāni. Sabbapārihāriyatelamidaṃ āvuso
pādepi makkhehīti vuttena pana pāde makkhetvā imaṃteḷanāḷiṃ ṭhapemi bhanteti vatvā
ācariye gaṇhante dātabbā āgatadiva

1. Sī11. 111. Ācariyassa bhaveyya.

[SL Page 075] [\x 75/]

Sato paṭṭhāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ me bhante katheta iccevaṃ na vattabbaṃ. Dutiyadivasato
panapaṭṭhāya sace ācariyassa pakati upaṭṭhāko atthi. Taṃ yācitvā vattaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace
yācitopi na deti, okāse laddheyeva kātabbaṃ, karontena ca khuddhaka majjhimamahantāni
tīṇi dantakaṭṭhāni upanāmetabbāni, sītaṃ uṇhanti duvidhaṃ mukhadhovanaudakañca
nahānodakañca paṭiyāde tabbaṃ. Tato yaṃ ācariye tīṇi divasāni paribhuñjati, tādisameva
niccaṃ upanāmetabbaṃ1, niyamaṃ akatvā yaṃ vā taṃ vā pari bhuñjantassa yathāladdhaṃ
upanāmetabbaṃ, kiṃ bahunā vuttena. Yaṃ taṃ bhagavatā. "Antevāsikena bhikkhave
ācariyamhi [PTS Page 101] [\q 101/] sammā vattitabbaṃ, tatrāyaṃ sammā
vattanākālasseva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ
dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ, sace yāgu hoti bhājanaṃ
dhodhitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā"ti[a] ādikaṃ khandhake sammā vattaṃ paññattaṃ taṃ
sabbampi kātabbaṃ. Evaṃ vattasampattiyā garuṃ ārādhayamānena sāyaṃ vanditvā yāhīti
vissajjitena gantabbaṃ, yadā so kissa āgatosīti pucchati, tadā āgamana kāraṇaṃ kathetabbaṃ.
Sace so neva pucchati vattaṃ pana sādiyati dasa he vā pakkhe vā vītivatte ekadivasaṃ
vissajjitenāpi agantvā okāsaṃ kāretvā āgamanakāraṇaṃ ārocetabbaṃ, akāle vā gantvā
kimatthaṃ āgatositi puṭṭhena ārocetabbaṃ. Sace so pātopa āgacchāti vadati, pātova
gantabbaṃ. Sace panassa tāyaṃ velāyaṃ pittābādhena vā kucchi pariḍayhati aggi mandatāya
vā bhattaṃ na jirati añño vā koci rogo bādhati. Taṃ yathābhūtaṃ āvikatvā attano
sappāyavelaṃ ārocetvā tāya valoya upasaṅkamitabbaṃ, asappāyavelāyaṃ hi vuccamānampi
kammaṭṭhānaṃ na sakkā hoti manasa kātunti. Ayaṃ "kamhaṭṭhāna dāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ
upasaṅkamitvā"ti - etthavitthāro.

Idāni attano cariyānukūlanti ettha - cariyāti -cha cariyā, rāgacariyā desacariyā mohacariyā
saddhācariyā buddhicariyā vitakka cariyāti, keci pana rāgādīnaṃ saṃsaggasannipātavasena
aparāpicatasso, tathā saddhādīnanti imāhi aṭṭhahi saddhiṃ cuddasa icchanti. Evampana
bhede vuccamāne rāgādīnaṃ saddhādīhipi saṃsaggaṃ katvā anekacariyāhonti, tasmā
saṅghepena chaḷeva cariyā veditabbā cariyā pakati ussannatāti atthato ekaṃ, tāsaṃ vasena
chaḷeva [PTS Page 102] [\q 102/] puggalā honti rāgacarito dosacarito mehacarito
saddhācarito buddhicarito vitakkacaritoti. Tattha yasmā rāgacaritassa kusalappavattisamaye
saddhā balavatī hoti, rāgassa āsannaguṇattā.

1. Sī11. Upaṭṭhapetabbā. [A.] Mahāvagga-pārivāsikabandhaka.

[SL Page 076] [\x 76/]

Yathā hi akusalapakkhe rāgo sinuddho nāti luko, evaṃ kusala pakkhe saddhā. Yatha rāgo
vatthukāme pariyesati, evaṃ saddhā sīlādi guṇe, yathā rāgo ahitaṃ na pariccajati evaṃ
saddhā hitaṃ na pariccajati, tasmā rāgacaritassa saddhācarito sabhāgo. Yasmā pana
dosacaritassa kusalappavattisamaye paññā balavatī hoti, dosassa āsannaguṇatatā. Yathā hi
akusalapakkhe doso nussineho na ārammaṇa allīyati, evaṃ kusalapakkhe paññā. Yathā ca
doso abhūtampi2 dosameva pariyesati, evaṃ paññā bhūtaṃ dosameva pariyesati. Yathā doso
sattaparivajjanākārena pavattati, evaṃpaññā saṅkhāraparivajjanā kārena. Tasmā dosacaritassa
buddhi carito sabhāgo. Ymā pana mohacaritassa anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ
uppādāya vāyamamānassa yebhūyyena antarāya karā vitakkā uppajjanti, mohassa
āsannalakkhaṇattā. Yathāhi moho parivyākulakāya anavaṭṭhito, evaṃ vitakko
nānappakāravitakkanatāya. Yathāca moho apariyogāhanatāya cañcalo, tathā vitakko
lahuparikappanatāya. Tasmā mohacaritassa vitakkacarito sabhāgoti. Apare taṇhā māna
duṭṭhivasena aparāpi tussocariyā vadanti, tattha taṇhā rāgo yeva mano ca taṃ sampayuttoti
tadubhayaṃ rāgacariyaṃ nātivattati. Mohanidānattā ca diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhicariyā
mohacariyameva aṭupatati.

Tā panetā cariyā kiṃ nidānā? Kathañca jānitabbaṃ? Ayaṃ puggalo rāgacarito ayaṃ dosādisu
aññataracarito kiṃ caritassa puggalassa kiṃ sappāyanti? Tatra purimā tāva tisso cariyā pubbā
ciṇṇanidānā dhātudosanidānācāti ekacce vadanti, pubbe kira
iṭṭhappayogasubhakammabahulo rāgacarito hoti saggā vā cavitvā idhūpapanno,
pubbechedana vadhabandhana verakammabahulo dosa carito hoti nirayanāgayonīhi vā
cavitvā idhūpapanno, [PTS Page 103] [\q 103/] pubbe majjapānabahulo sutaparipuccā
vihīno ca mohacarito hoti, tiracchānayoniyā vā cavitvā idhūpapannoti. Evaṃ
pubbāviṇṇanidānāti vadanti. Dvinnaṃ pana dhātūnaṃ ussannattā puggalo mohacarito hoti
paṭhavīdhātuyā ca āpodhātuyāca, itarāsaṃ dvinnaṃ ussannattā dosacarito, sabbāsaṃ samattā
pana rāgacaritoti. Dosesu ca semhādhiko rāgacarito hoti, vātādhiko mohacarito. Semhādhiko
vā mohacarito, vātādhiko vā rāgacaritoti, evaṃ dhātudosa nidānāti vadanti. Tattha yasmā
pubbe iṭṭhappayoga subhakammabahulāpi saggā cavitvā idhūpapannāpi ca na sabbe
rāgacaritāyeva honti. Itare vā dosa mohacaritā, evaṃ dhātunañca yathāvutteneva nayena
ussadaniyamo nāma natthi, dosa

2. Ma. 11. Abhūtaṃ.

[SL Page 077] [\x 77/]

Niyame ca rāgamohadvayameva vuttaṃ, tampi ca pubbāparaviruddhaveva saddhācariyādisu
ca ekissāpi nidānaṃ na vuttameva, tasmā sabbametaṃ aparicchinnavacanaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha
aṭṭhakathācariyānaṃ matānusārena vinicchayo: - vuttaṃ hetaṃ ussadakittane-" ime sattā
pubbahetuniyāmena lobhussadā dosussadā mohussadā alobhussadā adosussadā amohussadā
ca honti. Yassa hi kammāyūhanakkhaṇe lobho balavā hoti alobho mando, adosāmohā
balavanto dosamohā vandā, tassa mando alobo lobhaṃ pariyādutuṃ na sakkoti, adosāmohā
pana balavanto dosamohe pariyādātuṃ sakkonti. Tasmā so tena kammena
dinnapaṭisandhivasena nibbatto luddho hoti sukhasīlo akkodhano paññavāpa
vajirūpamañāṇo. Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe lobhadosā balavanto honti alobhādosā
mandā, amoho ca balavā mohomandā, so purimanayeneva luddho ceva hoti duṭṭho ca
paññavā panahoti rajirūpamañaṇo, dattābhayatthero viya. Yassa kammā yūhanakkhaṇe
lobhaadosamohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva luddho ceva dandho ca
sīlako pana hoti akkodhano, tathā yassa kammāyūhanakkhaṇe tayopi lobha dosamohā
balavanto honti alobhādayo mandā, so purima nayeneva luddho ceva hoti duṭṭho ca mūḷho
ca, [PTS Page 104] [\q 104/] yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe alobhadosamohā
balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva aluddho ceva hoti aduṭṭho sīlakoca,
davdho pana hoti. Tathā yassa kammāyūhanakkhaṇe alobhadosāmohi balavanto honti itare
mandā, so purima nayeneva aluddho ceva hoti paññavāca, duṭṭho pana hoti kodhano.
Tathā yassa kammāyūhanakkhaṇe tayopi alobhādayo balavanto honti lobhādayo mandā, so
purimanayeneva mahā saṅgharakkhitatthero viya aluddho aduṭṭho paññavā ca hotī"ti.
Ettha ca yo luddhoti vutto ayaṃ rāgacarito, duṭṭhadandhā dosa mohacaritā, paññavā
buddhicarito, aluddhāduṭṭhā pasannapakatitāya saddhācaritā. Yathāvā amohaparivārona
kammunā nibbatto buddhi carito, evaṃ balavasdhāparivārena kammunā nibbatto saddhā
carito, kāmavitakkādiparivārena kammunā nibbatto vitakkacarito, lobhādinā
vomissaparivārena kammunā nibbatto vomissaciritoti. Evaṃ lobhādisu
aññataraññataraparivāraṃ paṭisandhijanakaṃ kammaṃ cariyānaṃ nidānanti veditabbaṃ. [SL
Page 078] [\x 78/]

Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ kathañca jānitabbaṃ ayaṃ puggalo rācari toti ādi, tatrāyaṃ nayo.
Iriyāpathato kiccā bhojanā dassanādito,
Dhammappavattito ceva cariyāyo vibhāvayeti.

Tattha iriyāpathatoti- rāgacarito hi pakatigamanena gacchanto cāturiyena gacchati, sanikaṃ
pādaṃ nikkhipati, samaṃ nikkhipati, samaṃ uddharati, ukkuṭikañcassa padaṃ hoti.
Dosacarito padāggehi khaṇanto viya gacchathi, sahasā pādaṃ nikkhipati, sahasā uddharati,
anukkaḍḍhitañcassa padaṃ hoti. Mohacarito parivyākulāya gatiyā gacchati, chamhito viya
pādaṃ nikkhipati, chamhato viya uddharati, [PTS Page 105] [\q 105/]
sahasānupīḷitañcassa daṃ hoti, vuttampi cetaṃ māgandiya suttuppattiyaṃ.

Rattassa hi ukkuṭikaṃ padaṃ bhave
Duṭṭhassa hoti anukaḍḍhitaṃ padaṃ,
Mūḷhassa hoti sahasānupīḷitaṃ
Vivattacchaddassi damīdisaṃ padanti. [A]

hānampi rāgacaritassa pāsādikaṃ hoti madhurākāraṃ, dosacari tassa thaddhākāraṃ,
mohacaritassa ākulākāraṃ. Nissajjāyapi esevanayo, rāgacarito ca ataramāno samaṃ seyyaṃ
paññā petvā sanikaṃ nipajjitvā aṅgapaccaṅgāni samodhāya pāsādikena ākārena sayati,
vuṭṭhāpiyamāno ca sīghaṃ vuṭṭhāya saṅkito viya sanikaṃ paṭivacanaṃ deti. Dosacarito
taramāno yathā tathā vā seyyaṃ paññāpetvā pakkhittakāyo bhākuṭikaṃkatvā sayati, vuṭṭhā
piyamāno ca sīghaṃ vuṭṭhāya kupito viya paṭivacanaṃ deti. Moha carito dussaṇṭhānaṃ
seyyaṃ paññāpetvā vikkhittakāyo bahulaṃ adhomuko sayati, vuṭṭhāpiyamāno ca huṃkāraṃ
karonto dandhaṃ vuṭṭhāti. Saddhācaritādayo pana yasmā rāgacaritādīnaṃ sabhāgā, tasmā
tesampi tādisova iriyāpatho hotīti, evaṃ tāva iriyā pathato cariyāyo vibhāvaye. Kiccāti
sammajjanādīsu ca kiccesurāgacarito sādhukaṃ sammajjaniṃ gahetvā ataramāno mālikaṃ
avippakiranto sinduvārakusumasavtharamiva santharanto suddhaṃ samaṃ sammajjati.
Dosacarito gāḷhaṃ sammajjaniṃ gahetvā taramāna rūpo ubhatovālikaṃ ussādento kharena
saddena asuddhaṃ visamaṃ sammajjati. Mocarito sithilaṃ sammajjaniṃ gahetvā sampari
vattakaṃ āloḷayamāno asuddhaṃ visamaṃ sammajjati. Yathā sammajjane evaṃ
cīvaradhovana rajanādisupi sabbakiccesu. Nipuṇamadhurasama sakkaccakārī rāgacarito,
gāḷhatthaddhavisamakāri dosacarito.

[A.] Saṃ. Ni. Sagāthavagga.

[SL Page 079] [\x 79/]

Anipuṇa parivyākulavisamāparicchinnakārī [PTS Page 106] [\q 106/] mohacarito.
Cīvara dhāraṇampi ca rāgacaritassa nāti gāḷhaṃ nitisithilaṃ hoti pāsādikaṃ parimaṇḍalaṃ,
dosacaritassa atīgāḷhaṃ aparimaṇḍalaṃ, mohacaritassa sithila parivyākulaṃ.
Saddhācaritādayo tesaṃ yevānusārena vedi tabbā, taṃ sabhāgattāti. Evaṃ kiccato cariyāyo
vibhāvaye. Bojanāti rāgacarito siniddhamadhurabojanappiyo hoti. Bhuñjamāno ca
nātimahantaṃ parimaṇḍalaṃ ālopaṃ katvā rasapaṭisaṃvedi1 ataramāno bhuñjati,
kiñcidevaca sāduṃ labhitvā somanassaṃ āpajjati, dosacarito lūkhaambilabhojanappiyo hoti.
Bhuñjamāno ca mukhapūrakaṃ ālopaṃ katvā arasapaṭisaṃvedi taramāno bhuñjati, kiñcideva
ca asāduṃ labhitvā domanassaṃ āpajjati. Mohacarito aniyataruciko hoti. Bhuñjamāno ca
aparimaṇḍalaṃ parittamālopaṃ katvā bhājane chaḍḍento mukhaṃ makkhento vikkhittacitto
taṃ taṃ vitakkento bhuñjati. Saddhācāritādayopi tesaṃ yevānusārena veditabbā taṃ sabhā
gattāti. Evaṃ bhojanato cariyāyo vibhāvaye. Dassanādi totirāgacarito īsakampi manorama
rūpaṃ disvā vimhayajāto viya ciraṃ oloketi, parittepi guṇe sajjati, bhūtampi dosaṃ na
gaṇhāti, pakkamantopi amuccitukāmova hutvā sāpekkho pakkamati. Dosacarito īsakampi
amanoramaṃ disvā kilanta rūpo viya na ciraṃ oloketi, parittepi dose paṭibhaññati, bhūtampi
guṇaṃ na gaṇhāti, pakkamantopi muñcitukāmova hutvā anapekkho pakkamati, mohacarito
yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ disvā para paccayiko hoti paraṃ nindantaṃ sutvā nindati pasaṃsantaṃ sutvā
pasaṃsati sayaṃ pana aññāṇupekkhāya pekkhakova hoti, esa nayo saddasavaṇādīsupi.
Saddhācaritādayo pana tesaṃ yevānu sārena veditabbā taṃ sabhāgattāti. Evaṃ dassanāditopi
cariyāyo vibhāvaye. Dhammappavattito chevāti- rāgacaritassa ca māyā sāṭheyyaṃ māno
pāpicchatā mahicchatā asantuṭṭhitā siṅgaṃ cāpalyanti evamādayo dhammā bahulaṃ pattanti.
[PTS Page 107] [\q 107/] dosacaritassa kodho upanāho makkho palāso issā
macchariyanti evaṃ mādayo. Mohacaritassa thinaṃ middhaṃ uddhaccaṃ kukkuccaṃ
vicikicchā ādhānagāhitā duppaṭinissaggitāti evādayo. Saddhācaritassa muttacāgatā ariyānaṃ
dassanakāmatā sakhammaṃ sotukāmatā pāmojjabahulatā asaṃsaṭṭhatā2 amāyāvitā
pasādanīyesu ṭhānesu pasā doti evamādayo. Buddhicaritassa sovacassatā kalyāṇamittatā
bhojane matataññutā satisampajaññaṃ jāgariyānuyogo saṃvejanīyesu ṭhānesu saṃvego
saṃviggassa ca yoniso padhānanti eva

1. Sī1 saha 11. Nānārasapaṭisaṃvedi. 2. Sī11. Asaṭhatā.

[SL Page 080] [\x 80/]

Mādayo, vitakkacaritassa bhassabahulatā gaṇārāmatā kusalānuyoge arati
anavaṭṭhitacittatārattiṃ dūpāyanā divāpajjalanā hurāhuraṃ dhāvanāti evamādayo dhammā
bahulaṃ pavattantīti, evaṃ dhammappavattito cariyāyo vibhāvaye. Yasmā pana idaṃ
cariyāvibāvanāvidānaṃ sabbākārena neva pāḷiyaṃ, na aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgataṃ, kevalaṃ
ācariyamatānusārena vuttaṃ, tasmā na sārato paccetabbaṃ. Rāgacaritassa hi vuttāni
iriyāpathādīni dosacaritāda yopi appamādavihārino kātuṃ sakkonti. Saṃsaṭṭhacaritassa ca
puggalassa ekasseva bhinnalakkhaṇā iriyāpathādayo na sampajjanti1 yaṃ panetaṃ
aṭṭhakathāsu cariyāvibhāvanāvidhānaṃ vuttaṃ, tadeva sārato paccetabbaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: -
cetopariyañāṇassa lābhī ācariyo cariyaṃ ñatvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathessati, itarena ante
vāsiko pucchitabboti. Tasmā cetopariyañāṇena vā taṃ vā puggalaṃ pucchitvā jānitabbaṃ
ayaṃ puggalo rāgacarito ayaṃ dosā dīsu aññataracaritoti.

Kiṃ caritassa puggalassa kiṃ sappāyanti- ettha pana senāsanaṃ tāva rāgacaritassa
adotavedikaṃ bhummaṭṭhakaṃ akaṭapabbhāratiṇa kuṭipaṇṇasālādīnaṃ aññataraṃ
rajokiṇṇaṃ jatukābharitaṃ olugga muluggaṃ atiuccaṃ vā atinīcaṃ vā ujjaṅgalaṃ sāsaṅkaṃ
asuvicisama maggaṃ [PTS Page 108] [\q 108/] yattha vañcapīṭhampi maṅkuṇabharitaṃ2
durūpaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ yaṃ olo kentasseva jigucchāuppajjati, tādisaṃ sappāyaṃ. Nivāsanā
pāpuraṇaṃ antacchinnaṃ olambavilamba suttakākiṇṇaṃ jālapūvasadisaṃ sāṇi viya
kharasamphassaṃ kiliṭṭhaṃ bhārikaṃ kicchapariharaṇaṃ sappāyaṃ, pattopi dubbanno
mattikāpatto vā āṇigaṇṭhikāhato ayopatto vāgaruko dussanṭhāno sīsakapālamiva jeguccho
vaṭṭati. Bhikkhācāramaggopi amanāpo anāsannāgāmo visamo vaṭṭati. Bhikkhācāragāmopi
yattha manussā apassantā viya vicaranti, yattha ekakulepi bikkhaṃ alabitvā nikkhamantaṃ
ehi bhanteti āsana sālaṃ pavesetvā yāgubhattaṃ datvā gacchantā gāviṃ viya vaje pave setvā
anavalokentā3 gacchanti, tādiso vaṭṭati. Parivisana manussāpi dāsā vā kammakarā vā
dubbaṇṇā duddasikā kiliṭṭhavasanā duggavdhā jegucchā ye acittikārena yāgubhattaṃ
chaḍḍentā viya parivisanti, tādisā sappāyā. Yāgubhattakhajjakampi lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ
sāmāka kudrūsaka kaṇājakādimayaṃ pūtitakkaṃ bilaṅgaṃ jinṇasāka sūpeyyaṃ yaṃ kiñcideva
kevalaṃ udarapūramattaṃ vaṭṭati. Iriyā pathopissa ṭhānaṃ vā caṅkamo vā vaṭṭati,
ārammaṇaṃ nīlādīsu vaṇṇa kasiṇesu yaṃ kiñci aparisuddhavaṇṇanti idaṃ rāgacaritassa
sappāyaṃ. Dosacaritassa sonāsanaṃ nātiuccaṃ nātinīcaṃ chāyūdaka

1. Ma. 1. Upapajjanti. 2. Ma. 11. Maṅgulābharitaṃ 3. Sī. 11. Anavaloketvā.

[SL Page 081] [\x 81/]

Sampannaṃ suvibhattabhittitthambhasopānaṃ supariniṭṭhitamālākammalatā kammaṃ
nānāvidhacittakammasamujjalaṃ samasiniddhamudubhumitalaṃ buhma vimānaviva
kusumadāmavicitravanṇavelavitānasamalaṅkataṃ supaññatta
sucimanoramattharaṇamañcapīṭhaṃ tattha tattha vāsatthāya nikkhittakusuma
vāsagandhasugandhaṃ yaṃ dassanamatteneva pītipāmojjaṃ janayati, evarūpaṃ sappāyaṃ,
tassa pana senāsanassa maggo pi sabbaparissaya vimutto suci samatalo alaṅkatapaṭiyattova
[PTS Page 109] [\q 109/] vaṭṭati, senāsana parikkhāro pettha
kiṭamaṅguṇadīghajātimūsikādīnaṃ nissayaparicchivda natthaṃ nitibahuko, ekaṃ
vañcapīṭhamattameva vaṭṭati, nivāsanapāru panampissa1 cīnapaṭṭasomārapaṭṭakoseyya
kappāsikasukhuma koma sukhumādīnaṃ yaṃ yaṃ paṇītaṃ, tena tena ekapaṭṭaṃ vā
dupaṭṭaṃ vā sallahukaṃ samaṇasāruppena surattaṃ suparisuddhavanṇaṃ vaṭṭati, patto
udakabubbulamiva susaṇṭhāno maṇi viya sumaṭṭho nimmalo samaṇasāruppena
suparisuddhavaṇṇo ayomayo vaṭṭati, bhikkhācāra maggo parissayavimutto samo manāpo
nātidūranāccāsanna gāmo vaṭṭatibikkhācāragāmo pi yattha manussā idāni ayyo āgamissatīti
sittasammaṭṭhe padese āsanaṃ paññāpetvā paccuggantvā pattaṃ ādāya gharaṃ pavesetvā
paññattāsane nisīdā petvā sakkaccaṃ sahatthā parivisanti, tādiso vaṭṭati. Parivesakā panassa
ye honti abhirūpā pāsādikā sunahātā suvilittā dhūpavāsa kusumagandhasurabhino nānā
virāgasucima nuññavatthābharaṇapatimaṇḍitā sakkaccakārino, tādisā sappāyā.
Yāgubhattakhajjakampi vaṇṇa gandharasasampannaṃ ojavantaṃ manoramaṃ
sabbākārapaṇitaṃ yāvadatthaṃ vaṭṭati, iriyāpathopissa seyyā vā nisajjā vā vaṭṭati,
ārammaṇaṃ nīlādisu vanṇakasiṇesu yaṃ kiñci suparisuddhavaṇṇanti, idaṃ dosa caritassa
sappāyaṃ. Mohacaritassa senāsanaṃ disāmukhaṃ asambādhaṃ vaṭṭati yattha nisinnassa
vivaṭā disā paññāyanti, 2 iriyāpathesu caṅkamo vaṭṭati. Ārammaṇaṃ panassa parittaṃ
suppamattaṃsarāva mattaṃ vā khuddakaṃ na vaṭṭati. 3 Sambādhasmiṃ hi okāse cittaṃ
bhiyyo sammoha māpajjati, tasmā vipulaṃ mahā kasiṇaṃ vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ dosacaritassa
vuttasadisamevāti, idaṃ mohacaritassa sappāyaṃ. Saddhācaritassa sabbampi dosacaritamhi
vuttavidhānaṃ sappāyaṃ. Ārammaṇesu cassa anussatiṭṭhānampi vaṭṭati. Buddhicaritassa
senāsanādisu idaṃ nāma asappāyanti natthi. Vitakkacaritassa senāsanaṃ vivaṭaṃ
disāmukhaṃ. Yattha [PTS Page 110] [\q 110/] nisinnassa
ārāmavanapokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakāni gāmanigamajanapadapaṭipāṭiyo4nilobhāsā ca
pabbatā paññāyanti, taṃ na vaṭṭati. Taṃhi vitakkavidhāvanasseva paccayo hoti. Tasmā

1. Si 1. 11 Nivāsanapāpuraṇampissa 2. Ma11 khāyanti 3. Ma. 11. Sarāvamattaṃ vā na
vaṭṭati. 4. Si. 11. Gāmanigamajanapadapaṭipāṭiyā.

[SL Page 082] [\x 82/]

Gambhīre darīmukhe vanapaṭicchanne hatthikucchipabbhāramahindaguhā sadise sonāsano
vasitabbaṃ. Ārammaṇaṃ pissa vipulaṃ na vaṭṭati, tādisaṃ hi vitakkavasena savdhāvanāya
paccayo hoti. Parittaṃ pana vaṭṭati, sesaṃ rāgacaritassa vuttasadidamevāti idaṃ vitakka
caritassa sappāyaṃ. Ayaṃ attano cariyānukūlanti ettha āgatacariyānaṃ
pabhedavidhānavibhāvanasappāyaparicchedatevitthāro.

Na ca tāva cariyānukūlaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ sabbākārena āvikataṃ, taṃhi anantarassa
mātikāpadassa vitthāre sayameva āvibhavissati. Tasmā yaṃ vuttaṃ "cattāḷīsāya
kammaṭṭhānesu aññataraṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā"ti ettha saṅkhātaniddesato,
upacārappaṇāvahato, jhānappabhedato, samatikkamato, vaḍḍhanāvaḍḍhanato,
ārammaṇato, bhumito, gahaṇato, paccayato, cariyānukūlatoti, imehi tāva dasahi ākārehi
kammaṭṭhānavinicchayo veditabbo. Tattha saṅkhātaniddesatoti: cattāḷīsāyakammaṭṭhānesū
itihi vuttaṃ, tatrimāni cattāḷīsa kammaṭṭhānāni: - dasa kasiṇā dasa asubhā dasa anussatiyo
cattāro brahmavihārā cattāro āruppā ekā saññā ekaṃvavatthānanti. Tattha paṭhavikasiṇaṃ
āpokasiṇaṃ tejokasiṇaṃ vāyokasiṇaṃ nīlakasiṇaṃpītakasiṇaṃ lohitakasiṇaṃ odātakasiṇaṃ
ālokakasiṇaṃ paricchinnākāsakasiṇanti, ime dasakasiṇā. Uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ
vipubbakaṃ vicciddakaṃ vikkhāyitakaṃ vikkhittakaṃ hatavikkhittakaṃ lohitakaṃ puḷavakaṃ
aṭṭhikanti, ime dasa asubhā. Buddhānussati dhammānussati saṅghānussati sīlānussati
cāgānussati devatānussati1 maraṇasati kāyagatāsati ānāpāna sati upasamānussatīti, imā
dasa anussatiyo. [PTS Page 111] [\q 111/] mettā karuṇā muditā upekkhāti ime cattāro
āruppā. Āhāre paṭikkūla saññā ekā saññā, catudhātuvavatthānaṃ ekaṃ vavatthānanti, evaṃ
saṅkhātaniddesato vinicchayo veditabbo. Upacārappaṇāva hatoti: - ṭhapetvā kāyagatāsatiñca
ānāpānasatiñca avasesā aṭṭha anussatiyo, āhāre paṭikkūlasaññā, catudhātuvavatthānanti,
imāneva hettha dasa kammaṭṭhānāni upacārāvahāni; sesāni appaṇāvahesu cettha
ānāpānasatiyā saddhiṃ dasa kasiṇā catukkajjhā nikā honti, kāyagatāya satiyā saddhiṃ dasa
asubhā paṭhamajjhānikā, purimā tayo brahmavihārā tikajjhānikā, catutthabramhavihāro
cattāro ca āruppā catukkajjhānikāti2 evaṃ jhānappabhedato. Samatikkamatoti: - dve
samatikkamā, aṅgasamatikkamoca ārammaṇa

1. Sī11. Dhammasaṃghasīlacāga devatānussati. 2. Sī1*11. Catutthajhānikā.

[SL Page 083] [\x 83/]

Samatikkamo ca. Tattha sabbesupi tikacatukkajjhānikesu kammaṭṭhā nesu aṅgasamatikkamo
hoti vitakkavicārādīni jhānaṅgāni samatikkamitvā tesvevārammaṇesu
dutiyajjhānādīnaṃpattabbato, tathā catutthabrahmavihāre, sopihi mettādīnaṃ yeva
ārammaṇe somanassaṃ samatikkamitvā pattabboti. Catusu pana āruppesu
ārammaṇasamatikkamo hoti. Purimesu hi navasu kasiṇesu añña taraṃ matīkkamitvā
ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ pattabbaṃ, ākāsādīni ca samatikkamitvā viññāṇañcāyatanādīni, sesesu
samatikkamo natthīti evaṃ samatikkamato. Vaṅḍhanāvaḍḍhanatoti: - imesu vattāḷīsāya
kammaṭṭhānesu dasakasiṇāneva vaḍḍhetabbāni. Yatta kañhi okāsaṃ kasiṇena erati
tadabbhantare dibbāya sotadhātuyā saddaṃ sotuṃ dibbena cakkunā rūpāni passituṃ
parasattānañca cetasā cittamaññātuṃ samattho hoti. Kāyagatāsati pana asubhāni ca na
vaḍḍhetabbāni. Kasmā? Okāsena paricchinnattā ānisaṃsābhāvā ca. Sā ca nesaṃ okāsena
paricchinnatā bhāvanā nayo āvibhavissati. Tesu pana vaḍḍhitesu [PTS Page 112] [\q 112/]
kuṇaparāsiyeva vaḍḍhati, na koci ānisaṃso atthi, vuttampicetaṃ sopākapañha
vyākaraṇesu: "vibhūtā bhagavā rūpasaññā avibhūtā aṭṭhikasaññā"ti, [a] tatra hi
nimittavaḍhenavasena rūpasaññā vibhūtāni vuttā, aṭṭhika saññā avaḍḍhanavasena
avibhūtāti, yaṃ panetaṃ kevalaṃ aṭṭhika saññāya aphariṃ paṭhaviṃ imanti vuttaṃ, taṃ
lābhissa sato upaṭṭhānā kāravasena vuttaṃ. Yatheva hi dhammāsokakāle karavīkasakuṇo
samantā ādāsabhittisu attano chāyaṃ disvā sabbadisāsu karavīka saññi hutvā madhuraṃ
giraṃ nicchāresi, evaṃ theropi aṭṭhikasaññāya lābittā sabbadisāsu upaṭṭhitaṃ nimittaṃ
passanto kevalāpi paṭhavī aṭṭhikabharitāti cintesīti. Yadi evaṃ yā asubhajjhānānaṃ
appamāṇārammaṇatā vuttā, sā virujjhatīti? Sā ca na virujjhati, ekaccohi uddhumātake vā
aṭṭhike vā mahante nimittaṃ gaṇhāti, ekacco appako, iminā pariyāyena ekaccassa
parittārammaṇaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, ekaccassa appamāṇārammaṇanti. Yo vā etaṃ vaḍḍhane
ādīnavaṃ apassanto vaḍheti, taṃ savdhāyaappamāṇā rammaṇanti vuttaṃ. Ānisaṃsābhāvā
pana na vaḍḍhetabbānīti. Yathā ca etāni, evaṃ sosanipi na vaḍḍhetabbāni. Kasmā? Tesu hi
ānāpānanimitta tāva vaḍḍhayato vātarāsiyeva vaḍḍhati, okāsena ca paricchinnaṃ. Bati
sādinavattā okāsena ca paricchinnattā na vaḍḍhetabbaṃ. Brahmavihārā sattārammaṇā, tesaṃ
nimittaṃ vaḍḍhayatosattarāsiyeva vaḍḍheyya, na ca tena attho atthi, tasmā tampi na
vaḍḍhetabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ "mettāsahagatena cetasā
[A.] Saṃ ni mahāvagga.

[SL Page 084] [\x 84/]

Ekaṃ disaṃ paritvā"ti[a] ādi, taṃ paraggahavaseneva vuttaṃ, ekaāvāsa dviāvāsādinā hi
anukkamena essā disāya satte pariggahetvā bhāvento ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvāti vutto. Na [PTS
Page 113] [\q 113/] nimittaṃ vaḍḍhento. Paṭibhāganimittameva cettha natthi, yadayaṃ
vaḍḍheyya. Paritta appamāṇārammaṇatā pettha pariggahavaseneva veditabbā.
Āruppārammaṇesupi ākāsaṃ kasiṇugghāṭimattā, 1 taṃ hi kasiṇāpagamavaseneva manasi
kātabbaṃ. Tato paraṃ vaḍḍhayatopi2 na kiñci hoti. Viññāṇaṃ sabhāvadhammattā, na hi
sakkā sabhāvadhammaṃ vaḍḍhetuṃ. Viññāṇāpagamo viññāṇassa abhāvamattattā,
nevasaññā nāsaññāyatanārammaṇaṃ sabhāvadhammattāyeva na vaḍḍhetabbaṃ, sosāni
animittattā, paṭibhāganimittaṃ hi vaḍḍhetabbaṃ nāma bhaveyya. Budhānussati ādīnañca
neva paṭibhāga nimittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ na vaḍḍhetabbanti evaṃ
vaḍḍhanāvaḍḍhanato. Ārammaṇatoti: - imesu ca cattiḷīsāya kammaṭṭhānesu dasakasiṇā
dasaasubhā ānāpānasati kāyagatāsatīti imāni dvāvīsati paṭibhāga nimittārammaṇāni, sesāni
na paṭibhāganimittārammaṇāni, tathā dasasu. Anussatīsu ṭhapetvā ānāpāna satiñca
kāyagatāsatiñca avasesā aṭṭha anussatiyo āhāre paṭikkūlasaññā catudhātuva vatthānaṃ
viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti imāni dvādasa sabhāvadhammārammaṇāni,
dasakasiṇā dasaasubhā ānāpānasati kāyagatāsatīti imāni dvāvīsati nimittārammaṇāni,
sesāni cha na vattabbārammaṇāni, tathā vipubbakaṃ lohitakaṃ puḷavakaṃ ānāpāna sati
āpokasiṇaṃ tejokasiṇaṃ vāyokasiṇaṃ yañca āloka kasiṇesu suriyādinaṃ
obhāsamaṇḍalārammaṇaṃ imāni aṭṭha calitā rammaṇāni, tāni ca kho pubbabhāge.
Paṭibhāgaṃ pana sannisinna meva hoti. Sesāni na calitārammaṇānīti evaṃ ārammaṇato.
Bhumitoti: - ettha ca dasa asubhā kāyagatāsati āhāre paṭikkūla saññāti imāni dvādasa devase
nappavattanti. Tāni dvādasa ānāpānasaticāti imāni terasa brahmaloke nappavattanti. Arūpa
bhave pana ṭhapetvā cattāro ārāppe aññaṃ nappavattati. Manussesu sabbānipi pavattantīti
- evaṃ bhūmito. [PTS Page 114] [\q 114/] gahaṇatoti:
duṭṭhaphuṭṭhasutaggahaṇatopettha vinicchayo veditabbo, tatra ṭhapetvā vāyokasiṇaṃ
sesānavakasiṇā dasaasubhāni imāni ekūna vīsati diṭṭhena gahetabbāni. Pubbabhāge
cakkhunā eloketvā3 nimittaṃ nesaṃ gahetabbanti attho. Kāyagatāsatiyaṃ tacapañcakaṃ
diṭṭhena, sesaṃ sutenāti evaṃ tassā ārammaṇaṃ diṭṭhasutena gahetabbaṃ. Ānāpānasati
phuṭṭhena, vāyokasiṇaṃ diṭṭhapūṭṭhena, sesāni aṭṭhārasa sutena gahetabbāni,
apekkhābrahmavihāro

[A.] Dīghani. Sāmaññaphalasu. 1. Sa11. Kasiṇugghāṭitamattatta 2. Sī1. 11. Vaḍḍhayato. 3.
Sī11. Oloketvā oloketvā.

[SL Page 085] [\x 85/]

Cattāro āruppāti imāni cettha na ādikammikena gahetabbāni, sesāni pañcatiṃsa
gahetabbānīti evaṃ gahaṇato. Paccayatoti: imesu pana kammaṭṭānesu ṭhapetvā
ākāsakasiṇaṃ sesā nava kasiṇā āruppānaṃ paccayā honti, dasapi kasiṇā abhiññānaṃ, tayo
brahvavihārā catutthabrahvavihārassa, heṭṭhimaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ ārāppaṃ uparimassa
uparimassa, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nirodha samāpattiyā, sabbānipi sukhavihārā
vipassanābhavasampattīnanti evaṃ paccayato. Cariyānukūlatoti: - cariyānaṃ
anukūlatopetthavinicchayo veditabbo. Seyyathīdaṃ? Rāgacaritassa tāva- ettha
dasaasubhākāyagatāsatīti ekādasa kammaṭṭhānāni anukūlāni, dosa caritassa cattāro
brahmavihārā cattāri vaṇṇakasinānīti aṭṭha, mohacaritassa vitakkaciritassa ca ekaṃ
ānāpānasatikammaṭṭhāna meva, saddhācaritassa purimā cha anussatiyo, buddhicaritassa
maraṇasati upasamānussati catudhātuvavatthānaṃ āhāre paṭikkūlasaññāti cattāri,
sesakasiṇāni cattāro ca āruppā sabbacaritānaṃ anukūlāni, kasiṇesu ca yaṃ kiñci parittaṃ
vitakkacaritassa, appamāṇaṃ mohacaritassāti evamettha cariyānukulato vinicchayo vadi
tabboti. Sabbañcetaṃ ujuvipaccanīkavasena ca atisappāya vasena ca vuttaṃ. Rāgādīnaṃ pana
avikkhamhikā saddhādinaṃ cā anupakārā kusalabhāvanā nāma natthi. Vuttampi cetaṃ
meghiyasutte"cattāro dhammā uttarīṃ bhāvetabbā. Asubhā bhāvetabbā rāgassa pahānāya,
mettā bhāvetabbā vyāpādassa pahāṇāya, anāpānāsatī bhāvetabbā vitakkupaccedāya, [PTS
Page 115] [\q 115/] aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā asamimānasamugghātāyā"ti[a.]
Rāhulasuttepi"mettaṃ rāhula bhāvanaṃ bhāvehī"tī[b.] Ādīnā nayena ekasseva
sattakammaṭṭhānāni vuttāni. Tasmā vacanamatte abhinivesaṃ akatvā sabbattha adhippāyo
pariyesitabboti. Ayaṃ kammaṭṭānaṃ gahetvāti ettha kammaṭṭhānakathā vinicchayo.

Gahetvāti: - imassa pana padassa ayaṃ atthaparidīpanā. Tena yoginā kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ
kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvāti ottha vuttanayeneva vuttappakāraṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ
upasaṅkamitvā buddhassa vā bhagavato ācariyassa vā attānaṃ niyyātetvā
sampannajjhāsayena sampannādhimuttinā ca hutvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ yāci tabbaṃ.
Tattha"imāhaṃ bhagavā attabhāvaṃ tumhākaṃ pariccajāmī"ti evaṃ buddhassa bhagavato attā
nīyyātetabbo, evaṃ hi aniyyā tetvā pantesu senāsanesu viharanto bheravārammaṇe āpātha
māgato santhambhituṃ āsakkonto gāmantaṃ osaritvā gihīhi saṃsaṭṭho hutvā anesanaṃ
āpajjitvā anayavyasanaṃ pāpuṇeyya,

[A]ma. Ni. Saha saṃ. Ni. Lagāthavagga. [B.] Saṃ. Ni. Sagāthavagga.

[SL Page 086] [\x 86/]

Niyyātitattabhāvassa panassa bheravārammaṇe āpāthamāgatepi bhayaṃ na uppajjati. Nanu
tayāpaṇḍita purimadivasameva attā buddhānaṃ niyyātitoti paccavekkhato ca panassa
somanassameva uppajjati, yathāhi purisassa uttamaṃ kāsikavatthaṃ bhaveyya, tassa tasmiṃ
mūsikāya vā kīṭehi vā khādite uppajjeyya domanassa. Sace pana taṃ acīvarikassa
bhikkhuno dadeyya, athassa taṃ tena bhikkhunā khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ kayiramānaṃ disvāpi
somanassameva appajjeyya, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ācariyassa niyyā tentenāpi
"imāhaṃ bhante attabhāvaṃ tumhākaṃ pariccajāmī"ti vattabbaṃ. Evaṃ aniyyātitattabhāvo hi
attajjanīyo vā hoti dubbavo vā anovādakaro yona kāmaṅgamo vā ācariyaṃ anāpucchāva
yatticchati. Tattha gantā, tamenaṃ ācariyo āmisena vā dhammena vā na saṃgaṇhāti guḷhaṃ
ganthaṃ na sikkhāpoti. So imaṃ duvidhaṃ saṅgahaṃ alabhanto sāsane [PTS Page 116] [\q
116/] patiṭṭhaṃ na labhati na cirasseva dussīlyaṃ vā gihībhāvaṃ vā pāpuṇāti.
Niyyātitattabhāvo pana neva atajjanīyo boti na yonakāmaṅgamo suvaco
ācariyaṃyattavuttireva hoti. So ācariyato duvidhaṃ saṅgahaṃ labhanto sāsane vuddhiṃ
virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti, cūlapiṇḍapātika. Tissattherassa antevāsikā viya-therassa kira
santikaṃ tayo bhikkhū āgamaṃsu. Tesu eko ahaṃ bhante tumhākaṃ atthāyāti vutte sataporise
papāte patituṃ ussaheyyanti āha. Dutiyo ahaṃ bhante tumhākaṃ atthāyāti vutte imaṃ
attabhāvaṃ paṇhito paṭṭhāya pāsāṇapiṭṭhe ghaṃsento niravasesaṃ khepetuṃ ussa heyyanti
āha. Tatiyo ahaṃ bhante tumhākaṃ atthāyāti vutte assāsapassāse uparundhitvā kālakiriyaṃ
kātuṃ ussa heyyanti āha. Thero bhabbā vatime bhikkhūti kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathesi. Te tassa
ovāde ṭhatvā tayopi arahattaṃ pāpūṇiṃsūti, ayamāni saṃso attanīyyātane, tena vuttaṃ
"buddhassa vā bhagavato ācariyassa vā attānaṃ niyyātetvā"ti sampannajjhāsayena
sampannādhimuttīnā ca hutvāti: - ettha pana tena yoginā alo bhādīnaṃ vasena chahākārehi
sampanna jjhāsayena bhavitabbaṃ, evaṃ sampannajjhāsayo hi tissannaṃ bodhinaṃ aññataraṃ
pāpuṇāti. Yathāha: - "cha ajjhāsayā bodhisattānaṃ bodhiparipākāya svattanti. Alobhajjhāsayā
ca bodhisatti lobhe dosadassāvino, adho jajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā dose dosadassāvino,
amohajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā mohe dosadassāvino, nekkhammajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā
gharāvāse dosadassāvino, nissaraṇajjhāsayā ca bodhi sattā sabbabhavagatīsu
dosadassāvino"ti. Yehi keci atītā nāgatapaccuppannā sotāpanna sakadāgāmi anāgāmi
khīṇāsava
[SL Page 087] [\x 87/]

Paccekabuddha sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te imeheva chahākārehi attanā attanā pattabbaṃ
visesaṃ pattā. Tasmā imehi chahi ākārehi sampannajjhāsayena bhavitabbaṃ.
Tadadhimuttatāya pana adhimutti sampannena bhavitabbaṃ samādhādhimuttena
samādhigarukena samādhi [PTS Page 117] [\q 117/] pabbhārena, nibbānādhimuttena
nibbāṇagarukena nibbāṇa pabbhārena ca bhavitabbanti attho. Evaṃ sampannajjhāsayādhi
muttino panassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ yācato cetopariyāyañāṇalābhinā ācariyena cittācāraṃ
oloketvā cariyā jānitabbā, itarena kiṃ caritosi, ke vā te dhammā bahulaṃ samudācaranti, kiṃ
vā te manasikaroto phāsu hoti, katarasmiṃ vā te kammaṭṭhāne cittaṃ namatīti evamādīhi
nayehi pucchitvā jānitabbā. Evaṃ ñatvā cariyānukūlaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetabbaṃ.
Kathentena ca tividhena kathetabbaṃ. Pakatiyā uggahita kammaṭṭhānassa eka dve nisajjāni
sajjhāyaṃ kāretvā dātabbaṃ, santike masantassa āgatā gatakkhaṇe kathetabbaṃ, uggahetvā
aññattha gantukāmassa nāti saṅkhittaṃ nātivitvārikaṃ katvā kathetabbaṃ. Tattha
paṭhavikasiṇaṃ tāva kathentena1 cattāro kasiṇa dosā kasiṇakaraṇaṃ katassa bhāvanānayo
duvidhaṃ nimittaṃ duvidho samādhi sattavidhaṃ sappāyā sappāyaṃ dasavidhaṃ
appaṇākosallaṃ viriyasamatā appaṇāvidhānanti ime nava ākārā kathetabbā,
sesakammaṭṭhānesupi tassa tassa anurūpaṃ kathetabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ tesaṃ bhāvanāvidhāne
āvi bhavissati. Evaṃ kathiyamāne pana kammaṭṭhāne tena yoginā nimittaṃ gahetvā
sotabbaṃ. Nimittaṃ gahetvāti- idaṃ heṭṭhima padaṃ, bada uparimapadaṃ, ayamassa atto,
ayamadhippāyo, idaṃ opammanti evaṃ taṃ taṃ ākāraṃ upanibandhitvāti attho, evaṃ
nimittaṃ gahetvā sakkaccaṃ suṇantenahi kammaṭṭhānaṃ sugahitaṃ hoti. Athassa taṃ
nissāya visesādhigamo sampajjati, na ita rassāti, ayaṃ gahetvāti imassapadassa
atthaparidīpanā.

Ettāvatā " kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvā attano cariyānu kulaṃ cattāḷīsāya kammaṭṭhānesu
aññataraṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā"ti imāni padāni sabbākārena vitthāritāni hontīti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge

Samādhibhāvanādikāre kammaṭṭhāna gahaṇa niddeso nāma

Tatiyo paricchedo
[PTS Page 118] [\q 118/]
1. Sī 11. Paṭhavikasiṇaṃ tathentena

[SL Page 088] [\x 88/]

4.
Atha paṭhavikasiṇa niddeso.

Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ "samādhibhāvanāya ananurūpaṃ vihāraṃ pahāya anurūpe vihāre
viharantenā"ti ettha pana yassa tāva ācariyena saddhiṃ ekavihāre vasato phāsu hoti, tena
tatattheva kammaṭṭhānaṃ parisodhentena vasitabbaṃ. Sace tattha phāsu na hoti, yo añño
gāmute vā aḍḍhayojane vā yojanamatte pi vā sappāyo vihāro hoti, tattha vasitabbaṃ. Evaṃ
hi sati kammaṭṭhānassa kismicideva ṭhāne sandehe vā sati satisammose vā jāte kālasseva
vihāre vattaṃ katvā antarāmagge piṇḍāya caritvā bhattakicca pariyosāne yeva ācariyassa
vasanaṭṭhānaṃ ganatvā taṃ divasaṃ ācariyassa santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ sodhetvā
dutiyadivase ācariyaṃ vanditvā nikkhamitvā antarāmagge piṇḍāya caritvā akilanto yeva
attano vasanṭṭhānaṃ āgantuṃ sakkhissati. Yo pana yojanappamāṇepi phāsukaṭṭhānaṃ na
labhati, tena kammaṭṭhāne sabbaṃgaṇṭhiṭṭhānaṃ chinditvā suvisuddhaṃ āvajjana
paṭibaddhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ katvā dūrampi gantvā samādhibhāvanāya ananurūpaṃ vihāraṃ
pahāya anurūpe vihāre vihātabbaṃ. Tattha ananurūpo nāma aṭṭhārasannaṃ dosānaṃ
aññatarena samannāgato, tatrime aṭṭhārasa dosā: "mahattaṃ navattaṃ jaṃṇṇattaṃ
patthanissitattaṃ soṇḍiṃ paṇṇaṃ pupphaṃ phalaṃ patthanīyatā nagarasannissitatā
dārusannissitatā khettasannissitatā visabhāgānaṃ puggalānaṃ atthitā paṭṭana sannissitatā
paccantannissitatā rajjasīmasannissitatā asappāyatā kalyāṇamittānaṃ ālābho"ti, [PTS Page
119] [\q 119/] imesaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ dosānaṃ aññatarena dosena samannāgato
ananurūpo nāma, na tattha vihātabbaṃ. Kasmā? Mahāvihāre tāva pahū nanācchavdhā
sannipatanti te aññamaññaṃ paṭiviruddhatāya vattaṃ na karonti, bodhiaṅgaṇādīni
asammaṭṭhāneva honti, anupaṭṭhā pitaṃ pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ, tatrāyaṃgocaragāme
piṇḍāya carissāmīti pattacīvaramādāya nikkhanto sacepassati vattaṃ vā akataṃ
pānīyaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ, athānena vattaṃ kātabbaṃ hoti pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Akaronto
vattabhede dukkamaṃ āpajjati, karontassa kālo atikkamati, atidivā paṭiṭṭho niṭṭhitāya
bhikkhāya kiñci na labhati, paṭisallānagatopi sāmaṇeradaharabhikkhūnaṃ uccāsaddena
saṅghakammehi ca vikkhipati, yattha pana sabbaṃ vattaṃ katameva hoti, avasesāpi ca
ghaṭṭanā natthi, evarūpe mahāvihārepi vihātabbaṃ; navavihāre bahuṃ navakammaṃ hoti,
akarontaṃ ujjhāyanti. Yattha pana bhikkhū

[SL Page 089] [\x 89/]

Evaṃ vadanti: - āyasmā yathāsukhaṃ samaṇadhammaṃ karotu, mayā navakammaṃ
karissāmāti. Evarupe vihātabbaṃ. Jiṇṇavihāre pana pahuṃ paṭijaggitabbaṃ hoti, antamaso
attanosenāsanamattampi apaṭijaggantaṃ ujjhāyanti, paṭijaggantassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ
parihāyatī, panthanissite mahāpathavihāre rattindivaṃ āgantukā sannipatanti. Vikāle
āgatānaṃ attano senāsanaṃ datvā rukkhamūle vā pāsāṇapiṭṭhe vā vasitabbaṃ hoti.
Punadivase pi evamevāti kammaṭṭhānassa okāso na hoti, yattha pana evarūpoāgantuka
sambādho na hoti tattha vihātabbaṃ. Soṇḍināma pāsāṇa pokkharaṇī hoti, tattha
pānīyatthaṃ mahājano samosarati. Nagaravāsīnaṃ rājakulupagatherānaṃ antevāsikā
rajanakammatthāya āgacchanti, tesaṃ bhājanadārudoṇikādīni pucchantānaṃ asukasmiñca
asukasmiñca [PTS Page 120] [\q 120/] ṭhāneti dassetabbāni honti, evaṃ sabbakālampi
niccavyāvamo hoti, yattha nānāvidhaṃ sākapaṇṇaṃ hoti. Tatthassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā
divāvihāraṃ nisinnassāpi santike sākahārikā gāyamānā paṇṇaṃ uccinantiyo
visabhāgasaddasaṅghaṭṭanena kammaṭṭhānantarāyaṃ karonti, yattha pana nānāvidhā mālā
gacchā supipphitā honti, tatrāpi tādiso yeva upaddavo, yattha nānāvidhaṃ
ambajabbupaṇasādiphalaṃ hoti, tattha phalatthikā āgantvā yācanti, adentassa kujjhanti,
balakkārena vā gaṇhanti, sāyaṇhasamaye vihāramajjhe caṅkamantena te disvā kiṃ upāsakā
evaṃ karothāti vuttā yathāruci akkosanti, avāsāya pissa parakkamanti patthaniye pana
leṇasammate dakkhiṇāgiri hatthi gucchi cetiyagiri cittalapabbata sadise vihāre viharantaṃ
ayaṃ ara hāti sambhāvetvā vanditukāmā manussā samantā osaranti, tenassa na phāsu hiti,
yassa pana taṃ sappāyaṃ hoti tena divā aññattha gantvā rattiṃ vasitabbaṃ. Nagarasannissite
visabhāgārammaṇāni āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, kumbhadāsiyopi ghaṭehi nighaṃsantiyo gacchanti,
okkamitvā maggaṃ na denti, issaramanussāpi vihāramajjhe sāṇiṃ parikkhipitvā nisīdanti.
Dārusannissaye pana yattha kaṭṭhāni ca dabbūpakaraṇarukkhā ca santi, tattha taṭṭhahārikā
pubbe vutta sāka pupphahārikā viya aphāsuṃ karonti. Vihāre rukkhā santi te chinditvā
gharāni karissāmāti manussā āganatvā chindanti, sace sāyaṇhasamayaṃ padhānagharā
nikkhimitvā vihāramajjhe caṅkamanto te disvā kiṃ upāsakāevaṃ karothāti vadati yathāruci
akko santi, avāsāya pissa parakkamanti. Yo pana khettasannissito hoti santā khettehi
parivārito, tattha manussā vihāramajjhe yeva khalaṃ katvā dhaññaṃ maddanti pamukhe
sosayanti aññampi bahuṃ aphāsu karonti, yatrāpi mahāsaṅghabhogo hoti ārāmikakulānaṃ
gāvo rundhanti udakavāraṃ paṭisedhenti, manussā [PTS Page 121] [\q 121/] dvīhi sīsaṃ

[SL Page 090] [\x 90/]

Gahetva passatha tumhākaṃ ārāmikakulānaṃ kammanti saṅghassa dassenti. Tena tena
kāraṇena rāja rājamahāmattānaṃ ghavadvāraṃ ganthabbaṃ hoti. Ayampi khettasannissinaiva
saṅgahito. Visa bhāgānaṃ puggalānaṃ atthitāti- yatthi aññamaññaṃ visabhāgā cerī bhikkhū
viharanti, ye kalahaṃ karontā mā bhante evaṃ karothāti vāriyamānā etassa paṃsukulikassa
āgatakālato paṭṭhāya naṭṭhāmhāti cattāro bhavanti; yopi udakapaṭṭanaṃvā thalapaṭṭanaṃ
vā nissito hoti, tattha abhiṇhaṃ nāvāhi ca satthehi ca āgatamanussā. Okāsaṃ detha pānīyaṃ
detha loṇaṃ dethāti ghaṭṭayantā aphāsuṃ karonti. Paccanta sannissite pana manussā
buddhādisu appasannā honti. Rajjasīmasannissite rājabhayaṃ hoti. Taṃ hi padesaṃ eko rājā
na mayhaṃ vase vattatīti paharati, itaro pi na mayhaṃ vase vattatīti. Tatrāyaṃ bhikkhū
kadāci imassa rañño vijitevicarati, kadāci etassa, atha naṃ carapuriso ayanti maññamānā
anayavyasanaṃ pāpenti. Asappāyatātivisabhāgarūpādiārammaṇasamosaraṇena vā
amanussapariggahitatāyavā asappāyatā, tatridaṃ vatthu: - eko kira thero araññe vasati.
Athassa ekā yakkhinī paṇṇasāladvāre ṭhatvā gāyi so nikkhamitvā dvāre ṭṭhāsi. Sā gantvā
caṅkamana sīse gāyi thero caṅkamanasīsaṃ agamāsi, sā sataporise papāte ṭhatvā gāyi. Thero
paṭinivatti atha naṃ sā vegenāgantvā gahetvā mayā bhante na eko na dve kumhādisā
khāditāti āha. Kalyāṇamittānaṃ alābhoti- yattha na sakkā hoti ācariyaṃ vā ācariyasamaṃ vā
upajjhāyaṃ vā upajjhāyasamaṃ vā kalyāṇamittaṃ laddhuṃ, tattha so kalyāṇamittānaṃ alābo
mahādoso yevā ti imesaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ dosānaṃ aññatarena samannāgato ananurūpoti
veditabbo.

Vuttampi cetaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu: -

Mahāvāsaṃ navāvāsaṃ jarāvāsañca panthaniṃ,
Soṇḍiṃ paṇṇañca pupphañca phalaṃ patthitamevaca. [PTS Page 122] [\q 122/]

Nagaraṃ dārunā khettaṃ visabhāgena paṭṭanaṃ,
Paccantasīmāsappāyaṃ yattha mitto na labbhati.

Aṭṭhārasetāni ṭhānāni iti viññāya paṇḍito,
Ārakā parivajjeyya maggaṃ paṭibhayaṃ yathāti.

Yo pana gocaragāmato nātidūranāccāsannatādihi pañchi aṅgehi samannāgato ayamanurūpo
nāma. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: "kathañca bhikkhave sonāsanaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ
hoti? Idha bhikkhave senāsanaṃ nātidūraṃ hoti nāccāsannaṃ gamanā

[SL Page 091] [\x 91/]

Gamanasampannaṃ, divā appakinṇaṃ1 rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appa nigghosaṃ,
appaḍaṃsamakasavātātapasiriṃsapasamphassaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ kho pana senāsane viharantassa
appakasireneva uppajjanti cīvarapiṇḍapāta senāsana gilānapaccaya bhesajja parikkhārā,
tasmiṃ kho pana senāsane therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā
vinayadharā mātikādharā te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati idaṃ
bhantekathaṃ imassa ko atthoti, tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañceva vivaranti anuttānīkatañca
uttānī karonti anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhānīyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ paṭivinodenti. Evaṃ
kho bhikkhave senāsanaṃ pañcaṅga samannāgataṃ hotī"ti[a] ayaṃ samādhibhāvanāya
ananurūpaṃ vihāraṃ pahāya anurūpe viharantenāti ettha vitthāro.

Khuddakapaḷibodhupacchedaṃ katvāti - evaṃ patirūpe vihāre viharannena- yepissa te honti
khuddakā paḷibodhā tepi upacchivdi tabbā, seyyathīdaṃ? Dīghāni
kesanakhalomānichinditabbāni, chiṇṇa cīvaresu daḷhikammaṃ vā tunnakammaṃ vā
kātabbaṃ, kiliṭṭhāni vā rajitabbāni, sace patte malaṃ hoti patto pacitabbo, mañca pīṭhādīni
sodhetabbānīti. Ayaṃ khuddakapaḷibodhupacchedaṃ katvāti ettha vitthāro.

Idāni- sabbaṃ bhāvanāvidhānaṃ aparihāpettena bhāve tabbo"tiottha ayaṃ paṭhavikasiṇaṃ
ādiṃ katvā sabbakammaṭṭhāna [PTS Page 123] [\q 123/] vasena vitvārakathā hoti. Evaṃ
upacchinnakhuddakapaḷibodhenahi bhikkhunā pacchābhattaṃ piṇapotapaṭikkantena
bhattasammadaṃ paṭivinodetvā pavivitte okāse sukhanisinnena katāya vā akatāya vā
paṭhaviyā nimittaṃ gaṇhitabbaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ : "paṭhavikasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto paṭhaviyaṃ
nimittaṃ gaṇhāti kate vā akate vā sāntake no anantake, sakoṭiye no akoṭiye, sacaṭume ne
avaṭme, sapariyante no apariyante, suppamattevā sarāvamattevā. Sotaṃ nimittaṃ suggahītaṃ
karoti sūpadhāritaṃ upadhāreti suvavatthitaṃ vavatthapeti, so taṃ. Nimittaṃ suggahītaṃ
katvā sūpadhāritaṃ upadhāretvā suvavatthitaṃ vavatthapetvā ānisaṃsa dassāvī ratanasaññi
hutvā cittīkāraṃ upaṭṭhapetvā sampiyāyamāno tasmaṃ ārammaṇe cittaṃ upanibandhati
addhā imāya paṭipadāya jarāmaraṇamhā muccissāmīti. Sovivicceva kāmehi vivicca
akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekaja pītisukhaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja
viharatī"ti, [d] tattha yena atītabhavepi sāsane vā isi pabbajjāyavā pabbajitvā paṭhavikasiṇe
catukkapañcakajjhānāni nibbattitapubbāni, evarūpassapuññavato upanissayasampannassa

1. Sī1. 11. Appokiṇṇaṃ [a.] Saṃ - ni- sagāthavagga. [B.] Paṭisambidā- jhānakathā.

[SL Page 092] [\x 92/]

Akatāya paṭhaviyā kasitaṭṭhāne vā khalamaṇḍale vā nimittaṃ uppajjati, mallakattherassa
viya-tassa kirāyasmato kasitaṭṭhānaṃ olokentassa taṇṭhānappamāṇameva nimittaṃ
udapādi. So taṃ vaḍḍhetvā pañcakajjhānāni nibbattetvā jhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ
paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Yo pana evaṃ akatādhikāro hoti tena ācariyassa santike1
uggahitaṃ kammaṭṭhāna vidhānaṃ avirādhetvā cattāro kasiṇadose pahiharantena kasiṇaṃ
kātabbaṃ. Nīlapītalohitodātasambhedavasena hi cattāro paṭhavikasiṇadosā, tasmā
nīlādivaṇṇaṃ mattikaṃ agahetvā gaṅgāvahe mattikāsadisāya aruṇavaṇṇāya mattikāya
kasiṇaṃ kātabbaṃ, tañca [PTS Page 124] [\q 124/] kho vihārapaccante pana
paṭicchannaṭṭhāne pabbhāre va paṇṇasālāya vā saṃhārimaṃ vā tata;ṭṭhakaṃ vā kātabbaṃ,
tatra saṃhārimaṃ catusu daṇḍakesu piḷotikaṃ vā chammaṃ vā kaṭasārakaṃ vā bandhitvā
tattha apanītatiṇamūlasakkharavālikāya sumadditāya mattikāya vuttappamāṇaṃ vaṭṭaṃ
limpitvā kātabbaṃ, taṃ parikammakālepi bhumiyaṃ attharitvā oloketabbaṃ, tata;ṭṭhakaṃ
bhumiyaṃ padumakaṇṇikā kārena khāṇuke ākoṭetvā mallīhi vinandhitvā kātabbaṃ, yadisā
mattikā nappahoti adho aññaṃ pakkhipitvā uparibhāge supari sodhitāya aruṇavaṇṇāya
mattikāya vidatthicaturaṅgulavitvāraṃ vaṭṭaṃ kātabbaṃ, etadeva hi pamāṇaṃ sandhāya
suppamattaṃ vā sarāva mattaṃ vāti vuttaṃ"sāntake no anattake"ti ādi panassa pariccheda
dassanatthāya2 vuttaṃ, tasmā evaṃ vuttappamāṇaparicchedaṃ katvā rukkhapāṇikā3
vusabhāgavaṇṇaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti tasmā taṃ aga hetvā pāsāṇapāṇikāya ghaṃsitvā samaṃ
bheritalasadisaṃ katvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ sammajjitvā nahātvā āgantvā kasiṇamaṇḍalato
aḍḍhateyya hatthantare padese paññatte vidatthicaturaṅgulapādake suatthate pīṭhe
nisiditabbaṃ, 4 tato dūratare nisinnassahi kasiṇaṃ naupaṭṭhāti, āsannatare kasiṇadoso
paññāyati, uccatare nisinnenaca gīvaṃ onamitvā oloketabbaṃ hoti, nīcatare jaṇṇukāni
rujanti, tasmā vuttanayeneva nisīditvā appassādākāmāti ādinā nayena kāmesu ādīnavaṃ
paccavekkhitvā kāmanissaraṇe sabbadukkhasamatikkamassa upāyabhūte nekkhamme
jātābhilā sena buddha dhamma saṅgha guṇānussaraṇena pītipāmojjaṃ janayitvā ayaṃ dāni
sā sabbabuddha paccekabuddha ariyasāvakehi paṭipannā nekkhammapaṭipadāti paṭipattiyā
sañjātagāravena addhā imāya paṭipattiyā pavivekasukharasassa bhāgī bhavissāmīti ussāhaṃ
janayitvā samena ākārena [PTS Page 125] [\q 125/] cakkhūni ummīletvā nimittaṃ
gaṇhantena

1. Sī. 11. Ācariyasantike. 2. Sī. 1. Paricchedatthāya. 3. Ma. 11. Rukkhapāṇikāya. 4. Sī 1. 11.
Nisīditvā.

[SL Page 093] [\x 93/]

Bhavetabbaṃ. Atiummīlayato hi cakku kilamati maṇḍalañca ati vibhūtaṃ hoti, tenassa
nimittaṃ nūppajjati, atimandaṃ ummīlayato maṇḍalaṃ avibhūtaṃ hoti cittañca līnaṃ hoti,
evampi nimittaṃ nuppajjati, tasmā ādāsatale mukhanimittadassinā viya samena ākārena
cakkhūni ummīletvā nimittaṃ gaṇhantena bhāvetabbaṃ. Na vaṇṇo paccavekkitabbo, na
lakkhaṇaṃ manasikātabbaṃ, apica maṇṇaṃ amuñcitvā nissaya savaṇṇaṃ katvā
ussadavasena paṇṇatti dhamme cittaṃ ṭhapetvā manasi kātabbaṃ, paṭhavi mahī vedinī
bhūmi vasudhā vasundharāti ādisu paṭhavi nāmesu yaṃ icchati yadassa saññānu kūlaṃ hoti
taṃ vattabbaṃ. Apica paṭhavīti etadeva nāmaṃ pākaṭaṃ, tasmā pākaṭavaseneva paṭhavī
paṭhavīti bhāvetabbaṃ, kālena ummī letvā kālena nimmīletvā āvajjitabbaṃ, yāva
uggahanimittaṃ nūppajjatitāva kālasatampi kālasahassampi tato bhīyyopi ete neva nayena
bhāvetabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ bhāvayato yadā nimmīletvā āvajjantassa ummīlitakāle viya āpāthaṃ
āgacchati, tadā uggaha nimittaṃ jātaṃ nāma hoti, tassa jātakālato paṭṭhāya na tasmiṃ ṭhāne
nisīditabbaṃ, attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pavisitvā tattha nisinnena bhāvetabbaṃ,
pādadhovanapapañcaparihāratthaṃ panassa ekapaṭalikupāhanā1 ca kattaradaṇḍo
caicchitabbo. Atānena sace taruno samādhi kenaci deva asappāyakāraṇena nassati upāhanā
āruyha kattaradaṇḍaṃ gahetvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā nimuttaṃ ādāya āgantvā sukhanisinnena
bhāvetabbaṃ, punappunaṃ samannāharitabbaṃ, takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ kātabbaṃ. Tassa
evaṃ karontassa anukkamena nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, kilesā sannisīdanti
upacārasamādhinā cittaṃ samādhiyati, paṭibhāganimittaṃ uppajjati. Tatrāyaṃ purimassaca
uggahanimittassa imassa ca viseso: uggahanimitte kasiṇadoso paññāyati, paṭibhāganimittaṃ
thavikato nīhamādāsamaṇḍalaṃ [PTS Page 126] [\q 126/] viya sudhotasaṅkhathālaṃ
viya valāhakantarā nikkhantacandamaṇḍalaṃ viya meghamukhe balākā viya ca
uggahanimittaṃ padāḷayitvā nikkhantamiva tato sataguṇaṃ sahassaguṇaṃ suparisuddhaṃ
hitvā upaṭṭhāti, tañca kho neva vanṇavantaṃ na saṇṭhānavantaṃ, yadihi taṃ edisaṃ
bhaveyya cakkhuviññeyyaṃ siyā oḷārikaṃ sammasanūpagaṃ tilakkhaṇabbhāhataṃ, na
panetaṃ tādisaṃ, kevalaṃ hi samādhi lābhino upaṭṭhānākāramattaṃsaññajametanti
uppannakālato ca panassa paṭṭhāya nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhitāneva honti, kilesā
sannisinnāva u cārasamādhinā cittaṃ samāhitamevāti. Duvidohi samādhi: upacārasamādhi
ca appaṇāsamādhica. Dvīhākārehi cittaṃ samādiyati upacārabhumiyaṃ vā
paṭilābhabhumiyaṃ vā, tattha upacāra bhūmiyaṃ nīvaraṇappahāṇena cittaṃ samāhitaṃ hoti.
Paṭilābha

1. Sī. 11. Ekatalikūpāhanā.

[SL Page 094] [\x 94/]

Bhūmiyaṃ aṅgapātubhāvena, dvinnaṃ pana samādhīnaṃ idaṃ nānā kāraṇaṃ: -1 upacāre
aṅgāni na thāmajātāni honti, aṅgānaṃ athāmajātattā yathā nāma daharo kumārako
ukkhipitvā ṭhapīyamāno punappunaṃ bhūmiyaṃ patati, evameva upacāre uppanne cittaṃ
kālena nimittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, kālena bhavaṅgaṃ otarati, appanāya pana aṅgāni
thāmajātāni honti, tesaṃ thāmajātattā yathā nāma balavā puriso āsanā vuṭṭhāya divasampi
tiṭṭheyya evameva appaṇā samādhimhi uppanne cittaṃ sakiṃ bhavaṅgavāraṃ vicchinditvā2
kevalampi rattiṃ kevalampi divasaṃ tiṭṭhati, kusalajavanapaṭipāṭivase neva pavattīti. Tata;
yadetaṃ upacārasamādhinā saddhiṃ paṭibhāga nimittaṃ uppannaṃ, tassa uppādanaṃ nāma
atadukkaraṃ, tasmā sace teneva pallaṅkena taṃ nimittaṃ vaḍḍhetvā appaṇaṃ adhigantuṃ
sakkoti sundaraṃ, noce sakkoti, athānena taṃ nimittaṃ appamattena cakkavattigabbho viya
rakkhitabbaṃ.
Evaṃ hi.

Nimittaṃ rakkhato laddhaṃ parihāni na vijjati,
Ārakkhamhi asantamhi laddhaṃ laddhaṃ vinassati. [PTS Page 127] [\q 127/]

Tatrāyaṃ rakkhaṇavidhi.

Āvāso gocaro bhassaṃ puggalo bhojanaṃ utu,
Iriyāpathoti sattete asappāye vivajjaye.

Sappāye satta sevetha evaṃ hi paṭipajjato,
Nacireneva kālena hoti kassaci appaṇāti.

Tatrassa yasmiṃ āvāse vasantassa anuppannaṃ vā nimittaṃ nūppajjati, uppannaṃ vā
vinassati, anupaṭṭhitāca sati na upaṭṭhāti, asamāhitañca cittaṃ na samādhiyati, ayaṃ
asappāyo. Yattha nimittaṃ uppajjaticeva thāvarañca hoti sati apaṭṭhāti cittaṃ samādhiyati
nāgapabbatavāsī padhāniyatissattherassa viya, ayaṃ sappāyo. Tasmā yasmiṃ vihāre bahū
āvāsā honti, tattha ekamekasmiṃ tīṇi tīṇi divasāni vasitvā yatthassa cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti,
tattha vasitabbaṃ, āvāsasappāyatāya hi tambapaṇṇidīpamhi cūḷanāgaleṇe tattheva
kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā pañcasatā bhikkhū arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, sotā pannādīnaṃ pana
aññattha ariyabhūmiṃ patvā tattha arahattaṃ pattā nañca gaṇanā natthi, evaṃ aññesupi
cittalapabbatavihārādisu. Gocaragāmo pana yo sonāsanato uttarena vā dakkhiṇena vā
nātidūre diyaḍḍhakosabbhantare hoti sulabhasampannabhikkho, so sappāyo viparīto
asappāyo. Bhassampi dvattiṃsa tiracchāna kathāpariyāpannaṃ asappāyaṃ. Taṃ hissa
nimittantaradhānāya

1. Sī 1. Nānākaraṇaṃ 2. Sī11. Chinditvā

[SL Page 095] [\x 95/]

Saṃvattati, dasakathāvatthu nissitaṃ sappāyaṃ, tampi mattāya bhāsitabbaṃ puggalopi
atiracchānakathiko silādiguṇasampanne: yaṃ nissāya asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samādhiyati
samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ thirataraṃ hoti, evarūpo sappāyo. Kāyadaḍḍhi pahulo pana tiracchāna
kathiko asappāyo, sohi taṃ kaddamodakamiva acchaṃ udakaṃ malina meva karoti, tādisañca
āgamma komapabbatavāsi daharasseva samāpattipi nassati, pageva nimittaṃ. [PTS Page 128]
[\q 128/] bhojanaṃ pana kassaci madhuraṃ kassaci ambilaṃ sappāyaṃ hoti. Utupi
kassaci sīto kassaci uṇho sappāyo hoti, tasmā yaṃ bhojanaṃ vā utuṃ vā sevantassaphāsu
hoti, asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samādhiyati samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ thirataraṃ hoti, taṃ bhojanaṃ so
ca utu sappāyo. Itaraṃ bhojanaṃ itaro ca utu asappāyo. Iriyāpathesupi kassaci caṅkamo
sappāyo hoti, kassaci sayanaṭṭhānanisajjānaṃ aññataro, tasmā taṃ āvāsaṃ viya tīṇi divasāni
upaparikkhitvā yasmaṃ iriyāpathe asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samādhiyati samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ
thirataraṃ hoti, so sappāyo, bataro asappāyoti veditabbo. Iti imaṃ sattavidhaṃ asappāyaṃ
vajjetvā sappāyaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evaṃ paṭipannassahi nimittāsevanabahulassa nacireneva
kālena hoti kassaci appaṇā.

Yassa pana evampi paṭipajjato na hoti, tena dasavidhaṃ appaṇākosallaṃ sampādetabbaṃ.
Tatrāyaṃ nayo: dasahākārehi appaṇākosallaṃ icchitabbaṃ:
vatthuvisadakiriyatoindriyasamatta paṭipādanato - nimittakusalatoyasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ
paggahe tabbaṃ tasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ paggaṇhāti- yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggahetabbaṃ
tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggaṇhāti - yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ sampahaṃsitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye
cittaṃ sampahaṃseti- yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ
ajjhupekkhati-asamāhitapuggalaparivajjanatosamāhitapuggalasevanato - tadadhimutta toti.
Tattha vatthuvisadakiriyā nāma: ajjhattikabāhirānaṃ vatthunaṃ visadabhāvakaraṇaṃ, yadā
hissa kesanakhalomāni dīghāni honti sarīraṃ vā sedamalaggahitaṃ, tadā ajjhattikaṃ vatthū
avisadaṃ hoti aparisuddhaṃ, yadā pana cīvaraṃ jiṇṇaṃ kiliṭṭhaṃ duggandhaṃ hoti,
senāsanaṃ vā uklāpaṃ, tadā bāhiraṃ vatthu avisadaṃ hoti [PTS Page 129] [\q 129/]
aparisuddhaṃ, ajjhattike bāhire ca vatthumhi avisade uppannesu cittaceta sikesu ñāṇampi
aparisuddhaṃ hoti, aparisuddhāni dīpakapallakavaṭṭi telāni nissāya uppannadīpasikhāya
obhāso viya, aparisuddhena ca ñāṇena saṅkhāre sammasato saṅkhārāpi avibhūtā honti,
kammaṭṭhāna manuyuñjato kammaṭṭhānampi vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ

1. Sī. 11. Nimuttasevanabahulassa.

[SL Page 096] [\x 96/]

Na gacchati, visade pana ajjhattikabāhire vatthumhi uppannesu cittacetasikesu ñāṇampi
visadaṃ hoti, parisuddhāni dīpakapallaka vaṭṭitelāni nissāya uppannadīpasikhāya obhāso
viya, parisuddhenaca ñaṇena saṅkhāre sammasato saṅkhārāpi vubhūtā honti, kammaṭṭhāna
manuyuñjato kammaṭṭhānampi vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ gacchati.
Indriyasamattapaṭipādanaṃ nāma: - saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ samabhāvakaraṇaṃ, sace hissa
saddhindriyaṃ balavaṃ hoti itarāni mandāni, tato viriyindriyaṃ paggahakiccaṃ, satindriyaṃ
upaṭṭhānakiccaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ avikkhepakiccaṃ, paññindriyaṃ dassanakiccaṃ kātuṃ na
sakkoti, tasmā taṃ dhammasabhāvapaccavekkhaṇena vā yathāvā manasikaroto balavaṃ
jātaṃ, tathā amanasikārenahāpetabbaṃ. Vakkalittheravatthu cettha nidassanaṃ. Sace pana
viriyindriyaṃ balavaṃ hoti atha neva saddhindriyaṃ adhimokkhakiccaṃ kātuṃ sakkoti, na
itarāni itarakicca bhedaṃ, tasmā taṃ passaddhādi bhāvanāya hāpetabbaṃ, tatrāpi
soṇattherassa vatthu dassetabbaṃ. Evaṃ sesesu pi ekassa balava bhāve sati itaresaṃ attano
kiccesu asamatthatā veditabbā, visesato panettha saddhā paññānaṃ samādhiviriyānañca
samataṃ pasaṃ santi, balavasaddhohi mandapañño muddhappasanno hoti avatthusmiṃ
pasīdati, balava pañño mandasaddho kerāṭikapakkhaṃ bhajati bhesajja samuṭṭhito viya
rogo atekiccho hoti, ubhinnaṃ samatāya vatthusmaṃ yeva pasīdati, balavasamādhiṃ pana
mandaviriyaṃ samādhissa kosajja pakkhattā kosajjaṃ adibhavati, [PTS Page 130] [\q 130/]
balavaviriyaṃ mandasamādhiṃ viriyassa uddhaccapakkhattā uddhaccaṃ adibhavati,
samādhi pana viriyena saṃyojito kosajje patituṃ na labhati, viriyaṃ samādhinā saṃyojitaṃ
uddhacce patītuṃ na labhati, tasmā tadubhayaṃ samaṃ kātabbaṃ, ubhayasamatāya hi
appaṇā hoti, apica samādhikammikassa balavatīpi saddhā vaṭṭati, evaṃ saddahanto
okappento appaṇaṃ pāpuṇissati. Samādhipaññāsu pana samādhikammikassa ekaggatā
balavatī vaṭṭati, evaṃ hi so appaṇaṃ pāpuṇāti, vipassanākammikassa paññā balavatī
vaṭṭati, evaṃ hi so lakkhaṇapaṭivedhaṃ pāpuṇāti, ubhinnaṃ pana samattāpi appaṇā
hotiyeva, sati pana sabbattha balavatī vaṭṭati, sati hi citta uddhaccapakkhikānaṃ
saddhāviriyaṃ paññānaṃ vasena uddhaccapātato kosajjapakkhena ca samādhinā kosajja
pātato rakkhati, tasmā sā loṇadhūpanaṃ viya sabbavyāñjanesu, sabbakammikaamacco viyaca
sabbarājakiccesu, sabbattha icchitabbā, tenāha: - "sati ca pana1 sabbatthikā vuttā bhagavatā,
kiṃ kāraṇā? Cittaṃ hi satipaṭisaraṇaṃ, ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānācasati, na vināsatiyā cittassa
paggahaniggaho hotī"ti[a.] Nimittakosallaṃ

1. Sī1. Satipana. [A] mahāaṭhakathā.

[SL Page 097] [\x 97/]

Nāma: paṭhavikasiṇādikassa cittekaggatā nimittassa akatassa karaṇakosallaṃ, katassa
bhāvanākosallaṃ, bhāvanāya laddhassa rakkhaṇakosallañca. Taṃ idha adhippetaṃ kathañca
yasmaṃ samaye cittaṃ paggahetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paggaṇhāti? Yadāssa
atisithilaviriyatādīhi līnaṃ cittaṃ hotī, tadā passaddhi sambojjhaṅgā dayo tayo abhāvetvā
dhammavicaya sambojjhaṅgādayo tayo bhā veti. Vuttaṃ hotaṃ bhagavatā. "Seyathāpi
bhikkhave puriso parittaṃ aggiṃ ujjāletukāmo assa, so tattha allāniceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya
allāni ca gomayāni pakkhiyye allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya udakavātañca dadeyya
paṃsukena ca okireyya, bhabbo nu kho so bhikkhave puriso taṃ parittaṃ [PTS Page 131] [\q
131/] aggiṃ ujjāletunti, no hetaṃ bhante, evameva kho bhikkhave yasmiṃ samaye līnaṃ
cittaṃ hoti, akālo tasmiṃ samayo passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, akālo samādhi
sambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Akālo upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Līnaṃ bhikkhave cittaṃ, taṃ etehi dhammehi dussamuṭṭhāpiyaṃ hoti, yasmiñca ko
bhikkhave samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicaya sambojjhaṅgassa
bhāvanāya, kālo sambojjhaṅgassabhāvanāya kālo viriya sambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo
pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, taṃ kissa hetu? Līnaṃ bhikkhave cittaṃ, taṃ etahi
dhammehi susamuṭṭhā piyaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso parittaṃ aggiṃ ujjā
letukāmo assa, so tattha sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya sukkhāni ca gomayāni
pakkhipeyya sukkhāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya mukhavātañca dadeyya, na ca paṃsukena
okireyya, ga bhabbo nu kho so bhikkhave puriso taṃ parittaṃ aggiṃ ujjāletunti? Evaṃ
bhante[a]"ti ettha ca yathāsakaṃ āhāravasena dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgā dīnaṃ
bhāvanāveditabbā; vuttaṃ hetaṃ. "Atthi bhikkhave kusalā kusalā dhammā
sāvajjānavajjādhammā hīnappaṇitā dhammā kaṇhasukka sappaṭibhāgā dhammā, tattha
yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamā hāro anuppannassa vā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa
uppādāya, uppannassa vā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhīyyobhāvāya vepullāya
bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī[a]"ti. Tathā "atthi bhikkhave ārambadātu nikkamadhātu
parakkamadhātu. Tattha yoniso manasikārabahulī kāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā
viriyasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā viriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhīyyo bhāvāya
vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī"ti. Tathā atthi bhikkhave
pītisambojjhaṅgaṭṭhāniyā dhammā. Tattha yoniso manasikārabahulī kāro, ayamāhāro
anuppannassa vā pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya uppannassa vāpītisambojjhaṅgassa bhīyyo
bhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī"ti[a. PTS Page 132] [\q 132/] tattha
sabhāvasāmaññalakkhaṇa

[A.] Saṃ -ni- mahāvagga-bo-saṃ.
[SL Page 098] [\x 98/]

Paṭivedhavasena pavattamanasikāro kusalādisu yonisomanasi kāro nāma,
ārambhadhātuādīnaṃ uppādanavasena pavattamanasi kāro ārambhadhātuādisra yoniso
manasikāro nāma. Tattha ārambhadhātuti- paṭhamaviriyaṃ vuccati,
nikkamadhātūtikosajjatonikkhantattā tato balavataraṃ, parakkamadhātūtiparaṃ paraṃ ṭhānaṃ
akkamanato tatopi balavataraṃ; pītisambojjhaṅghaṭṭhāniyā dhammāti pana - pītiyā evetaṃ
nāmaṃ , tassāpi uppādakamanasikāro yoniso manasikāro nāma. Apica sattadhammā
dhammavicaya sambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti: paripucchakatā, vatthuvisada
kiriyatā, indriyasamattapaṭipadānā, duppaññapuggalaparivajjanā,
paññāvantapuggalasevanā, gambhīrañāṇacariyapaccavekkhaṇā, tadadhi muttatāti.
Ekādasadhammā viriyasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti:
apāyādibhayapaccavekkhaṇatā, viriyāyattalokiya lokuttara visesādhigamānisaṃsa dassitā,
buddha paccekabuddha mahāsāvakehi gatamaggo mayā gantabbo sopi na sakkā kusitena
gantunti evaṃ gamanavīthi paccavekkhaṇatā, dāyakānaṃ mahapphalakāra karaṇena
piṇḍāpacāyanatā, viriyārambhassa vanṇavādi me satthā so ca anatikkamanīyasāsano
amhākañca pahūpakāro paṭipattiyā ca pūjiyamānā pūjito hoti na itarathāti evaṃ satthu
mahattapaccavekkhaṇatā, saddhammasaṅkhātaṃ me mahādāyajjaṃ gahetabbaṃ tañca na
sakkā kusitena gahetunti evaṃ dāyajjamahatta paccavekkhaṇatā, ālokasaññā manasikāra
iriyāpathaparivattana abbhokāsasevanādīhi thinamiddha vinodanatā,
kusitapuggalaparivajjanatā, āraddhaviriyapuggalasevanatā, sammappadhāna
paccavekkhaṇatā, tadadhimuttatāti. Ekādasadhammā pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya
saṃvattanti: buddhānussati, damma - saṅgha - sīla - cāga - devatānussati, upasamānussati,
lūkhapuggalaparivajjanatā, [PTS Page 133] [\q 133/] siniddhapuggalasevanatā,
pāsādanīyasuttantapaccavekkhaṇatā, tadadhimuttatāti. Iti imehi ākārehi ete dhamme
uppādento dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgā dayo bhāveti nāma, evaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ
paggahetabbaṃtasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paggaṇhāti. Kathaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggahe
tabbaṃtasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggaṇhāti? Yadāssa accāraddha viriya tādihi uddhataṃ cittaṃ
hoti, tadā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgādayo tayo abhāvetvā passaddhisambejjhaṅgādayo
bhāveti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā. "Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ
nibbāpetukāmo assa. So tattha sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhapeyya sukkhāni gomayāni
pakkhipeyya, sukkhāni kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya mukhavātañca dadeyya, na ca paṃsukena
okireyya, bhabbo nuko so bhikkhave puriso mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ nibbāpetunti?
Nohetaṃ bhante. Evameva kho bhikkhave yasmiṃ samaye uddhataṃ cittaṃ hoti, akālo tasmiṃ
samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, akālo viriya

[SL Page 099] [\x 99/]

Sambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Akālo pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Taṃ kissa hotu?
Uddhataṃ bhikkhave cittaṃ, taṃ etehi dhammehi duvūpasamayaṃ hoti. Yasmi ca kho
bhikkhave samaye uddhataṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa
bhāvanāya. Kālo samādhi sambejjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Kāloupekkhāsambejkaṅgassa
bhāvanāya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Uddhataṃ bhikkhave cittaṃ, taṃ etehi dhammehi
suvūpasamayaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puraso mahantaṃ aggikkhavdhaṃ nibbāpetu
kāmo assa, so tattha allāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya sukkhāni gomayāni pakkhīpeyya,
sukkhāni kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya mukhavātañca dadeyya, paṃsukena ca okiheyya, bhabbo nu
kho so bhikkhave puriso mahantaṃ aggikkhandha nibbāpetunti? Evaṃ bhante"ti[a] etthāpi
yathāsakaṃ āhāravasena passaddhi sambojjhaṅgādīnaṃ bhāvanā veditabbā. Vuttaṃ
hetaṃbhagavatā: - "atthi bhikkhave kāyapassaddhi, cittapassaddhi, [PTS Page 134] [\q 134/]
tattha yoniso manasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā
passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya uppannassa vā passaddhi savbojjhaṅgassa
bhīyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati" tathā "atthi bhikkhave
samathanimittaṃ avyagganimittaṃ. Tattha yoniso manasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro
anuppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya uppannassa vā samādhi
sambojjhaṅgassa bhīyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati. " Tathā "atthi
bhikkhave upekkhā sambojjhaṅgaṭṭhāniyādhammā, tattha yeniso manasikārabahulīkāro,
ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya uppannassa vā
upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī"ti[a.]
Tattha yathāssa passaddhiādayo uppanna pubbā taṃ taṃ ākāraṃ sallakkhetvā tesaṃ
uppādanavasena pavattita manasikārova tīsupi padesu yoniso manasikāro nāma. Samatha
nimittanti ca samathassevetaṃ adivacānaṃ, avikkhepaṭṭhena ca tasseva avyagganimittanti.
Apica: - satta dhammā passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti:
paṇītabhejanasevanatā, utusukhasevanatā, iriyā pathasukhasevanatā, majjhattapayogatā,
sāraddhapuggalaparivajnatā, passaddhakāyapuggalasevanatā, tadadhimuttatāti. Ekādasa
dhammā
Samādisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti: catthuvisadatā, nimittakusalatā,
indriyasamattapaṭipādanatā, samaye cittassa niggahaṇatā, 1 samayo cittassa paggahaṇatā,
nirassādassa cittassa saddhāsaṃvegavasena sampahaṃsanatā, smā pavattassa
ajjhupekkhaṇatā, asamāhitapuggalaparivajjanatā, samāhitapuggalasevanatā,
jhānavimokkhapaccavekkhaṇatā, tadadhimuttatāti. Pañca dhammā upekkāsambojjhaṅgassa
uppādāya saṃvattanti: sattamajjhattatā.

[A.] Saṃ - ni- mahāvagga0 bo- sa. 1. Si11. Niggaṇhanatā.

[SL Page 100] [\x 100/]

Saṅkhāramajjhattatā, sattasaṅkhāra kelāyanapuggalaparivajjanatā,
sattasaṅkhāramajjhattapuggalasevanatā, tadadhimuttatāti. Iti imehi ākārehi ete dhamme
uppādento passaddhisambojjhaṅgādayo [PTS Page 135] [\q 135/] bhāvati nāma. Evi
yasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ niggahetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ niggaṇhāti. Kathaṃ yasmiṃ
samaye cittaṃ sampahaṃsi tabbaṃ tasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ sampahaṃseti? Yadāssa
paññāpayoga mandatāya vā upasamasukhānadhigamena vā nirassādaṃ cittaṃ hoti tadā naṃ
aṭṭhasaṃvegavatthupaccavekkhaṇena saṃvejeti. Aṭṭhasaṃ vegavatthūnī nāma: jāti jarā
vyādhi maraṇāni cattāri, apāyadukkhaṃpañcamaṃ, atīte vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, anāgate
vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, paccuppanne āhārapariyeṭṭhimūlakaṃ dukkhanti.
Buddhadhammasaṃgha guṇānussaraṇena cassa pasādaṃjaneti. Evaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ
sampahaṃsitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ saṃpahaṃseti. Kathaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ
ajjhupekkhitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhatī2 yadāssa evaṃ paṭipajjato alīnaṃ
anuddhataṃ anirasasādaṃ ārammaṇasamappavattaṃ samathavīthipaṭipannaṃ cittaṃ hoti.
Tadāssa paggahaniggahasampahaṃsanesu na vyāpāraṃ āpajjati sārathi viya samappavattesu
assesu, evaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhapekkhi tabaṃbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati.
Asamāhita puggala parivajjanatā nāma: nekkhammapaṭipadaṃ anārūḷhapubbānaṃ nekakicca
pasutānaṃ vikkhittahadayānaṃ puggalānaṃ ārakā pariccāgo. Samāhitapuggalasevanatā nāma:
nekkhammapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannānaṃ samādhi lābhīnaṃ puggalānaṃ kālena kālaṃ
upasaṅkamanaṃ. Tadadhimuttatā nāma: samādhiadimuttatā samādigaru samādininna
samādipoṇa samādhi pabbhāratāti attho, evametaṃ dasavidhaṃ appaṇākosallaṃ sampā
detabbaṃ.

"Evaṃ hi sampādayato appaṇākosallaṃ imi,
Paṭiladdhe nimittasmiṃ appaṇā sampavattati.

Evampi paṭipannassa sace sā nappavattati,
Tathāpi na jahe yogaṃ cāyametheva paṇḍito. [PTS Page 136] [\q 136/]

Hitvā hi sammā vāyāmaṃ visesaṃ nāma mānavo,
Adhigacche parittampi ṭhānametaṃ na vijjati.

Cittappavatti ākāraṃ tasmā sallakkhayaṃ budho,
Samataṃ viriyasseva yojayetha punappunaṃ.
Īsakampi layaṃ yantaṃ paggaṇhetheva mānasaṃ,
Accāraddhaṃ nisedhetvā samameva pavattaye.

Reṇumhi uppaladale sutte nāvāya nāḷiyā,
Yathā madhukarādīnaṃ pavatti sampavaṇṇitā.

[SL Page 101] [\x 101/]

Līna uddhata hāvahi mocayitvāna sabbaso,
Evaṃ nimittābimukhaṃ mānasaṃ paṭipādaye"ti.

Tatrāyaṃ atthadīpanā yathāhi atigñeko madhukaro asukasmiṃ rukkhe pupphaṃ pupphitanti
ñatvā tikkhena vegena pakkhanto taṃ atikkamitvā paṭinivattento khīṇe reṇumhi
sampāpuṇāti, aparo acheko mandena javena pakkhanto khīṇe yeva sampā puṇāti, cheko
pana samena javena pakkhanto sukhena puppharāsiṃ sampatvā yāvaticchakaṃ reṇuṃ ādāya
madhuṃ sampādetvā madhurasaṃ anu bhavati. Yathāca sallakatta antevāsikesu
udakathālagate uppala patte satthakammaṃ sikkhantesu eko aticheko vegena satthaṃ
pātento uppalapattaṃdvidhā vā chindati udake vā paveseti, aparo acheko chijjana
pavesanabhayā satthakena phūsitumpi na visahati, cheko pana samena payogena tattha
satthapadaṃ1 dassetvāpariyodāta sippo hutvā tathārūpesu ṭhānesu kammaṃ katvā lābhaṃ
labhati. Yathā ca yo catuvyāmappamāṇaṃ makkamasuttaṃ āharati so cattāri sahassāni
labhatīti raññā vutte eko aticheko puriso vegena makkamasuttaṃ ākaḍḍhanto tahiṃ tahiṃ
chindati yeva, aparo acheko chedanabhayā bhatthena phūsitumpi na visahati, cheko pana
koṭito paṭṭhaya samena payogena daṇḍake veṭhetvā āharitvā lābhaṃ labhati. Yathāca
aticheko [PTS Page 137] [\q 137/] nīyyāmako balavavāte lakāraṃ pūrento nāvaṃ videsaṃ
pakkhandāpeti, aparā aaicheko mandavāte lakāraṃ oropento nāvaṃ tattheva ṭhapeti, cheko
pana mandavāte laka raṃ pūretvā balavavāte addhalakāraṃ katvā2 sotthinā icchitaṭṭhānaṃ
pāpuṇāti. Yathāca yo telaṃ achaḍḍento nāḷiṃ pūreti so lābhaṃ labhatīti ācariyena
antevāsikānaṃ vutte eko aticheko lābhaluddho vegena pūrento telaṃ chaḍḍeti, aparo acheko
telachaḍḍanabhayā āsiñcitumpi na visahati, cheko pana samena payogena pūretvā lābhaṃ
labhati. Evameva eko bhikkhū3 uppanne nimitte sīghaveva appaṇaṃ pāpuṇissāmīti gāḷhaṃ
viriyaṃ karoti, tassa cittaṃ accā raddhaviriyattā uddhacce patati, na sakkoti4 appaṇaṃ
pāpuṇituṃ, eko accāraddha viriyatāya dosaṃ disvā kiṃ dāni me appaṇāyāti viriyaṃ hāpeti,
tassa cittaṃ atilīnaviriyattā kosajje patati, sopi na sakkoti appaṇaṃ pāpuṇituṃ, yo pana
īsakampi līnaṃ līnabhāvatouddhataṃ uddhaccate mocetvā samena payogena
nimittābhimukaṃ pavatteti, so appaṇaṃ pāpuṇāti, tādisena bhavitabbaṃ, imamatthaṃ
sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.

1. Ma1. 11. Satthappahāraṃ. 2. Ma. 1. 11. Aṅlaṅkāraṃpūretvā. 3. Sī. 11. Evamevakhobhikkhu.
4. Ma. 11. Sonasakkoti.

[SL Page 102] [\x 102/]
Heṇumhi uppaladale sutte nāvāya nāḷiyā,
Yathā madhukarādīnaṃ pavatti sampavaṇṇitā.

Līna uddhata bhāvehi mocayitvāna sabbaso,
Evaṃ nimittābhimukhaṃ mānasaṃ paṭipādayeti.

Iti evaṃ nimuttābimukaṃ mānasaṃ paṭipādayato panassa badāni appaṇā ijjhissatīti
bhavaṅgaṃ upacchinditvā paṭhaviti anuyoga vasena upaṭṭhitaṃ tadeva paṭhavikasiṇaṃ
ārammaṇaṃ katvā manodvārā vaccanaṃ uppajjati, tato tasmiṃ yevārammaṇe cattāri pañca
vā javanānijavantī, tesu avasāne ekaṃ rūpāvacaraṃ sesāni kāmāvacarāni pakaticattehi
balavataravitakkavicāra pītisukhacittekaggatāni yāni appaṇāya parikammattā1
parikammānītīpi, yathā gāmā dīnaṃ [PTS Page 138] [\q 138/] āsannattā samīpacārittā
vā upacārānītipi, bato pubbe parikammānaṃ upari appaṇāya ca anulomanato anulomā
nītipi vuccanti, yañcettha sabbantimaṃ taṃ parittagottābhibhava nato
mahaggatagottabhāvanato ca gota;bhūtipi vuccati. Agahitaggahaṇenapi panettha paṭhamaṃ
parikammaṃ, dutiyaṃ upacāraṃ, tatiyaṃ anulomaṃ, catutthaṃ gota;bhū. Paṭhamaṃ vā
upacāraṃ, dutiyaṃ anulemaṃ, tatiyaṃ gota;bhū, catutthaṃ pañcamaṃ vā appaṇācittaṃ
catuttha mevahi pañcamaṃ vā appeti. Tadva kho khippābhiñña dandhābiñña vasena, tato
paraṃ javanaṃ patati, bhavaṅgassa vāro hoti. Ābhi dhammikagodattattheropana "puramā
purimā kusalā dhammā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ kusalānaṃdhammānaṃ
āsevanapaccayena paccayo"ti[a] imaṃ suttaṃ vatvā āsevanapaccayenapaccimo pacchimo
dhammo balavā hoti, tasmā chaṭṭhepi sattamepi appaṇā hotīti āha, taṃ aṭṭhakathāsu attano
matimattaṃ therassetanti vatvā paṭikkhittaṃ, catutthapañcamesu yeva pana appaṇā hoti,
parato javanaṃ patitaṃ nāma hoti, bhavaṅgassa āsannattāti vuttaṃ, taṃ evaṃ vicāretvā
vuttattā na sakkā paṭikkhipituṃ, yathāhi puriso chinnataṭābhi mukho dhāvanto
ṭhātukāmopi pariyante pādaṃkatvā ṭhātuṃ na sakkoti papāte eva patati, evaṃ chaṭṭhe vā
satsame vā appetuṃ na sakkoti bavaṅgassa āsannattā, tasmā catutthapañcamesu yeva
appaṇā hotīti veditabbā. Sāca pana ekacttakkhaṇikāyeva. Sattasu hi ṭhānesu addhāna
paricchedo nāma natthi: paṭhamappaṇāya, lokiyābhiññāsu, catusu maggesu,
maggānantaraphale, rupārūpa bhavesu bhavaṅgajjhāne, nirodhassa paccaye
nevasaññānāsaññāyatane, nirodhā vuṭṭhahantassa phalasamāpattiyanti; ettha
maggānantaraṃ phalaṃ tiṇṇaṃ upari na hoti, [PTS Page 139] [\q 139/] nirodhassa
paccayo neva

1. Sī111. Kataparikammattā(katthaci) abhi- paṭṭhānaṃ.

[SL Page 103] [\x 103/]

Saññānāsaññāyatanaṃ dvinnaṃ upari na hoti, rūpārūpabhavesu bhavaṅgassa parimāṇaṃ
natthi, sesaṭṭhānesu ekaveva cintanti. Iti ekacittakkhaṇikāyeva appaṇā, tato bhavaṅgapāto,
acha bhavaṅgaṃ vicchinditvā jhāna paccavekkhaṇatthāya āvajjanaṃ, tato jhānapacca
vekkhaṇāti; ettāvatāca panesa "vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savikattaṃ
savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekaja pītisukaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī"ti[a]
evamanena pañcaṅgavippahīṇaṃ pañcaṅga samannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ
dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ adigataṃ hoti paṭhavikasiṇaṃ.

Tattha vivicceva kāmaihīti- kāmehi vivicchitvā vinā hutvā apakkamitvā, yo panāyamettha
eva kāro so niyamatthoti veditabbo. Yasmāca niyattho tasmā tasmiṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ
upasampajja viharaṇasamaye avijjamānānampi kāmānaṃ tassa paṭhamassa
jhānassapaṭipakkhabhāvaṃ kāmapariccāgeneva cassa adhigamaṃ dīpeti. Kathaṃ? Vivicecava
kāmehīti evañhi niyame karīyamāne1 idaṃ paññāyati, nūni massa2 jhānassa kāmā
paṭipakkhabhūtā, yesu sati idaṃ nappavattati andhakāre sati dīpobhāso viya, tesaṃ
pariccāgeneva cassa adhigamo hoti īrimatīrapariccāgena pārimatīrasseva, tasmā
niyamaṃkarotīti. Tattha siyā: - kasmā panesa pubbapadeyeva vutto, na uttarapade?
Kiṃakusalehi dhammehi aviviccāpi jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyāti? Nakho panetaṃ evaṃ
daṭṭhabbaṃ, taṃ nissaraṇato hi pubbapade esa vutto, kāmadhātusamatikkamanato hā
kāmarāgapaṭipakkhato ca idaṃ jhānaṃ kāmānameva nissaraṇaṃ, yathāha: -" kāmānametaṃ
nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ nekkhamma?Nti[b] uttara padepi [PTS Page 140] [\q 140/] pana
yathā " idheva bhikkhave samaṇo idha dutiyo samaṇo"ti[c] ettha evakāro ānetvā vuccati,
evaṃ vattabbo, na hi sakkā ito aññehipi nīvaraṇasaṅkhātehi akusalehi dhammehi
aviviccajhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ, tasmā - vivicceva kāmehi vivicceva akusalehi
dhammehī"ti evaṃ padadvayepi esa daṭṭhabbe, padadvayepi ca kiñcāpi viviccāti iminā
sādhāraṇavacanena tadaṅgavivekādayo cittavivekādayo3 ca sabbepi vivekā saṅgahaṃ
gacchanti, yathāpi kāyaviveko cittaviveko vikkhamhanavivekoti tayo eva idha daṭṭhabbā.
Kāmehīti iminā pana padena ye ca niddese " katame vatthukāmā manāpiyā rūpā?Ti ādinā
nayena vatthukāmā vuttā. Yeca tattheva vibhaṅge ca -" chando kāmo - rāgo kāmo -
chandarāgo kāmo - saṅkappo kāmo - rāgo kāmo - saṅkapparāgo kāme- ime vuccanti kāmā"ti
- evaṃ kilesakāmā vuttā, te sabbepi

1. Si1. 11 Kayiramāne 2. Sī11. Tancimassa 3. Si11 kāyavivekādayo. Tenava, (katthaci) [a] abhi
- dhammasaṅganī[b] saṃ - ni - mahāvagga [c] ma 0 ni - sīhanāda.
[SL Page 104] [\x 104/]

Saṅgahītā icceva daṭṭhabbā. Evaṃ hi sati vivicceva kāmehiti vatthu kāmehipi viviccevāti
attho yujjati, tena kāyaviveko vutto hoti, vivicca akusalehi dhammehītikilesakāmehi sabbaṃ
kusalehi vā viviccāti attho yujjati, tena cittaviveko vutto hoti, purimena cettha vatthikāmehi
vivekavacanato eva kāmasukhapariccāgo, dutiyena kilesakāmehi vivekaccanato
nekkhammasukhapariggaho vibhāvito hoti, evaṃ vatthukāma kilesa kāma
vivekavacanatoyeva ca etesaṃ paṭhamena saṅkilesa vandrippa hāṇaṃ dutiyena
saṅkilesappahāṇaṃ, paṭhamena lolabhāvassa hetu pariccāgo, dutiyena bālabhāvassa,
paṭhamena ca payogasuddhi, dutiyena āsayaposanaṃ vibāvitaṃ hotīti ñātabbaṃ. Esa
tāvanayo kāmehīti ettha vuttakāmesu vatthukāmapakkhe, kilesakāmapakkhe pana kandoti
ca rāgoti ca evamādihi anekabhedo kāmacchandoyeva kāmoti adhippeto, [PTS Page 141] [\q
141/] so ca akusalapariyāpannepi samāno "tattha katamo kāmacchando kāmo"ti ādinā
nayena vibhaṅge jhānapaṭipakkhato visuṃ vutto, kilesakāmattā vā purima pade vutto,
akusalapariyāpannattā dutiyapade, anekabhedato cassa kāmatoti avatvā kāmehīti vuttaṃ,
aññesampi ca dhammānaṃ akusalabhāve vijjamāne "tattha katame akusalā dhammā
kāmacchando"ti ādīnā nayena vibhaṅge upari jhānaṅgapaccanīka
paṭipakkhabhāvadassanato nīvaraṇāneva vuttāni. Nīvaranāni hi jhānaṅgapaccanīkāni,
tesaṃ jhānaṅgāneva paṭipakkhāni viddhaṃsa kāni vighātakānīti vuttaṃ hoti, tathāhi -
'samādhi kāmacgñandassa paṭipakkho, pīti vyāpādassa, vitakko thīnamiddhassa, sukhaṃ
uddhacca kukkuccassa, vicāro vicikicchāyā"ti - peṭake vuttaṃ. Evamettha vivicceva kāmehīti
iminā kāmacchandassa vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hoti, vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti
iminā pañcannampi nīvaraṇānaṃ, agahitaggahaṇena pana paṭhamena kāmacchandassa,
dutiyena sesanīvaraṇānaṃ, tathā paṭhamena tīsu akusalamūlesu pañca
kāmabhedavisayassa1 lobhassa, dutiyena āghātavatthubhedādivisayānaṃ dosamohānaṃ,
oghādisu vā dhammesu paṭhamena kāmoghakāma yogakāmāsavakāmūpādāna
abhijjhākāyaganthakāmarāgasaṃyojanānaṃ, dutiyena
avasesaoghayogāsavaupādānaganthasaṃyojanānaṃ, paṭhamena ca taṇhāya taṃ
sampayuttakānañca, dutiyena avijjāya taṃ sampayuttakānañca. Apica: - paṭhamena
lobhasampayuttānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ cuttuppādānaṃ, dutiyena sesānaṃ catunnaṃ
akusalacittuppādānaṃ vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hotīti veditabbo. Ayaṃ tāva vivicceva.
Kāmeha vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti ettha atthappa kāsanā.

1. Sī11. Pañcakāmaguṇikavisayassa.

[SL Page 105] [\x 105/]

Ettāvatā paṭhamassa jhānassa pahāṇaṅgaṃ dassetvā idāni sampayogaṅgaṃ dassetuṃ
savitakkaṃ savicāranti ādi vuttaṃ [PTS Page 142] [\q 142/] tattha vitakkanaṃ vitakko,
ūhananti vuttaṃ hoti, jvāyaṃ ārammaṇe cittasaṃsa abhiniropanalakkhaṇo,
āhananapariyahananaraso. Tathā hi tena yogāvacaro ārammaṇaṃ vitakkāhataṃ
vitakkapariyāhataṃ karotīti vuccati. Ārammaṇe cittassa ānayanapaccupaṭṭhāno. Vicaraṇaṃ
vicāro, anusadvaraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti, svāyaṃ ārammaṇānu maccanalakkhaṇo, tattha
sahajātānu yojanaraso, cittassa anuppa bandhanapaccupaṭṭhāno, santepi ca nesaṃ katthaci
avippayoge oḷāri kaṭṭhena pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena ca ghaṇṭābhighāto viya
abhiniropanaṭṭhenaca cetaso paṭhamābhinipāto vitakko, sukhumaṭṭhena anumajjana
sabhāvaṭṭhena ca ghaṇṭānuravo viya anuppabandho vicāro. Vipphāravā cettha vitakko
paṭhamuppattikāle paripaphandanabhuto cittassa, ākāse uppattikukāmassa pakkhino
pakkhavikkhepo viya padumābhimukhapāto viya ca gandhānubaddhacetaso bhamarassa
santa vutti vicāro nātiparipphandanabhāvo cittassa, ākāse uppati tassa pakkhino
pakkhappasāraṇaṃ viya, paribbhamaṇaṃ viyaca padumābhi mukhapatitassa
Bhamarassa padumassa uparibhāge, dukanipātaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ākāse gacchato
mahāsakuṇassa ubhohi pakkhehi vātaṃ gāhāpetvā pakkhe sannisīdāpetvā gamanaṃ viya
ārammaṇe cetaso abhiniropanabhāvena pavatto citakko, sohi ekaggo hutvā appeti,
vātagahaṇatthaṃ pakkhe phandāpayamānassa gamanaṃ viya anumajjanabhāvena pavatto
vicāro, sohi ārammaṇaṃ anumajjatīti vuttaṃ. Taṃ anuppabandhanena pavattiyaṃ yujjati. So
pana nesaṃ viseso paṭhamadutiyajjhānesu pākaṭo hoti. Apica: - malaggahitaṃ
kaṃsabhājanaṃ ekena hatthena daḷhaṃ gahetvā itarena hatthena cuṇṇatelavāḷaṇḍupakena
paramajjantassa daḷhagahaṇahattho viya vitakko, parimajjanahattho viya vicāro, tathā
kumbhakārassa daṇḍappahārena cakkaṃ bhamayitvā bhājanaṃ karontassa uppīḷana [PTS
Page 143] [\q 143/] hattho viya vitakko, ito cito ca saṃsaraṇahattho viya vicāro, tathā
maṇḍalaṃ karontassa majjhe sannirumhitvā ṭhitakaṇṭako viya abhiniropano vitakko,
bahiparibbhamaṇa kaṇṭako viya anumajjamāno vicāro, iti iminā ca vitakkona iminā ca
vicārena saha vattati rukkho viya pupphena phalena cāti idaṃ jhānaṃ savitakkaṃ savicāranti
vuccati. Vibhaṅge pana "iminā ca vitakkena iminā ca vicārena upeto hoti samūpeto"ti ādinā
nayena puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā katā, attho pana tatrāpi evame daṭṭhabbo.
[SL Page 106] [\x 106/]

Vivekajnti ettha- vivitti viveko, nīvaraṇavigamoti attho, vivittoti vā viveko, nīvaraṇavivitto
jhānasampayuttadhamma rāsīti attho, tasmā vivekā- tasmiṃ vā viveke jātanti vivekajaṃ.
Pītisukhanti-pīṇayatīti pītu sā sampiyāyanalakkhaṇā, kāyacitta pīṇanarasā, pharaṇarasā
vā. Odagya paccupaṭṭhānā, sā panesā khuddikā pīti khaṇikā pīti okkantikā pīti ubbegā
pīti pharaṇā pītiti pañcavidhā hoti, tattha khuddikā pīti sarīre lomahaṃsamattameva kātuṃ
sakkoti, khaṇikā pīti khaṇe khaṇe vippuppātasadisā hoti, okkantikā pīti samuddatīraṃ
vīci viya kāyaṃ okkamitvā okkamitvā bhijjati, ubbegā pīti balavatī hoti, kāyaṃ uddhaggaṃ
katvā ākāse laṅghāpanappamāṇappattā, tathāhi: puṇṇavallikavāsī mahā tissatthero
punṇamadivase sāyaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ gantvā cavdā lokaṃ. Disvā mahācetiyābhimukho hutvā
imāya vata velāya catasso parisā mahācetiyaṃ vandantīti pakatiyā diṭṭhārammaṇa vasena
buddhārammaṇaṃ ubbega pītiṃ uppādetvā sudhātale pahama citragenḍuko viya ākāso
uppatitvā mahācetiyaṅgaṇeyeva patiṭṭhāsi. Tathā girikanḍakamahāvihārassa upanissaye
vattakālaka gāme ekā kuladhītāpi balavabuddhārammaṇāya ubbegapītiyā ākāse laṅghesi.
Tassā kira mātāpitaro sāyaṃ dhammasavaṇatthāya [PTS Page 144] [\q 144/] vihāraṃ
gacchantā amma tvaṃ garuhārā akāle carituṃ na sakkosi, mayaṃ tuyhaṃ pattiṃ katvā
dhammaṃ sossāmāti agamaṃsu, sā gantukāmāpi tesaṃ vacanaṃ paṭibāhituṃ asakkontī ghare
ohiyitvā gharājire1 ṭhatvā candālokena girikanḍake ākāsacetiyaṅgaṇaṃ olokenti cetīyassa
dīpapūjaṃ addasā, catasso ca parisā mālāgandhādihi cetiyapūjaṃ katvā padakkhiṇaṃ
karontiya, bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gaṇa sajjhāyasddaṃ assosi, athassā dhaññā vatime ye
vihāraṃ gantvā evarūpe cetiyaṅgaṇe anusañcarituṃ evarūpañca madhuraṃ dhammakathaṃ
sotuṃ labhantīti muttārāsi sadisacetiyaṃ passantiyā eva ubbegā pīti udapādi, sā ākāse
laṅghitvā mātāpitunnaṃ purimataraṃyeva ākāsacetiyaṅgaṇe oruyha cetiyaṃ vavditvā
dhammaṃ suṇamānā aṭṭāsi, atha naṃ mātāpitaro āgantvā amma tvaṃ katarena maggena
āgatāti pucchiṃsu. Sā ākāsena āgatāmhi na maggenāti vatvā amma ākāsena nāma khīṇāsavā
sadvaranti, tvaṃ kathaṃ āgatāti vuttā āha mayhaṃ candālokena cetiyaṃ olokentiyā ṭhitāya
buddhā rammaṇā balavatī pīti uppajji, athāhaṃ neva attano ṭhitabhāvaṃ na nisinnabhāvaṃ
aññāsiṃ, gahitanimitteneva pana ākāse laṅghitvā cetiyaṅgaṇe patiṭṭhitāmhīti. Evaṃ ubbegā
pīti ākāse laṅghāpanappamāṇā hoti. Pharaṇapītiyā pana uppannāya sakalasarīraṃ

1. 6. 11. Gharadvāre.

[SL Page 107] [\x 107/]

Dhamitvā pūritavatthi viya mahatā udakoghena pakkhantapabbatakucchiviya ca
anuparipphuṭaṃ hoti. Sā panesā pañcavidhā pīti gabbhaṃ gaṇhantī paripākaṃ gacchantī
duvidhaṃ passaddhiṃ paripūreti kāyapassaddhiñca citta passaddhiñca, passaddhi gabbhaṃ
gaṇhantī paripākaṃ gacchantī duvidhampi sukhaṃ paripūreti kāyikaṃ ca cetasikañca,
sukhaṃ gabbhaṃ gaṇhantaṃ paripākaṃ gacchantaṃ tividhaṃ samādhiṃ paripūreti
khaṇikasamādhiṃ upacārasamādhiṃ appaṇāsumādhinti. Tāsu yā appaṇāsamādissa mūlaṃ
hutvā vaḍḍhamānā samādhi sampayegaṃ gatā pharaṇā pīti ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā
pītīti. [PTS Page 145] [\q 145/] itaraṃ pana sukhanaṃ sukhaṃ, suṭṭhu vā khādati khaṇti
ca kāyacittābādhanti sukhaṃ, taṃ sātalakkhaṇaṃ, sampayuttānaṃ upa brūhaṇarasaṃ,
anuggahapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, satipi ca nesaṃ pītisukhānaṃ katthaci avippayoge
iṭṭhārammaṇapaṭilābhatuṭṭhi piti, paṭiladdharasānu bhavanaṃ sukhaṃ, yattha pīti tattha
sukhaṃ, yattha sukhaṃ tattha na niyamato pīti. Saṅkhārakkhandhasaṅgahitā pīti,
vedanākkhandhasaṅgahitaṃ sukhaṃ, kantārakhinnassa vanantodakadassana savaṇesu viya
pīti, vanacchāyappavesanaudakaparibhogesu viya sukhaṃ, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye pakāma
bhāvato cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ, iti ayañca pīta idañca sukhaṃ assa jhānassa asmiṃ vā
jhāne atthiti idaṃ jhānaṃ pītisukhanti vuccati. Athavā pītica sukhañca pīti sukhaṃ,
dhammavinayādayo viya. Vivekajaṃ pītisukhamassa jhānassa asmiṃ vā jhāne atthiti evampi
vivekajaṃ pītusukhaṃ, yathevahi jhānaṃ evaṃ pītusukhampettha vivekaja meva hoti,
tañcassa atthi tasmā ekapadeneva vivekaja pītu sukhantipi vattuṃ yujjati, vibhaṅge na " idaṃ
sukhaṃ imāya pītiyā sahagata"nti ādīnā nayena vuttaṃ, attho na tatthāpi evameva
daṭṭhabbo. Paṭhamaṃ jhānanti idaṃ pareto āvibhavissati, upasampajjāti upagannvā,
pāpuṇitvāti vuttaṃ hoti, upasampādayitvā vā, nipphādetvāti vuttaṃ hoti, vibhaṅge pana "
upasampajjāti paṭhamassa jhānassa lābho paṭilābho patti sampatti passanā sacchikiriyā
upasampadā"tī vuttaṃ, tassāpi evameva attho daṭṭhabbo. Viharatītitadanurūpena
iriyāpathavihārena iti vuttappakārajhāna samaṅgī hutvā attabhāvassa iriyāpathavihārena iti
vuttappakārajhāna samaṅgī hutvā attabhāvassa iriyāpathavihārena iti vattappakārajhāna
samaṅgī hutvā attabhāvassa iriyanaṃ vuttiṃ pālanaṃ yapanaṃ pāvanaṃ cāraṃ vihāraṃ
abhinipphādeti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ vibhaṅge: - "viharatīti irīyati [PTS Page 146] [\q 146/]
vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti carati viharati tena viccati viharati"ti.

Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ - pañcaṅgavippahīṇaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgatantitattha kāmacchando,
vyāpādo, thinamiddhaṃ, uddhaccakukkuccaṃ, vicikicchāti imesaṃ pañcannaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ
pahāṇavasena padvaṅgavippahīṇatā veditabbā. Na hi etesu ppahīṇesu jhānaṃ uppajjati,
tenassetāni pahāṇaṅgānīti vuccanti. Kiñcāpihi jhānakkhaṇe

[SL Page 108] [\x 108/]

Aññepi akusalā dhammā pahīyanti. Tathāpi etaneva visesena jhānantarāyakarāni.
Kāmacchandena hi nānāvisayappalohitaṃ cittaṃ na ekattārammaṇe samādhiyati,
kāmacchandābhibhūtaṃ vā taṃ na kāmadhātuppahāṇāya paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjati, vyāpādena
cārammaṇe paṭihaññamānaṃ na nirantaraṃ pavattati. Thinamiddhābhibhūtaṃ akammaññaṃ
hoti. Uddhaccakukkuccaparetaṃ avupasantameva hutvā paribbhamatī, vicikicchāya
upahataṃ jhānādhigamasādikaṃ paṭipadaṃ nārohati, iti visesena jhānantarāyakarattā etāneva
pahāṇaṅgānīti vuttānīti. Yasmā pana vitakko ārammaṇe cittaṃ abhiniropeti, vicāro
anubavdhati, tehi avikkhepāya sampādi tappayogassa cetaso payogasampattisambhavā
pītipīṇanaṃ sukhañca upabrūhaṇaṃ karoti, atha naṃ sasesasampayuttadhammaṃ etehi
abhiniropaṇānuppabndhanapīṇanaupabrūhaṇehi anuggahitā ekaggatā ekattārammaṇe
samaṃ sammāādhiyati, tasmā vitakko vicāraro pīti sukhaṃ cittekaggatāti imesaṃ pañcannaṃ
uppatti masena pañcaṅgasamannāgatatā veditabbā, uppannesu hi etesu pañcasu jhānaṃ
uppannaṃ nāma hoti, tenassa etāni pañca samannāgataṅgānīti vuccanti. Tasmā na etehi
samannāgataṃ aññadeva jhānaṃ nāma atthiti gahetabbaṃ. Yathā pana aṅgamatta vaseneva
caturaṅginī senā pañcaṅgikaṃ ca turiyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikoca maggoti vuccati evamidampi
aṅgamattavaseneva [PTS Page 147] [\q 147/] pañcaṅgikanti vā pañcaṅgasamannāgatanti
vā vuccatīti veditabbaṃ. Etāni ca pañca aṅgāni kiñcāpi upacārakkhaṇepi atthi, athakho
upacāre pakati cittato balavatarāni, idha pana upacāratopi balavatarāni rūpā
vacaralakkhaṇappattāni, ettha hi vitakko suvisuddhena ākārena ārammaṇe cittaṃ
abhiniropayamāno uppajjati. Vicāro ati viya ārammaṇaṃ anumajjamāno, pīti sukhaṃ
sabbāvantampi kāyaṃ pharamānaṃ;tenevāha: -" nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena
pītisukhena apphutaṃhoti "ti[a] cittekaggatāpi heṭṭhimamhi samugga paṭale uparimaṃ
samuggapaṭalaṃ viya ārammaṇesu phassitā hutvā uppajjati ayametesaṃ itarehi viseso.
Tattha cittekaggatā kiñcāpi savitakkaṃ savicāranti imasmiṃ pāṭhe na niddiṭṭhā, tathāpi
vibhaṅge " jhānanti - vitakko vicāro pīti sukhaṃ cittekaggatā"ti evaṃ vuttattā aṅgameva,
yena hi adhippāyena bhagavatā uddeso kato soyeva tena vibhaṅge pakāsito hotīti.

Tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannanti - ettha pana ādimajjha pariyesānavasena
tividhakalyāṇatā, tesaṃ yevaca ādimajka pariyosānalakkhaṇavasena
dasalakkhaṇasampannatā veditabbā.
[A.] Ma- ni - kāyagatāsatisutta

[SL Page 109] [\x 109/]

Tata;yaṃ pāḷi: - paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadā visuddhi ādi, upekkhānu brūhaṇā majjhe,
sampahaṃsanā pariyesānaṃ; paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadāvisuddhi ādī, ādissa
katilakkhaṇāni? Ādissa tīṇi lakkhaṇāni, yo tassa paripattho tato cittaṃ visujjhati,
visuddhattā cittaṃ majjhimaṃ samathanimittaṃ paṭapajjati, paṭipannattā tattha cittaṃ
pakkhandati. Yañca paripatthato cittaṃ vusujjhati, yañca visuddhattā cittaṃ majjhimaṃ
samathanimittaṃ paṭipajjati, yañca paṭipannattā tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati, paṭhamassa
jhānassa paṭipadāvisuddhi ādi. Ādissa imāni tūṇi lakkhaṇāni, tena vuccati paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ
ādikalyāṇañceva hitīti lakkhaṇasampannaṃ ca. [PTS Page 148] [\q 148/] paṭhamassa
jhānassa upekkhānubrūhaṇā majjhe, majjhassa kati lakkhaṇāni, majjhassa tīṇi lakkhaṇāni
visuddhaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhatisamathapaṭipannaṃ ajjhu pekkhati ekattupaṭṭhānaṃ
ajjhupekkhati. Yañca vusuddhaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati yañca samathapaṭipannaṃ
ajjhupekkhati yadva ekattu paṭṭhānaṃ ajjhupkekhati paṭhamassa jhānassa
apekkhānubrūhaṇā majjhe. Majjhassa imāni tīṇi lakkhaṇāni, tena vuccati paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ
majjhe kalyāṇañceva hoti lakkhaṇasampannañca. Paṭhamassa jhānassa sampahaṃsanā
pariyosānaṃ, pariyosānassa kati lakkhaṇāni? Pariyosānassa cattāri lakkhaṇāni, tattha jātānaṃ
dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, indu;yānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā
tadupagaviriyavāhaṭṭhenasampahaṃsanā, āsevanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, paṭhamassa
jhānassa sampahaṃsanā pariyosānaṃ, pariyosānassa imāni cattāri lakkhaṇāni, tena vuccati
paṭhamajjhānaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇañceva hoti catulakkhaṇa sampannañcāti. Tatra
paṭipadāvisuddhi nāma: sasambāriko upacāro, upekkhānubrūhaṇā nāma: - appaṇā,
sampahaṃsanā nāma: paccavekkhaṇāti evameke vaṇṇayanti; yasmā pana ekattagataṃ cittaṃ
paṭipadāvisuddhi pakkhantañceva hoti upekkhānubrūhitañca, ñāṇena ca sampahaṃsitanti
pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā nto appaṇāyameva āgamanavasena paṭipadāvisuddha.
Tatramajjhattupekkhāya kiccavasena upekkhānubrūhaṇā dhammānaṃ
anativattanādibhāvasādhanena pariyo dapakassa ñāṇassa kiccanipphattivasena
sampahaṃsanā ca veditabbā. Kathaṃ yasmiṃ hi vāre appaṇā uppajjati tasmiṃ yo nīvaraṇa
saṅkhāto kilesagaṇo tassa jhānassa paripantho tato cittaṃ visujjhati. Vusuddhattā
āvaraṇaviharitaṃ hutvā majjhimaṃ samatha nimittaṃ paṭipajjati, majjhimaṃ samathanimittaṃ
nāma samappavatto appanāsamādhiye. Tadanantaraṃ pana purimacittaṃ ekasantati
pariṇāmanayena [PTS Page 149] [\q 149/] tathattaṃ upagacchamānaṃ majjhimaṃ
samathanimittaṃ paṭipajjati nāma. Evaṃ paṭipannattā tathattupagamanena tattha
pakkhandati nāma, eṃva tāva purimacitte vijjamānākārānipphādikā

[SL Page 110] [\x 110/]

Paṭhamassa jhānassa uppādakkhaṇeyeva āgamanavasena paṭipadāvisuddhi veditabbā. Evaṃ
vusuddhassa pana tassa puna visodhetabbābhāvato visodhane vyāpāraṃ akaronto visaddhaṃ
cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati nāma. Samathabhāvūpagamanena samathapaṭipannassa puna
samādhāne vyāpāraṃ akaronto samathapaṭipannaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati nāma
samathapaṭipannabhāvato evaṃ cassa kilesasaṃsaggaṃ pahāya ekattena upaṭṭhitassa puna
ekattupaṭṭhāne vyāpāraṃ akaronto ekattu paṭṭhānaṃ ajjhupekkhati nāma. Evaṃ tatra
majjhattupekkhāya kicca vasena upekkhānubrūhaṇā veditabbā. Ye panete evaṃ
upekkhānubrūhite tattha jātā samādhipaññā saṅkhātā yuganaddhadhammā aññamaññaṃ
anativattamānā hutvā pavattā, yānica saddhādini ivdiyāni nānākilesehi vimuttirasena
ekarasāni hutvā pavattāni, yañce sa tadupagaṃ tesaṃ anativattanaekarasa bhāvānaṃ
anucchavikaṃ viriyaṃ vāhayati, yā cassa tasmiṃ khaṇe pavattā āsevanā, sabbepi te ākārā
yasmā ñāṇena saṅkilesavodā nesuṃ taṃ taṃ ādīnavañca ānisaṃsañca disvā tathā tathā
sampahaṃsi tattā visodhitattāpariyodāpitattā nipphannāva, tasmā dhammānaṃ
anativattanādibhāvasādhanena pariyodapakassa ñāṇassa kicca nipphattivasena
sampahaṃsanā veditabbāti vuttaṃ, tattha yasmā upekkhāvasena ñāṇaṃ pākamaṃ hoti.
Yathāha: - tathā paggahitaṃ cittaṃ sādhukaṃ ajjhupekkhati upekkhāvasena, paññāvasena
paññindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti, upekkhāvasena nānattakilesehi cittaṃ vimuccati
vimokkhavasena, paññāvasena paññindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti vumuttattā te dhammā
ekarasā honti. Eka rasaṭṭhena bhāvanāti. Tasmā ñāṇakiccabhūtā sampahaṃsanā pariyo
sānanti vuttā.

Idāni paṭhamajjhānaṃ adigataṃ hoti paṭhavikasiṇanti ottha gaṇanānupubbatā paṭhamaṃ,
paṭhamaṃ uppannantipi [PTS Page 150] [\q 150/] paṭhamaṃ, ārammaṇopa nijjhānato
paccanīkajjhāpanato vā jhānaṃ, paṭhavimaṇḍalaṃ pana sakalaṭṭhena paṭhavikasiṇanni
vuccati. Taṃ nissāya paṭiladdhanimittampi paṭhavikasiṇaṃ, nimitte paṭiladdhajhānampi.
Tatra imasmiṃ atthe jhānaṃ paṭhavikasiṇanti veditabbaṃ, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ
paṭhamajjhānaṃ adhigataṃ hoti paṭhavikasiṇanti. Evaṃ adhigate pana etasmiṃ tena yoginā
vāḷavedhinā viya. Sūdena viyaca ākārā pariggahe tabbā. Yathāhi sukusalo dhanuggaho
vāḷavedhāya kammaṃ kuru māno yasmiṃ vāre vāḷaṃ vijjhati, tasmiṃ vāre
akkantapadānañca dhanudaṇḍassa ca jiyāya ca sarassa ca ākāraṃ parigganheyya evaṃ me
ṭhitena evaṃ dhanudaṇḍaṃ evaṃ jiyaṃ evaṃ saraṃ gahetvā vāḷo viddhoti. So tato paṭṭhāya
tatheva te ākāre sampādento

[SL Page 111] [\x 111/]

Avirādhetvā vāḷaṃ vijjheyya. Evameva yogināpi imaṃ nāma me bhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā
evarūpaṃ puggalaṃ sevamānena evarūpe senāsane iminā nāma iriyapathena imasmiṃ kāle
idaṃ adhigatanti ete bhojanasappāyādayo ākārā pariggahetabbaṃ. Evaṃ hi so naṭṭhe vā
tasmiṃ te ākāre sampādetvā puna uppādetuṃ appa guṇaṃ vā paguṇikaronto punappunaṃ
appetuṃ sakkhissati, yathāca kusalo sūdo bhattāraṃ parivisanto yaṃ yaṃ ruciyā bhuñjati taṃ
taṃ sallakkhetvā tatā paṭṭhāya tādisaja yeva upanāmento lābhassa bhāgi hoti, evamayampi
adhigatakkhaṇe bhojanādayo ākāro gahetvā te sampādento punappunaṃ appaṇāya lābhī
hoti. Tasmā nena vāḷavedhinā viya sūdena viya ca ākārā pariggahetabbā. Vuttampi cetaṃ
bhagavatā. " Seyyathāpi bhikkhave paṇḍito vuyatto kusalo sūdo rājānaṃ vā
rājamahāmattānaṃ vā nānaccayehi nānaggarasehi sūpehi paccupaṭṭhito assa ambilaggehipi
tittakaggehipi [PTS Paage 151 [\q 151/] ] kaṭukaggehipi madhuraggehipi khārike hipi
akārikehipi loṇikehipi aloṇikehipi, sa ko so bhikkhave paṇḍito viyatto kusalo sūdo sakassa
bhattu nimittaṃ uggaṇhāti: - idaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūveyyaṃ ruccati, imassa vā abhiharati,
imassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, imassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ambilaggaṃ vā me ajja bhattu
sūpeyyaṃ rāccati, ambilaggassa vā abhiharati, ambilaggassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, ambilaggassa
vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati -pe- aloṇikassa vā vanṇaṃ bhāsatīti. Sa kho so bhikkhave paṇḍito
viyatto kusalo sūdo lābhīceva hoti accā danassa, lābhī vetanassa, lābhī abhihārānaṃ, taṃ
kissa hetu? Tathāhi so bhikkhave paṇḍito viyatto kusalo sūdo sakassa bhattu nimittaṃ
uggaṇhāti, evameva kho bhikkhave idhekacco paṇḍito viyatto kusalo bhikkhu kāye
kāyānupassī vihirati -pevedanāsu cittedhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpi sampajāno
satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādemanassaṃ, tassa dhammesu dhammānu passino viharato
cittaṃ samādhiyati, upakkilesā pahīyanti, so taṃ nimittaṃ uggaṇhāti. Sakho so bhikkhavo
paṇḍito viyatto kusalo bhikkhū lābhī ceva hoti diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārassa, lābhī sati
sampajaññassa. Taṃ kissa hotu? Tathāhi so bhikkhave paṇḍito viyatto kusalo bhikkhu
sakassa cittassa nimittaṃ uggaṇhātī"ti[a] nimittagahaṇena cassa puna te āre sampādayato
appaṇā mattameva ijjhati na ciraṭṭhānaṃ, ciraṭṭhānaṃ pana samādiparipaṇthānaṃ
dhammānaṃ suvisodhitattā hoti yo hi bhikkhu kāmādinavapacca vekkhaṇādīhi
kāmacchandaṃ na suṭṭhu vikkhambhetvā kāyapassaddhivasena

[A.] Saṃ -ni- mahāvagga- sati- saṃ.

[SL Page 112] [\x 112/]

Kāyaduṭṭhullaṃ na suppaṭippassaddhaṃ katvā ārambhadhātumanasikārādiva sena
thinamiddhaṃ na suṭṭhu paṭivinodetvā samathanimittamanasikārādiva sena
uddhaccakukkuccaṃ [PTS Page 152] [\q 152/] na susamūhataṃ katvā aññepi samādipari
patthe dhamme na suṭṭhu visodhetvā tdhānaṃ samāpajjati, so aviso dhitaṃ āsayaṃ
paviṭṭhabhamaro viya asuddhaṃ uyyānaṃ paviṭṭherājā viya ca khippameva nikkhamati yo
pana samādiparipanthe dhamme suṭṭhu viso dhetvā jhānaṃ samāpajjati, so suvisodhitaṃ
āsayaṃ paviṭṭhabhamaro viya suparisuddhaṃ uyyānaṃ paṭiṭṭharājā viyaca sakalampi
divasabhāgaṃ antosamāpattiyaṃ yeva hoti.

Tenāhu porāṇā.

Kāmesu chanda paṭighaṃ vinodaye
Uddhacca viddhaṃ vicikiccha pañcamaṃ,
Viveka pāmojja karena cetasā
Rājāva suddhanta gato tahiṃ rameti.


Tasmā ciraṭṭhitikāmena pāripavthikadhamme visokhetvā jhānaṃ samāpajjitabbaṃ.
Cittabhāvanāvepullatthañca yathāladdhaṃ paṭibhāga nimittaṃ vaḍḍhetabbaṃ, tassa dve
vaḍḍhanā bhumuyo: - u cāraṃ vā appaṇāvā, upacāraṃ patvāpi hi. Taṃ vaḍḍhetuṃ vaṭṭati,
appaṇaṃ patvāpi ekasmiṃ pana ṭhāne avassaja vaḍḍetabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ: yathāladdhaṃ
paṭibhāganimittaṃ vaḍḍhetabbanti. Tatrāyaṃ vaḍḍhanānayo: tena yoginā taṃ nimittaṃ
pattavaḍḍhana pūvavaḍḍhana bhattavaḍḍhana latā vaḍḍhana dussavaḍḍhana yogena
avaḍḍhetvā yathanāma kassako kasi tabbaṭṭhānaṃ naṅgalena paricchivditvā
paricchedabbhantare kasati, yathā vā pana bhikkhū sīmaṃ bandhantā paṭhamaṃ nimittāti
sallakkhetvā pacchā bandhanti, evameva tassa yathāladdhassa nimittassa anukka mena
ekaṅgula dvaṅgula tivaṅgula caturaṅgula mattaṃ manasā pariccivditvā pariccinditvā yathā
paricchedaṃ vaḍḍhetabbaṃ, apariccinditvā pana na vaḍḍhetabbaṃ. Tato vidatthi ratana
pamukhapariveṇavihārasīmānaṃ gāma nigamajanapadarajjasamuddasīmanāñca
paricchedavasena vaḍḍhentena [PTS Page 153] [\q 153/] cakkavāḷaparicchedena vā tato
vāpi uttaraṃ paricchinditvā vaḍḍhe tabbaṃ. Yathāhi haṃsapotakā pakkhānaṃ uṭṭhitakālato
paṭṭhāya parittaṃ parittaṃ padesaṃ uppatannā paricayaṃ katvā anukkamena
candimasuriyasantikaṃ gacchanti, evameva bhikkhu vuttanayena nimittaṃ paricchinditvā
vaḍḍhento yāva cakkavāḷaparicchedā tato vā uttariṃ vaḍḍheti, athassa taṃ nimittaṃ
vaḍḍhitavaḍḍhitaṭṭhānepaṭhaviyā ukkūla vikūla nadīviduggapabbatavisamesu
saṅgusatamabbhāhataṃ vasabhavammaṃ viya hoti. Tasmiṃ pana nimatte
pattapaṭhamajjhānena ādikamma kena samāpajjanapahulena bhavitabbaṃ, na
paccavekkhaṇabahulena, paccavekkhaṇabahulassa hi jhānaṅgāni thūlāni dubbalāni hutvā.

[SL Page 113] [\x 113/]

Upaṭṭhaśanti. Athassa tāni evaṃ upaṭṭhitatta upari ussukkanāya paccayataṃ āpajjanti,
soappaguṇe jhāne ussukkamāno paṭhamajjhānā ca parihāyati, na ca sakkoti dutiyaṃ
pāpuṇituṃ. Tenāha bhagavā. "Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gāvī pabbateyyā bālā avyattā
akhettaññŚ akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ, tassā evamassa: - yannūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva
disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhādita pubbāni ceva tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apitapubbāni ca pānīyāni
piveyyanti. Sā purimaṃ pādaṃ na suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā pacchimaṃ pādaṃ
uddhareyya, sā naceva agatapubbaṃ disaṃ gaccheyya, na ca akhāditapubbāni tiṇāni
khādeyya, na ca apītapubbāni pānī yāni piveyya, yasmiñcassā padese ṭhitāya evamassa
yannūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva -pe- piveyyanti tañca padesaṃ na sotthinā paccāgaccheyya,
taṃ kissa hetu? Tathāhi sā bhikkhave gāvī pabba teyyā bālā avyattā akhettaññŚ akusalā
visame pabbate carituṃ, evameva ko bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu bālo avyatto akhettaññŚ
akusalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusaleha dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ
pītisukhaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharaatuṃ, so taṃ nimuttaṃ nāsevati na bhāveni
na bahulī karoti na svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti. Tassa evaṃ hoti: - yannūnāhaṃ
citakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhatta sampasādana cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ
samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyanti. [PTS Page 154] [\q 154/]
so na sakkoti vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ
avitakkaṃ avacāra samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ, tassa evaṃ
hoti: yannūnāhaṃ vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ
vivekajaṃ pītisukaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihaheyyanti. So na sakkoti vivicceva
kāmehi vivicca akusalehaṃ dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukaṃ
paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu ubhato bhaṭṭho,
ubhato parihīno, seyyathāpi bhikkhave sā gā pabbateyyā bālā avyattā akhettaññū akusalā
visame pabbate caritra"nti. Tasmānena tasmiṃ yeva tāva paṭhamajjhāne pañcahākārehi
ciṇṇavasinā bhavitabbaṃ. Tatrimā pañca vasiyo: āvajjanavasī samāpajjanavasiadhiṭṭhānaṃ
vasi vuṭṭhānavasi paccavekkhaṇavasiti. Paṭhamajjhānaṃ yatthicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ
yāvadicchakaṃ āvajjati āvajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti āvajjanavasi. Paīmajjhānaṃ
yatthicchakaṃ -pe- samāpajjati samāpajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti samāpajjanavasi, evaṃ
sesāpi vitthāre tabbā. Ayaṃ panettha atthappakāsani: paṭhamajjhānato vuṭṭhāya paṭhamaṃ
vitakkaṃ āvajjayato bhavaṅgaṃ upacchinditvā uppannā vajjanānantaraṃ
vitakkārammaṇāneva cattāri pañcavā javanāni javanti, tato dve bhavaṅgāni, tato puna
vicārārammaṇaṃ āvajjanaṃ vuttanayeneva javanānati. Evaṃ pañcasu jhānaṅgesu yadā
nirantaraṃ cittaṃ pesetuṃ sakkoti, athassa āvajjanavasī siddhā hoti. Ayaṃ pana
matthakappattā vasī bhakavato yamakapāṭihāriye labbhati, aññesaṃ vā evarūpe kāle, ito
paraṃ sīghatarā āvajja

[SL Page 114] [\x 114/]

Navasī nāma natthi, āyasmato pana mahāmoggallānassa nando panandanāgarājadamane
viya sīghaṃ samāpajjanasamatthatā samāpajjana vasī nāma, accharāmatta vā
dasacchārāmattaṃ vā khaṇaṃ ṭhapetuṃ samatthatā adhiṭṭhānavasī nāma, tatthava lahuṃ
vuṭṭhātuṃ samatthatā viṭṭhānavasī nāma. Tadubhayadassanatthaṃ buddharakkhitattherassa
vatthuṃ kattuṃ vaṭṭati, [PTS Page 155] [\q 155/] sohāyasmā upasampadāya
aṭṭhavassiko hutvā therambatthale mahārohaṇaguttattherassa gilānupaṭṭhānaṃāgatānaṃ
tiṃsamattānaṃ iddhimantasahassānaṃ majjhe nisinno therassa yāguṃ paṭiggāhayamānaṃ
upaṭṭhakanāgarājānaṃ gahessāmīti ākāsato pakkhavdantaṃ supaṇṇarājānaṃ disvā tāvadeva
pabbataṃ nimmiṇitvā nāgarājānaṃ pāhāya gahetvā tattha pāvisi. Supaṇṇarājā pabbate
pahāraṃ datvā palāyi. Mahāthero āha: sace āvuso rakkhita nobhavissa sabbeva gārayhā
assāmāti. Paccavekkhaṇa vasī pana āvajjanavasiyāyeva vuttā. Paccavekkhaṇajavanāneva hi
tattha āvajjanānantarānīti. Imāsu pana pañcasu vasīsu ciṇṇa vasinā
paguṇapaṭhamajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ayaṃ samāpatti āsannanīva raṇapaccattikā
vitakkavicārānaṃ olārikattā aṅgadubbalāti ca tattha dosaṃ disvā dutiyajjhānaṃ santato
manasi karitvā paṭhamajjhāne nikantiṃ pariyādāya dutiyādhigamāya yogo kātabbo. Athassa
yadā paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhāya satassa sampajānassa jhānaṅgāni paccavekkhato vitakkavicarā
oḷārikato upaṭṭhahanti, pīti sukhañceva cittekaggatā ca santa to upaṭṭhāti, tadāssa oḷāri
kaṅgappahānāya santaṅgapaṭilābhāya ca tave nimittaṃ paṭhavīpaṭhavīti punappunaṃ
manasi karoto idāni dutiyajjhānaṃ sampajjissatīti bhavaṅgaṃ upacchivditvā tadeva
paṭhavikasinaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā mano dvārāvajjanaṃ uppajjati. Tato tasmiṃ yeva
ārammaṇe cattāri pañca vā javanāni javanti, yesaṃ avasāne ekaṃ rūpāvacaraṃ
dutiyajjhānikaṃ, sesāni vuttappakārāneva kāmāvacarānīti. Ettā vatā cesa "vitakka vicārānaṃ
vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ
pītisukhaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī"ti evamanena dvaṅgavippahīnaṃ tivaṅga
samannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ adhigataṃ hoti
paṭhavikasiṇaṃ. [PTS Page 156] [\q 156/]
Tattha vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti - vitakkassa ca vicārassacāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ vūpasamā
samatikkamā, dutiyajjhānakkhaṇe apātu bhāvāti vuttaṃ hoti, tattha kīñcāpi dutiyajjhāne
sabbepi paṭhamajjhānadhammā na santi, aññeyeva hi paṭhamajjhāne phassādayo, aññe idha,
oḷārikassa pana oḷārikassa aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ
dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ adhigamo hotīti dīpanatthaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti evaṃ vuttanti
veditabbaṃ. Ajjhantanti - idha niyakajjhattaṃ adippetaṃ, vibhaṅge pana ajjhattaṃ paccattanti
ettadameva vuttaṃ, yasmā ca niyakajjhattaṃ adhippetaṃ, tasmā attano santāne jātaṃ attano
santāne nibbattanti ayamettha attho. Sampasādananti - sampasādanaṃ vuccati saddhā,
sampasādanayogato jhānampi sampasādanaṃ, nīla vaṇṇayogato nīlaṃ vatthaṃ viya, yasmā
vā taṃ jhānaṃ sampasādana samannāgatattā vitakkavicārakkhobhavūpasamanena ca ceto
sampasādayati, tasmāpi sampasādananti vuttaṃ, imasmiñca atthavikappe sampasādanaṃ
cetasoti evaṃ padasambavdho veditabbo, purimasmiṃ pana attha vikappe cetasoti etaṃ
ekodibhāvena saddhiṃ yoje tabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ atthayojanā: - eko udetīti ekodi. Vitakka
vicārehi anajjhārūḷhattā aggo, seṭṭho hutvā udetīti attho, seṭṭhopi hi loke ekoti vuccati.
Vitakkavicāravira hito vā eko asahāyo hutvā tīpi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. 1 Athavā:
sampayuttadhamme udāyatīti udī, uṭṭapetīti attho, seṭṭhaṭṭhena eko ca so udīcātiekodi,
samādhissetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, iti imaṃ ekodiṃ bhāveti vaḍḍhetīti isaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ
ekodibhāvaṃ, so panāyaṃ ekodi yasmā cetaso na sattassa na jivassa, tasmā etaṃ cetaso
ekodibhāvanti vuttaṃ, nanu cāyaṃ saddhā paṭhamajjhānepiatthi, ayañca ekodi nāmako
samādhi, atha kasmā idameva sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvañcāti vuttanti? Vuccate: -
aduṃhi paṭhamajjhānaṃ [PTS Page 157] [\q 157/] vitakkavicārakkhobhena
vīcitaraṅgasamākulamiva jalaṃ na suppasannaṃ heti. Tasmā satiyāpi saddhāya.
Sampasādananti na vuttaṃ, na suppasannattā yeva cettha samādipi na suṭṭhu pākaṭo, tasmā
ekodibhāvantipi na vuttaṃ, imasmiṃ pana jhāne vitakka vicārapaḷibodhābhāvena laṅdhokāsā
balavatī saddhā balavasaddhā sahāya paṭilābheneva samādhipi pākaṭo, tasmā dameva evaṃ
vuttanti veditabbaṃ, vibhaṅge pana " sampasādananti yā saṅ saddahanā okappanā
abhippasādo, cetaso ekodibhāvanti yā cittassa ṭhiti - pe- sammā samādhi"ti ettakameva
vuttaṃ. Evaṃ vuttena panetena saddhiṃ ayaṃ atthavanṇāna yathā na virujkti aññadatthu
saṃsandati ceva sameti ca evaṃ veditabbā.
Avitakkaṃ avicāranti - bhavanāya pahīṇatti etasmiṃ etassa vā vitakko natthīti avitakkaṃ,
imināva nayena avicāraṃ, vibhaṅgepi vuttaṃ. "Iti ayañca vitakko ayañca vicāro santā honti
samitā vūpasantā atthaṅgatā abbhatthaṅgatā appitā vyappitā sositā visositā vyantīkatā, tena
vuccati: - avitakkaṃ avi

1. Si11. Itipivaṭṭati.

[SL Page 116] [\x 116/]

Cāraṃ"ti etthāha: - nanu ca vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti imināpi ayamattho siddho,
athakasmā pūna vuttaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāranti? Vuccate: - evametaṃ siddhovāyamattho, na
panetaṃ tadatthadīpakaṃ, nanu avocumha oḷajarikassa pana oḷārikassa aṅgassa
samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ samadhigamo hotiti dīpanatthaṃ
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti evaṃ vuttanti, apica: -citakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā idaṃ
sampasādanaṃ na kilesakālussiyassa, vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā ekodibhāvaṃ, na
upacārajjhānamiva nivaraṇappahāṇā, na paṭhamajjhānamiva ca aṅgapātubhāvāti, evaṃ
sampa sādanaekodibhāvānaṃ hetuparidīpakamidaṃ vacanaṃ, tathā vitakkavicārānaṃ vū
samā idaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ na tatiya catutthajjhānāni viya cakkhuviñgñāṇādīni viyaca
abhāvāti evaṃ avitakkaavicārabhāvassa hetuparidīpakañca, na
vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakaṃ, vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakameva [PTS Page
158] [\q 158/] pana avitakkaṃ avicāranti idaṃ vacanaṃ, tasmā purimaṃ vatvāpi puna
vattabbamevāti. Samādhijantipaṭhamajjhānasamādhito sampayuttasamādito vā jātanti attho,
tattha kiñcāpipaṭhamampi sampayuttasamādhito jātaṃ, atha kho aya meva samādhi
samādhiti vattabbataṃ aharati, vitakkavicārakkhobha virahena ataviya acalattā
suppasannattā ca, tasmā imassa vaṇṇa bhaṇanatthaṃ idameva samādhijanti vuttaṃ.
Pītisukhanti idaṃ vutta nayameva.

Dutiyanti- gaṇanānupubbatā dutiyaṃ, dutiyaṃ uppannantipi dutiyaṃti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ
samāpajjatītipi dutiyaṃ, yaṃ pana vuttaṃ "dvaṅgavippahīṇaṅ tivaṅgasamannāgata"nti, tattha
vitakkavicārānaṃ pahāṇavasena dvaṅgavippahīṇatā veditabbā. Yathāca paṭhamajjhanassa
upacārakkhaṇe nīvaraṇāni pahīyanti, na tathā imassa vitakkavicārā. Appaṇākkhaṇeyeva
panetaṃ vinā tehi uppajjati, tenassa te pahāṇaṅganti vuccanti. Pīti sukhaṃ cittekagga tāti
imesaṃ pana tiṇṇaṃ uppattiva sana tivaṅgasamannā tatatā veditabbā, tasmā yaṃ hi
vibhaṅge: - jhānanti sampasāde pīti sukhaṃ cittassekaggatāti vuttaṃ, taṃ saparikkhāraṃ jhāṃ
dassetuṃ pariyāyena vuttaṃ. hapetvā pana sampasādanaṃ nippariyāyena
upanijjhānalakkhaṇappattānaṃaṅgānaṃ casena tivaṅgika vevetaṃ hoti. Yathāha: -" katamaṃ
tasmiṃ samaye tivaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti. Yathāha: -" katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye tivaṅgikaṃ
jhānaṃ hoti, pītisukhaṃ cittassekaggatā"ti[a] sesaṃ paṭhamajjhāne vuttanayameva.

Evaṃ adigate pana tasmimpi vuttanayeneva pañcahākārehi ciṇṇavasinā hutvā
paguṇadutiyajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ayaṃ samāpatti āsannacitakkavicārapaccatthikā, yadeva
tatthapītiti cetaso

[A.] Abhi - dhammasaṅganī.

[SL Page 117] [\x 117/]

Ubbillāvitaṃ, etenetaṃ oḷārikaṃ akkhāyatīti vuttāya pītiyā oḷārikattā aṅgadubbalātiva tattha
dosaṃ disvā tatiyajjhānaṃ santato manasi karitvā dutiyajjhānenikantiṃ pariyādāya
tatiyādhigamāya yogo kātabbo. Athassa yadā atuyato vuṭṭhāya satassa sampajānassa [PTS
Page 159] [\q 159/] jhānaṅgānī paccavekkhato pīti oḷārikato upaṭṭhāti, sukhañceva
ekaggatā ca santato upaṭṭhāti, tadāssa oḷārikaṅgappahāṇāya santaṅgapaṭilābhāyaca tadeva
nimittaṃ paṭhavi paṭhaviti punappunaṃ manasikaroto idāni tatiyajjhānaṃ uppajjissatīti
bhavaṅgaṃ upacchivditvā tadeva paṭhavikasiṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā manodvārāvajjanaṃ
uppajjati. Tato tasmiññevārammaṇe cattāri pañca vā javanāni javanti, yesaṃ avasāne ekaṃ
rūpā vacaraṃ tatiyajjhānikaṃ, sesāni vuttanayeneva kāmāvacarānīti. Ettāvatā va panesa
"pītiyā ca virāgā upekhakoca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhadva kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti
yantaṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyajjhānaṃ upa sampajja
viharatī"ti [a] evamanena ekaṅgavippahīṇaṃ dvaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ
dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ adhigataṃ hoti paṭhavikasiṇaṃ.

Tattha - pītiyāca virāgāti- virāgo nāma vuttappakārāya pītiyā jigucchanaṃ vā samatikkamo
vā, ubhinnaṃ pana antarā casaddo sampiṇḍanattho, so vūpasamaṃ vā sampiṇḍeti
vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamaṃ vā, tattha yadā vūpasamameva sampiṭheti, tadā pītiyā virāgā
ca kiñca bhiyyo vūpasamācāti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. Imissā ca yojanāyavirāgo
jigucchanattho hoti, tasmā pītiyā jigucchanāva vūpasamācāti1 ayamattho daṭṭhabbo, yadā
pana vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamavaṃ sampiṇḍeti. Tadā pītiyāca virāgā kiñca bhīyyo
vitakka vicārānagñca vūpasamāti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā, imissāca yojanāya virāgo
samatikkamanattho hoti, tasmā pītiyāca samatikkamā vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamāti
ayamattho daṭṭhabbo. Kāmañcete vitakkavicārā dutiyajjhāneyeva vūpasantā, imassa pana
jhānassa maggaparidīpanatthaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanatthañcetaṃ vuttaṃ. Vitakkavicārā nañca
vūpasamāti hi vutte idaṃ paññāyati: - nūna vitakkavicāravūpasamo2 maggo imassa
jhānassāti, yathāca tatiye ariyamagge appahīṇānampi sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ
orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanā naṃ pahāṇāti evaṃ pahāṇaṃ vuccamānaṃ [PTS Page 160] [\q
160/] vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hota tadadhi gamāya ussukkānaṃ ussāhajanakaṃ, evameva idha
avūpasantānampi
1. Sī11. Samatikkamācāti. 2. Sī11. 111. Nūnavitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo [a.]
Abhi-jhānavibhaṅge
[SL Page 118] [\x 118/]

Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo vuccamāno vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hoti, tenāyamattho vuttopītiyāca
samatikkamā vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamāti.

Upekkhako ca viharatīti - ettha upapattito ikkatīti upekkhā, samaṃ passati apakkhapatītā
hutvā passatiti attho, tāya visadāya vipulāya thāmagātāya samannāgatattā
tatiyajjhānasamaṅgī upekkhakoti vuccati, upekkhā pana dasavidhā hoti: - chaḷaṅgu pekkhā
prahmavihārupekkhā bojjhaṅgupekkhā viriyupekkhā saṅkhā rupekkhā vedanūpekkhā
vipassanupekkhā tata;majjhattupekkhā jhānupekkhā pārisuddhupekkhāti. Tattha yā " idha
kīṇāsavo bhikkhū cakkunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano upekkhako ca
viharati sato sampajāno" ti[a] evamāgatā khīṇāsavassa chasu dvāresu
iṭṭhāniṭṭhachaḷārammaṇāpāthe parisuddhapakatibhāvā ' vijahanākā rabhūtā upekkhā ayaṃ
chaḷaṅgupekkhā nāma. Yā pana "upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā
viharatī"ti[b]evamāgatā sattesu majjhattākārabhūtā upekkhā ayaṃ brahmavihārupekkhā
nāma. Yā "upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissita"nti[c] evamāgatā
sahajātadhammānaṃ majjhattākārabhūtā upekkhā ayaṃ bojjhaṅgu pekkhā nāma. Yā pana
"kālena kālaṃ upekkhā nimittaṃ manasi karotī"ti[d] evamāgatā anaccāraddha nātisithila
viriyasaṅkhātā upekkā, ayaṃ viriyupekkā nāma. Yā "kati saṅkhārupekkhā samādhivasena
uppajjanti. Kati saṅkhārāpekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti, aṭṭhasaṅghārupekkhā
samādhivasena uppajjanti, dasa saṅkhārupekkhā [PTS Page 161] [\q 161/] nāma. Yā
pana "yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti upekhāsahagata"nti[f]
evamāgatā adukkhamasukhasaññitā upekkhā ayaṃ vedanūpekkhā nāma. Yā "yadatthi yaṃ
bhūtaṃ taṃ pajahati upekkhaṃ paṭilabhatī"ti[g] evamāgatā vicinane majjhattabhūtā upekkhā
ayaṃ vupassanūpekkhā nāma. Yā pana chandādusu yevāpanakesu āgatā sahajātānaṃ
samavāhitabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ tatramajjhattupekkhā nāma. Yā upekkhakoca viharatīti
evamāgatā aggasukhepi tasmiṃ apakkhapātajanana upekkhā, ayaṃ jhānupekkhā nāma. Yā
pana upekkhāsati pārisuddhiṃ catutthajjhānanti evamāgatā sabbapaccanīkaparisuddhā
paccanīkavūpa samanepi avyāpārabhūtā apekkhā, ayaṃ pārusuddhupekkhā nāma.

[A] dīghani- saṅgītisutta. [B.] Dighani- sabbāsava. [C.] Ai - ni- ekaka. [D.] Saṃ-nimahāvagga.
[C.] Paṭisambhidā [f.] Abhi- dhammasaṅganī. [G.] Saṃ-nimahāvagga 1. Si11. Santiṭṭhanā.

[SL Page 119] [\x 119/]

Tattha chaḷaṅghupekkhā ca brahmavihārupekkhāca bojjhaṅgupekkhāca
tata;majjhattupekkhāca jhānupekkhāca pārisuddhupekkhāca atthato ekā
ta;majjhattupekkhāva hoti, tena tena avatthābhodena panassā ayaṃ bhedho: - ekassāpi sato
sattassa kumārayuvatthera senāpatirājādivasena bhedo viya, tasmā tāsu yattha
chaḷaṅgupekkhā, na tattha bojjhaṅgupekkhādayo, yatthavā pana bojjhaṅgupekkā, na tattha
chaḷaṅgupekkhādayo hontīti veditabbā; yathācetāsaṃ atthato ekībhāvo, evaṃ skhārupekkhā
vipassanupekkhānampi, paññā eva hi sā kiccavesana dvidhā bhinnā, yathāhi parisassa sāyaṃ
gehaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ sappaṃ ajapadadaṇḍaṃ gahetvā pariyesamānassa taṃ thusakoṭṭhake
nipannaṃ disvā sappo nu kho noti avalo kentassa sovatthikattayaṃ disvā nibbematikassa
sappo na sappoti vicinane [PTS Page 162] [\q 162/] majjhattatā hoti, evamevaṃ yā
āraddhavipassa kassa vipassanāñāṇena lakkhaṇattaye diṭṭhe saṅkhārānaṃ anicca
bhāvādivicinane majjhattatā uppajjati, ayaṃ vipasnupekkhā, yathā pana tassa purisassa
ajapadena danḍena gāḷhaṃ sappaṃ gahetvā kinnāhāṃ imaṃ sappaṃ aviheṭhento attānañca
iminā adaṃsā pento muñceyyanti muñcanākārameva pariyesato gahaṇe majjhattatā hoti.
Evameva yā lakkhaṇattayassa diṭṭhattā āditte viya tayo bhave passato saṅkhāragahaṇe
majjhattatā, ayaṃ saṅkhārupekkhā, iti vipassanupekkhāya siddhāya saṅkārupekkhāpi
siddhāva hoti. Iminā panesā vicinanaggahaṇesu majjhattatā saṅkhātena kiccena dvidhā
bhinnāti. Viriyupekkā pana vedanu pekkhāca aññamaññca avasesāhi ca atthato bhinnā evāti.
Iti imāsu upekkhāsu jhānupekkā idha adhippetā, sā majjhattatā lakkhaṇā, anābhogarasā
avyāpārapaccupaṭṭhānā pitivirāgapadaṭṭā nāti. Etthāha: - nanu cāyaṃ atthato tata;
majjhattupekkhāva hoti sāva paṭhamadutiyajjhānesupi atthi, tasmā tatrāpi upekkhakoca
viharatīti evamayaṃ vattabbāsiyā sā kasmā na vuttāti? Aparivyatta kiccato. Aparivyattaṃ hi
tassā tatthakiccaṃ, vitakkādihi abhi bhūtattā, idha panāyaṃ vitakkāvacārapatihi
anabhibhūtattā ukkitta sirā viya hutvā parivyattakiccā jātā, tasmā vuttāti. Niṭṭhitā
"upekkhako ca viharatī"ta etassa sabbaso atthavaṇṇanā.

Dāni sato ca sampajānoti- ettha saratīti sato, sampajānā tīti sampajāno, puggalena sati ca
sampajaññca vuttaṃ. Tattha saraṇalakkhaṇā sati, apammussanarasā, ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā;
asammo halakkhaṇaṃ sampajaññaṃ, tīraṇarasaṃ, pavicayapaccapaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi
idaṃ satisampajaññaṃ purimajjhānesupi atthi. Muṭṭhassa tissa hi
asampajānassaupacāramattampi na sampajjati, pageva

[SL Page 120] [\x 120/]

Appaṇā, oḷārikattā pana tesaṃ jhānānaṃ bhūmiyaṃ viya purisassa cittassa gati sukhā hoti.
Abyatta tattha satisampajaññakiccaṃ. Oḷārikaṅgappahāṇena [PTS Page 163] [\q 163/]
pana sukhumattā imassa jhānassa, purisassa khuradhārāyaṃ viya
satisappajañññakiccapariggahitā evaṃ cittassa gati bacaññitabbāti idheva vuttaṃ. Kiñca
bhīyyo? Yathā dhenupako vaccho dhenuto apanītoarakkhiyamāno punadeva dhenuṃ upa
gacchati, evamidaṃ tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ pītito apanītaṃ taṃ satisampajaññārakkhena
arakkhiyamānaṃ puna deva pītiṃ upagaccheyya, pīti sampayuttameva siyā. Sukhe cāpi
sattā sārajjanti, idañca ati madhuraṃ sukhaṃ, tatoparaṃ sukhābhāvā,
satisampajañññānubhāvena panettha sukhe asārajjanā hoti no aññathāti. Immpi atthavisesaṃ
dassetuṃ idaṃ idheva vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Idāni "sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedetī"ti ottha kiñcāpi tatiyajjhānasamaṅgino
sukhapaṭisaṃvedanābhogo natthi, evaṃ santepi yasmā tassa nāmakāyena sampayuttaṃ
sukhaṃ, yaṃ vā taṃ nāmakāya sampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, taṃ samuṭṭhānenassa yasmā
atipaṇitena rūpena rūpakāyo phuṭṭho. Yassa phuṭṭhattā jhānā vuṭṭhitopi sukhaṃ
paṭisaṃvedeyya, tasmā etamatthaṃ dassento sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃ vedetīti āha.

Idāni "yantaṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukha vihārī"ti ettha yaṃ jhānahetu yaṃ
jhānakāraṇā taṃ tatiyajjhāna samaṅgi puggalaṃ buddhādayo ariyā ācikkhanti desti
peññāpenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttāni karonti pakāsenti pasaṃ santīti
adhipapāyo. Kinti? Upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti. Taṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja
viharatīti evamettha yojanā veditabbā. Tasmā pana naṃ te evaṃ pasaṃsantīti?
Pasaṃsārabhato. Ayaṃ hi yasmā atimadhurasukhe sukhapāramuppattepi tatiyajjhāne
upekkhako, na tattha sukhābhisaṅgena ākaḍḍhiyati. Yathāca pīti na uppajjati evaṃ
upaṭṭhitasatitāya satimā. Yasmā ca ariyakantaṃ ariyajanasevitamevaca asaṅkiliṭṭhaṃ sukhaṃ
nāmakāyena paṭisaṃvedeti. Tasmā pasaṃsāraho, iti pasaṃsārahato naṃ ariyā te [PTS Page
164] [\q 164/] evaṃ passāhetubhute guṇe jakāsentā upekkhako satimā sukha vihārīti
evaṃ pasaṃsantītiveditabbaṃ. Tatiyantigaṇanānupubbatā tatayaṃ, idaṃ tatiyaṃ
samāpajjatītipi tatiyaṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ "ekaṅgavippahīṇaṃ duvaṅgasamannāgataṃ"ti ettha
pītiyā pahāṇa vasenaekaṅgavippahīṇatā veditabbā. Yā panesā dutiyajjhānassa vitakkavicārā
viya appaṇākkhaṇeyeva pahīyati, tenassa sā pahāṇaṅganti vuccati. Sukhaṃ cittekaggatāti
imesaṃ pana cinnaṃ uppattivasena duvaṅgasamannāgatatā veditabbā. Tasmā yaṃ vibhaṅge
"jhānanti upekkhāsatisampajaññaṃ sukhaṃ cittassekaggatā"ti vuttaṃ, taṃ saparikkāraṃ jhānaṃ
dassetuṃ pariyāyena vuttaṃ, ṭhapetvā pana upekkhāsatisampajaññāni nippariyāyena
upanijjhānalakkhaṇappattānaṃ aṅgānaṃ vasena duvaṅgikamevetaṃ hoti. Yathāha: -"
katamaṃtasmiṃ samaye duvaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti sukhaṃ cittassekaggatā"ti. Sesaṃ
paṭhamajjhāne vuttanayameva.

Evaṃ adhigate pana tasmimpi vuttanayeneva pañcahākārehi ciṇṇavasinā hutvā
paguṇatatiyajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ayaṃ samāpatti āsannapītipaccatthikā yadeva tattha
sukhamiti cetaso ābhogo eteneta oḷārikamakkhāyatīti evaṃ vuttassa sukhassa oḷārikattā
aṅgadubbalāti ca tattha dosaṃ disvā catutthajjhānaṃ santato manasi karitvā tatiyajjhāne
nikantiṃ1 pariyādāya catutthādhigamāya yogo kāyabbo. Athassa yadā tatiyato vuṭṭhāya
satassa sampajānassa jhānaṅgāni paccavekkhato cetasikasomanassasaṅkhātaṃ sukaṃ
oḷārikato u ṭṭhāti, upekkhāvedanā ceva cittekaggatā ca santato upaṭṭhāti, tadāssa
oḷārikaṅgappahāṇāya santaaṅgapaṭilābhāyaca tadeva nimittaṃ paṭhavī paṭhavīti
punappunaṃ manasikaroto idāni catuttajkādhānaṃ uppajjissatīti bhavaṅgaṃ upacchinditvā
tadeva paṭhavikasiṇaṃ ārammaṇi katvāmanodvārāvajjanaṃ uppajjati, tato
tasmiññevārammaṇe cattāri pañca vā javanāni uppajjanti. [PTS Page 165] [\q 165/]
yesaṃ avasāne ekaṃ rūpāvacaraṃ catutthajjhānikaṃ, sesāni vuttippakārāneva kāmāvacarāni.
Ayaṃ pana viseso: yasmā sukhā vedanā adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya
āsevanappavacāyenapaccayo na hoti, catutthajjhāne ca adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya
uppajjitabbaṃ. Tasmā tāni upekkhāvedanāsampayuttāni honti. Upekhāsampa yuttattā yeva
cettha pīti parihāyatīti. Ettāvatā cesa sukhassa ca pahāṇā dukkhassa ca pahāṇā pubbeva
somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ upekkāsatipārisuddhiṃ
catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. [A] evamanena ekaṅgavippahīṇaṃ
duvaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampaṇṇaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ adigata
hoti paṭhavikasiṇaṃ.

Tattha " sukhassa ca pahāṇā dukkhassa ca pahāṇā"ti- kāyika sukhassa ca kāyikadukkhassa
ca pahāṇā " pubbevā"ti - tañca ko pubbeva, na catutthajjhānakkhaṇe.
"Somanassadomanassānaṃ atṇaṅgamā"ta - cetasikasukhassa cetasikadukkhassa cāti
imesampi dvinnaṃ pubbeva atthaṅgamā pahāṇā icceva vuttaṃ hoti, kadā pana neṃ pahāṇaṃ
hoti? Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇe. Somanassaṃ hi

1. Si11. Niyanti. [A]
Abhi- jhānavibhaṅge.

[SL Page 122] [\x 122/]

Catutthajjhānassa upacārakkhaṇeyeva pahīyati. Dukkhadomanassa sukāni
paṭhamadutiyatatiyajjhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇesu, evametesaṃ pahāṇakkamena avuttānaṃ
induriyavibhaṅge pana indriyānaṃ udde sakkameneva idhāpi vuttānaṃ
sukhadukkhasomanassadomanassānaṃ pahāṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yadi panetāni tassa tassa
jhānassaupavārakkhaṇeyeva pahīyanti, atha kasmā " kattha cūppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ
aparisesaṃnirujjhati? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhū vivicceva kāmehi vivicca adusaleha dhammehi
samitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ettha
cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati, tattha cuppannaṃ domanassinduyaṃ
aparisesaṃ nirujjhati, ettha cuppannaṃ sukhindriyaṃ apari sesaṃ nirujjhati, ettha cūppannaṃ
somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahāṇā
dukkhassa ca pahāṇā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ2
upekkhāsatipāsuddhiṃ catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati ettha cuppannaṃ
somanassindurirayaṃrisesaṃ [PTS Page 166] [\q 166/] nirujjhatī"ti[a] evaṃ jhānesveva
nirodho vuttoti? Atisayanirodhattā. Atisaya nirodho hi nesaṃ paṭhamajjhānādisu, na
nirodhoyeva. Nirodho yeva pana upacārakkhaṇe nātisayanirodo, tathāhi nānāvajjane
paṭhamajjhānūpacāre niruddhassāpi dukkhindriyassa ḍaṅsamakasādi samphassena vā
visamāsanūpatāpena vā siyā uppatti, natveva anto appaṇāyaṃ. Upacāre vā niruddhampetaṃ
na suṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti paṭipakkhena pana avihatattā, anto appanāyaṃpana pīti
pharaṇena sabbo kāyo sukokkanto hoti, sukhokkanta kāyassaca yuṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti
dukkinduyaṃ paṭipakkhena vihatattā, nānāvajjaneyeva ca dutiyajjhānupacāre pahīṇassa
domanassindriyassa yasmā etaṃ vitakkāvicārappaccayepi kāyakilamathe cittupaghāte ca sati
uppajjati, vitakkavicārābhāve neva uppajjati, yattha pana uppajjati tattha vitakkavicārābhāve
appahīṇā eva ca dutiyajjhānupacāre vitakkavicārāti, tatthassa siyā uppatti natveva
dutiyajjhāne pahīṇapaecayattā. Tathā tatiyajjhānupacāre pahīṇassāpi sukhindriyassa
pītisamuṭṭhānapaṭhīta rūpaphūmakāyassa siyā uppatti, natveva tatiyajjhāne. Tatayajjhāne
hi sukhassa paccaya bhūtā pīti sabbaso nirujjhati. 1Tathā catutthajjhānupacāre pahīṇassāpi
somanassinduyassa ānnattā appaṇāppattāya upekkhāya abhāvena sammā anatikkantattā ca
siyā uppatti, natveva catutthajjhāne. Tasmā yeva ca etthuppannaṃ dukkhindurirayaṃ
aparisesaṃ nirujjhatīti tattha tattha aparisesaggahaṇaṃ katanti etthāhaṃ: - athevaṃ tassa
tassa jhānassupacāre pahīṇāpi etā vedanā idha kasmā samāhaṭāti? Sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ. Yā
hi ayaṃ "adukkhamasukhaṃ"ti etthaadukkhamasukhā vedanā vuttā sā sukhumā duviññeyyā,
na sakkā sukhena gahetuṃ, tasmā yathā nāma duṭṭhassa yathā tathā vā upasaṅka

1. Si1 niruṇḍāti. 2. Abhi - indurirayavibhaṅga

[SL Page 123] [\x 123/]

Mitvā gahetuṃ asakkuneyyassa goṇassa gahaṇattaṃ gopo ekasmiṃ vaje sabbā gāvo
samāharati, [PTS Page 167] [\q 167/] athekekaṃ niharanto paṭi pāṭiyā āgataṃ ayaṃ so
gaṇhatha nanti tampi gāhayati, evameva bhagavā sukhagahaṇatthaṃ sabbā etā samāhari.
Evaṃ hi samāhaṭā etā dassetvā yaṃ neva sukhaṃ na dukkhaṃ na somanassaṃ na
domanassaṃ, ayaṃ adukkhamasukhā vedanāti sakkā hoti esā gāhayituṃ. Apica:
adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā paccayadassanatthañcāpi etā vuttāti veditabbā.
Sukhadukkhappahāṇādayo hi tassā paccayā, yathāha: - " cattāro kho āvuso paccāya
adukkhamasukhāya ceto vimuttiyā samāpattiyā, idha āvuso bhikkhu sukhasasa ca pahāṇā
dukkhassa ca pahāṇā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ2
upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ime kho āvuso cattāro
paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetevumuttiyā samāpattiyāti. Yathā vā aññattha pahīṇāpi
sakkāyadiṭṭhiādayo tatiyamaggassa vaṇṇabhaṇa natthaṃ tattha pahīṇāti vuttā, evaṃ
vaṇṇabhaṇanatthampetassa jhānassa tā idha vuttāti veditabbā. Paccayaghātena vā ettha
rāgadosānaṃ atidūrabhāvi dassetumpetā vuttāti veditabbā. Etāsu hi sukha somanassassa
paccayo, somanassaṃ rāgassa, dukkhaṃ domanassassa domanassaṃ dosassa, sukhādighātena
ca sappaccayā rāgadosā hatāti atidūre hontīti. Adukkhamasukhanti - dukkhā bhāvena
adukkhamasukhā, apekhātipi vuccati. Sā iṭṭhāniṭṭha viparītānubhavanalakkhaṇā,
majjhattarasā, avibhūtapaccupaṭṭhānā sukha dukkhanirodhapadaṭṭhānāti1 veditabbā.
Upekkāsatipārisuddhinti upekkhāya janitasatiyā pārisuddhiṃ, imasmiṃ hi jhāne
suparisuddhā sati, yā ca tassā satiyā pārisuddhi sā upekkhāya katā na aññena, tasmā etaṃ
upekkhāsatipārisuddhinti muccati. Vibhaṅgepi vuttaṃ: - ayaṃ sati emāya upekkhāya visadā
hoti parisuddhi pariyodātā, tena vuccati upekkhāsatipārisundinti. Yāya [PTS Page 168] [\q
168/] ca apekkhāya ettha sati pārisuddhi hoti, sā atthato tatramajjhattatātī veditabbā, na
kevalañcettha tāya satiyeva parisuddhā, api ca ko sabbepi sampayuttadhammā satisīsena
pana desanā vuttā. Tattha kiñcāpi ayaṃ apekkhā heṭṭhāpi tīsu jhānesu vijjati, yathā pana
divā suriyappa bhābhibhavā sommabāvena ca attano apakārakattena vā sabhāgāya rattiyā
alābhā divā vijjamānāpi candalekhā aparasuddhā hoti apariyedātā. Evamayampi
tatramajjhattupekkhā candalekhā vitakkādi paccanīkadhammatejābibhavā2 sabhāgāya ca
upekkhā vedanā rattiyā

1. Sī11. Sukhanirodhapadaṭṭhānāti. 2. Ma. 11. Vitakkādipaccanikadhammatejābibhavābhāvā
[a.] Ma- ni- culavedalla.

[SL Page 124] [\x 124/]

Appaṭilābāvijjamānāpi paṭhamādijhānabhede aparisuddhā hoti. Tassā ca aparisuddhāya
divā aparisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya jahajātāpi sati ādayo aparisuddhāva honti, tasmā
tesu ekampi upekkhā satipārisuddhiti na vuttaṃ. Idha pana vitakkādipaccanīkatejāhi
bhavābhāvā sabhāgāya ca upekkhā vedanā rattiyā paṭilābhā, ayaṃ tata;majjhattupekkhā
candalekhā ativiya parisuddhā. Tassā parisuddhattā parisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya
sahajātāpi sati ādayo parisuddhā honti veditabbaṃ. Catutthanti gaṇanānupubbatā catutthaṃ,
idaṃ catutthaṃ samāpajjatītipi catutthaṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ "ekaṅgavippahīṇaṃ
duvaṅgasamannāgataṃ"ti tattha somanassassa pahāṇavasena ekaṅgavippahīṇatā veditabbā.
Tañca pana somanassaṃ ekavīthiyaṃ purimajavanesu yeva pahīyati, tenassa taṃ
pahāṇaṅganti vuccati. Upekkhā vedanā cittekaggatāti imesaṃ pana dvinnaṃ uppattivasena
dvaṅgasamannāgatatā veditabbā. Sesaṃ paṭhamajjhāne vuttanayameva esa tāva
catukkajjhāne nayo.

Pañcakajjhānaṃ pana nibbattentena paguṇapaṭamajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ayaṃ samāpatti
āsannanīvaraṇapaccatthikā vitakkassa oḷārikattā aṅgadubbalāti ca tattha dosaṃ [PTS Page
169] [\q 169/] disvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ santato manasi karitvā paṭhamajjhāne nikantiṃ
pariyādāya dutiyādhigamāya yogo kātabbo. Athassa yadā paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhāya satassa
sampajānassa jhānaṅgāni paccavekkhato vitakkamattaṃ oḷārikato upaṭṭhāti, vicārādayo
santato, tadāssa. Oḷārikaṅgappa hāṇāya santaṅgapaṭilābhāya ca tadeva nimittaṃ paṭhavī
paṭhavīti punappunaṃ manasikarote vuttanayeneva dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ uppajjati. Tassa
vitakkamattaveva pahāṇaṅgaṃ. Vicārādini cattāri samannāgataṅgāni. Sesaṃ
vuttappakārameva evaṃ adhigate pana tasmimpivuttanayeneva pañcahākārehi cinṇavasinā
hutvā paguṇadutiyajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ayaṃ samāpatti āsannavitakka paccatthikā vicārassa
oḷārikattā aṅgadubbalāti ca tattha dosaṃ disvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ santato manasi karitvā
dutiyajjhāne nikantiṃ pariyādāyatatiyādhigamāya yogo kātabbo. Athassa yadā dutiyajjhānato
vuṭṭhāya satassa sampajānassa jhānaṅgāni paccavekkhato vicāramattaṃ oḷārikato upaṭṭhāti,
pītiādīti santato. Tadāssa oḷārikaṅgappahāṇāya santaaṅgapaṭilābhāya ca tadeva
nimuttaṃpaṭhavī paṭhavīti punappuna manasikaroto vuttana yeneva tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ
uppajjati. Tassa vicāramattameva pahāṇaṅgaṃ, catukkanayassa dutiyajjhāne viya pīti ādīni
tīṇi samannā gataṅgāni. Sesaṃ vuttappakārameva. Iti yaṃ catukkanaye dutiyaṃ

[SL Page] [\x /] taṃ dvidhā bhindutvā pañcakanaye dutiyañceva tatiyañca hoti. Yāni ca
tattha tatiyacatutthāni tānidha catutthapañcamāni honti. Paṭhamaṃ paṭhamamevāti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate vusuddhimagge

Samādibāvanādikāre

Paṭhavikasiṇa niddeso nāma
Catuttho paricchedo. [PTS Page 170] [\q 170/]

5.

Sesakasiṇa niddeso.

Idāni paṭhavikasiṇānantare āpokasiṇe vivorakathā hoti: yatheva hi paṭhavikasiṇaṃ, evaṃ
āpokasiṇampi bāvetu kāmena sukhanisinnena āpasmiṃ nimittaṃ ganhitabbaṃ, kate vā akate
vāti sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Yathā ca idha evaṃ sabbattha, ito paraṃ hiettakampiavatvā
visesamattameva vakkhāma. Idhāpi pubbekatādikārassa puññavato akate āpasmiṃ
pokkharaṇiyā vā taḷāke vā loniyaṃ vā samudde vā nimittaṃ uppajjati, cūḷa sivattherassa
viya: - tassa kirāyasmato lābhasakkāraṃ pahāya vivittavāsaṃvasissāmīti mahātitthe nāvaṃ
abhiruhitvā jambudīpaṃ gacchato antarā mahāsamuddaṃ olekeyato tappaṭibhāgaṃ
kasiṇanimittaṃ udapādi. Akatādikārena cattārokasiṇadose pariharantena
nīlapītalohitodātavaṇṇānaṃ aññataravanṇaṃ āpaṃ agahetvā yampana bhūmiṃ
asampattameva ākāse suṅvatthena gahitaṃ udakaṃ aññaṃ vā tathārūpaṃ
vippasannamanāvilaṃ, tena pattaṃ vā kuṇḍikaṃ vā samatittikā pūretvā vuhārapaccante
vuttappakāre paṭicchanne okāse ṭhapetvā sukhanisinnena na vaṇṇo paccavejhitabbo, na
lakkhaṇaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Nissayasavaṇṇameva katvā ussadavasena paṇṇattidhamme
cittaṃ ṭhapetvā ambu udakaṃ vāri salilanti ādisu āpo nāmesu pākamanāmavasena āpo āpoti
bhāvetabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ bhāvayato anukkamena vuttanayeneva nimittadvayaṃ uppajjati. Idha
pana uggahanimittaṃ calamānaṃ viya upaṭṭhāti. [PTS Page 171] [\q 171/] sace
pheṇabubbulakasammissaṃ udakaṃ hotī, tādisameva upaṭṭhāti. Kasiṇadoso paññāyati,
paṭibhāganimittaṃ pana paripphandanaṃ1 ākāse ṭhapitamaṇitālavaṭhmaṃ viya
maṇimayādāsa
1. Sī. 11. Nipparipphandaṃ.

[SL Page 126] [\x 126/]

Maṇḍalaṃ viya ca hutvā upaṭṭhāti. So tassa saha upaṭṭhāneneva upacārajjhānaṃ
vuttanayeneva catukkapañcakajjhānāni ca pāpuṇitīti.

Āpokasiṇaṃ.

Tejokasinaṃ bhāvetukāmenāpi tejasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhi tabbaṃ. Tattha katādikārassa
puññvato akate nimittaṃ ganhantassa dīpasikhāya vā uddhano vā pattapacanaṭṭhāne vā
dava ḍāhe vā yattha katthaci1 aggijālaṃ olekaintassa nimittaṃ uppajjati cittaguttattherassa
viya. Tassahāyasmāto dhammasavaṇaṃ divase uposathāgāraṃ paviṭṭhassadīpasikhaṃ
olokentasseva nimittaṃ uppajji. Itarena pana kātabbaṃ, tatridaṃ karaṇavidhānaṃ: siniddhāni
sāradārūni phāletvā sukkhāpetvā ghaṭikaṃ ghaṭīkaṃ katvā patirūpaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ vā
maṇḍapaṃ vā gantvā pattapacanākārena rāsiṃ katvā ālimpetvā kaṭasārako vā camme vā
paṭe vā vidatthi caturaṅgulappamāṇaṃ chiddaṃ kātabbaṃ, taṃ purato ṭhapetvā
vuttanayeneva nisīditvā heṭṭhā tiṇakaṭṭhaṃ vā upari dhūmasikhaṃ vā amanasi karitvā
vemajjhe ghanajālāya nimittaṃ gaṇhitabbaṃ, nīlantivā pitantivāti ādivasena vaṇṇo na
paccavekkhitabbo, uṇhattavasena lakkhaṇaṃ na manasi kātabbaṃ, nissayasavaṇṇameva
katvā ussadavasena paṇṇattidhamme cittaṃ ṭhapetvā pāvakokaṇhavattani jātavedo
hutāsanoti ādisu aggināmesu pākama nāmavaseneva tejo tejoti bhāvetabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ bhāva
yato anukkamena vuttanayameva2 nimittadvayaṃ uppajjati. Tattha uggahanimittaṃ jālaṃ
chijjitvā chijjitvā patanasadisaṃ hutvāupaṭṭhāti. [PTS Page 172] [\q 172/] akate
gaṇhantassa pana kasiṇadoso paññāyati. Alātakhaṇḍaṃ vā aṅgārapiṇḍo vā chārikā vā
dhūmo vā upaṭṭhāti, paṭibhāganimittaṃ nicacalaṃ ākāseṭhapitarattakambalakhaṇḍaṃ viya
suvaṇṇatālavaṇṭaṃ viya kañcanatthambho viya ca upaṭṭhāti. So tassa saha upaṭṭhāne neva
upacārajjhānaṃ vuttanayeneva catukkapañcakajjhānāni ca pāpunātīti.

Tejokasiṇaṃ

Vāyokasinaṃ bhāvotukāmenāpi vāyusmiṃ nimittaṃ gahetabbaṃ, tañca ko diṭṭavasena vā
phuṭṭhavasena vā, vuttaṃ hetaṃ aṭaṭhakathāsu: vāyokasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto vāyusmiṃ
nimittaṃ gaṇhāti, ucchaggaṃ vā eritaṃ sameritaṃ upalakkheti, veḷaggaṃ vā -perukkhaggaṃ
vā kesaggaṃ vā eritaṃ sameritaṃ upalakkheti. Kāyasmiṃ vā phuṭṭhaṃ upalakkhetī"ti, [a]

1. Sī11. Yatthakatthacideva. 2. Ma. 1 Puna vuttanayeneva. [A] mahāaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 127] [\x 127/]

Tasmā samasīsaṭṭhitaṃ ghanapattaṃ ucchuṃ vā veḷuṃ vā rukkhaṃ vā
caturaṅgulappamāṇaghanakesassa purisassa sīsaṃ vā vātena pahariya mānaṃ disvā ayaṃ
vātoetasmiṃ ṭhāne paharatīti satiṃ thapetvā yaṃ vā panassa vātapānantarikāya vā
bhitticchiddena vā pavisitvā vato kāyappadesaṃ paharati, tattha satiṃ ṭhapetvā vāta māḷuta
anilādisu vātanāmesu pākaṭanāmevaseneva vāyo vāyoti bhāvetabbaṃ. Idhauggahanimittaṃ
uddhanato otāritamattassa pāyāsassa usumavaṭṭisadisaṃ calaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti,
paṭibhāganimittaṃ sannisinnaṃ hoti niccalaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.

Vāyokasiṇaṃ

Tadanantaraṃ pana "nīlakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto nīlakasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti pupphasmiṃ vā
vatthasmiṃ vā vaṇṇadhātuyā vā"ti vacanato katādhikārassa puññavato tāva tathārūpaṃ
mālāvacchaṃ vā pūjaṭṭhānesu pupphasavtharaṃ vā nilavatthamaṇīnaṃ [PTS Page 173] [\q
173/] vā aññataraṃ disvāva nimittaṃ uppajjati, itarena nīluppalagirikanṇikādīnā
pupphāni gahetvā yathā kesaraṃ vā vaṇṭaṃ vā na paññāyati, evaṃ caṅgoṭakaṃ vā
karaṇḍapaṭalaṃ vā pattehi yeva samatittikaṃ pūretvā sattharitabbaṃ, nīlavaṇṇena vā
vatthena bhaṇḍikaṃ banditvā pūretabbaṃ, mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ vāssa bheritalamiva
bandhatabbaṃ. Kaṃsanīla palāsanīla aññananīlānaṃ vā aññatarena dhātunā paṭhavikasiṇe
vuttanayena sajahārimaṃ vā bhattiyaṃ yeva vā kasiṇamaṇḍalaṃkatvā visabhāgavaṇṇena
paricchinditabbaṃ, tato paṭhavikasiṇe vutta nayena nīlaṃ nīlanti manasikāro
pavattetabeṃbā. Idhāpi uggahanimitte kasiṇadoso paññāyati, kesaravaṇṭaka
pattantarikādīni upaṭṭhahanti. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ kasiṇamaṇḍalato muñcitvā ākāse
maṇitālavaṇṭasadisaṃ upaṭṭhāti. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.

Nīlakasiṇaṃ

Pītakasiṇepi eseva nayo. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - pītakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto pītakasmiṃ nimittaṃ
gaṇhāti pupphasmiṃ vā vatthasmiṃ vā vanṇadhātuyā vā"ti[a.] Tasmā idhāpi katādhikārassa
puññavato tathārūpaṃ mālāvacchaṃ vā pupphasantharaṃ vā pītavatthadhātūnaṃ vā
aññataraṃ disvāva nittaṃ uppajjati, cittaguttattherassa viya. Tassa kirāyasmako cittalapabbate
pattaṅgapupphehi kataṃ āsanapūji passato saha dassaneneva āsanappamāṇaṃ nimittaṃ

[A.] Mahāaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 128] [\x 128/]

Udapādi. Itarena kaṇikārapupphādīhi vā pītavatthena vā dhātunā vā nīlakasiṇe
vuttanayeneva kasiṇaṃ katvā pītakaṃ pītakanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Sesaṃ
tādisamevāti.

Pīta kasiṇaṃ

Lohitakasiṇepi eseva nayo vuttaṃ hetaṃ: -" lohita kasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto lohitakasmiṃ
nimittaṃ gaṇhāti pupphasmiṃ [PTS Page 174] [\q 174/] vā vatthasmiṃ vā
vaṇṇadhātuyā vā"ti, [a] tasmā idhāpi katādhikārassa puññavato tathārūpaṃ
pandhujivakādimālāvacchaṃ vā pupphasantharaṃ vā lohitakavatthamaṇidhātūnaṃ vā
aññataraṃ disvāva nimittaṃ uppajjati. Itarena jayasumana bandhujivaka rattakaraṇḍakādi
pupphehi1 vā rattavatthena vā dhātunā vā nīlakasiṇe vuttanaye neva kasiṇaṃ katvā
lohitakaṃ lohitakanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
Lohita kasiṇaṃ

Odātakasiṇepi "odātakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto odātasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti pupphasmi vā
vatthasmiṃ vā vaṇṇadhātuyā vā"tī[a] vacanato katādikārassa tāva puññavato tathārūpaṃ
mālāvacchaṃ vā vassika sumanādi pupphasantharaṃ vā kumuda padumarusiṃ vā odāta
vatthadhātūnaṃ vā aññataraṃ disvāva nimittaṃ uppajjati, tipumaṇḍala rajatamaṇḍala
candamaṇḍalesupi uppajjati yeva. Itarena vuttappa kārehi odātapupphehi vā odātavatthena
vā dhātunā vā nīlakasiṇe vuttanayeneva kasiṇaṃ katvā odātaṃ odātanti manasikāro
pavattetabbo. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.

Odāta kasiṇaṃ.

Ālokakasiṇe pana "ālokakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto ālokasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhātī bhitticchidde vā
tāḷacchidde vā vāta panāntarikāya vā"ti[a] vacanato katādhikārassa tāva puññavato yaṃ
bhitticchiddādīnaṃ aññatarena suriyāloko vā candāloko vāparisitvā bittiyaṃ vā bhūmiyaṃ vā
maṇaleṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, ghanapaṇṇarukkhasākhantarena vāghanasādhāmaṇḍapantarena vā
nikkhamitvā bhumiyameva maṇḍalaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, taṃ disvāva nimittaṃ uppajjati.

1. Ma. 1 Rattakoraṇḍakādipupphehi. [A.] Mahāaṭṭhakathā

[SL Page 129] [\x 129/]

Itarenāpi tadeva vuttappakāraṃ obhāsamaṇḍalaṃ obhāso obhā soti vā āloko ālokota vā
bhāvetabbaṃ. Tathā asakkontena ghame dīpaṃ jāletvā ghaṭamukhaṃ dahitvā ghaṭe chiddaṃ
katvā bhittimukhaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, tena chiddena dīpāloko nikkhamitvā bhittiyaṃ maṇḍalaṃ
karoti. Taṃ [PTS Page 175] [\q 175/] āloko ālokoti bhāvetabbaṃ, idaṃ itarehi
ciraṭṭhitikaṃ hoti. Idha uggahanimittaṃ bhittiyaṃ vā bhūmiyaṃ vā
uṭṭhitamaṇḍalasadisameva hoti. Paṭibhāga nimittaṃ ghanavippasannaālokapuñjasadisaṃ.
Sesaṃ tādisa mevāti.

Āloka kasiṇaṃ

Pariccinnākāsakasiṇepi "ākāsakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto ākāsasmiṃ nimittaṃ ganhāti
bhatticchidde vā tāḷacchidde vā vāta pānantarikāya vā"ti1 vacanato katādhikārassa tāva
puññavato bhitticchiddādisu aññataraṃ disvāva nimittaṃ uppajjati. Itarena
succhannamaṇḍape vā cammakaṭasārakādīni vā aññatarasmiṃ vidatthi
caturaṅgulappamāṇaṃ chiddaṃ katvā tadeva vā bitticchiddādibhedaṃ chiddaṃ ākāso ākāsoti
bāvetabbaṃ. Idha uggahanimittaṃ saddhiṃ bhittipariyantādihi chiddasadisameva hoti,
vaḍḍhiyamānampi na vaḍḍhati. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ ākāsamaṇḍalavema hutvā upaṭṭhāti,
vaḍḍhiyamānañca vaḍḍhati. Sesaṃ paṭhavikasiṇe vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.

Paricchinnākāsa kasiṇaṃ.

Itikasiṇāni dasabalo dasa yāni avoca sabbadhammadaso,
Rūpāvacaramhi catukka pañcakajjhāna hetūni.

Evaṃ tānica tesañca bhāvanānayamimaṃ viditvāna,
Tesveva ayaṃ bhīyyo pakiṇṇaka kathāpi viññeyyā.

Imesu hi paṭhavikasiṇavasena ekopi hutvā pahudhā hotīti ādībhāvo ākāse vā udake vā
paṭhaviṃ nimminitvā padasā gamanaṃ ṭhānanisajjadikappanaṃ vā parittaappamāṇanayena
abhibhāyatana paṭilābhoti evamādini ijjhanti. Āpokasiṇavasena paṭhaviyaṃ ummujjanaṃ
nimujjanaṃ udakavuṭṭhisamuppādanaṃ nadīsamuddādi nimmānaṃ
paṭhavipabbatapāsādādīnaṃ kampananti evamādini ijjhanti. Tejo kasiṇavasena dhūmāyanā
pajjalanā aṅgāravuṭṭhisamuppādanaṃ tejasā tejopariyādānaṃ yadeva so icchati [PTS Page
176] [\q 176/] tassa dahanasamatthatā dibbena cakkhunā rūpadassanatthāya
ālokakaraṇaṃ parinibbāṇasamaye tejodhātuyā sarīrajjhāpananti evamādini ijjhanti. Vāyo
kasiṇavasena vāyugatigamanaṃ vātavuṭṭhi samuppādananti evamādini

1. Mahāaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 130] [\x 130/]

Ijjhanti. Nīlakasiṇavasena nīlarūpanimmānaṃ avdhakārakaraṇaṃ
suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇanayena abibhāyatanapaṭilābo subhavimokkhādhi gamoti evamādini
ijjhanti. Pītakasaṇavasena pītakarūpanimmānaṃ suvanṇanti adhimuccanā vuttanayeneva
abhibhāyatanapaṭilābho subhavimokkhādhigamocāti evamādini ijjhanti. Lohitakasiṇa vasena
lohitakarūpanimmānaṃvuttanayeneva abhibhāyatana paṭilābho subhavimokkhādhigamoti
evamādini ijjhanti. Odātakasiṇa vasena odātarūpanimmānaṃ thinamiddhassa
dūrabhāvakaraṇaṃ avdhakāravidha manaṃ dibbena cakkhunā rūpadassanatthāya
ālokakaraṇanti evamā dini ijjhanti. Ālokakasiṇavasena sappabhārūpanimmānaṃ
thīnamuddhassa dūrabhāvakāraṇaṃ andhakāravidhamanaṃ dibbena cakkhunā rūpa
dassanatthaṃ ālokakaraṇanti evamādini ijjhanti. Ākāsakasiṇa vasena paṭicchannānaṃ
vivaṭakaraṇaṃ anto paṭhavipabbatādisupi ākāsaṃ nimminitvā iriyāpathakappanaṃ
tirokuḍḍādisu asajjamāna gamananti evamādini ijjhanti. Sabbāneva uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ
advayaṃ appamāṇanti imaṃ pabhedaṃ labhanti, vuttaṃ hetaṃ: paṭhavikasiṇameko sañjānāti
uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ advayaṃ appamāṇa"nti ādi. [A] tattha uddhanti
uparigaganatalābhimukhaṃ, adhoti heṭṭhā bhūmu talābhimukhaṃ, tiriyanti
khettamaṇḍalamiva samantā paricchinditaṃ1 ekacco hi uddhameva kasiṇaṃ vaḍḍheti,
ekacco adho, ekacco samantato. Tena tena vā kāraṇena evaṃ pasāreti, āloka miva
dibbacakkhūnā [PTS Page 177] [\q 177/] rūpadassanakāmo, tena vuttaṃ "uddhaṃ adho
tiriyaṃ"ti. Advayanti idaṃ pana ekassa aññabhāvānūpagamanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, yathāhi adakaṃ
paviṭṭhassa sabbadisāsu udakameva hoti na aññaṃ, evameva paṭhavikasiṇaṃ
paṭhavikasiṇameva hoti, natthi tassa añño kasiṇasambhedoti. Eseva nayo sabbattha;
appamāṇanti idaṃ tassa pharaṇaappamāṇavasena vuttaṃ, taṃhi cetasā pharanto sakalameva
pharati na ayamassa ādi idaṃ majjhanti pamāṇaṃ gaṇhātīti. "Ye ca te sattā kammāvaraṇena
vā samannāgatā kilesācaraṇena vā samannāgatā vipākāvaraṇena vā samannāgatā assaddhā
acchandikā duppaññā abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ"ti[b]
vuttā, tesaṃ ekassāpi ekakasiṇepi bhāvanā na ikjhati. Tattha kammāvaraṇena
samannāgatātiānantariyakamma samaṅgino, kilovaraṇena samannāgatātiniyatamicchādiṭṭhi
kāceva ubhatobyañjanakapaṇḍakāca. Vipākāvaraṇena
samannāgatātiahetukadvihetukapaṭisavdikā, assaddhāti- buddhādisu saddhāvirahitā,
acchandikātiapaccanīkapaṭipadāyaṃ chandavirahitā, duppaññāti
lokiyalokuttarasammādiṭṭhiyā virahitā, abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu
sammattanti - kusalesu dhammesu niyāmi.

1. Si1 paricchinditvā. [A.] Saṃ -ni - [b.] Aṅguttarani-

[SL Page 131] [\x 131/]

Saṅkhātaṃ1 sammattasaṅkhātañca2 ariyamaggaṃ okkamituṃ abhabbāti attho. Na kevalañca
kasiṇeyevapaaññesupi kammaṭṭhānesu etesaṃ ekassāpi bāvanā na ijjhati. Tasmā
vigatavipākācaraṇe nāpi kulaputtena kammāvaraṇañca kilesācaraṇañca ārakā parivajjetvā
saddhammasavaṇasappurisūpanissayādīhi saddhañca chandañca paññca vaḍḍhetvā
kammaṭṭhānānuyogeyogo karaṇīyoti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visundimagge

Samādibāvanādikāre
Sesa kasiṇa niddeso nāma

Pañcamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 178] [\q 178/]

6.

Asubhakammaṭṭhāna naddeso.

Kasiṇānantaraṃ uddiṭṭhesu pana " uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ vipubbakaṃ vicchiddakaṃ
vikkhāyitakaṃ vikkhittakaṃ hatavikkhittakaṃ lohitakaṃ puḷavakaṃ aṭṭhikaṃ"ti[a] dasasu
aviññāṇaka asubhesu bhastā viya vāyunā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā yathānukkamaṃ
samuggatena sūna bhāvena uddhumātattā uddhumātaṃ, uddhumātameva uddhumātakaṃ,
paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ uddhumātanti uddhumātakaṃ; tathā rūpassa chavasarī rassetaṃ
adhivacanaṃ. Vinīlaṃ vuccati viparibhinnavaṇṇaṃ, vinīlameva vinīlakaṃ, paṭikkūlattā vā
kucchitaṃ vinīlanti vinīlakaṃ; maṃsussa daṭṭānesu rattavaṇṇassa pubbasannivayaṭṭhānesu
setavaṇṇassa yebuyyena ca nīlavaṇṇassa nīlaṭṭhāne nīlasāṭakapārutasseva
chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Paribhinnaṭṭhānesu vissandamānapubbaṃ vipubbaṃ,
vipubbameva vipubbakaṃ, paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vipubbanti vipubbakaṃ. Tathārūpassa
chavasarīrassetaṃ adivacānaṃ. Vicciddaṃ vuccati dvidhā chindanena apacāritaṃ,
vicciddameva vicciddakaṃ, paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vicchiddanti vivachiddakaṃ. Vemajjhe
chinnassa chavasarirassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. [PTS Page 179] [\q 179/] itoca ettoca vividā
kārena soṇasigālādihi khāyitanti vikkhāyitaṃ, vikkhāyitameva vikkhāyitakaṃ. Paṭikkūlattā
vā kuccitaṃ vikkhāyitanti vikkhā yitakaṃ. Tathārūpassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
Vividhaṃ khittaṃ vikkhittaṃ, vikkhittameva vikkhittakaṃ. Paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ
vikkhittanti vikkittakaṃ. Aññena tthaṃ aññena pādaṃ

1. Sī11. Niyāmasammataṃ. 2. Sī11. Sammattasammatañca [a.] Abhi -dhammasaṅganī.
[SL Page 132.] [\x 32/]

Aññena sīsanti evaṃ tato tato khittassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacānaṃ. Hatañca taṃ
purimanayeneva vikkhittakañcāti hata vikkhittakaṃ, kākapādākārena aṅgapaccaṅgesu
satthena nitvā vuttanayena1 vikkhittassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacānaṃ. Lohitaṃ kirati
vikkhipati ito citoca paggharatīti lohitakaṃ, paggharita lohitamakkhitassa chavajarīrassetaṃ
adivacānaṃ. Puḷavā vuccanti kimayo, pūḷave kiratīti pūḷavakaṃ. Kimiparipuṇṇassa
chavasarī rassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aṭṭiyeva aṭṭhikaṃ, paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ aṭṭhiti
aṭṭhikaṃ. Aṭṭhisaṅghalikāyapi ekaṭṭhikassapi etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Imāni ca pana
uddhumātakādini nissāya uppannanimittānampi namittesu paṭiladdhajhānānampi etaneva
nāmāni.

Tattha uddhumātakasarīre uddhumātakanimittaṃ uppādetvā uddhumātakasaṅkhātaṃ jhānaṃ
bāvetukāmena yoginā paṭhavikasiṇe vuttanayeneva vuttappakāraṃ ācariyaṃ
apasaṅkamitvākammāṭṭhānaṃ uggahetabbaṃ. Tenassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathentena asubha
nimittatthāya gamanavidhānaṃ samantā nimittūpalakkhaṇā ekādasa vidhena nimittaggāho
gatāgatamaggapaccavekkhaṇanti evaṃ appa ṇāvidhānapariyosānaṃ sabbaṃ katthatabbaṃ,
tenāpisabbaṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā pubbe vuttappakāraṃ senāsanaṃ upagantvā
uddhumātaka nimittaṃ pariyesantena vihātabbaṃ. Evaṃ viharantena ca asu kasmiṃ nāma
gāmadvāre vi aṭvimukhe vā patthe vā pabbatapāde vā rukkhamūle [PTS Page 180] [\q 180/]
vā susāne vā uddhumātakasarīraṃ nikthittanti kathentānaṃ vacanaṃ sutvāpi na tāvadeva
atatthena pakkhandantena viya gantabbaṃ, kasmā? Asubhaṃ hi nāmetaṃ
vāḷamigādhiṭṭhikampi amanussādhiṭṭhitampi hota. Tatrassa jīvitantarāyopi siyā. Gamana
maggo vā panettha gāmvārena vā nahānatitthenavā kedāra koṭiyā vāhoti. Tattha visabhāga
rūpaṃ āpāthaṃ āgacchati, tadeva vā sarīraṃ visabhāgaṃ hoti. Purisassahi itthisarīraṃ
itthiyāca purisa sarīraṃ visabhāgaṃ. Tadetaṃ adhunā mataṃ subhato pi upaṭṭhāti, tenassa
brahmacariyantarāyopi siyā. Sace pana nayidaṃ mādisassa bhāriyanti attānaṃ takkayati, evaṃ
takkayamānena gantabbaṃ. Gacchantena ca saṅghattherassa vā aññassa vā abhiññātassa
bhikkhuno kattvo gantabbaṃ. Kasmā? Sace hissa susāne amanussa sīhavyagghādīnaṃ
rūpasaddādianiṭṭhārammaṇābibhūtassa aṅga paccaṅgāni vā pavedhenti, bhuttaṃ vā na
parisaṇṭhāti, añño vā ābādho hoti, athassa so vihāre pattacīvaraṃ surakkhitaṃ karissati
dahare vā sāmaṇere vā pahinitvā taṃ bikkhuṃ paṭijaggissati. Apica susānaṃ nāma
nirāsaṅkaṭṭhānanti vaññāmānā katakammāpi

1. Sī11. Suttevuttanayena.

[SL Page 133] [\x 133/]
Akatakammāpi corā samosaranti, te manussehi anubandā bhikkhusasa samīpe bhaṇḍakaṃ
chaḍḍetvāpi palāyanti. Manussā sahoḍhaṃ coraṃ addasāmāti bikkhuṃ gahetvā viheṭhenti.
Athassa so mā imaṃ viheṭhayittha māmāyaṃ kathetvā iminā nāma kammena gatoti te
manusse saññāpetvā sotthibhāvaṃ karissati. Ayamānisaṃso kathetvā gamane, tasmā
vuttappakārassa bhikkhuno kathetvā asubha nimittadassane sañjātābilāsenayathā nāma
khattiyo abhise kaṭṭhānaṃ yajamāno yaññasālaṃ adhano vā pana nidhiṭṭhānaṃ pīti
somanassajāto gacchati evaṃ pītisomanassaṃ uppādetvā aṭṭha kathāsu vuttena vidhinā
gantabbaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - uddhumātakaṃ asubhanimittaṃ uggaṇhanto eko adutayo
gacchati upaṭṭhitāya satiyā apammuṭṭhāya antogatehi indriyehi abahigatena mānasena
gatāgatamaggaṃ paccavekkhamāno. Yasmiṃ padese uddhumātakaṃ [PTS Page 181] [\q
181/] asubhanimittaṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ padese pāsāṇaṃ vā vammikaṃ vā rukkhaṃ
vā gacchaṃ vā lataṃ vā sanimittaṃ karoti, sārammaṇi karoti, sanamittaṃ katvā sārammaṇaṃ
katvā uddhumātakaṃ asubhanimittaṃ sabhāvabhāvato upalakkheti. Vaṇṇatopi liṅga topi
saṇṭhānatopi disatopi okāsatopi paricchedatopi sandhito vicarato ninnato thala santato, so
taṃ nimittaṃ suggahitaṃ karoti sūpadhāritaṃ upadhāreti suvavatthitaṃ vavatthapetī, so taṃ
nimittaṃ suggahitaṃ katvā sūpadhāritaṃ upadhāretvā suva vatthitaṃ vavatthapetvā eko
adutiyo gacchati upaṭṭhitāya satiyā apammuṭṭāya antogatehi indriyehi abahigatena
mānasena gatā gatamaggaṃ paccavekkhamāno. So caṅkamantopi tabbhāgiyaññeva caṅkamaṃ
adhiṭṭhāti, nisīdantopi tabbhāgiyaññeva āsanaṃ paññā peti. Samantā nimittupalakkhaṇā
kimatthiyā kimānisaṃsāti? Samantā nimittūpalakkhaṇā asammohatthā asammohānisaṃsā.
Ekādasavidhena nimittaggāho nimatthiya kimānisaṃsoti? Ekā dasavidhena nimittaggāho
kimatthiyo kimānisaṃsoti? Ekā dasavidhena nimittaggāho upanibandhanattho
upanibandhanāni saṅso, gatāgatamaggapaccavekkhanā kimatthiyā kimānisaṃsāti?
Gatāgatamaggapaccavekkhaṇā vīthisampaṭipādanatthā vīthisampaṭipādanāni saṅsā. So
ānisaṃsadassāvī ratanasaññi hutvā cittikāraṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā sampiyāyamāno tasmiṃ
ārammaṇe cittaṃ upanibandhati addhā imāya paṭipadāya jarāmaraṇamhā parimuccissāmiti.
So vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ
paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Tassādhigataṃ hoti rūpāvacaraṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ
dibbe ca vihāro bhāvanāmayañca puññakiriyavatthū"ti[a.] Tasmā yo cittasaññattatthāya
sivathika dasasanaṃ gacchati. So gaṇḍiṃ paharitvā gaṇaṃ sannipātetvāpi gacchatu.
Kammaṭṭhānasīsena pana gacchantena ekakena aduti

[A.] Mahāaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 134] [\x 134/]

Yena mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ avissajjetvā taṃ manasikaronteneva susāne soṇādi
parissayavinodanatthaṃ kattaradaṇḍakaṃ vā [PTS Page 182] [\q 182/] yaṭṭhiṃ vā
gahetvā sūpaṭṭhitabhāvasampādanena apammuṭṭhasatiṃ katvā manacchaṭṭhānañca
indurirayānaṃ antogatabhāvasampādanato abahigata manena hutvā gantabbaṃ. Vihārato
nikkhamanteneva asuka disāya asukadvārena nikkhantomhīti dvāraṃ sallakkhetabbaṃ. Tato
yena maggena gacchati. So maggo vavatthapetabbo: - ayaṃ maggo pācīnadisābhimukho vā
gacchati pacchima disābhimukho vā uttara disābhimukho vā dakkhiṇa disābhimuko vā
vidisābhimukho vāti. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhānevāmato gacchati, imasmiṃ ṭhāne dakkhiṇato,
imasmiñcassa ṭhāne pāsāṇo, imasmiṃ vammiko, imasmiṃ rukkho, imasmiṃ gaccho, imasmiṃ
latāti evaṃ gamanamaggaṃ vavatthapentena nimittaṭṭhānaṃ gantabbaṃ. Noca kho paṭivātaṃ,
paṭivātaṃ gacchantassa hi kuṇapagavdho ghāṇaṃ paharitvā matthaluṅgaṃ vā saṅkhobheyya
āhāraṃ vā chaḍḍāpeyya vippaṭisāraṃ vā janeyya odisaṃ nāma kuṇapaṭṭhānaṃ āgatomhīti.
Tasmā paṭivātaṃ vajjetvā anuvātaṃ gantabbaṃ. Sace anuvātamaggena na sakkā hoti gantuṃ,
antarāmagge pabbato vā papāto vā pāsāṇo vā vati vā kaṇṭakādhānaṃ1 vā udakaṃ vā
cikkhallaṃ vā hoti, cīvarakaṇṇena nāsaṃ pidahitvā gantabbaṃ. Idamassa gamanavattaṃ.
Evaṃ gatena pana na tāva asubhanimittaṃ oloketabbaṃ, disā vavatthapetabbā, ekasmiṃ hi
disābhāge ṭhitassa ārammaṇañca na vibhūtaṃ hutvā khāyiti, cittañca na kammaniyaṃhoti,
tasmā taṃ vajjetvā yattha ṭhitassa ārammaṇañca vibhūtaṃ hutvā khāyati, cittañca
kammaniyaṃ hoti, tattha ṭhātabbaṃ. Paṭivātānuvātañca pahātabbaṃ, paṭivāte ṭhitassa hi
kuṇapagandhena ubbāḷhassa cittaṃ vidhāvati. Anuvāte ṭhitassa sace tattha adhivatthā
amanussā honti. Te kujjhivo anatthaṃ karonni, tasmā īsakaṃ ukkamma nātianuvāte
ṭhātabbaṃ. Evaṃ tiṭṭhamānenāpi nātidūre nāccāsanne nānupādaṃ nānusīsaṃ ṭhātabbaṃ.
Atiidūre ṭhitassa hi ārammaṇaṃ avibhūtaṃ hoti, accāsanne bhayaṃ uppajjati, anupādaṃ vā
anusīsaṃ vā ṭhitassa sabbaṃ asubhaṃ samaṃ na paññāyati, tasmā nātidūre nāccā sanne
olokentassa phāsukaṭṭhāne sarīravemajjhabhāge ṭhātabbaṃ. [PTS Page 183] [\q 183/]
evaṃ ṭhitena "tasmiṃ padese pāsāṇaṃ vā dhammikaṃ vā rukkhaṃ vā gacchaṃ vā lataṃ vā
sanimittaṃ karoti"ti evaṃ vuttāni samannā nimittāni upalakkhe tabbāni. Tatridaṃ
upalakkhaṇavidhānaṃ: - sace tassa nimittassa samantā cakkupathe pāsāṇo hoti. So ayaṃ
pāsāno ucco vā nīco vā khuddako vā mahanto vā tambo vā kāḷo vāseto vā digho vā
parimaṇḍalo vāti vavatthapetabbo. Tato.

1. Ma. 11 Kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṃ.

[SL Page 135] [\x 135/]

Imasmiṃ nāma okāse ayaṃ pāsāṇo idaṃ asubhanimittaṃ, idaṃ asubha nimittaṃ ayaṃ pāsānoti
sallakkhetabbaṃ. Sace vammiko hota. Sopi uccovā nīcovā khuddakovā mahantovā tambovā
kāḷo vā seto vā digho vā parimaṇḍalovāti vavatthapetabbo. Tato imasmiṃ nāma okāse ayaṃ
vammiko idaṃ asubhanimittanti sallakkhetabbaṃ. Sace rukkho hotī, sopi assattho vā nigrodo
vā kacchakovā kapitthakovā ucco vā nīco vā khuddako vā mahanto vā tambo vā kāḷo vā
seto vāti vavatthapetabbo. Tato imasmiṃ nāma okāse yaṃ rukkho idaṃ asubhanimittanti
sallakkhetabbaṃ. Sace gaccho hoti sopi sivdi vā karamando vā kaṇavīro vā kuraṇḍako vā
ucco vā nīco vā khuddako vā mahanto vāti vavatthapetabbo. Tato imasmiṃ nāma okāse
ayaṃ gaccho idaṃ asubhanimittanti sallakkhe tabaṃbaṃ. Sace latā hoti, sāpi lākhu vā
kumbhaṇḍi vā sāmā vā kālavallī vā pūtilatā vāti vavatthapetabbā. Tato imasmiṃ nāma
okāse ayaṃ lataidaṃ asubhanimittaṃ, idaṃ asubhanimittaṃ ayaṃ latāti sallakkhe tabbaṃ. Yaṃ
pana vuttaṃ sanimittaṃ karoti sārammaṇi karotīti, taṃ idheva antogadhaṃ. Punappunaṃ
vavatthapento hi sanimittaṃ karoti nāma. Ayaṃ pāsāṇo idaṃ asubhanimittaṃ, idaṃ
asubhanimittaṃ ayaṃpāsānoti evaṃ dve dve samāsetvā samāsetvā vavatthapento
sārammaṇaṃ karoti nāma. Evaṃ sanimittaṃ sārammaṇañca katvā pana sabhāvabhāvato
vavatthapetīti vuttattā yvāssa sabhāvabhāvo anaññasādhāraṇo attaniyo uddhumātakabhāvo,
tena manasikā tabbaṃ. Vaṇitaṃ uddhumātakanti evaṃ sabhāvena sarasena vavatthape
tabbanti attho. Evaṃ vavatthapevo vaṇṇatopi liṅgatopi saṇṭhānatopi [PTS Page 184] [\q
184/] disatopi okāsatopi paricchedatopīti kbbidhena nimittaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Kena
hi yoginā idaṃ sarīraṃ kāḷassa vā odātassa vā maṅguracchavino vāti vaṇṇato
vavatthapetabbaṃ. Liṅgato panaitthiliṅgaṃ vā purisaliṅgaṃ vāti avavatthapetvā paṭhama
vayo vā makjhimavaye vā pachchimavaye vā ṭhitassāti1 vavatthapetabbaṃ. Saṇṭhānato
uddhumātakasaṭhṭhānavaseneva idamassa sīsasaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ gīvāsaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ
hatthasaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ udarasaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ nābisaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ kaṭisaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ
ūrusaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ jaṅghā saṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ pādasaṇṭhānanti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Disato
pana imasmiṃ sarīre dve disā nābhiyā adho heṭṭhimā disā uddhaṃ uparimā disāti
vavatthapetabbaṃ, athavā: - ahaṃ imissā disāya ṭhito asubha nimittaṃ imissāti
vavatthapetabbaṃ. Okāsato pana imasmiṃ nāma okāse hatthā, imasmiṃ pādā, imasmiṃ sīsaṃ
imasmiṃ majjhimo kāyo ṭhitoti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Athavā: - ahaṃ imasmiṃ okāse ṭito

1. Ma 1. hitassaidaṃsarīranti.

[SL Page 136] [\x 136/]

Asubhanimittaṃ imasminti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Paricchedato idaṃ sarīraṃ adho pādatalena
upari kesamatthakena tiriyaṃ tacena pariccinnaṃ, yathāparicchinne ca ṭhāne
dvattiṃsakuṇapa bharitamevāti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Athavā: - ayamassa hatthaparicchedo,
ayaṃ pāda paricchedo, ayaṃ sīsaparicchedo, ayaṃ majjhimakāyaparicchedoti
vavatthapetabbaṃ. Yattakaṃ vā pana ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti, tattakameva idaṃ īdisaṃ
uddhumātakanti paricchinditabbaṃ. Purisassa pana itthi sarīraṃ, itthiyā vā purisasarīraṃ na
vaṭṭati. Visabhāge ārammaṇaṃ na upaṭṭhāti, vipphandanasseva paccayo hoti. "Ugghāṇitāpi
bhi itthi purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī"ti. Majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā
sabhāgasarīreyeva evaṃ chabbidhena nimittaṃ gaṇhitabbaṃ. Yo pana purimabuddhānaṃ
santike āsevitakammaṭṭhāno paribhaṭa dhutaṅgo parimadditamahābhuto
pariggahitasaṅkhāro vavatthāpitanāma rūpe ugghāṭitasattasañño katasamaṇadhammo [PTS
Page 185] [\q 185/] vāsitavāsano bhāvitabhāvano sabījo gñāṇuttaroappakileso
kulaputto, tassa olokitaolokitaṭṭhāneyeva paṭibhāganimittaṃ upaṭṭhāti. No ce evaṃ
upaṭṭhāti, athevaṃ chabbidhena nimittaṃ gaṇhato upaṭṭhāti. Yassa pana evampi na
upaṭṭhāti, tena sandhito vivarato ninnato thalato samantatoti punapi pañcavidhena nimittaṃ
gahetabbaṃ. Tattha sandhitotiasitisatasandhito, uddhu mātake pana kathaṃ
asītisatasandhiyo vavatthapessati, tasmānena tayo dakkhiṇahatthasandhi, tayo
vāmahatthasandhi, tayo dakkhiṇapāda sandhi, tayo vāmapādasandhi, eko gīvāsavdhi, eko
kaṭisanditi evaṃ cuddasa mahāsandhivasena sandhito vavatthapetabbaṃ. Vivaratotivivaraṃ
nāma hatthantaraṃ pādantaraṃ udarantaraṃ kaṇṇantaranti evaṃ vivarato vavatthapetabbaṃ,
akkhinampi nimmilitabhāvo vā ummi litabhāvo vā mukhassaca pihitabhāvo vā vivaṭabhāvo
vā vavatthape tabbo. Ninnatoti - yaṃ sarīre ninnaṭṭhānaṃ akkhikūpo vā antomukhaṃ vā
galavāṭako vā, taṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ, athavā: - ahaṃ ninne ṭhito sarīraṃ unnateti
vavatthapetabbaṃ. Thalatoti -yaṃ sarīre unnataṭṭhānaṃ jaṇnukaṃ vā uro vā nalāmaṃ vā, taṃ
vavatthapetabbaṃ. Athavā: - ahaṃ thale ṭhito sarīraṃ ninneti vavatthape tabbaṃ.
Samantatotisabbaṃ sarīraṃ samantato vavatthapetabbaṃ. Sakalasarīre ñāṇaṃ cāretvā yaṃ
ṭhānaṃ vibūtaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti, tatattha uddhumātakaṃ uddhumātakanti cittaṃ
ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace evampi na upaṭṭhāti, udarapariyosānaṃ atirekauddhumātakaṃ hoti,
tattha uddhumātakaṃ uddhumātakanti cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ.

Idāni "so taṃ nimittaṃ suggahitaṃ karotī"ti ādisu ayaṃ vinicchayakathā: - tena yoginā tasmiṃ
sarīre yathā vuttanimittaggāha vasena suṭṭhunimittaṃ gahetabaṃbaṃ. Satiṃ sūpaṭṭhitaṃ
katvā āvajjitabbaṃ.

[SL Page 137] [\x 137/]

Evaṃ punappunaṃ karontena sādhukaṃ upadhāretabbañceva vavattha petabbañca. Sarīrato
nātidūre nāccāsanne padese ṭhitena vā nisinnena vā cakkhuṃ ammīletvā oloketvā nimittaṃ
gaṇhā [PTS Page 186] [\q 186/] tabbaṃga uddhumātakapaṭikkūlaṃ
uddhumātakapaṭikkūlanti satakkhattuṃ sahassakkhattumpi ummiletvā oloketabbaṃ.
Nimmiletvā āvajji tabbaṃ. Evaṃ punappunaṃ karontassa uggahanimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti.
Kadā suggahitaṃ hoti? Yadā ummīletvā olokentassa nimmīletvā āvajjentassa ca ekasadisaṃ
hutvā āpatheṃ āgacchati, tadā suggahitaṃ nāma hoti. So taṃ nimittaṃ evaṃ suggahitaṃ katvā
sūpadhārītaṃ upadhāretvā suvavatthitaṃ vavatthapetvā sace tattheva bhāvanāpariyosānaṃ
pattuṃ na sakkoti, athā nena āgamana kāle vuttanayeneva ekakena adutiyena tadeva
kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontena sūpaṭṭhitaṃ satiṃ katvā antogatehi indriyehi abahigatena
mānasena attano senāsanamevāgantabbaṃ, susānā nikkhamanteneva ca āgamanamaggo
vavatthapetabbo: yena maggena nikkhantosmi ayaṃ maggo pācīnadisābhimukho vā
gacchati, pacchima - uttara - dakkhiṇadisābhimukho vā gacchati, vidisābhi mukho vā
gacchati, imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne vāmato gacchati, imasmiṃ dakkhiṇato, imasmiñcassa ṭhāne
pāsāṇo, imasmiṃ vammiko, imasmiṃ rukkho, imasmiṃ gaccho, imasmiṃ latāti. Evaṃ
āgamana maggaṃ vavatthapetvā āgatena caṅkamantenā pi tabbhāgiyova caṅkamo
adhiṭṭātabbo, asubhanimitta disābimukhe bhūmuppadese caṅkamitabbanti attho,
nisīdantena āsanampi tabbhāgiyameva paññapetabbaṃ. Sace pana tassa disāyaṃ sobbho vā
papāto. Vā rukkho vā vatī vā kalalaṃ vā hoti, na sakkā taṃ disābhimukhe bhumippadese
caṅkamituṃ, āsanampi anokāsattā na sakkā pañña petuṃ, taṃ disaṃ anavalokentenāpi
okāsānurūpe ṭhāne caṅkamitabbañceva nisīditabbañca. Cittaṃ pana taṃ disābhimukhaṃ yeva
kātabbaṃ.

Idāni "samantā nimittupalakkhaṇā kimatthiyā"ti ādipañhānaṃ asammohatthāti ādimhi
vissajjane ayamadhippāyo: - yassa hi ave lāyaṃ addhumātakanimittaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā samantā
nimittūpalakkhaṇaṃ katvā nimittaggahaṇatthaṃ cakkhuṃ ummiletvā olokentasseva taṃ
sarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvā [PTS Page 187] [\q 187/] ṭhaataṃ viya ajjhottharamānaṃ viya
anubandhamānaṃ viyaca hutvā upaṭṭhāti, so taṃ bībhacchaṃ bhehavārammaṇaṃ disvā
vikkhittacitto ummattako viya hoti, bhayaṃ chamhitattaṃ loma haṃsaṃ pāpuṇāti. Pāḷiyaṃ hi
vubhattaaṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇesu aññaṃ evarūpaṃ bheravārammaṇaṃ nāma natthi, imasmiṃ
hi kammaṭṭhāne jhānavibbhantako nāma hoti kasmā? Atibheravattā kammaṭṭhā

[SL Page 138] [\x 138/]

Nassa, tasmā tena yoginā satthamhitvā satiṃ sūpaṭṭhitaṃ katva " matasarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvā
anubandhanakaṃ nāma natthi, sacehi so etassa samīpe ṭhito pāsāṇo vā latā vā āgaccheyya,
sarīrampi āgaccheyya. Yathā pana so pāsāno vā latā vā nāgacchati, evaṃ sarīrampi
nāgacchati. Ayaṃ pana tuyhaṃ upaṭṭhānākāro saññājo saññāsambhavo, kammaṭṭhānaṃ te
ajjaupaṭṭhitaṃ, mā bhāyi bhikkhū"ti tāsaṃ vinodetvāhāsaṃ uppādetvā tasmiṃ nimitte cittaṃ
sañcāretabbaṃ. Evaṃ visesamadhigacchati. Idametaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ: "samantā
nimittūpalakkhaṇā asammohatthā"ti. Ekādasa videṇa pana nimittaggāhaṃ sampādento
kammaṭṭhānaṃ upani bandhati, tassa hi cakkūni ummīletvā olokanapaccayā uggaha
nimittaṃ uppajjati, tasmiṃ mānasaṃ cārentassa paṭibhāganimittaṃ uppajjati, tattha mānasaṃ
cārento appaṇaṃ pāpuṇāti, appaṇāya ṭhatvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhento arahattaṃ sacchikaroti.
Tena vuttaṃ "ekādasavidhena nimittaggāho upanibandhanattho"ti. " Gatāgata
maggapaccavekkhaṇā vīthisampaṭipādanatthā"ti ettha pana: - yā gata maggassa ca
āgatamaggassa ca paccavekkhaṇā vuttā, sā kammaṭṭhāna vīthiyā sampaṭipādanatthāti
attho. Sace hi imaṃ bhikkhuṃ kammaṭṭānaṃ gahetvā āgacchantaṃ antarāmagge deci ajja
bhante katamiti divasaṃ vā pucchanti, pañhaṃ vā pucchanti, paṭisanthāraṃ vā karonti, ahaṃ
kammaṭṭhānikoti tuṇhībhūtena gantuṃ na vaṭṭati. Divaso kathetabbo, pañho vissajjetabbo.
Sace na jānāti na jānāmīti vattabbaṃ. Dhammiko paṭisanthāro kātabbo. [PTS Page 188] [\q
188/] tassevaṃ karontassa uggahitaṃ karuṇanimittaṃ nassati, tasmiṃ nassantepi divasaṃ
puṭṭena kattebbameva. Pañhaṃ ajānantena na jānāmīti vattabbaṃ, jānantena ekadesena
kathetumpi vaṭṭati. Paṭisanthāro pi kātabeṃbā, āgantukaṃ pana bhikkhuṃ disvā
āgantukapaṭisanthāro kātabbova. Avasesānipi cetiyaṅgaṇavattabodhi yaṅgaṇavatta
aposathāgāravatta bhojanasālā jantāghara ācariyupajjhāyaāgantukagamikavattādīni sabbāni
khandhakavattāni pūretabbāneva. Tassa tāni pūrentassāpi taṃ taruṇanimittaṃ nassati, puna
gantvā nimittaṃ gaṇhāssāmīti gantukāmassā pi amanussehi vā vāḷamigehi vā adhiṭṭhitattā
susānampi gantuṃ vā na sakkā sakkā hoti, nimittaṃ vā antaradhāyati uddhumātakaṃ hi
ekameva vā dve vā divase ṭhatvā vinīlakādibhāvaṃ gacchati. Sabbakammaṭṭhānesu etena
samaṃ dullabhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmā evaṃ naṭṭhe nimitte tena bhikkhunā
rattiṭṭhāne vā divāṭṭhāne vā nisīditvā ahaṃ iminā nāma dvārena vihārā nikkhamitvā
asukadisābhimukhaṃ maggaṃ paṭipajjitvā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne vāmaṃ gaṇhiṃ,
asukasmiṃ dakkhiṇaṃ, tassa asukasmiṃ ṭhāne pāsāṇo, asukasmiṃ vammikarukkhagaccha

[SL Page 139] [\x 139/]

Latānaṃ aññataraṃ sohaṃ tena maggena gantvā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne asubhaṃ addasaṃ,
tattha asukadisābhimukhā ṭhatvā evañcevañca samantā nimittāni sallakkhetvā evaṃ
asubhanimittaṃ uggahetvā asukadisāya susānato nikkhamitvā evarūpena nāma maggena
idañcidañca karonto āgantvā idha nisinnoti evaṃ yāva pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ,
tāva gatāgatamaggo pacca vekkhitabbo. Tassevaṃ paccavekkhato taṃ nimittaṃ pākamaṃ hoti,
purato nikkhittaṃ viya upaṭṭhāti. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ purimā kāreneva vīthiṃ paṭipajjati. Tena
vuttaṃ "gatāgatamaggapacca vekkhaṇā vīthi sampaṭipādanatthā"ti.

Idāni "ānisaṃsadassāvi ratanasaññi hutvā cittīkāraṃ upaṭṭhā petvā sampiyāyamāno tasmiṃ
ārammaṇe cittaṃ upanibandhatī"ti etthauddhumātakapaṭikkūle mānasaṃ cāretvā jhānaṃ
nibbattetvā jhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhento [PTS Page 189] [\q 189/] addhā
imāya paṭipadāya jarā maraṇamhā parimuccissāmīti evaṃ ānisaṃsadassāvinā bhavitabbaṃ
yathā pana duggato puriso mahagghaṃ maṇiratanaṃ labhitvā dullabhaṃ vata me laddhanti
tasmiṃ ratanasaññi hutvā gāravaṃ janetvā vipulena pemena sampiyāyamāno taṃ rakkheyya
evameva dullabhaṃ me idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ laddhaṃ duggatassa mahaggha
maṇiratanasadisaṃ, catudhātu kammaṭṭhāniko hi attano cattāro mahābhūte parigaṇhāti,
ānāpānakammaṭṭhāniko attano nāsikāvātaṃ parigaṇhāti, kasiṇakammaṭṭhāniko kasiṇaṃ
katvā yathāsukhaṃ bhāveti, evaṃ itarāni kammaṭṭhānāni sulabhāni, idaṃ pana ekameva vā
dve vā divase tiṭṭhati, tatoparaṃ vinīlakādibhāvaṃ pāpuṇātīti natthi ito dullabha taranti
tasmiṃ ratanasaññinā hutvā cittīkāraṃ upaṭṭhapetvā sampiyāyamānena taṃ nimittaṃ
rakkhitabbaṃ. Rattiṭṭhāne ca divāṭṭhāneca uddhumātaka paṭikkūlaṃ
uddhumātakapaṭikkūlanti tattha punappunaṃ cittaṃ upanibndhitabbaṃ. Punappunaṃ taṃ
nimittaṃ āvajji tabbaṃ. Manasi kātabbaṃ, takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ kātabbaṃ, tassevaṃ karoto
paṭibhāganimittaṃ uppajjati. Tatridaṃ nimitta dvayassa nānākaraṇaṃ uggahanimittaṃ pana
yāvadatthaṃ bhuñkitvā nipanno thūlaṅgapaccaṅgapuriso viya. Tassa
paṭibhāganimittapaṭilābhasamakāla meva bahiddhā kāmānaṃ amanasikārā
vikkhambhanavasena kāmacchando pahīyati, anunayappahāṇeneva cassa lohitappahāṇena
pubbo viya vyāpādopi pahīyati, tathā āraddhaviriyatāya thīnamiddhaṃ, avippaṭi
sārakarasantadhammānuyogavasena uddhacca kukkuccaṃ, adhigatavise sassa paccakkhatāya
paṭipattidesake satthari paṭipattiṃ paṭipatti phale ca vicikicchāti pañcaṇīvaraṇāni
pahīyanti. Tasmiṃ yeva ca

[SL Page 140] [\x 140/]

Nimitte cetaso abhiniropanalakkhaṇo vitakko, nimittānu majjanakiccaṃ sādhayamāno vicāro,
paṭiladdhavisesādhigamappaccayā pīti, pītimanassa passaddhisambhavato
passaddhinimittaṃ sukhaṃ, sukhitassa [PTS Page 190] [\q 190/] cittasamādhisambhavato
sukhanimittā ekaggatā cāti jhānaṅghāni pātu bhavanti. Evamassa
paṭhamajjhānapaṭibimbabhūtaṃ upacārajjhānampi taṃ khaṇaṃ yeva nibbattati. Ito paraṃ
yāva paṭhamajjhānassa appaṇā ceva vasippattica, tāva sabbaṃ paṭhavikasiṇe vuttanayeneva
veditabbaṃ.

Ito paresu pana vinīlakādīsu pi yaṃ taṃ "uddhumātakaasubha nimittaṃ uggaṇhanto eko
adutiyo gacchati upaṭṭhitāya satiyā"ti ādinā nayena gamanaṃ ādikaṃ katvā lakkhaṇaṃ
vuttaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ vinīlakaṃ asubhanimittaṃ uggaṇhanto vipubbakaṃ asubha nimittaṃ
uggaṇhantoti evaṃ tassa tassa vasena tattha uddhumātaka padamattaṃ parivattetvā
vuttanayeneva savinicchayādhippāyaṃ vedi tabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso: vīnīlake
vinīlakapaṭikkūlaṃ vinīlaka paṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Uggahanimittañcettha
kabaraṃ kabaravanṇaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ pana ussada vasena upaṭṭhāti.
Vipubbake vipubbakapaṭikkūlaṃ vipubbakapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo,
uggahanimittaṃ panettha paggha rantamiva upaṭṭhāti. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ niccalaṃ
sannisinnaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Vicchiddakaṃ yuddhamaṇḍale vā corāṭaviyaṃ vā susāne vā
yattha rājāno core kindāpenti, araññe vā pana sīha vyagghehi kinnapurisaṭṭhāne labbhati,
tasmā tathārūpaṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā sace nānādisāyaṃ patitampi ekāvajjanena āpāthaṃ
āgacchati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ no ce āgacchati, sayaṃ hatthena na parāmasitabbaṃ, parāmasanto
hi vissāsaṃ āpajjati, tasmā ārāmikena vā samaṇuddesena vā aññena vā kenaci ekaṭṭhāne
kāretabbaṃ. Alabhantena kattarayaṭṭhiyā vā daṇḍakena vā ekaṅgulantaraṃ katvā
upanāmetabbaṃ. Evaṃ upanāmetvā vicchiddakapaṭikkūlaṃ vicchiddakapaṭikkūlanti
manasikāro pavattetabbo. Tattha uggaha nimittaṃ majjhe chinnaṃ1 viya upaṭṭhāti,
paṭibhāganimittaṃ pana paripuṇṇaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. [PTS Page 191] [\q 191/]
vikkhāyitake vikkhāyitakapaṭikkūlaṃ vikkhāyitakapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo.
Uggaha nimittaṃ panettha tahi tahiṃ khāyitasadisameva upaṭṭhāti, paṭibhāga nimittaṃ pana
paripuṇṇaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Vikkhittakampi vicchiddake vuttanayeneva aṅgulaṅgulantaraṃ
kāretva vā katvā vā vikkittakapaṭikkūlaṃ vikkittakapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo.
Ettha uggahanimittaṃ pākaṭantaraja hutvā

1. Ma. 11. Chidda.

[SL Page 141] [\x 141/]

Upaṭṭhāti, paṭibhāganimittaṃ pana paripuṇṇaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Hata vikkittakampi
vicchiddake vuttappakāresu yeva ṭhānesu labbhati. Tasmā tattha gantvā vuttanayeneva
aṅgulaṅgulantaraṃ kāretvā vā katvā vā hatavikkhittakapaṭikkūlaṃ
hatavikkhittakapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Uggahanimittaṃ panettha paññāya
māna pahāramukhaṃ viya hoti. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ paripuṇṇameva hutvā upaṭṭhāti.
Lohitakaṃ yuddhamaṇḍalādisu laddhappahārānaṃ hatthapādā disu vā chinnesu
bhinnagaṇḍapiḷakādīnaṃ vā mukhato paggharamānakāle labbhati. Tasmā taṃ disvā
lohitakapaṭikkūlaṃ lohitaka paṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Ettha uggahanimittaṃ
vātappahaṭā viya rattapaṭākā calamānākāraṃ upaṭṭhāti. Paṭibhāga nimittaṃ pana
sannisinnaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Puḷavakaṃ dvīhatīhacca yena kuṇapassa navahi
vaṇamukhehi kimirāsipaggharaṇakāle hoti. Apica taṃ
soṇasigālamanussagomahisahatthiassaajagarādīnaṃ sarīrappamāṇameva hutvā
sālibhattarāsi viyatiṭṭhati. Tesu yattha katthaci puḷavakapaṭikkūlaṃ puḷavakapaṭikkūlanti
manasi kāro pavatte tabbo. Cullapiṇḍapātikatissattherassa hi kāḷadīghavāpiyā anto
hatthikuṇape nimittaṃ upaṭṭhāsi. Uggahanimittaṃ panettha cālamānaṃ viya upaṭṭhāti.
Paṭibhāganimittaṃ sālibhattapiṇḍo viya sannisinnaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Aṭṭhikaṃ "so
passeyya sarīraṃ sīvathikāya kḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhisaṅkhalikaṃ samaṃsalohitaṃ
nahārusambandhaṃ"ti[a] ādīnā nayona nānappakārato [PTS Page 192] [\q 192/] vuttaṃ
tasmā yattha taṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti, tattha purimanayeneva gantvā samantā pāsāṇādīnaṃ
vasena sanimittaṃ sārammaṇaṃ katvā idaṃ aṭṭhikanti sabhāvabhāvatoupalakkhetvā
vaṇṇādivasena ekādasahākārehi nimittaṃ uggahe tabbaṃ. Tapana vaṇṇato setanti
olokentassa na upaṭṭhāti, odātakasiṇasambhedo hoti, tasmā aṭṭhikanti paṭikkūla vaseneva
oloketabbaṃ. Liṅganti idha śatthādīnaṃ nāmaṃ, tasmā hatthapādasīsaudarabāhudaṭi
ūrujaṅghānaṃ vasena liṅgato vacattha petabbaṃ. Dīgha rassa vaṭṭacaturassa khuddaka
mahantavasena pana saṇṭhānato vavatthapetabbaṃ. Disokāsā vuttanayāeva, tassa tassa
aṭṭhino pariyantavasena paricchedato vavatthapetvā yade cettha pākamaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti,
taṃ gahetvā appaṇā pāpuṇitabbā. Tassa tassa aṭṭhino ninnaṭṭhānathalaṭṭhānavasena pana
ninnato thalako ca vavatthapetabbaṃ. Padesavasenāpi ahaṃninne aṭṭhi thale ahaṃ vā thale
aṭṭhi nunnetipi vavatthapetabbaṃ. Dvinnaṃ pana aṭṭhikānaṃ ghaṭitaghaṭitaṭṭhānavasena
sandhito vavatthapetabbaṃ. Aṭṭhikānaṃ yeva antaravasena vivarā 'vivara vavatthapetabbaṃ.
Sabbattheva pana ñāṇaṃ cāretvā imasmiṃ ṭhāne idamaṭṭhiti

[A.] Dīghanikāya.

[SL Page 142] [\x 142/]

Samannato vavatthapetabbaṃ. Evampi nimitte anupaṭṭhahante nalāṭaṭṭhimhi cittaṃ
saṇṭhapetabbaṃ. Yathācettha evaṃ idaṃ ekādasa vidhena nimittaggahaṇaṃ ito purimesupi
puḷavakādisu yujjamāna vasena sallakkhetabbaṃ. Idañca pana kammaṭṭhānaṃ sakalāyapi
aṭṭhi saṅghalikāya ekasmimpi aṭṭike sampajjati. Tasmā tesu yattha katthaci ekādasavidhena
nimittaṃuggahetvā aṭṭhikapaṭikkūlaṃ aṭṭhikapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Idha
uggaha nimittampi paṭibhāganimittampi ekasadisameva hotīti vuttaṃ, taṃ ekasmiṃ aṭṭhike
yuttaṃ. Aṭṭhisaṅkhalikāya pana uggahanimitte paññāyamāna1 vivaratā, paṭibhāganimitte
paripuṇṇabhāvo yujjati, ekaṭṭhikepi [PTS Page 193] [\q 193/] ca uggahanimittena
bībhacchena bhayānakena bhavitabbaṃ. Paṭibhāganimittena pītisomanassajanakena, upacārā
vahattā. Imasmiṃ hi okāse yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ, taṃ dvāraja datvāva vuttaṃ, tathāhi.
Tattha catusu brahmavihāresu dasasuca asubhesu paṭibhāganimittaṃ natthi, brahmavihāresu
hi sīmasambhedo yeva nimittaṃ dasasu ca asubhesu nibbikappaṃ katvā paṭikkūlabhāveyeva
diṭṭhe nimittaṃ nāma hotīti vatvāpi puna anantarameva duvidhaṃ idha nimittaṃ
uggahanimttaṃ paṭibhāganimittaṃ, uggahanimittaṃ virūpaṃ bībhacchaṃ bhayānakaṃ hutvā
upaṭṭhātīti vuttaṃ. Tasmā yaṃ vicāretvā avocumbha, idamevettha yuttaṃ. Apica: -
mahātissattherassa dantaṭṭhi kamattāvalokanena sakalitthisarīrassa aṭṭhisaṅghāṭabhāvena
upaṭṭhānādīni cettha nidassanānīti.

Iti asubhāni subhaguṇo dasasatalocanena thutakitti,
Yāni avoca dasabalo ekekajjhānahetūni.
Evaṃ tāni ca tesañca bhāvanānayamimaṃ viditvāna,
Tesveva ayaṃ bhiyyo pakiṇṇaka kathāpi viññeyyā.

Etesu hi yattha katthaci adhigatajjhāno suvikkhambhitarāgattā vītarāgo viya nilloluppacāro
hoti. Evaṃ santepi yvāyaṃ asubhappabhedo vutto, so sarīrasabhāvappattivasena ca
rāgacarita bhedavasenacāti veditabbo. Chavasarīraṃ hi paṭikkūlabhāvaṃ āpajja mānaṃ
uddhumātakasabhāvappattaṃ vā siyā, vinīlakādīnaṃ vā aññatara sabhāvappattaṃ. Iti
yādisaṃ yādisaṃ sakkā hoti laddhuṃ, tādise tādise uddhumātakapaṭikkūlaṃ
vinīlakapaṭikkūlanti evaṃ nimittaṃ ganhitabbamevāti sarīrasabhāvappattivasena dasadhā
asubhappabhedo vuttoti veditabbo.

Visesato cettha uddhumātakaṃ sarīrasaṇṭhānavipattippakāsa nato saṇṭhānarāgino
sappāyaṃ, vinīlakaṃ chavirāgavipattippakā

1. Sī11. Paññāyamāno.

[SL Page 143] [\x 143/]

Sanato sarīravaṇṇarāgino sappāyaṃ, vipubbakaṃ kāyavanṇapaṭi baddhassa
duggandhabhāvassa pakāsanato [PTS Page 194] [\q 194/] mālāgandhādivasena
samuṭṭhā pita sarīragandharāgino sappāyaṃ. Vicchiddakaṃ anto susurabhāvappa kāsanato
sarīre ghanabhāvarāgino sappāyaṃ, vikkhāyitakaṃ maṃsūpa cayasampattivināsappakāsanato
thanādisu sarīrappadesesu saṃsūpa cayarāgino sappāyaṃ. Vikkhittakaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ
vikkhepappa kāsanato aṅgapaccaṅgalīlārāgino sappāyaṃ, hatavikkhittakaṃ
sarīrasaṅghātabhedavikāppakāsanato sarīrasaṅghātasampattirāgino sappāyaṃ, lohitakaṃ
lohitamakkhitapaṭikkūlabhāvappakāsanato alaṅkārajanitasobhārāgino sappāyaṃ, puḷavakaṃ
kāyassa aneka kimikulasādhāraṇabhāvappakāsanato kāye mamattāragino sappāyaṃ,
aṭṭhikaṃ sarīraṭṭhīnaṃ paṭikkūlabhāvappakāsanato dantasampatti rāgino sappāyanti. Evaṃ
rāgacaritabhedavasenā pi dasadhā asubhappabhedo vuttoti veditabbo. Yasmā pana
dasavidhe pi etasmiṃ asubhe seyyathāpi nāma aparisaṇṭhitajalāya sīghasotāya nadiyā
arittabaleneva nāvā kiṭṭhati, vinā arittena na sakkā ṭhapetuṃ, evameva dubbalattā
ārammaṇassa vitakkabaleneva cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, vinā vitakkena na sakkā
ṭhapetuṃ, tasmāpaṭhamajjhāna mevettha hoti na dutiyādīni. Paṭikkūle pi hi etasmiṃ
ārammaṇe addhā imāya paṭipadāya jarāmaraṇamhā parimuccissāmīti evaṃ
ānisaṃsadassāvitāya ceva nīvaraṇasantāpappahāṇena ca pīti somanassaṃ uppajjati bahuṃ
dānime vetanaṃ labhissāmīti ānisaṃsa dassāvino pupphachaḍḍakassa gutharāsimhi viya,
ussannavyādhi dukkhassa rokino vamanavirecanappavattiyaṃ viyaca. Dasavidhampi cetaṃ
asubhalakkhaṇato ekameva hoti, dasavidhassāpi hi etassa
asuciduggandhajegucchapaṭikkūlabhāvo eva lakkhaṇaṃ, tadetaṃ iminā lakkhaṇena na
kevalaṃ matasarīre, dantaṭṭhikadassāvino pana cetiyapabbatavāsimahātissattherassa viya,
hatthikkhandhagataṃ rājānaṃ olokentassa saṅgharakkhitattherupaṭṭhākasāmaṇerassa viyaca
jiva mānakasarīre pi upaṭṭhāti. Yathevahi matasarīraṃ evaṃ jivamānakampi asubhameva,
[PTS Page 195] [\q 195/] asubhalakkhaṇaṃ panettha āgantukena alaṅkārena
paṭicchannattā na paññāyati. Pakatiyā pana idaṃ sarīraṃ nāma
atirekatisataaṭṭhikasamussayaṃ, asītisatasandhisaṅghaṭitaṃ, navanahāru satanibaddhaṃ,
navamaṃsapesisatānulittaṃ, allamanussacammapariyo naddhaṃ, chaviyā paṭicchannaṃ,
chiddāvachiddaṃ, medakathālikā viya niccuggha ritapaggharitaṃ, kimisaṅghanisevitaṃ,
rogānaṃ āyatanaṃ, dukkha dhammānaṃ vatthu, pahibhinnapurāṇagaṇeṃḍā viya navahi
vaṇamukhehi satata vissandanaṃ, yassa ubhohi akkhihi akkhigūthako paggharati, kaṇṇa
bilehi kanṇaguthako, nāsāpuṭehi siṅghāṇikā, mukhato āhāra pittasemharuhirāni,
adhodvārehi uccārapassāvā, navanavutiyā

[SL Page 144] [\x 144/]

Lemakūpasahassehi asūcisedayūso paggharati, nīlamakkhikādayo samparicārenti. Yaṃ
dantakaṭṭhamukhadhovana sīsamakkhana nahāna nivāsana pāpuraṇādihi apaṭijaggitvā
yathājātova parusavippakiṇṇa keso hutvā gāmena gāmaṃ vicaranto rājāpi
pupphachaḍḍakacaṇḍā lādasu aññataropi samasarīra paṭikkūlatāya nibbiseso hoti, evaṃ
asuciduggandhaje gucchapaṭikkūlatāya rañño vā caṇḍālassa vā sarīre vemattaṃ nāma
natthi. Dantakaṭṭhamukhadhovanādīhi panettha dantamalādīni pamajjitvā nānāvatthehi
hirikopīnaṃ paṭicchādetvā nānāvaṇṇena sarabhivilepanena vilimpitvā pupphābharaṇādihi
alaṅkaritvā ahanti mamāti gahetabbākārappattaṃ karonti. Tato iminā āgantukena alaṅkārena
paṭicchannattā tadassa yathāvasarasaṃ asubhalakkhaṇaṃ asañjānantā purisā itthisu, itthiyo
capurisesu ratiṃ karonti. Paramatthato panettha raññitabbaka yuttaṭṭhānaṃ nāma
aṇumattampinatthi, tathāhi: - kesalomanakhadanta khelasiṅghāṇaka uccārapassāvādisu
ekakoṭṭhāsampi sarīrato pahi patitaṃ sattā hatthena phūsitumpi na icchanti aṭṭīyanti
harāyanti jigucchanti. Yaṃ yaṃ panettha avasesaṃ hoti, taṃ ti evaṃ paṭikkūlampi samānaṃ
avijjavdhakārapariyonaddhā attasineharāgarattā iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ niccaṃ sukhaṃ [PTS Page
196] [\q 196/] attāti ghanti. Te evaṃ gaṇhantā aṭaviyaṃ kiṃsukarukkhaṃ disvā rukkhato
apatitaṃ apatitaṃ pupphaṃ ayaṃ maṃsapesi ayaṃ maṃsapesīti vihaññamānena jarasigālena
samānataṃ āpajjanti tasmā.

Yathā hi pupphitaṃ disvā sigālo kiṃsukaṃ vano,
Maṃsarukkho mayā laddho iti gantvāna vegasā.

Patitaṃ patitaṃ pupphaṃ ḍasitvā atilolupo,
Nayidaṃ maṃsaṃ aduṃ maṃsaṃ yaṃ rukkhasminti gaṇhati.

Koṭṭhāsaṃ patitaṃ yeva asubhanti tathā budho,
Agahetvāna gaṇheyya sarīraṭṭhampi naṃ tathā.

Imaṃ hi subhato kāyaṃ gahetvā tattha mucchitā,
Bālā karontā pāpāni dukkhā na parimuccare.

Tasmā passeyya medhāvī jivino vā matassa vā,
Sabhāvaṃ pūtikāyassa subhabhāvena vajjitaṃ.

Vuttaṃ hetaṃ.

Dūggavdo asucī kāyo kuṇapo ukkarūpamo,
Nivdito cakkhubhūtehi kāyo bālābhinandito.

Alla camma paṭicchanno navadvāro mahāvaṇo,
Samantato paggharati asuci pūti gandhiyo.

[SL Page 145] [\x 145/]

Sace imassa kāyassa antopāhirato siyā,
Daṇḍaṃ nūna gahetvāna kāke soṇe ca vārayeti. [A]

Tasmā dabbajātikena bhikkhunā jivamānasarīraṃ vā hotu mata sarīraṃ vā yattha yattha
asubhākāro paññāyati, tattha tattheva nimittaṃ gahetvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṇaṃ
pāpotabbanti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge

Samādhibhāvanādhikāre

Asubhakammaṭṭhāna niddeso nāma
Chaṭṭhi paricchedo. [PTS Page 197] [\q 197/]

7.

Chaanussati niddeso.

Asubhānantaraṃ uddiṭṭhāsu pana dasasu anussatīsu punappunaṃ uppajjanato satiyeca
anussati. Pavattitabbaṭṭhānamhi yeva vā pavattattā saddhāpabbajitassa kulaputtassa
anurūpā satītipi anussati. Buddhaṃ ārabbha uppannā anussati buddhānussati. Buddhaguṇā
rammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Dhammaṃ ārabbha uppannā anussati dhammānussati.
Svākkhātatādi dhammaguṇārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ, saṅghaṃ ārabbha uppannā
anussati saṅghānussati. Suppaṭipannatādisaṅghaguṇārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
Sīlaṃ ārabbha uppannā anussati sīlānussati, akhaṇḍatādi sīlaguṇāramma ṇāya satiyā etaṃ
adhivacanaṃ. Cāgaṃ ārabbha uppannā anussati cāgānussati, muttacāgatādi
cāgatuṇārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhi vacānaṃ. Devatā ārabbha uppannā anussati
devatānussati. Devatā sakkhiṭṭāne ṭhapetvā attano saddhādi guṇārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ
adhivacanaṃ. Maraṇaṃ ārabbha uppannā sati maraṇasati, jīvitindriyūpacchedārammaṇāya
satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kesādibhedaṃrūpakāyaṃ gatā kāye vā gatāti kāyagatā, kāyagatā ca
sā sati cāti kāyagatasatīti vattabbe rassaṃ akatvā kāyagatāsatīti vuttā. Kesādikāyakoṭṭhāsa
nimittārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ānāpāne ārabbha uppannā sati ānāpānasati.
Assāsapassāsa nimittārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Upasamaṃ ārabbhauppannā
anussati upasamānussati. Sabbadukkhūpasamārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. [PTS
Page 198] [\q 198/] iti imāsu dasasu anussatīsu buddhānussatiṃ tāva bhāvetukāmena
aveccappasādasamannāgatena yoginā patī

2. Khu- suttanipāta.

[SL Page 146] [\x 146/]

Rūpe senāsane rahogatena tisallīnena "itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammā sambuddho
vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi sattha devamanussānaṃ
buddho bhagavā"ti[a] evaṃ buddhassa bhagavato guṇā anussaritabbā. Tatrāyaṃ anussaraṇa
nayo: - so bhagavā ti pi arahaṃ, iti pi sammā sambuddho iti pi vijjācaraṇasampanno iti pi
sugato lokavidu iti pi anuttaro iti pi purisadammasārathi iti pi sattha iti pi devamanussānaṃ
iti pi buddho bhagavāti anussarati. Iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha -
ārakattā, arīnaṃ arānaṃ ca hatattā, paccayādīnaṃ arahattā, pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvāti, imehi
tāva kāraṇehi so bhagavā arahanti anussarati. Ahakā hi so sabbakilesehi, vidūra suvidūre
ṭhito, maggena savāsanānaṃ kilesānaṃ viddhaṃsitattāti ārakattā arahaṃ.

So tato ārakā nāma yassa yenāsamaṅgitā,
Asamaṅgi ca dosehi nāto tenārabhaṃ matoti.

Te cānena kilesārayo maggena hatāti arīnaṃ hatattāpi arahaṃ.

Yasmā rāgādisaṅkhātā sabbepi arayo hatā.
Paññāsatthena nāthena tasmāpi arahaṃ matoti.

Yañcetaṃ avijjābhavataṇhāmayanābhi puññādiabisaṅkhārāraṃ jarāmaraṇanemi
āsavasamudayamayenaakkhena vijkditvā tibhavarathe samāyojitaṃ anidikālappavattaṃ
saṃsāracakkaṃ, tassānena bodhi manḍe viriyapādohi sīlapaṭhaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya
saddhāhatthena kammakkhaya karañāṇapharasuṃ gahetvā sabbe arā hatāti arānaṃ hatattāpi
arahaṃ. Athavā: saṃsāracakkanti anamataggaṃ saṃsāravaṭṭaṃ vuccati, tassa ca avijjā nābhi
mūlattā, jarāmaraṇaṃ nemi pariyosānattā, sosa dasa dhammā arā avijjāmūlakattā jarā
maraṇa pariyantattā ca. Tattha dukkhādisu aññāṇaṃ avijjā, kāmabhave ca avijā [PTS Page
199] [\q 199/] kāmabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti, rūpabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo
hoti, arūpabhave avijjā arupabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave saṅkhārā kāma
bhave paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ kāmabhave nāmarūpassa paccayo hoti, tathā rūpabhave,
arūpabhave nāmasseva paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave nāmarūpaṃ kāmabhave saḷāyatanassa
paccayo hoti. Rūpabhave nāmarūpa rūpabhave tiṇṇaṃ āyatanānaṃ paccayo hoti. Arūpabhave
nāmaṃ arūpabhave ekassāyatanassa paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave saḷāyatanaṃ kāmabhave
chabbidhassa phassassa paccayo hoti. Rūpabhave tīṇi āyatanāni rūpabhave tiṇṇaṃ
phassānaṃ, arūpabhave ekaṃ manāyatanaṃ arūpabhave ekassa phassassa

[A.] Vinayapārājikapāḷi verañjakaṇḍa. (Aññatthāpi. )

[SL Page 147] [\x 147/]
Paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave cha phassā kāmabhave channaṃ vedanānaṃ paccayā honti.
Rūpabhave tayo tattheva tissannaṃ, arūpabhave eko tatthavi ekissā vedanāya paccayo hotī.
Kāmabhave cha vedanā kāmabhave channaṃ taṇhākāyānaṃ paccayā honti. Rūpa bhave tisso
tattheva tiṇṇaṃ, arūpabhave ekā vedanā arūpabhave ekassa taṇhākāyassapaccayo hota.
Tattha tattha sā sā taṇhā upādānassa, upādānādayobhavādīnaṃ. Kathaṃ? Idhekacco kāme
paribhuñjissāmīti kāmūpādānapaccayā kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati,
manasā duccaritaṃ carati, duccaritapāripūriyā apāye uppajjati, tatthassa uppattihetubhūtaṃ
kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammanibbattā khandhā uppattibhavo, khandhānaṃ nibbatti jāti,
paripāko jarā, bhedomaraṇaṃ. Aparo saggasampattiṃ anubhavissāmīti tatheva sucaritaṃ
carati, sucaritapāripūriyā sagge uppajjati, tatthassa uppattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ
kammabhavoti so eva nayo. Aparo pana brahmalokasampattiṃ anubhavissāmīti
kāmūpādānapaccayā eva mettaṃ bhāveti, karuṇaṃ - muditaṃ - upekkhaṃ- bhāvetibhāvanā
pāripūriyā brahmaloke [PTS Page 200] [\q 200/] nibbattati. Tatthassa nibbattihetubhūtaṃ
kammaṃ kammabhavoti, so eva nayo. Aparo arūpabhave samttiṃ anubhavissāmīti tatheva
āsānañcāyatanādi samāpattiyo bhāveti, bhāvanāpāripūriyā tattha tattha nibbattati tatthassa
nibbatti hetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammanibbattā khandhā uppattibhavo,
khandhānaṃ nibbatti jāti, paripāko jarā, bhedomaraṇanti, eseva nayo sesūpādānamūlikāsupi
yojanāsu. Evamayaṃ avijjā hetu, saṅkhārā hetusamuppannā, ubhopete hetusamuppannāti
paccaya pariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ, atītampi addhānaṃ anāgatampi addhānaṃ
avijjā hetu, saṅkhārā hetusamuppannā, ubhopete hetusamuppannāti paccayapariggahe paññā
dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇanti, etena nayena sabbapadāni vitthāretabbāni. Tattha avijjā saṅkhārā eko
saṅkhepo, viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedānā eko, taṇhūpādānabhavā eko,
jātijarāmaraṇaṃ eko, purima saṅkhepo cettha atīto addhā, dve majjhimā paccuppanno, jāti
jarāmaraṇaṃ anāgato, avijjā saṅkhāra gahaṇena cettha taṇhū pādānabhavā gahitāva hontīti
ime pañca dammā atīte kammavaṭṭaṃ, viññāṇādayo pca etarahi vipākavaṭṭaṃ,
tanhūpādānabhavagahaṇena avijā saṅkhārā gahitāva hontīti ime pañca dhammā etarahi
kammavaṭṭaṃ, jātijarāmaraṇāpadesena viññāṇādīnaṃ niddiṭṭhattā ime pañcadhammā āyati
vipākavaṭṭaṃ, te ākārato vīsati vidhā honti, saṅkhāraviññāṇānañcettha antarā eko sandhi,
vedanā taṇhānamantarā eko, bhavajātīnamantarā ekoti, iti bhagavā etaṃ catusaṅkhepaṃ
tiyaddhaṃ visatākāraṃ tisandhiṃ paṭicca

[SL Page 148] [\x 148/]

Samuppādaṃ sabbākārato jānāti passataa aññāti paṭivijjhati. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ,
pajānanaṭṭhena paññā, tena vuccati "paccaya pariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñānaṃ"ti[a]
iminā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇena bhagavā te dhamme yathābhūtaṃ ñātvā tesu nibbindanto
virajjanto vimuccanto vuttappakārassa imassa saṃsāracakkassa are hani vihani viddhaṃsesi.
Evampi arānaṃ hatattā arahaṃ. [PTS Page 201] [\q 201/]

Arā saṃsāracakkassa hatā ñāṇāsinā yato.
Lokanāthena tenesa arahanti pavuccati.

Aggadakkhiṇeyyattā ca civarādipaccaye arahati pūjāvisesañca, teneva ca uppanne tathāgate
ye keci mahesakkhā devamanussā na te aññattha pūjaṃ karonti. Tathāhi: brahmā sahampati
sineru mattena ratanadāmena tathāgataṃ pūjesi, yathābalañca aññe devāmanussā ca
bimbisāra kosala rājādayo, parinibbutampi ca bhagavantaṃ uddissa knnavutikoṭidhanaṃ
vissajjetvā asoka mahārājā sakala jambudīpe caturāsītivihārasahassāni patiṭṭhāpesi. Ko pana
cādo aññesaṃ pūjāvisesānanti! Paccayādīnaṃ arahattāpi arahaṃ.

Pūjāvisesaṃ saha paccayehi
Yasmā ayaṃ arahati lokanātho,
Atthanurūpaṃ arahanti loke
Tasmā jino arahati nāmametaṃ.

Yathāca loke keci paṇḍitamānino bālā asilokabhayena raho pāpaṃ karonti, evamesa na
kadāci karotīti pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvatopi arahaṃ.

Yasmā natthi raho nāma pāpakammesu tādino,
Rahābhāvena tenesa arahaṃ iti vissuto.

Evaṃ sabbathā pi.

Ārakattā hatattā ca kilesārīna so muni,
Hatasaṃsāra cakkāro paccayādīna cāraho,
Na raho karoti pāpāni arahaṃ tena vuccatīti.

Sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā pana sammā sambuddho. Tathāhi: - esa
sabbadhammesammā sambuddho, abhiññeyye dhamme abhiññeyyato buddho, pariññeyye.
Dhamme pariññeyyato, pahātabbe pahātabbato, sacchikātabbe sacchikātabbato, bhāvetabbe
bhāvetabbato. Teneva cāha: -

Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṃ,
Pahātabbaṃ pahīnamme tasmā buddhosmi brahmaṇāti. [PTS Page 202 [\q 202/] b.]

[A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga. [B.] Saṃ - nikāya.

[SL Page 149] [\x 149/]

Apica: - cakkhuṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, tassa mūlakāraṇabhāvena samuṭṭhāpikā purimataṇhā
samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnaṃ appavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, nirodha pajānanā paṭipadā
maggasaccanti, evaṃ ekeka paduddhārenā pi sabba dhamme sammā sāmañca buddho, esa
nayo sotaghāna-jivhā- kāya manesu. Eteneva nayena rūpādīni cha āyatanāni,
cakkhuviññāṇādayo cha viññāṇakāyā, cakkhusamphassādayo cha phassā, cakkhu
samphassajādayo cha vedanā, rūpasaññādayo cha saññā, rūpasañceta nādayo cha cetanā,
rūpataṇhādayo cha taṇhākāyā, rūpavitakkādayo cha vitakkā, rupavicārādayo cha vicārā,
rūpakkhandhādayo pañca kkhandhā, dasa kasiṇāni, dasa anussatiyo,
uddhumātakasaññādīva sena dasa saññā, kesādayo dvattiṃsākārā, dvādasāyatanāni, aṭṭhā
rasa dhātuyo, kāmabhavādayo nava bhavā, paṭhamādini cattāri jhānāni, mettābhāvanādayo
catasso appamaññā, catasso arūpasamā pattiyo, paṭilomato jarāmaraṇādīni anulomato
avijjādīni paṭiccasamuppādaṅgāni ca yojetabbāni. Tatrāyaṃ ekapadayojanā: "jarāmaraṇaṃ
dukkhasaccaṃ, jāti samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnampi nissaraṇaṃ nirodhasaccaṃ,
nirodhapajānanā paṭipadā maggasaccaṃ"ti evaṃ ekeka paduddhārena sabbadhamme sammā
sāmañca buddho anubuddho paṭi buddho. Tena vuttaṃ: - " sammā sāmañca
sabbadhammāni buddhattā pana sammāsambuddho"ti.

Vijjāhi pana caraṇena ca sampannattā vijjācaraṇa sampanno. Tattha vijjāti - tisso vijjā aṭṭha
pi vijjā. Tisso bhayabherava sutte vuttanayeneva veditabbā, aṭṭha ambaṭṭha sutte. Tatra hi
vipassanāñaṇena manomayiddhiyā ca saha cha abhiññā pariggahetvā aṭṭha vijjā vuttā.
Caraṇanti - sīlasaṃvaro, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, jāgariyānuyogo, satta
dhammā, cattāri rūpāvacarajjhāninīti, ime panṇarasa dhammā veditabbā; ime yeva hi
paṇṇarasa dhammā - yasmā etehi carati ariyasāvako gacchati amataṃ disaṃ, tasmā carannti
vuttā. Yathāha: -"idha mahānāma ariya sāvako sīlavā hotī"ti sabbaṃ majjhimapaṇṇāsake
[PTS Page 203] [\q 203/] vuttanaye neva veditabbaṃ. Bhagavā imāhi vijjāhi iminā ca
caraṇena samannāgato. Tena vuccati " vijācaraṇasampanno"ti. Tattha vijjāsampadā
bhagavato sabbaññutaṃ pūretvā ṭhitā, caraṇasampadā mahākāruṇikataṃ. So sabbaññutaṃ
pūretvā ṭhitā, caraṇasampadā mahākāruṇikataṃ. So sabbaññutāya sabbasattānaṃ
atthānatthaṃ ñatvā mahākāruṇikatāyaanatthaṃ parivajjetvā atthe nayojeti. Yathātaṃ
vijajācaraṇasampanno. Tenassa sāvakā suppaṭipannā honti, no duppaṭipannā
vijjācaraṇavipannānaṃ hi sāvakā attantapādayo viya.

[SL Page 150] [\x 150/]

Sobhanagamanattā sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ gatattā sammā gatattā sammā ca gadattā sugato,
gamanampi hi gatanti vuccati, tañca bhagavato sobhanaṃ parisuddhamanavajjaṃ. Kiṃ pana
tanti? Ariyamaggo. Tena hesa gamanena khemaṃ disaṃ asajjamāno gatoti sobhanagamanattā
sugato. Sundarañcesa ṭhānaṃ gato amataṃ nibbānanti sundaraṃ ṭānaṃ gatattā pi sugato.
Sammā ca gato tena tena maggena pahīne kilese puna apaccāgacchanto. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - "
sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilesena puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti sugato
-pe- arahattamaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti
sugato"ti[a.] Sammā vā gato dīpaṅkarapādamūlatoppabhūti yāva bodhimaṇḍā tāva
samatiṃsapāramī pūrikāya sammāpaṭipattiyāsabbalokassa bhitasukhameva karonto sassataṃ
ucchedaṃ kāma sukhaṃ attakilamathanti ime ca ante anupagacchanto gatoti sammāgatattā
pi sugato. Sammā cesa gadati yuttaṭṭhāne yutta meva vācaṃ bhāsatīti sammāgadattāpi
sugato. Tatū;daṃ sādhakaṃ suttaṃ: - "yaṃ tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti abūtaṃ atacchaṃ
anatthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā, taṃ tathāgato vācaṃ na bhāsati; yañca
tathāgato vācaṃjānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā, tampi
tathāgato vācaṃ na [PTS Page 204] [\q 204/] bhāsati; yañca ko tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti
bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā, tatra kālaññū tathāgato hoti
tassā vācāya veyyākaraṇāya, yampi tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ
anatthasaṃhitaṃ, sāca paresaṃ piyā manāpā, na taṃ tathāgato vācaṃ bhāsati. Yañca tathāgato
vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anattha saṃhitaṃ, sāca paresaṃ piyā manāpā, tampi tathāgato
vācaṃ na bhāsati. Yañca kho tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃ hitaṃ, sāca
paresaṃ piyā manāpā, tatra kālaññū tathāgato hoti tassā vācāya veyyākaraṇāyā"ti evaṃ
sammā gadattāpi sugatoti veditabbo.

Sabbathāpi viditalokattā pana lokavidū so hi bhagavā sabhāvato samudayato nirodhato
nirodhūpāyatoti sabbathā lokaṃ avedi aññāsi paṭivijjhi. Yathāha: - " yaṭhtha kho āvuso na
jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati, nāhantaṃ gamanena lokassantaṃ ñāteyyaṃ
diṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti vadāmi, na cāhaṃ āvuso appatvāvalokassantaṃ dukkhassantakiriyaṃ
vadāmi. Api cāhaṃ āvuso imasmiṃyeva vyāmamatte kaḷebare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca
paññāpemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ.

[A.] Mahāaṭṭhakathā. [B.] Saṃ - kināya.

[SL Page 151] [\x 151/]

Gamanena na pattabbo lokassanto kadācanaṃ,
Na ca appatvā lokantaṃ dukkhā atthi pamocanaṃ.

Tasmā have lokavidū sumedho
Lokantagu vusita brahma cariyo,
Lokassa antaṃ samitāvi ñatvā
Nāsiṃsatī lokamivaṃ parañcā"ti, [a]

Apica: - tayo lokā saṅkhāraloko sattaloko okāsa lokoti, tattha ekoloko "sabbe sattā
āhāraṭṭhikikā"ti āgataṭṭhāne [PTS Page 205] [\q 205/] saṅkhāraloko veditabbo. " Sassato
lokoti vā asassato lokotivā"ti āgataṭṭhāne sattaloko.
" Yāvatā chandumasuriyā pariharanti disā hanti virocanā,
Tāva sahassadhā loko ettha te vattatī vaso"ti, [b]

Āgataṭṭhāne okāsaleko, tampi bhagavā sabbathā avedi, tathāhissa" eko loko sabbe sattā
āhāraṭṭhitikā, dve lokā nāmañca rūpañca, tayo lokā tissodanā, cattāro lokā cattāro āhārā,
pañca lokā pañcūpādānakkhandhā, cha lokā cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, satta lokā
sattaviññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, aṭṭhaleko aṭṭhalokadhammā, navalokā navasattāvāsā, dasalokā
dasāyatanāni, dvādasalokā dvādasāyatanāni, aṭṭhārasalokā aṭṭhā rasadhātuyo"ti[c] ayaṃ
saṅkhāralokopi sabbathā vidito. Yasmā panesa sabbesampi sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānāti anusayaṃ
jānāti caritaṃ jānāti adhimuttiṃ jānāti apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye
svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye bhabbābbe satte pajānāti, tasmāssa sattaloko pi
sabbathā vidito. Yathāca sattaloko evaṃ okāsalokopi. Tathāhesa ekaṃ cakkāvāḷaṃ āyāmato ca
vitthārato ca yojanānaṃ dvādasa satasahassāni catuttiṃsa satāni ca paññāsañca yojanāni.

Parikkhepato.

Sabbasatasahassāni kttiṃsa parimaṇḍalaṃ.
Dasa ceva sahassāni aḍḍhuḍḍhāni satāni ca.

Tattha.

Dvesatasahassāni cattāri nahutāni ca,
Ettakā pahalattena saṅkhātāyaṃ vasundharā.

Tassāyeva sandhārakaṃ.

[A.] Aṅguttaracatukka. [B.] Saṃ - nikāya. [C.] Paṭisambhidi.

[SL Page 152] [\x 152/]

Cattāri satasahassāni aṭṭheva nahutāni ca,
Ettakaṃ pahalattena jalaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ.

Tassā pi sandhārako. [PTS Page 206] [\q 206/]

Navasata sahassāni māḷuto nahamuggato.
Saṭṭhiñceva sahassāni esā lokassa saṇṭhitīti.

Evaṃ sanṭhite cettha yojanānaṃ.

Caturāsīti sahassāni ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave,
Accuggato tāvadeva sineru pabbatuttamo.

Tato upaḍḍhupaḍḍhena pamāṇena yathākkamaṃ,
Ajjhogāḷhuggatā dibbā nānāratana cittitā.

Yugandharo īsadharo karaviko sudassano,
Nemindharo vinatako assakaṇṇo giribrahā.

Ete satta mahāselā sinerussa samantato,
Mahārājānamāvāsā devayakkha nisevitā.

Yojanānaṃ satānucco himavā pañca pabbato,
Yojanānaṃ sahassāni tīṇi āyatavitthato, 1
Caturāsīti sahassehi kūṭehi patimaṇḍito.

Tipañca yojanakkhandha parikkhepā nagavhayā,
Paññāsa yojanakkhandha sādhāyāmā samantato.

Satayojana vitthinṇā tāvadeva ca uggatā.
Jambu yassānubhāvena sambudīpo pakāsito.

Yañcetaṃ ṃmbuyā pamāṇaṃ, etadeva asurānaṃ citrapāmaliyā, garuḷānaṃ simbalirukkhassa,
aparagoyāne kadambassa, uttara kurūsu kapparukkhassa, pubbavidehe sirīsassa, tāvatiṃsesu
pāricchattakassāti.

Tenāhu porāṇā: -

Pāṭalī simbalī jambu devānaṃ pāricchattako,
Kadambo kapparukkho ca sirīsena bhavati sattamaṃ.

Dveasītisahassāni ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave,
Accuggato tāvadeva cakkāvāḷa siluccayo,
Parikkhipitvā taṃ sabbaṃ lokadhātumayaṃ ṭhitoti. [PTS Page 207] [\q 207/]

Tattha - candamaṇḍalaṃ ekūnapaññāsayojanaṃ, suriyamaṇḍalaṃ paññāsayojanaṃ,
tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ dasasahassayojanaṃ, tathā asurabhavanaṃ, avīcimahānirayo, jambudīpo
ca. Aparagoyānaṃ

1. Ma. 11. Āyāmavitthato.

[SL Page 153] [\x 153/]

Sattasahassayojanaṃ, tathā pubbavidehaṃ, uttarakuru aṭṭhasahassa yojanaṃ, ekameko cettha
mahādīpo pañcasata pañcasataparitta dīpaparivāro, taṃ sabbampi ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ ekā
lokadhātu, tadantaresu lokantarikanirayā, evaṃ anantāni cakkavāḷāni anantā lokadhātuyo
bhagavā anantena buddhañāṇena avedi aññāsi paṭivijjhi evamassa okāsalokopi sabbathā
vidito evampi sabbathā viditalokattā lokavidū.

Attanā pana guṇehi visiṭṭhatarassa kassaci abhāvato natthi etassa uttaroti anuttaro. Tathā
hesa sīlaguṇenāpi sabbaṃ lokamabhibhavati, samādhi - paññā- vumutti -
vumuttiñāṇadassanaguṇe nā pi, sīlaguṇenāpi asamo asamasamo appaṭimo appaṭibhāgo
appaṭipuggalo -pevumuttigñāṇadassanaguṇenā pi, yathāha: nakho panāhaṃ bhikkhave
samanupassāmi sadevako loke samārake -pesadevamanussāya attanā sīlasampannataraṃ"
ti[a] vitthāro, evaṃ aggappasādasuttādīni "na me ācariyo atthi"ti ādigāthāye ca vitthāretabbā.

Purasadamme sārethīti purisadammasārathi. Dameti vinetīti vuttaṃ hoti, tattha
purisadammotiadantā dametuṃ yuttā tiracchāna purisā pi manussa amanussapurisā pi,
tathāhi: - bhagavatā tiracchānapurisā pi apalālo nāgarājā, cūḷodaro, mahodaro, aggisiko,
dhūmasiko, āravāḷo nāgarājā, dhanapālako hatti evamādayo damitā nibbisā katā saraṇesu
ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpitā. Manussapurisā pi saccaka nigaṇṭhaputta ambaṭṭhamāṇava [PTS
Page 208] [\q 208/] pokkharāsāti soṇadaṇḍa kūmadantādayo, amanussapurisā pi
āḷavaka suciloma kharalomayakkha sakkadevarājādayo damitā vinītā vicitrehi
vinayanūpāyehi. " Ahaṃ kho kesi purisadamme saṇhena pi vinemi, pharusena pi vinemi,
saṇhapharusena pi vinemī"ti[b] idañcettha suttaṃ vitthāre tabbaṃ. Apica: - anuttaro
purisadammasārathīti ekamevidaṃ atthapadaṃ, bhagavā hi tathā purisadamme sāretī yathā
ekapallaṅkeneva nisinnā aṭṭhadisā asajjamānā dhāvanti, tasmā "anuttaro
purisadammasārathi"ti vuccati. " Hattidamakena bhikkhave hatthidammo sārito ekaṃ yeva
disaṃ dhāvatī"ti[c] idaṃ cettha suttaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ.

Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi yathārahaṃ anusāsatīti satthā. Apica satthāti
satthā bhagavāsatthavāho, yathā satthavāho satthe kantāraṃ tāreti, corakantāraṃ tāreti,
vāḷakantāraṃ

[A.] Saṃ- nikāya. [B.] Aṅguttaranikā. [C.] Saṃ- nikāya.

[SL Page 154] [\x 154/]

Tāreti, dubhikkhakantāraṃ tāreti, nirūdakakantāraṃ tāreti, uttāreti, nittāreti, patāreti
khemantabhūmiṃ sampāpeti, evaṃ mevaṃ bhagavā satthā satthavāho satte kantāraṃ tāreti jāti
kantāraṃ tāretīti ādinā niddesanayena pettha atto vedi tabbo. Devamanussānanti devānañca
manussānañca, ukkaṭṭha paricchedavasena bhabbapuggalaparicchedavasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ.
Bhagavā pana tiracchānagatānampi anusāsanippādānena satthāyeva, tepihi bhagavato
dhammasavaṇena upanissayasampattiṃ patvātāya eva upanissayasampattiyā dutiye tatiya
vā attabhāve maggaphalabhāgino honti. Maṇḍukadevaputtādayo cettha nidassanaṃ: -
bhagavati kira gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre campānagaravāsīnaṃ dhammaṃ desaya māne
eko maṇḍūko bhagavato sare nimittaṃ [PTS Page 209] [\q 209/] aggahesi. Taṃ eko
vacchapālako daṇḍamolubbha tiṭṭhanto sīse sanni rumbhitvā aṭṭhāsi. So tāvadeva kālaṃ
katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane dvādasayojanike kaṇakavimāne nibbatti suttappabuddho viya,
tattha accharāsaṃghaparivutaṃ attānaṃ disvā are ahampi nāma idha nibbatto kinnukho
kammaṃ akāsinti āvajjento na aññaṃ kiñci addasā aññatra bhagavato sara nimittaggāhā, so
tāvadeva saha vimānena āgantvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Bhagavā jānantova pucchi.

Ko me vandati pādāni iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ,
Abhikkantena vaṇṇena sabbā obhāsayaṃ disāti.

Manḍūkohaṃ pure āsaṃ udake vārigocaro,
Tava dhammaṃ suṇantassa avadhī vacchapālakoti. [A]

Bhagavā tassa dhammaṃ desesi caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhi samayo ahosi.
Devaputto pi sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya sitaṃ katvā pakkāmīti.

Yampana kiñci atthi ñeyyaṃ nāma sabbassa buddhattā vimokkhanti kañāṇavasena buddho.
Yasmā vā cattāri saccāni attanā pi bujkdi, aññe pi satte bodhesi, tasmā evamādihi pi
kāraṇehi buddho. Imassa ca pana atthassa viññāpanatthaṃ: - " bujkditā saccānīti buddho,
bodhetā pajāyāti buddho"ti evaṃ pavatto sabbo pi niddesanayo paṭisambhidānayo vā
vitthāretabbo.

Bhagavāti idaṃ panassa guṇavisiṭṭha sattuttama garugāravādhivacanaṃ tenāhu porāṇā: -

Bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ bhagavāti vacanuttamaṃ,
Garugāravayutto so bhagavā tena vuccatī ti.
[A.] Saṃ- nikāya.

[SL Page 155] [\x 155/]

Catubbidhaṃ vā nāmaṃ: - āvatthikaṃ liṅgikaṃ nemittikaṃ adhicca samuppannanti.
Adhivaccasamuppannaṃ nāma: - lokiyavohārena yadicchakanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha vaccho
[PTS Page 210] [\q 210/] dammo balivaddoti evamādi āvatthikaṃ, daṇḍi chattī sikhī
karīti evamādi liṅgikaṃ, tevijjo chaḷa bhiññoti evamādi nemittikaṃ, sirivaḍḍhako
dhanavaḍḍhakoti evamādi vacanatthaṃ anapekkhitvā pavattaṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ,
badaṃ pana bhagavāti nāmaṃ nemittikaṃ. Na mahāmāyāya, na suddhodasamahā jena na
asītiyā ñātisahassehi kataṃ, na sakkasantusitādīhi devatāvisesehi. Vuttañcetaṃ
dhammasenāpatinā: - " bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ na pitarā kataṃ, na bhātarā
kataṃ, na bhaginiyā kataṃ, na mittāmaccehi kataṃ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ, na
samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ, na devatāhikataṃ, vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ
bhagavantānaṃ bodiyā mule saha sabbañññutañāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ
bhagavā"ti[a.] Yaṃ guṇanemittikañcetaṃnāmaṃ, tesaṃ guṇānaṃ pakāsanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthaṃ
vadanti.

Bhagi bhaji bhāgi vibhattavā iti
Akāsi bhagganti karūti bhāgyavā,
Pahūhi ñāyehi subhāvitattano
Bhavantago so bhagavāti vuccatīti.

Niddese vuttanayeneva cettha tesaṃ tesaṃ padānaṃ attho daṭṭhabbo. Ayaṃ pana aparo
nayo.

Bhagyavā bhaggavā yutto bhagehi ca vibhattavā,
Bhattavā vantagamano bhavesu bhagavā tatoti.

Tattha: - " vanṇāgamo vaṇṇavipariyāyoti ādikaṃ nirutti lakkhaṇaṃ gahetvā saddanayenavā
pisodarādipakkhepalakkhaṇaṃ gahetvā yasmā lokiyalokuttarasukhābhinibbattakaṃ
dānasīlādi pārappettaṃ bhāgyamassa atthi tasmā bhāgyavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccatīti
ñātabbaṃ. Yasmā pana lobha dosa moha viparīta manasi kāra ahirikānottappa kodhūpanāha
makkha palāsa bassā macchariya māyā sātyye thambha sārambha mānātimāna
madappamāda taṇhā vijjā tividhākusalamūla duccarita saṃkilesamala visamasaññā [PTS
Page 211] [\q 211/] vitakkappapañca catubbidha vipariyāsa āsava gattha ogha yoga
agati taṇhūppādupādāna pañca cetokhila vinibandha nīvaraṇābinandana cha vivādamūla
taṇhā kāya sattānusaya aṭṭhamicchatta navataṇhā mūlaka dasākusalakammapatha
dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigata aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritappabheda sabbadaratha pariḷāha
kilesasatasahassāni saṃkhepato vā pañca kilesakkhandha abhisaṅkhāra devaputta maccu
māre abhañji. Tasmā bhaggattā etesaṃ parissa yānaṃ bhaggavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccati.
Āhacettha.

[A.] Niddesa.

[SL Page 156] [\x 156/]

Bhaggarāgo bhaggadoso bhaggamoho anāsavo,
Bhaggāssa pāpakā dhammā bhagavā tena vuccatīti.

Bhāgyavatāya1 cassa satapuññalakkhaṇadharassa rūpakāyasampatti dīpitā hoti,
bhaggadosatāya dhammakāyasampatti, tathā lokiya parikkhakānaṃ2 bahumatabhāvo,
gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi abigamanīyatā, abigatānañca tesaṃ kāyacittadukkhāpanayane
paṭibalabhāvo, āmisadānadhammadānehi upakāritā, lokiyalokuttarasukhehi ca
saṃyojanasamatthatā dīpitāhoti. Yasmā ca loke issariya dhamma yasa siri kāmappayattesu
chasu dhammesu bhagasaddo vattati. Paramaṃ cassa sakacitte issariyaṃ, aṇimā
laghimādikaṃ vā lokiya sammataṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ atthi, tathā lokuttaro dhammo,
lokattaya vyāpito yathābhūta guṇādhigato ativiya parisuddho yaso, rūpa
kāyadassanavyāvaṭajananayanamanappasādajananasamatthā sabbākāra paripūrā
sabbaṅgapaccaṅgasiri, yaṃ yaṃ etena icchitaṃ patthitaṃ atta hitaṃ parahitaṃ vā tassa tassa
tatheva abhinipphannattā icchita nipphatti saññito kāmo,
sabbalokagarubhāvappattihetubhūto sammāvāyāmasaṅkhāto payatto ca atthi, tasmā imehi
bhagehi yuttattāpi bhagā assa santīti iminā atthena bhagavāti vuccati. Yasmā pana
kusalādīhi bhedehi sabbadhamme, khandhāyatana dhātu sacca indriya
paṭiccasamuppādādīhi [PTS Page 212] [\q 212/] vā kusalādidhamme, pīḷana saṅghata
santāpa viparināmaṭṭhena vā dukkhamariyasaccaṃ, āyūhana nidāna saṃyoga
paḷibodhaṭṭhena samudayaṃ, nissaraṇa vivekā 'saṅkhata amataṭṭhena nirodaṃ,
niyyānikahetudassanādhipateyyaṭṭhena maggaṃ' vibhattavā vibhajitvā vivaritvā desitavāti
vuttaṃ hoti. Tasmā vibhattavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccati. Tasmā ca esa
dibbabrahmaariyavihāre kāyacittaupadhiviveke suññatāppanihitānimittavimokkhe aññe ca
lokiyalokuttare uttarimanussadhamme bhaji sevi bahulamakāsi, tasmā bhattavāti vattabbe
bhagavāti vuccati. Yasmā pana tūsu bhavesu taṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ gamanamanena vantaṃ, tasmā
bhavesu vantagamanoti vattabbe bhavasaddato bhakāraṃ gamanasaddato gakāraṃ
vantasaddato vakārañca dīghaṃ katvā ādāya bhagavāti vuccati. Yathā loke mehanassa
khassa mālāti vattabbe mekhalāti.

Tassevaṃ iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇena so bhagavā arahaṃ -peiminā ca iminā ca kāraṇena
bhagavāti buddhaguṇe anussarato neva tasmiṃ samayo rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na
dosa pariyuṭṭhitaṃ, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ
hoti tathāgataṃ āhabbha. Iccassa evaṃ rāgā

1. Bhāgyavantatāya 2. Ma11. Lokiyasarikkhakānaṃ.

[SL Page 157] [\x 157/]

Disu pariyuṭṭhānābhāvena vikkhamhitanīvaraṇassa kammaṭṭhānābimukha tāya
ajugatacittassa buddhaguṇapoṇā vitakkavicārā pavattanti, buddhaguṇe anuvitakkayato
anuvicārayato pīti uppajjati, pīti manassa pītipadaṭṭhānāya passaddhiyā kāyacittadarathā
paṭippassambanti, passaddhadarathassa kāyikampi cetasikampi sukhaṃ uppajjati, sukhino
buddhaguṇārammaṇaṃhutvā cittaṃ samādhiyatīti anukkamena ekakkhaṇe jhānaṅgāni
uppajjanti, buddhaguṇānampana gambhīratāya nāppakāraguṇānussaraṇādhimuttatāya vā
appanaṃ appatvā upa cārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ buddhaguṇānussaraṇavasena
uppannattā buddhānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Imañca pana buddhānussatimanuyutto
bhakkhū satthari sagāravo hoti sappatisso, saddhāvepullaṃ sativepullaṃ paññāvepullaṃ
puññavepullaṃ ca adhi gacchati, pītu pāmojjabahulo hoti, bhayabherava [PTS Page 213] [\q
213/] saho dukkhādhi vāsanasamattho, satthārā saṃvāsasaññaṃ paṭilabhati,
buddhaguṇānussatiyā ajjhāvutthañcassa sarīrampi cetiyagharamiva pūjārahaṃ hoti,
buddhabhumiyaṃ cittaṃ namati, vītikkavitabbavatthusamāyoge cassa sammukhā satthāraṃ
passato viya hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhāti, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā bhave appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya buddhānussatiyā sadāti.
Idaṃ tāva buddhānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathā mukhaṃ.

Dhammānussatiṃ bhāvetukāmenāpi rahogatena patisallīnena "svākkhāto bhagavatā
dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehi passiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo. Viññūhī"ti[a] evaṃ
pariyattidhammassa ceva navavidhassa ca lokuttaradhammassa guṇā anussari tabbā.
Svakkhātotiimasmiṃ hi pade pariyattidhammopisaṅgahaṃ gacchati, itaresu
lokuttaradhammova. Tattha pariyattidhammo tāva: - svākkhāto
ādimajjhapariyosānakalyāṇattā, sātthasavyañjana
kevalaparipuṇṇaparisuddhabrahmacariyappakāsanattā ca. Yaṃ hi bhagavā ekagāthampi
deseti, sā samantabhadrakattā dhammassa paṭhamapādena ādikalyāṇā, dutiyatatiyapādehi
majjhe kalyāṇā, pacchimapādena pariyosānakalyāṇā, ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ nidānena ādi
kalyāṇaṃ, nigamanena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ, sesena majjhe kalyāṇaṃ. Nānānusandhikaṃ
suttaṃ paṭhamānusandhinā ādikalyāṇaṃ, pacchimena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ, sesehi majjhe
kalyāṇaṃ apica: sanidānasauppattikattā ādikalyāṇaṃ, veneyyānaṃ anu

[A.] Saṃ- nikāya.

Rūpato atthassa avitaparitatāya ca hetudāharaṇayuttato ca majjhe kalyāṇaṃ, sotunaṃsa
ddhāpaṭilābhajananena nigamanena ca pariyo sānakalyāṇaṃ. Sakalo pi sāsanadhammo
attano atthabhūtena sīlena ādikalyāṇo, samathavipassanāmaggaphalehi majjhe kalyāṇo,
nibbāṇena pariyosānakalyāṇo, sīlasamādhihi vā ādi kalyāno, vipassanāmaggehi [PTS Page
214] [\q 214/] majjhe kalyāṇo, phalanibbāṇehi pariyosānakalyāno. Buddhasuboditāya
vā ādikalyāṇo, dhammasudhammatāya majjhe kalyāno, saṅghasuppaṭipattiyā pariyosāna
kalyāṇo, taṃ sutvā tathattāya paṭipannena adhigantabbāya. Abhisambodiyā vā ādikalyāno,
paccekabodhiyā majjhe kalyāṇo, sāvakabodhiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo. Suyyamānocesa
nīvaraṇa vikkhambhanato savaṇena pi kalyāṇamevāvahatīti ādikalyāno, paṭipajjiyamāno
samathavipassanā sukhāvahanato paṭipattiyā pi kalyāṇaṃ āvahatīti majjhe kalyāṇo, tathā
paṭipanno ca paṭipattiphale niṭṭhite tādibhāvāvahanato paṭipattiphalena pi kalyaṇaṃ
āvahatīti pariyosānakalyāṇoti evaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānakalyāṇattā svākkhāto. Yaṃ panesa
bhagavā dhammaṃ desento sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ maggabrahmacariyañca pakāseti nānā
nayehi dīpeti, taṃ yathānūrūpaṃ atthasampattiyā sātthaṃ, vyañjana sampattiyā savyañjanaṃ,
saṅkāsana pakāsanavivaraṇa vibhajana uttānī karaṇa paññatti atthapadasamāyogato
sātthaṃ, akkharapadavyañjanā kāraniruttiniddesasampattiyā savyañjanaṃ, atthagambhīratā
paṭi vedhagambhīratāhi sātthaṃ, dhammagambhīratā desanāgambhīratāhi savyañjanaṃ,
atthapaṭibhāna paṭisambhidā visayato sātthaṃ, dhammanirātti paṭisambhidāvisayato
savyañjanaṃ, paṇḍita vedanīyato parikkhaka janappasādakanti sātthaṃ, saddheyyato
lokiyajanappasādakanti savyañjanaṃ, gambhīrādhippāyato sātthaṃ, uttānapadato
savyañjanaṃ, upanetabbassa abhāvato sakalaparipuṇṇabhāvena kevalaparipunṇaṃ,
apanetabbassa abāvato niddosabhāvena parisuddhaṃ. Apica: paṭipattiyā adigama vyattito
sātthaṃ, pariyattiyā āgama byattito savyañjanaṃ, sīlādipañcadhammakkhandha yuttato
kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ, nirupakkilesato nittharaṇatthāya pavattito lokā misanirapekkhato ca
parisuddhanti evaṃsāttha savyañjana kevalaparipuṇṇa parisuddha
brahmacariyappakāsanato svākkhāto, atthavipallā sābhāvato vā suṭṭhu akkhātoti svākkhāto.
Yathāhi aññatitthi yānaṃ dhammassa attho vipallāsaṃ āpajjati, antarāyikāti vutta
dhammānaṃ antarāyikattābhāvato [PTS Page 215] [\q 215/] niyyānikāti ca
vuttadhammānaṃ niyyānikattābhāvato tena te durakkhātadhammāyeva honti, na tathā
bhagavato dhammassa attho vipallāsaṃ āpajjati ime dhammā antarāyikā ime nīyyānikāti
evaṃ vuttadhammānaṃ tathābhāvāna

[SL Page 159] [\x 159/]

Tikkamanatoti evaṃ tāva pariyattimmo svakkhāto. Lokuttaradhammo pana
nibbāṇānurūpāya paṭipattiyā paṭipadānurūpassa ca nibbāṇassa akkhātattā svākkhāto,
yathāha: -

Supaññattā kho pana tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbāṇa gāminī paṭipadā saṃsandatī
nibbāṇañca paṭipadā ca, seyyathāpi nāma gaṅgodakaṃ yamunodakena saṃsandati sameti,
evameva supaññattā ko pana tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbāṇagāminī paṭipadā ssandati
nibbāṇañca paṭipadācāti, [a]

Ariyamaggo cettha antadvayaṃ anupagamma pajjhimā paṭipadā bhūtova majjhimā
paṭipadāti akkātattā svākkhāto. Sāmañña phalāni paṭippassaddhakilesāneva
paṭippassaddhakilesānīti akkhātattā svākkātāni. Nibbāṇaṃ sassatāmatatāṇaleṇādisabhāva
meva sassatādisabhāvavasena akkhātattā svākkhātanti evaṃ lokuttaradhammopi svākkhāto.

Sanduṭṭhikoti ettha pana ariyamaggo tāva attano santāne rāgādīnaṃ
abhāvakaraṇena1sāmaṃ daṭṭhabboti sandiṭṭhiko. Yathāhaṃ: "ratto ko brāhmaṇa rāgena
abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attavyābādhāya pi ceteti paravyābādhādhipiceteti
ubhayavyābādhāya pi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, rāge pahīṇe
nevattavyābādhāya ceteti, na paravyābādhādhipiteteti ubhayavyābādhāya ceteti, na cetasikaṃ
dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, evampi kho brāhmaṇa sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hotī"ti.
[PTS Page 216 [\q 216/] b.]

Apica: - navavidho pi lokuttaradhammo yena yena adhigato hoti, tena tena parasaddhāya
gantabbataṃ hitvā paccavekkhaṇa ñāṇena sayaṃ daṭṭhabboti sandiṭṭhiko. Athavā: -
pasatthā diṭṭhi sandiṭṭhi, sandiṭṭhiyā jayatīti sandiṭṭhiko, tathāhettha ariyamaggo
sampayuttāya ariyaphalaṃ kāraṇabhūtāya nibbāṇaṃ visayībhūtāya sandiṭṭhiyā kilese jayati,
tasmā yathā rathena jayatīti rathiko, evaṃ navavidhopi lokuttaradhammo savdiṭṭhiyā
jayatīti savdiṭṭhiko, athavā: - diṭṭhanti dassanaṃ vuccati, diṭṭhameva sandiṭṭhaṃ
sandassananti attho. Sandiṭṭhaṃ arahatīti sandiṭṭhiko. Lokuttaradhammo hi bāvanābhi
samayavasena sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena ca dissamānoyeva vaṭṭabhayaṃ nivatteti. Tasmā
yathā vatthamarahatītivatthiko, evaṃ sandiṭṭhaṃ arahatīti sandiṭṭhiko.

Attano phaladānaṃ sandhāya nāssa kāloti akālo, akālo yeva akāliko. Na
pañcāhasattāhādibhedaṃ kālaṃ khepetvā phalaṃ deti, attano pana pavattisamanantarameva
phaladoti vuttaṃ

[A.] Saṃ - nikāya. [B.] Aṅguttaranika. 1. Ma. 11. Abhāvaṃkarottenaariyapuggalena

[SL Page 160] [\x 160/]
Hoti. Athavā: - attano phalappadāno pakaṭṭho kālo patto assāti kāliko. Ko so? Lokiyo
kusaladhammo, ayaṃ pana samanantaraphalattā na kālikotiakāliko, idaṃ maggameva
sandhāya vuttaṃ.

Ehi passa imaṃ dhammanti evaṃ pavattaṃ ehi passa vidhiṃ arahatīti ehipassiko. Kasmā
panesa taṃ vidiṃ arahatīti? Vijjamānattā parisuddhattāca, rittamuṭṭhiyaṃ hi hiraññaṃ vā
suvaṇṇaṃ vā atthiti vatvāpi ehi passa imanti na sakkā vattuṃ, kasmā? Avijjamānattā.
Vijjamānampica guthaṃ vā muttaṃ vā manuññabhāvappakāsanena citta sampahaṃsanatthaṃ
ehi passaimanti na sakkā vattuṃ. Apica kho taṃ tiṇehi vā paṇnehi vā
paṭiccādetabbamevahoti. Kasmā? Aparisuddhattā. Ayaṃ pana navavidhopi
lokuttaradhammo sabhāva tova vijjamāno vigatavalāhake ākāse sampunṇa candamaṇḍalaṃ
viya, paṇḍukambale nikkhittajātimaṇi viya ca parisuddho. [PTS Page 217] [\q 217/]
tasmā vijjamānattā parisuddhattā ca ehi passa vidiṃ arahatīti1 ehi passiko.

Upanetabboti opanayiko. Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo: - upanayanaṃ upanayo. Ādittaṃ ceḷaṃ
vā sīsaṃ vā ajjhupekkhitvāpi bhāvanāvasena attano citte upanayanaṃ arahatītiopanayiko.
Idaṃ saṅkhate lokuttaradhamme yujjati. Asaṅkhato pana attano cittena upanayanaṃ arahatīti
opanayiko. Sacchikiriyāvasena allīyanaṃ aharatīti attho. Athavā: - nibbāṇaṃ upanetīti ariya
maggo upaneyyo, saccikātabbataṃ upanetabbotiphalaṃ nibbāṇadhammo upaneyyo.
Upaneyyova opanayiko.

Paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti sabbehipi ugghaṭitaññu ādihi viññuhi attani attani veditabbo:
- bhāvito me maggo, adhigataṃ phalaṃ, sacchikato nirodhoti. Na hi upajjhāyena bhāvite
magge saddhivihārikassa kilesā pahīyanti, na so tassa phalasamāpattiyā phāsuṃ viharati. Na
tena sacchikataṃ nibbāṇaṃ sacchikaroti, tasmā na esa parassa sīse ābharanaṃ viya
daṭṭhabbo, attano pana citteyeva daṭṭhabbo. Anubhavitabbo viññūhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Bālānaṃ
pana avisayo cesa. Apica: svākkhāto ayaṃ dhammo. Kasmā? Sandiṭṭhikattā, savdiṭṭhiko
akālikattā, akāliko ehipassikattā, yoca ehi passiko, so nāma opanayiko hotīti tassevaṃ
svākkhātatādibhede dhammaguṇe anussarato neva tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ
hoti. Na dosa- na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ

1. Sī. 11. Ehipassaṃ arahatīti.

[SL Page 161] [\x 161/]

Hoti dhammaṃ ārabbhāti purimanayeneva vikkhamhitanīvaraṇassa ekakkhaṇe jhānaṅgāni
uppajjanti dhammaguṇānaṃ pana gambhīratāya nānāppakāraguṇānussaraṇādhimuttatāya
vā appanaṃappatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ dhammaguṇānussaraṇavasena
uppannattā dhammānussaticceva saṅghaṃ gacchati. [PTS Page 218] [\q 218/] imañca
pana dhammānussatimanuyutto bhikkhū evaṃ opanayikassa dhammassa desetāraṃ iminā
'paṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanu passāmi na panetarahi aññattha
tena bhagavatāti evaṃ dhammaguṇa dassaneneva satthari sagāravo hoti sappatisso,
dhamme garu vittīkāro saddhādivepullaṃ adhigacchati, pītipāmojjabahulo hoti.
Bhayabherava saho, dukkhādivāsanasamattho, dammena saṃvāsa saññaṃ paṭilabhati
dhammaguṇānussatiyā ajjhāvutthañcassa sarīrampi cetiyagharamiva pūjārahaṃ hoti,
anuttaradhammādhigamāya cittaṃ namati, vītikkamitabbavatthusamāyoge cassa
dhammasudhammataṃ samanussarato hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhāti, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto
pana sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā bave appamādaṃ kayirātha suvedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya dhammānussatiyā sadāti.

Idaṃ dhammānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Saṅghānussatiṃ bhāvetukāmenāpi rahogatena patisallīnena "supaṭipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaṅgho, ujupaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyapaṭipanno bhagavato
sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcipaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni
aṭṭha purisapuggālā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhineyyo
añjalikaraṇiyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā"ti. [A] evaṃ ariyasaṅghaguṇā anussari
tabbā. Tattha supaṭipannoti - suṭṭhu paṭipanno, sammā paṭipadaṃ anivattipaṭipadaṃ
anulomapaṭipadaṃ apaccanīkapaṭipadaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭi padaṃ paṭipannoti vuttaṃ
hoti. Bhagavato ovādānusāsaniṃ sakkaccaṃ suṇantīti sāvakā, sāvakānaṃ saṅgho
sāvakasaṅgho. Sīladiṭṭhisāmaññatāya saṅghātabhāvaṃ āpanno sāvakasamuhoti attho. Yasmā
[PTS Page 219] [\q 219/] pana sā sammā paṭipadā ujū avaṅkā akuṭulā ajimhā ariyo ca
ñāyotipi vuccati, anucchavikattā ca sāmīcitipi saṅkhaṃ gatā, tasmā taṃ paṭipanno
ariyasaṅgho ujupaṭipanno ñāyapaṭipanno sāmīcipaṭipannotipi vutto. Ettha ca ye
maggaṭṭhā te sammāpaṭipattisamaṅgitāya supaṭipannā, ye phalaṭṭhā te sammā paṭi

1. Saṃ- nikāya.

[SL Page 162] [\x 162/]

Padāya adigantabbassa adhigatattā atītaṃ paṭipadaṃ upādāya supaṭipannāti veditabbā.
Apica: - svākkhāte dhammavinaye yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipannattāpi apanṇakapaṭipadaṃ
paṭipannattāpisupaṭipanno. Majjhimāya paṭipadāya antadvayaṃ anupagamma paṭipannattā
kāyavacī manovaṅka kuṭula jimha dosappahānāya paṭipannattā ca ujupaṭipanno. Ñāyo
vuccati nibbāṇaṃ, tadatthāya paṭipannattā ñāya paṭipanno. Yathā paṭipannā sāmīcikammā1
rahā honti, tathā paṭipannattā sāmīcipaṭipanno. Yadidanti yāni imāni. Cattāri purisa
yugānīti yugalavasena paṭhamamaggaṭṭho phalaṭṭhoti idamekaṃ yugalanti evaṃ cattāri
purisayugalāni honti. Aṭṭhapurisapuggalāni purisa puggalavasena eko paṭhamamaggaṭṭho
eko phalaṭṭhoti iminā nayena aṭṭheva purisapuggalā honti. Etthaca purisoti vā puggaloti vā
ekaṭṭhānetāni padāni. Veneyyavasena panetaṃ vuttaṃ, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅghoti
yānimāni yugavasena cattāri purisayugāni pāṭiyekkato aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato
sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyoti ādīsu ānetvā hunitabbanti āhunaṃ, duratopi ānetvā sīlavantesu
dātabbanti attho. Catunnaṃ paccayānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, taṃ āhunaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ yutto
tassa mahapphalakaraṇatoti āhuneyyo. Athavā: dūra topi āgantvā sabbasāpateyyampi ettha
hūnitabbanti āhavaniyo sakkādinampi vā āhavanaṃ arahatīti āhavanīyo. Yo cāyaṃ
brāhmaṇānaṃ āhavanīyo nāma aggi yattha hutaṃ mahapphalanti tesaṃ laddhi. [PTS Page
220] [\q 220/] sace hutassa mahapphalatāya āhavanīyo, saṅghova āhava niyo, saṅghe
hutaṃ hi mahapphalaṃ hoti. Yathāha: -

"Yo ca vassasataṃ jantu aggiṃ paricare vane,
Ekañca bhāvitattānaṃ muhuttampi pūjaye,
Sāyeva pūjanā seyyā yañce vassasataṃ hutaṃ"nti. [A]

Tadetaṃ nikāyantare āhavanīyoti padaṃ idha āhuneyyoti iminā padena atthato ekaṃ,
vyañjanato panettha kiñcimatta meva nānāṃ, iti āhuneyyo. Pāhuneyyotiettha pana pāhunaṃ
vuccati disāvīdisato āgatānaṃ piyamanāpānaṃ ñāti mittānaṃ attāyasakkārena paṭiyattaṃ
āgantukadānaṃ, tampi ṭhapetvā te tathārūpe pāhunake saṅghasseva dātuṃ yuttaṃ, saṅghova
taṃ paṭiggahetuṃ yutto. Saṅghasadiso hi pāhunako natti, tathāhesa ekakhuddhantare ca
dissati, abbokinṇañca. Piya manāpattakarehi dhammehi samannāgatoti evaṃ pāhunamassa
dātuṃ yuttaṃ, pāhunañca paṭiggahetuṃ yuttoti pāhuneyyo. Yesaṃ

1. Ma. 1. Sāmicipaṭipannārahā. [A.] Dhammapada.

[SL Page 163] [\x 163/]

Pana pāhavanīyoti pāḷi, tesaṃ yasmā saṅgho pubbakāraṃ arahati tasmā sabbapaṭhamaṃ
ānetvā ettha hunitabbanti pāhavanīyo. Sabbappakārena vā āhavanaṃ arahatīti pāhavaniyo,
svāyamidha teneva atthena pāhuneyyoti vuccati. Dakkhiṇāti pana para lokaṃ saddahitvā
dātabbadānaṃ vuccati. Taṃ dakkinaṃ arahati dakkhiṇāya vā hito, yasmā naṃ
mahapphalakaraṇatāya visodhetīti dakkhiṇeyyo. Ubo hatthe sirasi patiṭṭhāpetvā
sabbalokena kayiramānaṃ añjalikammaṃ arahatīti añjalikaraṇiyo. Anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ
lokassāti sabbalokassa asadisaṃ puññavirūha naṭṭhānaṃ, yathāhi - rañño vā amaccassa vā
sālīnaṃ vā yacānaṃ vā virūhanaṭṭhānaṃ rañño sālikkhettaṃ yavakkhettanti vuccati. Evaṃ
saṅgho sabba lokassa puññānaṃ virūhanaṭṭhānaṃ saṅghaṃ nissāya hi lokassa
nānappakārahitasukhasaṃvattanikāni puññāni virūhanti. Tasmā saṅgho anuttaraṃ
puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Evaṃ supaṭipannatādibhede saṅghaguṇe anussarato neva [PTS
Page 221] [\q 221/] tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ
cittaṃ hoti. Na moha pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ hoti,
saṅghaṃ ārabbhāti purimanayeneva vikkhamhitanīvaraṇassa ekakkaṇeyeva jhānaṅgāni
uppajjanti, saṅghaguṇānaṃ panagambhīra tāya nānappakāraguṇānussaraṇādimuttatāya vā
appanaṃ appatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ saṅghaguṇānussaraṇa vasena
uppannattā saṅghānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Imaṃ ca pana saṅghānussatiṃ anuyutto
bikkhū saṅghe sagāravo hoti sappatisso, saddhādivepullaṃ adigacchata, pītipāmojjabahulo
hoti, bhayabherava sabho, dukkhādivāsanasamattho saṅghena saṃvāsasaññaṃ paṭilabhati,
saṅghaguṇānussatiyā ajjhāvutthañcassa sarīraṃ sannipatita saṅghamiva uposathāgāraṃ
pūjārahaṃhotī, saṅghaguṇādhigamāya cittaṃ namati, vītikkamitabbavatthusamāyoge cassa
sammukhā saṅghaṃ passato viya hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhāti, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana
sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā have appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya saṅghānussatiyā sadāti.

Edaṃ saṅghānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Sīlānussatiṃ bhāvetukāmena pana rahogatena patisallīnena: "aho vata me sīlāni akhaṇḍāni
acciddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni vuññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni
samādisaṃvattanikānī"ti[a] evaṃ akhaṇḍatādi guṇavasena attano sīlāni

[A.] Saṃ- nikāya.

[SL Page 164] [\x 164/]

Anussaritabbāni. Tāni ca gahāṭṭhena gahaṭṭhasīlāni, pabbajitena pabbajitasīlāni.
Gahaṭṭhasīlāni vā hontu pabbajitasīlāni vā, yesaṃ ādimhi vā ante vā ekampi na bhinnaṃ,
tāni pariyantejinna sāmako viya na khaṇḍānīti akhaṇḍāni. [PTS Page 222] [\q 222/]
yesaṃ vemajjhe ekampi na bhinnaṃ, tāni majjhe vinividdhasāmako viya na kddānīti
acchiddāni. Yesaṃ paṭipāṭiyā dve vā tīṇi vā na bhinnāni, tāni piṭṭhiyā vā kucchiyā vā
uṭṭhitena dighavaṭṭhādisaṇṭhānena visabhāgavaṇṇena kālarattādīnaṃ
aññatarasarīravaṇṇā gāvī viya na sabalānīti asa balāni. Yāni antarantarā na bhinnāni, tāni
visabhāgabinduvicitrāgāvī viya na kammāsānīti akammāsāni. Avisesena vā sabbānipi
sattavidhena methunasaṃyogena kodhūpanāhādīhi ca pāpadhammehi anupahatattā
akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni. Tāni yeva taṇhādāsavyato mocetvā
bhujissabhāvakaraṇena bhujissāni. Buddhādīhi viññuhipasatthattā viññuppasatthāni,
taṇhādiṭṭhihi aparā maṭṭhattā kenaci vā ayaṃ te sīlesu dosoti evaṃ parāmaṭṭhuṃ
asakkuṇeyyatāya aparāmaṭṭhāni, upacārasamādhiṃ appanāsamādhiṃ vā. Athavā pana
maggasamādiṃ phalasamādhiṃvāpi saṃvattentīti samādhisaṃ vattanīkāni, evaṃ
akhaṇḍatādiguṇavasena attano sīlāni anussarato neva tasmiṃ samayorāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ
cittaṃ hoti na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti na moha pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti,
ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti. Sīlaṃ ārabbhāti purimanayeneva vikkhamhita
nīvaraṇassa ekakkhaṇe jhānaṅgāni uppajjanti. Sīlaguṇānaṃ pana gamhīratāya
nānāppakāragunānussaranādhimuttatāya vā appanaṃ appatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ
hoti. Tadetaṃ sīla guṇānussaraṇavasena uppannattā sīlānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati.
Emaṃ ca pana sīlānussatimanuyutto bhikkhu sikkhāya sagāravo hoti, sabhāgavutti
paṭisanthāre appamatto attānuvādādi bhayavirahito, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī
saddhādivepullaṃ adhigacchati, pītipāmojjabahulo hoti, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana
sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā have appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubāvāya sīlānussatiyā sadāti.

Idaṃ silānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ. [PTS Page 223] [\q 223/]

Cāgānussatiṃ bāvetukāmena pana pakatiyā cāgādhimuttena niccappavattadānasaṃvibhāgena
bhavitabbaṃ. Athavā pana bhāvanaṃ ārabhantena itodānippabhūti sati paṭiggāhake
antamaso ekā lopamattampi dānaṃ adatvā na bhuñjissāmīti samādānaṃ katvā taṃ divasaṃ
guṇavisiṭṭhesu paṭiggāhakesu yathāsatti yathābalaṃ dānaṃ datvā

Tattha nimittaṃ gaṇhitvā rahogatena patisallīnena: - "lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me,
yohaṃ mackremalapariyuṭṭhitāya pajāya vigata malamaccherena cetasā viharāmi muttacāgo
payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato"ti. Evaṃ vigatamalamacchera
tādiguṇavasena attano cāgo anussaritabbo. Tattha lābha vata veti mayhaṃ vata lābhā, ye
ime "āyuṃ ko pana datvā āyussa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā" itica "dadaṃ piyo
hoti bhajanti naṃ bahū" itica "dadamāno piyo hoti sataṃ dhamma manukkamaṃ" itica
evamādīhi nayehi bhagavatā dāyakassa lābhā saṃvanṇitā, te mayhaṃ avassaṃ bhāvinoti
adippāyo. Suladdhaṃ vata meti yaṃ mayā idaṃ sāsanaṃ manussattaṃ vā laddhaṃ, taṃ
suladdhaṃ vata me. Kasmā? Yohaṃ maccheramala pariyuṭṭhitāya pajāya -pe-
Dānasaṃ vibhāgaratoti. Tattha maccheramala pariyuṭṭhitāyāti maccheramalena adhibhūtāya.
Pajāyati pajāyanavasena sattā vuccanti. Tasmā attano sampattīnaṃ parasādhāraṇabhāva
asahana lakkhaṇena cittassa pabhassarabhāvadūsakānaṃ kaṇhadhammānaṃ aññatarena
maccheramalena adhibhūtesusattesūti ayamettha attho. Vigatamalamaccherenāti aññesampi
rāgadosādimalānañceva maccherassa ca vigatattā vigatamalamaccherena, cetasā viharāmīti
yathāvuttappakāracitto hutvā vāsāmīti [PTS Page 224] [\q 224/] attho, sutte pana
mahānāmassa sakkassa sotāpannassa sato nissayavihāraṃ pucchato nissaya vihāravasena
desitattā agāraṃ ajjhāvasāmīti vuttaṃ, tattha adhi bhavitvā vasāmīti attho, muttacāgoti
vissaṭṭhacāgo, payapatāṇīti parisuddhahattho, sakkaccaṃ sahatthā deyyadhammaṃ dātuṃ
sadādhota hattho yevāti vuttaṃ hoti, vossaggaratoti vossajanaṃ vossaggo, pariccāgoti attho.
Tasmiṃ vossagge satatābhi yogavasena ratoti vossaggarato, yācayogoti yaṃ yaṃ pare yācanti
tassa tassa dānato yācanayoggoti atto, yājayo gotipi pāṭho, yajanasaṅkhātena yājena yuttoti
attho, dāna saṃvibhāgaratoti dāne ca saṃvibhāge ca rato, ahaṃ hi dāñca demi attanā
paribhuñjitabbatopi ca saṃvibhāgaṃ karomi ettheva ca asmiṃ ubhaye ratopi evaṃanussaratīti
attho. Tassevaṃ vigatamala maccheratādiguṇavasena attano cāgaṃ anussarato neva tasmiṃ
samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosa pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na moha
pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti. Cāgaṃ ārabbhāti
purimanayeneva vikkhambhitanīvaraṇassa ekakkhaṇe kādānaṅgāni uppajjanti,
cāgagunānaṃ pana gambhīratāya nānāppa kāracāgaguṇānussaraṇādimuttatāya vā appanaṃ
appatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ cāgaguṇānussaraṇavasena uppannattā
cāgānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Imañca pana cāgā

[SL Page 166] [\x 166/]

Nussatimanuyutto bhikkhu bhiyyosomattāya cāgādhimutto hoti alobhajjhāsayo mettāya
anulomakārī visārado pīti pāmojjabahulo, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā have appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya cāgānussatiyā sadāti.

Idaṃ cāgānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ. [PTS Page 225] [\q 225/]
Devatānussatiṃ bhāvetukāmena pana ariyamaggavasena samudā gatehi saddhādīhi guṇehi
samannāgatena bhavitabbaṃ. Tato rahogatena patisallinena: - "santi devā cātummahārājikā,
santi devā tāvatiṅsā, yāmā- tusitā- nimmāṇaratinoparanimmitavasavattino, santi devā
brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttaraṃ, yathā rūpāya saddhāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā
tattha uppannā. Mahhampi tathārūpā saddhā saṃvijjati, yathārūpena sīlena yathā rūpena
sutena yathārūpena cāgena yathārūpāya paññāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha
uppannā, mayhampi tathārūpā paññā saṃvijjatīti"ti eva devati sakkhiṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā attano
saddhādiguṇā anussaritabbā. Sutte pana "yasmiṃ mahā nāma samaye ariyasāvako attanoca
tāsañca devatānaṃ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgagñca paññca anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ
samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃcittaṃ hotī"ti vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi vuttaṃ: - acha kho taṃ sakkhiṭṭhāne
ṭhapetabbaṃ devatānaṃ attano saddhādīhi samānaguṇadīpanatthaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
Aṭṭhakathāyaṅ hi "devatā sakkhiṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā attano guṇe anussaratī"ti daḷhaṃ katvā
vuttaṃ. Tasmā pubbabhāge devatānaṃ guṇe anussaritvā apara bhāge attano saṃvijjamāno
saddhādiguṇe anussarato cassa neva tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃhoti, na dosa
pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti na moha pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye
cittaṃ hoti, devatā ārabbhāti purimanayeneva vikkhamhitanīvaraṇassa ekakkhaṇe
jhānaṅgāni uppajjanti, saddhādiguṇānaṃ pana gambhīratāya
nānappakāraguṇānussaraṇādimuttatāya vā appanaṃ appatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ
hoti, tadetaṃ devatānaṃ guṇasadisasaddhādiguṇānussaraṇavasena devatānussaticceva
saṅkhaṃ gacchati. [PTS Page 226] [\q 226/] imañca pana devatānussatimanuyutto
bhikkhū devatānaṃ pāyo hoti manāpo, bhiyyo so mattāya saddhādivepullaṃ adi gacchati,
pītipāmojjabahulo viharati, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana sugatiparāyano hoti.

[SL Page 167] [\x 167/]

Tasmā bave appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya devānussatiyā sadāti.

Idaṃ devatānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Yaṃ pana- etāsaṃ vitthāradesanāyaṃ ujugatavevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti
tathāgataṃāhabbhāti ādīnī vatvā "ujugatacitto khoba pana mahānāma ariyasāvako labhati
atthavedaṃ labhati dhamma vedaṃ labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmujjaṃ pamuditassa
pītijāyatī"ti vuttaṃ. Tattha itipi so bhagavāti ādīnaṃ attha nissāya uppannaṃ tuṭṭhiṃ
sandhāya labhatī atthavedanti vuttaṃ, pāḷiṃ nissāya uppannaṃ tuṭṭhiṃ sandhāya labhati
dhammavedanti, ubha. Vasena labhati dhammūpasaṃ hitaṃ pāmujjanti vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
Yaṃ devatānussatiyaṃ devatā ārabbhāti vuttaṃ, taṃ pubbabhāge vā devatā ārabbha pavatta
cittavasena devatāguṇasadise vā devatābhāvanipphādake guṇe ārabbha pavattacittavasena
vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Imā pana cha anussatiyo ariyasāvakānaṃ yeva ijjhanti. Tesaṃ hi
buddhadhamma saṃghaguṇā pākaṭā honti, teca akhaṇḍatādiguṇehi sīlehi vigata
malamaccherena cāgena mahānubhāvānaṃ devatānaṃ guṇasadisehi saddhādiguṇehi
samannāgatā. Mahānāmasutte ca sotāpannassa nissayavihāraṃ puṭṭhena bhagavatā
sotāpannassa nissayavihāradassa natthavevacetā vitthārato kathitā. Gedhasuttepi "idha
bhikkhave ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati, itipi so bhagavā -pe-ujugata mevassa tasmiṃ
samayo cittaṃ hoti, nikkhantaṃ [PTS Page 227] [\q 227/] muttaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ gedhamhā.
Gedhoti kho bhikkhave pañcannametaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, badampi ko bhikkhave
pañcannametaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, idampi kho bhikkhave pañcannametaṃ
kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, idampi ko bhikkhave ārammaṇaṃ karitvā evamidhekacce sattā
visujjhantī"ti evaṃ ariyasāvakassa anussativasena cittaṃ visodhetvā uttariṃ
paramatthavisuddhi adigamatthāya kathitā. Āyasmatā mahākaccānena desite sambādhokāsa
suttepi "acchariyaṃ āvuso abbhutaṃ āvuso yāvañcidaṃ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā
sammāsambuddhena sambādhe okāsādhigamo anubuddho sattānaṃ visuddhiyā
-penibbāṇassa saccikiriyāya yadidaṃ cha anussa tiṭṭhānāni, katamāni cha? Idhāvuso
ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati -pe- evamidhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavantī"ti.
Evaṃ ariya sāvakasseva paramatthavisuddhidhammatāya okāsādhigamavasena kathitā.
Uposathasuttepi " kathañca visākhe ariyuposatho hoti? Upakkiliṭṭhassa visākhe cittassa
upakkamena pariyedapanā hoti, tathañca visākhe upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena
pariyo dapanā hoti? Idha visākhe ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussaratī"ti evaṃ
ariyasāvakasseva uposathaṃ upavasato cittavisodhana

[SL Page 168] [\x 168/]

Kammaṭṭhānavasena uposathassa mahapphalabhāvadassanatthaṃ kathitā.
Ekādasanipātepiha "saddhonāma ārādhako hoti, no assaddho. Āraddha viriyo - upaṭṭhitasati
-samāhito- paññavā mahā nāma ārādhako hoti, ne duppañño. Imesu kho tvaṃ mahānāma
pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya chadhamme uttariṃ bhāveyyāsi, idha tvaṃ mahānāma
tathāgataṃ anussareyyāsi, itipi so bhagavā"ti evaṃ ariyasāvakasseva "tesaṃ no bhante
nānāvihārena viharataṃ kenassa vihārena viharitabba"nti pucchato vihāradassanatthaṃ
kathitā. Evaṃ santepi parisuddhasilādīguṇasamannāgatena puthujjanāpi manasi kātabbā.
Anussavavasenāpi1 hi buddhādīnaṃ [PTS Page 228] [\q 228/] guṇe anussarato cittaṃ
pasīdatiyeva, yassānubhāvena nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhetvā uḷārapāmojjo vipassanaṃ
ārabhitvā arahattaṃ yeva sacchikareyya, kaṭakandaravāsi2 phussadevatthero viya. So
kirāyasmā mārena nimmitaṃ buddharūpaṃ disvā ayaṃ tāva sarāgasadosa samoho evaṃ
sobhati, kathaṃ nu kho bhagavā sobhati so hi sabbaso vītarāgadosamohoti
buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ paṭilabhitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇīti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge

Samādibhāvanādikāre

Cha anussati niddeso nāma

Sattamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 228] [\q 228/]

8.

Anussati kammaṭṭhāna niddeso.

Idāni ito anantarāya maraṇasatiyā bhāvanāniddeso anuppatto. Tattha maraṇanti
ekabhavapariyāpannassa jīvitindriyassa upacchedo. Yaṃ panetaṃ arahantānaṃ
vaṭṭadukkhasamuccheda saṃkhātaṃ samucchedamaraṇaṃ, saṅkhārānaṃ
khaṇabhaṅgasaṅkhātaṃ khaṇika maraṇaṃ, rukkho mato lośaṃ matanti ādisu
sammutimaraṇañca, na taṃ idha adhippetaṃ. Yampicetaṃ adippetaṃ, taṃ kālamaraṇaṃ
akālamaraṇanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tattha kālamaraṇaṃ puññakkhayena vā āyukkhayena vā
ubhayakkhayena vā hoti, akālamaraṇaṃ kammu pacchedakakammavasena, tattha yaṃ
vijjamānāyapi āyusantānaka paccayasampattiyā kevalaṃ paṭisandhijanakassa kammassa
vipakkavipākattā maraṇaṃ hoti, idaṃ puññakkhayena maraṇaṃ nāma, yaṃ hi gati

1. Ma. Anussaraṇavasenāpi 2. Sī. Maandhakāra. Ma.

[SL Page 169] [\x 169/]
Kālāhārādisampattiyā abhāvena ajjatanakālapurisānaṃ viya vassa satamattaparimāṇassa
āyuno khayavasena maraṇaṃ hoti, idaṃ āyukkhayena maraṇaṃ nāma, yaṃ pana dūsimāra
kalāburājādīnaṃ viya taṃ khaṇaṃ yeva ṭhānā cāvanasamatthena kammunā
upacchinnasantānānaṃ purimakammavasena vā satthāharaṇādīhi upakkamehi
upacchijjamāna santānānaṃ maranaṃ hoti, [PTS Page 230] [\q 230/] idaṃ akālamaranaṃ
nāma, taṃ sabbampi vuttappakārena jīvitindriyupacchedena saṅgahitaṃ, iti jīvitindriyu
pacchedasaṃkhātassa maraṇassa saraṇaṃ maraṇasati. Taṃ bhāvetu kāmena rahogatena
patisallīnena: - "maraṇaṃ bhavissati, jīvitinduyaṃ upaccijjissatiti vā maraṇaṃ maraṇanti vā
yoniso manasikāro pavattetabbo, ayoniso pavattayato hi iṭṭhajana maraṇānussaraṇe soko
uppajjati, vijātamātuyā piyaputta maraṇānussaraṇe viya. Aniṭṭhajanamaraṇānussaraṇe
pāmojjaṃ uppajjati. Verīnaṃ verimaraṇānussaraṇe viya. Majjhatthajana maraṇānussaraṇe
saṃvego na uppajjati, matakaḷebaradassane chavaḍāhakassa viya. Attano maraṇānussaraṇe
santāso uppajjati, ukkhittāsikaṃ vadhakaṃ disvā bhīrukajātikassa viya, tadetaṃ sabbampi
satisaṃvegañāṇavirahato hoti. Tasmā tattha tatthahatamatasatte oloketvā
diṭṭhapubbasampattīnaṃ sattānaṃ matānaṃ maraṇaṃ āvajjetvā satiñca saṃvegañca ñāṇañca
yojetvā maraṇaṃ bhavissatīti ādinā nayena manasikāro pavattetabbo. Evaṃ pavattento hi
yoniso pavatteti. Upāyena pavattetīti attho. Evaṃ pavattayato yeva hi ekaccassa nīvaraṇāni
vikkhambhanti, maranārammanā sati saṇṭhāti, upacārappattameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ hoti.
Yassa pana ettāvatā na hoti, tenavadhakapaccupaṭṭhānato sampattivipattito upasaṃharaṇato
kāyabahusādhāraṇato āyudubbalato animittato addhānaparicchedato khaṇaparittatoti imehi
aṭṭhahākārehi maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ. Tattha vadhakapaccupaṭṭhānatoti vadhakassa viya
paccu paṭṭhānato, yathāhi imassa sīsaṃ chindussāmīti asiṃ gahetvā gīvāya cārayamāno
vadhako paccupaṭṭhitova hoti, evaṃ maraṇampi paccu paṭṭhitamevāti anussaritabbaṃ.
Kasmā? Saha jātiyā āgatato. Jīvitaharaṇato ca. Yatāhi ahicchattakamakuḷaṃ matthakena
paṃsuṃ gahetvāva uggacchati, evaṃ sattā jarāmaraṇaṃ gahetvāva nibbattanti. Tathā hi nesaṃ
paṭisandhicittaṃ uppādasamanantarameva jaraṃ patvā pabbatasikharato patitasilā viya [PTS
Page 231] [\q 231/] bhijjati saddhiṃ sampayutta khavdhehi, evaṃ khaṇikamaraṇaṃ tāva
saha jātiyā āgataṃ. Jātassa pana avassaṃ maraṇato idhādhippetamaraṇampi saha jātiyā
āgataṃ tasmā esa satto jātakālato paṭṭhāya yathā nāma uṭṭhito sūriyo atthābimukho
gacchateva, gatagataṭṭhānato īsakampi na nivattati,
[SL Page 170] [\x 170/]

Yathā vā nadī pabbateyyā sīghasotā hārahārinī sandateva vatta teva īsakampi na nivattati,
evaṃ īsakampi anivattamāno maraṇābhimukhova yāti. Tena vuttaṃ: -

Yamekarattiṃ paṭhamaṃ gabbhe vasati māṇavo,
Abbhuṭṭhitova1 sayati sa gacchaṃ na nivattatīti.

Evaṃ gacchato cassa gimhābitattānaṃ kunnadīnaṃ khayo viya pāto
āporasānugatabavdhanānaṃ dumaphalānaṃ patanaṃ viya, muggarābhi tāḷitānaṃ
mattikabhājanānaṃbhedo viya, suriyarasmi samphūṭṭhānaṃ ussāvabindunaṃ viddhaṃsanaṃ
viya ca maraṇameva āsannaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ: -

Accayanti ahorattā jīvitaṃ uparujjhati,
Āyu khīyati maccānaṃ kunnadīnaṃva odakaṃ.

Phalānamiva pakkānaṃ pāto patanato bhayaṃ,
Evaṃ jātāna maccānaṃ niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ.

Yathāpi kumbhakārassa kataṃ mattikabājanaṃ,
Khuddakañca mahantañca yaṃ pakkaṃ yañca āmakaṃ,
Sabbaṃ bhedanapariyantaṃ evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ.

Ussāvova tiṇaggamhi suriyassuggamanampati,
Evamāyu manussānaṃ mā maṃ amma nivārayāti.

Evaṃ ukkhittāsiko vadhako viya sahajātiyā āgataṃ panetaṃ maranaṃ gīvāya asiṃ
cārayamāno so vadhako [PTS Page 232] [\q 232/] jīvitaṃ harati yeva, anāharitvā na
nivattati. Tasmā saha jātiyā āgatato jīvitaharaṇato ca ukkhittāsiko vadhako viya maraṇampi
paccu paṭṭhitameva hotīti evaṃ vadhakapaṭṭupaṭṭhānato maraṇaṃ anussari tabbaṃ.

Sampattivipattitoti-idha sampatti nāma tāvadeva sobhati, yāva naṃ vipatti nābibhavati. Na
ca sā sampatti nāma atthi, yā vipattiṃ atikkamma tiṭṭheyya. Tathāhi: -

Sakalaṃ vediniṃ bhutvā datvā koṭisataṃ sukhī,
Addhāmalakamattassa ante issarataṃ gato.

Teneva dehabandhena puññamhi khayamāgate.
Maraṇābhimuko sopi asoko sokamāgatoti.

Apica: - sabbaṃ ārogyaṃ vyādhipariyosānaṃ, sabbaṃ yobbanaṃ jarāpariyosānaṃ, sabbaṃ
jīvitaṃ maraṇapariyosānaṃ, sabbo yeva

1. Ma. Soyāti. 2. Ma. Suriyuggamanaṃ.

[SL Page 171] [\x 171/]

Lokasannivāso jātiyā anugato, jarāya anusaṭo, vyādhinā abhibhūto, maraṇena abbhāhato.
Tenāha: -

Yathāpi selā vipulā nabhaṃ āhacca pabbatā,
Samannā anupariyeyyuṃ nippoṭhentā catuddisā.

Evaṃ jarā ca maccu ca adhivattanti pānino,
Khattiye brāhmaṇe vesse sudde caṇḍālapukkuse;
Na kiñci parivajjeti sabbavevābhimaddati.

Natattha tthinaṃ bhumu na ratānaṃ na pattiyā.
Nacāpi mantayuddhena sakkā jetuṃ dhanena vāti.

Evaṃ jīvitasampattiyā maraṇavipattipariyosānataṃ vavatthapentena sampatti vipattito
maraṇaṃ aṭussaritabbaṃ.

Upasaṃharaṇatoti-parehi saddhiṃ attano upasaṃharaṇato. Tattha sattahākārehi
upasaṃharaṇato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ: - yasa mahattato puññamahattato
thāmamahattato iṭṭhimahattato paññāmahattato paccekabuddhato sammāsambuddhatoti.
Kathaṃ? Idaṃ maraṇaṃ nāma mahāyasānaṃ mahāparivārānaṃ sampannadhanavāha [PTS
Page 233] [\q 233/] nānaṃ mahāsammata mandhātu mahāsudassana daḷhanemi
nimippabhūtīnampi upari nirāsaṃkameva patitaṃ, kimaṅga pana mayhaṃ upari na patissati.

Mahāyasā rājavarā mahāsammata ādayo,
Tepi maccuvasaṃ pattā mādisesu kathāva kāti.

Evaṃ tāva yasamahattato anussaritabaṃbaṃ. Kathaṃ puñña mahattato?

Jotiyo jaṭilo uggo meṇḍako atha puṇṇako,
Etevaññe ca ye loke mahāpuññāti vissutā;
Sabbe maraṇamāpannā mādisesu kathāva kāti.

Evaṃ puññamahattato anussaritabbaṃ. Kathaṃ thāmamahattato?

Vāsudevo baladevo bhīmaseno yudhiṭṭhilo,
Cānuro piyadāmallo1 antakassa vasaṃ gatā.

Evaṃ thāmabalupetā iti lokamhi vissutā,
Etepi maraṇaṃ yātā mādisesu kathāva kāti.

Evaṃ thāmamahattato anussaritabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Iddhimahattato?

Pādaṅguṭṭhakamattena vejayantaṃ akampayī,
Yo nāmiddhimataṃ seṭṭho dutiyo aggasāvako.

1. Ma. Cānuroyomahāmallo.

[SL Page 172] [\x 172/]

Sopi maccumukhaṃ ghoraṃ migo sīhamukhaṃ viya,
Paviṭṭho saha iddhihi mādisesu kathāva kāti.

Evaṃ iddhimahattato anussaritabbaṃ. Kathaṃ paññāmahattato?
[PTS Page 234] [\q 234/]
Lokanāthaṃ ṭhapetvāna ye caññe atthi pāṇino,
Paññāya sāriputtassa kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasi.

Evaṃ nāma mahāpañño paṭhamo aggasāvako,
Maraṇassa vasaṃ patto mādisesu kathāva kātī.
Evaṃ paññāmahattato anussaritabbaṃ. Kathaṃ pacceka buddhato? Yepi te attano
ñāṇaviriyabalena sabbakilesa sattu nimmathanaṃ katvā paccekasaṃbodhiṃ patvā
khaggavisāṇakappā sayambhuno, tepi maraṇato na muttā. Kuto panāhaṃ. Muccissāmīti.

Taṃ taṃ nimittamāgamma vīmaṃsantā mahesayo,
Sayambhuñāṇatejena ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ.

Ekacariyanivāsena khaggasiṅga samūpamā,
Tepi nātigatā maccuṃ mādisesu kathāva kāti.

Evaṃ paccekabuddhato anussaritabbaṃ. Kathaṃ sammāsambuddhato? Yopi so bhagavā
asītianuvyañjanapatimaṇḍitadvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavicitrarūpakāyo
sabbākāraparisuddha sīlakkhandhādi guṇaratana samiddhadhammakāyo yasamahatta
puññamahatta thāmamahatta iddhimahatta paññāmahattānaṃ pāraṃgato asamo asamasamo
appaṭipuggalo arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, sopi salilavuṭṭhinipātena mahā aggikkhavdho
viya maraṇavuṭṭhi nipātena ṭhānaso vūpasanto.

Evaṃ mahānubhāvassa yaṃ nāmetaṃ mahesino,
Na bhayena na lajjāya maraṇaṃ vasamāgataṃ.

Nillajjaṃ vītasārajjaṃ sabbasattābhimaddanaṃ,
Tayidaṃ mādisaṃ sattaṃ kathaṃ nābibhavissatīti.

Evaṃ sammāsambuddhato anussaritabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ yasamahantatādi sampannehi parehi
saddhiṃmaraṇasāmaññatāya attānaṃ upasaṃ haritvā tesaṃ viya sattavisesānaṃ mahhampi
maraṇaṃ bhavissatīti anussarato upacārappattaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ hotīti evaṃ
upasaṃharaṇato maranaṃ anussaritabbaṃ. [PTS Page 235] [\q 235/]

Kāyabahusādhāraṇatoti- ayaṃ kāyo bahusādhāraṇo, asītiyā tāva kimikulānaṃ sādārano.
Tattha chavinissitā pānāchaviṃ khādanti, cammanissitā chammaṃ khādanti, maṃsanissitā
maṃsaṃ khādanti, nahārunissitā nahāruṃ khādanti, aṭṭhinissitā aṭṭhiṃ khādanti, miñjanissitā
miñjaṃ khādanti, tattheva jāyanti, jiyanti.

[SL Page 173] [\x 173/]

Mīyanti, uccārapassācaṃ karonti, kāyova nesaṃ sūtigharañceva gilānasālā ca, susānañca
vaccakuṭī ca passācadoṇikā ca, svāyaṃ tesampi kimikulānaṃ pakopena maraṇaṃnigacchati
yeva. Yathāca asītiyā kimikulānaṃ, evaṃ ajjhattikānaṃ yevapaanekasatānaṃ rogānaṃ
pāhirānañca ahivicchikādīnaṃ maraṇassa paccayānaṃ sādhāraṇo. Yathāhi catumahāpathe
ṭhapite lakkhamhi sabbadisāhi āgatā sarasattitomara pāsāṇādayo nipatanti, evaṃ kāyepi
sabbupaddavā nipatanti. Svāyaṃ tesampi upaddavānaṃ nipātena maraṇaṃ nigacchati yeva.
Tenāha bhagavā: - " idha bhikkhave bikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā panihitāya iti
paṭisaṃcikkhati: - bahukā kho me paccayā maraṇassa; ahi vā maṃ ḍaseyya vicchiko vā maṃ
ḍaseyya, satapadīvā maṃ ḍaseyya, tena me assa kālakiriyā, so mamassa antarāyo,
upakkhalitvā vā papateyyaṃ, bhatti vā me bhuttaṃ vyāpajjeyya, pittaṃ vā me kuppeyya,
semhaṃ vā me kuppeyya, satthakā vā me vātā kuppeyyuṃ, tena me assa kālakiriyā. So
mamassa antarāyo"ti evaṃ kāyabahusādhāraṇato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ.

Āyudubbalatoti- āyu nāmetaṃ abalaṃ dubbalaṃ, tathāhi. Sattā naṃ jīvitaṃ
assāsapassāsūpanibaddhañceva iriyāpathūpanibaddhañca. Situṇhūpanibaddhañca.
Mahābhūtupanibaddhañca, āhārūpanibaddhañca. Tadetaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ samavuttitaṃ
labhamānameva pavattati. Bahinikkhantanāsikāvāto pana anto apavisante paviṭṭhe vā
anikkhamante mato nāma hoti. Catunnaṃ iriyapathānampi sama vuttitaṃ labhamānameva
pavattati, aññataraññatarassa [PTS Page 236] [\q 236/] pana adimattatāya āyusaṅkārā
upaccijjanti. Sītunhānampi samavuttitaṃ labhamānameva pavattati, atisūtena pana
atiuṇhena vā abhibhūtassa vipajjati. Mahābhūtānampi samavuttitaṃ labhamānameva
pavattati, paṭhavidhātuyā pana āpodhātuādīnaṃ vā aññatarañña tarassa pakopena
balasampannopi puggalo patthaddhakāyo vā atisārādivasena kilinnapūtikāyo vā
mahāḍāhapareto vā sañchijjamānasandhibandhano vā hutvā jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpuṇāti.
Kabaliṅkārāhārampi yuttakāle labhantasseva jīvitaṃ pavattati, āhāraṃ alabhamānassa pana
parikkhayaṃ gacchatīti evaṃ āyudubbalato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ.

Anumittatoti- avavatthānato, paricchedābhāvatoti attho. Sattānaṃ hi.

Jīvitaṃ vayādhi kālo ca dehanikkhepanaṃ gati,
Pañcete jivalokasmiṃ animittā na ñāyare.

Tattha jīvitaṃ tāva: - ettakameva jīvitabbaṃ na ito paranti evaṃ vavatthānābhāvato
animittaṃ, kalalakālepi hi sattā maranti,

[SL Page 174] [\x 174/]

Abbuda- pesi - ghana - māsika - dvemāsa - temāsa - catumāsapañcamāsa - dasa māsakālepi
- kucchito nikkhantasamayepi - tato paraṃ vassasatassa anto pi bahi pi marantiyeva.
Vayādhipi imināva vyādhinā sattā maranti na aññenāti evaṃ vavatthānābhāvato animitto,
cakkhu rogenāpi hi sattā maranti, sotarogādīnaṃ aññatarenāpi. Kālopi imasmiṃ yeva kāle
maritabbaṃ, na aññasminti evaṃ vavatthānābāvato anamitto, pubbaṇhepi hi sattā maranti,
majjhantikādīnaṃ aññatarasmimpi. Dehanikkhepanampi idheva mīyyamānānaṃ dehena
patitabbaṃ, na aññatthāti evaṃ vavatthānā bhāvato animittaṃ, anto game jātānaṃ hi pahi
gāmepi atta bhāvo patati, pahi gāmepi jātānaṃ antogāme, tathā thalajānaṃ jale, jalajānaṃ
thaleti anekappakārato vitthāretabbaṃ. [PTS Page 237] [\q 237/] gatipi ito cutena idha
nibbattitabbanti evaṃ vavatthānābhāvato animittā, devalokato hi cutā manussesupi
nibbattanti. Manussa lokato cutā devalokādīnampi yattha katthaci nibbattantīti evaṃ
yantayuttagoṇo viya gatipañcake loke samparivatta tīti evaṃ animittato maraṇaṃ
anussaritabbaṃ.

Addhānaparicchedatoti - manussānaṃ jīvitassa nāma etarahi na paricchedo na tathā addhā.
Yo ciraṃ jivati, so vassasataṃ appaṃ vā bhiyyo, tenāha bhagavā: -"appamidaṃ bhikkhave
manusasānaṃ āyu, gamanīyo samparāyo, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ,
natthi jātassa amaranaṃ, yo bhikkhave ciraṃ jivati, so vassasataṃ - appaṃ vā bhiyyo"ti.

Appamāyu manussānaṃ hīḷeyya naṃ suporiso,
Careyyādittasīsova natthi vaccussanāgamoti.

Aparampi āha: - " bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave arako nāma satthā aho sī"ti sabbampi sattahi
upamāhi alaṅkataṃ suttaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Aparampi āha: - yopāyaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhū evaṃ
maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti aho vatāhaṃ rattindivaṃ jiveyyaṃ, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ,
bahuṃ vata me kataṃ assātī, yopāyaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti,
ahovatāhaṃ divasaṃ jiveyyaṃ, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasikareyyaṃ, bahuṃ vata me kataṃ
assāta. Yopāyaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti, ahovatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ
jiveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ ekaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjāmi. Bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasikareyyaṃ,
bahuṃ vata me kataṃ assāti. Yopāyaṃ bhikhave bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti, aho
vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jiveyyaṃ, yadantaraṃ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi,
bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasikareyyaṃ, bahuṃ vata me kataṃ assāti. Ime vuccanti bhikkhave
bhikkhū pamattā viharanti, dandhaṃ maraṇasatiṃ

[SL Page 175] [\x 175/]
Bhāventi āsavānaṃ khayāya. [PTS Page 238] [\q 238/] ye ca khvāyaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu
evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti, aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jiveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ ekaṃ ālopaṃ
saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasikareyyaṃ, bahuṃ vata me kataṃ assāti.
Yopāyaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jiveyyaṃ
yadantaraṃ assasitvā vā passasāmi passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi
kareyyaṃ pahuṃ vata me kataṃ assāti. Ime vuccanti bhikkave bhikkhū appamattā viharanti,
tikkhaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāventi, āsavānaṃ khayāyā"ti. Evaṃ catupañcālopasaṃkhādana mattaṃ
avissāsiyo paritto jīvitassa addhāti evaṃ addhānaparicchedato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ.

Khaṇaparittatoti- paramatthato hi atiparitto sattānaṃ jīvitakkhaṇo ekacittappavatti matto
yeca. Yathā nāma rathacakkaṃ pavattamānampi ekeneva nemippadesena pavattati
tiṭṭhamānampi ekeneva tiṭṭhati, evameva ekacittakkhaṇikaṃ sattānaṃ jīvitaṃ, tasmiṃ citte
niruddhamatte satto mato nirāddhoti vuccati. Yathāha: - "atite cittakkhaṇe jīvittha, na jivati,
na jivissati, anāgate cittakkhaṇe na jīvittha, na jivati, jivissati. Paccuppanne cittakkhaṇe na
jīvittha, jivati, na jivīssatīti.

Jīvitaṃ attabhāvo ca sukhadukkhā ca kevalā,
Ekacitta samāyuttā lahuso vattate khaṇo.

Ye niruddhā marantassa tiṭṭhamānassa vā idha,
Sabbepi sadisā khandhā gatā appaṭisandhiyā.
Anibbattena na jāto paccuppannena jivati,
Cittabhaṅgā mato loko paññatti paramaṭṭhiyāti.

Evaṃ khaṇaparittato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ. Iti imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ ākārānaṃ
aññataraññatarena anussaratopi punappunaṃ manasikāravasena cittaṃ āsevanaṃ labhati,
maraṇārammanā sati santiṭṭhati, nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, jhānaṅgāni pātu bhavanti,
sabhāvadhammattā pana saṃvejanīyavattā ca ārammaṇassa appanaṃ appatvā
upacārappattamevajhānaṃ hoti, lokutta rajjhānaṃ pana [PTS Page 239] [\q 239/]
dutiyacatutthāni ca āruppajjhānāni sabhāvadhammepi bhāvanā visesena appanaṃ
pāpuṇanti. Visuddhibhāvanānukkama vasena hi lokuttaraṃ appanaṃ pāpuṇanti.
Ārammaṇātikkamabhāva nāvasena āruppaṃ, appanāpattasseva hi jhānassa ārammaṇa
samatikkamanamattaṃ tattha hoti, idha pana tadubhayampi natthi. Tasmā
upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ sati balena uppannattā maraṇasaticceva saṃkhaṃ
gacchati. Imaṃ ca pana maraṇa

[SL Page 176] [\x 176/]

Satimanuyutto bhikkhu satataṃ appamatto hoti, sabbabhavesu anabiratisaññaṃ paṭilabhati,
jīvitanikantiṃ jahāti, pāpagarahī hoti, asannidhibahulo parikkhāresu vigatamalaṃ macchero,
anicca saññā cassa paricayaṃ gacchati, tadanusāreneva ca dukkhasaññā anattasaññā ca
upaṭṭhāti, yathā abhāvitamaraṇā sattā sahasā vāḷamiga yakkha sappa coravadhakābhibhūtā
viya maraṇasamaye bhayaṃ santāsaṃ sammohamāpajjanti, evaṃ anāpajjitvā abhayo
asammūḷhokālaṃ karoti, sace diṭṭheva dhamme amataṃ nārādheti, 1 kāyassa bhedā
sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā have appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya maraṇānussatiyā sadāti.

Idaṃ maraṇasatiyaṃ vitthārakatāmukhaṃ.

Idāni yantaṃ aññatra buddhuppādā appavattapubbaṃ sabbatitthiyānaṃ avisayabhūtaṃ tesu
tesu suttantesu "ekadhammo bhikkhave bhāvito bahulīkato mahato saṃvegāya saṃvattati,
mahato atthāya saṃvattati, mahato yogakkhemāya saṃvattati, mahato sati sampajaññāya
saṃvattati, ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati, diṭṭha dhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati,
vijjā vivutti phalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattati. Katamo ekadhammo? Kāyagatāsati, amataṃ te
bhikkhave paribhuñjanti ye kāyagatāsatiṃ paribhuñjanti. Amataṃ te bhikkhave na
paribhuñjanti ye kāyagatāsatiṃ na paribhuñjanti. [PTS Page 240] [\q 240/] amataṃ tesaṃ
bhikkhave paribhuttaṃ - apaributtaṃ, parihīnaṃaparihīnaṃ, viraddhaṃaviraddhaṃ, yesaṃ
kāyagatāsati āraddhā"ti evaṃ bhagavatā anekehi ākārehi pasaṃsitvā "kathaṃ bhāvitā ca
bhikkhave kāyagatā sati kathaṃ pahūlīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, idha bhikkhave
bhikkhu araññagatovā"ti ādīnā nayena ānāpānapabbaṃiriyāpathapabbaṃ- catusampa
jaññapabbaṃpaṭikkūlamanasikārapabbaṃdhātumanasikārapabbaṃ- navasī vathikapabbānī"ti
imesaṃ cuddasannaṃ pabbānaṃ vasena kāyagatāsati kammaṭṭhānaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ, tassa
bhācanā niddeso anuppatto: tattha yasmā iriyāpathapabbaṃ catusampajaññapabbaṃ
dhātumanasikārapabbanti imāni tīṇi vipassanāvasena vuttāni, navasīvathikapabbāni
vipassanāñāṇesu yeva ādīnavānupassanāva sana vuttāni, yāpi cettha uddhumātakādīsu
samādhibhāvanā ijjheyya, sā asubhaniddese pakāsitā yeva. Ānāpānapabbaṃ pana
paṭikkūlamanasikārapabbañca inevettha dvesamādhivasena vuttāni, tesu ānāpānapabbaṃ
ānāpānasativasena visuṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ yeva. Yaṃ panetaṃ "punacaparaṃ

1. Ma. Nādhigameti.

[SL Page 177] [\x 177/]
Bhikkhave bhikkhu imamevakāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṃ
pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhatī, atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā
dantātaco maṃsaṃ nahāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kālomakaṃ pihakaṃ
papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ
sedo medo assu vasā khelo siṅghānikā lasikā mutta"nti. Evaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ aṭṭhi miñjena
saṅgahetvā paṭikkūlamanasikāravasena desitaṃ dvattiṃ sākārakammaṭṭhānaṃ idamidha
kāyagatāsatīti adhippetaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷivaṇṇanāpubbaṅgamo bhāvanāniddeso. Imameva
kāyanti imaṃ cātummahābhūtikaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, uddhaṃ pādatalato upari, adho kesamatthakāti
kesaggato heṭṭhā, tacapariyantanti tiriyaṃ tacaparicchinṇaṃ, pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino
[PTS Page 241] [\q 241/] paccavekkha tīti nānappakārakesādi asucibharito ayaṃ kāyoti
passati. Kathaṃ? Atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantātaco maṃsaṃ nahāru aṭṭhi
aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kālomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ
udariyaṃ karīsaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā khelo
siṅghānikā lasikā muttanti. Tattha atthiti saṃvijjanti, imasminti yvāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā
adho kesamatthakā tacapariyano pūro nānāppakārassa asucinoti vuccati, tasmiṃ kāyeti
sarīre, sarīraṃ hi asucisañcayato kucchitānaṃ kesādi nañceva cakkhurogādīnañca
rogasatānaṃ āyabhūtato kāyoti vuccati. Kesā lomātiete kesādayo dvattiṃsākārā, tattha atthi
imasmiṃ kāye kesā, atthi imasmiṃ kāye lomāti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Imasmiṃ hi
pādatalato paṭṭhāyaapari, kesamatthakā paṭṭhāya ṭṭho, tacato paṭṭhāya paritoti1 ettake
vyāmamatte kaḷebare sabbākārenapi picinanto na koci kiñci muttaṃ vā maṇiṃ vā veḷuriyaṃ
vā agaruṃ vā kuṅkumaṃ vā kappūraṃ vā vāsacunṇādiṃ vā aṇumattampi sucibhāvaṃ passati,
atha ko parama duggandhajegucchaṃ assirikadassanaṃ nānappakāraṃ kesalomādi bhedaṃ
asuciṃ yeva passati. Tena vuttaṃ: - atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantātaco maṃsaṃ
nahāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kālomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ
antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu
vasā khelo siṅghānikā lasikā muttanti. Ayamettha padasambandhato vaṇṇanā.

Imā pana kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetvā arahattaṃ pāpunitu kāmena ādikammikena kulaputtena
vucattappakāraṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upa saṅkamitvā idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetabaṃbaṃ.
Tenāpissakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathentena sattadhā uggahakosallaṃ dasadhā ca manasikāra
kosallaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. Tattha - vacasā, manasā, vanṇato, saṇṭhā nato, disato, okāsato,
paricchedatoti evaṃ sattadhā uggaha kosallaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. Imasmiṃ hi
paṭikkūlamanasikārakammaṭṭhāne yopi tipimako hoti, tenāpi manasikārakāle paṭhamaṃ
vācāya sajjhāyo. Kātabbe. Ekaccassa hi sajjhāyaṃ karontasseva kammaṭṭhānaṃ pākamaṃ hoti.
Malayavāsi mahādevattherassa santike uggahitakammaṭṭhānānaṃ dvinnaṃ therānaṃ viya,
thero kira tehi kammaṭṭhānaṃ yācito cattāro [PTS Page 242] [\q 242/] māse imaṃ yeva
sajjhāyaṃ karo thāti dvattiṃsākārapāḷiṃ adāsi. Te kiñcāpi nesaṃ ṭe tayo

1. Tiriyantatoti. (Sammoha)

[SL Page 178] [\x 178/]

Nikāyā paguṇā padakkiṇaggāhitāya pana cattāro māse dvattiṃ sākāraṃ sajjhāyantāva
sotāpannā ahesuṃ. Tasmā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathentena ācariyena antevāsiko vattabbo:
paṭhamaṃ tāva vācāya sajjhāyaṃ karohīti. Karontena ca tacapañcakādīni pariccinditvā
anulomapaṭilemavasena sajjhāyo kātabbo. "Kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco"ti hi vatvā puna
paṭilomato " taco dantā nakhā lomā so"ti vattabbaṃ. Tadanantara vakka pañcake "maṃsaṃ
nahāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhaamiñjaṃ vakkaṃ"ti vatvā puna paṭi lomato " vakkaṃ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ aṭṭhi
nahāru maṃsaṃ taco dantā nakhā lomā kesāti vattabbaṃ. Tato papphāsapañcake "hadayaṃ
yakanaṃ kilemakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ"ti vatvā puna paṭilomato "papphāsaṃ pihakaṃ
kilomakaṃ yakanaṃ hadayaṃ vakkaṃ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ aṭṭhi nahāru maṃsaṃ taco dantā nakhā
lomā kesā"ti vattabbaṃ. Tato matthaluṅgapañcake "antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ
matthaluṅga"nti vatvā puna paṭilomato "matthaluṅgaṃ karīsaṃ udariyaṃ antaguṇaṃ antaṃ
papphāsaṃ pihakaṃ kilemakaṃ yakanaṃ hadayaṃ vakkaṃ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ aṭṭhi nahāru maṃsaṃ
taco dantā nakhā lomā kesā"ti vattabbaṃ. Tato medachakke "pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ
sedo medo"ti vatvā puna paṭilemato "medo sedo lohitaṃ pubbo semhaṃ pittaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ
karīsaṃ udariyaṃ antaguṇaṃ antaṃ papphāsaṃ pihakaṃ kilomakaṃ yakanaṃ hadayaṃ
vakkaṃ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ aṭṭhi nahāru maṃsaṃ taco dantā nakhā lemā kesā"ti vattabbaṃ. Tato
muttachakke " assu vasā khelo siṅghānikā lasikā mutta"nti vatvā puna paṭilomato "muttaṃ
lasikāsiṅghānikā khelo vasā assu medo sedo lohitaṃ pubbo semhaṃ pittaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ
karīsaṃ udariyaṃ antaguṇaṃ antaṃ papphāsaṃ pihakaṃ kilomakaṃ yakanaṃ hadayaṃ
vakkaṃ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ aṭṭhi nahāru maṃsaṃ taco dantā nakhā lomā kesā"ti vattabbaṃ. [PTS
Page 243] [\q 243/] evaṃ kālasataṃ kāla sahassaṃ kālasatasahassampi vācāya sajjhāyo
kātabbo. Vacasā sajjhāyena hi kammaṭṭhānatanti pagunā hoti, na ito cito ca cittaṃ vidhāvati,
koṭṭhāsā pākaṭā honti, hatthasaṅghalikā viya vatipādapanti viya ca khāyanti, yathā pana
vacasā tatheva manasāpi sajjhāyo kātabbo. Vacasā sajjhāyo hi manasā sajjhāyassa paccayo
hoti, manasā sajjhāyo lakkhaṇapaṭivedhassa paccayo hoti. Vanṇatotikesādīnaṃ vaṇṇo
vavatthapetabbo, saṇṭhānatoti- tesaṃ yeva saṇṭhānaṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ, disatotiimasmiṃ hi
sarīre nābhito uddhaṃ uparimā disā, adho heṭṭhimā disā, tasmā ayaṃ koṭṭhāso imissā nāma
disāyāti disā vavatthapetabbā. Okāsatoti- ayaṃ koṭṭhāso imasmiṃ nāma okāse patiṭṭhitoti
evaṃ tassa tassa okāso vavatthapetabbo, pariccheda

[SL Page 179] [\x 179/]

Toti- sabhāgaparicchedo visabhāgaparicchedoti dve paricchedā, tattha ayaṃ koṭṭhāso heṭṭhā
ca upari ca tiriyañca iminā nāma paricchinnoti evaṃ sabhāgaparicchedo veditabbo, kesā na
lomā lomāpi na kesāti evaṃ amissakatāvasena visabhāgaparicchedo veditabbo. Evaṃ sattadhā
uggahakosallaṃ ācikkhantena pana idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ asukasmiṃ sutte paṭikkūlavasena
kathitaṃ asukasmiṃ dhātuvasenāti ñatvā ācikkhitabbaṃ. Idaṃ hi mahāsati paṭṭhāne
paṭikkūlavaseneva kathitaṃ, mahāhatthipadopama mahārāhulovāda dhātuvibhaṅgesu
dhātuvasena kathitaṃ. Kāyagatāsati sutte pana yassa vaṇṇato upaṭṭhāti taṃ savdhāya
cattāri jhānāni vibhattāni. Tattha dhātuvasena kathitaṃ. Kāyagatāsati sutte pana yassa
vanṇato upaṭṭhāti taṃ savdhāya cattāri jhānāni vibhattāni. Tattha dhātuvasena kathitaṃ
vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ hoti, paṭikkūlavasenakathitaṃ samathakammaṭṭhānaṃ, tadetaṃ
idha samatha kammaṭṭhānamevāti evaṃ sattadhāuggahakosallaṃ ācikkhitvā anu pubbato
nātisīghato nātisanikato vikkhepapaṭibāhanato paṇṇattisamatikkamanato
anupubbamuñcanato appanāto tayo ca suttantāti evaṃ dasadhā manasikārakosallaṃ ācikkhi
tabbaṃ. Tattha anupubbatoti- idaṃ hi sajjhāyakaraṇato paṭṭhāya [PTS Page 244] [\q 244/]
anupaṭipāṭiyā manasikātabbaṃ, na ekantarikāya. Ekantarikāya himanasikaronto yathā
nāma akusalo puriso dvattiṃsapadaṃ nisseṇiṃ ekantarikāya ārohanto kilantakāyo patati na
ārohaṇaṃ sampādeti, evameva bhāvanāsampattivasena adhiganantabbassa assādassa
anadhigamā kilantacitto patati na bhāvanaṃsampādeti, anupubbato manasikarāntenāpi ca
nātisīghato manasikātabbaṃ. Atisīghato manasikaroto hi yathānāma tiyo janaṃ maggaṃ
paṭipajjitvā okkamanavissajjanaṃ asallakkhetvā sīghena javena satakkhattumpi
gamanāgamanaṃ karoto purisassa kiñcāpi addhānaṃ parikkhayaṃ gacchati atha kho
pucchitvāva gantabbaṃ hoti, evameva kevalaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pariyosānaṃ pāpuṇāti avi
bhūtaṃ pana hoti, na visesaṃ āvahati. Tasmā nātisīghato manasi kātabbaṃ. Yathā ca
nātisīghato evaṃ nātisanikatopi. Atisani kato manasikaroto hi yathānāma tadaheva tiyejanaṃ
maggaṃ gantukāmassa purisassa antarāmaggerukkhapabbatataḷākādisu1 vilambamānassa
maggo parikkhayaṃ na gacchati, dvīhatīhena pariyo sāpetabbo hoti, evameva
kammaṭṭhānaṃ pariyosānaṃ na gacchati, visesādhigamassa paccayo na hoti.
Vikkhepapaṭibāhanatoti- kammaṭṭhānaṃ vissejjetvā bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇe cetaso
vikkhepo paṭibāhitabbo. Appaṭibāhato hi yathā nāma ekapadikaṃ papātamaggaṃ
paṭipannassa purisassa akkamanapadaṃ asallakkhetvā

1. Rukkhapabbatagahaṇādisu. (Sammoha. )

[SL Page 180] [\x 180/]

Ito cito ca vilokayato padavāro virajjhati, tato sata porise papāte patitabbaṃ hoti, evameva
pahiddhā vikkhepe sati kammaṭṭhānaṃ parihāyati paridhaṃsati tasmāvikkhepapaṭibāhanato
manasikātabbaṃ. Paṇṇattisamatikkamanatoti - yā ayaṃ kesā lomāti ādikā paṇṇatti, taṃ
atikkamitvā paṭikkūlanti cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ. Yathā hi udakadullabhakāle manussā araññe
udapānaṃ disvā tattha tālapanṇādikaṃ kiñcideva saññānaṃ bandhitvā tena saññāṇena
āgantvā nahāyanti ceva pibantica, [PTS Page 245] [\q 245/] yadā pana nesaṃ
abinhasañcārena āgatāgatapadaṃ pākamaṃ hoti tadā saññā ṇena kiccaṃ na hoti,
icciticcitakkhaṇe gantvā nahāyanti ceva pibantica. Evameva pubbabhāge kesā lomāti
panṇatti masena manasikaroto paṭikkūlabāvo pākaṭo hoti, atha kesā lomāti paṇṇattiṃ
samatikkamitvā paṭikkūlabhāve yeva cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ. Anupubbamuñcanatoti - yo yo
koṭṭhāso na upaṭṭhāti, taṃ taṃ muñcantena anupubbamuñcanato manasikā tabbaṃ.
Ādikammikassa hi kesāti manasikaroto manasikāro ganatvā muttanti imaṃ
pariyesānakoṭṭhāsameva āhacca tiṭṭhati, muttanti ca manasikaroto manasikāro gantvā kesāti
imaṃ ādi koṭṭhāsameva āhacca tiṭṭhati, athassa manasikaroto manasikaroto keci koṭṭhāsā
upaṭṭhahanti, keci na upaṭṭhahanti. Tena ye yo upaṭṭhahanti, tesu tesu tāva kammaṃ
katabbaṃ, yāva dvīsu upaṭṭhi tesu tesampi eko suṭṭhutaraṃ upaṭṭhāti, evaṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ
pana tadeva punappuna manasikarontena appanā uppādetabbā. Tatrāyaṃ upamā: - "yathā
hi dvattiṃsatālako tālavane vasantaṃ makkaṭaṃ gahetukāmo luddo ādimhi ṭhitatālassa
paṇṇaṃ sarena vijjhitvā ukkuṭṭhiṃ kareyya, atha kho so makkaṭo paṭipāṭiyā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ
tāle patitvā pariyantatālameva gaccheyya, tatthapi gantvā luddena tatheva kate puna teneva
nayena āditālaṃ āgaccheyya, se evaṃ punappunaṃ paripātiyamāno ukkuṭṭhukkuṭṭhaṭṭhāne
yeva uṭṭhahitvā anukkamena ekasmiṃ tāle nipatitvā tassa vemajjhe makulatālapaṇṇasūciṃ
daḷhaṃ gahetvā vijjhiyamānopi nauṭṭhaheyya, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ
opammasaṃsavdanaṃ: - yathā hi tāla vane dvattiṃsatālā, evaṃ imasmiṃ kāye
dvattiṃsakoṭṭhāsā. Makkamo viya cittaṃ, luddo viya yogāvacaro, makkaṭassa dvattiṃsa
tālake tālavane nivāso viyayogino cittassa dvattiṃsa koṭṭhāsako kāye ārammaṇavasena
anusañcaraṇaṃ, luddena ādimhi ṭhitatālassa paṇṇaṃ sarena vijjhitvā ukkuṭṭhiyā katāya
makkaṭassa tasmiṃtasmiṃ tāle patitvā pariyantatālagamanaṃ viya yoginā kesāti manasikāre
āraddhe paṭipāṭiyā gantvā pariyo sānakoṭṭhāse yeva cittassa [PTS Page 246] [\q 246/]
sanṭhānaṃ, puna paccāgamanepieseva

[SL Page 181] [\x 181/]

Nayo. Punappunaṃ paripātiyamānassa makkaṭassa ukkuṭṭhukkuṭṭhaṭṭhāne uṭṭhānaṃ viya
punappuna manasikaroto kesuci kesuci upaṭṭhi tesu anupaṭṭhahante vissajjetvā upaṭṭhitesu
parikammakaraṇaṃ, anukkamena ekasmiṃ tāle nipatitvā tassa majjhe makuḷatāla
panṇasūciṃ daḷhaṃ gahetvā vijjhiyamānassāpi anuṭṭhānaṃ viya avasāne dvīsu upaṭṭhitesu
yo suṭṭhutaraṃ upaṭṭhāti tameva punappuna manasi karitvā appanāya uppādanaṃ. Aparāpi
upamā: -" yathā nāma piṇḍapātiko bhikkhu dvattiṃsakulaṃ gāmaṃ upanissāya vasanto
paṭhamagehe yeva dve bikkhā labhitvā parato ekaṃ vissajjeyya, puna divase tisso labatvā
parato dve vissajjeyya, tatiya divase ādimhi yeva pattapūraṃ labhitvā āsanasālaṃ gantvā
paribhuñjeyya, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Dvattiṃsakulagāmo viya hi dvattiṃsākāro,
piṇḍapātiko viya yogāvacaro, tassa taṃ gāmaṃ upanissāya vāso viya yogino dvattiṃsākāre
parikamma karaṇaṃ, paṭhamagehe dve bikkhā labhitvā parato ekissā vissajjanaṃ viya
dutiyadivase tisso labitvā parato ṭinnaṃ vissajjanaṃviya ca manasikaroto manasikaroto
anupaṭṭhahante vissajjetvā upaṭṭhitasu upaṭṭhitasu yāva koṭṭhāsadvaye
parikammakaraṇaṃ, tatiyadivase ādimhi yeva pattapūraṃ labitvā āsanalālāya nisīditvā
paribhogo viya dvīsu yo suṭṭhutaraṃ upaṭṭhāti tameva punappuna manasi karitvā
appanāya uppādanaṃ. Appanātoti- appanā koṭṭhāsato, kesādīsu ekekasmiṃ koṭṭhāse
appanā hotīti veditabbāti ayamettha adippāyo. Tayo ca suttantāti -adhi cittaṃ sītibāvo
bojjhaṅgakosallanti ime tayo suttantā viriyasamādhiyojanatthaṃ veditabbāti ayamettha
adhippāyo. Tattha "adhicittamanuyuttena bhikkhave bhikkhunā tīṇi nimittāni kālena kālaṃ
manasikātabbāni: kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ
paggahanimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ [PTS Page 247] [\q 247/]
manasikātabbaṃ. Sace bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ
samādhinimittaññeva manasikareyya ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ kosajjaya saṃvatteyya, sace
bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ paggahanimittaññeva manasikareyya,
ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvatteyya, sace bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu
ekantaṃ upekkhānimittaññeva manasikareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ na sammāsamādhiyeyya
āsavāsanaṃ khayāya. Yato ca kho bhikkhave adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ
samādhi nimittaṃ paggahanimittaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasikaroti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ mududva
kammaññca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya.
Seyyathāpi bhikkhave suvanṇāro vā suvanṇakārantevāsī vā ukkaṃ bandhati ukkaṃ
bandhitvā ukkā

[SL Page 182] [\x 182/]

Mukhaṃ ālimpeti ukkāmukhaṃ ālimpetvā saṇḍāsena jātarūpaṃ gahetvā ukkāmukhe
pakkhipitvā kālena kālaṃ abhidhamati kālena kālaṃ udakena paripphoseti kālena
kālaṃajjhupekkhati, sace bhikkhave suvaṇaṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārentavāsī vā taṃ jāta rūpaṃ
ekantaṃ abhidhameyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ jātarūpaṃ ḍaheyya, sace bhikkhave suvaṇṇakāro vā
suvanṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ ekantaṃ udakena paripphoseyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃjātarūpaṃ
nibbāyeyya, saco bhikkhave suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ ekantaṃ
ajjhupekkheyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ jātarūpaṃ na sammāparipākaṃ gaccheyya, yato ca kho
bhikkhave suvanṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ kālena kālaṃ abhidhamati,
kālena kālaṃ udakena paripphoseti, kālena kālaṃ ajjhupekkhati, taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ muduñca
kammaññca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu sammā upeti kammāya. Yassā yassā ca
pilavdhanavikatiyā ākaṅghati yadi paṭṭhikāya yadi kunḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi
suvaṇṇamālāya taṃ cassa atthaṃ anubhoti, evameva kho bhikkhave "adhicittamanuyuttena
bhikkhave bhikkhunā tīṇi nimittāni kālena kālaṃ manasikātabbāni: kālena kālaṃ
samādhinimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Kālena
kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Sace bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu
ekantaṃ samādhinimittaññeva manasikareyya ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ kosajjaya saṃvatteyya, sace
bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ paggahanimittaññeva manasikareyya,
ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvatteyya, sace bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu
ekantaṃ upekkhānimittaññeva manasikareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ na sammāsamādhiyeyya
āsavāsanaṃ khayāya. Yato ca kho bhikkhave adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ
samādhi nimittaṃ paggahanimittaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasikaroti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ mududva
kammaññca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. Yassa
yassa ca abhiññā sacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti [PTS Page 248] [\q
248/] abhiññā sacchikiriyāya tate;va sakkhi bhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane"ti idaṃ
suttaṃ adhicittanti veditabbaṃ. "Chahi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo
anuttaraṃ sītibāvaṃ saccikātuṃ, katamehi chahi? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu yasmiṃ samaye
cittaṃ niggahetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃniggaṇhāti, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paggahetabbaṃ
tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paggaṇhāti, yasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ sampahaṃsitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye
cittaṃ sampahaṃseti, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ
ajjhupekkhati, panītādimuttiko ca hoti nibbāṇā bhirato. Imehi kho bhikkhave chahi
dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabboanuttaraṃ sītibhāvaṃ sacchikātu"nti. Idaṃ suttaṃ
sītibhā voti veditabbaṃ. Bojjhaṅgakosallaṃ pana "evameva khe bhikkhave yasmiṃ samaye
līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti akālo tasmiṃ samaye passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāyā"ti 1
appanākosallakathāyaṃ dassi tameva. Iti idaṃ sattavidhaṃ uggahakosallaṃ suggahītaṃ katvā
idañca dasavidhaṃ manasikārakosallaṃ suṭṭhu vavatthapetvā tena yoginā
ubhayakosallavasena kammaṭṭhānaṃ sādhukaṃ uggahe tabbaṃ. Sace panassa ācariyena
saṭṭhiṃ ekavihāreyeva phāsu hoti, evaṃ vitthārena akathāpetvā
kammaṭṭhānamanuyuñjantena visesaṃ labhitvā uparūpari kathāpetabbaṃ. Aññattha
vasitukāmena yathā vuttena vidinā vitthārato kathāpetvā punappuna parivattetvā

1. Saṃyuttamahāmagge bojjhaṅgasaṃyutte.

[SL Page 183] [\x 183/]

Sabbaṃ gaṇṭhiṭṭhānaṃ chinditvā paṭhavikasinaniddese vuttanayeneva ananurūpaṃ
senāsanaṃ pahāya anurūpe viharantena khuddakapaḷi bodhupacchedaṃ katvā
paṭikkūlamanasikāre parikammaṃkātabbaṃ. Karontena pana kesesu tāva nimittaṃ
gahetabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Ekaṃ vā dve vā kese luñcitvā hatthatale ṭhapetvā [PTS Page 249] [\q
249/] vaṇṇo tāva vavatthapetabbo. Chinnaṭṭhānepi kese oloketuṃ vaṭṭati, udakapatte
vā yāgupatte va oloketu vaṭṭati yeva. Kāḷakakāle disvā kaḷakāti manasi kātabbā. Setakāle
setāti missakakāle pana ussadamasena manasi kātabbā honti. Yathā ca kesesu evaṃ sakalepi
tacapañcake disvāvanimittaṃ gahe tabbaṃ.

Evaṃ nimittaṃ gahetvā sabbakoṭṭhāsesu vanṇasanṭhāna disokāsaparicchedavasena
vavatthapetvā vanṇasaṇṭhānagandhā sayokāsavasena pañcavadhā paṭikkūlatā1
vavatthapetabbā. Tatrāyaṃ sabbakoṭṭhāsesu anupubbakathā: - kesā tāva pakativaṇṇena
kāḷakā addāriṭṭhakavanṇā, saṇṭhānato dīghavaṭṭa2 tulādaṇḍa saṇṭhānā, disato
uparimadisāya jātā, okāsato ubhesu passesu kaṇṇacūḷikāhi - purato nalāṭantena - pacchato
galavāṭakena paricchinnaṃ sisakaṭāhaveṭhanaṃ allacammaṃ kesānamokāso. Paricchedato
kesā sisaveṭhanacamme vīhaggamattaṃ pavisitvā patiṭṭhitena heṭṭhā attanomūlatalena
upari ākāsena tiriyaṃ aññamaññena paricchinnā, dve kesā ekato natthīti ayaṃ
sabhāgaparicchedo. Kesā na lomā lomā na kesāti evaṃ. Avasesehi ekatiṃsakoṭṭhāsehi
amissakatā, kesā nāma pāṭi ekko eko koṭṭhāsoti ayaṃ visabhāgaparicchedo. Idaṃ kesānaṃ
vanṇādito vavatthāpanaṃ: kesā ca nāmete vaṇṇatopi paṭikkūlā saṇṭhānatopi gandhatopi
āsayatopi okāsatopi paṭikkūlā, manuññepi hi yāgupatte vā bhattapatte vā kesavaṇṇaṃ kiñci
disvā kesamissakamidaṃ haratha nanti jigucchanti, evaṃ kesā vaṇṇato paṭikkūlā, rattiṃ
bhuñajantāpi kesasanṭhānaṃ akkavākaṃ vā makacivākaṃ vā chupitvā tatheva jigucchanti.
Evaṃsaṇṭhānato paṭikkūlā, telamakkhanapuppha dhūpādisaṅkhāravirahitānañca kesānaṃ
gandho paramajgeccho hoti. Tato jegucchataro aggimhi pakkhittānaṃ, [PTS Page 250] [\q
250/] kesā hi vaṇṇasaṇṭhānato apaṭikkūlāpi gandhena pana paṭikkūlāyeva. Yathā hi
daharassa kumārassa vaccaṃ vaṇṇato haliddivaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhāna topi
haliddipinḍasanṭhānaṃ, saṅkāraṭṭhāne chaḍḍītañca aṇḍumātaka kāḷasunakhasarīraṃ
vaṇṇato tālapakkavaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato

1. Ma. Paṭikkūlato. 2. Ma. Dīghavaṭṭalikā tulādaṇḍasanṭhānā.

[SL Page 184] [\x 184/]

Vaṭṭetvā vissaṭṭhamudiṅgasanṭhānaṃ, dāṭhāpissa sumanamakuḷasadisāti ubhayampi
vaṇṇasaṇṭhānato siyā apaṭikkūlaṃ, gandhena pana paṭikkūlameva. Evaṃ kesāpi siyuṃ
vanṇasaṇṭhānato apaṭikkūlā, gandhena pana paṭikkūlā yovāti. Yathā pana asuciṭṭhāne
gāma nissandena jātāni sūpeyyapaṇṇāni nāgarikamanussānaṃ jegucchāni honti
aparibhogāni, evaṃ kesāpi pubbalohita muttakarīsapittasemhādi nissandena jātattā
jegucchāti idaṃ nesaṃ āsayato pāṭikkūlyaṃ. Ime ca kesā nāma gutharāsimhi
uṭṭhitakaṇṇikaṃ viya ekatiṃsakoṭṭhāsarāsimhi jātā. Te susāna saṅkāraṭṭhānādisu jātasākaṃ
viya parikhādisu jātakamalakuvalayādi pupphaṃ viya ca asuciṭṭhāne jātattā
paramajegucchāti idaṃ nesaṃ okāsato pāṭikkūlyaṃ. Yathā ca kesānaṃ evaṃ sabbakoṭṭhāsānaṃ
vaṇṇasanṭhānagandhāsayokāsavasena pañcadhā paṭikkūlatā vavatthapetabbā.
Vaṇṇasaṇṭhāna daasokāsa paricchedamasena pana sabbepi visuṃ visuṃ vavatthapetabbā.

Tathe lomā tāva pakativanṇato na kesā viya asambhinna kāḷakā, kāḷapiṅgalā pana honti,
saṇṭhānato onataggā tāla mūlasanṭhānā, disato dvisu disāsu jātā, okāsato ṭhapetvā kesānaṃ
patiṭṭhitokāsañca hatthapādatalāni ca yebhuyyena avasesa sarīraveṭhanacamme jātā.
Paricchedato sarīraveṭhanacamme likkhā mattaṃ pavisitvā patiṭṭhitena heṭṭhā attano
mūlatalena upari ākāsena tiriyaṃ aññamaññena paricchinnā, dve lomā ekato natthi. Ayaṃ
nesaṃ sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeca.

Nakhāti vīsatiya nakhapattānaṃ nāmaṃ, te sabbepi vaṇṇato setā, saṇṭhānato
macchasakalikasaṇṭhānā, disato pādanakhā heṭṭhimadisāyaṃ, hatthanakhā uparimadisāyāti
[PTS Page 251] [\q 251/] dvīsu disāsu jātā. Okā sato aṅgulīnaṃ aggapiṭṭhesu patiṭṭhitā.
Paricchedato tīsu disāsu aṅgulikoṭimaṃsehi anto aṅgulipiṭṭhimaṃsena pahi ceva agge ca
ākāsena tiriyaṃ aññamaññena paricchinnā, dve nakhā ekato natthi. Ayaṃ nesaṃ
sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Dantāti paripuṇṇadantassa dvattiṃsa dantaṭṭhikāni. Tepi vanṇato setā, saṇṭhānato
anekasaṇṭhānā, tesaṃ hi heṭṭhi māya tāva dantapāḷiyā majjhe cattāro dantā mattikāpiṇḍe
paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitaalābubījasaṇṭhānā, tesaṃ ubhosu passesu ekeko ekamūlako ekakoṭiko
mallikāmakuḷasanṭhāno, tato ekeko dvimūlako dvikoṭiko yānaka upatthambhanika
saṇṭhāno, tato dve dve timūlā tikoṭikā, tato dve dve

[SL Page 185] [\x 185/]

Catumūlā catukoṭikāti. Uparimapāḷiyapi esevanayo. Disato uparimadisāya jātā, okāsato
dvīsū hanukaṭṭhikesu patiṭṭhitā. Paricchedato heṭṭhā hanukaṭṭhike patiṭṭhitena attano
mūla talena upari ākāsena tiriyaṃ aññamaññena paricchinnā, dve dantā ekato natthi. Ayaṃ
nesaṃ sabhāgaparicchedo, visabhāga paricchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Tacoti sakalasarīraṃ veṭhetvā ṭhitacammaṃ. Tassa upari kāḷa sāmapītādivannā chavi nāma,
sā sakalasarīratopi saṃkaḍḍhiyamānā badaraṭṭhimattā hota. Taco pana vaṇṇato setoyeva,
so cassa setabhāvo aggijālābhighāta paharaṇappahārādīhi viddhaṃsitāya chaviyā pākaṭo
hoti, sanṭhānato sarīrasaṇṭhānova hoti, aya mettha saṃkhepo. Vitthārato pana
pādaṅgulittaco kosakāraka kosasaṇṭhāno, piṭṭhipādattavo puṭabaddhaupāhanasaṇṭhāno,
jaṅghattaco bhattapuṭakatālapaṇṇasaṇṭhāno, ūrukkado
taṇḍulabharitadīghatthavikasaṇṭhāno, ānisadattaco udatapūritapaṭa parissāvanasaṇṭhāno,
piṭṭhittaco phalakonaddhacammasaṇṭhāno, kucchittaco
vīṇādoṇikonaddhacammasaṇṭhāno, urattaco yebhuyyena caturassasanṭhāno,
ubhayabāhuttaco tuṇīronaddha cammasanṭhāno, piṭṭhihatthattaco khurakosasanṭhāno,
phaṇakatthavika saṇṭhāno vā, hatthaṅgulittaco kuñcikākosasaṇṭhāno, gīvattaco
gaḷakañcukasaṇṭhāno, mukhattaco [PTS Page 252] [\q 252/] chiddāvachiddakīṭa
kulāvakasaṇṭhāno, sisattaco pattatthavikasaṇṭhānoti. Taca pariggaṇhakena ca yogāvacarena
uttaroṭṭhato paṭṭhāya upari mukhaṃ ñāṇaṃ pesetvā paṭhamaṃ tāva mukhaṃ
pariyonandhitvā ṭhitacammaṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tato nalāṭaṭṭhicammaṃ, tato thavikāya
pakkhitta pattassa ca thavikāya ca antarena tthamiva sīsaṭṭhikassa ca sīsacammassa ca
antarena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā aṭṭhikena saṭṭhiṃ cammassa ekābaddha bhāvaṃ viyojentena
sīsacammaṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tato khandhacammaṃ, tato anulomena paṭilomena ca
dakkhiṇahatthacammaṃ, atha teneva nayena vāmahatthacammaṃ. Tato piṭṭhicammaṃ
vavatthapetvā1 anulo mena paṭilomena ca dakkhiṇapādacammaṃ, atha teneva nayena vāma
pādacammaṃ tato anukkameneva vatthi udara hadaya gīvā chammānī vavatthapetabbāni.
Atha gīvācammānantaraṃ heṭṭhimahanucammaṃ vavattha petvā adharoṭṭhapariyosānaṃ
pāpetvā niṭṭhapetabbaṃ. Evaṃ oḷārikoḷārikaṃ pariggaṇhantassa sukhumampi pākamaṃ
hoti. Disato dvīsu disāsu jāto, okāsato sakalasarīraṃ pariyonavdhitvā ṭhito, paricchedato
heṭṭhā patiṭṭhitatalena upari ākāsena pariccinno, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo.
Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadisā yeva.

1. Ma. Vaṭṭhetvā.

[SL Page 186] [\x 186/]

Maṃsanti nava maṃsapesisatāni. Taṃ sabbampi vaṇṇato rattaṃ kiṃsukapupphasadisaṃ,
saṇṭhānato jaṅghapinḍikamsaṃ tālapattapuṭa bhattasaṇṭhānaṃ, ūrumaṃsaṃ
nisadapotasaṇṭhānaṃ, ānisadamaṃsaṃ uddhanakoṭisanṭhānaṃ, piṭṭhimaṃsaṃ
tālaguḷapaṭalasanṭhānaṃ, phāsuka dvayamaṃsaṃpotthalikāya kucchiyaṃ
tanumattikālepasaṇṭhānaṃ, thana maṃsaṃ ṭhatvā avakkhittamattikāpinḍasanṭhānaṃ,
bāhudvayamaṃsaṃ dviguṇaṃ katvā ṭhapitaniccamma mahāmūsikasaṇṭhānaṃ, evaṃ
oḷārikoḷārikaṃ pariggaṇhantassa sukhumampi pākaṭaṃ hoti disato dvīsu disāsu jātaṃ,
okāsato sādhikāni tīṇi1 aṭṭhisatāni [PTS Page 253] [\q 253/] anulimpitvā ṭhitaṃ,
paricchedato heṭṭhā aṭṭhisaṃghāṭe patiṭṭhitatalena upari tacena tiriyaṃ
aññamaññenapariccinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana
kesasadiso yeva.

Nahārūti nava nahārusatāni. Vaṇṇato sabbepi nahārū setā, saṇṭhānato nānāsaṇṭhānā etesu
hi gīvāya uparibhāgato paṭṭhāya pañca vahānahārū sarīraṃ vinavdhamānā purimapassena
otiṇṇā, pañca pacchimapassena, pañca dakkiṇapassena, pañca vāmapassena, pañca
dakkhiṇahatthaṃ vinandhamānāpi hatthassa purimapassena, pañca pacchimapassena, tathā
vāmahatthaṃ vinandhamānā, dakkhīṇapādaṃ vinavdha mānāpi pādassa purimapassena
pañca, pacchimapassena pañca, tathā vāmapādaṃ vinavdhamānāpīti evaṃ sarīradhārakā
nāma saṭṭhimahānahārū kāyaṃ vinavdhamānā otinṇā, ye kaṇḍarātipi vuccanti. Te sabbepi
kavdalamakuḷasaṇṭhānā, aññe pana taṃ taṃ padesaṃ ajjhottharitvā ṭhitā, tato sukhumatarā
suttarajjukasaṇṭhānā, aññe tato sukhumatarā pūtilatā saṇṭhānā, aññe tatosukhuma tarā
mahāvīṇātantisanṭhānā, aññe thūlasuttakasanṭhānā, hatthapādapiṭṭhisu nahārū
sakuṇapādasanṭhānā, sise nahārū dārakānaṃ sīsajālakasanṭhānā, piṭṭhiyaṃ nahārū ātape
pasārita allajāla sanṭhānā, avasesā taṃ taṃ aṅgapaccaṅgānugatā nahārū sarīre
paṭimukkajālakadvukasaṇṭhānā, disato dvīsu dusāsu jātā. Okā sato sakalasarīre aṭṭhini
ābandhitvā ṭhitā. Paricchedato heṭṭhā tiṇṇaṃ aṭṭhisatānaṃ upari patiṭṭhitatalehi upari
maṃsacammāni āhacca ṭhitapadesehi tiriyaṃ aññamaññena paricchinnā, ayaṃ nesaṃ
sabhāgaparicchedo, visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Aṭṭhiti ṭhapetvā dvattiṃsadantaṭṭhini avasesāni catusaṭṭhihatthaṭṭhini, catusaṭṭhi
pādaṭṭhini, catusaṭṭhi maṃsanissitāni mudu aṭṭhini, dve paṇhikaṭṭhini, ekekasmiṃ pāde
dve gopphakaṭṭhini, dve jaṅghaṭṭhini, ekaṃ jaṇnu kaṭṭhi, ekaṃ ūraṭṭhi, dve kaṭiaṭṭhini,
aṭṭhārasa piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhini, [PTS Page 254] [\q 254/] catuvīsati phāsukaṭṭhini,
cuddasa uraṭṭhini, ekaṃ hadayaṭṭhi, dve akkhakaṭṭhini, dve koḍhaḍhini

1. Saṃ dasādhikāni-ma. Visādhikāni. 2. Hadayassapurimapassena

[SL Page 187] [\x 187/]
Dve bāhu aṭṭhini, dve aggabāhaṭṭhīni, satta gīvaṭṭhīni, dve hanukaṭṭhīni, ekaṃ
nāsikaṭṭhi, dve akkhiṭṭhīni, dve kanṇaṭṭhini, ekaṃ nalāmaṭṭhi, ekaṃ muddhaṭṭhi, nava
sīsakapālaṭṭhinīti, evaṃ timattāni aṭṭhisatāni. Tāni sabbā nipi vaṇṇato setāni, saṇṭhānato
nānāsanṭhānāti. Tattha hi aggapādaṅgulī aṭṭhini katakabījasanṭhānāni. Tadanantarāni
majjha pabbaṭṭhīni paṇasaṭṭhi saṇṭhānāni, mūlapabbaṭṭhīni paṇavasaṇṭhānāni.
Piṭṭhīpādaṭṭhīni koṭṭitakandalakavdarāsisaṇṭhānāni, paṇhikaṭṭhi ekaṭṭhi
tālaphalabījasaṇṭhānaṃ, gopphakaṭṭhini baddhakīḷāgoḷakasaṇṭhānāni, jaṅghaṭṭhinaṃ
gopphakaṭṭhisu patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ anapanīta taca1 sindikalīra saṇṭhānaṃ,
khuddakajaṅghaṭṭhikaṃ dhanukadaṇḍasanṭhānaṃ, mahantaṃ milāta sappapiṭṭhisaṇṭhānaṃ,
jaṇnukaṭṭhi ekato parikkhīṇapheṇakasaṇṭhānaṃ. Tattha jaṅghaṭṭhikassa
patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ atitikhiṇagga2 gosiṅga saṇṭhānaṃ. Ūraṭṭhi
duttacchitavāsipharasudaṇḍasaṇṭhānaṃ. Tassa aṭiṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhi taṭṭhānaṃ
kīḷāgoḷasaṇṭhānaṃ. Tena kaṭaṭṭhino patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ
aggacchinnamahāpunnāgaphalasaṇṭhānaṃ. Kaṭiaṭṭhīni dvepi ekā baddhāni hutvā
kumbhakārakauddhana saṇṭhānāni, pāṭiyekkaṃ kammāra kūṭayottakasaṇṭhānāni, koṭiyaṃ
ṭhitaṃ ānisadaṭṭhi adhomukhaṃ katvā gahitasappaphaṇasaṇṭhānaṃ, sattasu ṭhānesu3
chiddāvacchiddaṃ. Piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhini abbhantarato uparūpari ṭhapitasīsapaṭṭaveṭhaka
sanṭhānāni, bāhirato vaṭṭanāvalisaṇṭhānāni. Tesaṃ anta rantarā kakavadantasadisā ṅve tayo
kaṇṭakā honti. Catu vīsatiyā phāsukaṭṭhisu aparipuṇṇāni aparipuṇṇaasitasanṭhānāni4
paripunṇāni [PTS Page 255] [\q 255/] paripunṇaasitasanṭhānāni, sabbānipi
odātakukkuṭassa pasārita pakkhasaṇṭhānāni, cuddasa uraṭṭhini kiṇṇasandamānika
pañjarasanṭhānāni. Hadayaṭṭhi dabbiphaṇasaṇṭhānaṃ. Akkhakaṭṭhini khuddaka lohavāsi
danḍasaṇṭhānāni. Koṭṭhaṭṭhīni ekato parikkiṇasīhaḷa kuddāla saṇṭhānāni. Bāhaṭṭhīni
ādāsadaṇḍasanṭhānāni. Aggabā haṭṭhīni yamakatālakavdasaṇṭhānāni, maṇibandhaṭṭhini
ekato allīyā petvā ṭhapitasīsaka paṭṭaveṭhaka sanṭhānāni. Piṭṭhihatthaṭṭhīni koṭṭhita
kandalakandarāsi saṇṭhānāni, hatthaṅgulīsu mūlapabbaṭṭhīni paṇavasaṇṭhānāni,
majjhapabbaṭṭhīni aparipunṇapaṇasaṭṭhīsaṇṭhānāni, aggapabbaṭṭhīni
katakabījasaṇṭhānāni. Sattagīvaṭṭhīni daṇḍe5 vijjhitvā paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapita vaṃsakaḷīra
vakkalakasanṭhānāni. Heṅṭhīma hanukaṭṭhī kammārānaṃ ayokuṭayottakasanṭhānaṃ,
uparimaṃ avalekhana satthakasaṇṭhānaṃ. Akkhikūpanāsākupaṭṭhīni
apanītamiñjataruṇatālaṭṭhisaṇṭhānāni, nalāṭaṭṭhī adhomukhaṭhapita
saṅghathālakakapālasaṇṭhānaṃ. Kaṇṇacūḷikaṭṭhīni nahāpitakhurakosasaṇṭhānāni.
Nalāṭakanṇacūḷikānaṃ upari paṭṭa bandhanokāse aṭṭhi saṅkuṭitaghata6
punṇapaṭalakhaṇḍasanṭhānaṃ.

1. Sī. Apanīta taca. 2. Ma. Atikhīṇagga. 3. Ma. Sattaṭṭhaṭṭhānesu 4. Ma.
Aparipunṇaasisaṇṭhānāni. 5. Maga daṇḍena 6. Ma. Saṅkuṭitaghaṭa.
[SL Page 188] [\x 188/]

Muddhaṭṭhi mukhacchinnavaṅkanāḷikerasaṇṭhānaṃga sīsaṭṭhinī sibbetvā ṭhapita
jajjaralābukaṭāhasaṇṭhānāniga disato dvīsu disāsu jātāniga okāsato avisesena sakalasarīre
ṭhitāni, visesena panettha sīsaṭṭhīni gīvaṭṭhīsu patiṭṭhitāni, gīvaṭṭhini
piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhisuga piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhini kaṭiaṭṭhisu, kaṭiṭṭhini ūraṭṭhīsu, ūraṭṭhini
jaṇṇukaṭṭhīsu, jaṇṇukaṭṭhīni jaṅghaṭṭhīsuga jaṅghaṭṭhīni gopphakaṭṭhīsuga
gopphakaṭṭhīni piṭṭhipādaṭṭhīsu patiṭṭhi tāni. Paricchedato anto aṭṭhimiñjena uparito
saṃsena agge mule ca aññamaññenaparicchinnāni. Ayaṃ nesaṃ sabhāga paricchedo.
Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Aṭṭhimiñjanti tesaṃ tesaṃ aṭṭhīnaṃ abbhantaragataṃ miñjaṃ, taṃ vaṇṇato setaṃ,
saṇṭhānato mahantamahantānaṃ [PTS Page 256] [\q 256/] aṭṭhīnaṃ abbhantaragataṃ
veḷunāḷiyaṃ pakkhittaseditamahāvettagga saṇṭhā naṃ, khuddānudhuddakānaṃ
abbhantaragataṃ veḷuyaṭṭhitabbesu pakkhitta seditatanuvettaggasaṇṭhānaṃga disato dvīsu
disāsu jātaṃga okā sato aṭṭhīnaṃ abbhantare patiṭṭhitaṃ, paricchedato aṭṭhīnaṃ abbhantara
talehi paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāga paricchedo pana kesasadiso
yeva.

Vakkanti ekabandhanādve maṃsapiṇḍakā. Taṃ vanṇato manda rattaṃ
pāḷibhaddakaaṭṭhivaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato dārakānaṃ yamaka kīḷā goḷakasaṇṭhānaṃ,
ekavaṇṭūpanibaddha1 ambaphaladvayasaṇṭhānaṃ vā. Disato uparimadisāya2 jātaṃ, okāsato
gaḷavāṭakā nikkhantena ekamūlena thokaṃ gantvā dvidhā bhinnena thūlanahārunā
vinibaddhaṃ hutvā hadayamaṃsaṃ parikkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato vakkaṃ vakka
bhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāga paricchedo pana kesasadiso
yeva.

Hadayanti hadayamaṃsaṃ. Taṃ vaṇṇato rattapadumapattapiṭṭhi vaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato
bāhirapattāniapanetvā adhomukhaṭhapita padumamakuḷasaṇṭhānaṃ, bahimaṭṭaṃ anto
kosātakīphalassa abbhantara sadisaṃ, paññāvantānaṃ thokaṃ vikasitaṃ, mandapaññānaṃ
mukuḷita meva. Anto cassa punnāgaṭṭhipatiṭṭhānamatto āvāṭako hoti yattha
addhapasatamattaṃlohitaṃ saṇṭhāti, yaṃ nissāya mano dhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca
vattanti. Taṃ panetaṃ rāgacaritassa rattaṃ hoti, docaritassa kāḷakaṃ, mohacaritassa
maṃsadhovana udakasadisaṃ, vitakkacaritassa kulatthayūsavaṇṇaṃ, saddhācaritassa
kaṇikārapupphavaṇṇaṃ, paññācaritassa acchaṃ vippasannamanāvilaṃ paṇḍaraṃ
parisuddhaṃ niddhotajātimaṇi viya jutimantaṃkhāyati. Disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ,
okāsato jahīrabbhantare dvinnaṃ thanānaṃ

1. Ma. Ekavaṇṭapaṭibaddhaga 2. Ma. Uparimāyadisāya.

[SL Page 189] [\x 189/]

Majjhe patiṭṭhitaṃ, paricchedato hadayaṃ hadayabhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa [PTS Page
257] [\q 257/] jabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Yakananti yamakamaṃsapaṭalaṃ. Taṃ vanṇato rattaṃ paṇḍuka dhātukaṃ
nātirattakumudassa pattapiṭṭhivanṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato mūle ekaṃ agge yamakaṃ
koviḷārapattasanṭhānaṃ, taṃ ca dandhānaṃ eka meva hoti mahantaṃ, paññāvantānaṃ dve vā
tīṇi vā khuddakāni. Dusato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato dvinnaṃ thanānaṃ abbhantare
dakkhiṇapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato yakanaṃ yakanabhāgena pariccinnaṃ,
ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāga paricchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Kālomakanti paṭicchannāpaṭicchannabhedato duvidhaṃ pariyona hanamaṃsaṃ. Taṃ
duvidhampi vaṇṇato setaṃ dukulapilotikavaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato attano okāsasaṇṭhānaṃ,
disato paṭicchanna kilomakaṃ uparimāya disāya, itaraṃ dvīsu dusāsu jātaṃ, okāsato
paṭicchannakilomakaṃ hadayañca vakkañca paṭicchādetvā ṭhitaṃ, apaṭicchannakilomakaṃ
sakalasarīre cammassa heṭṭhato maṃsaṃ pariyonandhitva ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato heṭṭhā
maṃsena uparicammena tiriyaṃ kilomakabhāgena pariccinnaṃ, ayamassa jabhāgaparicchedo.
Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadisā yeva.

Pihakanti udarajivhāmaṃsaṃ. Taṃ vaṇṇato nīlaṃ nigguṇḍī pupphavaṇṇaṃ, saṭhṭhānato
sattaṅgulappamāṇamabavdhanaṃ kālavacchaka jivhāsanṭhānaṃ, disato uparimāya disāya
jātaṃ, okāsato hadayassa vāmapasse udarapaṭalassa matthakapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ yasmiṃ
paharaṇappahārena bahi nikkhante sattānaṃ jīvitakkhayo hoti, paricchedato
pihakabhāgenaparicchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāga paricchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana
kesasadiso yeva.

Papphāsanti dvattimaṃsakhaṇḍappabhedaṃ papphāsamaṃsaṃ. Taṃ vaṇṇato rattaṃ
nātipakkaudumbaraphalavanṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato visa macchinnapahalapūvakhaṇḍasanṭhānaṃ,
abbhantare asitapītānaṃ abhāve uggatena kammajatejusmanā abbhāhatattā saṅkhādita
palālapinḍamiva nirasaṃ nirojaṃ, disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato sarīrabbhantare
dvinnaṃ thanānamantare hadayaṃ ca [PTS Page Page [\q /] 258] yakanaṃ ca upari
chādetvā olambantaṃ ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato papphāsabhāgena pariccinnaṃ, ayamassa
sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.
Antanti purisassa dvattiṃsahatthā itthiyā aṭṭhavīsati hatthā eka vīsatiya ṭhānesu obhaggā
antavaṭṭi. Tadetaṃ vanṇato setaṃ

[SL Page 190] [\x 190/]

Sakkharasudhāvanṇaṃ, sanṭhānato lohitadoṇiyaṃ ābhujitvā ṭhapita
sīsacchinnasappasaṇṭhānaṃ, disato dvīsu disāsu jātaṃ, okāsato upari gaḷavāṭake heṭṭhi ca
karīsamagge vinibavdhattā gaḷavāṭaka karīsamaggapariyante sarīhabbhantare ṭhitaṃ,
paricchedato anta bhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāga
paricchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Antaguṇanti antābhogaṭṭhānesu bandhanaṃ. Taṃ vanṇato setaṃ dakasītalikamūlavaṇṇaṃ,
saṇṭhānato dakasītalikamūlasaṇṭhāna meva, disato dvīsu disāsu jātaṃ, okāsato
kuddālapharasu kammādīni karontānaṃ yantākaḍḍhanakāle yantasuttakamiva
yantaphalakāni antābhoge ekato agalente ābandhitvā pādapuñchanarajju maṇḍalakassa
antarā saṃsibbitvā ṭhitarajjukā viya ekavīsatiyā antābhogānaṃ antarā ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato
antaguṇabhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa saṅbagaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedopana
kesasadiso yeva.
Udaryanti udare bhavaṃ asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ, taṃ vaṇṇato ajjhohaṭāhāravaṇṇaṃ,
saṇṭhānato parissāvane sithilabaddha taṇḍulasaṇṭhānaṃ, disato uparimāya diyāya jātaṃ,
okāsato udare ṭhitaṃ. Udaraṃ nāma: - ubhato nippīḷiyamānassa allasāṭa kassa majjhe
jañjātaphoṭakasadisaṃ antapaṭalaṃ. Bahī maṭṭaṃ, anto
maṃsakasambupaḷiveṭhanakiliṭṭhapāvārakapupphasadisaṃ, kuthita paṇasatacassa
abbhantarasadisantipi vattuṃ vaṭṭatiga yattha takko ṭakā gaṇḍppādakā tālahīrakā
sūcimukhakā paṭatantukā suttakā iccevamādi dvattiṃsakulappabhedā kimayo ākulavyākulā
saṇḍa saṇḍacārino hutvā nivasanti, ye pana pānabhojanādimhi [PTS Page 259] [\q 259/]
avijja māne ullaṅghitvā vravantā hadayamaṃsaṃ abhihananti. Pānabhojanādi
ajjhoharaṇavelāya ca uddhamukhā hutvā paṭhamajjhohaṭe dve tayo ālope turitaturitā
milumpanti, yaṃ tesaṃ nimīnaṃ sūtigharaṃ vaccakuṭī gilānasālāsusānaṃ ca hoti, yattha
seyyathāpi nāma caṇḍālagāmadvāre candanikāya nidāghasamaye thullathūsitake deve
vassante udakena vuyhamānaṃ muttakarīsacammaaṭṭhinahārukhaṇḍaṃ kheḷasiṅghānikè
lohitappabhūti nānākuṇapajātaṃ nipatitvā kadda modakāluḷitaṃ dvīhatīhaccayena
jañjātakimikulaṃ suriyātapasantā pavegakuthitaṃ uparūpari eṇebubbulake muñcantaṃ
abhinīlavaṇṇaṃ paramaduggatdhajegucchaṃ neva upagaṭtuṃ na daṭṭhuṃ araharūpataṃ
āpajjitvā tiṭṭhati, pageva ghāyituṃ sāyituṃ vā. Evameva nānappakārapānabhojanādi
dantamusalasañcuṇṇitaṃ jivhāhatthaparivattitaṃ kheḷa lālā paḷibuddhataṅkhaṇaṃ yeva
vigatavaṇṇagandharasādisampadaṃ tantavāyakhalisuvānavamathusadisaṃ nipatitvā
pittasembhavātapaḷiveṭhi

[SL Page 191] [\x 191/]

Taṃ hutvā udaraggisantāpavegakuthitaṃ kimikulākulaṃ uparūpari eṇebubbhulakāni
muñcantaṃparamakasambuduggatdhajegucchabhāvamā pajjitvā tiṭṭhatiga yaṃ sutvāpi
pānabhojanādisu amanuññatā saṇṭhātiga pageva paññāvakkhunā avaloketvaga yattha ca
tatitaṃ pānabhojanādi pañcadhā vivekaṃ1 gacchatiga ekaṃ bhāgaṃ pāṇakā khādanti, ekaṃ
bhāgaṃ udaraggijhāpeti, eko bhāgo muttaṃ hoti, eko karīsaṃ, eko rasabhāvamāpajjitvā
sonitamaṃsādīni upabrūha yatiga paricchedato udarapaṭalena ceva udariyabhāgena ca
paricchinnaṃga ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedoga visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Karīsanti vaccaṃ. Taṃ vaṇṇato yebhuyyena ajjhohaṭāhāra vaṇṇameva hoti, saṇṭhānato
okāsasaṇṭhānaṃga disato heṭṭhi māya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato pakkāsaye ṭhitaṃ, pakkāsayo
nāma: heṭṭhānābhipiṭṭhikaṇṭakamūlānaṃ antare [PTS Page 260] [\q 260/] antāvasā na
ubbe dhena aṭṭhaṅgulamatto veḷunāḷikasadiso, yattha seyyathāpi nāma uri bhumibhāge
patitaṃ vassodakaṃ ogaḷitvā heṭṭhābhumibhāgaṃ pūretvā tiṭṭhati, evameva yaṃ kiñci
āmāsaye patitaṃ pānabhoja nādikaṃ udaragginā eṇeddehakaṃ pakkaṃ nisadāya
piṃsitamivajanhabhāvamāpajjitvā antabilena ogiḷitvā omadditvā veḷu pabbe
pakkhippamānapaṇḍumattikā viya sannicitaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, paricchedato
pakkāsayapaṭalena ceva karīsabhāgena ca paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo.
Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Matthaluṅganti sīsakaṭāhabbhantare ṭhitamiñjarāsiga taṃ vaṇṇato setaṃ a
hicchattakapiṇḍikavaṇṇaṃ, dadhibhāvaṃ asampattaduṭṭhakhīra vaṇṇantipi vattuṃ
vaṭṭati. Saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhānaṃ, disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato
sīsakaṭāhabbhantare cattāro sibbanimagge nissāya samodhānetvā ṭhapitā cattāro
piṭṭhapiṇḍā viya samohitaṃ tiṭṭhati, paricchedato sīsakaṭāhassa abbhantara talehi ceva
matthaluṅgabhāgena ca paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana
kesasadiso yeva.

Pittanti dve pittāni baddhapittaṃ ca abaddhapittañca, tattha baddhapittaṃ vaṇṇato
bahalamadhukatelavaṇṇaṃ, abaddhapittaṃ milātaākulī pupphavaṇṇaṃ, taṃ saṇṭhānato
ubhayampi okāsasaṇṭhā naṃ, disato baddhapittaṃ uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, itaraṃ dvīsu
disāsu jātaṃ, okāsato abaddhapittaṃ opetvā kesalomadantanakhānaṃ
maṃsavinimmuttaṭṭhānañceva thaddhasukkhacammañca udakamiva tela bindu

1. Saṃ. Vibhāgaṃ.

[SL Page 192] [\x 192/]

Vasesasarīraṃ byāpetva ṭhitaṃ, yamhi kupite akkhini pītakāni honti bhamanti gattaṃ
kampati kaṇḍūyati, baddhapittaṃ hadayapapphā sānaṃ antare yakanamaṃsaṃ nissāya
patiṭṭhite mahākosātakī kosakasadise pittakosake ṭhitaṃ, yamhi kupite sattā ummattakā
honti vipallatthacittā hirottappaṃ chaḍḍetvā akā tabbaṃ karonti, abhāsitabbaṃ bhāsanti,
acintetabbaṃ cintenti; paricchedato pittabhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhā
Paricchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva. [PTS Page 261] [\q 261/]

Sembhanti sarīrabbhantare ekapattapūrappamāṇaṃ semhaṃ, taṃ vaṇṇato setaṃ,
nāgabalāpaṇṇarasavaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato okāsa saṇṭhānaṃ, disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ,
okāsato udarapaṭale ṭhitaṃ, yaṃ pānabhojanādi ajjhoharaṇakāle seyyathāpi nāma udake
sevālapaṇakaṃ kaṭṭhe vā kaṭhale vā patante chijjitvā dvidhā hutvā puna ajjhottharitvā
tiṭṭhati, evameva pāna bhojanā dimhi nipatante chijjitvā dvidhā hutvā puna ajjhottharitvā
tiṭṭhati, yamhi ca mandībhute pakkagaṇḍo viya pūtikukkuṭaṇḍaviva ca udaraṃ
paramajegucchakuṇapagandhaṃ hoti, tato uggatena ca gandhena udekopi mukhampi
duggandhaṃ pūtikuṇapasadisaṃ hoti, so ca puriso apehi duggavdhaṃ vāyatiti vattabbataṃ
āpajjati, yaṃ ca vaḍḍhitvā bahalattamāpannaṃ pidhānathalakamiva vaccakuṭiyā
adarapaṭalassa abbhantare yeva kuṇapagandhaṃ sannirumbhitvā tiṭṭhati, paricchedato
semhabhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana
kesasadiso yeva.

Pubboti (pūtilohitavasena pavattapubbaṃ, taṃ) vaṇṇato paṇḍupalāsavaṇno, matasarīre
pana pūtibahalācāmavaṇṇo hoti. Saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhāno, disato dvīsu disāsu hoti,
okāsato pana pubbassa okāso nāma nibaddho natthi, yattha so sannicito tiṭṭheyya, yatra
yatra pana khāṇukaṇṭakapaharaṇaggi jālādīhi abhihate sarīrappadese lohitaṃ saṇīhitvā
paccati, gaṇḍapilakādayo vā uppajjanti, tatra tatreva tiṭṭhati. Paricchedato pubbabhāgena
paricchinno, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Lohitanti dve lohitāni sannicitalohatañca saṃsaraṇa lohitañca. Tattha sannicitalohitaṃ
vaṇṇato nippakkabahala lākhārasavaṇṇaṃ, saṃsaraṇalohitaṃ acchalākhārasavaṇṇaṃ,
saṇṭhānato ubhayampi okāsasaṇṭhānaṃ, disato sannicitalohitaṃ uparimāya disāya jātaṃ,
itaraṃ dvīsu disāsu jātaṃ, okāsato saṃsaraṇa lohitaṃ ṭhapetvā kesalomadantanakhānaṃ
maṃsavinimmuttaṭṭhānañceva thaddhasukkhacammañca dhamanijālānusārena sabbaṃ
upādinnaka jarīraṃ eritvā ṭhitaṃ, sannicitalohitaṃ yakanaṭṭhānassa heṭṭhā bhāgaṃ [PTS
Page 262] [\q 262/] pūretvā ekapattapūramattaṃhadayavakkapapphāsānamupari

[SL Page 193] [\x 193/]

Thokatokaṃ paggharantaṃ vakkahadayayakanapapphāse temayamānaṃ ṭhitaṃ, tasmiṃ hi
vakkahadayādīni atemente sattā pipāsitā honti, paricchedato lohitabhāgena pariccinnaṃ,
ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Sedoti lomakūpādīhi paggharaṇaka āpodhātu. So vaṇṇato vippasanna tilatelavaṇṇo,
saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhāno, disato dvisu disāsu jāto, okāsato sedassa okāso nāma nibaddho
natthi, yattha so lohitaṃ viya sadā tiṭṭheyya. Yadā pana aggisantāpa suriyasantāpa
utuvikārādīhi sarīraṃ santappati, tadā udakato abbūḷhamatta visamacchinna
bhisamuḷālakumuda nāḷa kalāpo viya sabbakesalomakūpavivarehi paggharati, tasmā tassa
saṇṭhānampi kesalomakūpavivarānaṃ vaseneva veditabbaṃ. Sedapariggaṇha kena ca yoginā
kesalomakūpavivare pūretva ṭhitavaseneva sedo manasikātabbo. Paricchedato sedabhāgena
paricchinno, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Medoti thinasineho. So vaṇṇato phālitahaḷiddivaṇno, saṇṭhānato thūlasarīrassa tāva
cammamaṃsantare ṭhapita haḷiddivaṇṇa dukulapilotikasaṇṭhāno hoti, kisasarīrassa
jaṅghamaṃsaṃ ūru maṃsaṃ piṭṭhikaṇṭakanissitaṃ piṭṭhimaṃsaṃ udaravaṭṭimaṃsanti etāni
nissāya dviguṇaṃ tiguṇaṃ katvā ṭhapitahaḷiddivaṇṇa dukulapilotika saṇṭhāno, disato
dvīsu dusāsu jāto, okāsato thūlassa sakala sarīraṃ pharitvā kisassa jaṅghamaṃsādīni nissāya
ṭhito, yaṃ sinehasaṅkhaṃ gatampi paramajegucchattā neva muddhani telatthāya, na nāsa
telādīnaṃ atthāya gaṇhanti, paricchedato heṭṭhā maṃsena uparicammena tiriyaṃ
medabhāgena paricchinno, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana
kesasadiso yeva.

Assūti akkhihi paggharaṇakaāpodhātu. Taṃ vaṇṇato vippa sannatilatelavaṇṇaṃ,
saṇṭhānatookāsasaṇṭhānaṃ, [PTS Page 263] [\q 263/] disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ,
okāsato akkhikūpakesu ṭhitaṃ, nacetaṃ pittakosake pittamiva akkhikūpakesu sadā sannicitaṃ
tiṭṭhati. Yadā pana sattā somanassajātā mahāhasitaṃ hasanti, domanassa jātā rodanti,
paridevanti, tathārūpaṃ vā visamāhāramāharanti, yadā ca nesaṃ akkhini
dhūmarajapaṃkukādīhi adhahaññanti, tadā etehi somanassadomanassavisabhāgāhārautuhi
samuṭṭhahitvā akkhikūpake pūretva tiṭṭhati vā, paggharati vā. Assupariggaṇhakena pana
yoginā akkhikūpake pūretva ṭhitavaseneva pariggaṇhitabbaṃ. Paricchedato assubhāgena
paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

[SL Page 194] [\x 194/]

Vasāti vilīnasineho. Sā vaṇṇato nāḷikeratela vaṇṇā. Ācāme āsittatelavaṇṇātipi vattuṃ
vaṭṭati, saṇṭhānato nahānakāle pasannaudakassupari paribbhamanta sineha bindu
visaṭasaṇṭhānā. Disato dvīsu dusāsu jātā. Okāsato yebhuyyena hatthatala hatthapiṭṭhi
pādatala pādapiṭṭhi nāsāpuṭa nalāṭa aṃsakuṭesu ṭhitā, na vesā etesu okāsesu sadāvilīnāva
hutvā tiṭṭhati. Yadā pana aggisantāpasuriyasantāpautuvisabhāgadhātuvisabhāgehi te padesā
usma jātā honti, tadā tattha nahānakāle pasannaudakūpari sinehabindu visaṭo viya itocito ca
saṃsarati. Paricchedato vasābhāgena paricchinnā. Ayamassa sabhāparicchedo.
Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Kheḷoti anto mukhe pheṇamissā āpodhātu. So vaṇṇato seto pheṇavaṇṇo. Saṇṭhānato
okāsasaṇṭhāno, pheṇasaṇṭhānotipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Disato uparimāya disāya jāto. Okāsato
ubhohi kapolapassehi oruyha jivhāya ṭhito. Nacesa ettha sadā sannicito hutvā tiṭṭhati, yadā
pana sattā tathārūpaṃ āhāraṃ passanti vā saranti vāuṇhatitta kaṭukalo ṇambilānaṃ vā kiñci
mukhe ṭhapenti, yadā vā nesaṃ hadayaṃ ākilāyati, kismicideva vā jigucchā uppajjati, tadā
khelo uppajjitvā ubhohi kapolapassehi oruyha jivhāya saṇṭhāti. Aggajivhāya cesa tanuko
hoti mūḷajivhāya bahaḷo. Mukhe pakkhittaṃ ca puthukaṃ vā taṇḍulaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci
khādanīyaṃ nadīpulinekhata kupakasalilaṃ viya parikkhayaṃ [PTS Page 264] [\q 264/]
agacchantova temetuṃ samattho hoti. Pariccheto kheḷabhāgena paricchinno. Ayamassa
sabhāga paricchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedopana kesasadisova.

Siṅghāṇikāti matthaluṅgato paggharaṇakaasuci. Sā vaṇṇato taruṇatālaṭṭhi miñjavaṇṇā.
Saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhānā. Disato uparimāya disāya jātā. Okāsato nāsāpuṭe pūretvā ṭhitā.
Navesā ettha sadā sannicitā hutva tiṭṭhati, atha kho yathā nāma puriso paduminipatte
dadhiṃ bandhitvā heṭṭhā kaṇṭakena vijjheyya atha tena chiddena dadhimattu gaḷitvā bahi
pateyya, eva mevaṃ yadā sattā rodanti vā visabhāga āhārautuvasena vā sañjātadhā
tukkhobhā honti, tadā anto sīsato pūtisemhabhāvaṃ āpannaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ gaḷitvā
tāḷumatthakavivarena otaritva nāsāpuṭe pūretvā tiṭṭhati vā paggharati vā.
Siṅghāṇikāpariggaṇhakena pana yoginā nāsāpuṭe pūretvā ṭhitavaseneva pariggaṇhitabbā.
Paricchedato siṃghāṇikābhāgena pariccinnā. Ayamassā sabhāgaparicchedo.
Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadisova.

[SL Page 195] [\x 195/]

Lasikāti sarīrasavdhinaṃ abbhantare picchilakuṇapaṃ. Sā vaṇṇato kaṇikāranīyyāsavaṇṇā.
Saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhānā. Dīsato dvisu disāsu jātā. Okāsato aṭṭhisandhinaṃ
abbhañjanakiccaṃ sādhaya mānā asītisatasandhinaṃ abbhantare ṭhitā. Yassa cesā mandā
hoti, tassa uṭṭhahantassa nisīdantassa abhikkamantassa paṭikkamantassa sammiñjantassa
pasārentassa aṭṭhikāni kaṭakaṭāyanti, accharāsaddaṃ karonto viya vicarati,
ekayojanadviyojana mattampi addhānaṃ gatassa vāyodhātu kuppati, gattāni dukkhanti.
Yassa pana bahukā honti tassa uṭṭhānanisajjādisu na aṭṭhini kaṭakaṭāyanti, na dīghampi
addhānaṃ gatassa vāyodhātu kuppatī, na gattānī dukkhanti. Paricchedato lasikābhāgena
paricchinnā. Ayametissā sabhāga paricchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadisova.

Muttanti vaṇṇato māsakhārodakavaṇṇaṃ. Saṇṭhānato adomukha ṭhapita
udakakumbhaabbhantaragata udakasaṇṭhānaṃ. Disato heṭṭhimāya disāya jātaṃ. Okāsato
vatthissabbhantare ṭhitaṃ. Vattināma vattipuṭo vuccatī. Yattha seyyathāpi candanikāyaṃ
pakkhitte amukhe [PTS Page 265] [\q 265/] yavanaghaṭe1chavdanikāraso pavisati, na
cassa pavisana maggo paññā yati, evameva sarīratomuttaṃ pavisati, na cassa
pavisanamaggo paññāyati, nikkhamanamaggo pana pākaṭo hoti. Yamhi ca muttassa bharite
passāvaṃ karomāti sattānaṃ āyūhanaṃ hoti, paricchedato vatthi abbhantarena ceva
muttabhāgena ca paricchinnaṃ. Ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana
kesa sadisova.

Evaṃ hi kesādike koṭṭhāse vanṇasaṇṭhānadisokāsa paricchedavasena vavatthapetvā
anupubbato nātisīghatoti ādinānayena vaṇṇasaṇṭhānagandhāsayokāsavasena pañcadhā
paṭikkūlā paṭikkūlāti manasikaroto paṇṇattisamatikkamāvasāne2 seyyathāpi cakkhumato
purisassa dvattiṃsa vaṇṇānaṃ kusumānaṃ ekasuttake ganthitaṃ mālaṃ olokentassa
sabbapupphāni apubbāpariyamiva pākaṭāni honti, evamevaṃ atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesāti
imaṃ kāyaṃ olokentassa sabbe te dhammā apubbāpariyamiva pākaṭā honti. Tena vuttaṃ
manasikārakosallakathāyaṃ ādikammikassa hi kesāti manasikaroto manasikāro gaṇtvā
muttanti imaṃ pariyosānakoṭṭhāsameva āhacca tiṭṭhatīti. Sace pana bahiddhāpi
manasikāraṃ upasaṃharati, athassa evaṃ sabbakoṭṭhāsesu pākaṭī bhūtesu āhiṇḍantā
manussatiracchānādayo sattākāraṃ vijahitvā koṭṭhāsarāsivaseneva upaṭṭhahanti, tehi ca
ajjhohariyamānaṃ

1. Ma. Ravanaghaṭe. 2. Saṃ. Paṇṇattisamanikkamavasena.
[SL Page 196] [\x 196/]

Pānabhojanādikoṭṭhāsarāsimhi pakkhippamānamiva upaṭṭhāti. Athassa
anupubbamuñcanādi vasena paṭikkūlā paṭikkulāti punappuna manasi karoto anukkamena
appanā uppajjati. Tattha kesādīnaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānadisokāsaparicchedavasena upaṭṭhānaṃ
uggaha nimittaṃ. Sabbākārato paṭikkūlavasena upaṭṭhānaṃ paṭibhāga nimittaṃ. Taṃ
āsevayato bhāvayato vuttanayena asubhakammaṭṭhānesu viya paṭhamajjhānavaseneva
appanā uppajjati, sā yassa ekova koṭṭhāso pākaṭo hoti, ekasmiṃvā koṭṭhāse appanaṃ patvā
puna aññasmiṃ yogaṃ na karoti, tassa ekāva upa jjati. Yassa pana aneke koṭṭhāsā pākaṭā
honti, ekasmiṃ vā jhānaṃ patvā puna aññasmimpi yogaṃ karoti, tassa mallakattherassa viya
koṭṭhāsagaṇanāya paṭhamajjhānāni nibbattanti. [PTS Page 266] [\q 266/] so kirāyasmā
dighabhāṇakaabhayattheraṃ hatthe gahetvā āvuso abhaya imaṃ tāva pañhaṃ uggaṇhāhīti
vatvā āha. Mallakatthero dvattiṃsakoṭṭhāsesu dvattiṃsāya paṭhamajjhānānaṃ lābhī. Sace
rattiṃ ekaṃ divā ekaṃ samāpajjati, atirekaddhamāsenapuna sampajjati. Sace pana devasikaṃ
ekaṃ samāpajjati, atireka māsena puna sampajjatīti. Evaṃ paṭhamajjhānavasena
ijjhamānampi cetaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādisu satibalena ijjhanato kāyagatāsatīti
vuccati. Imañca pana kāyagatāsatimanuyutto bhikkhū aratirati saho hoti, naca naṃ
aratiratisahati, uppannaṃ arati ratiṃ abibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati, bhayabherava saho hoti,
na ca naṃ bhayabheravaṃ sahati, uppannaṃ bhayabheravaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya
viharati, khamo hoti sītassa, uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya
ṃsemakasavātātapasiriṃsapasamphassānaṃ, duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ,
uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tippānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ
amanāpānaṃ pānaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti, kesādīnaṃ vaṇṇabhedaṃ nissāya catunnaṃ
jhānānaṃ lābhī hoti, cha abhiññā paṭivijjhatīti.

Tasmā bhave appamatto anuyuñjetha paṇḍito,
Evaṃ anekānisaṃsaṃ imaṃ kāyagatāsatinti.

Idaṃ kāyagatāsatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Idāni yantaṃ bhagavatā "ayampi kho bhikkhave ānāpānasati samādhi bhāvito bahulīkato
santo ceva paṇīto ca aseca nako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpakeakusale
dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasametī"ti? Evaṃ pasaṃsitva "kathaṃ bhāvito ca
bhikkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi kathaṃ bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho
ca vihāro uppannūppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antara

[SL Page 197] [\x 197/]

Dhāpeti vūpasameti? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkha mulagato va
suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇīdhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ
[PTS Page 267] [\q 267/] upaṭṭhapetvā so satova assasati sato passasati. Dīghaṃ vā
assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto dīghaṃ passasāmīti pajānāti,
rassaṃ vā assa santo dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto rassaṃ passasāmīti
pajānāti, sabbakāya paṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti sikkhati, sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissā
mītisikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passamabhayaṃ
kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati, pītipaṭisaṃvedī - sukha
paṭisaṃvedīcittasaṅkhārapaṭisaṃvedapassamhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ - citta paṭisaṃvedī -
abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ - samādahaṃ cittaṃ - vimocayaṃ cittaṃ aniccānupassī -
virāgānupassī - nirodhānupassī - paṭinissaggānupassī assasissāmīti sikkhati,
paṭinissaggānupassī passasissāmīti sikkhatī"ti evaṃ soḷasavatthukaṃ ānāpānasati
kammaṭṭhānaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ. Tassa bhāvanā niddeso anuppatto. So pana yasmā
pāḷivaṇṇanānureneva vuccamāno sabbākāraparipūro hoti, tasmā ayamettha
pāḷivaṇṇanāpubbaṅgamo niddeso: - kathaṃ bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānasati samādhīti
ettha tāva kathanti ānāpānasati samādhibhāvanaṃ nānappakārato vitthāretu kamyatā pucchā.
Bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānasati samādhīti nānappakāratovitthāretu kamyatāya
puṭṭhadhammanidassanaṃ. Kathaṃ bahulīkato -pevūpasavetīti etthāpi eseva nayo. Tattha
bhāvitoti uppādito va vaḍḍhito vā. Ānā pānasatisamādhīti ānāpānapariggāhikāya satiyā
saddhiṃ sampayutto samādhi, ānāpānasatiyaṃ vā samādhi ānāpānasatisamādhi. Bahulī
katoti punappuna kato. Santoceva paṇīto cāti santo ceva paṇīto ceva, ubhayattha
evasaddena niyamo veditabbo. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Ayaṃ hi yathā asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ
kevalaṃ paṭivedha
Vasenasantañca paṇītañca, oḷārikārammaṇattā pana paṭikkūlārammaṇattā ca
ārammaṇavasena neva santaṃ na paṇītaṃ. Na evaṃ kaneci pariyāyena asunto vā appaṇito
vā, atha kho ārammaṇa santatāyapi santo vūpasanto nibbuto paṭivedhasaṅkhātaaṅga
santatāyapi ārammaṇapaṇītatāyapi paṇīto [PTS Page 268] [\q 268/] atittikaro aṅga
paṇītatāya pīti, tena vuttaṃ santo cevapaṇītocāti. Asecako ca sukho ca vihāroti ettha pana
nāssa secananti asevanako. Anāsittako abbokiṇṇo pāṭiyekko āveniko, natthi ettha
parikammena vā upacārena vā santatā, ādi samannā hāratoppabhūti attano sabhāveneva
santo ca paṇītocāti attho. Keci pana asecanakoti anāsittako ojavanto sabhāveneva madhuroti
vadanti. Evamayaṃ asevanako ca appitappi takkhaṇe kāyikacetasikasukhapaṭilābhāya
saṃvattanato sukho

[SL Page 198] [\x 198/]

Ca vihāroti veditabbo. Uppannuppanneti avikkhambhite avikkhambhite, pāpaketi lāmake,
akusale dhammeti akosalla sambhute dhamme, ṭhānaso antaradhāpetīti khaṇeneva
antaradhāpeti vikkhamheti, vūpasametīti suṭṭhu upasametī, nibbedhabhāhiyattā vā
anupubbenaariyamaggavuddhippatto samucchindati, paṭippassambhetītipi vuttaṃ hoti.
Ayampanettha saṅkhepatthe: - bhikkhave kena pakārena kenākārena kena vidhinā bhāvito
ānāpānasati samādhi kena pakārena bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca aseva nako ca sukho
ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasametī"ti.
Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārento idha bhikkhaveti ādimāha: - tattha idha bhikkhave bhikkhūti
bhikkhave imasmiṃ sāsane. Bhikkhu, ayaṃ hettha idhasaddo
sabbappakāraānāpānasatisamādhi nibbattakassa puggalassa
sannissayabhūtasāsanaparidīpano, aññasāsanassa tathābhāva paṭisedhano ca. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ:
-"idheva bhikkhave samaṇo -pe-suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññe"[a]ti. Tena vuttaṃ
imasmiṃ sāsane bhikkhūti. Araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vāti ida massa
ānāpānasatisamādhi bhāvanānurūpasenāsanapariggahaparidīpanaṃ imassa hi bhikkhuno
dīgharattaṃ rūpādisu ārammaṇesu anuvisaṭaṃ cittaṃ ānāpānasatisamādhi ārammaṇaṃ
abhiruhituṃ na icchati, kūṭagoṇayuttarato viya uppathameva dhāvati. Tasmā seyyathāpi
nāma gopo [PTS Page 269] [\q 269/] kūṭadhenuyā sabbaṃ khīraṃ pivitvā vaḍḍhitaṃ
kūṭavacchaṃ dametukāmo dhenuto apanetvā ekamante mahantaṃ thambhaṃ nikhaṇitvā
tattha yottena bandheyya athassa so vaccho ito cito ca vipphanditvā palāyituṃ asakkonto
tameva thambhaṃ upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, evameva imināpi bhikkhunā
dīgharattaṃ rūpārammaṇādirasapānavaḍḍhitaṃ duṭṭhacittaṃ dametukāmena
rūpādiārammaṇato apanetvāaraññaṃ vā rukkhamūlaṃ vā suññāgāraṃ vā pavisitvā1 tattha
assāsapassāsathamhe satiyottena bandhitabbaṃ. Evamassa taṃ cittaṃ itocito ca
vipphanditvāpi pubbe āciṇṇārammaṇaṃ alabhamānaṃ satiyettaṃ chinditvā palāyituṃ
asakkontaṃ tamevārammaṇaṃ upacārappanāvasena upanisīdati ceva upanipajjati ca.

Tenāhu porāṇā: -

Yathā thambhe nibavdheyya vacchaṃ dammaṃ naro idha,
Bandhayyevaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ satiyārammaṇe daḷhanti.

Evamassetaṃ senāsanaṃ bhāvanārūpaṃ hoti, tena vuttaṃ idamassa ānāpānasati
samādhibhāvanānurūpasenāsana paggahapara dīpananti. Athavāyasmā idaṃ
kammaṭṭhānappabhede pubbabhūtaṃ2 sabbaññūbuddha paccekabuddha buddhasāvakānaṃ
visesādhigama diṭṭhadhamma

[A.] Majjhimani. Cūlasīhanādasu. 1. Maga pavesetvā. 2. Ma. Buddhabhūtaṃ.

[SL Page 199] [\x 199/]
Sukhavihārapadaṭṭhānaṃ ānāpānasatikammaṭṭhānaṃ itthipurisahatthiassādi
saddasamākulaṃ gāmantaṃ apariccajitvā na sukaraṃ bhāvetuṃ, saddakaṇṭa kattā jhānassa-
agāmake pana araññe sūkaraṃ yogāvacarena idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pariggahetvā
ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā tadeva pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasitvā aggaphalaṃ
arahattaṃ sampāpuṇituṃ, tasmāssa anurūpasenāsanaṃ dassento bhagavā araññagatovāti
ādimāha. Vatthu vijjācariye viya hi bhagavā. So yathā vatthuvijjācariyo [PTS Page 270] [\q
270/] nagarabhūmiṃ passitvā suṭṭhu upaparikkhitvā ettha nagaraṃ māpethāti upadisati,
sotthināca nagare niṭṭhite rāja kulato mahāsakkāraṃ labhati, evameva yogāvacarassa
anurūpase nāsanaṃ upaparikkhitvā ettha kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjitabbanti upa disati, tato
tattha kammaṭṭhānamanuyuttena yoginā kamena arahatte patte sammāsambuddho vata so
bhagavāti mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ labhati. Ayampana bhikkhū dīpisadisoti vuccati. Yathā hi
mahādīpirājā araññe tiṇagahanaṃ vā vanagahanaṃ vā pabbatagahanaṃ vā nissāya nilīyitvā
vanamahisagokaṇṇasūkarādayo mige gaṇhāti, eva mevaṃ ayaṃ araññādisu kammaṭṭhānaṃ
anuyuñjanto bhikkhu yathākkamena sotāpatti sakadāgāmi anāgāmi arahattamagge ceva
ariya phale ca gaṇhātīti veditabbo.

Tenāhu porāṇā: -
"Yathāpi1 dīpiko nāma nilīyitvā gaṇhatī mige,
Tathevāyaṃ buddhaputto yuttayogo vipassako
Araññaṃ pavisitvāna gaṇhāti phalamuttama"nti.

Tenassa parakkamajavayoggabhūmiṃ araññasenāsanaṃ dassento bhagavā araññagato vāti
ādimāha. Tattha araññagato vāti "araññaṃ nāma nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā
sabbametaṃaraññaṃ" tīca "āraññakaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchimaṃ " tica
evaṃvuttalakkhaṇesu araññesu anurūpaṃ yaṃ kiñci pavivekasukhaṃ araññaṃ gato.
Rukkhamūlagatovāti rukkhasamīpaṃgato. Suññāgāra gatovāti suññaṃ vivittokāsaṃ gato.
Ettha ca ṭhapetvā araññca rukkhamūlañca avasesasattavidhasenāsanagatopi
suññāgāragatotipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. [PTS Page 271] [\q 271/] evamassa ututtayānukūlaṃ
dhātucariyānukūlañca ānāpānasatibhāvanānurūpaṃ senāsanaṃ upadi sitvā alīnānuddhacca
pakkhikaṃ santamiriyāpathaṃ upadisanto nisīda tīti ādimāha, athassa nisajjāya
daḷhabhāvaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ pavattanasukhataṃ ārammaṇapariggahūpāyañca dassento
pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvāti ādimāha. Tattha pallaṅkanti samantato ūrubaddhāsanaṃ. Ābhujutvāti
bandhitvā. 2 Ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāyāti upari sarīraṃ ujukaṃ

1. Yathābhi. Papadva. Satipa. Su. [A. E. 2.] Ābandhitvā (katthaci)

[SL Page 200] [\x 200/]

hapetvā, aṭṭhārasapiṭṭhikaṇṭake koṭiyā koṭiṃ paṭipādetvā. Evaṃ hi nisīdantassa
vammamaṃsanahārūni na panamanti. Athassa yā tesaja panamanappaccayā khaṇe khaṇe
vedanā uppajjeyyuṃ, tā na uppajjanti. Tāsu anuppajjamānāsu cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti,
kammaṭṭhānaṃ na paripaṭati, vuddhiṃ phātiṃ upagacchati. Parimukhaṃ satiṃ
upaṭṭhapotvāti kammaṭṭhānābhimukhaṃ satiṃ ṭhapayitvā. Athavā- parīti pariggahaṭṭho,
mukhanti niyyānaṭṭho, satīti upaṭṭhānaṭṭho, tena vuccati parimukhaṃ satinti. Evaṃ
paṭisambhidāya vuttanayena pettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tata;yaṃ saṅghepo
pariggahitaniyyānaṃ satiṃ katvāti so satova assasati sato passasatīti so bhikkhu evaṃ
nisīditvā evañca satiṃ upaṭṭhatvo taṃ satiṃ avijahanto sato eva assasati, sato passasati, sato
kārī hotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Idāni yehākārehi satokārī hoti, te dassetuṃ dīghaṃ vāassasantoti
ādimāha. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ: " so satova assasati sato passasatī"ti. Etasseva
vibhaṅgedvattiṃsāya ākārehi satokārī hoti, dīghaṃassāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ
avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena sato kārī hoti, dīghaṃ
passāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, tāya satiyā tena
ñāṇena satokāri hotīti. Paṭinissaggānupassī assāsavasena - paṭinissaggānupassī
passāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, tāya satiyā tena
ñāṇena satokāri hotīti. Tattha dīghaṃ vā assasantoti dīghaṃ vā assāsaṃ pavattayanto, [PTS
Page 272] [\q 272/] assāsoti bahi nikkhamanavāto, passāsoti anto pavisanavātoti
vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Suttantaṭṭhakathāsu pana uppaṭipāṭiyā āgataṃ. Tattha
sabbesampi gabbhaseyyakānaṃ mātukucchito nikkhamanakāle paṭhamaṃ abbhantara vāto
bahinikkhamati, pacchā bāhiravāto sukhumarajaṃ gahetvā abbhantaraṃ pavisanto tāluṃ
āhacca nibbāyati, evaṃ tāva assāsapassāsā veditabbā. Yā pana tesaṃ dīgharassatā, sā
addhānavasena veditabbā. Yathāhi okāsaddhānaṃ pharitvā ṭhitaṃ udakaṃ vā vālikā vā
dīghamudakaṃ dīghā vālikā rassamudakaṃ rassā vālikāti vuccati, evaṃ cuṇṇa vicuṇṇāpi
assāsapassāsā hatthisarīre abhisarīre ca tesaṃ atta bhāvasaṅkhātaṃ dīghaṃ addhānaṃ
sanikaṃ pūretvā sanikameva nikkhamanti, tasmā dīghāti vuccanti. Sunakhasasādīnaṃ
attabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ rassaṃ addhānaṃ sīghaṃ pūretvā sīghameva nikkhamanti, tasmā rassāti
vuccanti. Manussesu pana keci hatthiahiādayo viya kāladdhāna vasena dīghaṃ assasanti ca
passasanti ca, keci sunakhasasādayo viya rassaṃ, tasmā tesaṃ kālavasena dīghamaddhānaṃ
nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca te dīghā ittaramaddhānaṃ nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca rassāti
veditabbā. Tatrāyaṃ bhikkhu navahākārehi dīghaṃ assasanto

[SL Page 201] [\x 201/]

Passasanto ca dīghaṃ assasāmi passasāmīti pajānāti, evaṃ pajānato cassa ekenākārena
kāyānupassanā satipaṭṭhāna. Bhāvanā sampajjatīti veditabbā. Yathāha paṭisambhidāyaṃ:
-"kathaṃ dīghaṃ assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti; dīghaṃ passasanto dīghaṃ
passasāmīti pajānāti? Dighaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasati, dīghaṃ passāsaṃ
addhānasaṅkhāte passasati, dīghaṃ assāsa passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi,
dīghaṃ assāsa passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatopi passasatopi chavdo uppajjati,
chandavasena tato sukumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhāna saṅkhāte assasati, chandavasena
tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte passasati, dīghaṃ assāsa passāsaṃ
addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi, dīghaṃ assāsa passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi
passasatipi, [PTS Page 273] [\q 273/] pāmojjavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ
assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatopi passa satopi dīghaṃ assāsapassāsā cittaṃ
vivaṭṭati, upekkhā saṇṭhāti. Imehi navahi ākārehi dīghaṃ assāsapassāsā kāyo, upaṭṭhānaṃ
sati, anupassanā ñāṇaṃ. Kāyo upaṭṭhānaṃ, no sati, sati upaṭṭhānaṃ ceva sati ca, tāya satiyā
tena ñāṇena taṃ kāyaṃ anupassatī"ti. Tena vuccati kāye
kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanāti. Esa nayo rassapadepi. Ayaṃ pana viseso: - yathā ettha
dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāteti vuttaṃ, evamidha rassaṃ assāsaṃ ittarasaṅkhāte assasatīti
āgataṃ. Tasmā tassa vasena yāva tena vucacti kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanāti
tāva yojetabbaṃ. Evamayaṃ addhānavasena ittaravasena ca imehi ākārehi assāsapassāse
pajānanto dīghaṃ vā assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti dīghaṃ vā assasanto dīghaṃ
assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto dīghaṃpassasāmīti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā assa santo
dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā rassaṃ vā passasanto rassaṃ passasāmīti pajānātīti
veditabbo. Evaṃ pajānato cassa: -

" Dīgho rasso ca assāso passāsopi ca tādiso,
Cattāro vaṇṇā vattanti nāsikaggeva bhikkhuno"ti.

Sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedi assasissāmi sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissāmīti sikkhatīti sakalassa
assāsakāyassa ādimañjhapariyosānaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto assasissāmīti
sikkhati. Sakalassa passāsakā yassa ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto
passasissāmīti sikkhati. Evaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto ñāṇasampayuttacittena
assasati ceva passasati ca, tasmā assa sissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti vuccati. Ekassa hi
bhikkhuno

[SL Page 202] [\x 202/]

Cuṇṇa vicuṇṇavisate assāsakāye vā passāsakāye vā ādipākaṭo hoti. Na mañjhapariyesānaṃ.
So ādimeva pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, majjhapariyosāne kilamati. Ekassa majjhaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti,
na ādipariyosānaṃ. Ekassa pariyosānaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, na ādimajjhaṃ. So pariyosānaṃ yeva
pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, [PTS Page 274] [\q 274/] ādimajjhe kilamati. Ekassa sabbampi
pākaṭaṃ hoti, so sabbampi pariggahetuṃ sakkoti. Na katthaci kilamati. Tādi sena
bhavitabbanti dassento āha: - "sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī assa sissāmi sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedi
passasissāmīti sikkhatī"ti. Tattha sikkhatīti evaṃ ghaṭati vāyamati, yo vā tathābhūtassa
saṃvaro, ayamettha adhasīla sikkhā. Yo tathābhūtassa samādhi, ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā. Yā
tathābhūtassa paññā, ayaṃ adhipaññā sikkhāti. Imā tisso sikkhāyo tasmiṃ ārammaṇe tāya
satiyā tena manasikārena sikkhati āsevati bhāveti bahulīkarotītievamettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
Tattha yasmā purimanaye kevalaṃ assasitabbaṃ passasitabbameva, na ca aññaṃ kiñci
kātabbaṃ. Ito paṭṭhāya pana ñāṇuppādanādisu yogo karaṇīyo. Tasmā tattha assasāmīti
pajānāti passasāmīti pajānā ticceva vattamānakālavasena pāḷiṃ vatvā ito paṭṭhāya
kattabbassa ñāṇuppādanādino ākārassa dassanatthaṃ sabbakāya paṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti
ādinā nayena anāgatavacanavasena pāḷi āropitāti veditabbā. Passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ
assa sissāmi passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhatīti oḷārikaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ
passambhento paṭippassambhento nirodhento vūpasamento assasissāmi passasissāmīti
sikkhati. Tate;vaṃ oḷārikasukhumatā ca passaddhi ca veditabbā. Imassa hi bhikkhuno pubbe
apariggahita kāle kāyo ca cittañca sadarathā honti oḷārikā, kāyacittānaṃ oḷārikatte
avupasante assāsapassāsāpi oḷārikā honti, balavatarā hutvā pavattanti, nāsikā nappahoti,
mukhena assa santopi passasantopi tiṭṭhati. Yadā panassa kāyopi cittampipariggahitā honti,
tadā te santā honti vūpasantā. Tesu vūpasantesu assāsapassāsā sukhumā hutvā pavattanti.
Atthi nu kho natthīti vicetabbatākārappattā honti. Seyyathāpi purisassa dhāvitvā pabbatā vā
orohitvā mahābhāraṃ vā sīsato oro petvā ṭhitassa oḷārikā assāsapassāsā honti, nāsikā
nappahoti, mukhena assasantopi passasantopi tiṭṭhati. Yadā panesa taṃ parissamaṃ
minodetvā nahātvā ca pivitvā ca [PTS Page 275] [\q 275/] allasāṭakaṃ hadaye katvā
sītāya chāyāya nipanno hoti, athassa te assāsapassāsā sukhumā honti, atthi nu kho natthīti
vicetabbatākārappattā. Evameva imassa bhikkhuno pubbe apariggahitakāle kāyo ca cittañca
sadarathā honti oḷārikā, kāyacattānaṃ oḷārikatte avupasante assāsapassāsāpi oḷārikā honti,
balavatarā hutvā pavattanti, nāsikā nappahoti, mukhena assa santopi passasantopi tiṭṭhati.
Yadā panassa kāyopi cittampi pariggahitā honti, tadā te santā honti vūpasantā. Tesu vūpa
santesu assāsapassāsā sukhumā hutvā pavattanti. Atthi nukho natthīti vicetabbatākārappattā
honti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathāhissa pubbe apariggahitakāle oḷārike oḷārike kāyasaṅkhāre
passambhemīti ābhogasamannā hāramanasikārapaccavekkhaṇā natthi, pariggahitakāle pana
atthi, tenassa apariggahitakālatopariggahitakāle kāyasaṅkhāro sukhumo hoti.

Tenāhu porāṇā: -

"Sāraddhekāye citte ca adimattaṃ pavattati,
Asāraddhamhi kāyamhi sukhumaṃ sampavattatī"ti.

Pariggahepi oḷāriko paṭhamajjhānūpacāre sukhumo, tasmimpi oḷāriko paṭhamajjhāne
sukhumo, paṭhamajjhāne ca dutiyajjhānūpa cāre ca oḷāriko, dutiyajjhāne sukhumo,
dutiyajjhāne ca tatiyajjhānūpacāre ca oḷāriko, tatiyajjhāne sukhumo, tatiyajjhāne ca
catutthajjhānūpacāre ca oḷāriko, catutthajjhāne atisukhumo appavattimeva pāpuṇātīti. Idaṃ
tāva dīghabhāṇakasaṃyuttabhāṇakānaṃ mataṃ. Majjhimabhāṇakā pana " paṭhamajjhāne
oḷāriko, dutiyajjhānūpacāre sukumo"ti evaṃ heṭṭhimaheṭṭhimajjhānato uparūpari
jhānūpacārepi sukumataraṃ icchanti. Sabbesaṃyeva pana matena apariggahitakāle
pavattakāyasaṅkhāro pariggahitakāle paṭippassambhati. Pariggahitakāle
pavattakāyasaṅkhārocatutthajjhane paṭippassambhati. Ayaṃ tāva samathe nayo.
Vipassanāyaṃ pana: - apariggahe pavatto kāyasaṅkhāro oḷāriko, mahābhūtapariggahe
sukhumo, sopi oḷāriko, upādārūpapariggahe sukumo. Sopi oḷāriko, sakalarūpapariggahe
sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, arūpa pariggahe sukumo. Sopi oḷāriko, rūpārūpapariggahe sukhumo.
Sopi oḷāriko, paccayapariggahe sukumo. Sopi oḷāriko, sappaccayanāmarūpapariggahe
sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāya sukhumo. Sopi
dubbalavipassanāya oḷāriko balavavipassanāya sukhumo. Tattha pubbe vuttanayeneva
purimassa purimassa pacchimena paccimena paṭippassaddhi veditabbā. Evamettha
oḷārikasukhumatā ca passaddhi ca veditabbā. [PTS Page 276] [\q 276/] paṭisambhidāyaṃ
panassa saddhiṃ codanāsodhanāhi evamattho vutto. Kathaṃ? Passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ
assasissāmi passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati. Katame kāya saṅkhārā
dīghaṃassāsapassāsā? Kāyikā ete dhammā kāyapaṭibaddhā kāyasaṅkhārā, te kāyasaṅkhāre
passambhento nirodhento vūpasamento sikkhati. Yathārūpehi kāyasaṅkhārehi kāyassa
ānamanā vinamanā sannamanā panamanā iñjanā phandanā calanā kampanā passambhayaṃ
kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati.
Yathārūpehi kāyasaṅkhārehi

[SL Page 204] [\x 204/]

Kāyassa na ānamanā na vinamanā na sannamanā na panamanā aniñjanā aphandanā acalanā
akampanā, santaṃ sukhumaṃ passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti
sikkhatiti. Iti kira passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāya
saṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati. Evaṃ sante vātupalaṇḍiyā ca pabhā vanā na hoti,
assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā na hoti, ānā pānasatiyā ca pabhāvanā na hoti,
ānāpānasatisamādissa ca pabhāvanā na hoti, na ca naṃ taṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā
samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi. Iti kira passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi iti kira
passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati. Evaṃ sante vātupalaṇḍiyā ca
pabhāvanā hoti. Assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānasatiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti,
ānāpānasatisamādissa ca pabhāvanā hoti, tañca naṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi
vuṭṭhahantipi. Yathākathaṃ viya? Seyyathāpi kaṃse ākoṭite paṭhamaṃ oḷārikā saddā
pavattanti, oḷārikānaṃ saddānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahītattā sumanasi katattā sūpadhāritattā
niruddhepi oḷārike sadde atha pacchā sukhumakā saddā pavattanti, sukhumakānaṃ
saddānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahītattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruṇḍepi sukhumake
sadde atha [PTS Page 277] [\q 277/] pacchā sukhuma saddanimittārammaṇatāpi cittaṃ
pavattati. Eva meva paṭhamaṃ oḷārikā assāsapassāsāpavattanti, oḷārikānaṃ assāsapassā
sānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahītattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi oḷārike
assāsapassāse atha pacchā sukhumakā assāsapassāsā pavattanti, sukhumakānaṃ
assāsapassāsānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahītattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi
sukhumake assāsapassāse atha pacchā sukhuma assāsapassāsanimittārammaṇatāpi cittaṃ na
vikkhepaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ sante vātupalaṇḍiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, assāsapassāsānañca
pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānasatiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānasatisamādhissa ca pabhāvanā
hoti, tañca naṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi. Passambhayaṃ
kāyasaṅkhāraṃti assāsapassāsā kāyo, upaṭṭhānaṃ sati, anupassanā ñāṇaṃ. Kāyo upaṭṭhānaṃ
no sati, sati upaṭṭhānañceva sati ca. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena taṃ kāyaṃ anupassati, tena
vuccati kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanātī. Ayaṃ tāvettha kāyānupassanāvasena
vuttassa paṭhamacatukkassa anupubba padavanṇanā.

Yasmā panettha idameva catukkaṃ ādikammikassa kammaṭṭhāna vasena vuttaṃ, itarāni
pana tīṇi catukkāni ettha pattajjhānassa vedanācittadhammānupassanāvasena vuttāni, tasmā
idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānapadaṭṭhānāya vipassanāya saha
paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpūṇitukāmena ādikammikena kulaputtena

[SL Page 205] [\x 205/]

Pubbe vuttanayeneva sīlaparisodhanādīni sabbakiccāni katvā vuttappakārassa ācariyassa
santike pañcasavdhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetabbaṃ. Tatrime ñca savdhayo: - "uggaho
paripucchā upaṭṭhānaṃ appanā lakkhaṇa"nti. Tattha uggaho nāma kammaṭṭhānassa
uggaṇhaṇaṃ, paripucchā nāma kammaṭṭhānassa paripucchanā, upaṭṭhānaṃ nāma
kammaṭṭhānassa upaṭṭhānaṃ, appanā nāma kammaṭṭhānassa [PTS Page 278] [\q 278/]
appanā, lakkhaṇaṃ nāma kammaṭṭhānassa lakkhaṇaṃ, evaṃ lakkhaṇamidaṃ
kammaṭṭhānanti kammaṭṭhānasabhāvūpadhāraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ pañcasavdhikaṃ
kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhanto attanāpi na kilamati ācariyampi na viheseti. Tasmā thokaṃ
uddisāpetvā bahuṃ kālaṃ sajjhāyitvā evaṃ pañcasandhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā
ācariyassa santike vā aññata; vā pubbe vuttappakāre senāsane vasantena
upacchinnakhuddaka paḷibodhena katabhattakiccena bhattasammadaṃ paṭivinodetvā.
Sukhanisinnena ratanattayaguṇānussaraṇena cittaṃ sampahaṃsitvā ācariyuggahato
ekapadampi apammussantena idaṃ ānāpānasatikammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikātabbaṃ.
Tatrāyaṃ manasikāravidhi: -

"Gaṇanā anubavdhanā phusanā ṭhapanā sallakkhaṇā
Vivaṭṭanā pārisuddhi tesañca patipassanā"ti.

Tattha gaṇanāti gaṇanāyeva, anubandhanāti anuvahaṇā, 1 phusanāti phūṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ,
ṭhapanāti appanā, sallakkhaṇāti vipassanā, 2 vivaṭṭanāti maggo, pārisuddhīti phalaṃ,
tesañca patipassanāti pacca vekkhaṇā. Tattha iminā ādikammikena kulaputtena paṭhamaṃ
gaṇanāya idaṃkammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Gaṇentena ca pañcannaṃ heṭṭhā na
ṭhapetabbaṃ, dasannaṃupari na netabbaṃ, antarā khaṇḍaṃ na dassetabbaṃ. Pañcannaṃ
heṭṭhā ṭhapentassahi sambādhe okāse cittuppādo vipphavdati, sambādhe vaje
sanniruddhagogaṇo viya. Dasannaṃ upari nentassa gaṇananissitova cittuppādo hoti, 3
antarā khaṇḍaṃ dassentassa sikhāppattannukho me kammaṭṭhānaṃ noti cittaṃ vikampati,
tasmā ete dose vajjetvā gaṇetabbaṃ gaṇentena ca paṭhamaṃ dandhagaṇanāya
dhaññamāpakagaṇanāya gaṇe tabbaṃ. Dhaññamāpako hi nāḷiṃ pūretvā ekanti vatvā okirati,
puna pūrento kiñci kacavaraṃ disvā taṃ chaḍḍento ekaṃ ekanti vadati, esa nayo dve dveti
ādisu. Evameva imināpi assāsapassā sesu yo upaṭṭhāti, taṃ gahetvā ekaṃ ekanti ādiṃ katvā
[PTS Page 279] [\q 279/] yāca dasa dasāti pavattamānaṃ pavattamānaṃ upakkhetvāva
gaṇetabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ gaṇayato nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca assāsapassāsā

1. Ma anugahaṇā. 2. Sama- anupadahaṇā. 3. Gaṇanānissitova vikkhittacittuppādo.
(Samantapāsādikā)

[SL Page 206] [\x 206/]

Pākaṭā honti, athānena taṃ dandhagaṇanaṃ dhaññamāpakagaṇanaṃ pahāya sīghagaṇanāya
gopālakagaṇanāya gaṇetabbaṃ. Cheko hi gopālako sakkharādayo ucchaṅgena gahetvā
rajjudaṇḍaka hattho pātova vajaṃ gantvā gāvo piṭṭhiyaṃ paharitvā palighatthambha tthake
nisinno dvārappattaṃ pattaṃ yeva gāviṃ ekā dveti sakkharaṃ khipitvā khipitvā gaṇeti,
tiyāmarattiṃ sambādhe okāse dukkhaṃ vutthagogaṇo nikkhamanto nikkhamanto
aññamaññaṃ upanighaṃsanto vegena puñjapuñjo hutvā nikkhamati, so vegena vegena tīṇi
cattāri pañca dasāti gaṇetiyeva. Evaṃ imissāpi purimanayena gaṇayato assāsapassāsā
pākaṭā hutvā sīgha sīghaṃ punappuna sañcaranti. Tato tena punappuna sañca rantīti ñatvā
anto ca bahi ca agahetvā dvārappattaṃ dvārappattaṃ yeva gahetvā eko dve tīṇi cattāri
pañca eko dve tīṇi cattāri pañca cha, ekodve tīṇi cattāri pañca cha satta -peaṭṭha nava
dasāti sīghasīghaṃ gaṇetabbameva. Gaṇanapaṭibaddhe hi kammaṭṭhāne gaṇanabaleneva
cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti, arattupatthambhana vasena caṇḍasote nāvāṭhapanamiva. Tassevaṃ
sīghasīghaṃ gaṇayato kammaṭṭhānaṃ nirantarappavattaṃ viya hutvā upaṭṭhāti, atha
nirantaraṃ pavattatīti ñatvā anto ca bahi ca vātaṃ apariggahetvā purima nayeneva vegena
vegena gaṇetabbaṃ. Anto pavisana vātena hi saddhiṃ cittaṃ pavesayato abbhantaraṃ
vātabbhāhataṃ meda pūritaṃ viya hoti. Pahi nikkhamanavātena saddhiṃ cittaṃ nīharato
bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇe cittaṃ vikkhipati. Phūṭṭha phūṭṭhokāse pana satiṃ ṭhapetvā
bhāventasseva bhāvanā sampajjati. Tena vuttaṃ: "anto ca pahica vātaṃ apariggahetvā
purimanayeneva vegena vegena gaṇetabba"nti. Kīvaciraṃ panetaṃ gaṇetabbanti? Yāva vinā
gaṇanāya. [PTS Page 280] [\q 280/] assāsapassāsārammaṇe sati santiṭṭhati, pahi visaṭa
vitakkavicchedaṃ katvā assāsapassāsārammaṇe sati saṇṭhapanatthaṃ yeva hi gaṇanāti.
Evaṃ gaṇanāya manasi katvā anubandhanāya manasikātabbaṃ. Anubavdhanā nāma
gaṇanāṃ paṭisaṅharitvāsatiyā nirantaraṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ anugamanaṃ, tañca kho na
ādimajjhapariyosānānugamanavasena. Bahi nikkhamanavātassa hi nābi ādi, hadayaṃ
majjhaṃ, nāsikaggaṃ pariyosānaṃ. Abbhantaraṃ pavisana vātassa nāsikaggaṃ ādi, hadayaṃ
majjhaṃ, nābhi pariyosānaṃ, tañcassa anugacchato vikkhepagataṃ cittaṃ sārambhāya
cevahoti iñjanāya ca. Yathāha: -

" Assāsādimajjhapariyesānaṃ
Satiyā anugacchato ajjhattaṃ
Vikkhepagatena cittena kāyopi
Cittampi sāraddhā ca honti iñjitā ca phanditā ca.

[SL Page 207] [\x 207/]

"Assāsādimajjhapariyosānaṃ
Satiyā anugacchato ajjhattaṃ
Vikkhapagatena cittena kāyopi
Cittampi sāraddhā ca honti ikdajitā ca phanditāvacā"ti.
Tasmā anubandhanāya manasikarontena na ādimajjhapariyo sānavasena manasi kātabbaṃ,
apica kho phūsanāvasena ca ṭhapanā vasena ca manasi kātabbaṃ.
Gaṇanānubandhanāvasena viya hi phūsanā ṭhapanāvasena visuṃ manasikāro natthi,
phūṭṭhaphūṭṭhaṭṭhāne yeva pana gaṇentogaṇanāya ca phūsanāya ca manasi karoti,
tattheva gaṇanaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā te satiyāanubaṭhdhanto appanāvasena ca cittaṃ ṭhapento
anubandhanāya ca phūsanāya ca ṭhapanāya ca manasi karotīti vuccati. Svāyamattho
aṭṭhakathāsu vuttapaṅguḷadovārikūpamāhi paṭisambhidāyaṃ vutta kakacūpamāya ca
veditabbo. Tatrāyaṃ paṅguḷopamā: - seyyathāpi paṅguḷo dolāya kīḷataṃ mātāputtānaṃ
dolaṃ khipitvā tattheva dolāthambhamūle nisinno kamena āgacchantassa ca gacchantassa
[PTS Page 281] [\q 281/] ca dolāphalakassa ubho koṭiyo majjhañca passati, na ca
ubhokoṭimajjhānaṃ dassanatthaṃ vyāvaṭo hoti, evamevāyaṃ bhikkhu sativasena
upanibandhanathambhamūle ṭhatvā assāsapassāsadolaṃ khipitvā tattheva nimitte satiyā
nisinno kamena āgacchantānañca gacchantānañca phūṭṭhaṭṭhāne assāsapassāsānaṃ
ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchanto tattha ca chittaṃ ṭhapento passati, na ca tesaṃ
dassanatthaṃ vyāvaṭo hoti, ayaṃ paṅguḷopamā. Ayaṃ pana dovārikūpamā: seyyathāpi
dovāriko nagarassa anto ca bahica purise "kotvaṃ kuto vā āgato kuhaṃ vā gacchasi kiṃ vā
te hatthe"ti na vīmaṃsati, nahi tassa te bhārā, dvārappattaṃdvārappattaṃ yeva pana
vīmaṃsati, evameva imassa bhikkhuno anto paviṭṭhavātā ca bahi nikkhantavātā ca na bhārā
honti, dvārappattaṃ dvārappattaṃ yeva pana vīmaṃsati, evameva imassa bhikkhuno anto
paṭiṭṭhavātā ca bahi nikkhantavātā ca na bhārā honti, dvārappattā dvārappattā yeva bhārāti.
Ayaṃ dovāri kūpamā. Kakacūpamā pana ādito paṭṭhāya evaṃ veditabba. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: -

"Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā anārammaṇamekacittassa
Ajānato ca tayo dhamme bhāvanā nūpalabbhati.
Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā ārammaṇamekacittassa
Jānato ca tayo dhamme bhāvanā upalabbhatī"ti.

Kathaṃ ime tayo dhammā ekacittassa ārammaṇā na honti, nacime tayo dhammā aviditā
honti, na ca cittaṃ vikkhepaṃ gacchati padhānaṃ ca paññāyati payogañca sādheti
visesamadhi gacchati? Seyyathāpi rukkho same bhumibhāge nikkhitto, tamenaṃ puriso kaka

[SL Page 208] [\x 208/]

Cena chindeyya, rukkhe phūṭṭhakakacadantānaṃ vasena purisassa sati upaṭṭhitā hoti. Na
āgate vā gate vā kakacadante manasi karoti, na āgatāgatā vā kakacadantā aviditāhonti,
padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti, visesamadhigacchati, yathā rukkho same
bhumibhāge nikkhitto, evaṃ upanibandhananimittaṃ. Yathā kakaca dantā,
evaṃassāsapassāsā. Yathā rukkhe phūṭṭhakakacadantānaṃ vasena purisassa sati upaṭṭhitā
hoti na āgato vā gate vā kakaca dante manasikaroti, na āgatā vā gatā vā kakacadantā aviditā
honti, padhānañca paññāyati, payogaṃ ca sādheti, visesamadhi [PTS Page 282] [\q 282/]
gacchati, evameva bhikkhu nāsikagge vā mukhanimitte vā satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā nisinno hoti,
na āgate vā gate vā assāsapassāse manasi karoti, na āgatā vā gatā vā assāsapassāsā aviditā
honti, padhānadva paññāyati payogañca sādheti, visesamadhi gacchati. Padhānanti katamaṃ
padhānaṃ? Āraddhaviriyassa kāyopi cittampi kammaniyaṃ hoti, idaṃ padhānaṃ. Katamo
payogo? Āraddha viriyassa upakkilesā pahīyanti. Vitakkā vūpasammanti. Ayaṃ payogo.
Katamo viseso? Āraddhaviriyassa saṃyojanā pahiyanti, anusayā vyantī honti, ayaṃ viseso.
Evaṃ ime tayo dhammā ekacittassa ārammaṇā na honti, nacime tayo dhammā aviditā honti,
na ca cittaṃ vikkhepaṃ gacchati, padhānañca paññāyati, payo gañca sādheti,
visesamadhigacchati.

Ānāpānasatī yassa paripunṇā subhāvitā,
Anupubbaṃ paricitā yathā buddhena desitā,
So imaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti abbhāmutteva candimāti.

Ayaṃ kakacūpamā.

Idha panassa āgatāgatavasena amanasikāramattameva payo jananti. Veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ
kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikaroto kassaci nacireneva nimittañca uppajjati. Avasesajhānaṅga
patimaṇḍitā appanā saṅkhātā ṭhapanā ca sampajjati, kassaci pana gaṇanāvaseneva
manasikārakālakoppabhūti anukkamato oḷārikaassāsapassāsa nirodhavasena kāyadarathe
vūpasante kāyopi cittampi lahukaṃ hoti, sarīraṃ ākāse laṅghanākārappattaṃ viya hoti, yathā
sāraddha kāyassa mañce vā pīṭhe vā nisīdato mañcapīṭhaṃ onamati, vikujati,
paccattharaṇaṃ valiṃ gaṇhāti. Asāraddhakāyassa pana nisīdato neva mañcapīṭhaṃ
onamati, na vikujati, na paccattharaṇaṃ valiṃ gaṇhāti, tula picupūritaṃ viya mañcapīṭhaṃ
hoti. Kasmā? Yasmā asāraddho kāyo lahuko hoti, evameva gaṇanāvasena
manasikārakālateppa bhūti anukkamato oḷārikaassāsapassāsanirodhavasena kāyadarathe
vūpasante [PTS Page 283] [\q 283/] kāyopi cittampi lahukaṃ hoti. Sarīraṃ ākāse

[SL Page 209] [\x 209/]

Laṅghanākārappattaṃ viya hoti, tassa oḷārike assāsapassāse niruddhe
sukhumassāsapassāsanimittārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavattati, tasmimpi niruddhe aparāparaṃ tato
sukhumatara sukhumatamanimittā1 rammaṇaṃ pavattatiyeva. Kathaṃ? Yathāhi puriso
mahatiyā lohasalā kāya kaṃsathālaṃ ākoṭeyya ekappahārena mahāsaddo uppajjeyya, tassa
oḷārikasaddārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavatteyya, niruddhe oḷārike sadde atha pacchā
sukhumasaddanimittārammaṇaṃ, tasmimpi niruddhe aparāparaṃ tato sukhumatara
sukhumatamasadda nimittā emmaṇaṃ pavattateva. Evanti veditabbaṃ vuttampi cetaṃ:
"seyyathāpi kaṃse ākoṭite"ti vitthāro. Yathāhi aññāni kammaṭṭhānāni uparūpari vubhūtāni
honti, natathā idaṃ. Badaṃ pana uparūpari bhāventassa sukumattaṃ gacchati, upaṭṭhānampi
na upagacchati. Evaṃ aṭupaṭṭhahante pana tasmiṃ na tena bhikkhunā uṭṭhāyāsanā camma
khaṇḍaṃ papphoṭetvā gantabbaṃ. Kiṃ kātabbaṃ? Ācariyaṃ pucchissā mīti vā naṭṭhaṃ dāni
me kammaṭṭhānanti vā na vuṭṭhātabbaṃ. Iriyāpathaṃ vikopetvā gacchato hi kammaṭṭhānaṃ
navanavameva hoti, tasmā yathānisinneneva desato āharitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ āharaṇūpāyo: -
tena hi bhikkhunā kammaṭṭhānassa anupaṭṭhahanabhāvaṃ ñatvā iti paṭisaṃcikkhitabbaṃ:
ime assāsapassāsā nāma kattha atthi kattha natthi kassa vā atthi kassa vā natthīti. Athevaṃ
paṭisaṃcikkhatā ime anto mātukucchiyaṃ natthi, udake nimuggānaṃ natthi tathā asaññi
bhūtānaṃ, matānaṃ, catutthajjhānasamāpannānaṃ, rūpārūpabhavasamaṅgīnaṃ
nirodhasamāpannānanti ñatvā evaṃ attanāva attā peṭicodebbā. Nanutvaṃ paṇḍita neva
mātukucchigato na udake nimuggo na asaññibhūto na mato na catutthajjhānaṃ samāpanno
na rūpārūpabhavasamaṅgī na nirodhasamāpanno atthiyeva te assāsapassāsā
mandapaññatāya pana pariggahetuṃ na sakkosīti. Athānena pakathiphūṭṭhavaseneva cittaṃ
ṭhapetvā manasikāro pavattetabbo. Ime hi dīghanāsikassa nāsāpuṭaṃ [PTS Page 284] [\q
284/] ghaṭṭentā pavattanti, rassanāsikassa uttaroṭṭhaṃ. Tasmānena imaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ
ghaṭṭentīti nimittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ. Imamevahi atthavasaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ bhagavatā: -
"nāhaṃ bhikkhave muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa ānā pānasatibhāvanaṃ vadāmi"ti. Kiñcāpi
hayaṃ kiñci kammṭhānaṃ satsa sampajānasseva sampajjati. Ito aññaṃ pana manasi
karontassa manasikarontassa pākaṭaṃ hoti. Idaṃ pana ānāpānasatikammaṭṭhānaṃ garukaṃ
garukabhāvanaṃ, buddha paccekabuddha buddha puttānaṃ mahāpurisānaṃyeva
manasikārabhūmibhūtaṃ. Naceva ittaraṃ, na ca ittarasattasamāsevitaṃ. Yathā yathā manasi
karīyati, tathā

1. Ma. Sukhumataraṃsukumataraṃ - sama. Sukhumatarasukhumatara.

[SL Page 210] [\x 210/]

Tathā santañceva hoti sukhumañca, tasmā ettha balavatī sati ca paññā ca icchitabbā. Yathāhi
paṭṭhasāṭakassa tunnakaraṇakāle sūcipi sukhumā icchitabbā, sūcipāsavedhanampi tato
sukhumataraṃ. Evaṃ meva paṭṭasāṭakasadisassa imassa kammaṭṭhānassa bhāvanākāle
sūcipaṭi bhāgā satipi sūcipāsavedhanapaṭibhāgā taṃ sampayuttā paññāpi balavatī icchitabbā.
Tāhi ca pana satipaññāhi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na te assāsapassāsā aññatra
pakatiphūṭṭhokāsā pariyesitabbā. Yatha pana kassako kasiṃ kasitvā balivadde muñcitvā
gocarābhi mukhe katvā chāyāya nisinno vissameyya, athassa te balivaddā vegena aṭaviṃ
paviseyyuṃ. Yo hoti cheko kassako so puna te gahetvā yojetukāmo na tesaṃ anupadaṃ
gantvā aṭaviṃ āhiṇḍati, atha kho rasmiñca patodañca gahetvā ujukameva tesaṃ
nipānatitthaṃ gantvā nisīdati vā nipajjati vā, atha te goṇe divasabhāgaṃ caritvā
nipānatitthaṃ otaritvā nahātvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā ṭhite disvā rasmiyā bandhitvā
patodena vijjhanto ānetvā yojetvā puna kammaṃ karoti; evameva tena bhikkhunā na te
assāsapassāsā aññata; pakatiphūṭṭhokāsā pariyesitabbā satirasmiṃ pana
paññāpatodañcagahetvā pakati phuṭṭhokāse cittaṃ ṭhapetvā manasikāro pavattetabbo. [PTS
Page 285] [\q 285/] evaṃ hissa manasikaroto nacirasseva te upaṭṭhahanti. Nipānatitthe
viya goṇā. Tato nena satirasmiyā bandhitvā tasmiṃ yeva ṭhāne yojetvā paññāpatodena
vijjhantena punappunaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjitabbaṃ. Tassevamanuyuñjato nacirasseva
nimittaṃ upaṭṭhāti. Taṃ panetaṃ na sabbesaṃ ekasadisaṃ hoti. Apica kho kassaci
sukhasamphassaṃ uppādayamāno tulapicu viya kappāsapicu viya vātadhārā viya ca
upaṭṭhātīti ekacce āhu. Ayaṃ pana aṭṭhakathāsu vinicchayo: - idaṃ hi kassaci tārakarūpaṃ
viya maṇiguḷikā viya muttā guḷikā viya ca upaṭṭhātīti ekacce āhu. Ayaṃ na aṭṭhakathāsu
vinicchayo: - idaṃ hi kassaci tārakarūpaṃ viya maṇiguḷikā viya muttā guḷikā viya ca,
kassaci kharasamphassaṃ hutvā kappāsaṭṭhi viya dārusāra sūci viya ca, kassaci
dīghapāmaṅgasuttaṃ viya kusumadāmaṃ viya dhūmasikhā viya. Ca, kassaci vitthataṃ
makkaṭakasuttaṃ viya valāhakapaṭalaṃ viya padumapupphaṃ viya rathacakkaṃ viya
candamaṇḍalaṃ viya suriyamaṇḍalaṃ viya ca upaṭṭhāti, tañca panetaṃ yathā sambahulesu
bhikkhūsu suttantaṃ sajjhāyitvā nisinnesu ekena bhikkhunā "tumhākaṃ kīdisaṃ hutvā idaṃ
suttaṃ upaṭṭhātī"ti vutte eko mayhaṃ mahatī pabbateyyā nadī viya hutvā upaṭṭhātīti āha.
Aparo mayhaṃ ekā vanarāji viya, añño mayhaṃ eko sītacchāyo sākhāsampanno
phalabhārabharitarukkho viyāti. Tesaṃ hi taṃ ekameva suttaṃ paññānānatāya nānato
upaṭṭhāsi. Evaṃ ekameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ saññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhāti. Saññajaṃ hi etaṃ
saññānidānaṃ saññāpabhavaṃ, tasmāsaññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ. Etthaca
a99

[SL Page 211] [\x 211/]

Me assāsārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ, aññaṃ passāsārammaṇaṃ, aññaṃ nimittārammaṇaṃ. Yassa hi
ime tayo dhammā natthi tassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ neva appanaṃ na upacāraṃ pāpuṇāti. Yassa
panime tayo dhammā atthi tasseva kammaṭṭhānaṃ upacārañca appanañca pāpuṇāti. Vuttaṃ
hetaṃ: -

"Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā anārammaṇamekacittassa
Ajānato tayo dhamme bhāvanā nūpalabbhati.

Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā ārammaṇamekacittassa
Jānatova tayo dhamme bhāvanā upalabbhatī"ti. [PTS Page 286] [\q 286/]

Evaṃ upaṭṭhite pana nimitte tena bhikkhunā ācariyassa santikaṃ gantvā ārocetabaṃbaṃ:
mayhaṃ bhante evarūpaṃ nāma upaṭṭhātīti. Ācariyena pana etaṃ nimittanti vā na vā
nimittanti na vattabbaṃ, evaṃ hoti āvusoti vatvā punappunaṃ manasi karo hīti vattabbo.
Nimittanti hi vutte vosānamāpajjeyya, na nimittanti vutte nirāso visīdeyya, tasmā
tadubhayampi avatvā manasikāreyeva niyojetabboti - evaṃ tāva dīghabhāṇakā.
Majjhimabhāṇakā panāhu: nimittamidaṃ āvuso kammaṭṭhānaṃ, punappunaṃ manasikarohi
sappurisāti vattabboti. Athānena nimitteyeva cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, evamassāyaṃ itoppabhūti
ṭhapanāvasena bhāvanā hoti.

Ruttaṃ hetaṃ porāṇehi: -

"Nimitte ṭhapayaṃ cittaṃ nānākāraṃ vibhāvayaṃ
Dhīro assāsapassāse sakaṃ cittaṃ nibandhatī"ti.

Tassevaṃ nimittūpaṭṭhānatoppabhūti nīvaraṇāni vikkhamhitā neva honti, kilesā
sannisinnāva, sati upaṭhitāyeva, cittaṃ upacārasamādhinā samāhitameva. Athānena taṃ
nimittaṃ neva vaṇṇato manasikātabbaṃ, na lakkhaṇato paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Apica kho
khattiyamahesiyā cakkavattigabbho viya. Kassakena sāliyavagabbho viya ca. Āvāsādini
sattaasappāyāni vajjetvā tāneva sattasappāyāni sevantena sādhukaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ. Athanaṃ
evaṃ rakkhitvā punappuna manasikāravasena vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ gamayitvā dasavidhaṃ
appanākosallaṃ sampādetabbaṃ, viriyasamatā yoje tabbā. Tassevaṃ ghaṭentassa
paṭhavīkasiṇe vuttānukkameneva tasmiṃ nimitte catukka pañcakajjhānāni nibbattanti. Evaṃ
nibbattacatukkapañcakajjhāno panettha bhikkhū sallakkhaṇā vivaṭṭanāvasena
kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā pārisuṭṭhiṃ pattukāmo tadeva jhānaṃ pañcahākārehi
vasippattaṃ paguṇaṃ katvā nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapeti. Kathaṃ? So
hi samāpattito vuṭṭhāya assāsapassāsānaṃ [PTS Page 287] [\q 287/] samudayo
karajakāyo ca cittañcāti passati.

[SL Page 212] [\x 212/]

Yathāhi kammāragaggariyā dhammānāya bhastañca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca
vāto sañcarati. Evamevaṃ kāyañca cittañca paṭicca assāsapassāsāti. Tato assāsapassāse ca
kāyañca rūpanti cittañca taṃ sampayuttadhamme ca arūpanti vavatthapeti, ayamettha
saṅkhepo. Vitthārato pana nāmarūpa vavatthānaṃ parato āvibhavissati. Evaṃ nāmarūpaṃ
vavatthapetvā tassa paccayaṃ pariye sati, pariyesanto ca naṃ disvā tīsupi addhāsu
nāmarūpassa pavattiṃ ārabbha kaṅkhaṃ vitarati, vitiṇṇakaṅkho kalāpasammasanavasena
tilakkhaṇaṃāropetvā udayabbayānupassanāya pubbabhāge uppanne obhāsādayo
dasavipassanūpakkilese pahāya upakkilesavimuttaṃ paṭipadāñāṇaṃ maggoti vavatthapetvā
udayaṃ pahāya bhaṅgānupassanaṃ patvā nirantaraṃ bhaṅgānupassanena ṅyato upaṭṭhitesu
sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindanto virajjanto vimuccanto yathākkamena cattāro ariyamagge
pāpuṇitvā arahattaphale patiṭṭhāya ekūnavīsatibhedassa paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa pariyantaṃ
pattosadevakassa lokassa aggadakkhiṇeyyo hoti. Ettāvatā cassa gaṇanaṃ ādiṃ katvā
paṭipassanāpariyosānā ānāpāna satisamādhibhāvanā samattā hotīti ayaṃ sabbākārato
paṭhama catukkavaṇṇanā.

Itaresu pana tīsu catukkesu yasmā visuṃ kammaṭṭhānabhāvanā nayo nāma natthi, tasmā
anupadavaṇṇanānayeneva tesaṃ evaṃ atthoveditabbo. Pītipaṭisaṃvediti pītiṃ
paṭisajaveditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati. Tattha
dvīhākārehi pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti, ārammaṇate ca asammo hato ca. Katha ārammaṇato
pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjati. Tassa samāpattikkhaṇe
jhānapaṭilābhena ārammaṇato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti, ārammaṇassa paṭisaṃviditattā.
Kathaṃ asammohato? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttaṃ [PTS
Page 288] [\q 288/] pītiṃ khayato vayato sammasati, tassa vipassa nākkhaṇe
lakkhaṇapaṭivedhena asammohato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ paṭisambhidāya: -
"dīghaṃ assāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, tāya satiyā
tena ñāṇena sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti, dīghaṃ passāsavasenarassaṃ assāsavasena-rassaṃ
passāsavasena- sabbakāya paṭisaṃvedī assāsapassāsavasena-passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ
assāsapassāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, tāya satiyā
tena ñāṇena sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Āvajjanato sā pīti paṭisaṃveditā hoti, jānato passato
paccavekkhato cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahato saddhāya adhimuccato viriyaṃ paggaṇhato satiṃ

[SL Page 213] [\x 213/]
Upaṭṭhāpayato cittaṃ samādahato paññāya pajānato abhiññeyaṃ abhijānatopariññoyyaṃ
parijānato-pahātabbaṃ pajahatobhāvetabbaṃ bhāvayatosacchikātabbaṃsacchikaroto sā pīti
paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Evaṃ sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hotīti. Eteneva nayena avasesapadānipi
atthato veditabbāni. Idaṃ panettha visesamattaṃ tinṇaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena
sukhapaṭisaṃvadito catunnampi vasena cittasaṅkhārapaṭisaṃveditā veditabbā. Citta
saṅkhārāti vedanādayo dve khandhā, sukhapaṭisaṃvedi pade panettha
vipassanābhūmudassanatthaṃ "sukhanti dve sukhāni kāyikañca sukhaṃ cetasikañcā"ti
paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāranti oḷārikaṃ oḷārikaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ
passambhento, nirodhentoti attho. So vitthārato kāyasaṅkhāre vuttanayeneva vedi tabbo.
Apicettha pītipade pītisīsena vedanā vuttā, sukhapade sarūpeneva vedanā, dvīsu
cittasaṅkhārapadesu saññā ca vedanā ca cetasikā ete dhammā cittapaṭibaddhā cittasaṅkhārāti
vacanato saññāsampayuttā [PTS Page 289] [\q 289/] vedanāti evaṃ
vedanānupassanānayena idaṃ catukkaṃ bhāsitanti veditabbaṃ. Tatiyacatukkepi catunnaṃ
jhānānaṃ vasena cittapaṭisaṃveditā veditabbā. Abhippamodayaṃ cittanti cittaṃ modento
pamodento hāsento pahāsento assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati tattha dvīhākārehi
abhippamodo hoti, samādhivasena ca vipassanāvasena ca. Kathaṃ samādhivasena?
Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjati, so samāpattikkhaṇe sampayuttapītiyā cittaṃ āmodeti
pamodeti. Kathaṃ vipassanāvasena? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjitvā vūṭṭhāya
jhānasampayuttapītiṃ khayato vayato sammasati, evaṃ vipassanākkhaṇe jhānasampayuttaṃ
pītiṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cittaṃ āmo deti pamodeti. Evaṃ paṭipanno abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ
assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti vuccatī. Samādahaṃ cittanti paṭhamajjhānādivasena
ārammaṇe cittaṃ samaṃ ādahanto samaṃ ṭhapento, tāni vā pana jhānāni samāpajjitvā
vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttaṃ cittaṃ khayato vayato sammasato vipassanākkhaṇe lakkhaṇa
paṭivedhena uppajjati khaṇikacittekaggatā, evaṃ uppannāya khaṇikavittekaggatāya
vasenapi ārammaṇe cittaṃ samaṃ ādahanto samaṃ ṭhapento samādahaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmi
passasissāmīti sikkhatīti vuccati. Vimocayaṃ cittanti paṭhamajjhānena nīvaraṇehi cittaṃ
mocento vimocento. Dutiyena vitakkavicārehi, tatiyena pītiyā, catutthena sukhadukkhehi
cittaṃ mocento vimocento, tāni vā pana jhānāni samāpajjatvā vuṭṭhāya jhāna sampayuttaṃ
cittaṃkhayato vayato sammasati, so vipassanākkhaṇe aniccānupassanāya niccasaññato cittaṃ
mocento vimo

[SL Page 214] [\x 214/]

Cento, dukkhānupassanāya sukhasaññato, anattānupassanāya attasaññāto,
nibbidānupassanāya nandito, virāgānupassanāya rāgato, nirodhānupassanāya samudayato,
paṭinissaggānupassanāya ādānato cittaṃ mocento vimocento assasaticeva passa sati ca, tena
vuccati vimocayaṃ [PTS Page 290] [\q 290/] cittaṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti.
Evaṃ cittānupassanāvasena idaṃ catukkaṃ bhāsitanti veditabbaṃ. Catutthacatukke pana
aniccānupassiti ettha tāva aniccaṃ veditabbaṃ, aniccatā veditabbā, aniccānupassanā
veditabbā, aniccānupassī veditabbo. Tattha aniccanti pañcakkhandhā. Kasmā?
Uppādavayañññathattabhāvā. Aniccatāni tesaṃ yeva uppādavayaññathattaṃ hutvā abhavo
vā nibbattānaṃ tenevākārena aṭhatvā khaṇbhaṅgena śedoti attho. Aniccānupassanāti tassā
aniccatāya vasena rūpādisu aniccanti anupassanā. Aniccānupassīti tāya anupassanāya
samannāgato. Tasmā embhuto assa santo ca passasanto ca idha aniccānupassī assasissāmi
passasissāmīti sikkhatīti veditabbo. Virānupassīti ettha pana dve virāgā, khayavirāgo ca
accantavirāgo ca. Tattha khayavirāgoti saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇhaṅgo. Accantavirāgoti nibbāṇaṃ.
Virāgānu passanātatadubhayadassanavasena pavattā vipassanā ca maggo ca tāya
duvidhāyapi anupassanāya samannāgato hutvā assasanto ca passasante ca virāgānupassī
assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti veditabbo, nirodhānupassī padepi esevanayo.
Paṭinissaggānupassīti etthāpi dve paṭinissaggā, pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ca pakkhanda na
paṭinissaggo ca. Paṭinissaggo yeva anupassanā paṭinissaggānupassanā, vipassanāmaggānaṃ
etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vipassanā hi tadaṅgavasena saṭṭhiṃ khandhābhisaṅkhārehi kilese
pariccajati, saṅkhatadosa dassanena ca tabbiparīte nibbāṇe tanninnatāya pakkhandatīti
pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ceva pakkhandanapaṭinissaggoti ca vuccati. Maggo
samucchedavasena saṭṭhiṃ khandhābhisaṅkhārehi kilese pariccajati. Ārammaṇakaraṇenaca
nibbāṇe pakkhandatīti pariccāga paṭinissaggoceva pakkhandanapaṭinissaggoti ca vuccati,
ubhayampi pana purimapurima ñāṇānaṃ anuanupassanato anupassanāti vuccati. [PTS Page
291] [\q 291/] tāya duvidhāyapi paṭinissaggānupassanāya samannāgato hutvā assa
santo ca passasanto ca paṭinissaggānupassī assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti veditabbo.
Idaṃ catuttha catukkaṃ suddhavipassa nāvaseneva vuttaṃ, purimāni pana tīṇi
samathavipassanāvasena. Evaṃ catunnaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena soḷasavatthukāya ānāpāna
satiyā bhāvanā veditabbā. Evaṃ soḷasavatthuvasena ca pana ayaṃ ānāpānasati mahapphalā
hoti mahanisaṃsā. Tata;ssā "ayampi kho bhikkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi bhāvito
bahulīkatosanto ceva

[SL Page 215] [\x 215/]

Paṇītocā[a]"ti ādivacanato santabhāvādivasenapi mahānisaṃsatā veditabbā,
vitakkūpacchedasamatthatāyapi. Ayaṃ hi santapaṇīta asecanakasukhavihārattā samādhi
antarāyakarānaṃ vitakkānaṃ vasena itocito ca cittassa vidhāvanaṃ viccinditvā
ānāpānārammaṇābhimukhameva cittaṃ karoti. Tena vuttaṃ: -"ānāpānasati bhāvetabbā
vitakkūpacchedāyā[b]"ti. Vijjāvumuttipāripūriyā mūla bhāvenāpi cassā mahānisaṃsatā
veditabbā. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: -" ānāpānasati bhikkhave bhāvitā bahulīkatā cattāro
satipaṭṭhāne paripūreti, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sattabojjhaṅge paripūrenti,
sattabojjhaṅgā bhāvitā pahulīkatā vijjāvumuttiṃ paripūrentī[c]"ti. Apica carimakānaṃ assāsa
passāsānaṃ viditabhāvakaraṇatopissā mahānisaṃsatā veditabbā. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: -
"evaṃ bhāvitāya kho rāhula ānāpānasatiyā evaṃ bahulīkatāya yepi te carimakā assāsapassāsā
tepi viditāva nirujjhanti, no aviditā[d]"ti tattha nirodhavasena tayo carimakā, bhavacarimakā
jhānacarimakā cuticarimakāti. Bhavesu hi kāma bhave assāsapassāsā pavattanti,
rūpārūpabhavesu nappavattanti, tasmā te bhavacarimakā. Jhānesu purime jhānattaye
pavattanti, catutthe nappavattanti, tasmā te jhānacarimakā. Ye pana cuti cittassa purato [PTS
Page 292] [\q 292/] soḷasamena cittena saddhiṃ uppajjitvā cuti cittena saha nirujjhanti,
ime cuticarimakānāma. Ime cuticarimakā idha carimakāti adhippetā. Ime kira imaṃ
kammaṭṭhānamanuyuttassa bhikkhuno ānāpānārammaṇassa suṭṭhupariggahitattā
cuticittassa purato soḷasamassa cittassa uppādakkhaṇe uppādaṃ āvajjayato uppādopi nesaṃ
pākaṭo hoti, ṭhitiṃ āvajjayato ṭhitipi nesaṃ pākaṭā hoti, bhaṅgaṃ āvajjayatobhaṅgopi nesaṃ
pākaṭo hoti. Ito aññaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetvā arahattaṃ pattassa bhikkhuno hi āyu
antaraṃ paricchinnaṃ vā hoti, aparicchinnaṃ vā. Idaṃ pana soḷasavatthukaṃ ānāpānasatiṃ
bhāvetvā arahattaṃpatta bhikkhuno āyu antaraṃ paricchinnameva hoti, so ettakaṃ dāni me
āyusaṅkhārā pavattissanti, na ito paranti ñatvā attano dhammatāya eva
sarīrapaṭijaggananivāsanapārupanādīni sabbaniccānī katvā akkhīni nimmīleti
kobaṭapabbatavihāravāsī tissatthero viya, mahā karañjiyavihāravāsī mahātissatthero viya,
devaputtaraṭṭhe piṇḍa pātikatthero viya, cittalapabbatavihāravāsino dvebhātikattherā viya
ca. Tatrīdaṃ ekavatthuparidīpanaṃ: dvebhātikattherānaṃ kireko puṇṇamuposathadivase
pātimokkhaṃ osāretvā bhikkhu saṅghaparivuto attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā caṅkhamaṇe
ṭhito candālokaṃ

[A.] Saṃyutta ni. [B.] Aṅguttara ni [c.] Saṃ, ni, ānāpāna saṃ. [D.] Majjhima ni. Rāhulovāda su.

[SL Page 216] [\x 216/]

Oloketvā attano āyusaṅkhāre upadhāretvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ āha: tumhehi kathaṃ
parinibbāyantā bhikkhū diṭṭhapubbāti. Tata; keci āhaṃsu: amhehi āsane nisinnakāva
parinibbāyantā diṭṭha pubbāti. Keci amhehi ākāse pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinnakāti. Thero
āha: ahaṃ dāni vo caṅkamantameva parinibbāya mānaṃ dassessāmīti tato caṅkame lekhaṃ
katvā ahaṃ ito caṅkamanakoṭito parakoṭiṃ gantvā nivattamāno imaṃ lekhaṃ patvāva
parinibbāyissāmīti vatvā caṅkamaṃ oruyha parabhāgaṃ gantvā nivatta māno ekena pādena
lekhaṃ akkantakakhaṇe yeva parinibbāyī. [PTS Page 293] [\q 293/]

Tasmā bhave appamatto anuyuñjetha paṇḍito
Evaṃ anekānisaṃsaṃ ānāpānasatiṃ sadāti.

Idaṃ ānāpanasatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Ānāpānasatiyā anantaraṃ uddiṭṭhaṃ pana upasamānussatiṃ bhāvetukāmena yogavacarena
rahogatena patisallinena "yāvatā bhikkhave dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā virāgo tesaṃ
dhammānaṃ agga makkhāyati yadidaṃ madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāto
vaṭṭu pacchedo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbāṇaṃ "[a]ti evaṃ
sabbadukkhūpasamasaṅkhātassa nibbāṇassa guṇā anussaritabbā. Tattha yāvatāti yattakā.
Dhammāti sabhāvā. Saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatāvāti saṅgamma samāgamma paccayehi katā vā
akatā vā. Virāgo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ aggamakkhāyatīti tesaṃ saṅkhatāsaṅkhatadhammānaṃ
virāgo aggamakkhāyati seṭṭho uttamoti vuccati. Tattha virāgoti na rāgābhāvamattameva.
Atha kho yadidaṃ madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāto vaṭṭu pacchedo
taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodo nibbāṇanti yo so madanimmadanoti ādīni nāmāni
asaṅkhatadhammo labhati, so virāgoti paccetabbo. So hi yasmā taṃ āgamma sabbepi
mānamada purisamadādayo madā nimmadā amadā honti vinassanti, tasmā
madanimmadanoti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma sabbāpi kāmapipāsā vinayaṃ abbhatthaṃ
yāti, tasmā pipāsavinayoti vuccati. Yasmā pana taṃ āgamma pañcakāmaguṇālayā
samugghāṃ gacchanti, tasmā ālaya samugghātoti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma tebhūmakaṃ
vaṭṭaṃ upacchijti, tasmā vaṭṭupacchedoti vuccati. Yasmā pana taṃ āgamma sabbaso
taṇhakkhayaṃgacchati virajjati nirujjhati caga tasmā taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodhoti vuccati.
Yasmā panesa catasso yoniyo pañcagatiyo sattaviññāṇaṭṭhitiyo nava vānanti
laddhavohārāya taṇhāya nikkhanto nissaṭo visaṃ

[A.] Aṅguttara ni. 4. Nipāta. Aggappasādasu.

[SL Page 217] [\x 217/]

Yutto, tasmā nibbāṇanti [PTS Page 294] [\q 294/] vuccatīti. Evametesaṃ
madanimmadana tādīnaṃ guṇānaṃ vasena nibbāṇasaṅkhāto upasamo anussara tabbo. Ye
vā panaññepi bhagavatā "asaṅkhatañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi, saccañca pārañca
sududdasañca ajarañca dhuvañca nippa pañcañca amatañca sivañca khemañca abbhutañca
anītikadva abyāpajjadva visuddhidva dipadva tāṇadva lenañca vo bhikkhave desissāmī"ti
ādisu suttesu upasamaguṇā vuttā, tesampi vasena anussari tabboyeva. Tassevaṃ
madanimmadanatādiguṇavasena upasamaṃ anussarato neva tasmaṃ samaye
rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ
hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti. Upasamaṃ ārabbhāti buddhānussati ādisu
vuttanayeneva vikkhamhita nīvaraṇassa ekakkhaṇe jhānaṅgāni uppajjanti.
Upasamaguṇānaṃ pana gambhīratāya nānappakāraguṇānussaraṇādhimuttatāya vā
appanaṃ appatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti, tadetaṃ upasamaguṇānussaraṇavasena
upasamānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Cha anussatiyo viya ca ayampi ariyasāvakasseva
ijjhati. Evaṃ santepi upasamagarukena puthujjanenāpi manasikātabbā. Sutavasenapihi
upasame cittaṃ pasīdati. Imadva pana upasamānussatimanuyutto bhikkhu sukhaṃ supati,
sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, santindriyo hoti santamānaso hirottappasamannāgato pāsādiko
paṇītādhimuttiko sabrahmacārīnaṃ garu ca bhāvaniyo ca, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhantogati
panaparāyaṇo hotī.

Tasmā bhave appamatto bhāvayetha vicakkhaṇo,
Evaṃ anekānisaṃsaṃ ariye upasame satinti.

Idaṃ upasamānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.
Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge samādhibhāvanādhikāre

Anussati kammaṭṭhāna niddeso nāma

Aṭṭhamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 295] [\q 295/]

[SL Page 218] [\x 218/]

9.

Brahmavihāra niddeso.

Anussatikammaṭṭhānānantaraṃ uddiṭṭhesu pana mettā karuṇā mudutā upekkhāti imesu
catusu brahmavihāresu mettaṃ bhāvetu kāmena tāva ādikammikena yogāvacarena
upacchinnapaḷibodhena gahitakammaṭṭhānena bhattakiccaṃ katvā bhattasammadaṃ paṭi
vinodetvāvivitte padese supaññatte āsane sukhanisinnena ādito tāva dose ādīnavo
khantiyaṃ ca ānisaṃso paccavekkhi tabbo. Kasmā? Imāya hi bhāvanāya doso pahātabbo,
khanti adhigantabbā. Na ca sakkā kiñci adiṭṭhādīnavaṃ pahātuṃ aviditāni saṃsaṃ vā
adhigantuṃ, tasmā "duṭṭho kho āvuso dosena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto pāṇampi
hantī[a]"ti ādīnaṃ vasena dose ādīnavo daṭṭhabbo. "Khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā
nibbāṇaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā. [B] khantī balaṃ balānīkaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi
brāhmaṇaṃ[c] khantyā bhīyyo na vijjatī[d]"ti ādīnaṃ vasena khantiyaṃ ānisaṃso veditabbo.
Athevaṃ diṭṭhādīnavato dosato cittaṃ vivecanatthāya viditānisaṃsāya ca khantiyā
saṃyojanatthāya mettā bhāvanā ārabhitabbā. Ārabhantena ca āditova puggalabhedo1
jānitabbo: - imesu puggalesu mettā paṭhamaṃ bhāvetabbā, [PTS Page 296] [\q 296/]
imesu neva bhāvetabbāti. Ayaṃ hi mettā appiyapuggale atippiyasahāyake
majjhatterīpuggaleti imesu catusu paṭhamaṃ na bhāvetabbā, liṅgavisabhāge odhiso na
bāvetabbā, kālakate na bhāvetabbāva. Kiṃ kāraṇā appiyādipu paṭhamaṃ na bhāvetabbā?
Appiyaṃ hi piyaṭṭhāne ṭhapento kilamati, atippiyasahāyakaṃ majjhatte ṭhāne ṭhapento
kilamati, appamattakepi cassa dukkhe uppanne ārodanākārappatto viya hoti, mañjhattaṃ
garuṭṭhāne ca piyaṭṭhāne ca ṭhapento kilamati, veriṃ samanussa rato kodho uppajjati,
tasmā appiyādisu paṭhamaṃ na bhāvetabbā. Liṅgavisabhāge pana tamevaārabbha odhiso
bhāventassa rāgo uppajjati. Aññataro kira amaccaputto kulupagattheraṃ pucchi: - 'bhante
kattha mettā bhāvetabbā'ti. Thero 'piyapuggale'ti āha. Tassa ca attano bhariyā piyā hoti. So
tassaṃ mettaṃ bhāvento sabbarattiṃ bittiyuddhamakāsi. Tasmā liṅgavisabhāge odhiso na
bhāvetabbā. Kālakato pana bhāvento neva appanaṃ, na upacāraṃ pāpuṇāti. Aññataro kira
daharabhikkhu cariyaṃ ārabbha mettaṃ ārabhi, tassa mettā nappavattatī. So

1. Puggaladosā- katthaci. [A.] Aṅguttarani. [B.] Dhammapada. Buddhava. [C.] Dhammapada.
Brāhmaṇava.
[D.] Saṃyu. Ni

[SL Page 219] [\x 219/]

Mahātherassa santikaṃ gantvā bhante paguṇāva me mettājhāna samāpatti, na ca naṃ
samāpajjituṃ sakkomi, kiṃ nu kho kāraṇanti āha, thero 'nimittaṃ āvuso gavesāhī'ti āha. So
gave santo ācariyassa matabhāvaṃ ñatvā aññaṃ ārabbha mettāyanto samāpattiṃ appesi.
Tasmā kālakate na bhāvetabbāva. Sabba paṭhamaṃ pa'ahaṃ sukito homi niddukkho'ti vā
'avero avyāpajjo anīgho. Sukhī attānaṃ pariharāmī'ti vā evaṃ punappuna attani yeva
bhāvetabbā. Evaṃ sante yaṃ vibhaṅge vuttaṃ "kathañca bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā
ekaṃ dīsaṃ eritvā viharati? Seyyathāpi nāma ekaṃ puggalaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ disvā mettā
yeyya, evameva sabbe satte mettāya eratī"ti. Yañca paṭasambhidāyaṃ "katamehi
pañcahākārehi anodhiso pharaṇāmettā cetovimutti bhāvetabbā? Sabbe sattā averā hontu
avyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe pāṇā averā hontu avyāpajjā anīghā
sukhīattānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe [PTS Page 297] [\q 297/] bhūtā averā hontu avyāpajjā
anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu"ti ādi vuttaṃ. Sabbe puggalā averā hontu avyāpajjā
anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū"ti, sabbe attabhāvapariyāpannā averā avyāpajjā anīghā
sukhī atānaṃ paraharantū"ti ādi vuttaṃ. Yañca mettasutte "sukhino vā khemino hontu sabbe
sattābhavantu sukhitattā"ti ādi vuttaṃ, taṃ virujjhati. Na hi tattha attani bhāvanā vuttāti ce,
tañca na virujjhati. Kasmā? Taṃhi appanāva sena vuttaṃ, idaṃsakkhibhāvavasena. Sacepihi
vassasataṃ vassa sahassaṃ vā 'ahaṃ sukhito homī'ti ādinā nayena attani mettaṃ bhāveti,
nevassa appanā uppajjati. 'Ahaṃ sukhito homī'ti bhāvayato pana 'yathā ahaṃ sukhakāmo
dukkhapaṭikkūlo ca, evaṃ aññepi sattā'ti attānaṃ sakkhiṃ katvā aññasattesu
hitasukhakāmatā uppajjati. Bhagavatāpi ca: -

"Sabbā disā anuparigamma cetasā nevajjhagā piyataramattanā kvaci, evaṃ piyo puthu attā
paresaṃ tasmā na hiṃse paraṃ attakāmo[a]"ti

Vadatā ayaṃ nayo dassitova. Tasmā sakkhibhāvatthaṃ paṭhamaṃ attānaṃ mettāya
eratvātadanantaraṃ sukhappavattanatthaṃ yvāssa piya mānapo garu bhāvanīyo ācariyo vā
ācariyamatto vā upajjhāyo vā upajjhāyamatto vā tassa dānapiyavacanādīni piya
manāpattakāraṇāni sīlasutādīni garubhāvanīyattakāraṇāni ca anussaritvā 'esa puriso sukhī
hotu niddukkho'ti ādinā nayena mettā bhāvetabbā. Evarūpe ca puggale kāma appanā
sampajjati. Iminā pana bhikkhunā tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ anā pajjitvā sīmāsambhedaṃ
kattukāmena tadanantaraṃ atippiyasahāyake atippiyasahāyakato majjhatte majjhattato
verīpuggale mettā bhāvetabbā. Bhāventena ca ekekasmiṃ koṭṭhāse muduṃ kammaniyaṃ
cittaṃ katvā tadanantare1 upasaṃharitabbā. Yassa

[A.] Saṃyu. Ni. Kosalasaṃ. 1. Sīga tadanantare tadanantare.

[SL Page 220] [\x 220/]

Pana verīpuggalo vā natthi, mahāpurisajātikattā vā anatthaṃ karontepi pare verīsaññā
nūppajti, tena 'majjhatte me mettacittaṃ kammaniyaṃ jātaṃ idani naṃ veramhi
upasaṃharāmī'ti vyāpāro [PTS Page 298] [\q 298/] na kātabbo. Yassa pana atthi, taṃ
sandhāya vuttaṃ: "macjhattato verīpuggale mettā bhāvetabbā"ti. Sace panassa verimhi cittaṃ
upasaṃharato tena katāparādhānussaraṇena paṭighaṃ uppajjati, athānena purimapuggalesu
yattha katthaci punappuna mettaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahitvā punappuna taṃ puggalaṃ mettā
yantena paṭighaṃ paṭivinodetabbaṃ. Sace evampi vāyamato na nibbāti, atha: -

"Kakacūpamaovāda ādinaṃ anusārato
Paṭighassa pahāṇāya ghaṭitabbaṃ punappunaṃ. "

Tañca kho iminā ākārena attānaṃ ovadanteneva are! Kujjhanapurisa! Nanu vuttañca
bhagavatā "ubhato daṇḍakena cepi bhikkhave kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni
okanteyyuṃ, tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya na me so tena sāsanakaro[a]"ti ca.

"Tasseva tena pāpiyo yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati,
Kuddhaṃ appaṭikajjhanto saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ.

Ubhinnamatthaṃ carati attano ca parassa ca,
Paraṃ saṃkupitaṃ ñatvā yo sato upasammatī"[b]ti ca.

"Sattime bhikkhave dhammā sapattakantā sapattakaraṇā kodhanaṃ āgacchanti ittiṃ vā
purisaṃ vā. Katame satta? Idha bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati: - "aho vatāyaṃ
dubbaṇṇo assā"ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati.
Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti
sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so dubbaṇṇova hoti
kodhābibhūto. Ayaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamo dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṃ
āgacchati itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā. Punacaparaṃ bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati: -"aho
vatāyaṃ dukkhaṃ saseyyā"ti taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya
nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti
sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so dukkhassaṇṇova hoti
kodhābibhūto. Aho vatāya pacurattho assā"ti assā"ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto
sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto
kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha
kho so pacuratthova hoti kodhābibhūto. Aho vatāyaṃ na bhogavā assā"ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na
bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo
kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu
odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so bhogavaṇṇova hoti kodhābibhūto. Aho vatāyaṃ na yasavā
assā"ti taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ
bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti sunahāto suvilitto
kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so yasavaṇṇova hoti kodhābibhūto. Aho
vatāyaṃ "na mittavā assā"ti taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya
nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti
sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so mittavaṇṇova hoti
kodhābibhūto. [PTS Page 299 [\q 299/] ']na kāyassabhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃlokaṃ uppajjeyyā"ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa lugatigamane
nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto kāyena
duccaritaṃ

[A.] Majjhimani kakacūpamasutta. [B.] Saṃyuttani.

[SL Page 221] [\x 221/]

Carati, vācāya, manasā duccaritaṃ carati, so kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya, manasaja
duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ
uppajjati kodhābhibhuto[a]"ti ca. "Seyyathāpi bhikkhave chavālātaṃ ubhato padittaṃ majjhe
guthagataṃ neva gāme kaṭṭhattaṃ erati, na araññe kaṭṭhatthaṃ erati, tathūpamāhaṃ
bhikkhave imaṃ purisapuggalaṃ vadāmī"ti cāti. So dāni tvaṃ evaṃ kujjhanto naceva
bhagavato sāsanakaro bhavissasi, paṭi kujjhanto ca kuddhapurisatopi pāpiyo hutvā na
dujjayaṃ saṅgāmaṃ jessasi, sapattakaraṇe ca dhamme attanāva attano karissasi,
chavālātūpamo bhavissasīti. Tassevaṃ ghaṭato vāyamato sace taṃ paṭighaṃ vūpasammati,
iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce vūpasammatī, atha yo yo dhammo tassa puggalassaupasanto hoti
parisuddhoanussariyamāno pasādaṃ āvahati, taṃ taṃ anussaritvā āghāto paṭivine tabbo.
Ekaccassa hi kāyasamācārova upasanto hoti, upasantabhāvo cassa bahuṃ vattapaṭivattaṃ
karontassa sabbajanena ñāyati. Vacīsamācāramanosamācārā pana avupasantā honti, tassa te
acintetvā kāyasamācāravūpasamoyeva anussaritabbo. Ekaccassa vacīsamācārova upasanto
hoti, upasantabhāvo cassa sabbajanena ñāyati. So hi pakatiyā ca paṭisatthārakusalo hoti
sakhīlo sukhasambhāso samammodako uttānamukho pubbabhāsī madhu rena sarena
dhammaṃ osāreti, parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi dhamma kathaṃ katheti.
Kāyasamācāramanosamācārā pana arpasantā honti, tassa te acintetvā vacīsamācāravūpasamo
yeva anussari tabbo. Ekaccassa manosamācāroca upasanto hoti, upasantabhāvo cassa
cetiyavavdanādisu sabbajanassa pākaṭo hoti. Yo hi avupasantacitto hoti, so cetiyaṃ vā
bodhiṃ vā there vā vandamāno na sakkaccaṃ vandati, dhammasavaṇamaṇḍale [PTS Page
300] [\q 300/] vikkhitta citto vā pavalāyanto vā nisīdati. Upasantacitto pana okappetvā
sakkaccaṃ vandati, ohitasoto aṭṭhikatvā kāyena vā vācāya vā cittappasādaṃ āvikaronto
dhammaṃ suṇāti. Iti ekaccassa manosamācārova upasanto hoti, kāyavacīsamācārā
arupasantā honti. Tassa teacintetvā manosamācāravūpasamoyava anussaritabbo. Ekaccassa
pana imesu tīsu dhammesu ekopi avupasanto hoti, tasmiṃ puggale "kiñcāpi esadāni
manussaloke carati, atha kho katipāhassa accayena aṭṭhamahā
nirayasoḷasaussadanirayaparipūrako bhavissatī"ti kāruññaṃ upaṭṭhapetabbaṃ.
Kāruññampihi paṭicca āghāto vūpasammati. Ekaccassa tayopime dhammā vūpasantā honti,
tassa yaṃ yaṃ icchati taṃ taṃ

[A.] Aṅguttarani. Sattakanipāta

[SL Page 222] [\x 222/]

Anussaritabbaṃ. Tādiso hi puggale na dukkarā hoti mettā bhāvanāti. Massa
catthassaāvībhāvatthaṃ " pañcime āvuso āghāta paṭivinayā yattha bhikkuno uppanno
āghāto sabbaso paṭivine tabbo"ti idaṃ pañcakanipāte āghātapaṭivinayasuttaṃ vitthāre
tabbaṃ. Sace panassa evampi vāyamato āghāto uppajjati yeva athānena evaṃ attā
ovaditabbo: -

"Attano visaye dukkha kataṃ te yadi verinā,
Kiṃ tassā visaye dukkhaṃ sacitte kattumicchasi?

Bahūpakāraṃ hitvāna ñātivaggaṃ rudammukhaṃ
Mahānatthakaraṃ kodhaṃ sapattaṃ na jahāsi kiṃ?

Yāni rakkhasi sīlāni, tesaṃ mūlanikantanaṃ
Kodhaṃ nāmūpalālesi, ko tayā sadiso jaḷo?

Kataṃ anariyaṃ kammaṃ parena iti kujjhasi,
Kinnu tvaṃ tādisaṃ yeva so sayaṃ kattumicchasī?

Rosetukāmo yadi taṃ amanāpaṃ paro karī,
Dosuppādena tasseva kiṃ pūresi manorathaṃ?

Dukkhaṃ tassa ca nāma tvaṃ kuddho kāhasi vā navā,
Attanaṃ panidāneva kedhadukkhena bādhasi?

Kodhandhā ahitaṃ maggaṃ ārūḷhā yadi verino,
Kasmā tuvampi kujjhanto tesaṃ yevānusikkhasi?

Yaṃ dosaṃ tava nissāya sattunā appiyaṃ kataṃ,
Tameva dosaṃ chindassu kimaṭṭhāne vihaññasi?
[PTS Page 301] [\q 301/]
Khaṇikattā ca dhammānaṃ yehi khandhehi te kataṃ,
Amanāpā niruddhā te, tassa dānīdha kujjhasi?

Dukkhaṃ karoti yo yassa, taṃ vinā kassa so kare,
Sayampi dukkhahetuttamiti kiṃ tassa kujjhasī"ti?

Sace panassa evaṃ attānaṃ ovadatopi paṭighaṃ neva vūpa sammati, athānena attano ca
parassa ca kammassakatā paccavekki tabbā. Tattha attano tāva evaṃ paccavekkitabbā:
-"amśo tvaṃ tassa kuddho kiṃ karissasi? Nanu taveva cetaṃ dosanidānaṃ kammaṃ anatthāya
saṃvattissati? Kammassako hi tvaṃ kammadāyādo kamma yoni kammabandhu
kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissasi tassa dāyādo bhavissasi, idañca te kammaṃ neva
sammāsambodiṃ na paccekabodhiṃ na sāvakabhumiṃ na brahmatta sakkatta cakkavatti
padesarajjādi sampattīnaṃ aññataraṃ sampattiṃ sādhetuṃ samatthaṃ, atha kho sāsa

[SL Page 223] [\x 223/]

Nato vāvetvā mighāsādādibāvassa ceva nerayikādi dukkhavisesā nañca te
saṃvattanikamidaṃ kammaṃ, so tvaṃ idaṃ karonto ubhohi hatthehi vītaccike vā aṅgāre
guthaṃ vā gahetvā paraṃ paharitukāmo puriso viya attānameva paṭhamaṃ dahasi ceva
duggandhañca karosī"ti. Evaṃ attano kammassakataṃ pacca vekkhitvā parassapi
evaṃpaccavekkitabbā: - "esopi tava kujjhitvā kiṃ karissati? Nanu etassevetaṃ anatthāya
saṃvattissati? Kammassako hi ayamāyasmā kammadāyādo kamma yoni kammabandhu
kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissati tassa dāyādo bhavissati, idaṃ cassa kammaṃ neva
sammāsambodhiṃ na pavcekabodhiṃ na sāvakabhumiṃ na brahmatta sakkatta cakkavatti
padesarajjādismapattīnaṃ aññatarasampattiṃ sādhetuṃ samatthaṃ, atha kho sāsanato cāvetvā
vighāsādādibhāvassa ceva nerayikādidukkha visesānañcassa saṃvattanikamidaṃ kammaṃ,
svāyaṃ idaṃ karonto pamivāte ṭhatvā paraṃ rajena okiritukāmo puriso viya attāna meva
okiratī"ti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: -

"Yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati
Suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa, [PTS Page 302] [\q 302/]
Tamevabālaṃ pavceti pāpaṃ
Sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃva khitto[a]"tī.

Sace panassa evaṃ kammassakatampi paccavekkhato neva vūpa sammati, athānena satthu
pubbacariyaguṇā paccavekkhitabbā. 1 Tatrāyaṃ paccavekkhaṇānayo: - "amho pabbajita!
Nanate satthā pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattopi samāno cattāri
asaṅkheyyāni kappasatasassañca pāramiyo pūrayamāno tattha tattha vadhakesupi
paccatthikesu cittaṃ nappadūsesi. Seyyathīdaṃ? Sīlava jātake tāva attano kadaviyā
paduṭṭhena pāpaamaccena ānītassa paṭirañño tiyojanasataṃ rajjaṃ gaṇhantassa
nisedhanatthāya vuṭṭhitānaṃ amaccānaṃ āvudhampi chupituṃ nādāsi. Puna saddhiṃ amacca
sahassena āmakasusāne gaḷappamāṇaṃ bhūmiṃ khaṇitvā nikhañña māno
cittappadosamattampi akatvā kuṇapakhādanatthaṃ āgatānaṃ sigālānaṃ paṃsuviyūhaṇaṃ
nissāya purisakāraṃ katvā paṭiladdhajivito yakkhānubhāvena attano sirigabbhaṃ oruyha
sirisayane sayitaṃ paccatthikaṃ disvā kopaṃ akatvava aññamaññaṃ sapathaṃ katvā taṃ
mittaṭṭhāne ṭhapayitvā āha: -

Āsiṃsetheva puriso, na nibbindeyya paṇḍito,
Passāmi vohaṃ attānaṃ yathā icchiṃ tathā ahu[b]"nti.

[A.] Saṃyuttani. [B.] Jātakapālī. Silavajātaka. 1. Ma. Anussaritabbā.

[SL Page 224] [\x 224/]

Khantivādijātake dummedhena kāsiraññā " kiṃ vādi tvaṃ samaṇā"ti puṭṭho
"khantivādināmāha"nti" vutte sakaṇṭakāhi kasāhi tāḷetvā hattha pādesu chijjamānesu
kopamattampi na akāsi. Anacchariyañcetaṃ yaṃ mahallako pabbajjūpagato evaṃ kareyya,
culladhammapālajātake pana uttānaseyyakopi samāno: -

"Candanarasānulittā bāhā chijjanti dhammapālassa,
Dāyādassa pathavyā pāṇā me deva rujjhantī[a]"tī.

Evaṃ vippalapamānāya mātuyā pitarā mahāpatāpena nāma raññā vaṃsakalīresu viya catusu
hatthapā desu chedāpitesu, [PTS Page 303] [\q 303/] tāvatāpica tuṭṭhiṃ anāpajjitvā
"sīsamassa chindathā"ti āṇatte, "ayaṃ dāni te citta sanniggaṇhaṇakālo, 1 idāni ambho
dhammapāla sīsacchedaṃ āṇāpake pitari, sisacchedake purise, paridevamānāya mātari,
attani vāti imesu catusu samacitto hohī"ti daḷhasamādānaṃ adhiṭṭhāya
paduṭṭhākāramattampi na akāsi. Idañcāpi anacchariyameva yaṃ manussabhūto evamakāsi,
tiracchānabhutopi pana chaddanto nāma vārano hutvā visapītena sallena nābhiyaṃ viddhopi
tāva anattha kārimhi luddake cittaṃ nappadūsesi. Yathāha: -

"Samappito putusallena nāgo
Aduṭṭhacitto luddakaṃ ajjhabhāsi:
Nimatthiyaṃ kissa vā samma hetu
Mamaṃ vadhī kassa vāyaṃ payogo"ti

Evaṃ vatvā ca kāsirañño mahesiyā "tava dantānamatthāya pesitomhi bhadante"ti vutte tassa
manorathaṃ pūrento chabbaṇṇaraṃsiniccharaṇasamujjalitacārusobhe attano dante chtvo
adāsi. Mahākapi hutvā attanā yeva pabbatapapātato uddhaṭena purisena: -

"Bhakkho ayaṃ manussānaṃ yathevaññe vane migā,
Yannūnimaṃ vadhitvāna chāto khādeyya vānaraṃ.

Asitova gamissāmi maṃsamādāya sambalaṃ,
Kantāraṃ nittharissāmi, pātheyyaṃ me bhavissatī[b]"ti.

Evaṃ cintetvā silaṃ ukkhipitvā matthake sampadāḷite assu puṇṇehi nettehi taṃ purisaṃ
udikkhamāno: -

"Māyyosi me bhadante tvaṃ tuvaṃ namedisaṃkari,
Tvaṃ khosi nāma dīghāvu aññaṃ vāretumarahasī"ti.

[A.] Jātakapāli. Culladhammapālajātaka, [b.] Jātakapāli. Mahākapijātaka. 1. Ma.
Cittapariggaṇahanakālo.

[SL Page 225] [\x 225/]

Vatvā tasmiṃ purise cittaṃ appadūsetvā attano ca dukkhaṃ acintetvā tameva
purisaṃkhemantabhumiṃ sampāpesi. Bhūridatto nāma nāgarājā hutvā uposathaṅgāni
adiṭṭhāya [PTS Page 304] [\q 304/] vammikamuddhani sayamano
kappuṭṭhānaggisadisena osadhena sakalasarīre siccamānopi, peḷāya pakkhipitvā
sakalajambudīpe kīḷāpiyamānopi tasmiṃ brāhmaṇe manopadosamattampi na akāsi.
Yathāha: -

"Peḷāya pakkhipantepi maddantepi ca pāṇinā
Ālambaṇe1 na kuppāmi sīlakhaṇḍabhayā mamā"[a]ti.

Campeyyopi nāgarājā hutvā ahitunḍikena viheṭhiyamāno manopadosamattampi na
uppādesi. Yathāha: -

"Tadāpi maṃ dhammacāriṃ upavuttha uposathaṃ
Ahitunḍiko gahetvāna rājadvāramhi kīḷati.

Yaṃ so vaṇṇaṃ cintayati nīlaṃ pītañca lohitaṃ,
Tassa cittānuvattanto homi cintitasantibho.

Thalaṃ kareyya udakaṃ, udakampi thalaṃ kare,
Yadihaṃ tassa pakuppeyyaṃ, khaṇena chārikaṃ kare.

Yadi cittavasī hessaṃ, parihāyissāmi sīlato,
Sīlena parihīnassa uttamattho na sijjhatī"[b]"ti.

Saṅkhapālanāgarājā hutvāpi tikhīṇāhi sattīhi aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu ovijkditvā pahāramukhehi
sakaṇṭakalatāyo pavesetvā nāsāya daḷhaṃ rajjuṃ pakkhipitvā soḷasahi bhojaputtehi
kājenādāya vuyhamāno dharanitale nighaṃsiyamānasarīro mahantaṃ dukkhaṃ pacca
nubhonto kujjhitvā olokitamatteneva sabbe bhojaputte bhasmaṃ kātuṃ samatthopi samāno
cakkhuṃ ummīletvā paduṭṭhākāra mattampi na akāsi. Yathāha: -
"Cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiñcaḷāra uposataṃ niccamupāvasāmi,
Athāgamuṃ soḷasa bhojaputtā rajjuṃ gahetvāna daḷhañcapāsaṃ.

Bhetvāna nāsaṃ atikassa2 rajjuṃ nayiṃsu maṃ samparigayha3 oddā,
Etādisaṃ dukkhamahaṃ titikkhiṃ uposathaṃ appaṭikopayanto"[b]ti. [PTS Page 305] [\q 305/]


Nakevalañca etanaiva aññānipi mātuposakajātakādisu anekāni accariyāni akāsi. Tassate idāni
sabbaññutā pattā, sadevake loke kenaci appaṭisamakhantiguṇaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ satthāraṃ
apadisato paṭighacittaṃ nāma uppādetuṃ ativiya ayuttamappatirūpanti. Sace panassa evaṃ
satthu pubbacariyaguṇaṃ

[A.] Jātakapāli. Bhūridatta. [B.] Jātakapāli. Saṅghapāla. 1. Magha alampāne. 2. Atikaḍḍha.
(Katthaci) 3. Sampaṭiggayha. Jātakaṭṭhakathā. [F. E, Vol. V. P. 173.]

[SL Page 226] [\x 226/]

Paccavekkhatopi dīgharattaṃ kilesānaṃ dāsavyaṃ upagatassa neva taṃ paṭighaṃ
vūpasammati. Athānena anamataggiyāni paccavekkhi tabbāni. Tata;hi vuttaṃ: - " na so
bhikkhave satto suḷabharūpo yo na matābhūtapubbo, yo na pitā bhūtapubbo, yo na bhātā,
yo na bhaginī, yo na putto, yo na dhītā bhūtapubbā"ti. Tasmā tasmiṃ puggale evaṃ cittaṃ
uppādetabbaṃ: -"ayaṃ kira me atīke mātā hutvā dasamāse kucchinā pariharitvā muttakarīsa
kheḷa siṅghāṇikādīni haricandanaṃ viya ajigucchamānā apanetvā ure naccā pentī1 aṅkena
pariharayamānā posesi; pitā huvā ajapatha saṅgūpathādini gantvā vaṇijjaṃ payojayamāno
mayhaṃ atthāya jivi tampi pariccajitvā ubhato byūḷhe saṅgāme pavisitvā nāvāya mahā
samuddaṃ pakkhandatvā aññāni ca dukkarasatāni katvā puttakaṃ posessāmīti tehi tehi
upāyehi dhanaṃ saṃharitvā maṃ posesi. Bhātā-bhaginiputto- dhītā ca hutvā idañcidañca
upakāraṃ akāsīti, tata; me nappatirūpaṃ manaṃ padūsetu"nti. Sace pana evampi cittaṃ
kibbāpetuṃ na sakkoti yeva, athānana evaṃ mettānisaṃsā paccavekkitabbā: - " hambho
pabbajita! Nanu vuttaṃ bhagavatā: "mettāya bhikkhave ceto vumuttiyā āsevitāya bhāvitāya
bahulī katāyatthuka yānikatāyatāya anuṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya ekādasānisaṃsā
paṭikaṅkhā. Katame ekādasa? Sukhaṃ supati sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṃ supinaṃ
passati, manussānaṃ piyo hoti, amanussānaṃ piyo hoti, devatā rakkhanti, nāssa aggi vā
visaṃ vā satthaṃvā kamati, travaṭaṃ cittaṃ samādhiyati, mukhavaṇṇo vippasī dati,
asammuḷho kālaṃ karoti, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto brahma lokupago [PTS Page 306] [\q 306/]
hotī[a]"ti. Sace tvaṃ idaṃ cittaṃ na nibbāpessasi, imehi ānisaṃsehi paribāhiro
bhavissasī"ti. Evampi nibbāpessasi, imehi ānisaṃsehi paribāhiro bhavissasī"ti. Evampi
nibbāpetuṃ asakkontena pana dhātuvinibbhogo kātabbo. Kathaṃ? "Hambho pabbajita! Tvaṃ
etassa kujjhamāno kassa kujjhasi, ki kesānaṃ kucjhasi, udāhu lomānaṃ, nakhānaṃ kujjhasi?
Dantāṃ kujjhasi? Taconaṃ kujjhasi? Maṃsānaṃ kujjhasi? Nahārūnaṃ kujjhasi? Aṭṭhinaṃ
kujjhasi?, Aṭṭhimiñjānaṃ kujjhasi? Vakkānaṃ kujjhasi?, Hadayānaṃ kujjhasi? Yakanānaṃ
kujjhasi?, Kilomakānaṃ kujjhasi? Pihakānaṃ kujjhasi? Papphāsānaṃ kujjhasi? Antānaṃ
kujjhasi? Antaguṇānaṃ kujjhasi?, Udariyānaṃ kujjhasi?, Karīsaṃ kujjhasi?, Pittānaṃ kujjhasi?,
Semhānaṃ kujjhasi?, Pubbonaṃ kujjhasi?, Lohitānaṃ kujjhasi? Sedonaṃ kujjhasi? Medonaṃ
kujjhasi?Assunaṃ kujjhasi?, Vasānaṃ kujjhasi?, Khelo kujjhasi?, Siṅghānikānaṃ kujjhasi?
Lasikānaṃ kujjhasi? Muttassa kujjhasi? Atha vā pana kesādisu paṭhavīdhātuyā kujjhasi,
āpodhātuyā, tejo dhātuyā, vāyodhātuyā kujjhasi, ye vā pañcakkhavdhe dvādasāyata nāni
aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo upādāya ayamāyasmā itthannāmoti vuccati, tesu kiṃ rūpakkhandhassa
kujjhasi, adāhu vedanā - saññā- saṅkhāra - viññāṇakkhandhassa kujjhasi? Kiṃ vā
cakkhāyatanassa kujjhasi, kiṃ rūpāyatanassa kujjhasi? Saddāyatanassa kujjhasi,
gandhāyatanassa kujjhasi, rasāyatanassa kujjhasi, phoṭṭhabbāyatanassa kujjhasi?
Manāyatanassa kujjhasi, kiṃ dhammāyatanassa kujjhasi, kiṃ vā cakkhudhātuyā kujjhasi, kiṃ
rūpadhātuyā, kiṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā kiṃ dhammadhātuyā, kiṃ manoviññāṇadhātuyā"ti.
Kiṃ sotaviññāṇadhātuyā kiṃ sotaviññāṇadhātuyā, kiṃ saddha viññāṇadhātuyā"ti. Kiṃ
ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā kiṃ gandhadhātuyā, kiṃ ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā. Kiṃ
jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā, kiṃ rasadhātuyā, kiṃ jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā, kiṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā,
kiṃ phoṭṭhabba dhātuyā, kiṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā, ki mano dhātuyā, kiṃ dhammadhātuyā,
kiṃ manoviññāṇadhātuyā"ti. Evaṃ hi dhātuvinibbhogaṃ karoto

1. Nacchādento. [A.] Aṅguttarani. Mettasutta.

[SL Page 227] [\x 227/]

Āragge sāsapassa viya ākāse cittakammassa viya ca kodhassa patiṭṭānaṭṭhānaṃ nahoti.
Dhātuvinibbhogaṃ pana kātuṃ asakkonetana dānasaṃvibhāgo kātabbo. Attano santakaṃ
parassa dātabbaṃ, parassa santakaṃ attanā gahetabbaṃ. Sace pana paro bhinnājivo hoti
aparibhogārahaparikkhāro, attanā santakameva dātabbaṃ. Tassevaṃkaroto ekanteneva
tasmiṃ puggale āghāto vūpasammati, itarassa ca atītajātito paṭṭhāya anubaddhopi kodho
taṃ khaṇaññeva vūpasammati, cittalapabbata vihāre tikkhattuṃ uṭṭhāpitasenāsanena
piṇḍapātikattherena ayaṃ bhante aṭṭhakahāpaṇagghanako patto mama mātarā upāsikāya
dinno dhammiyo lābho mahāupāsikāya puññalābhaṃ karo thāti vatvā dinnaṃ pattaṃ laddha
mahātherassa viya. Evaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ hetaṃ dānaṃ nāma.

Vuttampi cetaṃ: -

"Adantadamanaṃ dānaṃ dānaṃ sabbatthasādhakaṃ,
Dānena piyavācāya unnamanti samanticā"ti. [PTS Page 307] [\q 307/]

Tassevaṃ verīpuggale vūpasantapaṭighassa yathā piyātippiyasahā yakamajjhattesu evaṃ
tasmimpimettāvasena cittaṃ pavattati. Athanena punappuna mettāyantena attani
piyapuggalemajjhatte veripuggalati catusu janesu samacittataṃ sampā dentena
sīmāsambhedo kātabbo. Tassidaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ: - sace imasmiṃ puggale piya majjhatta verīhi
saddhiṃ attacatuṭhthe ekasmiṃ padese nisinne corā āganatvā " bhante ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ
amhākaṃ dethā"ti vatvā "kiṃ kāraṇā"ti vutte "māretvā gaḷalohitaṃ gahetvā
balikaraṇatthāyā"ti vadeyyuṃ, tatra ceso bhikkhu " asukaṃ vā asukaṃ vā gaṇhantu"ti
cinteyya, akatova hoti sīmā sambhedo. Sacepi " maṃ gaṇhantu, mā ime tayo"ti cinteyya
akatova hoti sīmāsambhedo. Kasmā yassa yassahi gahaṇaṃ icchati tassa tassa ahitesī hoti,
itaresaṃ yeva hitesī hoti. Yadā pana catunnaṃ janānamantare empi corānaṃ dātabbaṃ na
passati, attani ca tesu ca tīsu samameva cittaṃ pavatteti, katova hoti sīmāsambhedoti.

Tenāhu porāṇā: -

"Attani hitamajjhatte ahite ca catubbidhe
Yadā passati nānattaṃ hitacittova pāṇinaṃ.

Na nikāmalābhi mettāya kusalīti pavuccati,
Yadā catasso sīmāyo sambhinnā honti bhikkhuno.

[SL Page 228] [\x 228/]

Samaṃ erati mettāya sabbaṃ keṃ sadevakaṃ,
Mahāviseso purimena yassa sīmā na ñāyatī"ti.

Evaṃ sīmāsambhedasamakālameva ca iminā bhikkhunā nimittañca upacārañca laddhaṃ hoti.
Sīmāsambhede pana kate tameva nimittaṃ āsevanto bhāvento pahulīkaronto appakasire
neva paṭhavīkasiṇe vuttanayeneva appanaṃ pāpuṇāti. Ettāva tānena adhigataṃ hoti
pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ
paṭhamajjhānaṃ mettāsahagataṃ, adhigate ca tasmiṃ tadeva nimittaṃ āsevanto bhāvento
bahulī karonto anupubbena catukkanaye dutiya tatiyajjhānāni [PTS Page 308] [\q 308/]
pañcakanaye dutiyatatiyacatutthajjhānāni ca pāpuṇāti. So paṭha majjhānādīnaṃ
aññataravasena mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ dīsaṃ eritvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā
tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthiṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ
mettā sahagatena cetasā vupilena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena eritvā
viharati. Paṭhamajjhānādivasena appanāppattacittasseva hi ayaṃ vikubbanā sampajjati.
Etthaca mettā sahagatenāti mettāya samannāgatena; cetasāti cittena; ekaṃ disanti (ekaṃ)
ekissā disāya paṭhamapariggahitaṃ sattaṃ upādāya
ekadisāpariyāpannasattapharaṇavasenavuttaṃ. Eritvāti phūsitvā ārammaṇaṃ katvā;
viharatīti brahmavihārādhiṭṭhitaṃ iriyāpatha vihāraṃ pavatteti. Tathā dutiyanti
yathāpuratthimādisu disāsu yaṃ kiñci ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tatheva tadanantaraṃ
dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthiñcāti attho. Iti uddhanti yathāpuratthimādisu disāsu yaṃ kiñci ekaṃ
disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tatheva tadanantaraṃ dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthiñcāti attho. Iti
uddhanti eteneva nayena uparimaṃ disanti vuttaṃ hoti, adho tiriyanti eteneva nayena
uparimaṃ disanti vuttaṃ hoti, adho tiriyanti adhodisampi, tiriyaṃ disampi. Evamevaṃ tattha
ca adhoti heṭṭhā, tiriyanti anudisā, evaṃ sabba disāsu assamaṇḍale assamiva
mettāsahagataṃ cittaṃ sāretipi paccāsāretipīti ettāvatā ekamekaṃ disaṃ pariggahetvā odhiso
mettāpharaṇaṃ dassitaṃ. Sabbadhīti ādi pana anodhiso dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ: - tattha
sabbadhīti sabbattha, sabbattatāyātī sabbesu
hīnamajjhimukkaṭṭhamittasapattamajjhattādippabhedesu attatāya, ayaṃparasattoti vibhāgaṃ
akatvā attasamatāyāti vuttaṃ hotī. Athavā, sabbattatāyātisabbena cittabhāgena, 1 īsakampi
bahi avikkhippamānoti vuttaṃ hoti. [PTS Page 309] [\q 309/] sabbāvantanti
sabbasattavantaṃ, sabbasattayuttanti attho. Lokanti sattalokaṃ, vipulenāti
evamādipariyāyadassanato panettha puna mettāsahagatenāti vuttaṃ, yasmā vāettha odiso
pharaṇe viya puna tathā saddo iti saddo vā na vutto, tasmā puna mettāsahagatena

1. Cittabhāvena- (sammoha)

[SL Page 229] [\x 229/]

Cetasāti vuttaṃ, nigamavasena vā etaṃ vuttaṃ. Vipulenāti ettha ca pharaṇavasena vipulatā
daṭṭhabbā. Bhūmivasena pana etaṃ mahaggataṃ paguṇavasena ca
appamāṇasattārammaṇavasena ca appamāṇaṃ, vyāpāda paccatthikappahānena averaṃ,
domanassappahānato abyāpajjaṃ, niddukkhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ mettā sahagatena cetasāti
ādinā nayenavuttāya vikubbanāya atthe. Yathācāyaṃ appanāppattacittasseva vikubbanā
sampajjati. Tathā yampi paṭisambhidāyaṃ" pañcahākārehi anodhiso pharaṇā mettāceto
vimutti. Sattahākārehi odhiso pharaṇā mto cetovimutti, dasahākārehi disāpharaṇā
mettācetovimuttī"ti vuttaṃ, tampi appanāppattacittasseva sampajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Tattha ca
sabbe sattā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe pāṇā averā abyāpajjā
anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe bhūtā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ
pariharantu, sabbe puggalā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe
attabhāvapariyā pannā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu"ti imehi
pañcahākārehi anodhiso pharanā mettā cetovimutti veditabbā. "Sabbā itthiyo averā abyāpajjā
anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe purisā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ
pariharantu, sabbe purisā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe ariyā
averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe anariyā averā abyāpajjā anīghā
sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe devā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu,
sabbe manussā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe vinipātikā averā
abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu"ti. Imehi sattahākārehi odhiso pharaṇā
mettācetovimutti veditabbā. "Sabbe puratthimāya disāya sattā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī
attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe pacchimāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ
pariharantu, sabbe uttarāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe
dakkhiṇāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe puratthimāya
anudisāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe pacchimāya anudisāya
averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe uttarāya anudisāya averā abyāpajjā
anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe [PTS Page 310] [\q 310/] dakkhiṇāya
anudisāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe heṭṭhimāya disāya
averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe uparimāya disāya sattā averā
abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe puratthimāya disāya pāṇā averā
abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe puratthimāya bhūtā averā abyāpajjā
anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe puggalā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ
pariharantu, sabbe attabhāvapariyāpannā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu,
sabbā puratthimāya disāya itthiyo averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe
purisā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe ariyā anariyā averā
abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe devā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī
attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe manussā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu,
sabbe vinipātikā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe averā averā
abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā pacchimāya disāya averā abyāpajjā
anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā uttarāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī
attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā dakkhiṇāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ
pariharantu, sabbā puratthimāya anudisāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ
pariharantu, sabbā pacchimāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu,
sabbā uttarāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā dakkhiṇāya
anudisāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā heṭṭhimāya disāya
averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā uparimāya disāya itiyo averā
abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, vinipātikā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī
attānaṃ pariharantu"ti imehi dasahākārehi dusāphaeṇā mettā cetovimutti veditabbā. Tattha
sabbeti anavasesapariyādāna metaṃ, sattāti rūpādisu khavdhesu chandarāgena sattā visattāti
sattā, vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: "rūpe kho rādha yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā, tatra
satto tatra visatto tasmā satto[a]"ti vuccati. Vedanāya -saññāya. Saṅkhāresu - viññāṇe yo
chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā, tatra satto tatra visatto tasmā sattoti vuccatī[a]"ti.
Rūḷhisaddena pana vītarāgesupi ayaṃ vohāro vattati yeva, vilīvamayepi vījanivisese

[A.] Saṃyu. Ni. Rādhasutta.

[SL Page 230] [\x 230/]

Tālavaṇṭavohāro viya. Akkharacintakā pana atthaṃ avicāretvā nāmamattametanti icchanti,
yepi atthaṃ vicārenti, te satta yogena sattāti icchanti. Pāṇanatāya pāṇā, assāsapassāsā
yattavuttitāyāti attho. Bhūtattā bhūtā. Abhinibbattattāti attho. Punti vuccati nirayo, tasmiṃ
galantīti puggalā, gacchantīti attho. Attabhāvo vuccati sarīraṃ khandhapañcakameva vā,
taṃ upādāya paññattimattasambhāvato tasmiṃ attabhāve pariyāpannāti
attabhāvapariyāpannā. Pariyāpannāti pariccinnā, antogadhātiattho. Yathā ca sattāti vacanaṃ,
evaṃ sesānipi rūḷhivasena āropetvā sabbānevetāni sabbasattavevacanānīti veditabbāni.
Kāmañca [PTS Page 311] [\q 311/] aññānipi "sabbe jantu sabbe jivā"ti ādīni
sabbasattavevacanāni atthi, pākaṭavasena pana imāneva pañca gahetvā pañcahākārehi
anodhiso pharaṇā mettā cetovimuttīti vuttaṃ. Ye pana sattā pānātiādīnaṃ na kevalaṃ
vacanamattatova atha kho atthatopi nānāttameva iccheyyuṃ, tesaṃ anodhiso pharanā
virujjhati. Tasmā tathā atthaṃ agahetvā imesu pañcasu ākāresu aññataravasena ano dhiso
mettā pharitabbā. Ettha ca " sabbe sattā averā hontū"tī ayamekā appanā, "abyāpajjā hontu"ti
ayamekā appanā. Abyāpajjā[a]ti vyābādharahitā. "Anīghā hontu"ti ayamekā appanā,
anīghāti niddukkhā. "Sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu"ti ayamekā appanā. Tasmā imesupi padesu
yaṃ yaṃ pākamaṃ hoti tassa tassa vasena mettā pharitabbā. Iti pañcasu ākāresu catunnaṃ
appanānaṃ vasena anodhiso pharaṇe vīsati appanā honti odhiso pharaṇe pana sattasu
ākāresu catunnaṃ vasena aṭṭhavīsati. Ettha ca "itthiyo purisā"ti liṅgavasena vuttaṃ; ariyā
anariyāti ariyaputhujjanavasena, ' devā manussā vinipātikā'ti uppattivasena. Disāpharaṇe
pana 'sabbe puratthimāya disāya sattā'ti ādinā nayena ekamekissā disāya vīsati vīsati katvā
dvesatāni; 'sabbā puratthimāya disāya itthiyo'ti ādinā nayena ekamekissā disāya aṭṭhavīsati
aṭṭhavīsati katvā asīti dve satānīti cattārisatāni asīti caappanā, iti sabbānipi
paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttāni aṭṭhavīsādhikāni pañca appanāsatānīti. Iti etāsu appanāsu yassa
kassaci vasena mettaṃ cetovimuttiṃ bhāvetvā ayaṃ yogāvacaro 'sukhaṃ supatī'ti ādinā
nayena vutte ekādasānisaṃse paṭilabhati. Tattha sukhaṃ supatīti yathā sesajanā
samparivattamānā kākācchamānā dukkhaṃ supanti, evaṃ asupitvā sukaṃ supati. Niddaṃ
okkantopi samāpattiṃ samāpanno viya hoti. Sukhaṃ paṭibujjhatīti yathā aññe nitthunantā
vijambhantā samparivattantā dukkhaṃ paṭibujjhanti, evaṃ apaṭi

[A.] Abyāpajjhā (katthaci)

[SL Page 231] [\x 231/]

Bujjhitvā vikasamānamiva padumaṃ sukaṃ nibbikāraṃ paṭibujjhati [PTS Page 312] [\q 312/]
na pā pakaṃ supitaṃ passatīti supinaṃ passantopi bhadrakameva supinaṃ passati,
cetiyaṃ. Vandanto viya pūjaṃ karontoviya dhammaṃ suṇanto viya ca hoti. Yathā panaññe
attānaṃ corehi samparivāritaṃ viya vāḷehi upaddutaṃ viya papāte patannaṃ viya ca passanti,
na evaṃ pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati. Manussānaṃ piyo hotīti ure āmuttamuttāhāro viya sīle
piḷandhamālā viya ca manussānaṃ piyo hoti manāpo. Amanussānaṃ piyo hotīti yatheva ca
manussānaṃ, evaṃ amanussānampi piyo hoti visā khatthero viya. So kira pāṭalīputte
kumumbiyo ahosi. So tattheva masamāno assosi: -"tambapaṇṇidīpo kira cetiyamālā laṅkato
kāsāvapajjoto icchiticchitaṭṭhāne yevettha sakkā nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā utusappāyaṃ
senāsanasappāyaṃ puggala sappāyaṃ dhammasavaṇasappāyanti sabbamettha sulabha"nti.
So attano bhogakkhandhaṃ puttadārassa nīyādetvā dasante baddhena ekakahāpaṇeneva
gharā nikkhamitvā samuddatīre nāvaṃ udikkha māno ekamāsaṃ vasi. So vohārakusalatāya
imasmiṃ dvāre bhaṇḍaṃ kiṇitvā amukasmiṃ vikkiṇanto dhammikāya vaṇijjāya
tenevantaramāsena sahassaṃ abhisaṃhari. Anupubbena mahā vihāraṃ āgantvā pabbajjaṃ
yāci. So pabbājanatthāya simaṃ nīto taṃ sahassatthavikaṃ ovaṭṭikantarena bhūmiyaṃ pātesi,
' ki meta'nti ca vutto 'kahāpaṇasahassaṃ bhante'ti vatvā "upāsaka pabbajita kālato paṭṭhāya
na sakkā vicāretuṃ, idāneva naṃ vicārehī"ti vutto 'visākhassa pabbajjaṭṭhānaṃ āgatā mā
rittahatthā gamiṃsū'ti muñcitvā sīmāmālake vippakiritvā pabbajitvā upasampanno. So
pañcavasso hutvā dve mātikā paguṇaṃ katvā pavartaivā attano sappāyaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ
gahetvā ekekasmiṃ vihāre cattāro māse katvā samavattavāsaṃ vasamāno cari. Evaṃ carimāno
ca: -

" Vanantare ṭhito thero visākho gajjamānako
Attano guṇamesanto imamatthaṃ abhāsatha:

Yāvatā upasampanno, yāvatā idha māgato
Etthantare khalitaṃ natthi, aho lābhā te mārisā"ti. [PTS Page 313] [\q 313/]

So cittalapabbatavihāraṃ gacchanto dvedhāpathaṃ patvā "ayaṃ nukho maggo udāhu aya"nti
cintayanto aṭṭhāsi; athassa pabbate adhivatthā devatā hatthaṃ pasāretvā 'esa maggo'ti
dassesi. So cittalapabbata vihāraṃ gantvā tattha cattāro māse vasitvā 'paccūse gamissāmī'ti
cintetvā nipajji. Caṅkamasīse maṇilarukkhe adhivatthā devatā sopānaphalake nisiditvā
parodi.

[SL Page 232] [\x 232/]

Thero 'ko eso'ti āha: 'ahaṃ bhante maṇiliyā'ti. 'Kissa rodasī'ti? 'Tumhākaṃ gamanaṃ
paṭiccā'ti. Mayi idha vasante 'tuyhaṃ ko cuṇo'ti? Tumhesu bhante idha vasantesu amanussā
añña maññaṃ mettaṃ paṭilabhanti, te dāni tumhesu gatesu kalahaṃ karisasanti
duṭṭhullampi kathayissantīti. Thero sace mayi idha vasante tumhākaṃ phāsu vihāro hoti,
'sundara'nti vatvā aññepi cattāro māso tattheva vasitvā puna tatheva gamanacittaṃ uppādesi.
Devatāpi puna tatheva parodi, eteneva upāyena thero tattheva vasitvā tatveva parinibbāyīti.
Evaṃ mettā vihārī bhikkhu amanussānaṃ piyo hoti. Devatā rakkhantīti puttamiva mātā
pitaro devatā rakkhanti. Nāssa aggi vā visaṃ vā satthaṃ vā kamatīti mettā vihārissa kāye
uttarāya apāsikāya viya aggivā saṃyuttabhāṇakacūḷasīvattherasseva visaṃ vā
saṃkiccasāmaṇerasseva satthaṃ vā na kamati na pavisati, nāssa kāyaṃ vikopetīti vuttaṃ hoti.
Dhenuvatthumpi cettha kathayanti: ekā kira dhenuvacchakassa khīradhāraṃ muñcamānā
aṭṭhāsi, eko luddako 'taṃ vijjhissāmī'ti hatthena samparivattetvā dighadaṇḍaṃ sattiṃ kīpi.
Sā tassā sarīraṃ āhacca tālapaṇṇaṃ viya pavaṭṭamānā gatā. Neva upacārabalena, na
appanābalena, kevalaṃ vacchake balavapiyacittatāya; evaṃ mahānubhāvā mettāti. Tuvaṭaṃ
cittaṃ samādhiyatīti mettāvihārino khippameva cittaṃ samādhiyati, natthi tassa dandhāyi
tattaṃ. [PTS Page 314] [\q 314/] mukha vaṇṇo vippasīdatīti bandhanāpamuttaṃ1
tālapakkaṃ viya cassa vippasannavaṇṇaṃ mukhaṃ hāti. Asammūḷho kālaṃ karotīti mettā
vihārino sammohamaraṇaṃ nāma natthi, asammūḷhova niddaṃ okkamanto viya kālaṃ
karoti. Uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto mettā samāpattito uttariṃ arahattaṃ adhigantuṃ asakkonto ito
cavitvā suttappabuddoviya brahma lokaṃ upagacchatīti.

Ayaṃ mettābhāvanāya vatthārakathā.

Karunā bhāvetukāmena pana nikkaruṇatāya ādīnavaṃ karuṇāya ca ānisaṃsaṃ
paccavekkhitvā karuṇābhāvanā ārabhitabbā. Tañca pana ārabhantena paṭhamaṃ
piyapuggalādisuna ārabhitabbā, piyo hi piyaṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati. Atippīyasahāyako
atippiyasahāyakaṭṭhāneyeva; majjhatto majjhattaṭṭhāneyeva, appiyo appi yaṭṭhāneyeva,
verī veriṭṭhāne yeva tiṭṭhati. Liṅgavisabhāga kālakatā akhettameva. "Kathañca bhikkhu
karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ eritvā viharati? Seyyathāpi nāma ekaṃ puggalaṃ

1. Ma. Bandhanāpavuttaṃ.

[SL Page 233] [\x 233/]
Duggataṃ durūpetaṃ disvā karuṇāyeyya evameva sabbe satte karuṇāya eratī"t vibhaṅge
pana vuttattā sabbapaṭhamaṃ tāva kañcideva karuṇāyitabbarūpaṃ paramakicchappattaṃ
duggataṃ durū petaṃ kapaṇapurisaṃ chinnahatthapādaṃ1 kapālaṃ purato ṭhapetvā
anāphasālāya nipannaṃ hatthapādehi paggharanta nimigaṇaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karontaṃ disvā
"kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ satto āpanno appevanāma imambhā dukkhā mucceyyā"ti karuṇā
pavattetabbā. Taṃ ala bhantena sukhitopi pāpakārī puggalo vajjhena upametvā
karuṇāyitabbo. Kathaṃ?Seyyathāpi saha bhaṇḍena gahitaṃ coraṃ 'vadhetha na'nti raññā
āṇāpitā rājapurisā bandhitvā catukke catukke pahārasatāni dentā āghātanaṃ nenti, tassa
manussā khādanīyampi bhojanīyampi mālāgandhavilepanatambūlānipi denti, kicchāpi [PTS
Page 315] [\q 315/] so tāni khādanto ceva paribhuñjanto ca sukito bogasamappito viya
gacchati, atha kho taṃ neva koci 'sukito ayaṃ mahābhogo'ti maññati. "Aññadatthu ayaṃ
varāko idānimarissati yaṃ yadeva hi ayaṃ padaṃ nikkhipati tena tena santikeva maraṇassa
hotī"ti taṃ jano karuṇāyati, evameva karuṇā kammaṭṭhānikena bhikkhunā sukhitopi
puggalo evaṃ karuṇāyitabbo. "Ayaṃ varāko kiñcāpi idāni sukhito susajjito bhoge
paribhuñcati, atha kho tīsu dvāresu ekenāpi katassa kalyāṇakammassa abhāvā idāni
apāyesu anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedissatī"ti. Evaṃ taṃ puggalaṃ
karuṇāyitvā tatoparaṃ eteneva upāyena piya puggale tato majjhatte tato verimhīti
anukkamena karuṇā pavattetabbā. Sace panassa pubbe vuttanayeneva verimhi paṭighaṃ
uppajjati. Taṃmettāya vuttanayeneva vūpasametabbaṃ. Yopi cettha katakusalo hoti. Tampi
ñāti roga bhogavyasanā dīnaṃ aññatarena vyasanena samannāgataṃ disvā vā sutvā vā
tesampi abhāve vaṭṭadukkhaṃ anatītattā ' dukkhitova ayaṃ'nti evaṃ sabbathāpi karuṇāyitvā
vuttanayeneva 'attani piyapuggale majjhatte verimhī'ti catusu janesu sīmāsambhedaṃ katvā
taṃ nimittaṃ āsevantena bhāventena bahulīkarontena mettāya vuttanayeneva
tikacatukkajjhānavasena appanā vaḍḍhetabbā. Aṅguttaraṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana paṭhamaṃ
verīpuggalo karuṇāyitabbo, tasmiṃ cittaṃ muduṃ katvā duggato, tato piyapuggalo, tato
attāti ayaṃ kamo vutto; so duggataṃ durūpetanti pāḷiyā na sameti. Tasmā vuttanayenevettha
bhāvanaṃ ārabhitvā simā sambhedaṃ katvā appanā vaḍḍhetabbā. Tato paraṃ 'pañcahākārehi

1. Ma. Chinnāhāraṃ.

[SL Page 234] [\x 234/]

Anodhiso pharaṇā, sattahākārehi odiso pharaṇā, dasahākārehi disāpharaṇā'ti ayaṃ
vikubbanā. Sukhaṃ supatīti ādayo ānisaṃsā ca mettāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbāti.

Ayaṃ karunābāvanāya vitthārakathā. [PTS Page 316] [\q 316/]

Muditābhāvanaṃ ārabantenāpi na paṭhamaṃ piyapuggalādisu ārabhi tabbā. Na hi piyo
piyabhāvamatteneva muditāya daṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Pageva majjhattaverino,
liṅgavisabhāgakālakatā akhettemeva. Atippiyasahāyako pana siyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, yo
aṭṭhakathāyaṃ soṇḍasahāyoti vutto, so hi muditamudutova hoti. hamaṃ hasitvā pacchā
katheti, tasmā so vā paṭhamaṃ muditāya pharitabbo. Piya puggalaṃ vā sukitaṃ sajjitaṃ
modamānaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā "modati vatāyaṃ satto aho sādhu hosuṭṭhū"ti muditā
uppādetabbā. Imamevahi atthavasaṃ paṭicca vibhaṅge vuttaṃ: - " katañca bhikkhu muditā
sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati? Seyyathāpi nāma ekaṃpuggalaṃ piyaṃ
manāpaṃ disvā muduto assa, evameva sabbe satte mudutāya pharatī"ti. Sace pissa so
soṇḍasahāyo vā piya puggalo vā atīte sukhito ahosi, sampatipana duggato durūpeto,
atītamevassa sukhitabhāvaṃ anussaritvā "esa tīte evaṃ mahābhogo mahāparivāro
niccappamudito ahosī"ti tamevassa muditākāraṃ gahetvāmuditā uppādetabbo. "Anāgate vā
pana puna taṃ sampattiṃ labhitvā hatthikkhandha assapiṭṭhi suvaṇṇasivikādīhi
vicarissatī?Ti anāgatampissa muditākāraṃ gahetvā muditā uppāde tabbā. Evaṃ piyapuggale
muditaṃ uppādetvā atha 'majjhatte tato verimhī'ti anuggamena muditā pavattetabbā.
Appanāvaḍḍhetabbā. Sace panassa pubbe vuttanayeneva verimhi paṭighaṃ uppajjati, taṃ
mettāyaṃ vuttanayeneva vūpasametvā 'imesu ca tīsu attani cā'ti catusu janesu samacittatāya
sīmāsambhedaṃ katva taṃ nimittaṃ āsevantena bhāventena bahulīkarontena mettāyaṃ
vuttanayeneva tikacatukkajjhānavasena appanā vaḍḍhetabbā. Tato paraṃ 'pañcahākārehi
anodhiso pharanā, sattahākārehi īdhiso pharaṇā, dasahākārehi disāpharaṇā'ti ayaṃ
vikubbanā. Sukhaṃ supatīti ādayo ānisaṃsā ca mettāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbāti.

Ayaṃ muditābhāvanāya vitthārakathā. [PTS Page 317] [\q 317/]

Upekkhābhāvanaṃ āhabhitukāmena pana mettādisu paṭiladdhatikacatukkajjhānena
paguṇatatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhāya 'sukitā hontū'ti ādivasena
sattakelāyanamanasikārayuttattāpaṭighā nunayasamīpacārittā somanassayogena oḷārikattā
ca purimāsu ādīnavaṃ santabhāvato upekkhāya ānissañca disvā yvāssa1
pakatimajjhattopuggalo, taṃ ajjhupekkhitvā ajjhupekkhitvā upekkhā uppādetabbā, tato
piyapuggalādisu. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: "kathañca bhikkhu upekkhāsahagatenacetasā ekaṃ disaṃ
pharitvā viharati? Seyyathāpināma ekaṃ puggalaṃ nevamanāpaṃ na amanāpaṃ disvā
upekkhako assa, evameva sabbe satte upekkhāya pharatī"ti tasmā vuttanayena
majjhattapuggale upekkhaṃ uppādetvā atha 'piyapuggale, tato soṇḍasahāyake, tato
verimhī'ti evaṃ ' imesu ca tīsu attani cā'ti sabbatthamajjhattavasena sīmā sambhedaṃ katvā
taṃ nimittaṃ āsevitabbaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ bahulīkā tabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ karoto paṭhavīkasiṇe
vuttanayeneva catutthajjhānaṃ uppajjati. Kiṃ panetaṃ paṭhavīkasiṇādisu uppanna
tatiyajjhānassāpi uppajjatīti? Nūppajjati. Kasmā? Ārammaṇa visabhāgatāya. Mettādisu
uppannatatiyajjhānasseva pana uppajjati, ārammaṇasabhāgatāyāti. Tato paraṃ pana
vikubbanā ca ānisaṃsapaṭilābo ca ttoyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbāti.

Ayaṃ upekkhābhāvanāya vitthārakathā.

Brahmuttamena kathite brahmavihāre ime iti viditvā,
Bhīyoyā etesu yaṃ pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññeyyā.

Etāsu hi mettā karunā muditā upekkhāsu atthato tāva 'mejjatī'ti= mettā, siniyhatīti attho.
'Mitte vā bhavā, mittassa [PTS Page 318] [\q 318/] vā esā, pavattī'tipi= mettā.
'Paradukkhe sati sādhūnaṃ hadayakampanaṃ karotī'ti = karuṇā. 'Kiṇāti vā paradukkhaṃ
hiṃsati vināsetī'ti = karuṇā. 'Kiriyati vā dukkhitesu pharaṇavasena pasāriyatī'ti =karuṇā.
'Modanti' tāya taṃ samaṅgino, sayaṃ vā modati, modanamattameva vā ta'nti= muditā. 'Averā
hontuti ādivyāpārappahāṇena majjhattabhāvūpagamanena ca upekkhatī'ti= upekkhā,
lakkhaṇādito panettha hitākārappavattilakkhaṇā mettā, hitūpasaṃhārarasā,
āghātavinayapaccupaṭṭhānā, sattānaṃ manāpabhāvadassanapadaṭṭhānā. Vyāpādūpasamo
etissā sampatti, sinehasambhavo vipatti. Dukkhāpanayanākārappavattilakkhaṇā karuṇā,
paradukkhāsahanarasā, avihiṃsā paccupaṭṭhānā, dukkhābhi bhūtānaṃ
anāthabhāvadassanapadaṭṭhānā, vihaṃsūpasamo tassā sampatti, sokasambhavo vipatti.
Pamodalakkhaṇā muditā, anissāyanarasā, arativighātapaccupaṭṭhānā, sattānaṃ
sampattidassanapadaṭṭhānā, arati

1. Ma. Yvāyaṃ

[SL Page 236] [\x 236/]

Vūpasamo tassā sampatti, pahāsasambhavo vipatti, sattesu majjhattākārappavatti lakkhaṇā
upekkhā, sattesu samabhāvadassana rasā, paṭighānunayavūpasamapaccupaṭṭhānā,
kammassakā sattā te kassa ruciyā sukhitā vā bhavissanti dukkhato vā muccissanti patta
sampattito vā na parihāyissantiti evaṃ pavattakammassakatā dassanapadaṭṭhānā,
paṭighānunayavūpasamo tassā sampatti, gehasi tāya aññāṇupekkhāya sambhavo vipatti.
Catunnampi panetesaṃ brahmavihārānaṃ vipassanāsukhañceva bhavasampatti ca
sādhāraṇappa yojanaṃ, vyāpadādipaṭighāto āveṇikaṃ. Byāpādapaṭighātappa yojanā hettha
mettā vihiṃsā arati rāgapaṭighātappayojanā itarā. Vuttampi cetaṃ: - " nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ
āvuso byāpādassa yadidaṃ mettā coto vimutti, nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ āvuso vihe sāya yadidaṃ
karuṇā cetomivuttiṃ nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ āvuso aratiyā yadidaṃ muditā cetovimutti,
nissaraṇaṃ hotaṃ āvuso rāgassa yadidaṃ upekkhā cetovimutti, nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ āvuso
rāgassa yadidaṃ upekkhā cetovimuttī"ti. Ekamekassa cettha āsannadūravasena dve dve
paccatthikā. Mettābuhmavihārassa hi samīpacāro viyapurisassa sapatto [PTS Page 319] [\q
319/] guṇadassanasabhāgatāya rāgo āsannapaccatthiko, so lahuṃ otāraṃ labhati, tasmā
tato suṭṭhu mettā rakkhitabbā. Pabbatādi gahananissito viya purisassa sapatto
sabhāgavisabhāgatāya vyāpādo dūrapactthiko, tasmā tato nibbhayena mettāyitabbaṃ,
mettāyissati ca nāma kopañca karissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ. Karuṇābuhmavihārassa
"cakkhuvaññeyyānaṃ rūpānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ manoramānaṃ
lokāmisapaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ appaṭilābhaṃ vā appaṭilābhato samanussarato pubbe vā
paṭiladdhapubbaṃ atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ samanussarato uppajjati demanassaṃ yaṃ
evarūpaṃ domanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati gehasitaṃ domanassa"nti ādinā nayena āgataṃ gehasitaṃ
domanassaṃ vipattidassanasabhāgatāya āsannapaccatthikaṃ, sabhāgavisabhāgatāya vihiṃsā
durapaccatthikā, tasmā tato nibbhayena karuṇāyitabbaṃ. Karuṇañca nāma karissati
pāṇiādīhi ca vihe ṭhessatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ. Muditā brahmavihārassa "cakkhuviññeyyānaṃ
rūpānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ manoramānaṃ lokāmisa paṭisaṃyuttānaṃ paṭilābhaṃ
vā paṭilābhato samanupassato pubbe vā paṭiladdhapubbaṃ atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ
samanussarato uppajjati somanassaṃ yaṃ evarūpaṃ somanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati gehasitaṃ
somanassa"nti ādinā nayena āgataṃ gehasitaṃ somanassaṃ sampattidassanasabhāgatāya
āsannapaccatthikaṃ, sabhāgavisa bhāgatāya arati dūrapaccatthikā, tasmā tato nibbhayena
muditā bhāvetabbā. Pamudito ca nāma bhavissati pantasenāsanesuca adhikusalesu
dhammesu vā ukkaṇṭhissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ. Upekkhā

[SL Page 237] [\x 237/]

Brahmavihārassa pana "cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjati upekkhā bālassa mūḷhassa
puthujjanassa anodhajinassa avipākajinassa anādīnavadassāvino assutavato puthujjanasse yā
evarūpāupekkhā rūpaṃ sā nātivattati tasmā sā upekkhā gehasitāti vuccatī"ti ādinā
nayenāgatā gehasitā aññāṇupekkhā dosaguṇāvicāraṇavasena sabhāgattā āsannapaccatthikā,
sabhāgavisabhāgatāya rāgapaṭighā dūrapaccatthikā, tasmā tato nibbhayenaupekkhitabbaṃ.
Upekkhissati [PTS Page 320] [\q 320/] ca nāma rajjissati ca paṭihaññissaticāti aṭṭhāna
metaṃ. Sabbesampi ca etesaṃ kattukamyatā chando ādi, nīvaraṇādivikkhambhanaṃ majjhaṃ,
appanā pariyosānaṃ, paññattidhammavasena eko vā satto aneke vā sattā ārammaṇaṃ,
upacāre vā appanāya vā pattāya ārammaṇavaḍḍhanaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vaḍḍhanakkamo: - yathā
hi kusalo kassako kasitabbaṭṭhānaṃ paricchinditvā kasati, evaṃ paṭhamameva ekaṃ āvāsaṃ
paricchinditvā tattha sattesu 'imasmiṃ āvāse sattā averā hontu'ti ādinā nayena mettā bhāve
tabbā. Tattha cittaṃ muduṃ kammaniyaṃ katvā dve āvāsā paricchindi tabbā, tato
anukkamena tayo cattāro pañca cha satta aṭṭha nava dasa ekā racchā upaḍḍhagāmo gāmo
janapado rajjaṃ ekā disāti evaṃ yāva ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ tato vā pana bhīyyo tattha tattha
sattesu mettā bhāvetabbā, tathā karuṇādayoti. Ayamettha ārammaṇavaḍḍhanakkamo.
Yathā pana kasiṇānaṃ nissando āruppā, samādhinissando nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ,
vipassanānissando phalasamāpatti, samathavipassanānissando nirodhasamāpatti, evaṃ
purimabrahmavihārattayanissando ettha upekkhā brahmavihāro. Yathā hi thambhe
anussāpetvā tulāsaṅghāṭaṃ anāropetvā na sakkā ākāse kūṭagopānasiyo ṭhapetuṃ, evaṃ
purimesu tatiyajjhānaṃ vinā na sakkācatutthaṃ bhāvetunti. Ettha siyā, kasmā panetā mettā
karuṇā muditā upekkhā brahmavihārāti vuccanti? Kasmā ca catasso? Ko ca etāsaṃ kamo?
Abhidhamme ca kasmā appamaññāti vuttāti? Vuccate: - seṭṭhaṭṭhena tāva niddosabhāvena
cettha brahmavihāratā veditabbā, sattesu sammā paṭipattibhāvena hi seṭṭhā ete vihārā,
yathā ca brahmāṇo niddosacittā viharanti evaṃ etehi sampayuttā yogino brahmasamāva
hutvā viharantīti seṭṭhaṭṭhena niddosabhāvena ca brahmavihārāti vuccanti. [PTS Page 321]
[\q 321/] kasmā ca catassoti ādipañhassa pana idaṃ vissajjanaṃ: -

Visuddhimaggādivasā catasso hitādiākāravasā panāyaṃ
Kamo pavattanti ca appamāṇe tā gocare yena tadappamaññā.

[SL Page 238] [\x 238/]

Etāsu hi yasmā mettā vyāpādabahulassa karuṇā vihesābahulassa muditā aratibahulassa
upekkhā rāgabahulassa visuddhimaggo, yasmā ca hitūpasaṃhāra ahitāpanayana
sampattimodanaanābhogavasena catubbidho yeva sattesu manasikāro, yasmā ca yathā mātā
dahara gilāna yobbanappatta sakiccapasutesu catusu puttesu daharassa abhivuddhikāmā
hoti, gilānassa gelaññāpanayanakāmā, yobbanappattassa yobbanasampattiyā ciraṭṭhitikāmā,
sakiccapasu tassa kismici pariyāye avyāvaṭā hoti, tathā appamaññāvihārike nāpi
sabbasattesu mettādivasena bhavitabbaṃ, tasmā ito visuddhi maggādivasā vatassova
appavaññā. Yasmā pana catasso petā bhāvetukāmena paṭhamaṃ hitākārappavattivasena
sattesu paṭipajji tabbaṃ, hitākārappavattilakkhaṇā ca mettā. Tato evaṃ patthita hitānaṃ
sattānaṃ dukkhābhibhavaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā sambhāvetvā vā
dukkhāpanayanākārappavattivasena, dukkhāpanayanākārappavatti lakkhaṇā ca karuṇā.
Athevaṃ patthitahitānaṃ patthitadukkhāpagamā nañca nesaṃ sampattiṃ disvā
sampattipamodanavasena, pamodana lakkhaṇā ca mudutā. Tato paraṃ pana
kattabbābhāvato ajjhu pekkhakattasaṅkhātena majjhattākārena paṭipajjitabbaṃ, majjhattā
kārappavattilakkhaṇā ca upekkhā. Tasmā ito hitādiākāravasā panāyaṃ paṭhamaṃ mettā
vuttā, atha karuṇā muditā upekkhāti ayaṃ kamo veditabbo. Yasmāpana sabbāpetā
appamāṇo gocare pavattanti, appamāṇā hi sattā etāsaṃ gocarabhūtā, eka sattassāpi ca ettake
padese mettādayo bhāvetabbāti evaṃ pamāṇaṃ agahetvā sakalapharaṇavaseneva pavattāti.
Tena vuttaṃ: [PTS Page 322 [\q 322/] -]

"Visuddhimaggādivasā catasso hitādiākāravasā panāyaṃ,
Kamo pavattanti ca appamāṇe tā gocare yena tadappamaññā"ti.

Evaṃ appamāṇagocaratāya ekalakkhaṇāsu cāpi etāsu purimā tisso tikacatukkajjhānikāva
honti. Kasmā? Somanassāvippa yogato. Kasmā panāyaṃ somanassena avippayogoti?
Domanassasamuṭṭhitānaṃ byāpādādīnaṃ nissaraṇattā. Pacchimā pana avasesaekajjhānikāva.
Kasmā? Upekkhā vedanā sampayogato, na hi sattesu majjhattākārappavattā
brahmavihārupekkhā upekkhā vedanaṃ vinā vattatīti. Yo panevaṃ vadeyya, yasmā ca
bhagavatā aṭṭhakanipāte catusupi appamaññāsu avisesena vuttaṃ " tato tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ
samādhiṃ savitakkampi savicāraṃ bhāveyyāsi avitakkampi vicāramattaṃ bhāveyyāsi,
avitakkampi avicāraṃ bhāveyyāsi, sappīti kampi bhāveyyāsi, nippitikampi bhāveyyāsi,
sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsī"tī tasmā catassopi

[SL Page 239] [\x 239/]

Appamaññā vatukkapañcakajjhānikāti. So māhevantissa vacanīyo. Evaṃ hi sati
kāyānupassanādayopi catukkapañcakajjhānikā suyuṃ, vedanānupassanādisu ca
paṭhamajjhānampi natthi, pageva dutiyādīni, tasmā vyañjanacchāyāmattaṃ gahetvā mā
bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, gambhīraṃ hi buddhavacānaṃ, taṃ ācariye payirupāsitvā
adhippāyato gahetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ hi tata; adhippāyo: -" sādhu me bhante bhagavā saṅkhittena
dhammaṃ desetu, yamahaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī
pahitatto vihareyya"nti evaṃ āyācitadhammadesanaṃ kira taṃ bhikkhuṃ yasmā so pubbepi
dhammaṃ sutvā tattheva masati, na samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ gacchati, tasmā naṃ bhagavā
"evameva panidhekacce moghapurisā mamañceva ajjhesanti dhamme ca bhāsite mamaññeva
anubandhitabbaṃ maññantī"ti apasādetvā pana yasmā so arahattassa upanissaya sampanno
tasmā naṃ ovadanto [PTS Page 323] [\q 323/] āha " tasmā tiha te bhikkhu evaṃ
sikkhitabbaṃ ajjhattaṃ me cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ bhavissati susaṇṭhitaṃ nacuppannā pāpakā akusalā
dhammā cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassantīti evaṃ hi te bhikkhu sikkhitabbaṃ"nti iminā panassa
ovādena niyakajjhattavasena cittekaggatāmattomūlasamādhi vutto, tato ettakeneva
santuṭṭhiṃ anāpajjitvā evaṃso evaṃ samādhi vaḍḍhetabboti dassetuṃ "yato ko te bhikkhu
ajjhattaṃ cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ hoti susaṇṭhitaṃ nacuppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṃ
pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti, tato te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ mettā me cetovimutti bhāvitā
bhavissati bahulīkatā yānikatā vatthukatā aṭuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhāti. Evaṃ hi te
bhikkhu sikkhitabba"nni evamassa mettāvasena bhāvanaṃ vatvāpuna "yato kho te bhikkhu
ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti pahulīkato, tato tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ mūlasamādhiṃ
savitakkampi savicāraṃ bhāveyyāsi avitakkampi vicāramattaṃ bhāveyyāsi, avitakkampi
avicāraṃ bhāveyyāsi, sappīti kampi bhāveyyāsi, nippītikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi
bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsī"tī vuttaṃ. Tassattho: - yadā te bhikkhu ayaṃ
mūlasamādhi evaṃ mettāvasena bhāvito hoti, tadā tvaṃ tāvatakenāpi tuṭṭhiṃ anāpajjitvāva
imaṃ mūlasamādhiṃ aññesupi ārammaṇesu catukkapañcakajjhānāni pāpayamāno
savitakkampi savicāranti ādinā nayena bhāveyyāsīti. Evaṃ vatvā ca puna karuṇādiavasesa
brahmavihārapubbaṅgamampissa aññesu ārammaṇesu catukkapañcakajjhānavasena
bhāvanaṃ kareyyāsīti dassento "yato kho te bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti bahulī
kato tato te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ karuṇā me ceto vimuttī"ti ādimāha.

Evaṃ mettādipubbaṅgamaṃ catukkapañcakajjhānavasena bhāvanaṃ dassetvā puna
kāyānupassanādipbbaṅgamaṃ dassetuṃ "yato kho te bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvitohoti
pahulīkato, tato

[SL Page 240] [\x 240/]

Te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ. Kāye kāyānupassī viharissāmī"ti ādiṃ vatvā "yato kho te
bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito bhavissati subhāvito, tato tvaṃ bhikkhu yena yeneva
gacchasi phāsuññeva gacchasi, yattha yattheva ṭhassi phāsuññeva ṭhassi, yattha yattheva
[PTS Page 324] [\q 324/] nisīdissasi phāsuññeva nisīdissasi, yattha yattheva seyyaṃ
kappessasi phāsuññeva seyyaṃ kappessasī"ti arahattanikuṭena desanaṃ samāpesi. Tasmā
tikacatukkajjhānikāva mettādayo, upekkhā pana avasesaekajjhānikāvāti veditabbā, tatheva ca
abhidhamme vibhattāti. Evaṃ tikacatukkajjhānavasena ceva avasesa ekajjhānavasena ca
dvidhā ṭhitānampi etāsaṃ subhaparamādivasena aññamaññaṃ asadiso ānubhāvaviseso
veditabbo, haliddivasana suttasmiṃ hi etā subhaparamādibhāvena visesetvā vuttā. Yathāha:
- "subhaparamāhaṃ bhikkhave mettaṃ cetovimuttiṃ vadāmi, ākāsā nañcāyatanaparamāhaṃ
bhikkhave karuṇaṃ cetovimuttaṃ vadāmi, viññānañcāyatanaparamāhaṃ bhikkhave mudutaṃ
cetovimuttiṃ vadāmi, ākiñcaññāyatanaparamāhaṃ bhikkhave upekkhaṃ cetovimuttiṃ
vadāmī"ti. Kasmā panetā evaṃ vuttāti? Tassa tassa upanissayattā. Mettāvihārissa hi sattā
appaṭikūlā henti, athassa appaṭikūla paricayā appaṭikūlesu parisuddhavaṇṇesu nīlādīsu
cittaṃupasaṃharato appakasireneva tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati, iti mettā subha
vimokkhassaupanissayo hoti na tatoparaṃ, tasmā subhaparamāti vuttā. Karuṇāvihārissa
daṇḍābhighātādirūpanimittaṃ pattadukkhaṃ samanupassantassa karuṇāya
pavattisambhavato rūpe ādīnavo parividito hoti, athassa parividitarūpādīrūpanimittaṃ
pattadukkhaṃ samanupassantassa karuṇāya pavattisambhavato rūpe ādīnavo parividito
hoti, athassa parividitarūpādīnavattā paṭhavīkasiṇādisu aññataraṃ ugghāṭṭhevā
rūpanissaraṇe ākāse cittaṃ upasaṃharato appakasireneva tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati, iti
karuṇā ākāsānañcāyatanassa upanissayo hoti na tato paraṃ, tasmā
ākāsānañcāyatanaparamāti vuttā. Muditāvihārissa pana tena tena pāmojjakāraṇena
uppannapāmojjasattānaṃ viññāṇaṃ samanupassantassa muditāya pavattisambhavato
viññāṇaggahaṇaparicitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, athassa anukkamādhigataṃ akāsānañcāyatanaṃ
atikkamma akākāsanimittagocare viññāṇe cittaṃ upasaṃharato appakasireneva [PTS Page
325] [\q 325/] tattha cittaṃ pakkhandatīti mudutā viññāṇañcāyatanassa upanissayo hoti
na tatoparaṃ, tasmā viññāṇañcāyatanaparamāti vuttā. Upekkhāvihārissa pana 'sattā sukhitā
vā hontu dukkhato vā parimuccantu sampattasukhato vā mā vimuccantu'ti ābhogābhāvato
sukhadukkhādiparamatthagāhavimukhabhāvato avijjamānaggahaṇa dukkhaṃ citataṃ hoti,
athassa paramatthagāhato vimukhabhāvaparicitacittassa paramatthato
avijjamānaggahaṇadukkhacittassa ca anukkamādhigataṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma

[SL Page 241] [\x 241/]

Sabhāvato avijjamāne paramatthabhūtassa viññāṇassa abhāve cittaṃ upasaṃharato
appakasireneva tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati, iti upekkhā ākiñcaññāyatanassa upanissayo haiti
na tato paraṃ, tasmā ākiñcaññāyatanaparamāti vuttāti, evaṃ subhaparamādi vasenaetāsaṃ
ānubhāvaṃ viditvā. Puna sabbāpetā dānādīnaṃ sabba kalyāṇadhammānaṃ paripūrikāti
veditabbā: - sattesu hi hitajjhā sayatāya sattānaṃ dukkhāsahanatāya sattasampattivisesānaṃ
ciraṭṭhitikāmatāya sabbasattesu ca pakkhapātābhāvena samappavatta cittā mahāsattā '
imassa dātabbaṃ imassa na dātabba'nti vibhāgaṃ akatvā sabbasattānaṃ sukhanidānaṃ dānaṃ
denti, tesaṃ upaghātaṃ parivajjayantā sīlaṃ samādiyanti, sīlaparipūraṇatthaṃ nekkhammaṃ
bhajanti, sattānaṃ hitāhitesu asammohatthāya paññaṃ pariyoda penti, sattānaṃ
hitasukhatthāya niccaṃ viriyamārabhanti, uttamaviriya vasenavarabhāvaṃ pattāpi ca
sattānaṃ nānappakāraṃ aparādhaṃ dhamanti, 'idaṃ vo dassāma karissāmā'ti kataṃ paṭiññaṃ
na visaṃvā denti, tesaṃ hitasukhāya avicalādhiṭṭhānā honti, tesu avicalāya mettāya
pubbakārino honti, upekkhāya paccūpakāraṃ nāsiṃ santīti evaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā yāva
dasabala catuvesārajja cha asādhāraṇañāṇa aṭṭharasabuddhadhammappabhede sabbepi
kalyāṇadhamme paripūrentīti evaṃ dānādisabbakalyāṇadhammaparipūrikā etāva hontīti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge samādhibhāvanādhikāre

Brahmavihāraniddeso nāma

Navamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 326] [\q 326/]

10.

Āruppa niddeso.

Brahmavihārānantaraṃ uddiṭṭhesu pana catusu āruppesu ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ tāva
bhāvetukāmo "dissante kho pana rūpādhikaraṇaṃ daṇḍādāna satthādāna kalaha viggaha
vivādā, natthi kho pane taṃ sabbaso āruppeti, so iti paṭisaṅkhāya rūpānaṃ yeva nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotī"ti vacanato etesaṃ daṇḍādānādīnañceva
cakkhusotarogādīnañca ābādhasahassānaṃ vasena karajarūpe ādīnavaṃ disvā tassa
samatikkamāya ṭhapetva paricchinnākāsakasiṇaṃ navasu paṭhavīkasiṇādisū añña

[SL Page 242] [\x 242/]

Tarasmiṃ catutthajjhānaṃ uppādeti tassa kiñcāpi rūpāvacara catutthajajjhānavasena
karajarūpaṃ atikkantaṃ hoti, atha kho kasiṇarūpampi yasmā tappaṭibhāgameva, tasmā
tampi samatikkamitu kāmo hoti. Kathaṃ? Yathā ahibhīruko puriso araññe sappena
anubaddho vegena palayitvā palātaṭṭhane lekhācittaṃ tāla paṇṇaṃ vā valliṃ vā rajjuṃ vā
phalitāya vā pana paṭhaviyā phalitantaraṃ disvā bhāyateva uttasateva, neva naṃ
dakkhitukāmo hoti, yathā ca anatthakārinā verīpurisena saddhiṃ ekagāme vasamāno puriso
tena vadhabandhanagehajhāpanādīhi upaddūto aññaṃ gāmaṃ vāsatthāya gantvā tatrāpi
verinā samānarūpasaddasamudācāraṃ purisaṃ disvā bhāyateva uttasateva, neva naṃ
dakkhitukāmo hoti. Tatīradaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ: tesaṃ hi purisānaṃ ahinā verinā vā
upaddutakālo viya bhikkhuno [PTS Page 327] [\q 327/] ārammaṇavasena
karajarūpasamaṅgi kālo, tesaṃ vegena palāyanaaññagāmagamanāni viya bhikkhuno
rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānavasena karajarūpasamatikkamanakālo, tesaṃ palātaṭṭhāne ca
aññagāme ca lekhācitta tālapaṇṇādīni ceva verīsadisaṃ purisaṃ ca disvā bhayasantāsa
adassanakāmatā viya bhikkhunokasiṇarūpampi tappaṭibhāgameva idanti sallakkhetvā tampi
samatikkamitukāmatā; sūkarābhihata sunakha pisāca bhīrukādikāpi cettha upamā veditabbā.
Evaṃ so tasmā catutthajjhānassa ārammaṇabhūtā kasiṇarūpā nibbijja pakkamitukāmo
pañcahā kārehi ciṇṇavasī hutvā paguṇarūpāvacaracatutthajjhānato vuṭṭhāya tasmiṃ jhāne
imaṃ mayā nibbinṇaṃ rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karotīti ca āsannasomanassapaccatthikanti ca
santavimokkhato oḷārikanti ca ādīnavaṃ passati. Aṅgoḷārikatā panettha natthi. Yatheva
hetaṃ rūpaṃ duvaṅgikaṃ, evaṃ āruppānipīti. So tattha evaṃ ādīnavaṃ disvā nikantiṃ
pariyādāya ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ santato anantato manasi karitvā cakkavāḷapariyantaṃ vā
yattakaṃ icchati tattakaṃ vā kasiṇaṃ pattharitvā tena phūṭṭhokāsaṃ ākāso ākāsoti vā ananto
ākāsoti vā manasikaronto ugghaṭeti kasiṇaṃ, ugghāṭentohi nevakilañjaṃ viya saṃvelleti, na
kapā lato pūvaṃ viya uddharati, kevalaṃ pana taṃ neva āvajjeti na manasikaroti na
paccavekkhati, anāvajento amanasikaronto apaccavekkhanto ca aññadatthu tena
phuṭṭhokāsaṃ 'ākāso ākāso'ti manasi karonto kasiṇaṃ ugghāṭeti nāma. Kasiṇampi
ugghāṭiyamānaṃ neva ubbaṭṭati na vivaṭṭati, kevalaṃ imassa amanasikāraṃ ca 'ākāso
ākāso'ti manasikāraṃ ca paṭicca ugghāṭitaṃ nāma hoti, kasiṇugghāṭimākāsamattaṃ
paññāyati. 'Kasiṇugghāṭimākāsa'nti vā 'kasiṇaphūṭṭhokāso'ti vā 'kasiṇavivittā kāsa'nti vā
sabbametaṃ ekameva. So taṃ kasiṇugghāṭimākāsa

[SL Page 243] [\x 243/]

Nimittaṃ [PTS Page 328 [\q 328/] ']ākāso ākāso'ti punappunaṃ āvajjeti, takkāhataṃ
vitakkāhataṃ karoti. Tassevaṃ punappuna āvajjayato takkā hataṃ vitakkāhataṃ karoto
nīvaraṇānivikkhambhanti, sati santiṭṭhati, upacārena cittaṃ samādhiyati. So taṃ nimittaṃ
punappuna āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti, tassevaṃ punappuna āvajjayato manasikaroto
paṭhavīkasiṇādisu rūpāvacaracittaṃ viya ākāse ākāsānañcāyatanacittaṃ appeti. Idhāpihi
purima bhāge tīṇi cattāri vā javanāni kāmāvacārāni upekkhāvedanāsampayuttāneva honti,
catutthaṃ pañcamaṃ vā arūpāvacaraṃ, sesaṃ paṭhavīkasiṇe vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ pana
viseso: - evamuppanne arūpāvacaracitte so bhikkhu yathā nāma yānappatoḷikumbhimukhā
dīnaṃ aññataraṃ nīlapilotikāya vā pītalohitodātādīnaṃ vā aññatarāya pilotikāya pandhitvā
pekkhamāno puriso vāta vegena vā aññena vā kenaci apanītāya pilotikāya ākāsaṃ yeva
pekkhamāno tiṭṭheyya, evameva pubbe kasiṇamaṇḍalaṃ jhānacakkhunā pekkhamāno
viharitvā 'ākāso ākāso'ti iminā parikammamanasikārena sahasā apanīte tasmiṃ nimitte
ākāsaṃ yeva pekkhamāno viharati. Ettāvatā cesa "sabbaso rūpa saññānaṃ samatikkamā
paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā 'ananto ākāso'ti
ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upa sampajja viharatī[a]"ti vuccati. Tattha sabbasoti sabbākārena,
sabbāsaṃ vā anavasesānanti attho. Rūpasaññānanti saññā sīsena vutta rūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ
ceva tadārammaṇānaṃ ca, rūpāvacarajjhānampihi rūpanti vuccati rūpī rūpāni passatīti ādisu,
tassa ārammaṇampi pahiddhā rūpāni passati suvanṇadubbaṇṇānīti ādisu, tasmā idha rūpe
saññā rūpasaññāti evaṃ saññāsīsena vuttarūpāvacarajjhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Rūpaṃ saññā
assāti rūpasaññaṃ, rūpaṃ assanāmanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ paṭhavīkasiṇādi bhedassa
tadārammaṇassa cetaṃ adivacananti veditabbaṃ. [PTS Page 329] [\q 329/]
samatikkamāti virāgā nirodhā ca, kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Etāsaṃ kusalavipāka kiriyavasena
pañcadasannaṃ jhānasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ etesaṃca paṭhavīkasiṇādivasena navannaṃ
ārammaṇasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ sabbākārena anavasesānaṃ vā virāgā ca nirodhā ca
virāgahetuṃ ceva nirodhahetuñca ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upa sampajja viharati, na hi sakkā
sabbaso anatikkantarūpasaññena etaṃ upasampajja viharitunti. Tattha yasmā ārammaṇe
avirattassa saññā samatikkamo na hoti, samatikkantāsu ca saññāsu ārammaṇaṃ
samatikkantameva hoti, tasmā ārammaṇasamatikkamaṃ

[A.] Dī- ni- brahmajālasutta.

[SL Page 244] [\x 244/]

Avatvā "tattha katamā rūpasaññā rūpāvacarasamāpattiṃ samāpannassa vā upapannassa vā
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārissa vā saññā sañjānanā sañjānitattaṃ imā vuccanti rūpasaññāyo,
imā rūpasaññāyo atikkanto hoti vītikkanto samatikkanto, tena vuccati sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ
samatikkamā[a]"ti. Evampi vibhaṅge saññānaṃ yeva samatikkamo vutto; yasmā pana
ārammaṇasamatikkamena pattabbā etā samāpattiyo na ekasmiṃ yeva ārammaṇe
paṭhamajjhānādīni viya, tasmā ayaṃ ārammaṇasamatikkamavasenāpi attha vaṇṇanā katāti
veditabbā. Paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamāti cakkhā dīnaṃ vatthūnaṃ rūpādīnaṃ
ārammaṇānaṃ ca paṭighātena samuppannā saññāpaṭighasaññā, rūpasaññādīnaṃ etaṃ
adhivacanaṃ. Yathāha: -" tattha katamā paṭighasaññā rūpasaññā saddasaññā gandhasaññā
rasasaññā phoṭṭhabbasaññā imā vuccanti paṭighasaññāyo[b]"ti. Tāsaṃ kusala vipākānaṃ
pañcannaṃ akusalavipākānaṃ pañcannanti sabbaso dasannampi paṭighasaññānaṃ
atthaṅgamā pahānā asamuppādā appavattiṃ katvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kāmañcetā
paṭhamajjhānādīni samāpannassāpi nasanti, na hi tasmiṃ samaye pañcadvāravasena cittaṃ
pavattati, evaṃ santepi aññattha pahīnānaṃ sukhadukkhānaṃ catutthajjdhāne viya
sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ tatiyamagge [PTS Page 330] [\q 330/] viya ca imasmiṃ jhāne
ussāhajananatthaṃ imassa jhānassa pasaṃsāvasena etāsa mettha vacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Athavā,
kiñcāpi tā rūpāvacaraṃ samāpannassāpi na santi. Athakho nappahīnattā nasanti na hi rūpa
virāgāya rūpāvacārabhāvanā saṃvattati rūpāyattā ca etāsaṃ pavatti, ayampana bhāvanā
rūpavirāgāya saṃvattati tasmā tā ettha pahināti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Na kevalañca vattuṃ,
ekaṃseneva evaṃ dhāretumpi vaṭṭati. Tāsaṃ hi ito pubbe appahīnattāyeva paṭhamaṃjhānaṃ
samāpannassa saddo kaṭhṭakoti vutto bhagavatā, idha ca pahīnattā yeva
arūpasamāpattīnaṃ āneñjatā santavimokkha tā ca vuttā, āḷāro ca kālāmo arūpasamāpanno
pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkamantāni neva addasā na pana saddaṃ
assosītī. Nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārāti nānattevā gocare pavattānaṃ saññānaṃ nānattānaṃ
vā saññānaṃ, yasmā hi etā "tattha katamā nānattasaññā, asamāpannassa manodhātu
samaṅgissa vā manoviññāṇadhātusamaṅgissa vā saññā sañjānanā saññānitattaṃ. Imā
vuccanti nānattasaññāyo"ti evaṃ vibhaṅge vibhajitvā vuttā idha adhippetā asamāpannassa
manodhātu mano viññāṇadhātu saṅgahītā saññā rūpasaddādibhede nānātte nānā sabhāve
gocare pavattanti, yasmā cetā aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusala

[A-b] abhi - vibhaṅgapāli.

[SL Page 245] [\x 245/]

Saññā dvādasākusalasaññā ekādasakāmāvacarakusalavipākasaññā dve akusalavipākasaññā
ekādasa kāmāvacara kiriyasaññātī evaṃ catucattāḷīsampi saññā nānattā nānāsabhāvā
aññamaññaṃ asadisā, tasmā nānattasaññāti vuttā. Tāsaṃ sabbaso nānattā saññānaṃ
amanasikārā anāvajjanā asamannāhārā apaccavekkhanā yasmā tā nāvajjetī na manasikaroti
na paccavekkhati, tasmāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yasmā cettha purimārūpasaññā paṭighasaññā ca
iminā jhānena nibbatte bhavepi na vijjanti, pageva tasmiṃ bhave imaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja
viharaṇakāle, tasmā tāsaṃ samatikkamā [PTS Page 331] [\q 331/] atthaṅgamāti dvedhāpi
abhāvo yeva vutto. Nānatta saññāsu pana yasmā
aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusalasaññānavakiriyasaññā dāsakusalasaññāti imā sattavīsatisaññā iminā
jhānena nibbatte bhave vijjanti, tasmā tāsaṃ amanasikārāti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tatrāpihi
imaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharanto tāsaṃ amanasikārā yeva upasampajja viharati, tā pana
manasikaronto asamāpanno hotīti, saṅghepatocettha rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamāti iminā
sabbarūpāvacaradhammānaṃ pahānaṃ vuttaṃ, paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā
nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārāti iminā sabbesaṃ kāmāvacaracittacetasikānaṃ pahānāṃ ca
amanasikāro ca vuttoti veditabbo. Ananto ākāsoti ettha nāssa uppādanto vā vayanto vā
paññāyatīti ananto, ākāsoti kasiṇugghāṭimākāso vuccati, manasikāravasenāpi cettha
anantatā veditabbā. Teneva vibhaṅge vuttaṃ: - " tasmiṃ ākāse cittaṃ ṭhapeti saṇṭhapeti
anantaṃ pharati tena vuccati ananto ākāso"ti. Ākāsātañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatīti ettha
pana nāssa antoti anantaṃ, ākāsaṃ anantaṃ ākāsānantaṃ, ākāsānantameva ākāsānañcaṃ taṃ
ākāsānañcaṃ adhiṭṭhanaṭṭhena āyatanamassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa devānaṃ
devāyatanamivāti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatīti taṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ patvā
nipphādetva tadanurūpena iriyāpathavihārena viharatīti.

Ayaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanakammaṭṭhāne vitthārakathā.

Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ bhāvetukāmena pana pañcahākārehi ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyaṃ
cinṇavasībhāvena āsannarūpāvacarajjhānapaccatthikā ayaṃ samāpatti, no ca
viññāṇañcāyatana miva santāti ākāsānañcāyatane ādīnacaṃ disvā tattha nikantiṃ pariyādāya
viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ santato manasikaritvā taṃ ākāsaṃ pharitvā pavattaviññāṇaṃ 'viññāṇaṃ
viññāṇaṃ viññāṇa'nti punappuna āvajji

[SL Page 246] [\x 246/]

Tabbaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ kātabbaṃ [PTS Page
332 [\q 332/] ']anantaṃ ananta'nti pana na manasikātabbaṃ tassevaṃ tasmiṃ nimitte
punappuna cittaṃ cārentassa nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, sati santiṭṭhati, upacārena cittaṃ
samādhiyati. So taṃ nimittaṃ punappuna āsovati bhāveti bahulīkaroti, tassevaṃ karoto ākāse
ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ viya ākāsaphuṭṭhe viññāṇe viññāṇañcāyatanacittaṃ appeti. Appanānayo
panettha vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ettāvatā vesa "sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ
samatikkamma anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatī[a]"ti vuccatī.
Tattha sabbasoti idaṃ vuttanayameva, ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti ettha pana pubbe
vuttanayena jhānampi ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ ārammaṇampi, ārammaṇampihi purimanayeneva
ākāsānañcaṃ ca taṃ paṭhamassa āruppajjhānassa ārammaṇattā devānaṃ devāyatanaṃ viya
adhiṭṭhā naṭṭhena āyatanañcāti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, tathā ākāsānañcaṃ ca taṃ tassa jhānassa
sañjāti hetuttā 'kambojā assānaṃ āyatana'nti ādīni viya sañjāti desaṭṭhena āyatanañcātipi
ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, evametaṃ jhānañca ārammaṇañcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca
amanasikaraṇena ca samatikkamitvāva yasmā idaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja
vihātabbaṃ, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti idaṃ
vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Anantaṃ viññāṇanti taṃ yeva ananto ākāsoti evaṃ pharitvā
pavattaviññāṇaṃ anantaṃ viññāṇanti evaṃ manasikarontoti vuttaṃ hoti. Manasikāra vasena
vā anantaṃ, so hi taṃ ākāsārammaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ anava sesato manayikaronto anantanti
manasikaroti. Yaṃ pana vibhaṅge vuttaṃ anantaṃ viññāṇanti taṃyeva ākāsaṃ viññā ṇena
phuṭaṃ manasikaroti anantaṃ pharati tena vuccati anantaṃ viññāṇanti. Tattha viññāṇenāti
upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ hi aṭṭhakathācariyā tassa atthaṃ vaṇṇayanti
anantaṃ pharatīti taññeva ākāsaṃ phuṭaṃ viññāṇaṃ manasikarotīti vuttaṃ hoti.
Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatīti ettha pana [PTS Page 333] [\q 333/] nāssa
antoti anantaṃ, anantameva ānañcaṃ, viññāṇaṃ ānañcaṃ viññāṇānañcanti avatvā
viññāṇañcanti vuttaṃ, ayaṃ hettha rūḷhisaddo. Taṃ viññāṇañcaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena
āyatanamassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa devānaṃ devāyatana mivāti
viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, sesaṃ purimasadisamevāti.
Ayaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanakammaṭṭhāne vitthārakathā.

[A.] Vibhaṅgaga

[SL Page 247] [\x 247/]

Akiñcaññāyatanaṃ bhāvetukāmena pana pañcahākārehi viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyaṃ
cinṇavasībhāvena ānnaākāsānañcāyatanapaccatthikā ayaṃ samāpatti, no ca ākiñcaññāyatana
miva santāti viññāṇañcāyatane ādīnavaṃ disvā tattha nikantiṃ pariyādāya
ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ santato manasi karitvā tasseva viññāṇañcāyatanārammaṇabhūtassa
ākāsānañcāyatana viññāṇassa abhāvo suññatā vivittākāro manasi kātabbo. Kathaṃ? Taṃ
viññāṇaṃ amanasikaritvā ' natthi natthi'ti vā 'suññaṃ suñña'nti vā 'vivittaṃ vivitta'nti vā
pūnappuna āvajjitabbaṃ, manasikātabbaṃ, paccavekkhitabbaṃ, takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ
kātabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ tasmiṃ nimitte cittaṃ cārentassa nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, sati
santiṭṭhati, upacārena cittaṃ samādhiyati. So taṃ nimittaṃ punappina āsevati bhāveti
bahulīkaroti, tassevaṃ karoto ākāse phuṭe mahaggataviññāṇe viññāṇañcāyatanamiva
tasseva ākāsaṃ pharitvā pavattassa mahaggataviññāṇassa suññavivitta natthibhāve
ākiñcaññāyatanacittaṃ appeti. Etthāpi ca appanā nayo vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana
viseso: - tasmiṃ hi appanācitte uppanne so bhikkhu yathā nāma puriso maṇḍala mālādisu
kenacideva karaṇīyena sannipatitaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ disvā katthaci gannvā
sannipatakiccāvasāneva uṭṭhāya pakkantesu bhikkhusu āgantvā dvare ṭhatvā puna taṃ
ṭhānaṃ olokento suññameva passati vivittameva passati, nāssa evaṃ hoti ettakā nāma
bhikkhū kālaṅkatā vā disā pakkantā vāti. Atha kho 'suññamidaṃ [PTS Page 334] [\q 334/]
vivitta'nti natthibhāvameva passati, evameva pubbe ākāse pavattitaṃ viññāṇaṃ
viññāṇañcāyatanajjhānacakkhunā passanto viharitvā ' natthi natthi'ti ādinā
parikammamanasikārena antarahite tasmiṃ viññāṇe tassa apagamasaṅkhātaṃ abhāvameva
passanto viharati, ettāvatā cesa "sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammanatthi
kiñcītiākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatī[a]"ti vuccati. Idhāpi sabbasoti badaṃ
vuttanayameva, viññāṇañcāyatananti etthāpica pubbe vuttanayeneva jhānampi
viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ ārammaṇamipi, ārammaṇampihi purimanayeneva viññāṇañcaṃ ca taṃ
dutiyassaāruppajjhānassa ārammaṇattā devānaṃ devāyatanaṃ viya adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena
āyatanañcāti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, tathā viññāṇañcaṃ ca taṃ tasseva jhānassa sañjāti hetuttā'
kambojā assānaṃ āyatana'nti ādīni viya sañjātidesaṭṭhena āyatanañcātipi
viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, evametaṃ jhānañca ārammaṇañcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca
amanasikaraṇena ca samatikka

[A] abhi - vibhaṅgapāḷi.

[SL Page 248] [\x 248/]

Mitvāva yasmā idaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ. Tasmā ubhayampetaṃ
ekajjhaṃ katvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Natthi
kiñcītinatthi natthi suññaṃ suññaṃ vivittaṃ vivittanti evaṃ manasikarontoti vuttaṃ hoti.
Yampi vibhaṅge vuttaṃ " natthi kiñcīti taññeva viññāṇaṃ abhāveti vibāveti antaradhāpeti
natthi kiñcita passati tena vuccati natthi kiñcī"ti taṃ kiñcāpi khayato sammasanaṃ viya
vuttaṃ, athakhvassa evameva attho daṭṭhabbo. Taṃ hi viññāṇaṃ anāvajjento
amanasikaronto apaccavekkhanto kevalamassa natthibhāvaṃ suññabhāvaṃ vivittabhāvameva
manasikaronto kevalamassa natthibhāvaṃ suññabhāvaṃ vivittabhāvameva manasikaronto
abhāveti vibhāveti antaradhāpetīti vuccati na aññathāti. Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja
viharatīti ettha pana nāssa kiñcananti akiñcanaṃ, antamaso bhaṅgamattampi assa avasiṭṭhaṃ
natthīti vuttaṃ hoti. Akiñcanassa bhāvo ākiñcaññaṃ. Ākāsānañcāyatana
viññāṇāpagamassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ [PTS Page 335] [\q 335/] taṃ ākiñcaññaṃ
adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena āyatanamassa jhānassa devānaṃ devāyatanamivāti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ,
sesaṃ purimasadisamevāti.

Ayaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanakammaṭṭhāne vitthārakathā.
Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ bhāvetukāmena pana pañcahākārehi
ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyaṃciṇṇavasībhāvena āsannaviññāṇañcāyatanapaccatthikā ayaṃ
samāpatti, no ca nevasaññā nāsaññāyatanaṃ viya santāti vā saññārogo saññāgaṇḍo
saññāsallaṃ etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāti vā evaṃ ākiñcaññāyatane
ādinavaṃ upari ānisaṃsaṃ ca disvā ākiñcaññāyatane nikantiṃ pariyādāya
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ santato manasi karitvā sāva abhāvaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattitā
ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti santā santāti punappuna āvajjitabbā, manasikātabbā,
paccavekkhitabbā, takkāhatā vitakkāhatā kātabbā. Tassevaṃ tasmiṃ nimitte punappuna
mānasaṃ cārentassa nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, sati santiṭṭhati, upacārena cittaṃ
samādhiyati. So taṃ nimittaṃ punappuna āsevati bhāveti pahulīkaroti. Tassevaṃkaroto
viññāṇāpagame ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ viya ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattisaṅkhātesu catusu
khavdhesu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanacittaṃ appeti, appanānayo panettha vuttanayeneva
veditabbo. Ettāvatā cesa " sabbasoākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatī[a]"ti vuccati. Idhāpi sabbasoti idaṃ

[A.] Abhi - vibhaṅga-

[SL Page 249] [\x 249/]

Vittanayameva. Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti etthāpi pubbe vuttanayeneva jhānampi
ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ ārammaṇampi. Ārammaṇampihi purimanayeneva ākiñcaññaṃ ca taṃ
tatiyassa āruppajjhānassa ārammaṇattā devānaṃ devāyatanaṃ viya adhiṭṭhā naṭṭhena
āyatanaṃ cāti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ, tathā ākiṃcaññaṃ ca taṃ tasseva jhānassa sañjāti hetuttā
[PTS Page 336 [\q 336/] '] kambojā assānaṃ āyatana'nti ādīni viya sañjātidesaṭṭhena
āyatanaṃcātipi ākiṃcaññāyatanaṃ, evametaṃ jhānaṃ ca ārammaṇaṃcāti ubhayampi
appavattikaraṇena ca amanasikaraṇena ca samatikkamitvāva yasmā idaṃ
nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā
ākiṃcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti
ettha pana yāya saññāya bhāvato taṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti vuccati, yathā
paṭipannassa sā saññā hoti taṃ tāva dassetuṃ vibhaṅge nevasañññināsaññiti uddharitvā "
taññeva ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ santato manasikaroti saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattiṃ bhāveti, tena
vuccati nevasaññināsaññi"ti vuttaṃ, tattha santato manasikarotīti santā vatāyaṃ samāpatti,
yatra hi nāma natthibhāvampi ārammaṇaṃ karitvā ṭhassatīti evaṃ santārammaṇatāya taṃ
santāti manasi karoti, santato ce manasi karoti kathaṃ samatikkamo hotīti?
Asamāpajjitukāmatāya, so hi kiñcāpi taṃ santato manasikaroti, athakhvassa ahametaṃ
āvajjissāmi samāpajjissāmi adhiṭṭhahissāmi vuṭṭhahissāmi paccavekkhissāmīti esa ābogo
samannāhāro manasikāro na hoti. Kasmā? Ākiñcaññāyatanato nevasaññānāsaññāyatanassa
santatara paṇītataratāya, yathāhi rājā mahacca rājānubāvena hatthikkhandhavaragato
nagaravīthiyaṃ vicaranto dantakārādayo sippike ekaṃ vatthaṃ daḷhaṃ nivāsetvā ekena sīsaṃ
veṭhetvā dantacuṇṇādīhi samokinṇa gatte anekāni dantavikatiādīni sippāni karonte disvā
'aho vata rechekā ācariyaṃ īdisānipi nāma sippāni karissantī'ti evaṃ tesaṃ chekatāya tussati,
na cassa evaṃ hoti'aho vatāhaṃrajjaṃ pahāya evarūpo sippiko bhaveyya'nti. Taṃ kissa hetu?
Rajjasiriyā mahānisaṃsatāya, so sippino samatikkamitvāva gacchati, evameva cesa kiṃcāpi
taṃ samāpattiṃ santato manasikaroti athakhvassa ahametaṃ samāpattiṃ āvajjissāmi
samāpajjissāmi adiṭṭhahissāmi vuṭṭhahissāmi paccavekkissāmīti neva esa ābogo samannā
hāro manasikāro hoti, so taṃ santato manasi karonto pubbe vuttanayena [PTS Page 337] [\q
337/] taṃ paramasukhumaṃ appanāppattaṃ saññaṃ pāpuṇāti, yāya nevasaññi nāsaññi
nāma hoti, saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattiṃ bāvetīti vuccati. Saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattinti accanta

[SL Page 250] [\x 250/]
Sukhumabhāvappatta saṅkhāraṃ catutthāruppasamāpattiṃ. Idāni yantaṃ evaṃ adigatāya
saññāya vasena nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti vuccati, taṃ atthato dassetuṃ
"nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa vā upapannassa vā
diṭṭha dhammasukhavihārissa vā cittacetasikā dhammā"ti vuttaṃ, tesu idha samāpannassa
cittacetasikā dhammā adhippetā. Vacānattho panettha: oḷārikāya saññāya abhāvato
sukhumāya ca bhāvato ne vassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa saññā nāsaññāti
nevasaññānāsaññaṃ, nevasaññānāsaññca taṃ manāyatanadhammāyatana pariyāpannattā
āyatanañcāti= nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ; athavā yāyamettha saññā sā paṭusaññā
kiccaṃkātuṃ asamatthatāya neva saññā, saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā
nāsaññāti= nevasaññānāsaññā, nevasaññānāsaññā ca sā sesadhammānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena
āyatanañcāti= nevasañññānāsaññāyatanaṃ. Na kevalaṃ cettha saññāva edisī, atha kho
vedanāpi neva vedanā nāvedanā, cittampi neva cittaṃ nācittaṃ, phassopi neva phasso
nāphasso, esanayo sesasampayuttadhammesu, saññā sīsena panāyaṃ desanā katāti
veditabbā. Pattamakkhanatelappabhūtīhi ca upamāhi esa attho vibhāvetabbo: - sāmaṇero
kira telena pattaṃ makkhetvā opesi, taṃ yāgupānakāle thero 'pattamāharā'ti āha. So'patte
telamatthi bhante'ti āha, tato 'āhara sāmaṇera telaṃ, nāḷiṃ pūressāmā'ti vutto 'natthi bhante
telanti āha. Tattha yathā anto vutthattā yāguyā saddhiṃ akappi yaṭṭhena 'telaṃ athi'ti hoti,
nāḷipūraṇādīnaṃ vasena 'natthī'ti hoti, evaṃ sāpi saññā paṭusaññā kiccaṃ kātuṃ
asamatthatāya neva saññā, saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññā hoti. Kiṃ
panettha saññākiccanti? Ārammaṇasañjānanaṃ ceva vipassanāya ca visayabhāvaṃ upagantvā
nibbidājananaṃ, [PTS Page 338] [\q 338/] dahanakicca mīva hi sukhodake tejodhātu
sañjānanakiccampesā paṭuṃ kātuṃ nasakkoti, sesasamāpattīsu saññā viya vipassanāya
visayabhāvaṃ upagantvā nibbidājananampi kātuṃ na sakkoti. Aññesu hi khandhesu
akatābhiniveso bhikkhu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanakkhandhe sammasitvā nibbaṃdaṃ pattuṃ
samattho nāma natthi, apica āyasmā sāriputto pakativipassako pana mahāpañño
sāriputtasadisova sakkuṇeyya, sopi evaṃ kirame dhammā ahutvā sambhonti, hutvā
pativentīti evaṃ kalāpasammasanavaseneva, no anupadadhamma vipassanāvasena. Evaṃ
sukhumattaṃ gatā esā samāpatti. Yathā ca pattamakkhanatelūpamāya,
ecaṃmaggudakūpamāyapi ayamattho vibhāve tabbo: - maggapaṭipannassa kira therassa
purato gacchanto sāmaṇero tokamudakaṃ disvā ' udakaṃ bhante, upāhanā omuñcathā'ti

[SL Page 251] [\x 251/]

Āha, tato therena 'sace udakamatthi, āhara nahānasāṭikaṃ, nahāyissāmā'ti vutto'natti
bhante'ti āha. Tattha yathā upāhana temanamattaṭṭhena 'udakamatthi'ti hoti,
nahāyanaṭṭhena ' natthi'ti hoti, evampi sā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya nevasaññā,
saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññā hoti. Na kevalañca etāheva, aññāhipi
anurūpāhi upamāhi esa attho vibhāvetabbo. Upasampajja viharatīti idaṃ vuttanayamevāti.

Ayaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanakammaṭṭhāne vitthārakatā.

Asadisarūpo nātho āruppaṃ yaṃ catubbidhaṃ āha,
Taṃ iti ñtvā tasmiṃ pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññoyyā.

Āruppasamāpattiyo hi: -

Ārammaṇātikkamato catassopi bhavantimā,
Aṅgātikkamametāsaṃ na icchanti vibhāvino.

Etāsu hi rūpanimittātikkamato paṭhamā, ākāsātikkamato dutiyā, ākāse
pavattitaviññāṇātikkamato tatiyā, ākāso pavattitaviññāṇassa apagamātikkamato catutthiti
sabbathā ārammaṇātikkamato catassopi bhavantimā aruppamāpattiyoti veditabbā. [PTS Page
339] [\q 339/] aṅgātikkamaṃ pana etāsaṃ na iccanti paṇḍitā, nahī rūpā
vacarasamāpattisu viya etāsu aṅgātikkamo atthi, sabbāsupi hi etāsu ' upekkhā cittekaggatā'ti
dve eva jhānaṅgāni honti. Evaṃ santepi: -

Suppaṇītatarā honti pacchimā pacchimā idha,
Upamā tattha viññeyyā pāsādatala sāṭikā.
Yathāhi catubhumukassa pāsādassa ṭṭhimetale dibbanaccagīta vāditasurabhigandhamālā
bhojanasayanacchādanādivasena paṭhītā pañca kāmaguṇā paccupaṭṭhitā assu, dutiye tato
paṇītatarā, tatiye tato paṇītatamā, catutthe sabbapaṇītatarā, tattha kiñcāpi tāni cattāripi
pāsādatalāneva natthi nesaṃ pāsādatalabhāvena viseso, pañcakāmaguṇasamiddhavisesena
pana heṭṭhimato heṭṭhi mato uparimaṃ uparimaṃ paṇītataraṃ hoti. Yathā ca ekāya itthiyā
kantita thūla saṇha saṇhatara saṇhatamasuttānaṃ catuppalatipala dvipalaekapalasāṭikā
assu, āyāmena ca vitthārena ca samappamāṇā, tattha kiñcāpi tā sāṭikā catassopi āyāmato ca
vitthārato ca samappamānā, natthi tatāsaṃ pamāṇato viseso, sukhasamphassasukhuma
bhāva mahagghabhāvehi pana puramāya purimāya pacchimā pacchimā paṇīta tarā honti,
evameva kiñcāpi catusupi etāsu upekkhācitte

[SL Page 252] [\x 252/]

Kaggatāti etāni dveyeva aṅgāni honti, atha kho bhāvanā visesena tesaṃ aṅgānaṃ
paṇītapaṇītatarabhāvena suppaṇitatarā honti pacchimā pacchimā idhāti veditabbā.

Evaṃ anupubbena paṇītapaṇītataratā cetā: -

Asucimhi maṇḍape laggo eko tannissito paro,
Añño pahi anissāya taṃ ti nissāya cāparo

hito catūhi etehi purisehi yathākkamaṃ,
Samānatāya ñātabbā catassopi vibhāvinā.

Tatrāyamatthayojanā: - asucimhi kira dese eko maṇḍapo, atheko puriso āgantvā taṃ asuciṃ
jigucchamāno taṃ maṇḍapaṃ hatthehi ālambitvā tattha laggo laggito viya aṭṭhāsi, atāparo
āgantvā taṃ maṇḍapalaggaṃ purisaṃ nissito, athañño āgantvācintesi: yo esa maṇḍapalaggo
yo ca taṃ nissito ubho pete duṭṭhitā dhuvo ca nesaṃ maṇḍapapapāte pātoti handāhaṃ
bahiyeva tiṭṭhamīti so [PTS Page 340] [\q 340/] taṃ nissitaṃ anissāya pahiyeva aṭṭhasi.
Athāparo āgantvā manḍapalaggassa tannissitassa ca akhemabhāvaṃ cintetvā pahiṭṭhitañca
suṭṭhitanti manatvā taṃ nissāya aṭṭhāsi. Tattha asucimhi dese maṇḍapo viya
kasiṇugghāṭimākāsaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, asucijigucchāya maṇḍapalaggo purisoviya
rūpanimittajigucchāya ākāsārammaṇaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, maṇḍapalaggaṃ purisaṃ nissito
viya ākāsārammaṇaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, tesaṃ
dvinnampi akhemabhāvaṃ cintetvā anissāya taṃ maṇḍapalaggaṃ pahi ṭhito viya ākāsā
nañcāyatanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ akatvā tadabhāvārammaṇaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ,
maṇḍapalaggassa taṃ nissitassa ca akhemataṃ cintetvā bahiṭṭhitañca suṭṭhitoti mantvā taṃ
nissāya ṭhito viya viññāṇā bhāvasaṅkhāte bahipadese ṭhitaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ ārabbha
pavattaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.

Evaṃ pavattamānañca: -

Ārammaṇaṃ karoteva aññābhāvena taṃ idaṃ,
Diṭṭhadosampi rājānaṃ vuttihetu yathā jāno.

Idaṃ hi nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ āsannaviññāṇañcāyatanapaccatthikā ayaṃ samāpattīti
evaṃ diṭṭhidosampi taṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ aññassa ārammaṇassa abhāvā ārammaṇaṃ
karoteva. Yatha kiṃ? Diṭṭhadosampi rājānaṃ vuttihetu yathā jano, yathāhi asaṃyataṃ
pharusakāyavacīmanosamācāraṃ kañci sabbadisampatiṃ rājānaṃ pharusasamācāro ayanti
evaṃ diṭṭhadosampi aññattha vuttiṃ

[SL Page 253] [\x 253/]

Alabhamāno jano vuttihetuṃ nissāya pavattati, evaṃ diṭṭha dosampi taṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ
aññaṃ ārammaṇaṃ alabhamānamidaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoteva.

Evaṃ kurumānañca: -

Ārūḷho dīghanisseṇiṃ yathā nisseṇi bāhukaṃ,
Pabbataggañca ārūlho yathā pabbatamatthakaṃ.

Yathā vā girimārūḷho attano yeva jaṇnukaṃ
Olubbhati tathecetaṃ jhānamolubbha vattatīti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate vusuddhimagge

Samādhibhāvanādhikāre

Āruppaniddeso nāma

Dasamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 341] [\q 341/]

11.

Samādhi niddeso.

Idāni āruppānantaraṃ ekā saññāti evaṃ uddiṭṭhāya āhāre paṭikkūlasaññāya bhāvanāniddeso
anuppatto. Tattha āharatīti= āhāro, so catubbidho kabaḷīkārāhāro, phassāhāro, mano
sañcetanāhāro, viññāṇāhāroti. Kopanettha kiṃ āharatīti? Kabaḷīkārāhāro ojaṭṭhamakaṃ
rūpaṃ āharati, phassāhārotisso vedanā āharati, manosañcetanāhāro tīsu bhavesu
paṭisaṭhdhiṃ āharati, viññāṇāhāro paṭisandhikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṃ āharati. Tesu
kabalīkārāhāre nikantibhayaṃ, phassāhāre upagamanabhayaṃ, manosañcetanāhāre
upapattibhayaṃ, viññāṇāhāre paṭisandhi bhayaṃ, evaṃ sappaṭibhayesu. Ca etesu
kabaḷīkārāhāro puttamaṃsūpa mena dipetabbo, phassāhāro niccammagāvūpamena,
manosañcetanāhāro aṅgārakāsūpamena, viññāṇāhāro sattisūlūpamenāti. Imesu pana catusu
āhāresu asitapītakhāyita sāyitappa bhedo kabaḷīkāro āhārova imasmiṃ atthe āhāroti
adhippeto. Tasmiṃ āhāre paṭikkūlākāraggahaṇavasena uppannā saññā āhāre paṭikkūlasaññā,
taṃ āhāre paṭikkūla saññaṃ bhāvetukāmena kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā uggahato eka
padampi avirajjhantena rahogatena patisallinena asitapīta khāyitasāyitappabhede [PTS Page
342] [\q 342/] kabaḷīkārāhāre dasahākārehi paṭikkūlatā

[SL Page 254] [\x 254/]
Paccavekkhitabbā. Seyyathīdaṃ? Camanato, pariyesanato, paribhogato, āsayato, nidhānato,
aparipakkato, paripakkato, phalato, nissandato, sammakkhanatoti.

Tattha gamanatoti evaṃ mahānubhāve nāma sāsane pabbajitena sakalarattiṃ
buddhavacanasajjhāyaṃ vā samaṇadhammaṃ vā katvā kālasseva vuṭṭhāya cetiyaṅgaṇa
bodhiyaṅgaṇa vattaṃ katvā pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā
sarīraṃ paṭijaggitvā āsanaṃ āruyha vīsatiṃsavāre kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karitvā uṭṭhāya
pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā nijjanasambādhāni pavivekasukhāni chāyūdaka sampannāni sucīni
sītalāni ramaṇīyabhūmibhāgāni tapovanāni pahāya ariyaṃ vivekaratimanapekkhitvā
susānābhimukhena sigālena viya āhāratthāya gāmābhimukhena gantabbaṃ. Evaṃ gacchatā
ca mañcamhāvā pīṭhambhā vā otaraṇato paṭṭhāya pādarajagharagolikavaccādisampari
kiṇṇaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ akkamitabbaṃ hoti, tato appekadā mūsika jatukavaccādīhi
upahatattā antogabbhato paṭikkūlataraṃ pamukhaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ hoti, tato ulūkapārāpatādi
vaccasammakkhitattā uparima talato paṭikkūlataraṃ heṭṭhimatalaṃ, tato kadāci kadāci
dvāteri tehi purāṇatiṇapaṇnehigilānasāmaṇerānaṃ muttakarīsa kheḷasiṅghāṇikādīhi
vassakāle udakacikkhallādīhi ca saṃkiliṭṭhattā heṭṭhimatalato paṭikkūlataraṃ pariveṇaṃ,
pariveṇato paṭikkūla tarā vihāraracchā daṭṭhabbā hoti. Anupubbena pana cetiyañca
bodhiñca vanditvā vitakkamāḷake ṭhitena muttarāsisadisaṃ cetiyaṃ
morapiñjakalāpamanoharaṃ bodhiṃ devavimānasampattisassirīkaṃ senāsanañca apaloketvā
'evarūpaṃ nāma ramaṇīyaṃ padesaṃ piṭṭhito katvā āhārahetu gantabbaṃ bhavissatī'ti
pakkamitvā gāma maggaṃ paṭipannena khāṇukakaṇṭakamaggopi udakavegabhinnavisama
maggopi daṭṭhabbo hoti. Tato [missing 12 lines in sinhala book]
[SL Page 255] [\x 255/]
[PTS Page 343] [\q 343/]
Gāmaṃ paviṭṭhena saṅghāṭipārutena kapaṇamanussena viya kapāla hatthena
gharapaṭipāṭiyā gāmavīthisu caritabbaṃ hoti, yattha vassakāle akkantakkantaṭṭhāne yāva
piṇḍikamaṃsāpi udakacikkhalle pādā visanti. Ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetabbaṃ hoti, ekena
cīvaraṃ ukkhipitabbaṃ, gimhakāle vātavegena samuṭṭhitehi paṃsu tiṇa rajehi
okinṇasarīrena caritabbaṃ hoti, taṃ taṃ gehadvāraṃ patvā macchadhovana maṃsadhovana
taṇḍuladhovana1 kheḷasiṅghāṇika sunakhasūkaravaccādi sammissāni kimikulāni
nīlamakkhikaparikiṇṇāni oligallāni cevachandanikaṭṭhānāni ca daṭṭhabāni honti akkami
tabbānipi, yato tā makkhikā uṭṭhahitvā saṅghāṭiyampi pattepi sīsepi nilīyanti. Gharaṃ
paviṭṭhassāpi keci denti keci nadenti, dadamānāpi ekacce hīyo pakkabhattampi purāṇa
khajjakampi pūtikummāsapūpādīnipi dadanti, adadamānāpi kecideva 'aticchatha bhante'ti
vadanti, keci pana apassamānā viya tuṇhī honti, keci aññena mukhaṃ karonti, keci 'gaccha
re muṇḍakā'ti ādīhi pharusavācāhi samudācaranti. Evaṃ kataṇamanussana viya gāme
piṇḍāya caritvā nikkhamitabbanti. Iccetaṃ gāmappavesanato paṭṭhāya yāva nikkhamaṇā
udakacikkhallādipaṭikkūlaṃ āhārahetuakkamitabbañceva daṭṭhabbañca adhivāsetabbañca
hoti. 'Aho vata bho paṭikkūlo āhāro'ti evaṃ pariyesanato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. [PTS
Page 344] [\q 344/] kathaṃ paribhogato? Evaṃ pariyiṭṭhāhārena pana bahigāme
phāsukaṭṭhāne sukhanisinnena yāva tattha hatthaṃ na otāreti tāva tathārūpaṃ
garuṭṭhaniyaṃ bhikkhuṃ vā lajjiṃ manussaṃ vā disvā nimantetumpi sakkā hoti,
bhuñjitukāmatāya panettha hatthe otāretvā maddantassa pañcaṅgulianusārena sedo
paggharamāno sukkhathaddha bhattampi temento muduṃ karoti. Atha tasmiṃ
parimaddanamattenāpi sambhinnasobhe ālopaṃ katvā mukheṭhapite heṭṭhimadantā
udukkhalakicaṃ sādhenti, uparimā mūsala kiccaṃ, jivhā hatthakiccaṃ. Taṃ tattha
suvāṇadoṇiyaṃ suvāṇapiṇḍa miva dantamusalehi koṭṭetvā jivhāya samparivattiyamānaṃ
jivhagge tanupasannakhelo makkheti, vemajjhato paṭṭhāya bahala kheḷo makkheti,
dantakaṭṭhena appattaṭṭhāne dantaguthako makkhetī, so evaṃ vichuṇṇitamakkhiko
taṅghaṇaññeva antara hitavaṇṇagandhasaṅkhāraviseso suvāṇadoṇiyaṃ
ṭhitasuvāṇavamathu viya paramajegucchabhāvaṃ upagacchati, evarūpopi samāno cakkhussa
āpāthamatītattā ajjhoharitabbo hotīti evaṃ paribhogato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā.
Kathaṃ āsayato? Evaṃ paribhogaṃ upagato ca panesa anto pavisamāno- yasmā
buddhapaccekabuddhā

1. Sī. 11. Kaṇḍuvadhovana.

[SL Page 256] [\x 256/]

Nampi raññopi cakkavattissa pittasemhapubbalohitāsayesu catusu aññataro āsayo hoti yeva.
Mandapuññānaṃ pana cattāropi āsayā honti, tasmā yassa pittāsayoadhiko hoti tassa
pahalamadhukatelamakkhito viya paramajgeccho hoti. Yassasembhāsayo adhiko hoti tassa
nāgabalāpaṇṇarasa makkhito viya, yassa pubbāsayo adiko hoti tassa pūtitakka makkhito
viya, yassa lohitāsayo adiko hoti tassa rajana makkhito viya paramajeguccho hotīti evaṃ
āsayato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. Kathaṃ nidhānato? So imesu catusu āsayesu
aññatareṭa āsayena makkhito anto udaraṃ pavisitvā neva suvaṇṇabhājanesu na
maṇiratanādibhājanesu nidhānaṃ gacchati, sace pana dasavassikena ajjhoharīyati
dasavassāni adotavaccakūpa [PTS Page 345] [\q 345/] sadise okāse patiṭṭhahati, sace
pana vīsa tiṃsa cattāḷisa paññāsa saṭṭhi sattati asīti navuti vassikena sace vassasatikena
ajjho harīyati, vassasataṃ adhotavaccakupasadise okāse pataṭṭhahatīti evaṃ nidhānato
paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. Kathaṃ apari pakkato? So panāyamāhāro evarūpe okāse
nidhānamupa gato yāva aparipakko hoti tāva tasmiññeva yathāvuttappakāre
paramandhakāratimise nānākuṇapagandhavāsitapavanavicarite
atiduggandhajegucchappadese yathānāma nidāghe akālameghena abhivuṭṭhamhi
caṇḍālagāmadvāre āvāṭe patitāni tiṇa paṇṇa kilañja khaṇḍa ahi kukkura
manussakuṇapādīni suriyātapena santattāni pheṇabubbulakācitāni tiṭṭhanti, evameva taṃ
divasampi hīyyopi tato purimadivasepi ajjhohaṭo sabbo ekato hutvā
semhapaṭalapariyonaddho kāyaggisantāpakuthito kuthanasañjātapheṇabubbulakācito
paramajegucchabhāvaṃ upagantvā tiṭṭhatīti evaṃ aparipakkatopaṭikkūlatā paccavekkitabbā.
Kathaṃ paripakkato? So tattha kāyagginā paripakko samāno na suvaṇṇarajatādidhātuyo
viya suvanṇarajatādibhāvamupagacchati. Pheṇabubbulake pana muñcanto saṇhakaraṇīyaṃ
piṃsitvā nāḷike pakkhittapaṇḍumattikā viya karīsa bhāvaṃ upagantvā pakkāsayaṃ
muttabhāvaṃ upagantvā muttavatthiñca pūretīti evaṃ paripakkato paṭikkūlatā
paccavekkhitabbā. Kathaṃ phalato? Sammā paripaccamāno ca panāyaṃ kesalomanakhadantā
dīni nānākuṇapāni nipphādeti, asammā paripaccamāno daddukaṇḍu
kacchukuṭṭhakilāsasosakāsātisārappabhūtīnu rogasatāni, idamassa phalanti evaṃ phalato
paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. Kathaṃ nissandato? Ajjhohariyamāno cesa ekena dvārena
pavisitvā nissandamāno akkhimhā akkhiguthako kaṇṇamhā kaṇṇagutha koti ādinā
pakārena anekehi dvārehi nissandati, ajjho haraṇasamaye cesa mahāparivārenāpi
ajjhoharīyati, nissandana

[SL Page 257] [\x 257/]

Samaye pana uccārapassāvādibhāvamupagato ekakeneva nīharīyati, paṭhamadimase ca
[PTS Page 346] [\q 346/] naṃ paribhuñjanto haṭṭhapahaṭṭhopi hoti udaggu daggo
pītisomanassajāto, dutiyadivase nissandanto pihita nāsiko hoti vikuṇitamukho jegucchi
maṅkubhūto. Paṭhamadivase ca naṃ ratto giddho gathito mucchitopi ajjhoharitvā dutiyaṃ
divase ekarattivāsena viratto aṭṭiyamāno harāyamāno jigucchamāno nīharati. Tenāhu
porāṇā: -

"Annaṃ pānāṃ khādanīyaṃ bojanañca mahārahaṃ
Ekadvārena pavisitvā navadvārehi sandati.

Annaṃ pānaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanañca mahārahaṃ
Bhuñjati saparivāro nikkhāmento nilīyati.

Annaṃ pānaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanañca mahārahaṃ
Bhuñjati abhinandanto nikkhāmento jigucchati.

Annaṃ pānaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanañca mahārahaṃ
Ekarattiparivāsā sabbaṃ bhavati pūtikaṃ"ti.

Evaṃ nissandato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā.

Kathaṃ sammakkhanato? Paribhogakālepi cesa hatthaoṭṭhajivhā tālūni sammakkheti, tāni
tena sammakkhitattā paṭikkūlāni honti yāni dhotānipi gandhaharaṇatthaṃ punappuna
dhovitabbāni honti. Paribhutto samāno yathānāma odane paccamāne thusa
kaṇakuṭhakodīni uttaritvāukkhalimukhavaṭṭipidhāniyo makkhenti, evameva
sakalasarīrānugatena kāyagginā pheṇuddehakaṃ paccitvā uttaramāno dante
dantamalabhāvena sammakkheti, jivhātāluppa bhūtīni khelasemhādibhāvena,
akkhikanṇanāsaadomaggādike akkhiguthaka kaṇṇaguthaka siṅghāṇika
muttakarīsādibhāvena samma kkheti, yana sammakkhitāni imāni dvārāni divase divase
dhoviya mānānipi neva sucīni na manoramāni honti. Yesu ekaccaṃ dhovitvā hattho
udakenapunappuna dhovitabbo hoti, ekaccaṃ dhovitvā dvattikkhattuṃ gomayenapi
mattikāyapi gandhacunṇenapi dhovato paṭikkūlyatā na vigacchatīti evaṃ sammakkhanato
paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. Tassevaṃ dasahākārehi paṭikkūlataṃ paccavekkhato
takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ karontassa paṭikkūlākāravasona kabalīkārāhāro [PTS Page 347] [\q
347/] pākaṭo hoti. So taṃ nimittaṃ punappuna āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti, tassevaṃ
karotonivaraṇāni vikkhambhanti kabalīkārāhārassa sabhāvadhammatāya gambhīrattā
appanaṃ appattena upacārasamādhinā cittaṃ samādhiyati, paṭikkūlākāraggahaṇavasena
panettha saññā pākaṭā hoti, tasmā idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ āhāre paṭikkūlasaññā icceva
saṅkhaṃ gataṃ. Imañca pana āhāre paṭikkūlasaññaṃ anuyuttassa bhikkhuno rasataṇhāya
cittaṃ patilīyati patikuṭṭati patavaṭṭati so kantāranittharaṇatthiko viya puttamaṃsaṃ
vigatamado āhāraṃ āhāreti, yāvadeva dukkhassa nīttharaṇattāya. Athassa appakasire neva
kabalīkārāhārapariññāmukhena pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo pariññaṃ gacchati, so
pañcakāmaguṇapariññāmukhena rūpakkhandhaṃ parijānāti,
aparipakkādipaṭikkūlabhāvavasena cassa kāyagatāsati bhāvanāpi pāripūriṃ gacchati,
asubhasaññāya anuloma paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti, imaṃ pana paṭipattiṃ nissāya diṭṭhava
dhamme amatapariyosānaṃ anabhisambhuṇanto sugatiparāyano hotīti.

Ayaṃ āhāre paṭikkūlasaññābhāvanāya vitthārakathā.

Idāni āhāre paṭikkūlasaññānantaraṃ ekaja vavathonanti evaṃ uddiṭṭhassa
catudhātuvavatthānassa bhāvanāniddeso anuppatto. Tattha vavatthānanti
sabhāvūpalakkhaṇavasena sanniṭṭhānaṃ, catunnaṃ dhātūnaṃ vavatthānaṃ
catudhātuvavattānaṃ. Dhātumanasikāro dhātu kammaṭṭhānaṃ catudhātuvavatthānanti
atthato ekaṃ, tayidaṃ dvidhā āgataṃ saṅghepato va vitthārato ca, saṅkhepato mahāsati
paṭṭhāne āgataṃ, vitthārato mahāhatthipadūpame rāhulovāde dhātuvibhaṅge ca. Taṃ hi "
seyyathāpi bhikkhave dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṃ vidhitvā
cātummahāpathe [PTS Page 348] [\q 348/] bilaso paṭivibhajitvā nisinne assa, evameva
kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātusepaccavekkhati,
atthi imasmiṃ kāya paṭhavī dhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu"ti evaṃ tikkhapaññassa
dhātukammaṭṭhānikassa vasena mahāsatipaṭṭhāne saṅghepato āgataṃ. Tassattho: - yathā
cheko goghātako vā tasseva vā bhattavetanabhato antevāsiko gāviṃ vadhitvā vinivijjhitvā
catasso disā gatānaṃ mahāpathānaṃ vemajjhaṭṭhāna saṅkhāte cātummahāpathe koṭṭhāsaṃ
katvā nisinno assa, eva meva bhikkhu catunnaṃ iriyāpathānaṃ yena kenaci ākārena otattā
yathāṭhitaṃ yathāṭhitattāva yathāpaṇihitaṃ kāyaṃ atthi imasmiṃ kāye paṭhavīdhātu
āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu"ti evaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati. Ki vuttaṃ hite? Yathā
goghātakassa gāviṃposentassapi āghātanaṃ āharantassapi āharitvā tattha phandhitvā
ṭhapentassapi vadhentassapi vadhitaṃ mataṃ passantassapi tāvadeva gāvīti saññāna
antaradhāyati, yāva naṃ padāḷevo bilaso na vibhajati. Vibhajitvā nisinnassa pana gāvīsaññā
antaradhāyati, maṃsasaññā pavattati. Nāssa evaṃ hoti: -'ahaṃ gāviṃ vikkiṇāmi, ime gāviṃ
harantī'ti;

[SL Page 259] [\x 259/]

Athakhvassa 'ahaṃ maṃsaṃ vikkināmi, imepi maṃsaṃ haranti'cceva hoti. Evameva imassāpi
bikkhuno pubbe bālaputujjanakāle gihībhūtassapi pabbajitassapi tāvadeva sattoti vā posoti
vā puggaloti vā saññā na antaradhāyati, yāva imameva kāyaṃ yathā ṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ
ghanavinibbhogaṃ katvā dhātuso na paccavekkhati. Dhātuso paccavekkhato pana sattasaññā
antara dhāyati, dhātuvaseneva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati. Tenāha bhagavā: "seyyathāpi bhikkhave
dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṃ vaditvā cātummahāpathe bilaso
paṭivibhajitvā nisinno assa, evameva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ
yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati, atthi imasmiṃ kāye paṭhavīdhātu āpodhātu
tejodhātu vāyodhātū"ti. Mahāhatthipadūpame pana "katamā cāvuso ajjhattikā paṭhavīdhātu?
Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathīdaṃ: kesā lomā nakhā
dantā taco maṃsaṃ nahāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhi mijjo vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ
papphāsaṃ antaṃ antagunaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ
kakkhaḷaṃ kharigataṃ upādinnaṃ, ayaṃvuccatā vuso ajjhattikā [PTS Page 349] [\q 349/]
paṭhavīdhātuti ca. Katamā cāvuso ajjhattikā āpodhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ āpo
āpogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathīdaṃ: pittaṃ semhanaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assū vasā
kheḷo niṅghānikā lasikā muttaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ āpo āpogataṃ
upādinnaṃ, ayaṃ vuccatā vuso ajjhattikā āpodhātūti ca; katamā cāvuso ajjhattikā tejodhātu?
Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ tejo tejogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathīdaṃ: yena ca santappati, yena ca
jirīyati, yena ca pariḍayhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati,
yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ tejo tejogataṃ upādinnaṃ, ayaṃ vuccatāvuso
ajjhattikā tejodhātuti ca; katamā cāvuso ajjhattikā vāyodhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ vāyo
vāyogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathīdaṃ: uddhaṅgamā vātā, adho gamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā,
koṭṭhasayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānu sārino vātā, assāso, passāso iti vā, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci
ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ vāyo vāyogataṃ upādinnaṃ, ayaṃ vuccatāvuso ajjhattikā vāyodhātuti"ca.

Evaṃ nātitikkhapaññassa dhātukammaṭṭhānikassa vasena vitthārato āgataṃ. Yathā cettha,
evaṃ rāhulovāda dhātuvibhaṅgesupi. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā: - ajjhattaṃ paccattanti
idaṃ tāva ubhayampi niyakassa adhivacanaṃ, niyakaṃ nāma attani jātaṃ sasantāna
pariyāpannanti attho. Tayidaṃ yathā loke itthisu kathā adhittiti vuccati. Evaṃ attani
pavattattā ajjhattaṃ, attānaṃ paṭicca1 pavattattā paccattantipi vuccati. Kakkhaḷanti thaddhaṃ,
kharigatanti pharusaṃ. Tattha paṭhamaṃ lakkhaṇavacanaṃ, dutiyaṃ ākāravacanaṃ, kakkhaḷa
lakkhaṇā hi paṭhavīdhātu. Sā pharusākārā hoti, tasmā kharigatanti

1. Ma. 1. Attānaṃ patipatiṃ sī. 11. Attānaṃ paṭicca paṭicca.

[SL Page 260] [\x 260/]

Vuttā. Upādinnanti daḷhaṃ ādinnaṃ ahaṃ mamanti evaṃ daḷhaṃ ādinnaṃ gahitaṃ
parāmaṭṭhanti attho. Seyyathidanti nipāto, tassa taṃ katamanti ceti attho. Tato taṃ dassento
kesā lomāti ādimāha. Ettha ca vatthaluṅgaṃ pakkhipitvā vīsatiyā ākārehi paṭhavīdhātu
niddiṭṭhāti veditabbā. Yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñciti avasesesu tīsu koṭṭhāsesu paṭhavīdhātu
saṅgahītā. [PTS Page 350] [\q 350/] vissandana bhāvena taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ appoti
pappotīti āpo, kammasamuṭṭhānādivasena nānāvidhesu āpesu gatanti āpogataṃ. Kiṃ taṃ?
Āpodhātuyā ābavdhanalakkhaṇaṃ. Tejanavasena tejo, vuttanayeneva tejosu gatanti tejogataṃ.
Kiṃ taṃ? Uṇhatta lakkhaṇaṃ. Yenacāti yena tejogatena kupitena ayaṃ kāyo santappati,
ekāhikajarādibhāvena usumajāto hoti, yena ca jirīyatīti yena ayaṃ kāyo jirati
indriyavekallataṃ balaparikkhayaṃ valipalikādibhāvaṃ ca pāpuṇāti, yena ca pariḍayahatīti,
yena ca jirīyatīti yena ayaṃ kāyo jirati indriyavekallataṃ balaparikkhayaṃ valipalitādibhāvaṃ
ca pāpuṇāti, yena ca pariḍayhatīti, yena kupi tena ayaṃ kāyo ḍayhati, so ca puggalo
ḍayhāmi ḍayhāmīti kandanto satadhotasappigosīsacandanādilepañceva tālavaṇṭa vātañca
paccāsiṃsati. Yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā parināmaṃ gacchatīti yena taṃ asitaṃ
vā odanādi pītaṃ vā pānakādi khāyitaṃ vā piṭṭhakhajjakādi yāyitaṃ vā ambapakkādi
madhuphāṇitādi sammāparipākaṃ gacchati, rasādibhāvena vivekaṃ gacchatīti attho. Etthaca
purimā tayo tejodhātu ña. Dasuṭṭhānā, pacchimo kammasamuṭṭhā nova. Vāyanavasena
vāyo vuttanayeneva vāyesu gatanti vāyogataṃ. Kintaṃ? Vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ.
Uddhaṅgamā vātāti uggārahikkādipavattakā uddhaṃ ārohaṇavātā. Adhogamā vātāti antānaṃ
pahi vātā. Koṭṭhasayā vātāti antānaṃ anto vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātāti dhamani
jālānusārena sakalasarīre aṅgamaṅgāni anusaṭā sammiñjanapasāraṇādi nibbattakā vātā.
Assāsoti antopavisananāsikāvāto, passāsoti bahinikkhamananāsikāvāto. Etthaca purimā
pañca catu samuṭṭhānā, assāsapassāsā cittasamuṭṭhānāva. [PTS Page 351] [\q 351/]
sabbattha yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñcīti iminā padena avasesa koṭṭhāsesu āpo dhātu ādayo
saṅgahītā. Iti vīsatiyā ākārehi paṭhavīdhātu, dvādasahi āpodhātu, catūhi tejodhātu, chahi
vāyodhātuti dvā cattāḷīsāya ākārehi catasso dhātuyo vitthāritā hontiti ayaṃ tāvettha
pāḷivanṇanā.

Bhāvanānaye panettha tikkhapaññassa bhikkhuno kesā paṭhavī dhātu lomā paṭhavīdhātūti
evaṃ vitthārato dhātupariggaho papañca to upaṭṭhāti. ' Yaṃ thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ ayaṃ
paṭhavīdhātu, yaṃ ābandhana

[SL Page 261] [\x 261/]

Lakkhaṇaṃ ayaṃ āpodhātu, yaṃ paripācanalakkhaṇaṃ ayaṃ tejodhātu, yaṃ
vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃayaṃ vāyodhātu'ti evaṃ manasikaroto panassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ
pākaṭaṃ hoti. Nātitikkhapaññassa pana evaṃ manasikaroto avdhakāraṃ avibhūtaṃ hoti,
purimanayena vitthārato manasikarontassa pākaṭaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? Yathā dvīsu bhikkhūsu
bahu peyyālaṃ tantiṃ sajjhāyantesu tikkhapañño bhikkhu sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃvā
veyyālamukhaṃ vitthāretvā tato paraṃ ubhatokoṭi vaseneva sajjhāyaṃ karonto gacchati,
tata;nātitikkhapañño evaṃ vattā hoti: kiṃ sajjhāyo nāma esa oṭṭhapariyāhatamattaṃkātuṃ na
deti, evaṃ sajjhāye karīyamāne kadā tanti paguṇā bhavissatīti. So āgatāgataṃ
peyyālamukhaṃ vitthāretvāva sajjhāyaṃ karoti, tacenaṃitaro evamāha: kiṃ sajjhāyo nāmesa
pariyosānaṃ gantuṃ na deti, evaṃ sajjhāye karīyamāne kadā tanti pariyosānaṃ gamissatīti.
Evameva tikkhapaññassa kesādivasena vitthārato dhātupariggaho papañcato upaṭṭhāti. Yaṃ
thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ ayaṃ paṭhavīdhātuti ādinā nayena saṅghepato manasi karoto
kammaṭṭhānaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, itarassa tathā manasi karoto avdhakāraṃ avibhūtaṃ hoti,
kesādivasena vitthārato manasi karontassa pākaṭaṃ hoti. Tasmā imaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ
bhāvetukāmena tikkhapaññenatāva rahogatena patisallī nena sakalampi attano rūpakāyaṃ
āvajjitvā 'yo imasmiṃ kāye thaddhabhāvo vā kharabhāvo vā ayaṃ paṭhavīdhātu, yo
ābavdhana [PTS Page 352] [\q 352/] bhāvo vā dravabhāvo vā ayaṃ āpodhātu, yo
paripācanabhāvo vā uṇhabhāvo vā ayaṃ tejodhātu, yo vitthambhanabhāvo vā samudī
raṇabhāvo vā ayaṃ vāyodhātu'ti evaṃ saṅkhittena dhātuyo pariggahetvā punappuna
'paṭhavīdhātu, āpodhātū'ti dhātumattato nissattato nijjivato āvajjitabbaṃmanasikātabbaṃ
paccavekkhi tabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ vāyamamānassa nacireneva dhātuppabhedāvabhā sanapaññā
pariggahito sabhāvadhammārammaṇattā appanaṃ appatto upacāramatto samādhi uppajjati.
Athavā pana ye ime catuṇṇaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ nissattabhāvadassanatthaṃ
dhammasenāpatinā: - "aṭṭhiñca paṭicca nahāruñca paṭicca maṃsañca paṭicca cammañca
paṭicca ākāso parivārito rūpantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī[a]"ti cattārokoṭṭhāsā vuttā, tesu taṃ
ti antarānusārinā ñāṇahatthena vinibbhujjitvā vinibbhujjitvā ' yo etesu thaddhabhāvo vā
kharabhāvo vā ayaṃ paṭhavī dhātu'ti purimanayeneva dhātuyo pariggahetvā punappuna
'paṭhavī dhātu, āpodhātu'ti dhātumattatonissattato nijjivato āvajjitabbaṃ manasikātabbaṃ
paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ vāyama

[A.] Ma. Ni. Mahābhatthipadumasutta.

[SL Page 262] [\x 262/]
Mānassa nacireneva dhātuppabhedāvabhāsanapaññā pariggahito
sabhāvadhammārammaṇattā appanaṃ appatto upacāramatto samādhi uppajjati. Ayaṃ
saṅkhepato āgate catudhātuvavatthāne bhāvanā nayo.

Vitthārato āgate pana evaṃ veditabbo: - idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetukāmena hi
nātitikkhapaññena yoginā ācariyasantike dvācattāḷīsāya ākārehi vitthārato dhātuyo
uggaṇhitvā uttappakāre senāsane viharantena katasabbakiccena raho gatenapatisallīnena
sasambhārasaṅkhepato sasambhāravibhattito salakkhaṇasaṅkhepato salakkhaṇavibhattitoti
evaṃ catuhākārehi kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ. Tattha kataṃ sasambhārasaṅghapato
bhāveti? Idha bhikkhu vīsatiyā koṭṭhāsesu thaddhākāraṃ paṭhavīdhātuti vavatthapeti,
dvādasasu koṭṭhāsesu yūsagataṃ udakasaṅkhātaṃ ābandhanākāraṃ āpodhātūti vavatthapeti,
catusu koṭṭhāsesu [PTS Page 353] [\q 353/] paripāca nakatejaṃ tejodhātuti vavatthapeti,
chasu koṭṭhāsesu vitthambhanākāraṃ vāyodhātuti vavatthapeti. Tassevaṃ vavatthāpayato
yevadhātuyo pākaṭā honti, tā punappuna āvajjayato manasikāroto vuttanayeneva
upacārasamādhi uppajjati. Yassa pana evaṃ bhāvayato kammaṭṭhānaṃ na ijjhati, tena
sasambhāra vibhattito bhāvetabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Tena bhikkhunā yaṃ taṃ kāyagatā sati
kammaṭṭhānaniddese sattadhā uggahakosallaṃ, dasadhā manasikārakosallañca vuttaṃ,
dvattiṃsākāre tāva taṃ sabbaṃ aparihā petvā tacapañcakādīnaṃ anulemapaṭilomato vacāsā
sajjhāyaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbaṃ tattha vuttavidhānaṃ kātabbaṃ. Ayameva hi viseso: - tattha
vaṇṇasaṇṭhānadisokāsaparicchedavasena kesādayo manasikaritvāpi paṭikkūlavasena cittaṃ
ṭhapetabbaṃ, idha pana dhātuvasena. Tasmā vaṇṇādivasena pañcadhā pañcadhā kesādayo
manasikaritvā avasāne evaṃ manasikāro pavattetabbo: - ime kesā nāma
sīsakaṭāhapaḷiveṭhanacamme jātā, tattha yathā vammika matthake jātesu kunṭhatiṇesu na
vammikamatthako jānāti 'mayi kunṭhatināni jātānī'ti, napi kunṭhatiṇāni jānanti 'mayaṃ
vammikamatthake jātānī'ti. Evameva na sīsakaṭāhapaḷiveṭhanacammaṃ jānāti 'mayi kesā
jātā'ti, napi kesā jānanti 'mayaṃ sīsakaṭāha veṭhanacamme jātā'ti. Aññamaññaṃ
ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā. Iti kesā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso
acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātutu. Lomā sarīraveṭhanacamme jātā,
tattha yathā suñña gāmaṭṭhāne jātesu dabbatiṇesu na suññagāmaṭṭhānaṃ jānāti 'mayi
dabbatiṇāni jātānī'ti, napi dabbatiṇāni jānanti 'mayaṃ

[SL Page 263] [\x 263/]
Suññagāmaṭṭhāne jātānī'ti. Evameva na sarīraveṭhanacammaṃ jānāti 'mayi lomā jātā'ti, napi
lomā jānanti 'mayaṃ sarīraveṭhanacamme jātā'ti, aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā
ete dhammā. Iti lomā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekkokoṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño
nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Nakhā aṅgulīnaṃ aggesu jātā, ttha yathā kumāra kesu
daṇḍakehi madhukaṭṭhikevijjhitvā kīḷantesu na daṇḍakā [PTS Page 354] [\q 354/]
jānanti 'ambhesu madhukaṭṭhikā ṭhapitā'ti, napi madhukaṭṭhikā jānanti 'mayaṃ daṇḍakesu
ṭhapitā'ti. Evameva na aṅguliyo jānanti 'amhākaṃ aggesu ṭhapitā'ti, evameva na aṅguliyo
jānanti 'amhākaṃ aggesu nakhā jātā'ti, napi nakhā jānanti 'mayaṃ aṅgulīnaṃ aggesu jātā'ti,
aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā. Iti nakha nāma imasmiṃ sarīre
paṭiyekko koṭṭhaso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Dantā
hanukaṭṭhikesu jātā, tattha yathā vaḍḍhakīhi pāsāṇaudukkhalakesu kenacideva silesajātena
bandhitvā ṭhapita thambhesu na udukkhalā jānanti 'amhesu thamhā ṭhitā'ti napi thamhā
jānanti 'mayaṃ udukkhalesu ṭhitā'ti, evameva na hanukaṭṭhini jānanti 'amhesu dantā jātā'ti,
napi dantā jānanti 'mayaṃ hanu kaṭṭhisu jātā'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā
ete dhammā, iti dantā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suññe
nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Taco sakalasarīraṃ pariyonandhitvā ṭhito, tattha yathā
allagocamma pariyonaddhāya mahāvīṇāya na mahāvīṇā jānāti 'ahaṃ allago cammena
pariyonaddhā'ti, napi allagocammaṃ jānāti 'mayā mahā vīṇā pariyonaddhā'ti, evameva na
sarīraṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ tacena pariyonaddha'nti, napi tacojānāti 'mayā sarīraṃ pariyonaddha'nti
aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā etedhammā, iti taco nāma imasmiṃ sarīre
paṭiyekko koṭṭāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Maṃsaṃ
aṭṭhisaṅghāṭaṃ anulimpitvā ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā mahāmattikalittāya bhittiyā na bhitti jānāti
'ahaṃ mahāmattikāya littā'ti, napi mahāmattikā jānāti 'mayā bhitti littā'ti. Evameva na
aṭṭhisaṅghāṭo jānāti 'ahaṃ navapesisatappabhedena1 maṃsena litto'ti, napi maṃsaṃ jānāti
'mayā aṭṭhisaṅghāṭo litto'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhoga paccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti
maṃsaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhaso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho
paṭhavīdhātuti. Nahāru sarīrabbhantare aṭṭhini ābavdhamānā ṭhitā, tatthayathā vallīhi
vinaddhesu kuḍḍadārūsu na kuḍḍa

1. Sī. 11. Navamaṃsapesisatappabhedena.

[SL Page 264] [\x 264/]

Dārūni [PTS Page 355] [\q 355/] jānanti 'mayaṃ vallīhi vinaddhānī'ti, napi valliyo
jānanti 'amhehi kuḍḍadārūni vinaddhānī'ti. Evameva na aṭṭhini jānanti 'mayaṃ nahārūhi
ābaddhānī'ti, napi nahārū jānanti 'amhehi aṭṭhini ābaddhānī'ti. Aññamaññaṃ
ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti nahāru nāma imasmiṃ sarīre paṭiyekko
koṭṭhaso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Aṭṭhisu paṇhikaṭṭhi
gopphakaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, gopphakaṭṭhi jaṅghaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, kaṭaṭṭhi
piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, piṭhikaṇṭako gīvaṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhito, gīvaṭṭhi
sīsaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, sīsaṭṭhi gīvaṭṭhike patiṭṭhitaṃ, gīvaṭṭhi piṭṭhikaṇṭake
patiṭṭhitaṃ, piṭṭhikanṭako kaṭṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhito, kaṭaṭṭhi ūraṭṭhike patiṭṭhitaṃ, ūraṭṭhi
jaṅghaṭṭhike patiṭṭhitaṃ, jaṅghaṭṭhi gopphakaṭṭhike patiṭṭhitaṃ, gopphakaṭṭhi
paṇhikaṭṭhike patiṭṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā iṭṭhakadāru gomayādisañcayesu na heṭṭhimā
heṭṭhimā jānanti 'mayaṃ uparime uparime ukkhipitvā ṭhitā'ti, napi uparimā uparimā jānanti
'mayaṃ heṭṭhimesu ṭṭhimesu patiṭṭhitā'ti, evameva na paṇhikaṭṭhi jānāti. 'Ahaṃ
gopphakaṭṭhiṃ ukkipatvā ṭṭhita'nti, na gopphakaṭṭhi jānāti'ahaṃ jaṅghaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā
ṭhita'nti, na jaṅghaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ ūraṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhita'nti, na ūraṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ
kaṭṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhita'nti, na kaṭṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhita'nti,
na piṭṭhi kaṇṭako jānāti 'ahaṃ gīvaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhito'ti, na gīvaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ
sīsaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhita'nti, na sīsaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ gīvaṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhita'nti, na
gīvaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ piṭṭhikaṇṭake patiṭṭhi ta'nti, na piṭṭhikaṇṭako jānāti 'ahaṃ
kaṭṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhito'ti, na kaṭṭṭhijānāti 'ahaṃ ūraṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhita'nti, na ūraṭṭhi jānāti
'ahaṃ jaṅdhaṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhita'nti, na jaṅghaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ goppha kaṭṭhimhi
patiṭṭhita'nti, na gopaphakaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ paṇhikaṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhita'nti, aññamaññaṃ
ābogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti aṭṭhi nāma imasmiṃ [PTS Page 356] [\q 356/]
sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti.
Aṭṭhimiñjaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ aṭṭhīnaṃ abbhantare ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā veḷu pabbādīnaṃ anto
pakkhittasinnavettaggādisu, na veḷu pabbādīni jānanti 'amhesu vettaggādīni pakkhittānī'ti,
napi vettaggādīni jānanti 'mayaṃ veḷupabbādisu ṭhitānī'ti. Evameva na aṭṭhini jānanti
'amhākaṃ anto miñjaṃ ṭhita'nti, nāpi miñjaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ aṭṭhinaṃ anto ṭhita'nti,
aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti aṭṭhimiñjaṃ nāma imasmiṃ
sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātutu.
Vakkaṃ galavāṭakato nikkhantena eka

[SL Page 265] [\x 265/]

Mūlena thokaṃ gantvā dvidhā bhinnena thūlanahārunā vinibaddhaṃ hutvā hadayamaṃsaṃ
parikkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā vaṇṭupanibaṅ aemba phaladvaye na vaṇṭaṃ jānāti 'mayā
ambaphaladvayaṃ upanibaddha'nti napi ambaphaladvayaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ vaṇṭena
upanibaddha'nti evameva na thūla nahārū jānāni 'mayā vakkaṃ upanibaddha'nti napi
vakkaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ thūlanahārunā upanibaddha'nti. Aññamaññaṃ
ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti vakkaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko
koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suññonissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Hadayaṃ
sarīrabbhantare uraṭṭhi pañjaramajjhaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā
jinṇasandamānikapañjaraṃ nissāya ṭhapitāya maṃsapesiyā na
sandamānikapañjarabbhantaraṃ jānāti 'maṃ nissāya maṃsapesī ṭhitā'ti napi maṃsapesī
jānāti'ahaṃ jinṇasandamānikapañjaraṃ nissāya ṭhitā'ti. Evameva na uraṭṭhi
pañjarabbhantaraṃjānāti 'maṃ nissāya hadayaṃ ṭhita'nti napi hadayaṃ jāniti 'ahaṃ
uraṭṭhipañjaraṃ nissāya ṭhita'nti aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti
hadayaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suññonissatto thaddho
paṭhavīdhātuti. Yakanaṃ anto sarīre dvinnaṃ thanānāmabbhantaredakkhiṇapassaṃ nissāya
ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā ukkhali kapālapassamihi lagge yamakamaṃsapinḍe na
ukkhalikapālapassaṃ jānāti 'mayi yamakamaṃsapinḍo laggo'ti, napi yamakamaṃsapiṇḍo
[PTS Page 357] [\q 357/] jānāti 'ahaṃ ukkhalikapālapasse laggo'ti. Evameva na thanāna
mabbhantare dakkhiṇapassaṃ jānāti 'maṃ nissāya yakanaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi yakanaṃ jānāti
'ahaṃ thanānamabbhantare dakkhiṇapassaṃ nissāya ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ
ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti yakanaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko
koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Kilomakesu
paṭicchannakilomakaṃ hadayañca vakkañca parivāretvā ṭhitaṃ, apaṭicchannakilomakaṃ
hadayañca vakkañca parivāretvā ṭhitaṃ, apaṭicchannakilomakaṃ hadayañca vakkañca
parivāretvā ṭhitaṃ, apaṭicchannakilomakaṃ sakalasarīre cammassa heṭṭhato maṃsaṃ
pariyenandhitvā ṭhitaṃ. Tattha yathā pilotikāya paḷiveṭhite maṃse na maṃsaṃ jānāti ahaṃ
pilotikāya paḷiveṭhita'nti, napi pilotikā jānāti 'mayā maṃsaṃ paḷiveṭhita'nti. Evameva na
vakka hadayāni sakalasarīre ca maṃsaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ kilomakena paṭicchanna'nti napi
kilomakaṃ jānāti 'mayā vakkahadayāni sakala sarīre ca maṃsaṃ paṭicchanna'nti.
Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkha narahitā ete dhammā, iti kilomakaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre
paṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Pihakaṃ
hadayassa vāmapasse udarapaṭalassa matthakapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā
koṭṭhakamaṭhthakapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitāya gomaya piṇḍiyā na koṭṭhakamatthakapassaṃ
jānāti

[SL Page 266] [\x 266/]

'Gomayapiṇḍi maṃ nissāya ṭhitā'ti, napi gomayapiṇḍi jānāti 'ahaṃ
koṭṭhakamatthakapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitā'ti. Evameva na udarapaṭalassa matthakapassaṃ jānāti
'pihakaṃ maṃ nissāya ṭhita'nti, napi pihakaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ udarapaṭalassa matthakapassaṃ
nissāya ṭhita'nti. Añña maññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti pihakaṃ
nāmaimasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho
paṭhavidhātuti. Papphāsaṃ sarīrabbhantare dvinnaṃ thanānamantare hadayañca yakanañca
upari kādetvā olambantaṃ ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā jiṇṇakoṭṭhabbhantare lambamāne
sakuṇakulāvake na jiṇṇakoṭṭhabbhantaraṃ jānāti 'mayi sakuṇa kulāvako lambhamāno
ṭhito'ti, napi sakuṇakulāvako jānāti 'ahaṃ jiṇṇakoṭṭhabbhantare lambhamāno ṭhito'ti.
Evameva [PTS Page 358] [\q 358/] na taṃ sarīrabbhantaraṃ jānāti 'mayi papphāsaṃ
lambhamānaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi papphāsaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ evarūpe sarīrabbhantare lambhamānaṃ
ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti papphāsaṃ nāma
imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso ave tano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho
paṭhavīdhātuti. Antaṃ galavāṭakakarisamaggapariyante sarīrabbhantare ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā
lohitadoṇikāya obhujitvā ṭhapite chinnasīsadhammanikaḷe bahe na lohitadoṇi jānāti 'mayi
dhammanikaḷebaraṃ ṭhita'nti, napi dhammanikaḷebaraṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ lohitadoṇiyā ṭhita'nti
evameva na sarīrabbhantaraṃ jānāti 'mayi antaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi antaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ
sarīrabbhantare ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti antaṃ
nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatetā thaddho
paṭhavīdhātuti. Antaguṇaṃ antantare ekavīsati antabhoge bandhitvā ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā
pādapuñchanarajjumaṇḍalakaṃ sibbetvā ṭhitesu rajjukesu na
pādapuñchanarajjumaṇḍalakaṃ jānāti 'rajjukā maṃ sibbitvā ṭhitā'ti, napi rajjukā jānanti
'mayaṃ pādapuñchanarajju maṇḍalakaṃ sibbitvā ṭhitā ti. Evameva na antaṃ jānāti 'anta
guṇaṃ maṃ ābavdhitvā ṭhita'nti, napi antaguṇaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ antaṃ ābandhitvā ṭhita'nti.
Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti antaguṇaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre
pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātūti. Udariyaṃ
udare ṭhitaṃ asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ, tattha yathā suvāṇadoṇiyaṃ ṭhite suvāṇavamathumhi
na suvāṇadoṇi jānāti 'mayi suvāṇavamathu ṭhito'ti, napi suvāṇavamathu jānāti 'ahaṃ
suvāṇa doṇiyaṃ ṭhito'ti. Evameva na udaraṃ jānāti 'mayi udariyaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi udariyaṃ
jānāti 'ahaṃ udare ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā,
itiudariyaṃ nāma imasmiṃ

[SL Page 267] [\x 267/]

Sarīre paṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti.
Karīsaṃ pakkāsayasaṅkhāte aṭṭhaṅgulaveḷupabbasadise [PTS Page 359] [\q 359/]
antapariyosāne ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathāveḷupabbe omadaditvā pakkhittāya
saṇhapaṇḍumattikāya na veḷupabbaṃ jānāti 'mayi paṇḍumattikā ṭhitā'ti, napi
paṇḍumattikā jānāti 'ahaṃ veḷu pabbe ṭhitā'ti. Evameva na pakkāsayo jānāti 'mayi karīsaṃ
ṭhita'nti, napi karīsaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ pakkāsaye ṭhita'nti. Añña maññaṃ
ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti karīsaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko
koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suññonissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātūti. Matthaluṅgaṃ sīsakaṭā
habbhantare ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathāpurāṇalābukaṭāhe pakkhittāya piṭṭha piṇḍiyā na
lābukaṭāhaṃ jānāti 'mayi piṭṭhapiṇḍi ṭhitā'ti, napi piṭṭha pinḍi jānāti 'ahaṃ lābukaṭāhe
ṭhitā'ti. Evameva na sīsakaṭā habbhantaraṃ jānāti 'mayi maṭhthaluṅgaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi
matthaluṅgaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ sīsakaṭābbhantare ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhoga
paccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti matthaluṅgaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko
koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti.

Pittesu abaddhapittaṃ jīvitindriyapaṭibaddhaṃ sakalasarīraṃ vayāpetvā ṭhitaṃ,
baddhapittaṃ pittakosake ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā pūvaṃ byāpetvā ṭhite tele na pūvaṃ jānāti
'telaṃmaṃ byāpetvā ṭhita'nti, napi telaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ pūvaṃ byāpetvā ṭhita'nti. Eva meva na
sarīraṃ jānāti 'abaddhapittaṃ maṃ byāpetvā ṭhita'nti, napi abaddhapittaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ
sarīraṃ byāpetvā ṭhita'nti. Yathā vasso dakena puṇṇe kosātakīkosake na kosātakīkosako
jānāti 'mayi vassodakaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi vassodakaṃ jānāti. 'Ahaṃ kosātakīkosake ṭhita'nti.
Evameva na pittakosako jānāti 'mayi baddhapittaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi baddhapittaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ
pittakosake ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti pittaṃ nāma
imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhūto
ābandhanākāro āpodhātūti. Semhaṃ ekapattapūrappamāṇaṃ udarapaṭale ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā
upari sañjāta pheṇapaṭalāya chandanikāya na candanikā jānāti 'mayi pheṇapaṭalaṃ
ṭhita'nti, napi pheṇa [PTS Page 360] [\q 360/] paṭalaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ candanikāya
ṭhita'ntī. Evameva na udarapaṭalaṃ jānāti 'mayi semhaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi semhaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ
udara paṭale ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti semhaṃ
nāma imasmiṃ sarīre paṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhūto
ābandhanā kāro āpodhātūti. Pubbo anibaddhokāso yattha yattheva

[SL Page 268] [\x 268/]

Khāṇukaṇṭakappaharaṇa aggijālādīhi abhihate sarīrappadese lohitaṃ saṇṭhahitvā paccati.
Gaṇḍapiḷakādayo vā uppajjanti, tattha tattha tiṭṭhati. Tattha yathā pharasuppahārādivasena
paggharita niyyāse rukkhe na rukkhassa pahārādippadesā jānanti 'amhesu niyyāso ṭhito'ti.
Napi nīyyāso jānāti 'ahaṃ rukkhassa pahārādippadesesu ṭhito'ti. Evameva na sarīrassa
khāṇukaṇṭakādīhi abhihatappadesā jānanti 'amhesu pubbo ṭhito'ti, napi pubbo jānāti 'ahaṃ
tesu tesu padesesu ṭhito'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti pubbo
nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhuto
ābandhanākāro āpodhātūti. Lohitesu saṃsaraṇalohitaṃ pittaṃ viya sakalasarīraṃ byāpetvā
ṭhitaṃ, sanni citalohitaṃ yakanaṭṭhānassa heṭṭhābhāgaṃ pūretvā ekapattapūra mattaṃ
vakkahadayayakanapapphāsāni tementaṃ ṭhitaṃ. Tattha saṃsaraṇalohite
abaddhapittasadisova vinicchayo. Itarampana yathā jajjarakapāle ovaṭṭe udake heṭṭhā
leḍḍukhaṇḍādīni temaya māne na leḍḍkhaṇḍādīni jānanti 'mayaṃ udakena
temiyamānā'ti, napi udakaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ leḍḍkhaṇḍādīni tememī'ti. Evameva na yakanassa
heṭṭhābhāgaṭṭhānaṃ vakkādīni vā jānanti 'mayi lohitaṃ ṭhitaṃ amhe vā temayamānaṃ
ṭhita'nti, napi lohitaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ yakanassa heṭṭhābhāgaṃ pūretvā vakkādīni temayamānaṃ
ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti lohitaṃnāma imasmiṃ
sarīre paṭiyekko koṭṭhāso avetano abyākato suññonissatto yūsabhūto ābandhanā kāro
āpodhātūti. Sedo aggisantāpādikālosu kesaloma kupa vivarāni pūretvā tiṭṭhati ceva
paggharatī'ti. [PTS Page 361] [\q 361/] napi [missing 3 lines] bhisādikalāpa vivarehi
paggharantaṃ udakaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ bhisādikalāpaviva rehi paggharāmī'ti. Evameva na
kesalomakūpavivarāni jānanti 'amhehi sedo paggharatī'ti, napi sedo jānāti 'ahaṃ
bhisādikalāpavivarehi paggharāmī'ti. Evameva na kesalomakūpavivarāni jānanti 'amhehi
sedo paggharatī'ti, napi sedo jānāti 'ahaṃ kesaloma kūpavivarehi paggharāmī'ti.
Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti sedo nāma imasmiṃ sarīre
pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsa bhūto ābandhanākāro āpodhātūti.
Medo thūlassa sakalasarīraṃ pharitvā, kisassajaṅghamaṃsādīni nissāya ṭhito
patthinnasineho. Tattha yathā haḷiddipilotikapaṭicchanne maṃsapuñje na maṃsapuñjo jānāti
'maṃ nissāya haḷiddipilotikā ṭhitā'ti, napi haḷiddipilotikā jānāti 'ahaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ nissāya
ṭhitā'ti. Evameva na sakala sarīre jaṅghādisu vā maṃsaṃ jānāti 'maṃ nissāya medo ṭhito'ti,

[SL Page 269] [\x 269/]
Napi medo jānāti 'ahaṃ sakalasarīre jaṅghādisu vā maṃsaṃ nissāya ṭhito'ti. Aññamaññaṃ
ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti medo nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso
acetano abyākato suñño nissatto patthinnayūso ābavdhanā kāro āpodhātūti. Assu yadā
sañjāyati, tadā akkikūpake pūretvā tiṭṭhati vā paggharati vā tattha yathā udakapunṇesu
taruṇa tālaṭṭhikupakesu na taruṇatālaṭṭhikūpakā jānanti 'amhesu udakaṃṭhita'nti, napi
taruṇatālaṭṭhikupakā jānanti 'amhesu udakaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi taruṇatālaṭṭhikupakesu
udakaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ taruṇa tālaṭṭhikupakesu ṭhita'nti. Evameva na akkhikūpakā jānanti
'amhesu assu ṭhita'nti, napi assu jānāti 'ahaṃ akkhikūpakesu ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ
ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti assu nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso
acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhūto ābavdhanākāro āpodhātūti. Vasā
aggisantāpādikāle hatthatala hatthapiṭṭhi pādatala padāpiṭṭhi nāsāpuṭa nalāṭa aṃsakuṭesu
ṭhitavilīnasneho, tattha yathā pakkhittatele ācāme na ācāmo jānāti 'maṃ telaṃ ajjhottharitvā
ṭhita'nti. Evameva na hatthatalādippadeso [PTS Page 362] [\q 362/] jānāti 'maṃ vasā
ajjhottharitvā ṭhitā'ti, napi vasā jānāti 'ahaṃ hatthatalā dippadesaṃ ajjhottharitvā ṭhitā'ti.
Aññamaññaṃ ābogapacca vekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti vasā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre
pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhuto ābavdhanākāro āpodhātūti.
Kheḷo tathārūpe kheḷuppattippaccaye sati ubhohi kapolapassehi orohitvā jivhātale tiṭṭhati,
tattha yathā abbocchinnaudakanissande nadītīra kupake na kūpatalaṃ jānāti 'mayi udakaṃ
santiṭṭhatī'ti, napi udakaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ kupatale santiṭṭhāmī'ti. Evameva na jivhātalaṃ jānāti
'mayi ubhohi kapolapassehi orohitvā kheḷo ṭhito'ti napi kheḷo jānāti 'ahaṃ ubhohi
kapolapassehi orohi vā jivhātale ṭhito'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete
dhammā, iti kheḷo nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekkokoṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño
nissatto yūsabhuto ābavdhanākāro āpodhātūti. Siṅghāṇikā yadā sañjāyati, tadā nāsāpuṭe
pūretvātiṭṭhati vā paggharati vā. Tattha yathā pūtidadhiharitāya sippikāya na sippikā jānāti
'mayi pūtidadhi ṭhita'nti, napi pūti dadhi jānāti 'ahaṃ sippikāya ṭhita'nti. Evameva na
nāsāpuṭā jānanti 'amhesu siṅghāṇikā ṭhitā'ti, napi siṅghāṇikā jānāti 'ahaṃ nāsāpuṭesu
ṭhitā'ti aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti siṅghāṇikā nāma imasmiṃ
sarīre pāṭiyekkā koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto

[SL Page 270] [\x 270/]
Yūsabhuto ābandhanākāro āpodhātūti. Lasikā aṭṭhikasavdhinaṃ abbhañjanakiccaṃ
sādhayamānā asītisatasandhisu ṭhitā, tattha yathā telabbhañjite akkhe na akkho jānāti 'maṃ
telaṃ abbhañjitvā ṭhita'nti, napi telaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ akkhaṃ abbhañjitvā ṭhita'nti. Evameva na
asītisatasavdhayo jānanti 'lasikā amhe abbhañjitvā ṭhitā'ti, napilasikā jānāti 'ahaṃ
asītisatasandhayo abbhañjitvā ṭhitā'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā,
iti lasikā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto
yūsabhuto ābavdhanākāro āpodhātūti. Muttaṃ vattissa abbhantare ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā
candanī kāya pakkhitte adomukhe yavanaghaṭe na yavanaghaṭo jānāti 'mayi
chandanikāraso ṭhito'ti, napi candanikāraso jānāti 'ahaṃ yavana ghaṭe ṭhito'ti. Evameva na
vatthi jānita [PTS Page 363 [\q 363/] ']mayi vuttaṃ ṭhita'nti. Napi muttaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ
vatthimhi ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ āboga paccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti muttaṃ nāma
imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhuto
ābavdhanākāro āpodhātūti.

Evaṃ kesādisu manasikāraṃ pavattetvā yena santappati ayaṃ imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko
koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto paripācanākāro tejodhātuti. Yena jirīyati yena
pariḍayhati yena asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati, ayaṃ imasmiṃ sarīre
pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto paripācanākāro tejodhātutī. Evaṃ
tejokoṭṭhāsesu manasikāro pavattetabbo.

Tato uddhaṅgame vāto uddhaṅgamavasena pariggahetvā ado game adhogamavasena,
kucchisaye kucchisayavasena, koṭṭhasaye keṭṭhasayavasena, aṅgamaṅgānusārimhi
aṅgamaṅgānusārivasena, assāsapassāse assāsapassāsavasena pariggahetvā uddhaṅgamā vātā
nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suññonissatto vitthambhanākāro
vāyodhātuti; adhogamā vātā nāma kucchisayā vātā nāma koṭṭhasayā vātā nāma
aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā nāma assāsapassāsāvātā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso
acetano abyākato suñño nissatto vitthambhanākāro vāyodhātuti; evaṃ vāyo koṭṭhāsesu
manasikāro pavattetabbo.

Tassevaṃ pavattamanasikārassa dhātuyo pākaṭā honti, tā punappuna āvajjayato
manasikaroto vuttanayeneva upacāra samādhi uppajjati. Yassa pana evaṃ bhāvayato
kammaṭṭhānaṃ na

[SL Page 271] [\x 271/]
Ijjhati, tena salakkhaṇasaṅkhepato bhāvetabbaṃ. Kataṃ? Vīsatiyā koṭṭhāsesu
thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ paṭhavīdhātuti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tattheva ābavdhanalakkhaṇaṃ
āpodhātūti, paripācanalakkhaṇaṃ tejodhātuti, vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ vāyodhātuti;
dvādasasu koṭṭhāsesuābavdhana lakkhaṇaṃ āpodhātūti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tattheva
paripācana lakkhaṇaṃ tejodhātuti, vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ vāyodhātutī, thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ
paṭhavīdhātuti; catusu koṭṭhāsesu paripācanalakkhaṇaṃ tejodhātuti vavatthapetabbaṃ.
Tena avinibbhuttaṃ vitthambhana [PTS Page 364] [\q 364/] lakkhaṇaṃ vāyodhātuti,
thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ paṭhavīdhātuti, ābandhana lakkhaṇaṃ āpodhātūti; chasu koṭṭhāsesu
vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ vāyo dhātūti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tattheva thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ
paṭhavīdhātuti, ābandhanalakkhaṇaṃ āpodhātūti, paripācanalakkhaṇaṃ tejodātuti. Tassevaṃ
vavatthāpayato dhātuyo pākaṭā honti. Tā punappuna āvajjayato manasi karoto
vuttanayeneva upacārasamādhi uppajjati. Yassa pana evampi bhāvayato kammaṭṭhānaṃ na
ijjhati, tena salakkhaṇavibhattito bhāvetabbaṃ. Kataṃ? Pubbe vutta nayeneva kesādayo
pariggahetvā kesamhi thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ paṭhavī dhātuti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tattheva
ābavdhanalakkhaṇaṃ āpodhātūti, paripācanalakkhaṇaṃ tejodhātuti, vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ
vāyo dhātuti, evaṃ sabbakoṭṭhāsesu ekekasmiṃ koṭṭhāse catasso dhātuyo vavatthapetabbā.
Tassevaṃvavatthāpayato dhātuyo pākaṭā honti. Tā punappuna āvajjayato manasi karoto
vuttanayeneva upacārasamādhi uppajjati. Api ca ko pana vacanatthato kalāpato cunṇato
lakkhaṇādito samuṭṭhānato nānattekattato vinibbhogāvinibbhogato sabāgavisabhāgato
ajjhattikabāhiravisesato saṅgahato paccayato asamannā hārato paccayavibhāgatoti imehipi
ākārehi dhātuyo manasikātabbā. Tattha vacanatthato manasikarontena - patthaṭattā paṭhavī,
appeti āpiyati appāyatīti vā āpo, tejatīti tejo, vāyatīti vāyo, avisesena pana
sakkhaṇadhāraṇato dukkhādānato dukkhādhānato ca dhātuti, evaṃ visesasāmaññavasena
vacanatthato manasi kātabbā. Kalāpatoti yā ayaṃ kesā lomāti ādinā nayena vīsatiyā ākārehi
paṭhavīdhātu, pittaṃ semhanti ca ādinā nayena dvādasahākārehi āpodhātu niddiṭṭhā, tattha
yasmā: -

" Vaṇṇo gandho raso ojā catasso cāpi dhātuyo
Aṭṭha dhammasamodhāni hoti kesāti sammuti,
Tesaṃ ye vinibbhogā natthi kesāti sammutī"ti.

Tasmā kesāpi aṭṭhadhammakalāpamattameva, tathā lomādayoti. [PTS Page 365] [\q 365/]
yo pananettha kammasamuṭṭhāno koṭṭhāso, so jīvitindriyena ca

[SL Page 272] [\x 272/]
Bhāvena ca saddhi dasadhammakalāpopi hoti. Ussadavasena pana paṭhavīdhātuāpodhātūti
saṅkhaṃ gato, evaṃ kalāpato manasi kātabbā. Cuṇṇatoti imasmiṃ hi sarīre majjhimena
pamāṇena pariggayhamānā paramāṇubhedasaṃcunṇā sukhumarajabhūtā paṭhavīdhātu
doṇamattā siyā, sā tato upaḍḍhappamāṇāya āpodhātuyā saṅgahītā tejodhātuyāanupālitā
vāyodhātuyā vitthamhitā na vikirīyati na viddhaṃsīyati, avikiriyamānā aviddhaṃsiyamānā
anekavidhaṃ itthipurisaliṅgādibhāvavikappaṃ upagacchati, aṇuthūladīgharassa
thirakaṭhinādi bhāvañca pakāseti. Yūlagatā ābandhanākārabhūtā panetta āpodhātu
paṭhavīpatiṭṭhitā tejānupālitā vāyovitthamhitā na paggharati na parissavati, apaggharamānā
aparissamanānā pīṇitapīṇita bhāvaṃ dasseti. Asitapītādiparipāvakā cettha usumākārabhūtā
uṇhattalakkhaṇā tejodhātu paṭhavīpatiṭṭhitā āposaṅgahitā vāyovitthamhitā imaṃ kāyaṃ
paripāveti. Vaṇṇasampattiñcassa āvahati. Tāya ca pana paripācito ayaṃ kāyo na pūtibhāvaṃ
dasseti, aṅgamaṅgānusaṭā cettha samudīraṇavitthambhanalakkhaṇā vāyodhātu
paṭhavīpatiṭṭhitā āposaṅgahitā tejānupālitā imaṃkāyaṃ vitthamheti. Tāya ca pana
vitthamhito ayaṃ kāyo na paripatati, ujukaṃ saṇṭhāti. Aparāya vāyodhātuyā samabbhāhato
gamanaṭṭhānanisajjā sayana iriyāpathesu viññattiṃ dasseti, sammiñjeti, sampasāreti,
hatthapādaṃ lāḷeti. Evametaṃ itthipurisādibhāvena bālajanavañcanaṃ māyārūpasadisaṃ
dhātuyantaṃ pavatta tīti evaṃ cuṇṇato manasikātabbā. Lakkhaṇāditoti paṭhavīdhātu kiṃ
lakkhaṇā, kiṃ rasā, kiṃ paccupaṭṭhānāti evaṃ catassova dhātuyo āvajjetvā
paṭhavīdhātukakkhaḷattalakkhaṇā, patiṭṭhānarasā, sampaṭicchapaccupaṭṭhānā; āpodhātu
paggharaṇalakkhaṇā, brūhana rasā, saṅgahapaccupaṭṭhānā;tejodhātu uṇhattalakkhaṇā,
paripācanarasā, maddavānuppadāna paccupaṭṭhānā; vāyodhātu vitthambhana lakkhaṇā,
samudīraṇarasā, abhinīhārapaccupaṭṭhānāti; evaṃ lakkhaṇā dito manasi [PTS Page 366]
[\q 366/] kātabbā. Samuṭṭhānatoti ye ime paṭhavīdhātu ādīnaṃ vitthārato
dassanavasena kesādayo dvācattāḷīsakoṭṭhāsā dassitā, tesu 'udahiyaṃkarīsaṃ pubbo
mutta'nti ime cattāro koṭṭhāsā utusamuṭṭhānāva. 'Assu sedo kheḷo siṅghāṇikā'ti ime cattāro
utucittasamuṭṭhānā, asitādiparipācanakotejo kammasamuṭṭhānova. Assāsapassāsā
cittasamuṭṭhānāva, avasesā sabbepi catusamuṭṭhānāti evaṃ samuṭṭhānato manasi kātabbā.
Nānattekattatoti sabbāsampi dhātūnaṃ salakkhaṇādito nānattaṃ aññāneva hi
paṭhavīdhātuyā lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānāni aññāni āpodhātuādīnaṃ, evaṃ
lakkhaṇādivasena pana kammasamuṭṭhānādivasena ca nānattabhūtānampi etāsaṃ
rūpamahābhūta dhātu dhamma

[SL Page 273] [\x 273/]

Aniccādivasena ekattaṃ hoti. Sabbāpi hi dhātuyo ruppana lakkhaṇaṃ anatītattā rūpāni,
mahantapātubhāvādīhi kāraṇehi mahābhūtāni. Mahantapātubhāvādihīti etāhi dhātuyo
mahantapātubhāvato mahābhūtasāmaññato mahāparihārato mahāvikārato, mahantattā
bhūtattā cāti imehi kāraṇehi mahābhūtāniti vuccanti. Tattha mahantapātubhāvatoti etāni hi
anupādinna santānepi upādinnasantānepi mahantāni pātubhūtāni, tesaṃ anupādinnasantāne:
-

"Duve satasahassāni cattāri nahutāni ca,
Ettakaṃ bahalattena saṅkhātāyaṃ vasundharā"ti.

Ādinā sayena mahantapātubhāvatā buddhānussatiniddese vuttāva. Upādinnasantānepi
maccha kacchapa deva dānavādi sarīravasena mahantāneva pātubhūtāni. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: -
"santi bhikkhave mahā samudde yojanasatikāpi attabhāvā[a]"ti ādi mahābhūtasāmañña toti
etānihi- yathā māyākāro amaṇiṃyeva udakaṃ maṇiṃ katvā dasseti, asuvaṇṇaṃ yeva
leḍḍuṃ suvanṇaṃ katvā dasseti, yathā ca sayaṃ neva yakkho na yakkhīsamāno
yakkhabhāvampi yakkhibāvampi dasseti, evameva sayaṃ anīlāneva hutvā nīlaṃ upādārūpaṃ
dassenti, apītāni alohitāni anodātāneva [PTS Page 367] [\q 367/] hutvā odātaṃ
upādārūpaṃ dassentīti māyākāramahābhūtasāmaññato mahā bhūtāni. Yathā ca yakkhādīni
mahābhūtāni yaṃ gaṇhanti, neva nesaṃ tassa anto na bahaṭṭhānaṃ upalabbhati, na ca taṃ
nissāya na tiṭṭhanti, evameva etānipi neva aññamaññassa anto na bahi ṭhitāni hutvā
upalabbhanti, na ca aññamaññaṃ nissāya na tiṭṭhantīti acinteyyaṭṭhānatāya
yakkhādimahābhūtasāmaññatopi mahābhūtāni, yathā ca yakkhinī saṅkhātāni mahābhūtāni
manāpehi vaṇṇasaṇṭhāna vikkhepehi attano bhayānakabhāvaṃ paṭicchādetvā satte
vañcenti, evameva etānipi itthipurisasarīrādisu manāpena chavi vanṇena manāpena attano
aṅgapaccaṅgasanṭhānena manāpena ca hatthapādaṅguli bhamukavikkhepena attano
kakkhaḷattādi bhedaṃ yathāvasaralakkhaṇaṃ paṭicchādetvā bālajanaṃ vañcenti, attano
sabhāvaṃ daṭṭhuṃ na dentīti vañcakattena yakkhinī mahā bhūtasāmaññatopi mahābhūtāni.
Mahāparihāratoti mahantehi paccayehi pariharitabbato, etāni hi divase divase upane tabbattā
mahantehi ghāsacchāda nādihi bhūtāni pavattānīti mahā bhūtāni, mahāparihāni vā
bhūtānītipi mahābhūtāni. Mahāvikāra toti etāni hi upādinnānipi anupādinnānipi
mahāvikārāni

[A]vinayacūlavagga- a. Ni. Aṭṭhakani.

[SL Page 274] [\x 274/]

Honti. Tattha anupādinnānaṃ kappavuṭṭhāne vikāramahattaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, upādinnānaṃ
dhātukkhobhakāle. Tathāhi: -

Bhumito vuṭṭhito yāva brahmalokā vidhāvati,
Acci accimato loke ḍayhamānamhi tejasā.

Koṭisatasahassekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ vilīyati,
Kupitena yadā loko salilena vinassati.

Koṭisatasahassekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ vilīyati,
Vāyodhātuppapena yadā loko vinassati.

Patthaddho bhavatī kāyo daṭṭho kaṭṭhamukhena vā,
Paṭhavīdhātuppakopena hoti kaṭṭhamukheva so.

Pūtiyo bhavatī kāyo daṭṭho pūtimukhena vā,
Āpodhātuppakopena hoti pūtimukheva so. [PTS Page 368] [\q 368/]

Santatto bhavatī kāyo daṭṭho aggimukhena vā,
Tejodhātuppakopena hoti aggimukheva so.

Saññinno bhavatī kāyo daṭṭho satthamukhena vā,
Vāyodhātuppakopena hoti satthamukheva so.

Iti mahāvikārāni bhūtānīti mahābhūtāni. Mahantattā bhūtattā cāti etāni hi mahantāni mahatā
vāyāmena pariggahetabbattā, bhūtāni vijjamānattāti. Mahantattā bhūtattā ca mahābhūtāni.
Evaṃ sabbāpetā dhātuyo mahantapātubhāvādihi kāraṇehi mahi bhūtāni.
Salakkhaṇadhāraṇato pana dukkhādānato ca dukkhā dhānato ca sabbāpi dhātulakkhaṇaṃ
anatītattā dhātuyo, salakkhaṇa dhāraṇena ca attano khaṇānurūpadhāraṇena ca dhammā,
khayaṭṭhena aniccā, bhayaṭṭhena dukkhā, asārakaṭṭhena anattā. Iti sabbāsampi
rūpamahābhūtadhātudhammaaniccādivasena ekattanti evaṃ nānatte kattato manasi kātabbā.
Vinibbhogāvinibbhogatoti sahuppannāva etā ekekasmiṃ sabbapariyantime
suddhaṭṭhakādikalāpe padesena avinibbhuttā, lakkhaṇena pana vinibbhuttāti evaṃ
vinibbhogāvinibbhogato manasi kātabbā. Sabhāgavisabhāgatoti evaṃ avinibbhuttāsu
cāpietāsu purimā dve garukattā sabhagā, tathā pacchimā lahukattā. Purimā pana pacchimāhi
pacchimā ca purimāhi visabhāgāti evaṃ sabhāgavisabhāgato manasi kātabbā. Ajjhattika
bāhiravisesatoti ajjhattikā dhātuyo viññāṇavatthu viññatti indu;yānaṃ nissayā honti
sairiyāpathā catusamuṭṭhānā, bāhirā vuttaviparītappakārāti. Evaṃ ajjhattikabāhiravisesato
manasikātabbā. Saṅgahatoti kammasamuṭṭhānā paṭhavīdhātu kammasamuṭṭhānāhi itarāhi
ekasaṅgahā hoti, samuṭṭhānanānattābhāvato. Tathā

[SL Page 275] [\x 275/]

Cittādisamuṭṭhānā cittādisamuṭṭhānāhīti. Evaṃ saṅgahato manasi kātabbā. Paccayatoti
paṭhavīdhātu āposaṅgahītā tejoanu pālitā vāyovitthamhitā tiṇṇaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ patiṭṭhā
hutvā paccayo hoti, āpodhātu paṭhavīpatiṭṭhitā tojoanupālitā vāyovitthamhitā tinṇaṃ
mahābhūtānaṃ ābandhanaṃ hutvā paccayo hoti, tejodhātu paṭhavīpatiṭṭhitā āposaṅgahītā
[PTS Page 369] [\q 369/] vāyovitthamhītā tiṇṇaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ paripācanaṃ hutvā
paccayo hoti, vāyo dhātu paṭhavīpatiṭṭhitā āposaṅgahītā tejoparapācitā
tiṇṇaṃmahābhūtānaṃ vitthambhanaṃ hutvā paccayo hotīti evaṃ paccayato manasi kātabbā.
Asamannāhāratoti paṭhavīdhātu cettha'ahaṃ paṭhavī dhātu'ti vā 'tiṇṇaṃ dhātūnaṃ patiṭṭhā
hutvā paccayo homī'ti vā na jānāti, itarānipi tīṇi' amhākaṃ paṭhavīdhātu patīṭṭhā hutvā
paccayo hotī'ti na jānanti, esanayo sabbatthāti evaṃ asamannāhārato manasi kātabbā.
Paccaya vibhāgatoti dhātūnaṃ hi 'kammaṃ cittaṃ āhāro utu'ti cattāro paccayā, tattha
kammasamuṭṭhānānaṃ kamma meva paccayo hoti, na cittādayo. Cittādisamuṭṭhānānampi
cittādayova paccayā honti, na itare; kammasamuṭṭhānānañca kammaṃ janakappaccayo hoti,
sesānaṃ pariyāyato upanissaya paccayo hoti. Cittasamuṭṭhānānaṃ cittaṃ janakapaccayo hoti,
sesānaṃ pacchājātapaccayo atthipaccayo avigatapaccayo ca. Utusamuṭṭhānānaṃ utu
janakapaccayohoti. Sesānaṃ atthipaccayo avigatapacca yo ca. Kammasamuṭṭhānaṃ
mahābhūtaṃ kammasamuṭṭhānānampi mahābhūtānaṃ paccayo hoti,
cittādisamuṭṭhānānampi mahābhūtānaṃ paccayo hoti, tathā cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ,
āhārasamuṭṭhānaṃ. Utusamuṭṭhānaṃ mahā bhūtaṃ utusamuṭṭhānānampi mahābhūtānaṃ
paccayo hoti, kammādi samuṭṭhānānampi. Tattha kammasamuṭṭhānā paṭhavīdhātu
kammasamuṭṭhānānaṃ itahāsaṃ sahajāta aññamaññanissayaatthiavigatavasena ceva
patiṭṭhānavasena ca paccayo hoti, na janakavasena. Itaresaṃ tisantati mahābhūtānaṃ nissaya
atthiavigatavasena paccayo hoti, na patiṭṭhānavasena, na janakavasena. Āpodhātu cettha
itarāsaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sahajātādivasena ceva ābandhanavasena ca paccayo hoti, na janakavasena.
Itaresaṃ tisantatikānaṃ nissayaatthiavigata paccayavaseneva. Na ābavdhanavasena, na
janakavasena. Tejo dhātu pettha itarāsaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sahajātādivasena ceva paripācana vasena
ca paccayo hoti, na janakavasena. Itaresaṃ tisantati kānaṃ
nissayaatthiavigatapaccayavaseneva, na paripācanavasenana janakavasena. Vāyodhātu
pettha itarāsaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sahajātādi [PTS Page 370] [\q 370/] vasena ceva
vitthambhanavasena ca paccayo hoti, na janakavasena.

[SL Page 276] [\x 276/]

Itaresaṃ tisantatikānaṃ nissaya atthi avigatapaccayavaseneva, na vitthambhanavasena na
janakavasena. Cittaāhārautusamuṭṭhāna paṭhavī dhātu ādīsupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ
sahajātādipaccayavasappavattāsu ca panetāsu dhātusu.

Ekaṃ paṭicca tisso catudhā tisso paṭicca eko ca,
Dve dhātuyo paṭicca dve chaddhā sampavattanti.

Paṭhavī ādīsu hi ekekaṃ paṭicca itarā tisso tissoti evaṃ ekaṃ paṭicca tisso catudā
sampavattanti, tathā paṭhavīdhātu ādīsu ekekā itarā tisso tisso paṭiccāti evi tisso paṭicca
ekāva catudhā sampavattati, purimā pana dve paṭicca pacchimā, pacchimāva dve paṭicca
purimā, paṭhamatatiyā paṭicca dutiyacatutthā, dutiyacatutthā paṭicca paṭhamatatiyā,
paṭhamacatutthā paṭicca dutiyatatiyā, dutiyatatiyā paṭicca paṭhamacatutthāti evaṃ dve
dhātuyo paṭicca dve chaddhā sampavattanti, tāsu paṭhavīdhātu abhikkamapaṭikkamādikāle
uppīḷanassa paccayo hoti. Sāva āpodhātuyā anugatā patiṭṭhāpanassa, paṭhavīdhātuyā pana
anugatāāpodhātu adikkhepanassa, vāyo dhātuyā anugatā tejodhātu uddharaṇassa,
tejodhātuyā anugatā vāyodhātu atiharaṇa vītiharaṇānaṃ paccayo hotīti evaṃ paccaya
vibhāgato manasi kātabbā. Evaṃ vacanatthādivasena manasi karontassāpi hi ekenekena
mukhena dhātuyo pākaṭā honti, tā punappuna āvajjayato manasi karoto vuttanayeneva
upacārasamādhi uppajjati, svāyaṃ catunnaṃ dhātūnaṃ vavatthāpakassa ñāṇassānubhāvena
uppajjanato catudhātu vavatthānantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Idañca pana catudhātu
vavatthānamanuyutto bhikkhu suññataṃ avagāhati, sattasaññaṃ samugghāteti, so
sattasaññāya samūha tattā vāḷamigayakkharakkhasādi vikappaṃ anāpajjamāno bhayabhera
vasahohoti, ahatīrati saho na iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu ugghātanigghātaṃ pāpuṇāti, mahāpaññoca pana
hoti amatapariyosāno vā sugatiparāyano vāti.

Evaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ yogīvarasahassa kīḷitaṃ etaṃ,
Catudhātu vavatthānaṃ nicaṃ sevetha medhāvīti.

Ayaṃ catudhātuvavatthānassa bhāvanāniddeso. [PTS Page 371] [\q 371/]

Ettāvatā ca yaṃ samādhissa vitthāraṃ bhāvanānayañca dassetuṃ ko samādhi kenaṭṭhena
samādhīti ādinā nayenapañhakammaṃ kataṃ. Tattha kathaṃ bhāvetabboti imassa padassa
sabbappakārato atthavanṇanā samattā hoti. Duvidhoyeva svāyaṃ idha adhippeto
upacārasamādhi ceva appanāsamādhi ca tattha dasasu kammaṭṭhānesu

[SL Page 277] [\x 277/]

Appanā pubbabhāgacittesu ca ekaggatā upacārasamādhi, avasesa kammaṭṭhānesu
cittekaggatā appanāsamādhi. So duvidhopi tesaṃ kammaṭṭhānānaṃ bāvitattā bāvito hoti.
Tenavuttaṃ kataṃ bhāvetabboti imassa padassa sabbappakārato atthavaṇṇanā samattāti.
Yampana vuttaṃ samādhibāvanāya ko ānisaṃsoti, tattha diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārādi
pañcavidhosamādibhāvāya ānisaṃso. Tathāhi: ye arahanto khīṇāsavā samāpajjitvā
ekaggacittā sukhaṃ divasaṃ viharissāmāti samādhiṃ bhāventi, tesaṃ appanāsamādibhāvanā
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānisaṃsā hoti. Tenāha bhagavā: - "na kho panete cuvda ariyassa
vinaye sallekhā vuccanti diṭṭhadhammasukha vihārā ete ariyassa vinaye vuccantī"[a]ti.
Sekha puthujjanānaṃ 'samāpattito vuṭṭhāya samāhitena cittena vipassissāmā'ti bhāvayataṃ
vipassanāya padaṭṭhānattā appanāsamādibhāvanāpi sambādhe okāsādhigamanayena
upacārasamādhibhāvanāpi vipassanāni saṃsā hoti. Tenāha bhagavā: "samādhiṃ bhikkhave
bhāvetha, samāhito bhikkhave bhikkha yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī"ti. Ye pana aṭṭhasamāpattiyo
nibbattetvā abiññāpādakaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā samāpattito vuṭṭhāya 'ekopi hutvā bahudhā
hotī'ti vuttanayā abhiññāyo patthentā nibbattenti, tesaṃ sati sati āyatane
abhiññāpadaṭṭhānattā appanāsamādibhāvanā abiññānisaṃsā hoti. Tenāha bhagavā: - " so
yassa yassa abiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti
abhiññāsacchikiriyāya, tatra tatreva sakkhi bhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane"ti. [PTS
Page 372] [\q 372/] ye 'aparihīnajjhānā brahmaloke nibbattissāmā'ti brahmalokuppattiṃ
patthentā vā apatthayamānā vāpi puthujjanā samādhito na parihāyanti, tesaṃ
bhavavisesāvahattā appanāsamādhibhāvanā bhavavisesānisaṃsā hoti. Tenāha bhagavā:
"paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ parittaṃ bhāvetvā kattha uppajjanti? Brahmapārisajjānaṃ devānaṃ
sahavyataṃ uppajjantī"ti ādi. Upacārasamādhibhāvanāpi pana
kāmāvacarasugatibhavavisesaṃ āva hatiyeva. Ye pana ariyā 'aṭṭhasamāpattiyo nibbattetvā
nirodhasamāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā sattadivasāni acittā hutvā diṭṭheva dhamme nirodhaṃ
nibbāṇaṃ patvā sukhaṃ viharissāmā'ti samādhiṃ bhāventi, tesaṃ appanāsamādhibhāvanā
nirodhānisaṃsā hoti. Tenāha: - "soḷasahi gñāṇacariyāhinavahi samādhicariyāhi vasībhā vato
paññā nirodhasamāpattiyā ñāṇa"nti. Evamayaṃ diṭṭhadhammasukha vihārādipadvavidho
samādhibhāvanāya ānisaṃso.

Tasmā nekānisaṃsamhi kilesamalasodhane
Samādhibhāvanāyoge nappamajjeyya paṇḍitoti.

[A.] Ma. Ni. Sallekhasutta.

[SL Page 278] [\x 278/]

Ettāvatā ca 'sile patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño'ti imissā gāthāya sīlasamādhipaññāmukhenadesite
visuddhimagge samādhipi paridipito hoti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge

Samādhibhāvanādikāre

Samādhiniddeso nāma

Ekādasamo paricchedo.
[PTS Page 373] [\q 373/]

[PTS Vol Vism2] [\z Vism /] [\f II /]
12.

Iddhividha niddeso.

Idāni yāsaṃ lokikābhiññānaṃ vasena ayaṃ samādhibhāvanā abhiññānisaṃsāti vuttā, tāabiññā
sampādetuṃ yasmā paṭhavī kasiṇādisu adigata catutthajjhānena yoginā yogo kātabbo, evaṃ
hissa sā samādhibhāvanā adhigatānisaṃsā ceva bhavissati thiratarā ca, so adhigatānisaṃsāya
thiratarāya samādhibhāvanāya samannāgato sukheneva paññābhāvanaṃ sampādessati, tasmā
abhiññākathaṃ tāva ārabhissāma. Bhagavatā hi adhigatacatutthajjhānasamādhīnaṃ kula
puttānaṃ samādhibhāvanānisaṃsadassanatthañceva uttaruttariṃ
paṇītapaṇītadhammadesanatthañca " so evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte
anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite ānejjappatte iddhividhāya cittaṃ
abhinīharati abhininnāmeti so anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti ekopi hutvā pahudhā
hotī[a]"ti ādinā nayena iddhividhaṃ, dibbasotadhātu gñāṇaṃ, cetopariyañāṇaṃ, pubbe
nivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ, sattānaṃ cutupapāte ñāṇanti pañcalokikābhiññā vuttā. Tattha ekopi
hutvā bahudhā hotīti ādikaṃ iddhivikubbanaṃ kātukāmena ādi kammikena yoginā
odātakasiṇapariyantesu aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu aṭṭha aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattetvā [PTS Page
374] [\q 374/] kasiṇānulomato, kasiṇa paṭilomato, kasiṇānulomapaṭilomato,
jhānānulomato, jhānapaṭilomato, jhānānulomapaṭilomato, jhānukkanti kato,
kasiṇukkantikatojhānakasiṇukkantikato, aṅga saṅkantito, ārammaṇasaṅkantito,
aṅgārammaṇasaṅkantito, aṅgavavatthāpanato, ārammaṇavavatthāpanatoti imehi cuddasahi
ākārehi cittaṃ paridametabbaṃ. Katamaṃ panettha kasiṇānu


[A.] Vinaya - pārājikāpāḷiverañjakaṇḍe.
Vinaya - pārājikāpāḷiverañjakaṇḍe

[SL Page 279] [\x 279/]

Lomaṃ katamaṃ panettha kasiṇānulomato, kasiṇānulomapaṭilemato,
kasiṇānulomapaṭilemato, jhānānulomato, jhānapaṭilomato, jhānānulomapaṭilomato,
jhānukkanti kato, kasiṇukkantikato jhānakasiṇukkantikato, aṅga saṅkantito,
ārammaṇavavatthāpananti aṅgārammaṇavavatthāpananti , aṅgavavatthāpananti,
ārammaṇavavatthāpananti idha bhikkhu paṭhavīkasaṇe1 jhānaṃ samāpajjati, tato
āpokasiṇeti evaṃ paṭipāṭiyā aṭṭhasu kasiṇesusatakkhattumpi sahassakkhattumpi
samāpajjati, idaṃ kasiṇānulomaṃ nāma. Odātakasiṇeto pana paṭṭhāya tatheva paṭi
lomakkamena samāpajjanaṃ kasiṇapaṭilemaṃ nāma. Paṭhavīkasiṇato paṭṭhāya yāva
odātakasiṇaṃ, odātakasiṇatopi paṭṭhāya yāva paṭhavīkasiṇanti evaṃ
anulomapaṭilomavasena punappunaṃ samāpajjanaṃ kasiṇānulomapaṭilomaṃnāma.
Paṭhavajjhānato pana paṭṭhāya paṭipāṭiyā pāva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, tāva punappuna
samāpajjanaṃ jhānānulomaṃ nāma. Nemasaññānasaññāyatanato paṭṭhāya yāva
paṭhamajjhānaṃ, tāva punappunasamāpajjanaṃ jhāna paṭilemaṃ nāma. Paṭhamajjhānato
paṭṭhāya yāva nevasaññānā saññāyatanaṃ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanato paṭṭhāya yāva
paṭhamajjhānanti evaṃ anulomapaṭilomavasena punappunasamāpajjanaṃ
jhānānulomapaṭilemaṃ nāma. Paṭhavīkasiṇe pana paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tattheva
tatiyaṃ samāpajjati. Tato tadeva ugghā ṭetvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, tato ākiñcaññāyatananti
evaṃ kasiṇaṃ2 anukkamitvā jhānassevaekantarikabhāvena ukkamanaṃ jhānukkantikaṃ
nāma, evaṃ āpokasiṇādimūlikāpi yojanā kātabbā. Paṭhavīkasiṇe paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ
samāpajjitvā puna tadeva tejokasiṇe, tato nīlakasiṇe, tato lohitakasiṇeti iminā nayena
jhānaṃ anukkamitvā kasiṇasseva ekantarika bhāvena ukkamanaṃ kasiṇukkantikaṃ nāma.
Paṭhavīkasiṇe paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tato tejokasiṇe tatiyaṃ, nīlakasiṇaṃ ugghā
ṭetvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, lohitakasiṇato ākiñcaññāyatanti iminā nayena jhānassa ceva
kasiṇassa ca ukkamanaṃ jhānakasiṇukkantikaṃ nāma. Paṭhavīkasiṇe pana paṭhamaṃ
jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tattheva [PTS Page 375] [\q 375/] itaresampi samāpajjanaṃ
aṅgasaṅkantikaṃ nāma. Paṭhavīkasiṇe paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā tadeva āpo kasiṇe
tadeva odātakasiṇeti evaṃ sabbakasiṇesu ekasseva jhānassa samāpajjanaṃ
ārammaṇasaṅkantikaṃ nāma. Paṭhavīkasiṇe paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā āpokasiṇe
dutiyaṃ, tejokasiṇe tatiyaṃ, vāyokasiṇe catutthaṃ nīlakasiṇaṃ ugghāṭetvā
ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, pītakasiṇato viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, lohitakasiṇato ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ,
odātakasiṇato nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti evaṃ ekantarikavasena aṅgānañca
ārammaṇānañca saṅkamanaṃ aṅgārammaṇasaṃkantikaṃ nāma. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ pana
pañcaṅgikanti vavatthapetvā dutiyaṃ tivaṅgikaṃ, tatiyaṃ duvaṅgikaṃ,
1. Sīga11. Paṭhavīkasiṇajhānaṃ. 2Ga sī. 11 Evaṃ pana kasiṇaṃ.

[SL Page 280] [\x 280/]

Tathā catutthaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ viññānañcāyatanaṃ akiñcaññāyatanaṃ nevasaññā
nasaññāyatananti evaṃ jhānaṅgamattasseva vavatthāpanaṃ aṅgavavatthāpanaṃ nāma. Tathā
idaṃ paṭhavīkasiṇanti vavatthapetvā idaṃ āpokasiṇaṃ idaṃ tejokasiṇaṃ idaṃ vāyokasiṇaṃ
idaṃ nīlakasiṇaṃ idaṃ pītakasiṇaṃ idaṃ lohitakasiṇaṃ odātakasiṇanti evaṃ
ārammaṇamattasseva vavatthāpanaṃ ārammaṇa vavatthāpanaṃ nāma.
Aṅgārammaṇavavatthāpanampi eke icchanti, aṭṭha kathāsu pana anāgatattā addhā taṃ
bhāvanāmukhaṃ na hoti. Imehi pana cuddasahi ākārehi cittaṃ aparidametvā pubbe abhāvita
bhāvano ādikammiko yogāvacaro iddhivukubbanaṃ sampādessa tīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
Ādikammikassa hi kasiṇaparikammampi bhāro, satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti.
Katakasiṇaparikammassa nimittuppādanaṃ bhāro, satesu sahassesu vā ekoca sakkoti.
Uppanne nimitte taṃ vaḍḍhetvā appanādigamo bhāro, satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti.
Adhigatappanassa cuddasahākārehi cittaparidamanaṃ bhāro, satesu sahassesu vā ekova
sakkoti. Cuddasahākārehi paridamitacittassapi iddhi vikubbanaṃ nāma bhāro, satesu
sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. Vukubbanappattassāpi khippanisantibhāvo nāma bhāro, satesu
sahassesu vā ekova khippanisanti hoti therambatthale1 mahā rohaṇaguttattherassa hi
gilānupaṭṭhānaṃ āgatesu tiṃsamattesu iddhimantasahassesu upasampadāya aṭṭhacassiko
[PTS Page 376] [\q 376/] rakkhitatthero viya, tassānubhāvo paṭhavīkasiṇaniddese vutto
yeva. Tampanassānu bhāvaṃ disvā thero āha: "āvuso sace rakkhito nābhavissa sabbe
garahappattā assāma nāgarājānaṃ rakkhituṃ nāsakkhiṃsū"ti. Tasmā attanā gahetvā
vicaritabbaṃ āvudhaṃ nāma malaṃ sodhetvāva gahetvā vicarituṃ vaṭṭatīti. Te therassa
ovāde ṭhatvā tiṃsasahassāpi bhikkhū khippanisantino ahesuṃ. Khippani santiyāpi ca sati
parassa patiṭṭhābhāvo bhāro, satesu sahassesu vā ekova sakkoti. 2 Giribhaṇḍavāhanapūjāya
mārena aṅgāra vasse pavattite ākāse paṭhaviṃ māpetvā aṅgāravassaṃ parittāyako thero viya.
Balavapubbayogānaṃ pana buddhapaccekabuddha aggasāvakādīnaṃ3 vināpi iminā
vuttappakārenabhāvanānukka mena arahattapaṭilābhavaseneva4 idañca iddhivikubbanaṃ
aññe capaṭisambhidādibhedā guṇā ijjhanti. Tasmā yathā piḷandhanavikatiṃ kattukāmo
suvaṇṇakāro aggidhamanādīhi suvaṇṇaṃ muduṃ kammaññaṃ katvāva karoti, yathā ca
bhājanavikatiṃ kattukāmo kumbhakāro mattikaṃ suparimadditaṃ muduṃ katvā karoti,
evameva ādikammikena imehi cuddasahākārehi cittaṃ paridametvā chandasīsa

1. Ma. 1. Therambatthalalene 2. Ma. 1. Ekova hoti. 3. Sī. 11.
Buddhapaccekabuddhaariyasāvakādīnaṃ. 4. Ma. 11. Arahattapaṭilābheneva.

[SL Page 281] [\x 281/]

Cittasīsa viriyasīsa vīmaṃsāsīsa samāpajjanavasena ceva āvajjanādi vasībhāvavasena ca
muduṃ kammaññaṃ katvā iddhividhāya yogo karaṇīyo. Pubbahetusampannena pana
kasiṇesu catutthajjhāna matte ciṇṇavasināpi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Yathā panettha yogo kātabbo,
taṃ vidhiṃ dassento bhagavā "so evaṃ samāhite citte"ti ādimāha.

Tatrāyaṃ pālinayānusāreneva vinicchayakathā: - tattha soti so adhigatacatutthajjhāno yogī,
evanti catutthajjhānakkamanidassana metaṃ, iminā paṭhamajjhānādigamādinā kamena
catutthajjhānaṃ paṭilabhitvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Samāhiteti iminā catutthajjhānasamādhinā
samāhite, citteti rūpāvacaracitte, parisuddheti ādisu pana
upekkhāsatipārisuddhibhāvenaparisuddhe, parisuddhattāyeva pariyodāne, [PTS Page 377]
[\q 377/] pabhassareti vuttaṃhoti. Sukhādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ ghātena
vihatarāgādiaṅgaṇattā1 anaṅgaṇe, anaṅgaṇattā yeva vigatūpakkilese, aṅgaṇena hi taṃ
cittaṃ2 upakkilissati. Subhāvitattā mudubhūte, vasibhāvappatteti vuttaṃ hoti. Vase
vattamānaṃ hi cittaṃ mudunti vuccati. Muduttāyeva ca kammaniye, kammakadhame
kammayoggeti vuttaṃ hoti. Muduṃ hi cittaṃ kamma niyaṃ hoti sudhantamiva suvaṇṇaṃ,
tañca ubhayampi subhāvitattā yevāti. 3 Yathāha: -

"Nāhaṃ bhikkhave aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yaṃ evaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ
muduñca hoti kammaniyañca, yathayidaṃ bhikave citta[a]"nti. Etesu parisuddhabhāvādisu
ṭhitattā ṭhite, ṭhitattā yeva āneñjappatte, acale niriñjaneti vuttaṃ hoti.
Mudukammaññabhāvena vāattano vase ṭhitattā ṭhite, saddhādihi pariggahitattā
āneñjappatte. Saddhāpariggahitaṃ hi cittaṃ assaddhiyena na iñjati, viriyapariggahitaṃ
kosajjena na iñjati, satipariggahitaṃ pamādena na iñjati, samādhipariggahitaṃ uddhaccena na
iñjati, paññāpariggahitaṃ avijjāya na iñjati, obhāsagataṃ kilesandhakārena na iñjati, imehi
chahidhammehi pariggahitaṃ āneñjappattaṃ hoti. Evaṃ aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ cittaṃ
abhinīhārakkhamaṃ hoti abhiññā saccikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ abhiññā sacchikiriyāya.
Aparonayo: catutthajjhānasamādhinā samāhite, nīvaraṇadūrībhāvena parisuddhe,
vitakkādisamatikkamena pariyodāte, jhānapaṭilābhapaccanīkānaṃ pāpakānaṃ
icchāvacarānaṃabhāvena anaṅgaṇe, abhijjhādīnaṃ cittassa upakkilesānaṃ vigamena

1. Si11. Vigatarāgādi- vītarāgādi- (katthaci) 2. Sīga11. Cittaṃ. 3. Sīga1. Yevātīpi. [A.]
A-ni-ekakanipāta.

[SL Page 282] [\x 282/]

Vigatūpakkilese, ubhayampi cetaṃ anaṅgaṇasutta vatthasuttānu sārena veditabbaṃ.
Vasippattiyā mudubhute, iddhipādabhāvūpagamena kammaniye, bhāvanāpāripūriyā
paṇītabhāvūpagamena ṭhite āneñjappatte, yathā āneñjappattaṃ hoti evaṃ ṭhiteti attho.
Evampi aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgataṃ cittaṃ abhinīhārakkhamaṃ [PTS Page 378] [\q 378/] hoti
abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ abhiññāsacchikiriyāya pādakaṃ
padaṭṭhānabhūtanti.

Iddhividhāya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininnāmetīti ettha ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhi,
nipphattiaṭṭhena paṭilābhaṭṭhena cāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yaṃ hi nipphajjati paṭilabbhati ca taṃ
ijjhatīti vuccati. Yathāha: "kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa tassa cetaṃ samijjhatī[a]"ti. Tathā
nekkhammaṃ ijjhatīti iddhi, paṭiharatīti pāṭihāriyaṃ, arahattamaggo ijjhatīti iṭṭhi,
paṭiharatīti pāṭihāriyanti. Aparonayo: - ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhi, upāyasampadāyetaṃ
adhivadhanaṃ, upāyasampadā hi ijjhati adhippeta phalappasavanato. Yathāha: -"ayaṃ kho
citto gahapati sīlavā kalyāṇadhammo, sace paṇidahissati anāgatamaddhānaṃ rājā assa
cakkavattīti tassa kho ayaṃ ijjhissati hi sīlavato ceto paṇidhi visuddhattā[b]"ti. Aparo nayo:
etāya sattā ijjhantīti iddhi, ijjhantīti iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sā
dasavidhā. Yathāha: - iddhiyoti dasaiddhiyo punacaparaṃ āha: - "katamā dasa iddhiyo?
Adhiṭṭhānā iddhi, vikubbanā iddhi, manomayā iddhi, gñāṇa vipphārā iddhi,
samādhivipphārā iddhi, ariyā iddhi, kammavipākajā iddhi, puññavato iddhi, vijjāmayā
iddhi, tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhī[c]"ti. Tattha pakatiyā eko
bahukaṃ āvajjati, sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā satasahassaṃ vā āvajjitvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti bahuko
homīti, evaṃ vibhajitvā dassitā iddhi adhiṭhānavasena nipphannattā adhiṭṭhānā iddhi
nāma. "So pakativaṇṇaṃ vijahitvā kumārakavanṇaṃ vā dasseti nāgavanṇaṃ vā dasseti,
supaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti, yakkhavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti, asuravaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti,
indavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti, devavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti, brahmavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti,
samuddavaṇṇaṃ dasseti pabbatavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti, vanavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti,
sīhavaṇṇaṃvā dasseti, vyagghavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti, dipivaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti, hatthimpi
dasseti, assampi dasseti, rathampi dasseti, pattimpi dasseti, vividhampi senābyuhaṃ
dassetī[c]"ti evaṃ āgatā iddhi pakativaṇṇavijahanavikāravasena pavattattā vikubbanā iddhi
nāma. [PTS Page 379 [\q 379/] "] idha bhikkhu imambhā kāyaṃ aññaṃ kāyaṃ
abhinimmiṇāti rūpiṃ manomayaṃ[c]"ti iminā nayena āgatā iddhi sarīrabbhantare aññasseva
manomayassa sarīrassa nipphattivasena pavattattā manomayā iddhi nāma. Ñāṇuppattito1
pana pubbe vā pacchā vā taṃ khaṇe vā gñāṇānubhāvanibbatto viseso gñāṇaṃ vipphārā
iddhi nāma. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: "aniccānupassanāya nicca saññāya pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti
ñāṇavipphārā iddhi. Dukkhānupassanāya sukhasaññāya pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti ñāṇavipphārā
iddhi. Anattānupassanāya attasaññāya pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti ñāṇavipphārā iddhi.
Nibbidānupassanāya nandiyā pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti ñāṇavipphārā iddhi. Virāgānupassanāya
rāgassa pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti ñāṇavipphārā iddhi. Nirodhānupassanāya samudayassa
pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti ñāṇavipphārā iddhi. Paṭinissaggānupassanāya ādīnavassa pahānaṭṭho
ijjhatīti ñāṇavipphārā iddhi
[SL Page 283] [\x 283/]

Āyasmato bakkulassa ñāṇavipphārā iddhi, āyasmato saṅkiccassa ñāṇavipphārā iddhi.
Āyasmato bhūtapālassa ñāṇavipphārā iddhiti. Tattha āyasmā bakkulo daharova
maṅgaladivase nadi nahāpiya māno dhātiyā pamādena sote patito, tamenaṃ macchogilitvā
bāhāṇasītitthaṃ agamāsi. Taṃ tattha macchabandho gahetvā seṭṭhibhariyāya vikkiṇi, sā
macche sinehaṃ uppādetvā ahameva naṃ pacissāmiti phālentī
macchakucchiyaṃsuvaṇṇabimbaṃ viya dārakaṃ disvā'putto me laddho'ti somanassajātā
ahosi. Iti macchakucchiyaṃ arogabhāve āyasmato bakkulassa pacchimabhavikassa tena
attabhāvena paṭilabhitabba arahattamaggañāṇānubhāvena' nibbattattā ñāṇavipphārā iddhi
nāma, vatthu pana vitthārena kathetabbaṃ. Saṅkiccatthe rassa pana tabbhagatasseva mātā
kālamakāsi, tassā citakaṃ āropetvā sūlahi vijjhitvā jhāpiyamānāya dārako sūlakoṭiyā
akkhikuṭe pahāraṃ labhitvā saddamakāsi. Tatonaṃ 'dārako jīvatī' otāretvā kucchiṃ phālevo
dārakaṃ ayyakāya adaṃsu, so tāya paṭijaggito vuddhimatvāya pabbajitvā saha
paṭisambhidābhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Iti vuttanayeneva dārucitakāya arogabhāvo āyasmato
saṅkiccassa ñāṇavipphārā iddhināma. Bhūtapāladārakassa pana pitā rājagahe
daḷiddamanusso, [PTS Page 380] [\q 380/] so dārūnaṃ atthāya sakaṭena aṭaviṃgantvā
dārubhāraṃ katvā sāyaṃ nagaradvārasamīpaṃ patto, athassa goṇā yugaṃossajjitvā nagaraṃ
pavisiṃsu. So sakaṭamūle puttakaṃ nisīdāpetvā goṇānaṃ anupadaṃ gacchanto nagarameva
pāvisi, tassa anikkhantasseva dvāraṃ pihitaṃ. Dārakassa vāḷayakkhānucari tepi bahinagare
tiyāmarattiṃ arogabhāvo vuttanayeneva ñāṇavipphārā iddhi nāma, vatthu pana
vitthāretabbaṃ. Samādhito pubbe vā pacchā vā taṅkhaṇe vā samathānubhāvanibbatto viseso
samādhivipphārā iddhi, vuttaṃ hetaṃ: "paṭhamajjhānenanīvaraṇānaṃ pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti
samādivipphārā iddhi tatiyena jhānenapītiyā pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti samādhivipphārā iddhi.
Catutthena jhānena sukhadukkhānaṃ pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti samādhivipphārā iddhi,
ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyārūpasaññāya paṭighasaññāya nānattasaññāya pahānaṭṭho
ijjhatīti samādhivipphārā iddhi. Viññānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāya
pahānaṭṭho icjhatīti samādhivipphārā iddhi. Ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā
viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāya pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti samādhivipphārā iddhi.
Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāya pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti
samādhivipphārā iddhi, āyasmato sāriputtassa samādhivipphārā iddhi, āyasmato sañjīvassa,
āyasmato khāṇukoṇḍaññassa, uttarāya upāsikāya sāmāvatiyā upāsikāya samādhivipphārā
iddhī[a]"ti. Tattha yadā āyasmato sāriputtassa mahā moggallānattherena saddhiṃ
kapotakandarāyaṃ vīharato junhāya rattiyā navoropitehi kesehi ajjhokāse nisinnassa eko
duṭṭhayakkho sahāyakena yakkhena vāriyamānopi sīse pahāramadāsi yassa meghassa viya
gajjayato saddo ahosi, tadāthero tassa paharaṇasamaye samāpattiṃ appesi, athassa tena

1. Sīga arahattañṇānubhāvena. [A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga- iddhikathā.

[SL Page 284] [\x 284/]

Pahārena na koci ābādho ahosi. Ayaṃ tassāyasmato samādhi vipphārā iddhi, vatthu pana
udāne āgatameva. Sañjivattherampana nirodhasamāpannaṃ kālakatoti sallakkhetvā
gopālakādayo tiṇakaṭṭhagomayāni saṅkaḍḍhetvā aggiṃ adaṃsu, therassa cīvare
aṃsumattampi najjhāyittha. Ayamassa anupubbasamāpattivasena
pavattasamathānubhāvanibbattattā samādhivipphārā iddhi, vatthu pana sutte āgatameva.
Khāṇukoṇḍaññatthero pana pakatiyāva samāpattibahulo, so aññatarasmiṃ araññe rattiṃ
samāpattiṃ appetvā [PTS Page 381] [\q 381/] nisīdi pañcasatā corā bhaṇḍakaṃ thenetvā
gacchantā 'idāni amhākaṃ anupathaṃ āgacchantā natthi'ti vissamitukāmā bhaṇḍakaṃ
oropayamānā 'khānukoaya'nti maññamānā therasseva upari sabbabhaṇḍakāni īpesuṃ, tesaṃ
vissamitvāgacchantānaṃ paṭhamaṃ ṭhapitabhaṇḍakassa gahaṇakāle kālaparicchedavasena
thero vuṭṭhāsi, te therassa calanākāraṃ disvā bhītā viraviṃsu, thero'mā bhayittha upāsakā
bhikkhu aha'nti āha; te āgantvā vanditvā thera gatena pasādena pabbajitvā saha
paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, ayamettha ñcahi bhaṇḍikasatehi ajjhotthaṭassa
therassa ābādhā bhāvo samādhivipphārā iddhi. Uttarā pana upāsikā puṇṇaka
seṭṭhissaṭhitā, tassā sirimā nāma gaṇikā issāpakatā tattatela kaṭāhaṃ sīse āsiñci. Uttarā
pana upāsikā puṇṇaka seṭṭhissa dhītā, tassa sirimā nāma gaṇikā bassāpakatā tattatela
kamāhaṃ sīse āsiñca. Uttarā taṅkhaṇaññeva mettaṃ samāpajji, telaṃ pokkharapattato
udakhindu viya vivaṭṭamānaṃ agamāsi. Ayaṃ massā samādhi vippharā iddhi, vatthu pana
vitthāretabbaṃ. Sāmāvatī nāma udenassa rañño aggamahesī, māgandiyabrāhmaṇo attano
dhītāya aggamahesiṭṭhānaṃ patthayamāno tassā vīṇāya āsivīsaṃ pakkhipāpetvā rājānaṃ
āha. "Mahārāja sāmāvatī taṃ māretukāmā vīṇāya āsivisaṃ gahetvā pariharatī"ti. Rājā taṃ
disvā kupito 'sāmāvatiṃ vadhissāmī'ti dhanuṃ āropetvā visapītaṃ khurappaṃ sannayhi,
sāmāvatī saparivārā rājānaṃ mettāya phari, rājā neva saraṃ khipituṃ na oropetuṃ sakkonto
vedhamāno aṭṭhāsi. Tato naṃ devī āha: "kiṃ mahārāja kilamasī"ti āma kilamāmīti. Tena hi
'dhanuṃ oropehī'ti. Saro rañño pādamūleyeva pati. Tato naṃ devī "mahārāja appaduṭṭhassa
na padussitabba"nti ovadi, iti rañño saraṃ muññituṃ avisahanabhāvo samāvatiyā upāsikāya
samādhivipphārā iddhiti. Paṭikkūlādisu appaṭikkūlasaññi vihārādikā pana ariyāiddhi nāma.
Yathāha: - " katamā ariyā iddhi? Idha bhikkhu sace ākaṅkhati paṭikkūle apaṭikkūlasaññi
vihareyyanti apaṭikkūlasaññi tattha viharati -peupetthato tattha viharati [PTS Page 382] [\q
382/] sato ca sampajāno[a]"ti. Ayaṃ hi cetovasippattānaṃ ariyānaṃ yeva sambhavato
ariyā

[A] paṭasambhidāmagga- iddhikathā.

[SL Page 285] [\x 285/]

Iddhiti vuccati. Etāya hi samannāgato khīṇāsavo bhikkhu paṭikkūle aniṭṭhe vatthusmiṃ
vettāpharaṇaṃ vā dhātumanasikāraṃ vā karonto apaṭikkūlasaññi viharati, apaṭikkūle iṭṭhe
vatthusmiṃ asubhapharaṇaṃ vā aniccanti manasikāraṃ vā karonto paṭikkūlasaññi viharati,
tathā paṭikkūlāpaṭikkūlesu tadeva mettāpharaṇaṃ vā dhātumanasikāraṃ vā karonto
apaṭikkūla saññi viharati, apaṭikkūlapaṭikkūlesu ca cadeva asubhapharaṇaṃ vā aniccanti
manasikāraṃ vā karonto paṭikkūlasaññi viharati, cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hotīti
ādinā nayena vuttaṃ pana chaḷaṅgupekkhaṃ pavattayamāno paṭikkūlañca apaṭikkūlañca
tadubhayaṃ abhinivajjetvā upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno, paṭisambhidāyaṃ hi " kathaṃ
paṭikkūle apaṭikkūlasaññi viharati aniṭṭhasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ vettāyavā orati dhātuko vā
upasaṃharatī[a]"ti ādīnā nayena ayave attho vibhatto, ayaṃ cetovasippattānaṃ ariyānaṃ
yeva sambhavato ariyā iddhīti vuccatī. Pakkhiādīnaṃ pana vehāsagamanādikā
kammavipākajā iddhināma. Yathāha: - " katamā kamma vipākajā iddhi? Sabbesaṃ
pakkhīnaṃ sabbesaṃ devānaṃ ekaccānaṃ manussānaṃ ekaccānañca vinipātikānaṃ ayaṃ
kammavipākajā iddhī"[b]ti. Ettha hi sabbesaṃ pakkhinaṃ jhānaṃ vā vipassanaṃ vā vinā yeva
ākāsena gamanaṃ, tathā sabbesaṃ devānaṃ paṭhamakappikā nañca ekaccānaṃ manussānaṃ,
tathā piyaṅkaramātā yakkhīnī uttara mātā phussamittā dhammaguttāti. Evamādīnaṃ
ekaccānaṃ vinipāti kānaṃ ākāsena gamanaṃ kammavipākajā iddhiti. Cakkavattiādīnaṃ
vehāsagamanādikā pana puññamato iddhi nāma. Yathāha: - "katamā puññavako iddhi? Rājā
cakkavatti vehāsaṃ gacchati saddhiṃ caturaṅgi niyā senāya antamaso
assabandhagobandhapurise upādāya, joti kassa gahapatissa puññavato iddhi nāma. Yathāha:
- "katamā puññavato iddhi? Rājā cakkavatti vehāsaṃ gacchati saddhiṃ curaṅgi niyā senāya
antamaso assabandhagobandhapurise upādāya, joti kassa gahapatissa puññavato idhi,
jaṭilakassa gahapatissa [PTS Page 383] [\q 383/] puñña vato iddhi, ghositassa
gahapatissa, meṇḍakassa gahapatissa, pañcannaṃ mahāpuññānaṃ puññavato iddhi[b]"ti.
Saṅkhepato pana paripākaṃ gate puññasambhāre ijjhanakaviseso puññavato iddhi. Eta, ña
jotikassa gahapatissa paṭhaviṃ bhinditvā maṇipāsādo uṭṭhahi, catusaṭṭhi ca kapparukkhāti,
ayamassa puññavato iddhi. Jaṭilakassa asītihattho suvaṇṇapabbato nibbatti, ghositassa
sattasu ṭhānesu māraṇatthāya upakkame katepi arogabhāvo puññavato iddhi, meṇḍakassa
ekakarīsamatte padese satta ratanamayānaṃ meṇḍakānaṃ pātubhāvo puññavato iddhi.
Pañcamahā puññā nāma: meṇḍakaseṭṭhi, tassa bhariyā candapadumasiri. Putto
dhanañjayaseṭṭhi, suṇisā sumanādevī, dāso puṇno nāmāti.

[A.] Paṭisaṃ - idhikathā. [B]paṭisambhidāmagga - iddhikathā.

[SL Page 286] [\x 286/]

Tesu seṭṭhissa sīsaṃ nāhātassa ākāsaṃ ullokanakāle aḍḍha teḷasakoṭṭhasahassāni ākāsato
rattasālīnaṃ pūrenti, bhari yāya nāḷikodanamattampi gahetvā sakalajambadī pavāsike
parivisaya mānāya bhattaṃ na khīyati. Puttassa sahassatthavikaṃ gahetvā sakala
jambudīpavāsikānampi dentassa kahāpaṇā na khīyanti, suṇisāya ekaṃ vīhitumbaṃ gahetvā
sakalajambudīpavāsikānampi bhājayamānāya dhaññaṃ na khīyati, dāsassa ekena kaṅgalena
kasato ito satta ito sattāti cuddasa maggā honti, ayaṃ nesaṃ puññavato iddhi.
Vijjādharādīnaṃ vehāsagamanādikā pana vijjāmayā iddhi. Yathāha: " katamā vijjāmayā
iddhi? Vijjādharā vijjaṃ parijapitvā vehāsaṃ gacchanti, ākāse antaḷikkhe hatthimpipa
dassenti, assampi dasseti, rathampi dasseti, pattimpi dasseti, vividhampi senābyuhaṃ
dassentī"ti. Tena tena pana sammāpayogena tassa tassa kammassa ijjhanaṃ tattha tattha
sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhi. Yathāha: -" nekkhammena kāmacchandassa
pahānaṭṭho ijjhatīti tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhi ijjhantīti iddhā
vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti vuttaṃ hoti. Arahattamaggena sabbakilesānaṃ pahānaṭṭho
ijjhatīti tattha tattha sammāpayogapaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhī"[a]ti. Ettha ca
paṭipattisaṅkhātasseva sammāpayogassa [PTS Page 384] [\q 384/] dīpanavasena
purimapāḷisadisāva pāḷi āgatā. Aṭṭhakathāyampana sakaṭabyuhādikaraṇavasena yaṅkīñci
sippakammaṃ yaṅkiñci vejjakammaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ ugga haṇaṃ tiṇṇaṃ pimakānaṃ
uggahaṇaṃ antamaso kasana vapanādīni upādāya taṃ taṃ kammaṃ katvā nibbattaviseso
tattha tattha sammā payogappaccayā ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhīti āgatā. Iti imāsu dasasu idhīsu
iddhividhāyāti imasmiṃ pade adhiṭṭhānā dandiyeva āgatā, masmiṃ panatthe vikubbanā
manomayā iddhiyopi icchitabbā eva.

Iddhividhāyāti iddhikoṭṭhāsāya, iddhivikappāya vā. Cittaṃ abhinī harati abhinintāmetīti so
bhikkhu vuttapkāravasena tasmiṃ citte abhiññāpādake jāte iddhividhādhigamatthāya
parikammacittaṃ abhinīharati kasiṇārammaṇato apanetvā iddhividhābhimukhaṃ peseti
abhininnāmetīti adhigantabbaiddhipoṇaṃ iddhipabbhāraṃ karoti. Soti so evaṃ
katacittābhinīhāro bhikkhu. Anekavihitanti anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ, iddhividhanti
iddhikoṭṭhāsaṃ, paccanu bhotīti paccanubhavati phūsati sacchikaroti pāpuṇitīti attho.
Idānissa anekavihitabhāvaṃ dassento 'ekopi hutvā'ti ādi māha. Tattha ekopi hutvāti
iddhikaraṇato pubbeva pakatiyā ekopi hutvā, pahudhā hotīti pahūnaṃ santike
caṅkamitukāmo vā sajjhāyataṃ vā kattukāmo pañhaṃ vā pucchitukāmo hutvā
satampisahassampi hoti. Kathampanāyamevaṃ hoti? Iddhiyā catasso

[A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga- iddhikathā.

[SL Page 287] [\x 287/]

Bhūmiyo cattāro pādā aṭṭhapadāni soḷasa ca mūlāni sampādetvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhabhanto.
Tattha catasso bhumiyoti cattāri jhānāni veditabbāni vuttañhetaṃ dhammasenāpatinā:
iddhiyā katamā catasso bhumiyo? Vivekajabhumi paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, pītisukhabhūmi
dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, upekkhāsukhabhumi tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, adukkhamasukhabhumi catutthaṃ
jhānaṃ, iddhiyā imā catasso bhumiyo iddhilābhāya iddhipaṭilābhāya iddhivikubbanatāya
iddhivisavitāya iddhivasītāya indivesārajjāya saṃvattantīti. Ettha va purimāni tīṇi jhānāni
yasmā pītipharaṇena ca sukhapharaṇena ca sukhasaññca lahusaññca okkamitvā
lahumudukammaññākāyo hutvā iddhiṃ pāpuṇāti, [PTS Page 385] [\q 385/] tasmā iminā
pariyāyena iddhilābhāya saṃvattanato sambhārabhumiyoti veditabbāti. Catutthajjhānampana
iddhilābhāya pakatibhumiyeva. Cattāro pādāti cattāro iṅpādāveditabbā; vuttañhetaṃ: -
"iddhiyā katame cattāro pādā? Idha bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ
iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, viriyacitta - vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ
iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, iddhiyā imecattāro pādā iddhilābhāya iddhivikubbanatāya
iddhivisavitāya iddhivasībhāvāya iddhavesārajjāya saṃvattantī[a]"ti. Ettha ca chandahetuko
chandā dhiko vā samādhi chandasamādhi, kattukamyatāchandaṃ adhipatiṃ karitvā
paṭiladdhasamādhissetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Padhānabhūtā saṅkhārā padhāna saṅkhārā,
catukiccasādhakassasammappadhānaviriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, samannāgatanti
chandasamādhinā ca padhānasaṅkhārehi ca upetaṃ, iddhi padānti nipphattipariyāyena vā
ijjhanaṭṭhena ijjhanti etāya sattā iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti iminā vā pariyāyena
iddhīti saṅkhaṃ gatānaṃ abhiññācittasampayuttānaṃ chandasamādhipadhāna saṅkhārānaṃ
adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena pādabhūtaṃ sesacittacetasikarāsinti attho. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - "iddhipādoti
tathābhūtassa vedanākkhandho saṃgñāṇakkhandho saṅkhārakkhandho
viññāṇakkhavdho[b]"ti. Athavā: - pajjate anenāti pādo, pāpuṇiyatīti attho. Iddhiyā pādo
iddhipādo, chandādīnametaṃ adhi vacanaṃ. Yathāha: chandañcebhikkhave bhikkhu nissāya
labhati samādhiṃ, labhati cittassekaggataṃ, ayaṃ vuccati chandasamādhi. So anuppannānaṃ
pāpakānaṃ -pe- padahati, ime vuccanti padhāna saṅkhārā. Iti ayañca chando ayañca samādhi
ime ca padhānasaṅkhārā, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgato iddhi pādo[c]"ti. Evaṃ sesiddhipādesupi attho
veditabbo. Aṭṭha padānīti chandādīni aṭṭha veditabbāni. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: "iddhiyā katamāni
aṭṭha padāni? Chandañce bhikkhu nissāya labhati samādhiṃ, labhati cittasse kaggataṃ,
chando na samādhi, samādhi na chando, añño [PTS Page 386] [\q 386/] chando, añño

[A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga- iddhikathā. [B.] Iddhipādavibhaṅgasuttantabhājaniya. [C.]
Saṃyuttanikāya-mahāvaggasaṃyutta.

[SL Page 288] [\x 288/]

Samādhi. Viriyañce bhikkhu-cittañce bhikkhu - vīmaṃsañce bhikkhu nissāya labhati
samādhiṃ, labhati cittassekaggataṃ, vīmaṃsā na samādhi, samādhi na vīmaṃsā, aññā
vīmaṃsā, añño samādhi. Iddhiyā imāni aṭṭhapadāni iddhilābhāya chandaṃ ve bhikkhu
nissāya labhati samādhiṃ, labhati cittassa ekaggataṃ, chando na samādhi, samādhi na
chando. Añño chando, añño samādhi. Viriyaṃ ce bhikkhu nissāya labhati samādhiṃ, labhati
cittassa ekaggataṃ, viriyaṃ na samādhi, samādhi na viriyaṃ. Aññaṃ viriyaṃ añño samādhi.
Cittaṃ ce bhikkhu nissāya labhati samādhiṃ, labhati cittassa ekaggataṃ, cittaṃ na samādhi,
samādhi na cittaṃ. Aññaṃ cittaṃ. Añño samādhi. Vīmaṃsaja ce bhikkhu nissāya labhati
samādhiṃ, labhati cittassa ekaggataṃ, vīmaṃsā na samādhi, samādhi na vīmaṃsā.
Aññāvīmaṃsā. Añño samādhi. Iddhiyā imāni aṭṭha padāni, iddhilābhāya iddhipaṭilābhāya
iddhivikubbanatāya iddhivisavitāyaiddhivasībhāvāya iddhivesārajjāya saṃ vantantī[a]"ti.
Ettha hi iddhiṃ uppādetukāmatā chando samādhinā ekato niyuttova iddhilābhāya saṃvattati,
tathā viriyādayo; tasmā imāni aṭṭhapadāni vuttānīti veditabbāni. Soḷasamūlānīti
soḷasahiākārehi āneñjatā cittassa veditabbā; vuttaṃ hetaṃ: -" iddhiyā katimūlāni?
Soḷasamūlāni; anonataṃ cittaṃ kosajje na iñcatīti āneñjaṃ, anunnataṃ cittaṃ uddhacce na
iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, anabhinataṃ cittaṃ rāge na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, anapanataṃ cittaṃ byāpāde na
iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, anissitaṃ cittaṃ diṭṭhiyāna iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, appaṭibaddhaṃ cittaṃ
chandarāge na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, vippamuttaṃ cittaṃ kāmarāge na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, visaṃyuttaṃ
cittaṃ kilese na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ. Vimariyādī kataṃ cittaṃ kilesamariyāde na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ,
ekattagataṃ cittaṃ nānattakilese na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, viriyena parigga hitaṃ cittaṃ kosajje na
iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, satiyā pariggahitaṃ cittaṃ pamāde na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, satiyā parigga hitaṃ
cittaṃ pamāde na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, samādhinā pariggahitaṃ cittaṃ avijjāya na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ,
obhāsagataṃ cittaṃ avijjandhakāre naiñjatīti āneñjaṃ, iddhiyā imāni soḷasa mūlāni
iddhilābhāya anonataṃ1 cittaṃ kosajje na iñjatīti2 āneñjaṃ, anunnataṃ cittaṃ uddhacce na
iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, anahinataṃ cittaṃ rāge na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, anapanataṃ cittaṃ byāpāde na
iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, anissitaṃ cittaṃ diṭṭhiyā na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, appaṭibaddhaṃ cittaṃ
chandarāge na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, vippamuttaṃ cittaṃ kāmarāge na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, visaññuttaṃ
cittaṃ kilese na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, vimaridikataṃ3 cittaṃ kilesamariyāde4 na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ,
vimariyādikataṃ3 cittaṃ kilesamariyāde4 na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, ekattagataṃ5 cittaṃ
nānattakilese6 na ñjatīti āneñjaṃ, saddhāyapariggahitaṃ cittaṃ assaddhiye na iñjatīti
āneñjaṃ, viriyena pariggahitaṃ cittaṃ kosajje na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, satiyā pariggahitaṃ cittaṃ
pasāde na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, samādhinā pariggahitaṃ cittaṃ uddhacce na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ,
paññāya pariggahitaṃ cittaṃ uddhacce na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ, paññāya pariggahitaṃ cittaṃ
avijjāyana ñjitīti āneñjaṃ, paññāya pariggahitaṃ cittaṃ avijjāya na iñjitīti āneñjaṃ,
obhāsagataṃ cittaṃ avijjandhakāre na iñjatīti āneñjaṃ iddhiyā imāni soḷasa mūlāni
iddhilābhāya iddhipaṭilābhāya iddhivikubbanatāya iddhivisavitāya iddhivasībhāvāya
iddhivesārajjāya saṃvattantī[a]"ti. Kāmañca esa attho evaṃ samāhite citteti ādināpi siddho
yeva; paṭhamajjhānādīnampana iddhiyā bhumipādapadamūlabhāvadassanatthaṃ puna
vutto. Purumo ca sutte āgatanayo, ayaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ, ti ubhayattha asammohatthaspi
puna vutto. Ñāṇena adhiṭṭhahantoti svāyamete iddhiyā bhumupādapadamūlabhute [PTS
Page 387] [\q 387/] dhamme sampādetvā abhiññāpādakaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya
sace sataṃ icchati sataṃ homi sataṃ homiti parikammaṃ katvā puna abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ
samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhāti, adhiṭṭhāna cittena saheva sataṃ hoti, sahassādisupi eseva
nayo. Sace evaṃ na ijjhati, puna parikammaṃ katvā dutiyampi samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya
adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Saṃyattakaṭṭha kathāyaṃ hi ekavāraṃ dvevāraṃ samāpajjituṃ vaṭṭatīti
vuttaṃ. Tattha pādakajjhānacittaṃ nimittārammaṇaṃ, parikammacittāni satārammaṇāni vā
sahassārammaṇāni vā, tāni ca kho vaṇṇavasena, no paṇṇattivasena. Adhiṭṭhānacittampi
tatheva satārammaṇaṃvā sahassārammaṇaṃ vā, taṃ pubbe vuttaṃ appanācittamiva gotrabhu

[A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga- iddhikathā.

[SL Page 289] [\x 289/]

Anantaraṃ ekameva uppajjati rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānikaṃ yampihi paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttaṃ:
-"pakatiyā eko pahukaṃ āvajjeti sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā satasahassaṃ vā, āvajjitvā ñāṇena
adhiṭṭhāti'bahuko homi'ti bahuko hoti, yathā āyasmā cūlapatthako"[a]ti. Tatrāpi āvajjatīti
parikammavaseneva vuttaṃ, āvajjitvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhātīti abhiññāñāṇavasena vuttaṃ.
Āvajjitvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhātīti abhiññāñāṇavasenavuttaṃ. Tasmā bahukaṃ āvajjeti, tato
tesampi parikamma cittānaṃ avasāne samāpajjati. Samāpattito vuṭṭhahitvā puna 'bahuko
homī'ti āvajjitvā tato paraṃ pavattānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ catuṇṇaṃ vā pubbabhāgacittānaṃ anantarā
uppannena sanniṭṭhāpanavasena adhiṭṭhānanti laddhaṇāmena ekeneva abhiññā ñāṇena
adhiṭṭhātīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Yampana vuttaṃ yathā āyasmā cūlapatthakoti, taṃ
bahudhābhāvassa kāyasakkhi dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana vatthunā dīpetabbaṃ. Te kira
dve bhātaro patthe jātattā patthakāti nāmaṃ labhiṃsu; jeṭṭho mahā patthako, so pabbajitvā
saha paṭisambhidābhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Arahā hutvā cūlapatthakaṃ pabbājetvā: [PTS Page
388 [\q 388/] -]

"Padumaṃ yathā kokanadaṃ sugandhaṃpāto siyā phullamavītagandhaṃ
Aṅgīrasaṃ passa virocamānaṃ tapantamādiccamivantaḷikkhe"[b]ti.

Imaṃ gāthaṃ adāsi. So taṃ catūhi māsohi paguṇaṃ kātuṃ nāsakkhi. Atha naṃ thero 'abhabbo
tvaṃ sāsane'ti vihārato nīhari. Tasmiñca kāle thero bhattuddesako hoti. Jivako theraṃ
upasaṅkamitvā 'sve bhante bhagavatā saddhiṃ pañca bhikkhu satāni gahetvā amhākaṃ gehe
bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā'ti āha; theropi 'ṭhapetvā cūlapanthakaṃ sesānaṃ adhivāsemī'ti
adhivāsesi. Cūlaṃ panthako dvārakoṭṭhake ṭhatvā rodati+ bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā disvā
taṃ upasaṅkamitvā 'kasmā rodasī'ti āha. So taṃ pavattiṃ ācikkhi. Bhagavā ' na sajjhāyaṃ
kātuṃ asakkonto mama sāsane abhabbo nāma hoti, mā soci bhikkhū'ti taṃ bāhāyaṃ gahetvā
vihāraṃ pavisitvā iddhiyā pilotikakhaṇḍaṃ abinimminitvā adāsi. 'Handa bhikkhu imaṃ
parimajjanto rajoharaṇaṃ rajoharaṇanti punappunaṃ sajjhāyaṃ karohī'ti. Tassa tathā karoto
taṃ kālavaṇṇaṃ ahosi. So 'parisuddhaṃ vatthaṃ, natthettha doso, atta bhāvassa panāyaṃ
doso'ti saññaṃ paṭilabhitvā pañcasu khandhesu ñāṇaṃ otāretvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā
anulomato gotrabhu samīpaṃ pāpesi. Athassa bhagavā obhāsagāthā abhāsi: -

"Rāgo rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati
Rāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ rajoti,
Etaṃ rajaṃ vippajahitva paṇḍitā1
Viharanti te vigatarajassa sāsane.

[A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga iddhikathā. [B.] Aṅguttarapadvakanipātata 1.
Bhikkhavo-dhammapadaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 290] [\x 290/]

Doso rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati.
Dosassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ rajoti,
Etaṃ rajaṃ vippajahitva paṇḍitā1
Viharanti te vigatarajassa sāsane.

Moho rajo na ca pana reṇu vuccati.
Mohassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ rajoti,
Etaṃ rajaja vippajahitva paṇḍitaṃ1
Viharanti te vigatarajassa sāsane"[a]ta[s. PTS Page 389] [\q 389/]

Tassa gāthāpariyosāne catupaṭisambhidā chaḷabhiññā parivārā navalokuttaradhammā
hatthagatāva ahesuṃ. Satthā dutiyadivase jiva kassa gehaṃ agamāsi saddhiṃ
bhikkhusaṅghena, atha dakkhiṇodakā vasāne yāguyā diyamānāya pattaṃ pidahi. Jivako 'kiṃ
bhante'ti pucchi. 'Vihāre eko bikku atthi'ti. So purisaṃ pesesi 'gaccha ayyaṃ gahetvā sīghaṃ
ehī'ti. Vihārato nikkhante pana bhagavati: -

"Sahassakkhattuṃ attānaṃ nimminitvāna panthako
Nisīdambavane ramme yāva kālappavedanā"ti.

Atha so puriso gantvā kāsāvehi ekapajjotaṃ ārāmaṃ disvā agāntvā ' bhikkhuhi bharito
bhante ārāmo, nāhaṃ jānāmi katamo so ayyo'ti āha. Tato naṃ bhagavā " gacka, yaṃ
paṭhamaṃ passasi, taṃ cīvarakaṇṇe gahetvā 'satthā taṃ āmantetī'tivatvā ānehī'ti. So
ganatvā therasseva civarakanṇe aggahesi; tāvedeva sabbepi nimmitā antaradhāyiṃsu. Thero
'gaccha tva'nti taṃ uyyojetvā mukhadhovanādisarīrakiccaṃ niṭṭhapetvā paṭhamataraṃ
gantvā pattāsane nisīdi. Daṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ: - "yathā āyasmā cūlapanthako"ti. Tatra ye te
bahū nimmitā. Te aniyametvā nimmitattā iddhimatā disāva honti. hānanisajjādisu vā
bhāsita tuṇhibhāvādisu vā yaṃ yaṃ iddhimā karoti, taṃ tadeva karonti. Sace pana
nānāvaṇṇe kātukāmo hoti, keci paṭhamavaye, keci majjhimavaye, keci pacchimavaye, tathā
dīghakese, upaḍḍhamunḍe, muṇḍe, missaka kese, upaḍḍharattacīvare, paṇḍukacīvare,
padabhāṇadhammakathā sarabhañña pañhapucchana pañhavissajjana rajana pacana
cīvarasibbana dhovanādini karonte, aparepi vā nānappa kārake, kātukāmo hoti; tena
dākajjhānato vuṭṭhāya 'ettakā bhakkhū paṭhamavayā hontū'ti ādinā nayona parikammaṃ
katvā puna samāpajjitvāvuṭṭhāya adiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Adhiṭṭhānacittena saddhiṃ
icciticchitappakārā yeva hontīti. Esa nayo bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotīti ādisu. Ayampana
viseso: - iminā hi

[A.] Jātaka cūlapanthaka 1. Bhikkhavo-dhammapadaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 291] [\x 291/]

Bhikkunā evaṃ bahubhāvaṃ nimminitvā puna'ekoca hutvā caṅkamissāmi, sajjhāyaṃ [PTS
Page 390] [\q 390/] karissāmi, pañhaṃ puccissāmī'ti cintetvā vā ayaṃ vihāro
appabikkhuko, sace keci āgamissanti 'kuto ime ettakā ekasadisā bhikkhū, addhā terassa esa
ānubāvo'ti maṃ jānissantīti appicchatāya vā antarāyeva 'eko homi'ti icchantena
pādakajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya 'eko homī'ti parikammaṃ katvā puna samāpajjitvā
vuṭṭhāya 'eko homī'ti adiṭṭhā tabbaṃ; adiṭṭhānacittena saddhiṃ yeva ekova hoti. Evaṃ
akaronto pana yathā pariccinna kālavasena sayameva eko hoti. Āvībhāvaṃ tirobhāvanti-
ettha āvībhāvaṃ karoti tirobhāvaṃ karotīti ayamattho. Idameva hi sandhāya
paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttaṃ: "āvī bhāvanti kenaci anāvaṭaṃhoti apaṭicchannaṃ pihitaṃ
patikujjita"nti. Tatrāyaṃ iddhimā āvībhāvaṃ kātumoavdhakāraṃ vā alokaṃ karoti,
paṭicchannaṃ vā vivaṭaṃ, anāpāthaṃ vā āpāthaṃ karoti. Kathaṃ? Ayaṃ hi yathā
paṭicchannopi dūre ṭhitopi vā dissati evaṃ attānaṃ vā paraṃ vā kātukāmo padākajjhānato
vuṭṭhāya 'idaṃ avdhakāraṭṭhānaṃ ālokajātaṃ hotu'ti vā 'idaṃ paṭicchannaṃ vivaṭaṃ hotu'ti
vā 'idaṃ anāpāthaja āpāthaṃ hotu'ti vā āvajjatvā parikammaṃ katvā vuttanayeneva
adhiṭṭhātī, saha adhiṭṭhānā yathādhiṭṭhitameva hoti. Pare dūre ṭhitāpi passanti, sayampi
passitukāmo passati. Etaṃ pana pāṭihāriyaṃ kena kata pubbanti? Bhagavatā. Bhagavā hi
cūlasubhaddāya nimantito vissa kammunā nimmitehi pañcahi kūṭāgārasatehi sāvathito satta
yojanabbhantaraṃ sāketaṃ gacchanto yathā sāketanagara vāsino sāvattivāsike sāvatti vāsino
ca sāketavāsike passanti, evaṃ adhiṭṭhāsi. Nagaramajjhe ca otaritvā paṭhaviṃdvidhā
bhivditvā yāva avīciṃ ākāsañca dvidhā viyūhitvā yāva brahmalokaṃ dassesi.
Devorohaṇenāpi ca ayamattho vibhāvetabbo: - bhagavā kira yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā
caturāsītipāṇasahassāni bandhanā pamocetvā 'atītā buddhā yamakapāṭihāriyāvasāne kuhaṃ
gatā'ti āvajjitvā 'tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gatā'ti addasā. [PTS Page 391] [\q 391/] athekena
pādena paṭhavitalaṃ akkamitvā dutiyaṃ yugavdharapabbate patiṭṭhāpetvā puna
purimapādaṃ uddharitvā sinerumatthakaṃ akkamivo tattha paṇḍukambala silātale vassaṃ
upagantvā sannipatitānaṃ dasasahassacakkavāḷa devatānaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya
abidhammakathaṃ ārabhi. Bhikkhācāra velāyaṃ nimmitabuddhaṃ māposi, so dhammaṃ
deseti. Bhagavā nāgalatādantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā anotattadahe mukhaṃ doditvā uttara kurūsu
pinḍapātaṃ gahetvā anotattadahatīre paribhuñjati, sāriputtatthero tattha gantvā
bhagavantaṃ vandati, bhagavā "ajja ettakaṃ

[SL Page 292] [\x 292/]

Dhammaṃ desesi'nti terassa nayaṃ deti, evaṃ tayo māso abbocchinnaṃ abidhammakathaṃ
kathesi yaṃ sutvā asītikoṭideva tānaṃ dhammābhisamayo ahosi. Yamakapāṭihāriye
sannipatītāpi dvādasayojanā parisā 'bhagavantaṃ passitvāva gamissāmā'ti khandhāvāraṃ
banditvā aṭṭhāsi, taṃ cūlaanāthapiṇḍikaseṭṭhiyeva sabbapaccayehi upaṭṭhāsi. Manussā
'kuhiṃ bhagavā'ti jānanatthāya anuruddhattheraṃ yāciṃsu, thero ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā addasā
dibbena cakkhunā tattha vassūpagataṃ bhagavantaṃ, disvā ārocesi. Te bhagavato canda
natthāya mahāmoggallānattheraṃ yāciṃsu, tero parisamajjhe yeva mahāpaṭhaviyaṃ
nimmujjitvā sinerupbbataṃ nibbijkditvā tathā gatapādamūle bhagavato pāde candamānova
ummujjitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: -'jambudīpavāsino bhante bhagavato pāde canditvā
passitvā va gamissāmāti vadantī'ti. Bhagavā āha: 'kuhaṃ pana te moggallāna etarahi
jeṭṭhabhātā dhammasenāpatī'ti. 'Saṅkassa nagare bhante'ti. Moggallāna maṃ daṭṭhukāmā
sve saṅkassanagaraṃ āgacchantu, 'ahaṃ sve mahāpavāraṇa paṇṇamāsi uposathadivase
saṅkassanagare otarissāmī'ti. 'Sādhu bhante'ti thero dasabalaṃ vanditvā āgatamaggeneva
oruyha manussānaṃ santikaṃ sampāpuṇi. Gamanāgamanakāle ca yathā naṃ manussā
passanti evaṃ adiṭṭhāsi, idaṃ tācettha mahāmoggallānatthero āvībhāvapāṭihāriyaṃ akāsi. So
evaṃ āgato taṃ pavattīṃ ārocetvā 'dūranti saññaṃ akatvā katapātarāsā eva nikkhamathā'ti
āha. Bhagavā sakkassa devaraññe ārocesi: -'mahārajā sve manussalokaṃ gacchāmī'ti.
Devarājā vissakammaṃ [PTS Page 392] [\q 392/] āṇāpesi: - ' tāta sve bhagavā
manussalokaṃ gantukāmo, tisso sopāṇapantiyo māpehi, ekaṃ kanakamayaṃ ekaṃ
rajatamayaṃ ekaṃ maṇimaya'nti. So tathā akāsi. Bhagavā dutiya divase sinerumuddhani
ṭhatvā puratthimalokadhātuṃ olokesi, anekāni cakkavāḷasahassāni vivaṭāni hutvā
ekaṅgaṇaṃ viya pakāsiṃsu, yathā ca puratthimena evaṃ paccimenapi uttarenipi
dakkhiṇenapi sabbaṃ vivaṭamaddasa. Heṭṭhā ca yāva avīci, upari ca yāva
akaniṭṭhabhāvanā, tāva addasā. Taṃ divasaṃ kira lokavivaraṇaṃ nāma ahosi, manussāpi
deve passanti, devāpi manusse, tattha neva manussā uddhaṃ ullokenti, na devā adho
olokenti, sabbe sammukhāva aññamaññaṃ passanti. Bhagavā majjhe maṇimayena sopāṇena
otarati, chakāmāvacāradevā vāmapasse kanakamayena, suddhāvāsā ca mahābrahmā ca
dakkiṇapasse rajatamayena. Devarājā pattacivaraṃ aggahesi, mahābrahmā tiyojanikaṃ
setacchattaṃ, suyāmo vālavījaniṃ, pañcasiko gandhabbaputto tigāvutamattaṃ
beḷuvapaṇḍuvīṇaṃ gahetvā tathāgatassa pūjaṃ karonto etarati taṃ divasaṃbhagavantaṃ
disvā buddhabhāvāya pihaṃ anuppādetvā ṭhita

[SL Page 293] [\x 293/]

Satto nāma natthi, idamettha bhagavā āvībhāvapāṭihāriyaṃ akāsi. Apica tambapaṇṇidīpe
talaṅgaravāsī dhammadinnattheropi tissamahā vihāre cetīyaṅganamhi nisīditvā "tīhi
bhikkhavedhammehi samannāgato bhikkha apaṇṇakaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hotī[a]"ti
apaṇṇakasuttaṃ kathento heṭṭhāmukhaṃ vījaniṃ akāsi, yāva avī cito ekaṅgaṇaṃ ahosi.
Tato uparimukhaṃ akāsi, yāva brahma lokā ekaṅgaṇaṃ ahosi. Thero nirayabhayena tajjetvā
sagga sukhena ca palobhetvā dhammaṃ desosi, keci sotāpannā ahesuṃ keci sakadāgāmi
anāgāmi arahantoti. Tirobhāvaṃ kātukāmo pana ālokaṃ vā andhakāraṃ karoti,
appaṭicchannaṃ vā paṭicchannaṃ, āpāthaṃ vā anāpāthaṃ karoti. Kathaṃ? Ayaṃ hi yathā
apaṭicchannopi samipe ṭhitopi vā na dissati, evaṃ attānaṃ vā paraṃ vā kātu kāmo
pādakajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ' idaṃ ālokaṭṭhānaṃ andhakāraṃ [PTS Page 393] [\q 393/]
hotu'ti vā 'idaṃ appaṭicchannaṃ paṭicchannaṃ hotu'ti vā 'idaṃ āpāthaṃ anāpātaṃ hotu'ti vā
āvājjitvā parikammaṃ katvā vutta nayeneva adiṭṭhāti. Saha adhiṭṭhānacittena
yathādhiṭṭhitameva hoti. Pare samīpe ṭhitāpi na passanti sayampi apassitukāmo na passati.
Etampana pāṭihāriyaṃ kena katapubbanti? Bhagavatā. Bhagavā hi yasaṃ kulaputtaṃ samīpe
nisinnaṃ yeva yathā naṃ pitā na passati eva vakāsi. Tathā vīsaṃyojanasataṃ mahākappinassa
paccugga manaṃ katvā taṃ anāgāmiphale amaccasahassañcassa sotāpatti phale patiṭṭhāpetvā
tassa anumaggaṃ āgatā sahassitthiparivārā anojādevī āgantvā samīpe nisinnāpi yathā
saparisaṃ rājānaṃ na passati tathā katvā ' api bhante rājānaṃ passathā'ti vutte 'kimpana te
rājānaṃ gavesituṃ varaṃ udāhu attāna'nti 'attānaṃ bhante'ti vatvā nisinnāya tassā tathā
dhammaṃ desesi yathā sā saddhiṃ itthisahassena sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi, amaccā
ānagāmiphale, rājā arahatteti. Apica tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ āgatadivase yathā attanā saddhiṃ
āgate avasese rājā na passati, evaṃ karontena mahindattherenāpi idaṃ katameva. Apica
sabbampi pākamaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ āvibhāvaṃ nāma. Apākaṭapāṭihāriyaṃ tirobāvaṃ nāma.
Tattha pākaṭapāṭihāriye iddhipi paññāyati iddhimāpi, taṃ yamakapāṭihāri yena dīpetabbaṃ.
Tata; hi "idha tathāgato yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ karoti asādhāraṇaṃ sāvakehi, uparimakāyato
aggikkhandho pavattati heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattatī[b]"ti evaṃ ubhayaṃ
paññāyittha, apākaṭapāṭihāriye iddhiyeva paññāyati na iddhimā, taṃ mahakasuttena ca
brahmanimantaṇikasuttena ca dīpetabbaṃ. Tatra hi āyasmato ca mahakassa bhagavato ca
iddhiyeva paññāyittha, na

[A.] Aṅguttaratikanipāta. [B.] Paṭisambhidāmaggañāṇakathā.

[SL Page 294] [\x 294/]
Iddhimā, yathāha: -"ekamantaṃ nisinno ko citto gahapati āyasmantaṃ mahakaṃ etadavoca:
sādhu me bhante ayyo mahako uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetu[a]"ti. Tena
hi tvā gahapati āḷinde attarāsaṅgaṃ paññāpetvā [PTS Page 394] [\q 394/] tiṇakalāpaṃ
okāsehīti. Evaṃ bhanteti kho citto gahapati āyasmato mahakassa paṭissutvā āḷinde
uttarāsaṅgaṃ paññāpetvā tiṇa kalāpaṃ okāsesi. Atha kho āyasmā mahāko vihāraṃ pavisitvā
sūcighaṭikaṃ datvā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abisaṅkhāsi, yathā tālacchiggalenaca
aggalantarikāya ca acci nikkhavitvā tināni jhāpesi uttarāsaṅgaṃ na jhāpesi"ti. Yathācāha: -
"athakhvāhaṃ bhikkhave tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāsiṃettāvatā brahmā ca
brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā ca saddañca me sossantina ca maṃ dakkhissantī"ti. [B]
antarahito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.

"Bhave vāhaṃ bhayaṃ disvā bhavañca vibhavesinaṃ.
Bhavaṃ nābhivadiṃ kiñci nandiñca na upādisi"[c]nti.

Tirokuḍḍaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāseti, ettha
tirokuḍḍanti parakuḍḍaṃ, kuḍḍassa parabhāganti vuttaṃ hoti. Esa nayo itaresu. Kuḍḍoti
ca geha bhittiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ, pākāroti geha vihāra gāmādīnaṃ parikkhepapākāro,
pabbatoti paṃsupabbato vā pāsāṇapabbato vā. Asajjamānoti alaggamāno. Seyyathāpi ākāsoti
ākāse viya, evaṃ gantukāmena pana ākāsakasiṇaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya kuḍḍaṃ vā
pākāraṃ vā sinerucakkavāḷesupi aññataraṃ pabbataṃ vā āvajjitvā kataparikammena 'ākāso
hotra'ti adhiṭṭhā tabbo, ākāso yeva hoti. Adho otaritukāmassa uddhaṃ vā ārohitukāmassa
susuro hoti, vinivijjhitvā gantukāmassa chiddo, so tattha asjjamāno gacchati.
Tipiṭakacūlābhayatthero panetthāha: ākāsakasiṇasamāpajjanaṃ āvuso kimatthiyaṃ, kiṃ hatthi
assādīni abinimminitukāmo hatthiassādikasiṇāni samāpajjati, nanu yattha katthaci kasiṇe
parikammaṃ katvā aṭṭhasamāpatti vasībhāvo yeva pamāṇaṃ, yaṃ yaṃ icchati taṃ tadeva
hotīti. Bhikkhū āhaṃsu: pāḷiyā bhante ākāsakasiṇaṃ yeva āgataṃ, tasmā avassa metaṃ
vattabbanti. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi: -


Pakatiyā ākāsakasiṇa samāpattiyā lābhī hoti, tirokuḍḍaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ [PTS
Page 395] [\q 395/] āvajjati, āvajjitvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti'ākāso hotu'ti, ākāso hoti,
tirokuḍḍaṃ tiro

[A.] Saṃyuttanikāya citatasaṃyutta. [B.] Majjhimanikāya brahmanimantanikasuttaṃ. [C.]
Paṭisambhidāmagga- iddhikathā.

[SL Page 295] [\x 295/]

Pākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchati. Yathā pakatiyā manussā aniddhimanto kenaci
anāvaṭe aparikkhitte asajja mānā gacchanti, evameva so iddhimā cetovasippattotiro kuḍeṃ
tiropākāraṃ tiro pabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi ākāseti. Sace panassa bhikkhuno
adhiṭṭhahitvā gacchantassa antarā pabbato vā rukkho vā uṭṭheti, kiṃ puna samāpajjitvā
adhiṭṭhātabbanti? Doso natthi, puna samāpajjitvā adhiṭṭhānaṃ hi upajjhāyassa santike
nissayagahaṇasadisaṃ hoti. Iminā ca pana bhikkhunā 'ākāso hotu;ti adhiṭṭhitattā ākāso hoti
yeva, purimādhiṭṭhānabaleneva cassa antari añño pabbato vā rukkho vā utumayo
uṭṭhahissatīti aṭṭhānamevetaṃ. Aññena iddhimatā nimmite pana paṭhamanimmānaṃ
balavaṃ hoti, itarena tassa uddhaṃ vā adho vā gantabbaṃ. Paṭhaviyāpi ummujjanimmujjanti
ettha ummujjanti uṭṭhānaṃ vuccati, nimmujjanti saṃsīdanaṃ, ummujjañca nimmujjañca
ummujjanimmujjaṃ. Evaṃ kātukāmena āpokasiṇaṃ samāpajjitvā uṭṭhāya 'ettake ṭhāne
paṭhavī udakaṃ hotu'ti paricchinditvā parikammaṃ katvā vuttanayeneva adhiṭṭhā tabbaṃ,
sahaadhiṭṭhānena yathāparicchinne ṭhāne paṭhavī udakameva hoti, so tattha
ummujjanimmujjaṃ karoti. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi: - "pakatiyā apokasiṇa samāpattiyā lābhī hoti,
paṭṭhaviṃ āvajjati, āvajjitvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti udakaṃ hotuti udakaṃ hoti. So paṭhaviyā
ummujjanimmujjaṃ karoti, yatha manussā pakatiyā aniddhi manto udake
ummujjanimmujjaṃ karonti. Evameva so iddhimā ceto vasippatto paṭhaviyā
ummujjanimmujjaṃ karoti, seyya thāpi udake"[a]ti.

Na kevalañca ummujjanimmujjameva, nahāna pāna mukhadhovana bhaṇḍakadhovanādusu
yaṃ yaṃ icchati, taṃ taṃ karotī. Na kevalañca udakameva, sappi tela madhu phāṇitādisupi
yaṃ yaṃ bacchati, taṃ taṃ idañcidañca ettakaṃ hotuti āvajjitvā parikammaṃ katvā adhiṭṭha
hantassa [PTS Page 396] [\q 396/] yathādhiṭṭhitameva hoti. Uddharitvā bhājanagataṃ
karontassa sappi sappiyeva hoti, telādīni telādīni yeva, udakaṃ udakameva. So tattha
temitukāmova temeti, na temitukāmo na temeti. Tasseva ca sā paṭhavī udakaṃ hoti,
sesajanassa paṭhavī yeva. Tattha manussā pattikāpi gacchanti, yānādīhipi gacchanti,
kasikammādīnipi karonti yeva. Saca panāyaṃ 'tesampi udakaṃ hotu'ti icchati, hoti yeva.
Paricchinnakālaṃ pana atikkamitvā yaṃ pakatiyā ghamataḷākādisu udakaṃ, taṃ ṭhapetvā
amasesaṃ paricchinnaṭṭhānaṃ paṭhavī yeva hoti.

[A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga-iddhikathā.

[SL Page 296] [\x 296/]

Udakepi abijjamāneti ettha yaṃ udakaṃ akkamitaṃ saṃsīdati taṃ bhijjamānanti vuccati,
viparītaṃ abhijjamānaṃ. Evaṃ gantukāmena pana paṭhavīkasiṇaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya
'ettakeṭhāne udakaṃ paṭhavī hotu'ti paricchivditvā parikammaṃ katva vuttanayeneva
adiṭṭhātabbaṃ, saha adhiṭṭhānena yathāparicchinne ṭhāne udakaṃ paṭhaviyeva hoti. So
tattha gacchati, tatrāyaṃ pāḷi: - pakatiyā paṭhavīkasiṇasamāpattiyā lābhī hoti, udakaṃ
āvajjeti, avajjetvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti 'paṭhavī hotu'ti. Paṭhavī hoti, so abhijjamāno udake
gacchati. Yathā manussā pakatiyā aniddhimanto abhijjamānāya paṭhaviyāgacchanti,
evameva so iddhimā cotova sippatto abhijjamāne udake gacchatiseyyathāpi paṭhaviya
"[a]nti. Na kevalañca gacchati, yaṃ yaṃ iriyāpathaṃ icchati taṃ ti karoti. Na kevalañca
paṭhavimema karoti, maṇisuvaṇṇapabbatarukkhādīsupi yaṃ yaṃ icchati, taṃ taṃ
vuttanayeneva āvajjetvā adhiṭṭhāti, yathā dhiṭṭhitameva hoti. Tasseva ca taṃ udakaṃ
paṭhavī hoti, sesajanassa udakameva, macchakacchapā ca udakakākādayo ca yathāruci
vicaranti. Sace panāyaṃ aññesampi manussānaṃ taṃ paṭhaviṃ kātuṃ icchati, karoti yeva.
Paricchinnakālātikkamena pana udakameva hoti. Pallaṅkena kamatīti pallaṅkena gacchati,
pakkhī sakuṇoti pakkhehi yuttasakuṇo, evaṃ kātukāmena pana paṭhavī kasiṇaṃ
samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya sace nisinno [PTS Page 397] [\q 397/] gantumucchati,
pallaṅkappamāṇaṃ ṭhānaṃ paricchivditvā parikammaṃ katvā vuttanaye neva
adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Sace nipanno gantukamo hoti mañcappamāṇaṃ, sace padasā gantukamo
hoti maggappamāṇanti evaṃ yathānurūpaṃ ṭhānaṃ paricchinditvā vuttanayeneva 'paṭhavī
hotu'ti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, saha adhiṭṭhānaṃ1paṭhavī yeva hoti. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi: "ākāsepi
pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhi sakuṇo"[a]ti. Pakatiyā paṭhavīkasiṇasamāpattiyā
lābhī hoti, akāsaṃ āvajjeti, āvajjetvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti'paṭhavī hotu'ti, paṭhavī hoti. So
ākāse antaḷikkhe caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisidatipi seyyampi kappeti, yathā manussā pakatiyā
aniddhimanto paṭhaviyaṃ caṅkamantipi tiṭṭantipi nisīdtipi seyyampi kappenti, evameva so
iddhimā cetovasippatto ākāso antalikkhe caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi
kappenti, evameva so iddhimā ceto vasippatto ākāse antaḷikkhe caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhantipi
nisīdantipi seyyampi kappenti, evameva so iddhimā cetovasippatteṃ ākāse antalikkhe
caṅkamatipi tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi seyyampi kappetīti.

Ākāse gantukāmena ca bhikkhunā dibbacakkhulābhināpi bhavi tabbaṃ. Kasmā? Antare
utusamuṭṭhānā vā pabbatarukkhādayo honti, nāgasupaṇṇādayo vā usūyantā māpenti,
nesaṃ dassa natthaṃ, te pana disvā kiṃ kātabbanti? Pādakajjhānaṃ samā
1. Ma. 1. Saha adhiṭṭhānena. [A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga- iddhikathā.

[SL Page 297] [\x 297/]

Pajjitvā vuṭṭhāya'ākāso hotu'ti parikammaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Thero panāha: samāpatti
samāpajjanaṃ āvuso kimatthiyaṃ, nanu samāhitamevassa cittaṃ, tena yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ ākāso
hotuti adhiṭṭhāti ākāso yeva hotīti. Kiñcāpi evamāha: athakho tirokuḍḍapāṭihāriye
vuttanayeneva paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Apipa ca okāso orohaṇatthampi iminā dibbacakkhulābhinā
bhavitabbaṃ, ayaṃ hi sace anokāso nahānatitthe vā gāmadvāre vā orohati mahā janassa
pākaṭo hoti tasmā dibbacakkhunā passitvā anokāsaṃ vajjetvā okāso otaratīti.

" Imepi cavdima suruye evaṃ mahiddhike evaṃ mahānubhāve pāninā parāmasati
parimajjatī"tiettha cavdimasūriyānaṃ dvācattā ḷisayojanasahassassa upari caraṇena
mahindikatā, tīsu dīpesu ekakkhaṇe ālokakaraṇena mahānubhāvatā veditabbā. [PTS Page
398] [\q 398/] evaṃ upari caraṇaālokakaraṇehi vā mahiddhike teneva mahiddhi kattena
mahānubhāve, parāmasatīti pariggaṇhāti ekadese vā chupati, parimajjatīti samantato
ādāsatalaṃ viya parimajjati. Ayampa nassa iddhi abhiññāpādakajjhānavaseneva ijjhati,
natthettha kasiṇasamāpattiniyamo. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ: -" ime candima sūriye
evaṃ mahiddhike evaṃ mahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjatī"ti idha so iddhimā
tetovasippatto candimasūriye āvajjeti, āvajjetvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti 'hattha pāse hotu'ti,
hatthapāse hiti. So nisinnako vā nipannako vā chandimasūriye pāṇinā āmasati parāmasati
parimajjati. Yathā manussā pakatiyā aniddhimanto kiñcideva rūpagataṃ hatthapāse
āmasantiparāmasanti parimajjanti, evameva so iddhimā cetovasappatto candimasuriye
āvajjeti, āvajjetvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti 'hattha pāse hotu'ti, tthapāse hoti. So nisinnako vā
nipannako vā candimasūriye pāṇinā āmasati parāmasati parimajjati"ti. Svāyaṃ yadi bacchati
gantvā parāmasituṃ, gantvā parāmasati. Yadi pana idheva nisinnakovā nipannako vā
parāmasitu kāmo hoti, ' tthapāse hotu'ti adiṭṭhāti, adhiṭṭhānabalena vaṇṭā muttatālaphalaṃ
viya āgantvā hatthapāse ṭhite vā parāmasati hatthaṃ vā vaḍḍhetvā, vaḍḍhentassa pana kiṃ
upādinnakaṃ vaḍḍhati anupādinnakanti? Upādinnakaṃ nissāya anupādinnakaṃ vaḍḍhati.
Tatra tepimakacūla nāgatthero panāha: kiṃ panāvuso upādinnakaṃ khuddakampi
mahantampi na hoti, nanu yadā bhikkhu tālacchiddidīhi nikkhamati tadā upādinnakaṃ
khuddakaṃ hoti. Yadā mahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ karoti tadā mahantaṃ hoti,
mahāmoggallānattherassa viyāti. Ekasmiṃ kira samaye anāthapinḍiko gahapati bhagavato
dhamma desanaṃ sutvā 'sve bhante pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ amhākaṃ gehe bhikkhaṃ
gaṇhathā'ti nimantetvā pakkāmi. Bhagavā adhivāsetvā taṃ divasāvasesaṃ rattibhāgañca
vītināmetvā paccūsasamaye dasasahassīlokadhātuṃ olokesi, athassa navdopanando nāma
nāgarājāñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchi bhagavā ayaṃ nāgarājā mayhaṃ ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ
āgacchati 'atthi nu kho assa upanissayo'ti

[SL Page 298] [\x 298/]

Āvajjento 'ayaṃ macchādiṭṭhiko tīsu ratanesu [PTS Page 399] [\q 399/] appasanno'ti
disvā 'ko nu kho imaṃ micchādiṭṭhito viveceyyā'ti āvajjento mahāmoggallānattheraṃ addasā.
Tato pabhātāya rattiyā saraura paṭijagganaṃ katvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi: 'ānanda
pañcannaṃ bhikkusatānaṃ ārocehi tathāgato devacārikaṃ gacchatī'ti. Taṃ divasañca
nandopanandassa āpānabhumiṃ sajjayiṃsu, so dibbaratanapallaṅke dibbena setacchattena
dhāriyamānena tividha nāmakehi ceva nāgaparisāya ca parivuto dibbabhājanesuupaṭṭhā
pitesu annapāna vidhiṃ olokayamāno nisinno hoti. Atha bhagavā yathā nāgarājā passati
tathā katvā tassa vimānamatthake neva pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ
tāvatiṃsadevalokābhimukho pāyāsi. Tena kho pana samayena nandopanandassa nāgarājāssa
evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti: ' ime hi nāma muṇḍakā samaṇakā amhākaṃ
uparūpari bhavanena devānaṃ tāva tiṃsānaṃ bhavanaṃ pavisantipi nikkhamantipi, na idāni
ito paṭṭhāya imesaṃ amhākaṃ matthake pādapaṃsuṃ okirantānaṃgantuṃ ssāmī'ti vuṭṭhāya
sinerupādaṃ gantvā taṃ attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā sineruṃ sattakkhattuṃ bhegehi parikkhipitvā
upari phaṇaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsa bhavanaṃ avakujena phaṇena gahetvā adassanaṃ gamesi.
Atha kho āyasmā raṭṭhapālo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca: "pubbe bhante imasmiṃ padese ṭhito
sineruṃ passāmi, sineruparibhaṇḍaṃpassāmi, tāva tisaṃ passāmi, vejayantaṃ passāmi,
vejayantassa pāsādassa uparidhajaṃ passāmi, ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo, yaṃ etarahi
neva sineruṃ passāmi sineruparibhaṇḍaṃ passāmi, tāva tisaṃ passāmi, vejayantaṃ passāmi,
na vejayantassa pāsādassa upari dhajaṃ passāmī"ti. Ayaṃ raṭṭhapāla nandopanando nāma
nāgarājā tumhākaṃ kupito sineruṃ sattakkhattuṃ bogehi parikkhipitvā upari phaṇena
paṭicchādetvā avdhakāraṃ katvā ṭhitoti. 'Damemi naṃ bhante'ti. Na bhagavā anujāni. Atha
kho āyasmā bhaddiyo āyasmā rāhuloti anukkamena sabbepi bhikkhū uṭṭhahiṃsu, na
bhagavā anujāni. Avasāne mahāmoggallānatthero 'ahaṃ bhante damemina'nti āha, 'damehi
moggallānā'ti bhagavā anujāni. Thero attabāvaṃ vijahitvā mahantaṃ nāgarājavanṇaṃ
abinimiminitvā nandopanandaṃ cuddasakkhattuṃ bhegehi parikkhipitvā tassa
phaṇamatthake attano phaṇaṃ ṭhapetvā sinerunā saddhiṃ abhinippiḷesi. Nāgarājā [PTS
Page 400] [\q 400/] padhūmāyi, 1 theropi 'na tuyhaṃ yeva sarīre dhūmo atthi,
mayhampi atthiti padhūmāyi. 1 Nāgarājassa dhūme theraṃ na bādhati, therassa pana dhūmo
nāgarājānaṃ bādhati. Tato nāgarājā pajjali, theropi na tuyhaṃ yeva sarīre aggi atthi
mayhampi atthiti pajjali.

1 Sī. 1. Padhupāyi.
[SL Page 299] [\x 299/]

Nāgarājassa tejo theraṃ na bādhati, therassa pana tejo nāgarājānaṃ bādhati. Nāgarājā ayaṃ
maṃ sinerunā abhinippiyetvā dhūmāyati ceva pajjalati cāti cintetvā 'ho tvaṃ kosi'ti
paṭipucchi. 'Ahaṃ ko nanda moggallāno'ti. Bhante attano bhikkhu bhāvena tiṭṭhāhīti. Thero
taṃ attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā tassa dakkhiṇaṃ kaṇṇasotena pavisitvā vāmakaṇṇasotena
nikkhami, vāma kaṇṇasotena pavisitvā dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotena nikkhami, tathā
dakkhiṇanāsāsotena pavisitvā vāmanāsāsotena nikkhami, vāma nāsāsotena pavisitvā
dakèkhiṇanāsāsotena nikkhami. Tato nāgarājā mukhaṃ vicari, thero mukhena pavisitvā anto
kucchiyaṃ pācīnena ca pacchimena ca caṅkamati. Bhagavā 'moggallāna moggallāna manasi
karohi, mahiddhiko esa nāgo'ti āha. Thero mayhaṃ ko bhante cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā
bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, tiṭṭhatu bhante
nandopanando, ahaṃ nandopanandasadisānaṃ nāgarājānaṃ satampi sahassampi
satasahassampi dameyyanti āha. Nāgarājā cintesi: -pavisanto tāva me na diṭṭho,
nikkhamanakāle dāni naṃ dāṭhantare pakkhipitvā saṅkhādissāmīti, cintetvā 'nikkhama
bhante vā maṃ anto kucchiyaṃ aparāparaṃ vaṅkamanto bādhayitthā'ti āha. Thero
nikkhamitvā pahi aṭṭhāsi. Nāgarājā ayaṃ soti disvā nāsāvātaṃ vissajji. Thero catutthaṃ
jhānaṃ samāpajji, lomakupampissa vāto cāletuṃ nāsakkhi. Avasosā bikku kira ādito
paṭṭhāya sabbapāṭihāriyāni kātuṃ sakkuṇeyyuṃ, imaṃ pana ṭhānaṃ patvā evaṃ
kippanisantino hutvā samāpajjituṃ na sakkhissantīti tesaṃ bhagavā nāgarājadamanaṃ
nānujāni. Nāgarājā ahaṃ imassa samaṇassa nāsāvātena loma kupampi cāletuṃ nāsakkhiṃ
'mahiddhiko samaṇo'ti cintesi. Thero attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā supaṇṇarūpaṃ abhinimmiṇitvā
supaṇṇavātaṃ dassento nāgarājānaṃ anubandhi, nāgarājā taṃ [PTS Page 401] [\q 401/]
attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā māṇavakavaṇṇaṃ abinimmaṇitvā 'bhante tumhākaṃ saraṇaṃ
gacchāmī'ti vadanto therassa pāde vandi. Tero 'satthā vanda āgato, ehi gamissāmā'ti
nāgarājānaṃ damasitvā nibbisaṃ katvā gahetvā bhagavato santikaṃ agamāsi. Nāgarājā
bhagavantaṃ vanditvā 'bhante tumhākaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmī'ti āhaṃ. Bhagavā 'sukhi hohi
nāgarājā'ti vatvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto anāthapiṇḍikassa nivesanaṃ agamāsi.
Anāthapinḍiko 'kiṃ bhante atidivā āgatatthā'ti āha. Moggallānassa ca nandopanandassa ca
saṅgāmo ahosīti. 'Kassa bhante jayo, kassa parājayo'ti. 'Moggallānassa jayo, nandassa
parājayo'ti. Anāthapiṇḍiko 'adhivāsetu me bhante bhagavā sattāhaṃ ekapaṭipāṭiyā bhattaṃ,
sattāhaṃtherassa sakkāraṃ karissāmī'ti vatvā sattāhaṃ buddhapamukhānaṃ pañcannaṃ
bhikkhusatānaṃ

[SL Page 300] [\x 300/]

Mahāsakkāraṃ akāsi. Iti imaṃ imasmiṃ nandopanandadamane kataṃ mahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ
savdhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ: yadā mahantaṃ attabhāvaṃ karoti tadā mahantaṃ hoti
mahāmoggallānattherassa viyāti. Evaṃ vuttepi bhikkhū 'upādinnakaṃ nissāya
anupādinnakameva vaḍḍhatī'ti āhaṃsu. Ayameva cettha yutti. So evaṃ katvā na
kevalaṃcandimasuriye parāmasati. Sace icchati pādakaṭhalikaṃ katvā pāde ṭhapeti, pīṭhaṃ
katvā nisīdati, mañcaṃ katvā nipajjati. Apassenaphalakaṃ katvā apassayati. Yathā ca e, evaṃ
aparopi anekesupi hi bikkhusatasahassesu evaṃ karontesu tesañca ekamekassa tatheva
ijjhati. Candimasūriyānaṃ ca gamanampi āloka karaṇampi tatheva hiti. Yathā hi
pātisahassesu udakapūresu sabba pātīsu ca candamanḍalāni dissanti, pākatikameva ca
candassagamanaṃ ālokakaraṇañca hoti, tathūpamametaṃ pāṭihāriyaṃ, yāva brahma lokāpīti
brahmalokampi paricchedaṃ katvā. Kāyena vasaṃ vattetīti tattha brahmaloke kāyena attano
vasaṃ vatteti. Tassattho pāḷiṃ anugantvā veditabbo. Ayaṃ hettha pāḷi: yāva brahmalokāpi
kāyena vasaṃ vattetīti sace so iddhimā ceto vasippatto brahmalokaṃ gantukāmo hoti, dūrepi
santike adhiṭṭhāti 'santike hotu'ti, santike [PTS Page 402] [\q 402/] hoti. Santikepi dūre
adhiṭṭhāti 'dūre hotu'ti, dūre hoti. Bahukampi thokanti adhiṭṭhāti 'thokaṃ hotu'ti, thokaṃ
hoti. Thokampi bahukanti adhiṭṭhāti 'bahukaṃ hotu'ti, pahukaṃ hoti. Dibbena cakkhunā
tassa brahmuno rūpaṃ passati, dibbāya sotadhātuyā tassa brahmuno saddaṃ suṇāti,
cetopariyañāṇena tassa buhmuno cittaṃ pajānāti. Sace so iddhimā ceto vasippatto
dissamānena kāyena buhma lokaṃ gantukāmo hoti, kāyavasena cittaṃ pariṇāmeti,
kāyavasena cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti adhiṭṭhāti, kāyavasena cittaṃ pariṇāmetvā kāya vasena cittaṃ
adiṭṭhahitvā sukhasaññca lahusaññca okkamitvā dissamānena kāyena brahmalokaṃ
gacchati. Sace so iddhimā cetovasippatto adissamānena kāyena brahmalokaṃ gantu kāmo
hoti, cittavasena kāyaṃ parināmeti, cittavasena kāyaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, cittavasena kāyaṃ
pariṇāmetvā cittavasena kāyaṃ adiṭṭhahitvā sukhasaññca lahusaññca okkamitvā
adissamānena kāyena gacchati. So tassa brahmuno purato rūpaṃ abinimmiṇāti manomayaṃ
sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ ahīnindriyaṃ, sace so iddhimā caṅkamati, nimmito tattha caṅkamati.
Sace. So iddhimā tiṭṭhati - nisīdati - seyyaṃ kappeti. Nimmitopi seyyaṃ kappeti; sace so
iddhimā dhūmāyati- pajjalati- dhammaṃ bhāsati- pañhaṃ pucchati - pañhaṃ puṭṭho
vissajjeti, nimmitopi tattha pañhaṃ puṭṭho vissajjeti. Sace so iddhimā tena saddhiṃ
santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṃ samāpajjati, nimmitopi tatthatena
[SL Page 301] [\x 301/]

Buhmunā saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati sallapati sākacchaṃ samāpajjati. Yaṃ yadeva hi so iddhimā
karoti, taṃ tadeva nimmito karotīti. Tattha dūrepi santike adiṭṭhātīti pādakajjhānato
vuṭṭhāya dūre deva lokaṃ vā brahmalokaṃ vā āvajjeti santike hotūti, āvajjetnā parikammaṃ
katvā puna samāpajjitvā ñāṇena adhiṭṭhāti 'santike hotu'ti, santike hoti. Esa nayo sesa
padesupi. Tattha ko dūraṃ gahetvā santikaṃ akāsīti? Bhagavā. Bhagavā hi yamaka
pāṭihāriyāvasāne devalokaṃ gacchanto yugavdharañca sine ruñca santike katvā
paṭhavitalato ekapādaṃ [PTS Page 403] [\q 403/] yugavdhare ṭhapetvā
dutiyaṃsinerumatthake ṭhapesi. Añño ko akāsi? Mahā moggallānatthero. Thero hi sāvatthito
bhattakiccaṃ katva nikkhantaṃ dvādasayojanikaṃ parisaṃ tiṃsayojanaṃ saṅkassanagara
maggaṃ saṅkhipitvā taṅkhaṇaññeva sampāpesi. Apica, tambapaṇṇi dīpe
cūḷasamuddattheropi akāsi. Dubbhikkhasamaye kira therassa santikaṃ pātova
sattabikkhusatāniagamaṃsu. Thero 'mahā bhikkhusaṅgho, kuhiṃ bhikkhācāro bhavissatī'ti
cintento sakala tambapaṇṇidīpe adisvā 'paratire pāṭalīputte bhavissatī'ti disvā bhikkhū
pattacīvaraṃ gāhāpetvā 'ethāvuso bhikkhācāraṃ gamissāmā'ti paṭhaviṃ saṅkhipitvā
pāṭaliputtaṃ gato. Bhikkhū 'kataraṃ bhante imaṃ nagara'nti pucchiṃsu. 'Pāṭaliputtaṃ
āvuso'ti. 'Pāṭaliputtaṃ nāma dure bhante'ti. 'Āvuso mahallakattherā nāma dūrepi gahetvā
santike karontī'ti. 'Mahāsamuddo kuhaṃ bhante'ti. Nanu āvuso antarā ekaṃ nilamātikaṃ
atikkamitvā āgatatthāti? Āmabhante. 'Mahāsamuddo pana mahanto'ti. 'Āvuso mahallakattherā
nāma mahantampi khuddakaṃ karonti'ti. Yathā cāyaṃ, evaṃ tissa guttattheropi
sāyaṇhasamaye nahāyitvā katuttarāsaṅgo 'mahā bodhiṃ vandissāmi'ti citte uppanne santike
akāsi. Santikaṃ pana gahetvā ko dūramakāsīti? Bhagavā. Bhagavā hi attano ca aṅgulimālassa
ca antaraṃ santikampi dūramakāsi. Atha ko bahukaṃ thokamakāsīti? Mahākassapatthero.
Rājagahe kira nakkhatta dimase pañcasatā kumāriyo candapūve gahetvā nakkhta
kīḷanatthāya gacchantiyo bhagavantaṃ disvā kiñci nādaṃsu. Pacchato āgacchantaṃ pana
theraṃ disvā 'amhākaṃ thero eti, pūvaṃ dassāmā'ti sabbā pūve gahetvā theraṃ
upasaṅkamiṃsu. Thero pattaṃ nīharitvā sabbaṃ ekapattapūramattaṃ akāsi. Bhakavā theraṃ
āgamayamāno purato nisīdi, thero āharitvā bhagavato adāsiti. Iḍḍīsaseṭṭhi vatthusmiṃ
pana mahāmoggallānatthero tokaṃ pahukamakāsi, kākavalivatthusmiñca bhagavā.
Mahākassapatthero kira sattāhaṃ samāpattiyā vītināmetvā daḷiddasaṅgahaṃ karonto
kākavaliyassa nāma duggatamanussassa [PTS Page 404] [\q 404/] gharāre aṭṭhāsi. Tassa
jāyā theraṃ disvā

[SL Page 302] [\x 302/]

Patino kkaṃ aloṇambilayāguṃ patte ākiri. Thero taṃ gahetvā bhagavato hattheṭhapesi.
Mahābhikkhusaṅghassa paho nakaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhāsi. Ekapattena ābhataṃ sabbesaṃ pahosi.
Kākavaliyopi sattame divase seṭhiṭṭhānaṃ alatthāti. Na kevalañca thokassa bahukaraṇaṃ,
madhuraṃ amadhuraṃ amadhuraṃ madhuranti ādi supi yaṃ yaṃ icchati, sabbaṃ iddhimato
ijjhati. Tathāhi, mahā anulatthero nāma sambahule bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā
sukkhabhattameva labhitvā gaṅgātire nisīditvā paribhuñjamāne disvā gaṅgāya udakaṃ
sappimaṇḍanti adiṭṭhahitvā sāmanerānaṃ saññaṃ adāsi. Te thāla kehi āharitvā
bikkhusaṅghassa adaṃsu;sabbe madhurena sappi maṇḍena bhuñjiṃsūti. Dibbena
cakakhunāti idheva ṭhito ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā tassa brahmuno rūpaṃ passati, idheva ca ṭhito
tassa bhāsato saddaṃ suṇāti, cittaṃ pajānātīti. Kāyavasena cittapariṇāmetīti karajakāyassa
vasena cittaṃ pariṇāveti, pādakajjhānacittaṃ gahetvā kāye āropeti, kāyānugatikaṃ karoti
dandhagamanaṃ. Kāyagamanaṃ hi davdhaṃ hoti, sukhasaññca lahusaññca okkamatīti
pādakajjhānārammaṇena iddhivittena sahajātaṃ sukhasaññca lahusaññña okkamatī pavisati
phasseti sampāpuṇāti, sukhasaññā nāma upekkhā sampayuttā saññā, upekkhā hi santaṃ
sukhanti vuttā, sāyeva saññā nīvaraṇehi ceva vitakkādi paccanīkehi ca vimuttattā
lahusaññātipi vedi tabbā, taṃ okkantassa panassa karajakāyopi tulapicu viya sallahuko hoti.
So evaṃ vātakkhittatulapicunā viya sallahu kena dissamānena kāyena brahmalokaṃ gacchati,
evaṃ gacchanto ca sace icchati paṭhavikasiṇavasena ākāse maggaṃ nimmiṇitvā padasā
gacchati, sace icchati vāyokasiṇavasena vāyuṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā tulapicu viyavāyunā gacchati.
Apica gantukāmatā eva ettha pamāṇaṃ, satihi gantukāmatāya evaṃ katacittādhiṭṭhāno
adhiṭṭhānace gakkhittova so issāsakkhittasaro viya dissamāno gacchati. [PTS Page 405] [\q
405/] cittavasena kāyaṃ pariṇāvetīti kāyaṃ gahetvā citte āropeti, sukhasaññcalahusaññca
okkamatīti rūpakāyārammaṇena iddhicittena sahajātaṃ sukhasaññca lahusaññca okkamatīti,
sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ pana cittagamana meva hoti. Evaṃ adissamānena
kāyena gacchanto panāyaṃ kiṃ tassa adhiṭṭhānacittassa uppādakkhaṇegacchati, udāhu
ṭṭhitikkhaṇe bhaṅgakkhaṇe cāti vutte tisupi khaṇesu gacchatīti thero āha. Kimpana so
sayaṃ gacchatī, nimmitaṃ pesetīti? Yathārāci karoti, idha panassa sayaṃ gamanameva
āgataṃ. Manomayanti adhiṭṭhāna manena nimmitattā manomayaṃ, abinindriyanti idaṃ
cakkhusotā

[SL Page 303] [\x 303/]

Dīnaṃ sanṭhānavasenavuttaṃ, nimmitarūpe pana pasādo nāma natthi, sace iddhimā
caṅkamati nimmitopi tattha caṅkamatīti ādi sabbaṃ sāvakanimmitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
Buddhanimmito pana yaṃ yaṃ bhagavā karoti, taṃ tampi karoti, bhagavato rucivasena
aññampi karotīti. Etta ca yaṃ so indimā idheva ṭhito dibbena cakkhunā rūpaṃ passati,
dibbāya sotadhātuyā saddaṃ sunāti, cetopariyañāṇena cittaṃ pajānāti, na ettāvatā kāyena
vasaṃ vatteti. Yampi so idheva ṭhito te brahmunā saddhiṃ santiṭṭhati sallapati
sākacchaṃsamāpajjati, ettāvatāpi na kāyena vasaṃ vatteti. Yampissa dūrepi santike
adiṭṭhātīti ādikaṃ adiṭṭhānaṃ, ettāvatāpi na kāyena vasaṃ vatteti. Yampi so dissamānena vi
adissamānena vā kāyena brahmalokaṃ gacchati, ettāvatāpi na kāyena vasaṃ na. . .
Va%ñña kho so tassa brahmuno purato rūpaṃ abinimmiṇātīti ādinā nayena vuttavidhānaṃ
āpajjati. Ettāvatā kāyena vasaṃ vatteti nāma. Sesaṃ panettha kāyenavasaṃ vatta nāya
pubbabhāgadassanatthaṃ vuttanti. Ayaṃ tāva adhiṭṭhānā iddhi.

Vikubbanāya ca pana manomayāya ca idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ. Vikubbanaṃ tāva karontena so
pakativanṇaṃ vijabhitvā [PTS Page 406] [\q 406/] kumāraka vaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti,
nāgavanṇaṃ vā dasseti, supanṇavaṇṇaṃvā dasseti, asuravaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti, indavaṇṇaṃ
vā dasseti, deva vanṇaṃ vā dasseti, brahmavanṇaṃ vā dasseti, samuddavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti,
pabbatavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti, sīhavaṇṇaṃ vā dasseti. Byāgghavanṇaṃ vā dasseti, dīpivaṇṇaṃ
vā dasseti, hatthimpi dasseti, assampi dasseti, rathampi dasseti, pattimpi dasseti, vividhampi
senābyuhaṃ dassetīti evaṃ vuttesu kumārakavanṇādīsu yaṃ yaṃ ākaṅkhati, taṃ taṃ
adiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Adhiṭṭhahantena ca paṭhavīkasiṇādisu aññatarārammaṇato
abhiññāpādakajjhānato vuṭṭhāya attano kumārakavaṇṇo āvajjitabbo, āvajjitvāparikammāva
sāne puna samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya 'evarūpo nāma kumārako homi'ti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Saha
adhiṭṭhānacittena kumārako hoti devadatto viya, esa nayo sabbattha. Hatthimpi dassetīti
ādi panettha bahiddhāpi hatthi ādi dassanavasena vuctaṃ. Tattha ' hatthi homi'ti
anadhiṭṭhahitvā ' hatthi hotu'ti adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, assādisupi eseva nayoti. Ayaṃ vikubbanā
iddhi.

Manomayaṃ kātukāmo pana pādakajjhānato vuṭṭhāya kāyaṃ tāva āvajjetvā vuttanayeneva
'susiro hotu'ti adiṭṭhāti, susuro hoti. Athassa abbhantare aññaṃ kāyaṃ āvajjetvā parikammaṃ
katvā vuttanayeneva adiṭṭhāti tassa abbhantare 'aññekāyo hotu'ti, so taṃ muñjamhā īsikaṃ
viya kosiyā asiṃ viya

[SL Page 304] [\x 304/]
Karanḍāya ahaṃ viya ca abbāhati. Tena vuttaṃ: - "idha bhikkhu imamhā kāyā aññaṃ kāyaṃ
abinīmmiṇāti rupiṃ manomayaṃ sabbaṅga paccaṅgiṃ ahīnindriyaṃ, seyyathāpi puriso
muñjamhā īsikaṃ pavā heyya, tassa evamassa; ayaṃ muñjo ayaṃ īsikā, añño muñjo aññā
īsikā, muñjamhātveva īsikā pavāḷhā[a]"ti ādi. Ettha ca yathā īsikādayo muñjādihi sadisā
honti, evaṃ manomayarūpaṃ iddhimatā sadisameva hotīti sassanatthaṃ etā upamā vuttāti.
Ayaṃ manomayā iddhi.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visundimagge

Samādibāvanādikāre

Iddhividhaniddeso nāma

Dvādasamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 407] [\q 407/]

13.

Abhiññā niddeso.

Dāni dubbasotadhātuyi niddesakkamo anuppatto, tattha tato parāsu ca tūsu abhiññāsu so
evaṃ samāhite citteti ādīnaṃ attho vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Sabbattha pana visesa
mattameva vaṇṇayissāma. Tata; dibbāya sotadhātuyāti ettha dibba sadisattā dibbā,
devatānaṃ hi sucaritakammanibbattā pitta sembha ruhirādīhi apaḷibuddhā upakkilesa
vimuttatāya dūrepi ārammaṇa sampaṭicchanasamatthā dibbā pasādasotadhātu hoti,
ayañcāpi imassa bhikkhuno viriyabhāvanābalena nibbattā ñāṇasotadhātu tādisā yevāti
dibbasadisattā dibbā. Apica dibbavihāravasena paṭiladdhattā attanā ca
dibbavihārasannissitattāpi dibbā, savaṇaṭṭhena nijji vaṭṭhnaia ca sotadhātu, tāya dibbāya
sotadhātuyā. Visuddhāyāti parisuddhāya nirupakkilesāya, atikkantamānusikāyāti
manussūpacāraṃ atikkamitvā saddasavaṇena mānusikaṃ maṃsasotadhātuṃ atikkantāya vīti
vattitvā ṭhitāya. Ubho sadde suṇātīti dve sadde suṇāti. Katame dve? Dibbe ca mānuse ca,
devānañca manussānañca saddeti vuttaṃ hoti. Etena padesapariyādānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ye dūre
santike cāti ye saddā dūre paracakkavāḷepi ye ca santike antamaso
sadehasannissitapāṇakasaddāpi, te suṇātīti vuttaṃ hoti; etena nippadesapariyādānaṃ
veditabbaṃ.

[A.] Paṭisambhidāmaggaindikathā.

[SL Page 305] [\x 305/]

Kathaṃ panāyaṃ uppādetabbāti? Tena bhikkhunā [PTS Page 408] [\q 408/] abiññāpāda
kajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya parikammasamādhicittena paṭhamataraṃ pakatisotapathe
dūre oḷāriko araññe sihādīnaṃ saddo āvajji tabbo, vihāre gaṇḍisaddo bherisaddo
saṅkhasaddo sāmaṇeradahara bhikkhūnaṃ sabbatthāmena sajjhāyantānaṃ sajjhāyasaddo
pakatikathaṃ kathentānaṃ kiṃ bhante kiṃ āvusoti ādisaddo sakuṇasaddo vātasaddo
padasaddo pakkaṭṭhita udakassa cicciṭāyanasaddo ātape sussamānatālapaṇṇasaddo
kunthakipillikādisaddoti evaṃ sabboḷārikatoppabhūti yathākkamena sukhumasaddā
āvajjitabbā. Tena purattimāya disāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ,
pacchimāyauttarāyadakkhiṇāyaheṭṭhimāyauparimāya disāya, puratthimāyapi anu disāya,
paccimāyauttarāya-dakkhiṇāyapi anudisāya saddānaṃ sadda nimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ,
oḷārikānampi sukhumānampi saddānaṃ sadda nimittaṃmanasikātabbaṃ. Tassa te saddā
pākatikacittassapi pākaṭā honti, parikammasamādicittassa pana ativiya pākaṭā. Tassevaṃ
saddanimittaṃ manasikaroto idānidibbasotadhātu uppajjissatīti tesu saddesu aññataraṃ
ārammaṇaṃ katvā mano dvārāvajjanaṃ uppajjati, tasmiṃ niruddhe cattāri pañca vā javanāni
javanti, yesaṃ purimāni tīṇi cattāri vā parikammaupacārānuloma gotrabhunāmakāni
kāmāvacarāni, catutthaṃ vā pañcamaṃ vā appanā cittaṃ rūpāvacaraṃ catutthajjhānikaṃ.
Tattha yaṃ tena appanā cittena saddhiṃ uppannaṃ ñāṇaṃ, ayaṃ dibbasotadhātuti vedi tabbā.
Tato paraṃ tasmiṃ sote patito hoti taṃ thāmajātaṃ karontena etthantare saddaṃ suṇimīti
ekaṅgulamattaṃ pariccinditvā vaḍḍhetabbaṃ, tato dvaṅgula caturaṅgula aṭṭhaṅgula vidatthi
ratanaantogabbha pamukha pāsāda pariveṇa saṅghārāma gocaragāma janapadādivasena
yāva cakkāvāḷaṃ tato vā bhīyyopi pariccinditvā paricchinditvā vaḍḍhetabbaṃ, evaṃ
adigatābiñño esa pādakajjhānā rammaṇena phūṭṭhokāsabbhantaragatepi sadde puna
pādakajjhānaṃ asamāpajjitvāpi abhiññāñāṇena suṇātiyeva. Evaṃ suṇantova sacepi yāva
brahmalokā saṅkhabheri paṇavādi [PTS Page 409] [\q 409/] saddehi ekakolāhalaṃ hoti
pāṭiyekkaṃ vavatthapetukāmatāya sati ayaṃ saṅkhasaddo ayaṃ bherisaddoti vavatthapetuṃ
sakkoti yevāti.

Dibbasotadhātu kathā niṭṭhitā.

Cetopariyañāṇakathāya cetopariyañāṇāyāti ettha pariyā tīti= pariyaṃ, paricchindatīti attho.
Cetaso pariyaṃ= cetopariyaṃ, cetopariyañca taṃ ñāṇañcāti= cetopariyañāṇaṃ, tadatthāyāti

[SL Page 306] [\x 306/]

Vuttaṃ hoti. Parasattānanti attānaṃ ṭhapetvā sesasattānaṃ, parapuggalānanti idampiiminā
ekatthameva. Veneyyavasena pana desanāvilāsena ca byañjananānattaṃ kataṃ, cetasā ce toti
attani cittena tesaṃ cittaṃ. Pariccāti pariccinditvā. Pajānātīti sarāgādivasena nānappakārato
jānāti. Kataṃ panetaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppādetabbanti? Etaṃ hi dibbacakkhuvasena ijjhati taṃ etassa
parikammaṃ, tasmā tena bhikkunā ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā dibbena cakkhunā parassa
hadayarūpaṃ nissāya vattamānassa lohitassa vaṇṇaṃ passitvā passitvā cittaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ.
Yadāhi somanassacittaṃ pavattati. Tadā rattaṃ nigrodhapakkasadisaṃ hoti; yādā
domanassacittaṃ pavattati tadā kālakaṃ jambapakkasadisaṃ; yadā upekkhācittaṃ pavattati,
tadā pasannatilatelasadisaṃ; tasmānena idaṃ rupaṃ somanassindriyasamuṭṭhānaṃ, idaṃ
demanassindriyasamuṭṭhānaṃ, idaṃ upekkhindriyasamuṭṭhānanti parassa
hadayalohitavaṇṇaṃ passitvāpassitvā cittaṃ pariyesantenacetopariyañāṇaṃ thāmagataṃ
kātabbaṃ. Evaṃ thāmagatehi tasmiṃ anukkamena sabbampi kāmāvacara cittaṃ
rūpāvacarārūpāvacaracittañca pajānāti, cittā citata meva saṅkamanto vināpi
hadayarūpadassanena. Vuttampi cetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ: " āruppe parassa cittaṃ jānitukāmo
kassa hadayarūpaṃ passati kassindriyavikāraṃ oloketīti, na kassaci. Iddhi visayo1 esa,
yadidaṃ yattha katthaci cittaṃ āvajjento soḷasappabhedaṃ cittaṃ jānāti, akatābinivesassa pana
vasena ayaṃ kathā"ti. Sarāgaṃ vā cittanti ādisu pana aṭṭhavidhaṃ lobhasahagataṃ [PTS Page
410] [\q 410/] cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti veditabbaṃ. Avasosaṃ catubhumakaṃ
kusalābyākataṃ cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ, dve domanassa cittāti dve vicikicgñuṅdhaccacittā nīti
imāni pana cattāri cittāni eimasmiṃ duke saṅgahaṃ na gacchanti;keci pana therā tānipi
saṅgaṇhanti. Duvidaṃ pana domanassa cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittaṃ nāma, sabbampi catubhūmakaṃ
kusalābyā kataṃ cittaṃ vītadosaṃ, sesāni dasākusalacittāni imasmiṃ duke saṅgahaṃ na
gacchanti, keci pana therā tānipi saṃgaṇhanti. Samohaṃ vītamohanti ettha pana
pāṭipuggalikanayena vicikicchuddhacca sahagatadvayameva samohaṃ, mohassa pana
sabbākusalesu sambhavato dvādasavidhampi akusalacittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti vedi tabbaṃ,
avasosaṃ vītamohaṃ, thīnamiddhānugatampana saṃkkhittaṃ, uddhaccānugataṃ vikkhittaṃ,
rūpāvacarārūpāvacaraṃ mahaggataṃ, avasesaṃ amahaggataṃ, sabbampi tebhumakaṃ
sauttaraṃ, lokuttaraṃ anuttaraṃ, upacārappattaṃ appanāppattañca samāhitaṃ, ubhaya
mappattaṃ asamāhitaṃ, tadaṅga vikkhambhana samuccheda paṭippassaddhi
nissaraṇavimuttippattaṃ vumuttaṃ, pañcavidhampi etaṃ vimutti

1. Ma. 11. Iddhimato visayo. [A.] Mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ.

[SL Page 307] [\x 307/]

Mappattaṃ avimuttanti veditaṃbbaṃ. Iti cetopariyañāṇalābhī bhikku sabbappakārampi idaṃ
sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānāti samohaṃ vā cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti pajānāti
vītamohanaṃ vā cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti pajānāti saṃkkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ saṃkkhittaṃ
cittanaṃti pajānāti vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ vikkhitaṃ cittanti pajānāti mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ
mahaggataṃ cittanti pajānāti amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti pajānāti sauttara
vā cittaṃ sauttaraṃ cittanti pajānāti anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti pajānāti samāhitaṃ
vā cittaṃ samāhitaṃ cittanti pajānāti asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ asamāhitaṃ cittanti pajānāti
vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāti avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃti cittanti pajānāti

Cetopariya gñāṇakathā niṭṭhitā.

Pubbenivāsānussati ñāṇakathāya pubbenivāsānussati ñāṇāyāti pubbenivāsānussatimhi yaṃ
ñāṇaṃ, tadatthāya. Pubbenivāsoti pubbe atītajātisu nivutthakkhatdhā, nivutthāti ajjhāvuttā
anubhūtā attano santāne uppajjitvā niruddhā, nivutthadhammā vā. Nivutthāti
gocaranivāsena nivuttā, attano viññāṇena viññātā pariccinnā paraviññāṇaviññātāpi vā
chinnavaṭumakānussaraṇādisu, te buddhānaṃ yeva labbhanti. Pubbenivāsānussatīti yāya
satiyā pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Sā pubbenivāsānussati. Ñāṇanti tāya satiyā
sampayuttañāṇaṃ, evamimassa [PTS Page 411] [\q 411/] pubbe nivāsānussatiñāṇassa
atthāya pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya, etassa ñāṇassa adhigamāya pattiyāti vuttaṃ hoti.
Anekavihitanti anekavidhaṃ, anekehi vā pakārehi pavattitaṃ saṃvanṇitanti attho.
Pubbenivāsanti samanantarātītabhavaṃ ādīṃ katvā tattha tattha nivutthasantānaṃ,
anussaratīti khaphdhapaṭipāṭivasena cutipaṭi sandhivasena vā anugantvā anugantvā sarati.
Imaṃ hi pubbenivāsaṃ cha janā anussaranti: - tittiyā, pakatisāvakā, mahāsāvakā, agga
sāvakā, paccekabundā, buddhāti. Tattha titthiyā cattāḷīsaṃ yeva kappe anussaranti, na tato
paraṃ. Kasmā? Dubbalapaññattā; tesaṃ hi nāmarūpaparicchedavirahitattā dubbalā paññā
hoti. Pakatisāvakā kappasatampi kappasahassampi anussaranti yeva balava paññattā.
Asītimahāsāvakā satasahassakappe anussaranti. Dve aggasāvakā ekaṃ asaṃkheyyaṃ
satasahassañca, paccekabuddhā dve asaṃkheyyāni satasahassañca, ettako hi tesaṃ
abhinīhāro. Buddhānaṃ pana paricchedo nāma natthi. Titthiyā ca khandhapaṭipāṭimeva
saranti, paṭipāṭiṃ muñcitvā cutipaṭisandhivasena sarituṃ na sakkonti, tesaṃ hi avdhānaṃ
viya ejchitapadesokkamanaṃ natthi. Yathā pana andhā yaṭṭhiṃ amuñcitvāva gacchanti, evaṃ
te khandhapaṭipāṭiṃ amuñcitvāva saranti. Pakatisāvakā khandhapaṭipāṭiyāpi anussaranti
cutipaṭisandhivasenapi saṅkamanti, tathā asītimahāsāvakā. Dvinnampana aggasāvakānaṃ
khandhapaṭipāṭikiccaṃ natthi, ekassa attabhāvassa cutiṃ disvā paṭisandhiṃ passanti puna
aparassacutiṃ disvā paṭisandhinti, evaṃ cutipaṭisandhivaseneva saṅkamantā gacchanti, tathā
paccekabuddhā. Buddhānampana neva khandhānaṃ paṭipāṭikiccaṃ, na cūtipaṭisandhivasena
saṅkamanakiccaṃ atthi. Tesaṃ hi anekāsu kappakoṭisu heṭṭhā

[SL Page 308] [\x 308/]

Vā upari vā yaṃ yaṃ ṭhānaṃ icchanti, taṃ taṃ pākaṭameva hoti. Kamhā anekāpi kappakoṭiyo
peyyālapāḷiṃ viya saṃkhipivo yaṃ yaṃ bacchanti tattha tattheva okkamantā
sīhokkantavasena gacchanti. Evaṃ gacchantānañca nesaṃ ñāṇaṃ yathā nāma katavāḷa
vedhaparicayassa sarabhaṅgasadisassa dhanuggahassa khitto saro antarā rukkhalatādisu
asajjamāno lakkheyeva patati na sajjati na virajjhati, evi antarantarāsu jātisu na sajjati na
[PTS Page 412] [\q 412/] virajjhati asajja mānaṃ avirajjhamānaṃ icchiticchitaṭṭhānaṃ
yeva gaṇhāti. Imesu ca pana pubbanivāsānussaraṇasattesu titthiyānaṃ pubbenivāsa
dassanaṃ khajjūpanakappabhāsadisaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti, pakatisāvakānaṃ dīpappabhāsadisaṃ,
mahāsāvakānaṃ ukkāpabhāsadisaṃ, aggasāvakānaṃ osadhītārakappabhāsadisaṃ,
paccekabuddhānaṃ candappabhāsadisaṃ, buddhānaṃ rasmisahassa patimaṇḍita sarada
suriyamaṇḍalasadisaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Titthiyānañca pubbenivāsānussaranaṃ avdhānaṃ
yaṭṭhi koṭigamanaṃ viya hoti, pakatisāvakānaṃ daṇḍakasetugamanaṃ viya, mahāsāvakānaṃ
jaṅghasetugamanaṃ viya, aggasāvakānaṃ sakaṭasetugamanaṃ viya, paccekabuddhānaṃ
mahājaṅghamaggagamanaṃ viya, buddhānaṃ mahāsakaṭamagga gamanaṃ viya. Imasmiṃ
pana adikāre sāvakānaṃ pubbe nivāsānussaraṇaṃ adippetaṃ, tena cuttaṃ anussaratīti
dhavdhapaṭipāṭivasena cutipaṭisandhivasena vā anugantvā anugantvā saratīti. Tasmāevaṃ
anussaritukāmena ādikammikena bhikkhunā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapāta paṭikkantena
rahogatena patisallīnena paṭipāṭiyā cattāri jhānāni samāpajjitvā
abiññāpādakacatutthajjhānato vuṭṭhāya sabbapacchimā nisajjā āvajjitabbā; tato
āsanapaññāpanaṃ senāsanappavesanaṃ pattacīvarapaṭisāmanaṃ bhojanakālo gāmato
āgamanakālo gāme pinḍāya caritakālo gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭha kālo vihārato
nikkhamanakālo cetiyaṅgaṇa bodhiyaṅgaṇa vandanakālo pattadhovanakālo
pattapaṭiggahaṇakālo patta paṭiggahaṇato yāva mukhadhovanā katakiccaṃ āvajjitabbaṃ.
Ettakaṃ pana pakaticittassapi pākaṭaṃ hoti, parikammasamādhi cittassa pana
atipākaṭameva. Sace panettha kiñci na pākaṭaṃ hoti, puna pādakajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā
vuṭṭhāya āvajjitabbaṃ. Ettakena dīpe jālite viya pākaṭaṃ hoti, evaṃ paṭilomakkame neva
dutiyadivasepi tatiya catutthapañcavadivasepi dasāhepi aḍḍhamā sepi māsepi yāva
saṃvaccharāpikatakiccaṃ āvaccitabbaṃ, eteneva upāyena dasavassāni vīsativassānīti yāva
imasmiṃ bhave [PTS Page 413] [\q 413/] attano paṭisandhi tāva āvajjantena purimahave
cutikkhaṇe pavattita nāma rūpaṃ āvajjitabbaṃ. Pahoti hi paṇḍiko bhikkhu
paṭhamavāreneva

[SL Page 309] [\x 309/]

Paṭisandhiṃ ugghāṭetvā cutikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ kātuṃ, yasmā pana
purimabhave nāmarūpaṃ asesaṃ niruddhamaññaṃ uppannaṃ, tasmā taṃ ṭhānaṃ
āhuvdarikaṃ andhantamamivahoti duddasaṃ duppaññena. Tenāpi na sakkomahaṃ
paṭisandhiṃ ugghāṭetvā cutikkhaṇe pavattitanāmarūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ kātunti
dhuranikkhepo na kātabbo; tadeva panapādakajjhānaṃ punappuna samāpajjitabbaṃ, tato ca
vuṭṭhāya taṃ ṭhānaṃ āvajjitabbaṃ. Evaṃ karontohi seyya thāpi nāma balavā puriso
kūṭāgārakanṇikatthāyamahārukkhaṃ chivdanto sākhāpalāsacchedanamatteneva
pharasudhārāya vipannāya mahārukkhaṃ chivdituṃ asakkontopi dhuranikkhepaṃ akatvāva
kammārasālaṃ gantvā tikhīnaṃ pharasuṃ kārāpetvā puna āgantvā chindeyya, puna
vipannāya ca punapi tatheva kārāpetvā chindeyya, so evaṃ chindanto chinnassa chinnassa
puna chedetabbabhāvato accinnassa ca chedanato nacirasseva mahārukkhaṃ pāteyya; eva
meva pādakajjhāni vuṭṭhāya pubbe āvajātaṃ anāvajātvā paṭisandhi meva āvajjanto na
cirasseva paṭisandhiṃ ugghāṭetvā cutikkhaṇe vattitanāmarūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃkareyyāti.
Kaṭṭhaphālakakesohāra kādīhipi ayamattho dīpetabbo. Tattha pacchima nisajjatoppabhūti
yāva paṭisandhito ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattaṃ ñāṇaṃ pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ nāma na hoti.
Tampana parikammasamādhiñānaṃ nāma hoti. Atitaṃsañāṇantipi eke vadanti, taṃ
rūpāvacaraṃ sandhāya na yujjati. Yadā panassa bhikkhuno paṭisandhiṃ
atikkammacutikkhaṇe pavattitanāmarūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā manodvārāvajjanaṃ uppajjati,
tasmiñca niruddhe tadevārammaṇaṃ katvā cattāri pañca vā javanāni javanti. Sesaṃ pubbe
vuttanayeneva purimāni parikammādināma kāni kāmāvacarāni honti, pacchimaṃ
rūpāvacaraṃ catutthajjhānikaṃ appanācittaṃ. Tadāssa yaṃ tena cittena saha ñāṇaṃ uppajjati,
idaṃ pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ nāma. Tena ñāṇena sampayuttāya satiyā anekavihitaṃ
pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati; seyyathīdaṃ: ekampi jāti dvepi [PTS Page 414] [\q 414/] jātiyo
tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañca pi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo
cattārisampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jāti sahassampi jāti satasahassampi anekepi
saṃvaṭṭakappe aneke pi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo
evaṃgotto evaṃvanṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukha dukkha paṭisaṃvedi evamāyu pariyanto, so
tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ, tatrāpā siṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃ
sukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedi evamāyupariyanto so tato cuto idhūpapannoti. Iti sākāraṃ sa
uddesaṃ aneka vihitaṃ pubbe nivāsaṃ anussarati.

Tattha ekampi jātinti ekampi paṭisandhimūlaṃ cutipariyosānaṃ ekabhavapariyāpannaṃ
khandhanantānaṃ, esa nayo dvepi jātiyoti ādisupi. Anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappeti ādisu pana
parihāyamāno kappo saṃvaṭṭakappo, vaḍḍhamāno vivaṭṭakappoti veditabbo. Tattha
saṃvaṭṭena saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyī gahito hoti, taṃ mūlakattā, vivaṭṭena ca vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyī. Evaṃ hi
sati yāni tāni ca" cattārimāni bhikkhave kappassa asaṅkheyyāni. Katamāni cattāri? Saṃvaṭṭo
saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyi vivaṭṭo vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyī[a]"ti vuttāni, tāni pariggahitāni

[A.] Aṅguttaracatukkanipāta.

[SL Page 310] [\x 310/]

Honti, tattha tayo saṃvaṭṭā: - āposaṃvaṭṭo tejosaṃvaṭṭo vāyosaṃvaṭṭoti. Tisso
saṃvaṭṭasīmā: ābhassarā, subhakiṇhā, vehapphalāti. Yadā kappo kejena saṃvaṭṭati,
ābhassarato heṭṭhā agginā ḍayhati. Yadā āpena saṃvaṭṭati, subhakinhato heṭṭhā udakena
viḷīyati. Yadā vāyunā saṃvaṭṭati, vehapphalatoheṭṭhā vātena viddhaṃsati. Vitthārato pana
sadāpi ekaṃ buddhakkhettaṃ vinassati. Buddhakkhettaṃ nāma tividhaṃ hoti: - jātikkhettaṃ
āṇākkhettaṃ visayakkhettañca. Tattha jātikkhettaṃ dasasahassacakkavāḷapariyantaṃ hoti,
yaṃ tathāgatassa paṭisandhigahaṇādisu kampati. Ānākkhettaṃ
koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷapariyantaṃ, yattha ratanasuttaṃ khandhaparittaṃ dhajaggaparittaṃ
āṭānāṭiya parittaṃ moraparittanti mesaṃ parittānaṃ ānubhāvo vattati. Visayakkhettaṃ
anantamaparimānaṃ, yaṃ yāvatā vāpanākaṅkheyyāti cuttaṃ, yattha yaṃ yaṃ tathāgato
ākaṅkhati taṃ taṃ jānāti. Evame tesu tīsu buddhakkhettesu ekaṃ āṇākkhettaṃ vinassati,
tasmiṃ pana vinassante jātikkhettampi vinaṭṭhameva hoti. Vinassantañca ekatova vinassati,
saṇṭhahantampi ekatova saṇṭhahati. Tasse caṃ vināso ca saṇṭhahanañca veditabbaṃ.
Yasmiṃ hi samaye kappo agginā nassati āditova kappavināsakamahāmegho [PTS Page 415]
[\q 415/] vuṭṭhahitvā koṭisatasahassa cakkavāḷeekaṃ mahāvassaṃ vassati, manussā
tuṭṭha haṭṭhā sabbabījāni nīharitvā vapanti, sassesu pana gokhāyitaka mattesu jātesu
gadubharavaṃ ravanto ekabundumpi navassati, tadāpacchinnaṃ pacchinnameva vassaṃ hoti.
Badaṃ sandhāya hi bhagavatā"hoti kho so bhikkhave samayo yaṃ bahūni vassāni pahūni
vassasatāni pahūni vassasahassāni pahūni ssasatasahassāni devo na vassatī"[a]ti vuttaṃ.
Vassūpajivinopi sattā kālaṃ katvā brahmaloke nibbattanti, pupphaphalūpajiviniyo ca devatā.
Evaṃ dīghe addhāne vītivatte tattha tattha udakaṃ parikkhayaṃ gacchati, athānupubbena
macchakaccha pāpi kālaṅkatvā brahmaloke nibbattanti, nerayika sattāpi. Tattha nerayikā
sattamasuriyapātubhāvena vinassantīti eke, jhānaṃ vinā natthi brahmaloke nibbatti. Etesañca
keci dubbhikkhapīḷitā, keci abhabbā jhānādigamāya. Te kathaṃ tattha nibbattantīti? Deva
loko paṭiladdhajhānavasena. Tadāhi vassasatasahassassa accayena kappuṭṭhānaṃ
bhavissatīti lokabyuhā nāma kāmāvacaradevā mutta sirā vikiṇṇakesā rudammukhā assūni
hatthehi puñchamānā rattavatthanivatthā ativiya virūpavesadhārino hutvā manussapathe
vicarantā evaṃārocenti: mārisā! Mārisā! Ito vassasatasahassassa accayena kappuṭṭhānaṃ
bhavissati, ayaṃ loko vinassīssati, mahā

[A.] Aṅguttarasattakanipāta.

[SL Page 311.] [\x 11/]

Samuddopi ussussissati, ayañca mahāpaṭhavī sineru ca pabbatarājā uḍḍayhissanti
vinassissanti, yāva brahmalokā lokavināso bhavissati, mettaṃ mārisā bhāvetha,
karuṇaṃ-muditaṃ- upekkhaṃ mārisā bhāvetha, mātaraṃ upaṭṭhahatha, pitaraṃ
upaṭṭhahatha, kule jeṭṭhāpacāyino hothāti. Tesaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā yebhuyyena manussā ca
bhummadevāca saṃvegajātā aññamaññaṃ muducittā hutvā mettādīni puññāni karitvā
devaloke nibbattanti. Tattha dibbasudābhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā vāyokasiṇe parikammaṃ katvā
jhānaṃ paṭilabhanti. Tadaññe pana aparāpariyavedanīyena kammena devaloke nibbattanti,
aparāpariyavedanīyakammarahito hi saṃsāre saṃsaranto satto nāma natthi. Tepi tattha
tatheva jhānaṃ [PTS Page 416] [\q 416/] paṭilabhanti, evaṃ devaloke
paṭiladdhajhānavasena sabbepi brahmaloke nibbattantīti. Vassūpacchedato pana uddhaṃ
dighassa addhuno accayena dutiyo suriyo pātubhavati. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: - "hoti kho
so bhikkhave samayo[a]"ti sattasuriyaṃvitthāretabbaṃ. Pātubhute ca pana tasmiṃ neva
rattiparicchedo na divāparicchedo paññāyati. Eko suriyo uṭṭheti, eko atheṃ gacchati,
avicchinnasuriyasantāpova loko hoti. Yathā ca pakati sūriye suriyadevaputto hoti, evaṃ
kappavināsakasuriye natthi. Tepi tattha pakatisuriye vattamāne ākāse valābhakāpi dhūmasi
khāpi caranti, kappavināsakasūriye vattamāne vigata dhūmavalāhakaṃ ādāsamaṇḍalaṃ viya
nimmalaṃ nabhaṃ hoti, ṭhapetvā pañcamahānadiyo sesakunnadīādisu udakaṃ sussati.
Tatopi dīghassa aḍuno acca yena tatiyo suriyo pātubhavatī, yassa pātubāvā mahānadī yopi
sussanti; tatopi dīghassa aḍuni accayena catuttho sūriyo pātubhavati, yassa pātubhāvā
himavati mahānadīnaṃ pabhavā sīhapapāto haṃsapapāto1 kanṇamuṇḍako rathakāradaho
anotattadaho chaddantadaho kuṇāladahoti ime sattamahā sarā sussanti. Tatopi dighassa
aḍuno accayena pañcamo sūriyo pātubhavati, yassa pātubhāvā anupubbena mahāsamudde
aṅguli pabbatemanamattampi udakaṃ nasaṇṭhāti. Tatopi dīghassa aḍuno accayena chaṭṭho
suriyo pātubhavati yassa pātubhāvā sakalacakkavāḷaṃ ekadhūmaṃ hoti. Pariyādinnasinehaṃ
dhūmena, yathācidaṃ evaṃ koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷānipi. Tatopidīghassa aḍuno accayena
sattamo suriyo pātuvati, yassa pātubhāvā sakalacakkavāḷaṃ eka jālaṃ hoti saddhiṃ
koṭisatasahassa cakkavāḷehi, yojanasatikādi bhedāni sinerukūṭānipi palujjitvā ākāseyeva
antaradhāyanti. Sā aggijālā aṭṭhahitvā cātummahārājike gaṇhāti, tattha kanaka

[A.] Aṅguttarasattakanipāta 1. Sī. 11. Sīhapapātano - ma. 1. Sīhapātano.

[SL Page 312] [\x 312/]

Vimāna ratanavimāna manivimānāni jhāpetvā tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ gaṇhāti. Eteneva
upāyenayāva paṭhamajjhānabhumiṃ gaṇhāti, tattha tayopi brahmaloke jhāpetvā ābhassare
āhacca tiṭṭhati. Sā yāva anumattampi [PTS Page 417] [\q 417/] saṃkhāragataṃ atthi tāva
na nibbāyati. Sabba saṃkāraparikkhayā pana sappītelajhāpanaggisikhā viya chārikampi
anavasesetvā nibbāyati, heṭṭhā ākāsena saha upari ākāso eko hoti mahandhakāro. Atha
dīghassa aḍuni aeccayena mahā megho uṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṃ sukhuma sukhumaṃ vassati,
anupubbenakumudanā ḷayaṭṭhi musalatālakkhandhādippamānāhi dhārāhi vassanto
koṭisatasahassacakkavāḷesu sabbaṃ daḍḍhaṭṭhānaṃ pūretvā antaradhāyati. Taṃ udakaṃ
heṭṭhā ca tiriyañca vāto samuṭṭhahitvā ghanaṃ karoti parivaṭumaṃ paduminipatte
udakabindusadisaṃ. Kathaṃ tāva mahantaṃ udakarāsiṃ ghanaṃ karotīti ce?
Vivarasampadānato. Taṃ hissa tamhitamhi vivaraṃ deti. Taṃ evaṃ vātena sampinḍiyamānaṃ
ghanaṃ kayiramānaṃ parikkhayamānaṃanupubbena heṭṭhā otarati, otinṇe otinne udake
brahmalokaṭṭhāne brahmalokā upari catukāmāvacaradeva lokaṭṭhāne ca devalokā
pātubhavanti. Purimapaṭhaviṭṭhānaṃ otinṇe pana balavavātā uppajjanti, te taṃ pihitvāre
dhamma karake ṭhita udakamiva nirussāhaṃ katvā rumbhenti. Madhurodakaṃ parikkhayaṃ
gacchamānaṃ upari rasapaṭhaviṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, sā vaṇṇa sampannāceva hoti
gavdharasasampannā ca, nirūdakapāyāsassa uparipaṭalaṃ viya. Tadā ca ābhassara
brahmaloke paṭhamatarābhinibbattā sattā āyukkhayā vā puññakkhayā vā tato cavitvā
edhūpapajjanti, te honti sayampabhā antaḷikkhacarā, te aggaññasutte vutta nayena taṃ
rasapaṭhaviṃ sāyitvā taṇhābhibhūtā āluppakāraṃ pari bhuñjituṃ upakkamanti, atha nesaṃ
sayampabhā antaradhāyati andhakāro hoti. Te avdhakāraṃ disvā bhāyanti, tato nesaṃ
bhayaṃ nāsetvā sūrabhāvaṃ janayantaṃ paripuṇṇapaṇṇāsayojanaṃ suriyaṃ manḍalaṃ
pātubhavati, te taṃ disvā ālokaṃ paṭilabhimhāti haṭṭhatuṭṭhā hutvā amhākaṃ bhītānaṃ
bhayaṃ nāsetvā sūrabhāvaṃ janayanto uṭṭhito tasmā sūriyo hotūti suriyotvevassa nāmaṃ
karonti. Atha sūriye divasaṃ ālokaṃ katvā atkhaṅgate yampi ālokaṃ labhimhā sopi no [PTS
Page 418] [\q 418/] naṭṭhoti puna bhītā honti. Tesaṃ evaṃ hoti: ' sādhu vatassa sace
aññaṃ ālokaṃ labheyyāmā'ti. Tesaṃ cittaṃ ñtvā viyaekūna panṇāsayojanaṃ candamaṇḍalaṃ
pātubhavati, te taṃ disvā bhiyyosomattāya haṭṭhatuṭṭhā hutvā amhākaṃ chandaṃ ñatvāviya
uṭṭhito tasmā cavdo hotūti candotvevassa nāmaṃ karonti, evaṃ candimasūriyesu
pātubhutesu nakkhattāni tāraka rūpāni pātubhavanti, tatoppabhūti rattindivā paññāyanti,
anukka mena ca māsaddhamāsa utusaṃvaccharā. Candimasuriyānaṃ pana pātubhūta

[SL Page 313] [\x 313/]

Divasoyeva sineru cakkavāḷa himavantapabbatā pātubhavanti, te ca kho apubbaṃ
acarimaṃphaggunapuṇṇamadivaseyeva bhātubhavanti. Kathaṃ? Yathā nāma kaṅgubhatte
paccamāne ekappahāreneva bubbuḷa kāni uṭṭhahanti, eke padesā thūpathūpā honti, eke
ninna ninnā, eke samasamā, evameva thūpathūpaṭṭhāne pabbatā honti, ninnaninnaṭṭhāne
samuddā, samasamaṭṭhāne dīpāti. Atha tesaṃ sattānaṃ rasapaṭhaviṃ paribhuñjantānaṃ
kamena ekacce vaṇṇa vanto, ekacce dubbaṇṇā honti. Tattha vaṇṇavanto dubbanṇe
atimaññanti, tesaṃ atimānapaccayā sāpi rasapaṭhavī antaradhāyati, bhūmipappaṭako
pātubhavati, atha nesaṃ teneva nayena sopi antaradhāyati, badālatā pātubhavati, teneva
nayena sāpi antaradhāyati, akaṭṭhapāko sāli pātubhavati akano athuso suṅdho sugavdho
taṇḍulapphalo. Tato nesaṃ bhājanāni uppajjanti, te sāliṃ bhājane ṭhapetvā pāsāṇapiṭṭhiyā
ṭhapenti. Sayameva jālasikhā uṭṭhahitvā taṃ pavati, so hoti odano sumana jātipupphasadiso,
na tassa sūpena vā byañjanena vā karaṇīyaṃ atthi, yaṃ yaṃ rasaṃ bhuñjitukāmā honti taṃ
taṃ rasova hoti, tesaṃ taṃ oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhārayataṃ tatoppabhūti muttakarīsaṃ sañjāyati.
Atha nesaṃ tassa nikkhamanatthāya vaṇamukhāni pabhijjanti, purisassa purisabhāvo,
ittiyāpi itthibāvo pātubhavati tatra sudaṃ itthi purisaṃ, puriso ca itthi atavelaṃ upanijjhāyati,
tesaṃ ati velaṃ upanijjhāyanapaccayā kāmapariḷāho uppajjati, tato methunadhammaṃ
paṭisevanti. [PTS Page 419] [\q 419/] te asaddhammapaṭisevanapaccayā viññūhi
garahiyamānā viheṭhiyamānā tassa asaddhammassa paṭicchādanahetu agārāni karonti, te
agāraṃ ajjhāvasamānā anukkamena aññatarassa alasajātikassa sattassa diṭṭhānugatiṃ
āpajjantā sannidhiṃ karonti, tatoppabhūti kanopi thusopi taṇḍulaṃ pariyo nandhanti,
lāyitaṭṭhānampi na paṭivirūhati. Te sannipatitvā anutthunanti: 'pāpakā vata bho dhammā
sattesu pātubhūtā, mayaṃ hi pubbe manomayā ahumhā'ti. Aggaññasutte vuttanayeneva
vitthāre tabbaṃ. Tato mariyādaṃ ṭhapenti, atha aññataro satto añña tarassa bhāgaṃ adinnaṃ
ādiyati. Taṃ dvikkhattuṃ paribhāsitvā tatiyavāre pāṇileḍḍudaṇḍehi paharanti, te evaṃ
adannādāna garaha musāvādadaṇḍādānesu uppannesu sannipatitvā cintayanti: 'yannūna
mayaṃ ekaṃ sattaṃ sammanneyyāma yo no sammā khīyi tabbaṃ khīyeyya garahitabbaṃ
garayeyya pabbājetabbaṃ pabbājeyya, mayaṃ panassa sālīnaṃ bhāgaṃ anuppadassāmā'ti.
Evaṃ katasanniṭṭhā nesu pana sattesu imasmiṃ tāva kappe ayameva bhagavā bodhi
sattabhuto tena samayena tesu sattesu abhirūpataro ca dassa nīyataro ca mahesakkhataro ca
buddhisampanno paṭibaloniggaha

[SL Page 314] [\x 314/]

Paggahaṃ kātuṃ, te taṃ upasaṅkamitvā yācitvā sammanniṃsu. So tena mahājanena
sammatoti= mahāsammato, khettānaṃ adipatīti= khattiyo, dhammena samena pare
rañjetīti= rājāti tīhi nāmehi paññāyittha. Yañhi loke acchariyaṭṭhānaṃ bodhisattova tattha
ādipurisoti evaṃ bodhisattaṃ ādiṃ katvā khattiyamaṇḍale saṇīte anupubbena
brahmaṇādayopi vaṇṇā saṇṭhahiṃsu. Tattha kappavināsaka mahāmeghato yāva
jālūpacchedo, idamekaṃ asaṃ kheyyaṃ saṃvaṭṭoti vuccati. Kappavināsaka jālūpacchedato
yāva koṭisatasahassa cakkavāḷaparipūrako sampattimahāmegho, idaṃ dutiyaṃ asaṃkheyyaṃ
saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyītī. Vuccati. Sampatti mahāmeghato yāva chandimasūriyapātubhāvo, idaṃ
tatiyaṃ asaṃkheyyaṃ vivaṭṭoti vuccati. Candimasuriyapātubhāvato yāva puna [PTS Page
420] [\q 420/] kappavināsakamahā megho idaṃ catutthaṃ asaṃkheyyaṃ vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyīti
vuccati. Imāni cattāri asaṃkheyyāni eko mahākappo hoti, evaṃ tāva agginā vināso ca
saṇṭhahanañca veditabbaṃ.

Yasmiṃ pana samaye kappo udakona nassati, āditova kappa vināsakamahāmegho
uṭṭhahitvāti pubbe vuttanayeneva vithore tabbaṃ. Ayampana viseso: - yathā tattha
dutiyasūriyo, evamidha kappa vināsako khārūdakamahāmegho vuṭṭhāti. So ādito sukhumaṃ
sukhumaṃ vassanto anukkamena mahādhārāhi koṭisatasahassa cakkavāḷānaṃ pūrento
vassati, khārūdakena phūṭṭhapūṭṭhā paṭhavipabbatā dayo viḷīyanti, udakaṃ samantato
vātehidhārīyati, paṭhavito yāva dutiyajjhānabhumiṃ udakaṃ gaṇhāti tattha tayopi
brahmaloke viḷiyāpetvā subhakiṇhe āhacca tiṭṭhati, taṃ yāva aṇumattampi saṅkhāragataṃ
atthi tāva na vūpasammati udakānugataṃ pana sabbasaṅkhāra gataṃ abibhavitvā sahasā
vūpasammati antaradhānaṃ gacchati, heṭṭhā ākāsena saha upari ākāso eko hoti
mahandhakāroti sabbaṃ vuttasadisaṃ. Kevalaṃ panidha ābhassarabrahmalokaṃ ādiṃ katvā
loko pātubhavati, subhakiṇhato ca cavitvā ābhassaraṭṭhānādisu sattā nibbattanti. Tattha
kappavināsakamahāmeghato yāva kappavināsakakhārūdakūpacchedo, idamekaṃ
asaṃkheyyaṃ. Udakū pacchedato yāva sampattimahāmegho, idaṃ dutiyaṃ asaṃkheyyaṃ
sampattimahāmeghato yāva candimasūriyapātubhāvo, idaṃ tatayaṃ asaṃkheyyaṃ vivaṭṭoti
viccati, candimasuriyapātubhāvato yāva puna kappavināsakamahā mogho idaṃ catutthaṃ
asaṃkheyyaṃ vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyīti vuccati. Imāni cattāri asaṃkheyyāni eko mahākappo hoti. Evaṃ
tāva aggini vināso ca saṇṭhahanañca veditabbaṃ.

Yasmiṃ samaye kappo vātena vinassati āditova kappavināsakamahāmegho uṭṭhahitvāti
pubbe vuttanayeneva vitthare tabbaṃ. Ayampana viseso: - yathā tattha dutiyasūriyo
evamidha kappa mināsanatthaṃ vāto samuṭṭhahati, so paṭhamaṃ thūlarajaṃ uṭṭhāpeti

[SL Page 315] [\x 315/]

Tato saṇharajaṃ, sukhumavālikaṃ, thūlavālikaṃ, sakkharapāsāṇādayoti yāva [PTS Page 421]
[\q 421/] kūṭāgāramatte pāsāṇe visamaṭṭhāne ṭhitamahārukkhe ca uṭṭhā peti. Te
paṭhavito nabhamuggatā na ca puna patanti, tattheva cuṇṇavicuṇṇā hutvā abāvaṃ
gacchanti, athānukkamena heṭṭhā mahā paṭhaviyā vāto samuṭṭhahitvā paṭhaviṃ
parivattetvā uddhamūlaṃ katvā ākāso khipatī, yojanasatappamāṇāpi paṭhavippadesā
dviyojanatiyojanacatuyojanapañcayojanasatappamāṇāpi pabhijjitvā vātavegakkhittā
ākāsoyeva cunṇavicuṇṇā hutvā abhāvaṃ gacchanti, cakkavāḷapabbatampi
sinerupabbatampi vāto ukkhipitvā ākāse khipati. Te aññamaññaṃ abhihantvā cunṇavicuṇṇā
hutvā vinassanti, eteneva upāyena bhummaṭṭhakavimānāni ca ākāsaṭṭhakavimānāni ca
vināsento cha kāmāvacara devaloke vinā setvā koṭisatasahassaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ vināseti, tattha
cakkāvāḷācakkavāḷehi himavantā himavantehi sineru sirūhi aeñña maññaṃ samāgantvā
cunṇavicuṇṇā hutvā vinassanti, paṭhavito yāva tatiyajjhānabhumiṃ vāto gaṇhāti. Tattha
tayopi brahma loke vināsetvā vehapphalaṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati, evaṃ sabbasaṅkhāra gataṃ
vināsetvā sayampi vinassati, heṭṭhā ākāsena saha upari ākāso eko hotī mahandhakāroti
sabbaṃ vuttasadisaṃ. Idha pana subhakiṇhabrahmalokaṃ ādiṃ katvā loko pātubhavati,
vehapphalato ca civitvā subhakiṇhaṭṭhānādisu sattā nibbattanti. Tattha
kappavināsakamahāmeghato yāva kappavināsakavātupacchedo, idamekaṃ asaṃkheyyaṃ.
Cātupacchedato yāva sampattimahāmegho idaṃ dutiyaṃ asaṅkheyyaṃ saṃvaṭṭaṭṭhāyīti
vuccati. Sampatti mahāmoghato yāva candimasūriyapātubhāvo, idaṃ tatiyaṃ asaṃkheyyaṃ
vivaṭṭoti vuccati. Cavdimasuriyapātubhāvato yāva puna kappavināsakamahā megho idaṃ
catutheṃ asaṃkheyyaṃ vivaṭṭaṭṭhāyīti vuccati. Imāni cattāri asaṃkheyyāni eko mahākappo
hoti, evaṃ tāva agginā vināso ca saṇṭhahanañca veditabbaṃ

Kiṃ kāraṇā evaṃ loko vinassati? Akusalamūlakāranā, akusalamūlesu hi ussannesu evaṃloko
vinassati. So ca kho rāgo ussannatare agginā vinassati, dose ussannatare udakena vinassati.
Keci pana dose ussannatare agginā, rāge ussannatare udakenāti vadanti. Mohe ussannatare
vātena vinassati. Evi vinassantopi ca nirantarameva sattavāre agginā nassati, aṭṭhamavāre
udakena. Puna sattavāre agginā, aṭṭhame udakenāti evaṃ aṭṭhame aṭṭhame vāre vinassanto
[PTS Page 422] [\q 422/] sattakkhattuṃ udakena vinassivo puna sattavāre agginā nassati,
ettāvatā tesaṭṭhi kappā atītā honti. Etthantare udakena nassanavāraṃ sampattampi
paṭibāhitvā laddho kāso vāto paripuṇṇacatusaṭṭhikappāyuke subhakiṇhe viddhaṃ sento
lokaṃ vināseti. Pubbenivāsaṃ anussarantopi ca kappānussaraṇako bhikkhu etesu kappesu
anekepi saṃvaṭṭa

[SL Page 316] [\x 316/]

Kappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe anussarati. Kathaṃ?
Amutrāsintiādīnā nayena. Tattha amutrāsinti amumhi saṃvaṭṭakappe ahaṃ amumhi bhavo
vāyoniyā vā gatiyā vā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā vā sattāvāse vā sattanikāye vā āsiṃ. Evaṃ nāmoti
tisso vā phusso vā. Evaṃ gottoti kaccāno vā kassapo vā, idamassa atītabhave attano
nāmagottānussaraṇa vasena vuttaṃ, sace pana tasmiṃ kāle attano vanṇasampattiṃ vā
lukhapanitajivikabhāvaṃ vā sukhadukkhabahulataṃ vā appāyukadīghāyuka bhāvaṃ vā
anussaritukāmo hoti. Tampi anussarati yeva. Tenāha: evaṃ vaṇṇo evamāhāro
evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedi evamāyupariyantoti. Tattha evaṃ vanṇoti odāto vā sāmo vā;
evamāhāroti sālimaṃsodanā hāro vā pavattaphalabhojano vā; evaṃ
sukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedīti anena pakārena kāyikacetasikānaṃ
sāmisanirāmisādippabhedānaṃ vā sukhadukkhānaṃ paṭisaṃvedi, evamāyupariyantoti evaṃ
massasata parimānāyupariyanto vā caturāsītikappasatasahassāyupariyanto vā, so tato cuto
amuta; uppādinti sohaṃ tato bhavato yonito gatito viññāṇaṭhitito sattāvāsato sattanikā yato
vā cuto puna amukasmiṃ nāma bhave yoniyā gatiyā viññāṇaṭṭhitiyā sattāvāse sattanikāye
vā uppādiṃ; tatrāpāsinti atha tatrāpi bhave yoniyā gatiyā viññāṇaṭhitiyā sattāvāse
sattanikāye vā uppādiṃ; tatrāpasinti atha tatrāpi bhave yoniyā gatiyā vuññāṇaṭhitiyā
sattāvāse sattanikāye vā puna ahosiṃ. Evaṃ nāmoti ādi vuttanayameva. Apica yasmā
amutrāsinti idaṃ anupubbena ārohantassa yāva dicchakaṃ anussaraṇaṃ, so tato cutoti
paṭinivattantassa pacca vekkhaṇaṃ, tasmā idhūpapannoti imissā edhūpapattiyā anantara
mevassa upapattiṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya amuta; uppādinti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tatrāpāsinti
evamādi panassa tatra imissā upapattiyā anantare upapattiṭṭhāne [PTS Page 423] [\q 423/]
nāmagottādinaṃ anussaraṇadassa natthaṃ vuttaṃ. So tato cuto idhūpapannoti svāhaṃ tato
anantarūpapattiṭṭhānato cuto idha asukasmiṃ nāma khattiyakule vā brāhmaṇakule vā
nibbattoti. Itīti evaṃ, sākāraṃ sauddesanti nāmagottavasena sauddesaṃ, vaṇṇādivasena
sākāraṃ nāmagottena hi satto tisso kassapoti uddisīyati, vaṇṇādihi sāmā odātoti nānattato
paññāyati, tasmā nāmagottaṃ uddeso, itare ākārā. Anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussaratīti
idaṃ uttānatthavevāti.

Pubbenivāsānussati ñāṇakathā niṭhitā.

Sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇakathāya cutūpapātañāṇāyāti cutiyā ca upapāte ca ñāṇāya. Yena
ñāṇena sattānaṃ cuti ca upapāto
[SL Page 317] [\x 317/]
Ca ñāyati tadatthaṃ. Dibbacakkhuñāṇatthanti vuttaṃ hoti. Cittaṃ abhiniharati
abhininnāmetiti parikammacittaṃ abhinīharati ceva abhininnāmeti ca, soti so
katacittābhinīhāro bhikkhū, dibbenāti ādisu pana dibbasadisattā dibbaṃ, devatānaṃ hi
sucaritakamma nibbattaṃ pittasemharuhirādīhi apaḷibuddhaṃ upakkilesa vumuttatāya
dūrepi ārammaṇaṃ sampaṭicchanasamatthaṃ dibbaṃ pasādacakkhu hoti, idañcāpi
viriyaśāvanā balanibbattaṃ ñāṇacakkhu tādisamevāti dibba sadisattā dibbaṃ.
Dibbavihāravasena paṭiladdhattā attanā ca dibba vihārasannissitattāpi dibbaṃ.
Ālokapariggahena mahājuti kattāpi dibbaṃ. Tirokuḍḍādigata rūpadassanena mahāgatikattāpi
dibbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ saddasatthānusārenevaveditabbaṃ. Dassanaṭṭhena cakkhu,
cakkhukiccakaraṇena cakkhumivātipi cakkhu, cutupapātadassa nena diṭṭhivisuddhihetuttā
visuddhaṃ, yo hi cutimattameva passati na upapātaṃ, so ucchedadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti. Yo
upapātamattameva passati na cutiṃ, so navasattapātubhāvadiṭṭhiṃ gaṇhāti. Yo pana
rtubhayaṃ passati. So yasmā duvidhampi taṃ diṭṭhigataṃ ativattati, tasmāssa taṃ dassanaṃ
diṭṭhivisuṭṭhihetu hoti, ubhayampi cetaṃ buddhaputtā passanti. Tena vuttaṃ: -
cutupapātadassanena [PTS Page 424] [\q 424/] diṭṭhivisuddhi hetuttā visuddhanti.
Manussupacāraṃ atikkamitvā rūpadassanena atikkantamānusakaṃ, mānusakaṃ vā
maṃsacakkhuṃ atikkantattā atikkantamānusakanti veditabbaṃ. Tena dibbena cakkhunā
misuddhena atikkantamānusakena, satte passatīti manussānaṃ maṃsacakkhunā viya satte
oloketi. Cavamāne uppajjamāneti ettha cutikkhaṇe uppattikkhaṇe vā dibbacakkhunā
daṭṭhuṃ na sakkā ye pana āsannacutikā idāni cavissanti te cavamānā, ye ca
gahitapaṭisandhikā sampatinibbattā ca, te appajjamānāti adhippetā. Te evarūpe cavamāne ca
uppajjamāne ca passatīti dasseti. Hineti mohanissandayuttattā hīnānaṃ jātikulabho gādīnaṃ
vasena hīḷite ohīḷite uññāte avaññāte, paṇīteti amohanissandayuttattā tabbiparīte,
suvaṇṇeti adosanissanda yuttattā iṭṭhakantamanāpavaṇṇayutte. Dubbaṇṇeti dosa
nissandayuttattā aniṭṭhākantaamanāpavaṇṇayutte. Anabhirūpe virūpetipi attho. Sugateti
sugatigate, alobhanissanda yuttattā vā aḍḍhe mahaddhane, duggateti duggatigate, lobha
nissandayuttattā vā daḷidde appannapāne, yathākammūpageti yaṃ yaṃ kammaṃ upacitaṃ
tena tena upagate, tattha purimehi cavamāneti ādīhi dibbacakkhukiccaṃ vuttaṃ, iminā pana
padena yathākammū pagañāṇakiccaṃ. Tassa ca ñāṇassa ayamuppattikkamo: idha bhikkhu
heṭṭhā nirayābhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā nerayike satte passati
mahādukkhamanubhavamāne, taṃ dassanaṃ dibbacakkhukiccameva.
[SL Page 318] [\x 318/]

So evaṃ manasikaroti: 'kinnukho kammaṃ katvā ime sattā etaṃ dukkhaṃ
anubhavantī'tiathassa 'idaṃ nāma katvā'ti taṃ kammārammaṇaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. Tathā
upari devalokābhimukhaṃ ālokaṃ vaḍḍhetvā nandanavana missakavana phārusakavanādisu
satte passati mahisampattiṃ anubhavamāne, tampi dassanaṃ dibbacakkhukiccameva. So
evaṃ manasikaroti: 'kinnuko kammaṃ katvā ime sattā etaṃ sampattiṃ anubhavantī'ti.
Athassa' idaṃ nāma katvā'ti taṃ kammā rammaṇaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppajjati. Idaṃ
yathākammūpagañāṇaṃ [PTS Page 425] [\q 425/] nāma, imassa visuṃ parikammaṃ
nāma natthi. Yathācimassa evaṃ anāgataṃsañāṇassāpi. Dibbacakkhupādakānevahi imāni
dibbacakkhunā saheva ijjhanti. Kāyaduccaritenāti ādisu duṭṭhraṃ caritaṃ duṭṭhu vā caritaṃ
kilesa pūti kattāti duccaritaṃ, kāyena duccaritaṃ kāyato vā uppannaṃ duccaritanti
kāyaduccaritaṃ. Itaresupi eseva nayo. Samannāgatāti samaṅgībhūtā. Ariyānaṃ upavādakāti
buddhapaccekabuddha sāvakānaṃ ariyānaṃ antamaso gihīsotāpannānampi anatthakāmā
hutvā antimavatthunā vā guṇaparidhaṃsanena vā upavādakā akkosakā garahakāti vuttaṃ
hoti. Tattha natthi imesaṃsamaṇadhamo assa maṇā eteti vadanto antimavatthunā
upavadati, natthi imesaṃ jhānaṃ vā vimokkho vā maggo vā phalaṃ vāti ādīni vadānto
guṇaparidhaṃsanavasena upavadatīti veditabbo. So ca jānaṃ vā upavadeyya ajānaṃ vā,
ubhayathāpi ariyūpavādova hoti. Bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ ānantariyasadisaṃ saggāvaraṇaṃ ca
maggāvaranaṃ ca, sate kicchaṃ pana hoti. Tassa ācībhāvatthaṃ idaṃ vatthu veditabbaṃ: -
añña tarasmiṃ kira gāme eko thero ca daharabhikkhu ca pinḍāya caranti, te paṭhamaghare
yeva uḷuṅkamattaṃ uṇhayāguṃ labhiṃsu, therassa ca kuccivāto rujati. So cintesi: ' ayaṃ yāgu
mayhaṃ sappāyā yāva na sītalā hoti tāva naṃ pivāmī'ti. So manussehi ummāratthāya āhaṭe
dārukhaṇḍe nisīditvā pivi; itaro taṃ jigucchanto 'ati khudābibhuto mahallako amhākaṃ
lajjitabbakaṃ akāsī'ti āha. Thero gāme caritvā vihāraṃ gantvā daharabhikkhuṃ āha: 'atthi te
āvuso imasmiṃ sāsane patiṭṭhā'ti. Āma bhante ' sotāpanno aha'nti. Tenahāvuso upari
maggatthāya mā vāyāmamamakāsi, kīṇā savo tayā upavaditoti, so taṃ khamāpesi, tenassa
taṃ kammaṃ pākatikaṃ ahosi. Tasmā yo aññopi ariyaṃ upavadati, tena gantvā sace attanā
vuḍḍhataro hoti ukkuṭikaṃ [PTS Page 426] [\q 426/] nisīditvā 'ahaṃ āyasmantaṃ
idañcidañca avacaṃ, taṃ me khamāhī'ti dhamāpetabbo. Sace navakataro hoti vanditvā
ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā añjaliṃpaggahetvā 'ahaṃ bhante tumhe idañcidañca avacaṃ taṃ me
khamathā'ti khamāpetabbo. Sace disāpakkanto hoti sayaṃ vā gantvā saddhivihārādike vā
pesetvā dhamāpetabbo. Sace ca nāpi

[SL Page 319] [\x 319/]

Gantuṃ na pesetuṃ sakkā hoti, ye tasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhu vasanti tesaṃ santikaṃ gantvā sace
navakatarā honti ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā sace vuḍḍhatarā vuḍḍhe vuttanayenevapaṭipajjitvā
'ahaṃ bhante asukaṃ nāma āyasmantaṃ idañcidañca avacaṃ, khamatu me so āyasmā'ti vatvā
khamāpetabbaṃ. Sammukhā akhamantepi eta deva kattabbaṃ. Sace ekacārikabhikkhu hoti
nevassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ na gataṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati, ekassa paṇḍitassa bhikkhuno santikaṃ
gantvā'ahaṃ bhante asukaṃ nāma āyasmantaṃ idañcidañca avacaṃ. Taṃme anussarato
vippaṭisāro hoti. Kiṃ karomī'ti vattabbaṃ. So vakkhati: 'tumhe mā cintayittha, thero
tumhākaṃ khamati, cittaṃ vūpasamethā'ti. Tenāpi ariyassagatadisābhimukhena añjaliṃ pagga
hetvā 'khamatu'ti vattabbaṃ. Sace so parinibbuto hoti pari nibbutamañcaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā
yāvasīvathikaṃ gantvāpi khamāpetabbaṃ, evaṃ kate neva saggāvaraṇaṃ na maggāvaraṇaṃ
hoti, pākatika meva hotīti. Micchādiṭṭhikāti viparītadassanā, micchādiṭṭhikamma
samādānāti micchādiṭṭhivasena samādinna nānāvidha kammā, ye ca micchādiṭṭhimūlakesu
kāyakammādisu aññepi samādapenti. Etta ca vacīduccaritaggahaṇeneva ariyūpavāde
manoduccaritaggahaṇena ca micchādiṭṭhiyā saṅgahītāyapi imesaṃ dvinnaṃ puna vacanaṃ
mahāsā vajjabhāvadassanatthanti veditabbaṃ. Mahāsāvajjohi ariyūpavādo
ānantariyasadisattā. Vuttampi cetaṃ: - "seyyathāpi sāriputta bhikkhū sīlasampanno
samādhisampanno paññāsampanno diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṃ ārādheyya, evaṃ
sampadamidaṃ sāriputta vadāmi taṃ vācaṃ appahāya taṃ cittaṃ appahāya taṃ diṭṭhiṃ
appaṭinissajjitvā yathābhataṃ [PTS Page 427] [\q 427/] nikkhitto evaṃ niraye[a]"ti.
Micchādiṭṭhito ca mahāsāvajjataraṃ nāma aññaṃ natthi. Yathāha: " nāhaṃ bhikkhave aññaṃ
ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ mahāsāvajjataṃ yathayidaṃ bhikkhave
micchādiṭṭhi, micchādiṭṭhiparamāni bhikkhave vajjāni[b]"ti. Kāyassabhedāti
upādinnakkhandhapariccāgā parammaraṇāti tadanantaraṃ abhinibbattikkhandhakkhaṇe,
athavā kāyassa bhedāti jīvitindriyassa upacchedā, parammaraṇāti cuticittato uddhaṃ,
apāyanti evamādi sabbaṃ nirayavevacanameva. Nirayo hi saggamokkhahetubhūtā
puññasammatā ayā apetattā, sukhānaṃ vā āyassa abhāvā apāyo, dukkhassa gati
paṭisaraṇanti duggati, dosabahulatāya vā duṭṭhena kammunā nibbattā gatīti duggati,
dosabahulatāya vā duṭṭhena kammunā nibbattā gatīti duggati, vivasā nipatanti tattha
dukkaṭa kārinoti vinipāto, vinassantā vā etta patanti sambhijja mānaṅgapaccaṅgātipi
vinipāto. Natthi ettha assādasaññito ayoti nirayo, athavā apāyaggahaṇena tiracchānayoniṃ
dipeti

[A.] Majjhimanikāya mahāsīhanādasutta. [B.] Aṅguttaranikāya ekakanipāta.

[SL Page 320] [\x 320/]

Tiracchānayoni hi apāyo sugatito apetattā, na duggati mahe sakkhānaṃ nāgarājādīnaṃ
sambhavato. Duggatiggahaṇena petti visayaṃ, so hi apāyo ceva duggati ca, sugatito apetattā
dukkhassa ca gatibhūtattā. Natu vinipāto, asurasadisaṃ avinipātattā vinipātaggahaṇena
asurakāyaṃ, so hi yathā vuttena atthena apāyo ceva duggati ca sabbasamussayehi ca
vanipātattā vinipātoti vuccati. Nirayaggahaṇena avīciādi anekappakāraṃ nirayamevāta.
Upapannāti upagatā, tattha abhinibbattāti adhippāyo. Vuttavipariyāyena sukkapakkho
veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso: - tattha sugatiggahaṇenamanussagatipi saṅgayhati.
Saggaggahaṇena devagati yeva, tattha sundarā gatīti sugati. Rūpādī hi visayehi suṭṭhu
aggoti saggo, so sabbopi lujjana palujjanaṭṭhena lokoti ayaṃ vacanattho. Iti dibbena
cakkhunāti ādisabbaṃ nigamanavacanaṃ, evaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkanta
mānusakena. Satte passatīti aya mettha saṅkhepatho. Evaṃ passitukāmena pana
ādikammikena kulaputtena kasiṇārammaṇaṃ abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ sabbākārena
abhinīhārakkhamaṃ katvā tejokasiṇaṃ odātakasiṇaṃ ālokakasiṇanti [PTS Page 428] [\q
428/] imesu tīsu kasiṇesu aññataraṃ āsannaṃ kātabbaṃ, upa cārajjhānagocaraṃ katvā
vaḍḍhetvā īpetabbaṃ, na tattha appanā uppādetabbāti adippāyo. Sace hi uppādeti
pādakajjhāna nissayaṃ hoti, na parikammanissayaṃ. Imesu ca pana tīsu āloka kasiṇaṃ yeva
seṭṭhataraṃ, tasmā taṃ vā itaresaṃ vā aññataraṃ kasiṇaniddese vuttanayena uppādetva
upacārabhumiyaṃ yeva ṭhatvā vaḍḍhetabbaṃ. Vaḍḍhanānayopi cassa tattha vuttanayeneva
veditabbo. Vaḍḍhita vaḍḍhitaṭṭhānassa antoyeva rūpagataṃ passi tabbaṃ, rūpagataṃ
passato pana parikammassa vāro atikkamati, tato āloko antaradhāyati, tasmiṃ antarahite
rūpagatampi na dissati. Athānena punappuna pādakajjhānameva pavisitvā tato vuṭṭhāya
āloko pharitabbo, evaṃ anukkamena āloko thāma gato hotīti ettha āloko hotuti yattakaṃ
ṭhānaṃ paricchindati, tattha āloko tiṭṭhati yeva, divasampi nisīditvā passatorūpadassanaṃ
hoti. Rattiṃ tiṇukkāya maggapaṭipanno cettha puriso opammaṃ: -eko kira rattiṃ tiṇukkāya
maggaṃ paṭipajji, tassa sā tiṇukkā vijjhāyi. Athassa samavisamāni na paññāyiṃsu, so taṃ
tiṇukkaṃ bhumiyaṃ ghaṃsitvā puna ujjālesi, sā pajjalitvā purimālokato mahantataramālokaṃ
akāsi. Evaṃ punappuna vijjhātaṃ vijjhātaṃ ujjālayato kamena suriyo uṭṭhāsi. Suriye uṭṭhite
ukkāya kammaṃ natthītitaṃ chaḍḍhetvā divasampi agamāsi. Tattha ukkāloko viya
parikammakāle kasiṇāloko, ukkāya vijjhātāya samavisamānaṃ adassanaṃ viya rūpagataṃ
passato

[SL Page 321] [\x 321/]

Parikammassa vārātikkamena āloke antarahite rūpagatānaṃ adassanaṃ, ukkāya ghaṃsanaṃ
viya punappuna pavesanaṃ, ukkāya purimālokato mahantatarālokakaraṇaṃ viya puna
parikammaṃ karoto balavatarālokapharaṇaṃ, suriyuṭṭhānaṃ viya thāmagatā lokassa
yathāparicchedena ṭhānaṃ, tuṇukkaṃ chaḍḍetvā divasampi gamanaṃ viya parittālokaṃ
chaḍḍetvā thāmagatālokena divasampi padassanaṃ, tattha yadā tassa bhikkhuno
maṃsacakkhussa anāpāthagataṃ antokuccigataṃ hadayavatthunissitaṃ heṭṭhā
paṭhavitalanissitaṃ tirokuḍḍapabbatapākāragataṃ paracakkavāḷagatanti idaṃ rūpaṃ
ñāṇacakkhussa [PTS Page 429] [\q 429/] āpāthaṃ āgacchati, maṃsacakkhunā dissamānaṃ
viya hoti, tadā dibbacakku uppannaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Tadeva cettha
rūpadassanasamatthaṃ, na pubbabhāgacittāni. Taṃ panetaṃ puthujjanassa paripantho hoti,
kasmā? So hi yasmā yattha yattha āloko hotuti adhiṭṭhāti, taṃ taṃ paṭhavisamuddapabbate
vinivijkditvāpi ekālokaṃ hoti. Athassa tattha bhayānakāni yakkharakkhasādi rūpāni passato
bhayaṃ uppajjati, yena cittavikkhepaṃ patvā jhānavibbhantako hoti, tasmā rūpadassane
appamattena bhavitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ dibbacakkhuno uppattikkamo. Vuttappa kārametaṃ
rūpamārammaṇaṃ katvā manodvārāvajjane uppajjitvā niruddhe tadeva rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ
katvā cattāri pañca vā javanāni uppajjantīti sabbaṃ purimanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Idhāpi
pubbabhāga cittāni savitakkasavicārāni kāmāvacarāni, pariyosāne attha sādhakacittaṃ
catutthajjhānikaṃ rūpāvacaraṃ, tena sahajātaṃ ñāṇi sattānaṃ cutupapātañāṇantipi
dibbacakkhuñāṇantipi vuccatīti.

Cutupapāta ñāṇakathā niṭṭhitā.

Iti pañcakkhandhavidū pañca abhiññā avoca yā nātho,
Tā ñtvā tāsu ayaṃ pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññeyyā.

Etāsuhi yadetaṃ cutupapātañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ dibbacakkhu, tassa anāgataṃsañṇañca
yathākammūpagañāṇañcāti dvepi paribhaṇḍañāṇāni honti. Iti imāni ca dve iddhividhādīni
ca pañcāti satta abhiññāñāṇāni idhāgatāni, idāni tesaṃ ārammaṇa vibhage asammohatthaṃ:
-

Ārammaṇattikā vuttā ye cattāro mahesinā,
Sattannamapi ñāṇānaṃ pavattiṃ tesu dīpaye.

Tatrāyaṃ dīpanā: - cattāro hi ārammaṇattikā hesinā cuttā. Katame cattāro?
Parittārammaṇattiko maggārammaṇattiko atītārammaṇattiko ajjhattārammaṇattikoti.

[SL Page 322] [\x 322/]

Tattha iddividhañāṇaṃ paritta mahaggata atītānāgata [PTS Page 430] [\q 430/]
paccuppanna ajjhatta pahiddhārammaṇavasena sattasu ārammaṇesu pavattati. Kathaṃ? Taṃ
hi yadā kāyaṃ cittasannissitaṃ katvā adissamānena kāyena gantukāmo cittavasena kāyaṃ
pariṇāmeti, mahaggata citte samodahati samāropeti, tadā upayogaladdhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ
hotīti katvā mahaggatacittārammaṇato mahaggatārammaṇaṃ hoti, yasmā pana tadeva
cittaṃ rūpakāyārammaṇato parittārammaṇaṃ hoti. Yadā cittaṃ kāyasannissitaṃ katvā
dissamānena kāyena gantukāmo kāyavasena cittaṃ pariṇameti, pādakajjhānacittaṃ
rūpakāyesamodahati samāropeti, tadā upayogaladdhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ hotīti katvā
mahaggatacittārammaṇato mahaggatārammaṇaṃ hoti. Yasmā pana tadeva cittaṃ atitaṃ
niruddhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, tasmā atitārammaṇaṃ hoti. Mahādhātunidhāne
mahākassapatthe rādīnaṃ viya anāgataṃ adhiṭṭhahantānaṃ anāgatārammaṇaṃ hoti.
Mahākassapatthero kira mahādhātunidhānaṃ karonto "anāgate aṭṭhārasavassādhikāni dve
vassasatāni ime gavdhā mā sussiṃsu, pupphāni mā milāyiṃsu, dīpā mā nibbāyiṃsū"ti
adhiṭṭhahi. Sabbaṃ tatheva ahosi. Assaguttatthero vattaniya senāsane bhikkhusaṃghaṃ
sukkhabhattaṃ bhuñjamānaṃ disvā 'udakasoṇḍiṃ divase dimase pure bhatte dadhirasaṃ
hotu'ti adhiṭṭhāsi, purebhatte gahitaṃ dadhirasaṃ hoti, paccābhatte pākatika udakameva.
Kāyaṃ pana citta sannissitaṃ katvā adissamānena kāyena gamanakāle
paccuppannārammaṇaṃ hoti, kāyavasena cittaṃ cittavasena vā kāyaṃ pariṇāmanakāle attano
kumārakavanṇādi nimmāṇakāle ca sakāyacittānaṃ ārammaṇakaraṇato ajjhattārammaṇaṃ
hoti, bahiddhā hatthiassādi dassanakāle pana bahiddhārammaṇanti. Evaṃtāva
iddhividhañaṇassa sattasu ārammaṇesu pavatti veditabbā. Dibbasotadhātuñāṇaṃ paritta
paccuppanna ajjhatta pahiddhārammaṇa vasena catusu ārammaṇesu pavattati. Kathaṃ? Taṃ
hi yasmā saddaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti saddo ca paritto tasmā parittārammaṇaṃ hoti,
vijjamānaṃ yeva pana saddaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattanato paccuppannārammaṇaṃ hoti,
taṃ attano kucchisaddasavaṇakāle ajjhattārammaṇaṃ, paresaṃ saddasavaṇakāle
bahiddhārammaṇanti [PTS Page 431] [\q 431/] evaṃ dibbasotadhātuñāṇassa catusu
ārammaṇesu pavatti veditabbā. Cetopariyañāṇaṃ paritta mahaggata appamāṇa magga
atītānāgata paccuppanna pahiddhārammaṇavasena aṭṭhasu ārammaṇesu pavattati.
Kathaṃ? Taṃ hi paresaṃ kāmāvacaracittajānanakāle parittārammaṇaṃ hoti, rūpāvacara
arūpāvacara cittajānanakāle mahaggatārammaṇaṃ hoti, maggaphalajānanakāle
appamāṇārammaṇaṃ hoti. Ettha ca puthujjano sotāpannassa cittaṃ na jānāti, sotāpanno vā
sakadāgā

[SL Page 323] [\x 323/]

Missāti evaṃ yāva arahato netabbaṃ, arahā pana sabbesaṃ cittaṃ jānāti, aññopica uparimo
heṭṭhimassāti ayaṃ viseso veditabbo. Maggacittārammaṇakāle maggārammaṇaṃ hoti, yadā
pana atīte sattadivasabbhantare ca anāgate sattadivasabbhantareca paresaṃ cittaṃ jānāti, tadā
atītārammaṇaṃ anāgatārammaṇaṃ ca hoti. Kathaṃ paccuppannārammaṇaṃ hoti?
Paccuppannaṃ nāma tividhaṃ: khaṇapaccuppannaṃ, santatipaccuppannaṃ,
addhāpaccunnañca. Tattha uppādaṭṭhitibhaṅgappattaṃ khaṇapaccuppannaṃ, ekadvesantati
vārapariyāpannaṃ santatipaccuppannaṃ. Tattha andhakāra nisīditvā ālokaṭṭhānaṃ gatassa
na tāva ārammaṇaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, yāva pana taṃ pākamaṃ hoti, etthantare
ekadvesantativārā vedi tabbā. Ālokaṭṭhāne vicaritvāovarakaṃ paviṭṭhassāpi na tāva sahasā
rūpaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, yāva pana taṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, etthantare ekadvesantativārā veditabbā.
Dūre ṭhatvā pana rajakānaṃ hatthavikāraṃ gaṇḍi bheri ākoṭanavikārañca disvāpi na tāva
saddaṃ suṇāti, yāva ca pana taṃ suṇāti, etasmimpi antare ekadvesantativārā veditabbā.
Evaṃ tāva majjhima bhāṇakā. Saṃyuttabhāṇakā pana rūpasantati arūpasantatīti dve
santatiyo catvā udakaṃ akkamitvā gatassa yāva tīre akkanta udakaḷekhā na vippasīdati,
addhānato āgatassa yāva kāye usuma bhāvo na vūpasammati, ātapā āgantvā gabbhaṃ
paviṭṭhassa yāva avdhakārabhāvo na vigacchati, anto gabbhe kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi
karitvā divā vātapānaṃ vivaritvā olokentassa yāva akkhinaṃ phandana bhāva na
vūpasammati, ayaṃ rūpasantati nāma. Dve tayo javana vārā arūpasantati nāmāti vatvā
tadubhayampi santatipaccuppannaṃ [PTS Page 432] [\q 432/] nāmāti vadanti.
Ekabhavaparicchannaṃ pana addhāpaccuppannaṃ nāma, yaṃ sandhāya bhaddekarattasutte
"yo cāvuso mano ye ca dhammā, ubhayametaṃ paccuppannaṃ, tasmiṃ paccuppanne
chandarāgapaṭibaddhaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ, chandarāgapaṭibaddhattā viññāṇassa
tadabhinandati, tadabhinandanto paccuppannesu dhammesu saṃhīratī"[a]ti vuttaṃ.
Santatipaccuppannaṃ cettha aṭṭhakathāsu āgataṃ, addhāpaccuppannaṃ sutte tattha keci
'khaṇapaccuppannaṃ cittaṃ ceto pariya ñāṇassa ārammaṇaṃ hotī'ti vadanti. Kiṃ kāraṇā?
Yasmā iddhi mato ca parassa ca ekakkhaṇe cittaṃ uppajjatīti. Idaṃ ca nesaṃ opammaṃ:
yathā ākāse khitte pupphamuṭṭhimhi avassaṃ ekaṃ pupphaṃ ekassa vaṇṭena vaṇṭaṃ
paṭivijjhati, evaṃ parassa cittaṃ jānissā mīti rāsivasena mahājanassa citte āvajjite avassaṃ
ekassa cittaṃ ekena cittena uppādakkhaṇe vā ṭhitikkhaṇe vābhaṅgakkhaṇe vā paṭivijjhatīti.
Taṃ pana vassasatampi vassasahassampi

[A.] Majjhimanikāya - mahākaccānattherassa bhaddekaratta-tatiya sutta.

[SL Page 324] [\x 324/]

Āvajjanto yena ca cittena āvajjati yena ca jānāti tesaṃ dvinnaṃ sahaṭṭhānābhāvato
āvajjanajavanānañca aniṭṭhaṭṭhāne nānārammaṇabhāvappatti dosato ayuttanti
aṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittaṃ. Santatipaccuppannaṃ pana addhāpaccuppannañca ārammaṇaṃ
hotīti veditabbaṃ. Tattha yaṃ vattamānajavanavīthito atītānāgatavasena dvitti
javanavīthiparimāṇe kāle parassa cittaṃ, taṃ sabbampi santati paccuppannaṃ nāma.
Addhāpaccuppannaṃ pana javana vārena dīpetabbanti saṃyuttaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ
suṭṭhu vuttaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ dīpanā: iddhimā parassa cittaṃ jānitukāmo āvajjati āvajjanaṃ
khaṇapaccuppannaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā teneva saha narujjhati, tato cattāri pañca vā
javanāni. Yesaṃ pacchimaṃ iddhicittaṃ, sosani kāmāvacarāni, tesaṃ sabbesampi tadeva
niruddhaṃ cittamārammaṇaṃ hoti. Na ca tāni nānārammaṇāni honti, addhāvasena
paccuppannārammaṇattā. Ekārammaṇattepi ca iddhicittameva parassa cittaṃ jānāti, na
itarāni. Yathā cakkhu dvāre cakkhuviñññāṇameva rūpaṃ passati na itarānīti. Iti idaṃ
santatipaccuppannassa ceva addhāpaccuppannassa [PTS Page 433] [\q 433/] ca vasena
paccuppannārammaṇaṃ hoti. Yasmā vā santatipaccuppannampi addhā paccuppanne yeva
patati, tasmā addhāpaccuppannavasenevacetaṃ paccuppannārammaṇanti veditabbaṃ.
Parassa cittārammaṇattāyeva pana bahindārammaṇaṃ hotīti evaṃ cetopariyañāṇassa
aṭṭhasu ārammaṇesu pavatti veditabbā.

Pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ paritta mahaggata appamāṇa magga atīta ajjhatta bahiddhā
navattabbārammaṇa vasena aṭṭhasu ārammaṇesu pavattati. Kataṃ? Taṃ hi
kāmāvacarakkhandhānussaraṇakāle parittārammaṇaṃ hoti,
rūpāvacarārūpāvacarakkhandhānussaraṇakāle mahaggatārammaṇaṃ, atīte attanā parehi vā
bhāvitamaggaṃ saccikata phalañca anussaraṇakāle appamāṇārammaṇaṃ,
bhāvitamaggameva anussaraṇakāle maggārammaṇaṃ, niyamato panetaṃ atītārammaṇa
meva. Tattha kiñcāpi cetopariyañāṇa yathākammūpagañāṇānipi atītārammaṇāni honti, atha
kho tesaṃcetopariyañāṇassa sattadivasabbhantarātītaṃ cittameva ārammaṇaṃ, taṃ hi aññaṃ
khandhaṃ vā khandhapaṭibaddhaṃ vā na jānāti, maggasampayuttacittārammaṇattā pana
pariyāyatomaggārammaṇanti vuttaṃ. Yathākammūpagañāṇassa ca atītaṃ cetanāmattameva
ārammaṇaṃ, pubpenivāsañāṇassa pana atītā khandhā khandhapaṭibaddhaṃ ca kiñci
anārammaṇaṃ nāma natthi. Taṃ hi atītakkhandha khandhūpanibaddhesu dhammesu
sabbaññètañāṇagatikaṃ hotīti ayaṃ viseso veditabbo. Ayamettha aṭṭhakathānayo. Yasmā
pana kusalakkhandhā iddhividhañāṇassa cetopariyañāṇassa pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇassa
yathākammūpagañāṇassa anāgataṃsa

[SL Page 325] [\x 325/]

Ñāṇassa ārammaṇapaccayena paccayoti paṭṭhāne vuttaṃ. Tasmā cattāropi khandhā
cetopariyañāṇa yathākammūpagañāṇānaṃ ārammaṇā honti, tatrāpi
yathākammūpagañāṇassa kusalākusalā evāti. Attano khandhānussaraṇakāle panetaṃ ajjhattā
rammaṇaṃ, parassa khandhānussaraṇakāle bahiddhārammaṇaṃ, atite vipassī bhagavā
ahosi, tassa mātā bandhumatī, pitā bandhumāti ādinā nayena
nāmagottapaṭhavīnimittādianussaraṇakāle na vattabbā rammaṇaṃ hoti. Nāmagottanti
cettha khandhūpanibaddho sammuti siṅ byañjanattho daṭṭhabbo, na byañjanaṃ, byañjanaṃ
hi saddā yatanasaṃgahitattā [PTS Page 434] [\q 434/] parittaṃ hoti. Yathāha:
niruttipaṭisambhidā parittārammaṇāti. Ayamettha amhākaṃ khanti, evaṃ pubbe nivāsa
ñāṇassa aṭṭhasu ārammaṇesu pavatti veditabbā.
Dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ paritta paccuppanna ajjhatta pahiddhārammaṇa vasena catusu
ārammaṇesu pavattati. Kathaṃ? Taṃ hi yasmā rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti rūpaṃ ca parittaṃ,
tasmā parittārammaṇaṃ hoti. Vijjamāneyeva ca rūpe pavattattā paccuppannārammaṇaṃ,
attano kucchigatādirūpadassanakāle ajjhattārammaṇaṃ, parassa rūpadassanakāle
bahiddhārammaṇanti evaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇassa catusu ārammaṇesu pavatti veditabbā.

Anāgataṃsañāṇaṃ paritta mahaggata appamāṇa magga anāgata ajktta bahiddhā
navattabbārammaṇavasena aṭṭhasu ārammaṇesu pavattati. Kathaṃ? Taṃ hi ayaṃ anāgate
kāmāvacare nibbattissa tīti jānanakāle parittārammaṇaṃ hoti, rūpāvacare arūpāvacare vā
nibbattissatīti jānanakāle mahaggatārammaṇaṃ, maggaṃ bhāvessati phalaṃ sacchikarissatīti
jānanakāle appamāṇārammaṇaṃ, maggaṃ bhāvessaticceva jānanakāle maggārammaṇaṃ,
niyamato pana taṃ anāgatārammaṇameva. Tattha kiñcāpi cetopariya ñāṇampi
anāgatārammaṇaṃ hoti. Atha ko tassa sattadiva sabbhantarānāgataṃ cittameva ārammaṇaṃ,
taṃ hi aññaṃ khandhaṃ vā khandhapaṭibaddhaṃ vā na jānāti. Anāgataṃsañāṇassa pubbe
nivāsañāṇe vuttanayena anāgate anārammaṇaṃ nāma natthi. Ahaṃ amutra nibbattissāmīti
jānanakāle ajjhattārammaṇaṃ, asuko amutra nibbattissatīti jānanakāle bahddhārammaṇaṃ,
anāgate metteyyo bhagavā uppajjissati, subrahmā nāmassa brāhmaṇo pitā bhavissati,
brahmavatī nāma brāhmaṇī mātāti ādinā pana nayena nāmagottajānanakāle
pubbenivāsañāṇe vuttanayena navattabbārammaṇaṃ hotīti. Evaṃ anāgataṃsañāṇassa
aṭṭhasu ārammaṇesu pavatti veditabbā.

[SL Page 326] [\x 326/]

Yathākammūpagañāṇaṃ parittaṃ mahaggata atīta ajjhatta pahindā rammaṇavasena pañcasu
ārammaṇesu pavattati. Kathaṃ? Taṃ hi kāmāvacarakammajānanakāle parittārammaṇaṃ [PTS
Page 435] [\q 435/] hoti, rūpāvacarārūpā vacarakammajānanakāle mahaggatārammaṇaṃ,
atītameva jānātīti atītārammaṇaṃ, attano kammaṃ jānanakāle ajjhattārammaṇaṃ, parassa
kammaṃ jānanakāle bahiddhārammaṇaṃ hoti. Evaṃ yathā kammūpagañāṇassa pañcasu
ārammaṇesu pavatti veditabbā. Yañcettha ajjhattārammaṇañceva bahiddhārammaṇaṃ cāti
vutataṃ, taṃ kālena ajjhattaṃ kālena pana bahiddhā jānanakāle ajjhatta
bahiddhārammaṇampi hoti yevāti.
Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kathe visundimagge

Abhiññā niddeso nāma

Terasamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 436] [\q 436/]

14.
Khandhaniddeso.

Idāni yasmā evaṃ abhiññāvasena adhigatānisaṃsāya thiratarāya samādibhāvanāya
samannāgatena bhikkhunā.

"Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño cittaṃ paññāñca bhāva ya" nti ettha cittasisena niddiṭṭho
samādhi sabbākārena bhāvito hoti. Tadanantarā pana paññā bhāvetabbā, sā ca atisaṅkhepa
kadasitattā viññātumpi tāva na sukarā, pageva bhāvetuṃ. Tasmā tassā vitthāraṃ
bhāvanānayañca dassetuṃ idaṃ pañhakmaṃ hoti. Kā paññā? Kenaṭṭhena paññā? Kānassā
lakkhaṇarasapaccu paṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānāni? Katividhā paññā? Kathaṃ bhāvetabbā?
Paññābhāvanāya ko ānisaṃsoti? Tatrīdaṃ vissajjanaṃ: - kā paññāti? Paññā pahuvidhā,
nānappakārakā. Taṃ sabbaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ārabbha mānaṃ vissajjanaṃ adhippetañceva atthaṃ
na sādheyya uttariñca vikkhepāya saṃvatteyya, tasmā idha adippetameva sandhāya vadāmi.
Kusalacittasamputtaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ paññā? Kenaṭṭhena paññāti? Pajānanaṭṭhena paññā.
Kimidaṃ pajānanaṃ nāma? Sañjānana vijānanākāravisiṭṭhaṃ nānāppakārato jānanaṃ, [PTS
Page 437] [\q 437/] saññāviññāṇaṃ paññānaṃ hi samānepi jānanabhāve saññā nīlaṃ
pītakanti ārammaṇasañjānanamattameva hoti. Aniccaṃ dukkhamanattāti
lakkhaṇapaṭivedhaṃ pāpetuṃ nasakkoti. Viññāṇaṃ nīlaṃ pīta

[SL Page 327] [\x 327/]

Kanti ārammaṇañca jānāti, lakakhaṇapaṭivedhañca pāpeti, ussakkitvā pana
maggapātubhāvaṃ pāpetuṃ na sakkoti. Phaññā vuttanayavasena ārammaṇañca jānāti,
lakkhaṇapaṭivedhañca pāpeti, ussakkitvā maggapātubhāvañca pāpeti. Yathāhi heraññika
phalake ṭhapitaṃ mahākahāpaṇarāsiṃ eko ajātabuddhidārako eko gāmikapuriso eko
heraññikoti tīsu janesu passamānesu ajātabuddhi dārako kahāpaṇānaṃ
cittavicittadīghacaturassa parimaṇḍala bhāvamattameva jānāti, idaṃ manussānaṃ
upabhogaparibhogaṃ ratana sammatanti na jānāti. Gāmikapuriso cittavicittādibhāvañca
jānāti; idaṃ manussānaṃ upabogaparibhogaṃ ratanasammatanti ca, ayaṃ cheko ayaṃ kūṭo
ayaṃ addhasāroti idaṃ pana vibhāgaṃ na jānāti heraññiko sabbepi te pakāre jānāti. Jānanto
ca kahāpaṇaṃ oloketvāpi jānāti, ākoṭitassa saddaṃ sutvāpi gavdhaṃ ghāyitvāpi
rasaṃsāyitvāpi hatthena dhārayitvāpi asukasmiṃ nāma gāme vā nigame vā nagare vā
pabbate vā nadītīre vā katotipi asukācariyena katotipi jānāti, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ
veditabbaṃ. Saññā hi ajātabuddhino dārakassa kahāpaṇadassanaṃ viya hoti, nīlādivasena
ārammaṇassa upaṭṭhānākāramattagahaṇato. Viññāṇaṃ gāmikapurisassa
kahāpaṇadassanamiva hoti, nīlādivasena ārammaṇākāragahaṇato, uddhampi ca
lakkhaṇapaṭivedhasampāpanato. Paññā heraññikassa kahāpaṇadassanamiva hoti,
nīlādivasena ārammaṇākāraṃ gahetvā lakkhaṇapaṭivedhañca pāpetvā tato uddhampi
maggapātubhāvapāpanato. Tasmā yadetaṃ sañjānanavi jānanākāravisiṭṭhaṃ nānappakārato
jānanaṃ, idaṃ pajānananti veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ sandhāya hi etaṃ vuttaṃ 'pajānanaṭṭhena
paññā'ti. Sā panesā yattha saññāviññāṇāni, na tattha ekaṃsena [PTS Page 438] [\q 438/]
hoti. Yadā pana hoti, tadā avinibbhuttā tehi dhammehi 'ayaṃ saññā, idaṃ viññāṇaṃ, ayaṃ
paññā'ti vinibbhujitvā alabbhaneyyanānattā sukhumā duddasā. Tenāha āyasmā nāgaseno: -
"dukkaraṃ mahārāja bhagavatā katanti. Kiṃ bhante nāgasena bhagavatā dukkaraṃ katanti?
Dukkaraṃ mahārajā bhagavatā kataṃ yaṃ arūpīnaṃ cittaceta sikānaṃ dhammānaṃ
ekārammaṇe pavattamānānaṃ vavatthānaṃ akkhātaṃ ayaṃ phasso, ayaṃ vedanā, ayaṃ
saññā, ayaṃ cetanā, idaṃ citta"[a]nti. Kānassa lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānānīti?
Etthapana dhammasabhāvapaṭivedhalakkhaṇā paññā, dhammānaṃ sabhāvapaṭicchādaka
mohandhakāraviddhaṃsanarasā, asammoha paccupaṭṭhānā, [b] "samāhito yathābhūtaṃ
pajānāti passatī"ti vacanato pana samādhi tassā padaṭṭhānaṃ

[A.] Milivdapañha arupadhammavavatthānavagga. [B.] Saṃyuttanikāya nakula[SL Page] [\x
/] gga.

[SL Page 328] [\x 328/]

Katividhā paññāti? Dhammasabhāvapaṭivedhalakkhaṇena tāva ekavidhā,
lokiyalokuttaravasena duvidhā, tathā sāsavānāsavādi vasena, nāmarūpavavatthāpana vasena,
somanassūpekkhāsahagata vasena, dassanabhāvanābhumivasena ca. Tividhā cintā suta
bhāvanā mayavasena, tathā paritta mahaggata appamāṇārammaṇavasena, āyā pāya upāya
kosallavasena, ajjhattābhivesādivasena ca. Catubbidhā catusu saccesu ñāṇavasena,
catupaṭisambhidāvasenacāti. Tattha ekavidhakoṭṭhāso uttānatthoyeva. Duvidhakoṭṭhāse
lokiya maggasampayuttā lokiyā, lokuttaramaggasampayuttā lokuttarāti evaṃ
lokiyalokuttaravasena duvidhā. Dutiyaduke asavānaṃ ārammaṇabhūtā sāsavā, tesaṃ
anārammaṇā anāsavā, atthato panesā lokiyalokuttarāva hoti, āsavasampayuttā sāsavā,
āsavavippayuttā anāsavāti ādisupi eseva nayo. Evaṃ sāsavānāsavādivasena duvidhā.
Tatiyaduke yā vipassanaṃ ārabhitu kāmassa catunnaṃ arūpakkhandhānaṃ vavatthāpane
paññā, ayaṃ nāma vavatthāpanapaññā, [PTS Page 439] [\q 439/] yā rūpakkhandhassa
vavatthāpane paññā, ayaṃ rūpavavatthāpanapaññāti evaṃ nāmarūpavavatthāpanavasena
duvidhā. Catutthaduke dvīsu kāmāvacarakusalacittesu soḷasasu ca pañcakanaye
catukkajjhānikesu maggacittesu paññā somanassasahagatā, dvīsu kāmāvacarakusalacittesu
catusu ca pañcamajjhānikesu magga cittesupaññā upekkhāsahagatāti evaṃ somanassupekkhā
sahagatavasena duvidhā. Ñcamaduke paṭhamamaggapaññā dassanabhumi,
avasesamaggattayapaññā bhāvanābhumīti evaṃ dassana bhāvanābhumi vasena duvidhā.
Tikesu paṭhamattike parato asutvā paṭiladdha paññā attano cintāvasena nipphannattā
cintāmayā, parato sutvā paṭiladdhapaññā sutavasena nipphannattā sutamayā, yathā tathā vā
bhāvanāvasena nipphannattā appanāppattā paññā bhāvanā mayā. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - "tattha
katamā cintāmayā paññā? Yoga vahitesu vā kammāyatanesu yogavihitesu vā sippāyatanesu
yogavihitesu vā vijjāṭṭhānesu kammassakataṃ vā saccānu lomikaṃ vā rūpaṃ aniccanti vā
vedanā - saññāsaṅkhārāviññāṇaṃ aniccanti vā yaṃ evarūpiṃ anulomikaṃ khantiṃ diṭṭhiṃ
ruciṃ mutiṃ1 upekkhaṃ dhammanijjhānakkhantiṃ parato asutvā paṭilabhati, ayaṃ vuccati
cintāmayā paññāti. Yoga vahitesu vā kammāyatanesu yogavihitesu vā sippāyatanesu
yogavihitesu vā vijjāṭṭhānesu kammassakataṃ vā saccānu lomikaṃ vā rūpaṃ aniccanti vā
vedanā - saññāsaṅkhārāviññāṇaṃ aniccanti vā yaṃ evarūpiṃ anulomikaṃ khantiṃ diṭṭhiṃ
ruciṃ mutiṃ1 upekkhaṃ dhammanijjhānakkhantiṃ parato asutvā paṭilabhati,
manijjhānakkhantiṃ parato asutvā paṭilabhati, ayaṃ vuccati sutamayā paññā, sabbāpi
samāpannassa paññā bhāvanāmayā paññā"[a]ti. Evaṃ cintāsutabhāvanāmayavasena tividhā.
Dutiyattike kāmāvacaradhamme ārabbha pavattā paññā parittārammaṇā, rūpā
vacarārūpāvacare āhabbha pavattā mahaggatārammaṇā, sā lokiya

1. Si. 11. Mudiṃ. [A.] Vibhaṅga pāli ñāṇavibhaṅga.

[SL Page 329] [\x 329/]

Vipassanā. Nibbāṇaṃ ārabbha pavattā appamāṇārammaṇā, sā lokuttaravipassanāti
evaṃparittamahaggatāppamāṇārammaṇavasena tividhā. Tatiyattike āyo nāma vuddhi, sā
duvidhā anattha hānito atthuppattito ca. Tattha kosallaṃ āyakosallaṃ, yathāha: - " tattha
katamaṃ āyakosallaṃ, ime dhamme manasikāroto anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā na
uppajjanti uppannā ca akusalā dhammā pahīyanti, ime vā pana dhamme manasikaroto [PTS
Page 440] [\q 440/] anuppannāceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti uppannāceva kusalā
dhammā bhīyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattanti, yā tattha paññā
pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā
paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vehavyā cintā upaparikkhā bhurī medhā pariṇāyikā
vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo1 paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ
paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo
sammādiṭṭhi. Idaṃvuccati āyakosalla[a]"nti. Apāyoti pana avuddhi, sāpi duvidhā atthahānito
anatthuppattito ca. Tattha kosallaṃ apāyako sallaṃ, yathāhaṃ: - "tattha katamaṃ
apāyakosallaṃ? Ime dhamme manasi karoto anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā na
uppajjantī[a]"tī ādi. Sabbattha pana tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ upāyesu nipphattikāraṇesu
taṅkhaṇappavattaṃ ṭhānuppattikaṃ kosallaṃ upāyakosallaṃ nāma. Yathāha: - "sabbāpi
tatrūpāyā paññā upāyakosallaṃ[a]nti. Evaṃ āyāpāyaupāyakosallavasena tividhā. Catutthattike
attano khandhe gahetvā āraddhā vipassanāpañññā ajjhattābhinivesā, parassa khandhe
bāhiraṃ vā anindriyabaddharūpaṃ gahetvā āraddhā bahiddhābhi nivesā, ubhayaṃ gahetvā
āraddhā ajjdhattabahiddhābhinivesāti evaṃ ajjhattābhinivesādivasena tividhā. Catukkesu
paṭhamacatukke dukkhasaccaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ ñāṇaṃ dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ
ārabbha pavattaṃ ñāṇaṃ dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ
ñāṇaṃ dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminīpaṭipadaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ ñāṇaṃ
dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇanti evaṃ catusu saccesu ñāṇavasena catubbidhā.
Dutiyacatukke catasso paṭisambhidā nāma atthādisu pabhedagatāni cattāri ñāṇāni. Vuttaṃ
hetaṃ: -" atthe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, dhamme ñāṇaṃ dhamma paṭisambhidā, tattha
dhammaniruttābilāpe ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā, ñāṇesu ñāṇaṃ
paṭibhāṇapaṭisambhidā"[b]ti. Tattha atthoti saṅkhe pato hetuphalassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ,
hetuphalaṃhi yasmā hetuanusārena arīyati adhigamīyati sampāpuṇīyati, tasmā atthoti
vuccati. Pabhedato pana, ' yaṃ kiñci paccayasambhutaṃ, [PTS Page 441] [\q 441/]
nibbānaṃ, bhāsitattho, vipāko, kiriyā'ti ime pañcadhammā atthoti veditabbā. Taṃ atthaṃ
paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ atthe pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Dhammoti
saṅkhepato paccayassetaṃ adhivacinaṃ, paccayo hi yasmā taṃ taṃ dahati pavatteti vā
sampāpunituṃ vā deti, tasmā

[A.] Vinayapāḷi ñāṇavibhaṅga. [B.] Vinayapāḷi paṭisambhidāvibhaṅgasuttantabhājaniya.
[SL Page 330] [\x 330/]

Dhammoti vuccati. Pabhedato pana 'yo koci phala nibbattako hotu, ariyamaggo, bhāsitaṃ,
kusalaṃ akusala'nti ime pañca dhammā dhammoti veditabbā. Taṃ dhammaṃ
paccavekkhantassa tasmiṃ dhamme pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, ayameva
hi attho abhidhamme "dukkhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ
dhammapaṭisambhidā, hetumhi ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, hetuphale ñāṇaṃ
atthapaṭisambhidā, ye dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjatā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā imesu
dhammesu ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Yamhā dhammā te dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjātā
nibbattā abinibbattā pātubhūtā tesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Jarāmaraṇe
ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, jarā maraṇasamudaye ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā hetumhi
ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, hetuphale ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, ye dhammā jātā bhūtā
sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā imesu dhammesu ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā. Yamhā
dhammā te dhammā jātā bhūtā sañjātā nibbattā abhinibbattā pātubhūtā tesu dhammesu
ñāṇaṃ saṅkhāranirodhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya
ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā. Idha bhikkhu dhammaṃ jānāti suttaṃ geyyaṃ -pevedallaṃ,
ayaṃ vuccati dhammapaṭisambhidā. So tassa tasseva bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānāti: ayaṃ imassa
bhāsitassa attho, ayaṃ imassa bhāsitassa atthoti, ayaṃvuccati atthapaṭisambhidā katame
dhammā kusalā? Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti -pe- ime
dhammā kusalā, imesu dhammesu gñānaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, tesaṃ vipāke ñāṇaṃ
atthapaṭisambhidā"ti ādinā nayena vibhajivo dassito. Tattha dhammaniruttābhilāpe ñāṇanti
tasmiṃ atthe ca dhamme ca yā sabhāvanirutti avyabhivārivohāro, tadabhilāpe tassa bhāsane
udīraṇe taṃ bhāsitaṃ lapitaṃ udīrataṃ sutvāva ayaṃ sabhāvanirutti ayaṃ na sabhāvaniruttīti
evaṃ tassā dhammanirutti saññitāya sabhāvaniruttiyā māgadhikāya sabbasattānaṃ [PTS Page
442] [\q 442/] mūlabhāsāya pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā.
Niruttipaṭisambidāppatto hi phassā vedanāti evamādivacanaṃ sutvāva ayaṃ sabhāvaniruttīti
jānāti, phasso vedanoti evamādikaṃ pana ayaṃ na sabhāvaniruttīti. Ñāṇesu ñāṇanti
sabbattha ñāṇamārammaṇaṃ katvā pacca vekkhantassa1 ñāṇārammaṇaṃ yathāvuttesu vā
tesu ñāṇesu sagocarakiccādivasena vitthārato ñānaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāti attho.
Catassopi cetā paṭisambhidā dvīsu ṭhānesu pabhedaṃ gacchanti sekhabhumiyañca
asekhabhumiyañca. Tattha aggasāvakānaṃ mahāsāvakānañca asekhabhumiyaṃ pabhedagatā,
ānandatthera citta gahapati dhammikaupāsaka upāligahapati dhujjuttarāupāsikādinaṃ
sekhabhumiyaṃ, evaṃ dvīsu bhumisu pabhedaṃ gacchantiyopi cetā adhitamena pariyattiyā
savaṇena paripucchāya pubbayogena cāti imehi ca pañcahākārehi visadā honti. Tattha
adhigamo nāma arahattappatti, 2 pariyatti nāma buddhavacanassa pariyāpuṇanaṃ, savaṇaṃ

1. Ma. 1. Ñāṇārammaṇañāṇaṃ 2. Si. 1. Arahattuppatti.

[SL Page 331] [\x 331/]

Nāma sakkaccaṃ aṭṭhikatvā saddhammasavaṇaṃ, paripucchā nāma pāḷiaṭṭha kathādīsu
gaṇṭhipada attha padavinicchayakathā, pubbayogo nāma pubba buddhānaṃ sāsane
gatapaccāgatikahāvena yāva anulomagotrabhusamīpaṃ tāva vipassanānuyogo.

Apare āhu: -

"Pubbayogo bāhusaccaṃ desabhāsā ca āgamo
Paripuccā adigamo garusannissayo tathā
Mittasampatti cevāti paṭisambhida paccayā"ti.

Tattha pubbayogo vuttanayoca. Bāhusaccaṃ nāma tesu tesu satthesu ca sippāyatanesu ca
kusalatā, desabhāsā nāma eka satavohārakusalatā, visesena pana māgadhike kosallaṃ. Āgamo
nāma antamaso opammavaggamattassapi buddhavacanassa pariyāpuṇanaṃ, paripucchā
nāma ekagāthāyapi atthavinicchayapucchanaṃ, adhigamo nāma sotāpannatā vā -pe-
arahattaṃ vā, garu sannissayo nāma sutapaṭibhānabahulānaṃ garūnaṃ santike vāso,
mittasampatti nāma tathārūpānaṃ yeva mittānaṃ paṭilābhoti. [PTS Page 443] [\q 443/]
tattha buddhā ca paccekabuddhā ca pubbayogañceva adhigamañca nissāya paṭisambhidā
pāpuṇanti, sāvakā sabbānipi etāni kāraṇāni. Paṭisambhidāppattiyā ca pāṭiyekko
kammaṭṭhānabāvanānuyogo nāma natthi, sekhānaṃ pana sekhaphalavimokkhantikā,
asokhānaṃ asekhaphalavimokkhantikāva paṭisambhidāppatti hoti. Tathāgatānaṃ hi
dasabalāniviya ariyānaṃ ariyaphaleneva paṭisambhidā ijjhantīti imā paṭisambhidā sandhāya
vuttaṃ catupaṭisambhidāvasena catubbidhāti.

Kathaṃ bhāvetabbāti? Ettha pana yasmā imāya paññāya
khandhāyatanadhātuindriyasaccapaṭiccasamuppādādibhedā dhammā bhumi, sīlavisuddhi
ceva cittavisuddhicāti imā ñce visuddhiyo mūlaṃ, diṭṭhivusuddhi kaṅkhāvita raṇavisuddhi
maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhi paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhi ñāṇadassana visuddhīti
imā pañca visundiyo sarīraṃ, tasmā tesu bhumi bhutesu dhammesu
uggahaparipucchāvasena ñāṇaparicayaṃ katvā mūla bhūtā dve visuddhiyo imā pañca
visundiyo sarīraṃ, tasmā tesu bhumi bhutesudhammesu uggahaparipucchāvasena
ñāṇaparicayaṃ katvā mūla bhūtā dve visuddhiyo sampādetvā sarīrabhūtā pañcavisuddhiye
sampādentena bhāvetabbā. Ayamettha saṃkhepo. Ayaṃ pana vitthāro: yaṃ tāva vuttaṃ
dhandhāyatana dhātuindriyasaccapaṭiccasamuppādādibhedā dhammā bhumīti. Ettha
khandhāti pañcakkhandhā, rūpakkhandho vedanākkhavdho saññākkhavdho
sakhārakkhandho vīññāṇakkhavdhoti. Tattha yaṃ kiñci sītādīhi ruppanalakkhaṇaṃ
dhammajātaṃ sabbantaṃ ekato katvā rūpakkhavdhoti veditabbaṃ. Tadetaṃ
ruppanalakkhaṇena ekavidhampibhutopādāya bhedato duvidhaṃ. Tattha bhūtarūpaṃ
catubbidhaṃ, paṭhavidhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātutī. Tāsaṃ

[SL Page 332] [\x 332/]

Lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānāni catudhātuvavatthāne vuttāni, padaṭṭhānato pana tāsabbāpi
avasesadhātuttapadaṭṭhānaṃ. [PTS Page 444] [\q 444/] upādārūpaṃ catuvīsatividhaṃ:
chakkhu sotaṃ ghānaṃ jivhā kāyo rūpaṃ saddo gavdho raso itthindriyaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ
hadayavatthu kāya viññatti vacīviññatti ākāsadhātu rūpassa lahutā rūpassa mudutā rūpassa
kammaññatā rūpassa upacayo rūpassa santati rupassa jaratā rūpassa aniccatā kabalīkāro
āhāroti. Tattha rūpābhi ghātārahabhūtappasādalakkhaṇaṃ daṭṭhukāmatā
nidānakammasamuṭṭhāna bhūtappasādalakkhaṇaṃ vā cakkhu, rūpesu āviñjanarasaṃ,
cakkhuviññāṇassa ādārabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, daṭṭhukāmatā nidānakammajabhūta
padaṭṭhānaṃ, saddābhighātārahabhūtappasādalakkhaṇaṃ sotukāmatā
nidānakammasammuṭṭhānabhūtappasādalakkhaṇaṃ vā sotaṃ, saddesu āviñjana rasaṃ,
sotaviññaṇassa ādārabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, sotukāmatā nidānakammajabhūtapadaṭṭhānaṃ.
Gavdhābhighātārahabhūtappasādalakkhaṇaṃ ghāyitukāmatā
nādānakammasamuṭṭhānabhūtappasādalakkhaṇaṃ vā ghānaṃ, gandhesu āviñjanarasaṃ,
ghānaviññāṇassa ādārabāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, ghāyitukāmatā
nādānakammajabhūtapadṭhānaṃ. Rasābhighātārahabhūtappa sādalakkhaṇā sāyitukāmatā
nidānakammasamuṭṭhānabhūtappasādalakkhaṇā vā jivhā, rasesu āviñjanarasā,
jivhāviññāṇassa ādhārabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, sāyitukāmatā
nidānakammajabhūtapadaṭṭhānā. Phoṭṭhabbābhi ghātārahabhūtappasādalakkhaṇo
phūsitukāmatā nidānakammasamuṭṭhāna bhūtappasādalakkhaṇo vā kāyo, phoṭṭhabbesu
āciñjanaraso, kāyaviññāṇassa ādhārabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno, phusitukāmatā nidāna
kammajabhūtapadaṭṭhāno, keci pana tejādhikānaṃ butānaṃ pasādo cakkhu, vāyu paṭhavī
āpādhikānaṃ bhūtānaṃ pasādā sotaghānajivhā, kāyo sabbesanti ca vadanti. Apare
tejādhikānaṃ pasādo cakkhu, vivaravāyuāpapaṭhavādhikānaṃ sotaghānajivhākāyāti vadanti.
Te vattabbā: suttaṃ āharathāti. Addhā suttameva na dakkhissanti. Keci panettha tejādīnaṃ
guṇehi rūpadīhi anugayhabhāvatoti kāraṇaṃ vadanti. 1 Te cattabbā, kopanevamāha:
rūpādayo tejādīnaṃ guṇāti. [PTS Page 445] [\q 445/] avinibbhogavuttīsu hi butesu ayaṃ
imassa guṇo ayaṃ imassa guṇotina labbhā cattunti. Athāpi vadeyyuṃ: yathā tesu tesu
samhāse tassa tassa bhūtassa adhikatāya paṭhavī ādīnaṃ sandhāraṇādīni kiccāni icchatha,
evaṃ tejādiadikesu sambhāresu rupādīnaṃ adikabhāvadassanato icchitabbametaṃ rūpādayo
tesaṃ guṇāti. Te vattabbāiccheyyāma yadi āpādhikassa āsavassa gavdhato paṭhavīadike
kappāse gavdho adikataro siyā, tejādhikassa ca unhodakassa vaṇṇato sītudakassa vaṇṇo

1. Ma. 1. Dassenti.

[SL Page 333] [\x 333/]

Parihāyetha. Yasmā panetaṃ ubhayampi natthi, tasmā pahāyetheta metesaṃ nissayabhūtānaṃ
visesakappanaṃ. Yathā avisesepi eka kalāpe bhūtānaṃ rūparasādayo aññamaññaṃ
visadisāhonti, evaṃ cakkhuppasādādayo avijjamānepi aññasmiṃ visesakāraṇeti gahe
tabbametaṃ. Kiṃ pana taṃ yaṃ aññamaññassa asādhāranaṃ, kamma meva seṃ
visesakāraṇaṃ, tasmā kammavisesato etesaṃ viseso, na bhūtavisesato. Bhūtavisese hi sati
pasādova na uppajjati, samānānaṃ hi pasādo na visamānānanti porāṇā. Evaṃ
kammavisesato visesavantesu ca etesu cakkhusotādīni appattavisayagāhakāni atta nissayaṃ
anallīnanissaye eva visaye viññāṇahetuttā. Ghānajivhākāyā sampattavisayagāhakā
nissayavasena ceva sayañca attano nissayaṃ allīneyeva visaye viññāṇahetuttā. Cakkhu
cettha yadetaṃ loke nīlapakhuma samākinṇaṃ kaṇhasukkamaṇḍalavicittaṃ
nīluppaladalasannibhaṃ cakkhuti vuccati. Taṃ sasambhāracakkhuno
setamaṇḍalaparikkhittassa kaṇhamanḍalassa majjhe abhimukhe ṭhitānaṃ
sarīrasaṇṭhānuppatti padese sattasu picupaṭalesu āsittatela picupaṭalāni viya satta
akkhipaṭalāni vayāpetvā dhāraṇa nahāpana maṇḍana vījana kiccāhi catūhi dhātīhi
khattiyakumāro viya sandhāraṇa bandhana paripācana samudīraṇa kiccāhi catūhi dhātuhi
katupakāraṃ utucittāhārehi upatthamhiyamānaṃ āyunā anupāliyamānaṃ
vanṇagavdharasādīhi parivutaṃ pamāṇato ūkāsiramattaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ [PTS Page
446] [\q 446/] yathārahaṃ vatthudvārabhāvaṃ sādhayamānaṃ tiṭṭhati, vuttampi cetaṃ
dhammasenā patinā: -

"Yena cakkhuppasādena rūpānimanupassati,
Parittasukumaṃ etaṃ ūkāsirasamūpama[a]"nti.

Sasamhāra sotabilassa pana anto tanutambalomācite aṅguliveṭhakasanṭhāne padese sotaṃ
vuttapbakārāhi dhātuhi katupakāraṃ utucittāhārehi upatthambhiyamānaṃ āyunā anupāliya
mānaṃ vaṇṇādīhi parivutaṃ sotaviññāṇādīnaṃ yathārahaṃ vatthudvāra bhāvaṃ
sādhayamānaṃ tiṭṭhati. Sasambhāraghānabilassa pana anto ajapadasaṇṭhāne padese ghānaṃ
yathāvuttappakāra upakārupatthamha nānupālanaparivāraṃ ghānaviññāṇādīnaṃ
yathārahaṃ vatthudvārabhāvaṃ sādhayamānaṃ tiṭṭhati. Sasambhārajivhāmajjhassa upari
uppaladalagga saṇṭhāne padese jivhā yathāvuttappakāra upakārupatthamhanānu
pālanaparivārā jivhāviññāṇidīnaṃ yathārahaṃ vatthudvārabhāvaṃ sādhaya mānā tiṭṭhati.
Yāvatā pana imasmiṃkāye upādinnarūpā nāma atthi, sabbattha kāyo kappāsapaṭale sneho
viya vuttappakāru

[A.] Mahāniddesa.

[SL Page 334] [\x 334/]

Pakārupatthambhanānupālanaparivārova hutvā kāyaviññāṇādinaṃ yathārahaṃ
vatthuvārabhāvaṃ sādhayamāno tiṭṭhati. Vammikaudakākāsa gāmasīvaṭhikasaṅkhāta
sagocaraninnā viya ca ahisuṃsumārapakkhi kukkurasigālā rūpādisagocaraninnāva
etecakkhādayoti daṭṭhabbā. Tato paresu pana rūpādisu cakkhupaṭihananalakkhaṇaṃ rupaṃ,
cakkhu viñññāṇassa visayabhāvarasaṃ, tasseva gocarapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, catumahā
bhūtapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Yathācetaṃ. Tathā sabbānipi upādārūpāni. Yattha pana viseso atthi, tattha
vakkhāma. Tayidaṃ nīlaṃ pītakanti ādī vasena anekavidhaṃ. Sotapaṭihananalakkhaṇo
saddo, sota viññāṇassa visayabhāvaraso, tasseva gocarapaccupaṭṭhāno, bheri saddo
mutiṅgasaddoti ādinā nayona anekavidho. [PTS Page 447] [\q 447/] ghānapaṭi
hananalakkhaṇo gavdho, ghānaviññāṇassa visayabhāvaraso, tasseva gocarapaccupaṭṭhāno,
mūlagavdho sāragavdhoti ādīnā nayena anekavidho. Jivhāpaṭihananalakkhano raso,
jivhāviññāṇassa visayabhāvaraso, tasseva gocarapaccupaṭṭhāno, mūlaraso khandha rasoti
ādinā nayena anekavidho. Itthibhāvalakkhaṇaṃ itthindriyaṃ itthiti pakāsanarasaṃ, itthiliṅga
nimitta kuttākappānaṃ kāraṇabhāva paccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Purisabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ purisindriyaṃ,
purisoti pakāsanarasaṃ, purisaliṅganimittakuttākappānaṃ kāraṇabhāvapaccu paṭṭhānaṃ,
tadubhayampi kāyappasādo viya sakalasarīraṃ vyāpakameva, na ca kāyappasādena
ṭhitokāse ṭhitanti vā aṭṭhitokāse aṭhaatanti vā vattabbataṃ āpajjati, rūparasādayo viya
aññamañña saṅkaro natthi. Sahajarūpānupālanalakkhaṇaṃ jīvitindriyaṃ, tesaṃ
pavattanarasaṃ, tesaññeva ṭhapanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, yāpayitabbabhūta padaṭṭhānaṃ. Santepi
ca anupālanalakkhaṇādimhi vidhāne atthikkhaṇeyeva taṃ sahajarūpāni anupāleti. Udakaṃ
viya uppalādīni. Yathāsakaṃ paccayuppannepi ca dhamme pāleti, dhātī viya kumāraṃ;
sayaṃ pavattitadhammasambavdheneva ca pavattati, niyāmako viya;na bhaṅgato uddhaṃ
pavattayati, attano ca pavattayitabbānañca abhāvā. Na bhaṅgakkhaṇe ṭhapeti, sayaṃ
bhijjamānattā, kīyamāno viya vaṭṭasneho dīpasikhaṃ. Na ca
anupālanapavattanaṭṭhāpanānu bhāva virahitaṃ yathāvuttakkhaṇe tassa tassa sādhanatoti
daṭṭhabbaṃ. Manodhātu manoviññāṇadhātūnaṃ nissayalakkhaṇaṃ hadayavatthu, tāsaññeva
dhātūnaṃādhāraṇarasaṃ, ubbahanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, hadayassa anto kāyagatāsatikathāyaṃ
vuttappakāraṃ lohitaṃ nissāya sandhāranādikiccehi bhutehi katupakāraṃ utucittāhārehi
upatthambhiyamānaṃ āyunā anupāliyamānaṃ manodhātumano viññāṇadhātunañceva taṃ
sampayuttadhammānañca vatthubhāvaṃ sādhaya mānaṃ tiṭṭhati. Abikkamādippavattaka
cittasamuṭṭhāna vāyodhātuyā sahajarūpakāyasatthambhanasavdhāraṇacalanassa [PTS Page
448] [\q 448/] paccayo ākāravikāro

[SL Page 335] [\x 335/]

Kāyaviññatti. Adhippāyappakāsanarasā, kāyavipphandana hetubhāva paccupaṭṭhānā,
cittasamuṭṭhānavāyodhātupadaṭṭhānā. Sā panesā kāya vipphandanena
adhippāyaviññāpanahetuttā sayañca tena kāya vipphandanasaṅkhātena kāyena viññeyyattā
kāyaviññattiti vuccati. Tāya ca pana calitehi cittajarūpehi abhisambandhānaṃ utujādīnampi
calanato abhikkamapaṭikkamādayo pavattantīti vedi tabbā. Vacībhedappavattaka
cittasamuṭṭhānapaṭhavīdhātuyā upādinna ghaṭṭanapaccayo ākāravikāro vacīviññatti,
adhippāyappakāsana rasā, vacīghosassa hetubhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā,
cittasamuṭṭhānapaṭhavīdhātu padaṭṭhānā. Sā panesā vacīghosena
adippāyaviññāpanahotuttā sayañca tāya vacīghosasaṅkhātāya vācāya viññeyyattā
vacīviññattīti vuccati. Yathāhi araññe ussāpetvā baddhagosīsādi udakanimittaṃ disvā
'udakamettha atthi'ti viññāyati, evaṃ kāya vipphandanañceva vacīghosañca gahetvā
kāyavacīviññattiyopi viññāyanti. Rūpaparicchedalakkhaṇā ākāsadhātu, rūpapariyantappa
kāsanarasā, rūpamariyādāpaccupaṭṭhānā, asamphūṭṭhabhāvavchidda vivarabhāva
paccupaṭṭhānā vā, paricchinnarūpapadaṭṭhānā, yāya paricchinnesu rūpesu idamito
uddhamadho tiriyanti ca hoti. Advdhatā lakkhaṇā rūpassa lahutā, rūpānaṃ
garubhāvavinodanarasā, lahu parivattitāpaccupaṭṭhānā, lahurūpapadaṭṭhānā.
Athaddhatālakkhaṇā rūpassa mudutā, rūpānaṃthaddhabhāva vinodanarasā, sabbakiriyāsū
avi rodhitā paccupaṭṭhānā, mudurūpapadaṭṭhānā. Sarīrakiriyānukūla kammañña
bhāvalakkhaṇā rūpassa kammaññatā, akammaññatā vinodanarasā,
adubbalabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, kammaññarūpapadaṭṭhānā. Etā pana tisso na aññamaññaṃ
vijahanti. Evaṃ santepi - yo aro gino viya rūpānaṃ. Lahubhavo adandhatā
lahuparivattippakāro rūpadavdhattakaradhātukkhobha paṭipakkhapaccayasamuṭṭhāno, so
rūpa vikāro rūpassa lahutā. Yo pana suparimadditacammasseva rūpānaṃ mudubhāvo
sabbakiriyāvisesesu vasavattanabhāvamaddavappakāro rūpatthaddhattakaradhātukkhobha
[PTS Page 449] [\q 449/] paṭipakkhapaccayasamuṭṭhāno, so rūpa vikāro rūpassa
mudutā. Yo pana sudhantasuvaṇṇasseva rūpānaṃ kammaññabhāvo
sarīrakiriyānukūlabhāvappakāro sarīrakiriyānaṃ ananukūlakaradhātukkhobha
paṭipakkhapaccayasamuṭṭhāno, so rūpa vikāro rūpassa kammaññatāti evametāsaṃ viseso
veditabbo. Ācayalakkhaṇo rūpassa upacayo, pubbantato rūpānaṃ ummujjā panaraso,
niyyātanapaccupaṭṭhāno, paripunṇabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno vā, upacitarūpapadaṭṭhāno.
Pavattilakkhaṇā rūpassa santatī, anubandhanarasā, anupacchedapaccupaṭṭhānā,
anuppabandhakara rūpapadaṭṭhānā. Ubhayampetaṃ jātirūpassevādhivacanaṃ. Ākāra
nānattato pana

[SL Page 336] [\x 336/]

Veneyyavasena ca upacayo santatīti uddesa1 desanā katā yasmā panettha atthato nānattaṃ
natthi, tasmā imesaṃ padānaṃ niddese "yo āyatanānaṃ ācayo, so rūpassa upacayo; yo
rūpassa upacayo, so rūpassa santatī"ti vuttaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyampi ācayo nāma nibbatti,
upacayo nāma vaḍḍhi, santati nāma pavattīti vatvā naditīre khatakūpamhi
udakuggamanakālo viya ācayo nibbatti, paripunṇakālo viya upacāyo vaḍḍhi, ajjhottha ritvā
gamanakālo viya santati pavattīti upamā katā. Upamā vasāneca evaṃ kiṃ katitaṃ hoti?
Āyatanena ācayo kathito, ācayena āyatanaṃ kathitanti vuttaṃ. Tasmā yā rūpānaṃ paṭhamābhi
nibbatti sā ācayo, yā tesaṃ upari aññesaṃ nibbattamānānaṃ nibbatti, sā vaḍḍhi; ākārena
upaṭṭhānato upacayo, yā tesampi upari punappuna aññesaṃ nibbattamānānaṃ nibbatti, sā
anuppa bandhākārenaupaṭṭhānato santatīti ca pavuccatīti veditabbā.
Rūpaparipākalakkhaṇā jaratā, upanayanarasā, sabhāvānapagamepi nava bhāvāpagama
paccupaṭṭhānā, vīhipurāṇabhāvo viya, paripaccamānarūpa padaṭṭhānā.
Khaṇḍivcādibhāvena dantādīsu vikāradassanato idaṃ pākaṭajaraja savdhāya vuttaṃ.
Arūpadhammānaṃ pana paṭicchannajarā nāma hoti. Tassā esa vikāro natthi, yā ca paṭhavī
udaka pabbata candima suriyādīsu avīci jarā nāma. [PTS Page 450] [\q 450/]
paribhedalakkhaṇā rūpassa aniccatā, saṃsīdanarasā, kayavayapaccupaṭṭhānā,
paribhijjamānarūpa padaṭṭhānā. Ojālakkhano kabalīkāro āhāro, rūpāharaṇaraso,
upatthambhana paccupaṭṭhāno, kabalaṃ katvā āharitabbavatthupadaṭṭhāno. Yāya ojāya
sattā yāpentitassā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ, imāni tāva pāḷiyaṃ āgatarupāneva. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ
pana balarūpaṃ, sambhavarupaṃ, jātirūpaṃ, rogarūpaṃ, ekaccānaṃ matena middharūpanti
evaṃ añña nipi rūpāni āharitvā "addhā munīsi sambuddho natthi nivaraṇā tavā[a]"ti ādīni
vatvā middharūpaṃ tāva natthiyevāti paṭikkhittaṃ. Itaresu rogarupaṃ jaratā aniccatā
gahaṇena gahitameva, jāti rūpaṃ upacayasantatigahaṇena, sambhavarūpaṃ
āpodhātugahaṇena, balarūpaṃ vāyodhātugahaṇena gahitameva. Tasmā tesu ekampā
visuṃnatthīti sanniṭhānaṃ kataṃ, iti idaṃ catuvīsatividhaṃ upādārūpaṃ pubbe vuttaṃ
catubbidhaṃ bhūtarūpañcāti aṭṭhavīsatividhaṃ rūpaṃ hoti. Anūnamanadhikaṃ. Taṃ
sabbampi na hite, ahetukaṃ, hetuvippa yuttaṃ, sappaccayaṃ, lokiyaṃ, sāsavamevāti
ādinānayena ekavidhaṃ. Ajjhattikaṃ bāhiraṃ, oḷārikaṃ sukumaṃ, dare santike, nipphannaṃ
anipphannaṃ, pasādarūpaṃ nappasādarūpaṃ, indriyaṃ anindriyaṃ, upādinnaṃ anupādinnanti
ādivasena duvidhaṃ. Tattha cakkādipañcavidhaṃ atta bhāvaṃ adhikicca pavattattā
ajjhattikaṃ, sesaṃ tato bāhirattā.

1. Sī. Uddese. [A.] Mahāaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 337] [\x 337/]

Bāhiraṃ. Cakkhādīni nava āpodhātuvajjā1 tisso dhātuyo cāti dvādasavidhaṃ ghaṭṭanavasena
gahetabbato oḷārikaṃ, sesaṃ tato viparitattā sukhumaṃ. Yaṃ sukhumaṃ tadeva
duppaṭivijjhasabhāvattā dūre, itaraṃ suppaṭivijjhasabhāvattā santike. Catasso dhātuyo
cakkhā dīni terasa kabalīkāro āhāro cāti aṭṭhārasavidhaṃ rūpaṃ pariccheda
vikāralakkhaṇabhāvaṃ atikkamitvā sabhāveneva pariggahetabbato nipphannaṃ, sesaṃ
tabbiparītatāya anipphannaṃ. Cakkhādi pañcavidhaṃ rūpādīnaṃ gahaṇapaccayabhāvena
ādāsatalaṃ viya vippasannattā pasādarūpaṃ. Itaraṃ tato viparitattā nappasādarūpaṃ. [PTS
Page 451] [\q 451/] pasāda rūpameva itthindriyādittayena saddhiṃ adhipatiaṭṭhena
indriyaṃ sosaṃ tato viparitattā anindriyaṃ. Yaṃ kammajanti parato cakkhāma, taṃ kammena
upādinnattā upādinnaṃ, sesaṃ tato viparītattā anupādinnaṃ. Puna sabbameva rūpaṃ
sanidassanakammajādīnaṃ tikānaṃ vasona tividhaṃ hoti. Tathe oḷārike rūpaṃ
sanidassanasappaṭighaṃ, sesaṃ anidassanasappaṭighaṃ, sabbampi sukhumaṃ
anidassanaappaṭighaṃ, evaṃ tāva sanidassanattikavasena tividhaṃ. Kammajādittikavasena
pana. Kammato jātaṃ kammajaṃ, tadaññapaccayajātaṃ akammajaṃ, na kutoci jātaṃ
nevakammajaṃ nākammajaṃ. Cintato jātaṃ cittajaṃ. Tadañña paccayajātaṃ acittajaṃ. Na
kutoci jātaṃ nevacittajaṃ nācittajaṃ. Āhārato jātaṃ āhārajaṃ, tadaññapaccayajātaṃ anāhārajaṃ,
na kutoci jātaṃ nave āhārajaṃ na anāhārajaṃ. Ututo jātaṃ utujaṃ, tadaññapaccayajātaṃ
anutujaṃ, na kutoci jātaṃ neva utujaṃ na anutujanti evaṃ kammajādittikavasena tividhaṃ.
Puna diṭṭhādi rūparūpādi vatthādi catukkavasona catubbidhaṃ, tattha rūpāyatanaṃ diṭṭhaṃ
nāma dassanavisayattā, saddāyatanaṃ sutaṃ nāma savaṇa visayattā,
gavdharasaphoṭṭhabbattayaṃ mutaṃ nāma sampattagāhakaindriya visayattā, sesaṃ viññātaṃ
nāma viññāṇasseva visayattāti evaṃ tāva diṭṭhādicatukkavasena catubbidhaṃ.
Nipphannarūpaṃ panettha rūpa rūpaṃ nāma, ākāsadhātu paricchedarūpaṃ nāma,
kāyaviññattiādi kammaññatāpariyantaṃ vikārarūpaṃ nāma, jātijarābhaṅgaṃ lakkhaṇa rūpaṃ
nāmāti evaṃ rūparūpādicatukkavasena catubbidhaṃ. Yaṃ panettha hadayarūpaṃ nāma taṃ
vatthu na dvāraṃ, viññattidvayaṃ dvāraṃ na vatthu, pasādarūpaṃ vatthu ceva dvārañca,
seṃsa neva vatthu na dvāranti evaṃ vatthādicatukkavasena catubbidhaṃ. Puna ekajaṃ dvijaṃ
tijaṃ catujaṃ nakutoci jātanti imesaṃ vasena pañcavidhaṃ, tattha kammajameva cittajameva
caekajaṃ nāma, tesu saddhiṃ hadayavatthunā indriyarūpaṃ kammajameva, viññattidvayaṃ
cittajameva. Yaṃ pana cittato ca ututo ca jātaṃ taṃ dvijaṃ nāma, taṃ saddāyatanameva.

1. Ma. 11. Āpodhātuvajjitā.

[SL Page 338] [\x 338/]

Yaṃ utucittāhārehi jātaṃ [PTS Page 452] [\q 452/] taṃ tijaṃ nāma, taṃ pana lahutādittaya
meva. Yaṃ catūhipi kammādīhi jātaṃ taṃ catujaṃ nāma, taṃ lakkhaṇaṃ rūpavajjaṃ avasesaṃ
hoti. Lakkhaṇarūpaṃ pana na kutoci jātaṃ. Kasmā? Na hi uppādassa uppādo atthi,
uppannassa ca paripākabheda mattaṃ itaradvayaṃ. Yampi rūpāyatanaṃ saddāyatanaṃ
gavdhāyatanaṃ rasāyatanaṃ phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ ākāsadhātu āpodātu rūpassa lahutā rūpassa
mudutā rūpassa kammaññatā rūpassa upacāyo rūpassa santati kabalīkāro āhāro ime
dhammā cittasamuṭṭhānāti ādīsu jātiyā kutoci jātattaṃ anuññātaṃ, taṃ pana
rūpajanakappaccayānaṃ kiccānubhāvakkhaṇe diṭṭhattāti veditabbaṃ.

Idaṃ tāva rūpakkhavdhe vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Itaresu pana yaṃ kiñci vedayitalakkhaṇaṃ sabbantaṃ ekato

Itaresu pana yaṃ kiñci vedayitalakkhaṇaṃ sabbantaṃ ekato katvā vedanākkhavdho, yaṃ
kiñci sañjānanalakkhaṇaṃ sabbantaṃ ekato katvā saññākkhavdho, yaṃ kiñci
abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇaṃ sabbantaṃ ekato katvā saṅkhārakkhandho, yaṃ kiñci vijānana
lakkhaṇaṃsabbantaṃ ekato katvā viññāṇakkhandhoti vedi tabbo. Tattha yasmā
viññāṇakkhandhe viññāte itare suviññeyyā honti, tasmā viññāṇakkhandhamādiṃ
katvāvaṇṇanaṃ karasissāma. "Yaṃ kiñci vijānanalakkhaṇaṃ sabbantaṃ ekato katvā
viññāṇakkhandho veditabbo"ti hi vuttaṃ. Kiñca vijānana lakkhaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ? Yathāha:
"vijānāti vijānātī"[a]ti kho āvuso tasmā 'viññāṇa'nti vuccatīti. 'Viññāṇaṃ, cittaṃ, mano'ti
atthato ekaṃ, tadetaṃ vijānanalakkhaṇena sabhāvato ekavidhampi jātivasena tividhaṃ
kusalamakulaṃ avyākatañca. Tattha kusalaṃ bhumi bhedato catubbidhaṃ: kāmāvacaraṃ
rūpāvacaraṃ arūpāvacaraṃ lokuttarañca. Tattha kāmāvacaraṃ: somanassupekkhāñāṇa
saṅkhārabhedato aṭṭhavidhaṃ. Seyyathīdaṃ: somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ
asaṅkhāraṃ sasaṅkhārañca, tathā ñāṇavippayuttaṃ. Upekkhāsahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ
asaṅkhāraṃ sasaṅkhārañca, [PTS Page 453] [\q 453/] tathā ñāṇavippayuttaṃ. Yadāhi
deyya dhammapaṭiggāhakādisampattiṃ aññaṃ vā somanassahetuṃ āgamma haṭṭhapahaṭṭho
"atthi dinna"nti ādinayappavattaṃ sammādiṭṭhiṃ purakkhatvā asaṃsīdanto anussāhito
parehi dānādīni puññāni karoti, tadāssa cittaṃ somanassasahagataṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ
asaṃkhāraṃhotī. Yadā pana vuttanayena haṭṭhatuṭṭho sammādiṭṭhiṃ purakkhatvā
amuttacāgatādivasena saṃsīdamāno vā parehi vā ussāhito karoti, tadāssa tadevacittaṃ
sasaṅkhāraṃ hoti. Imasmi.

[A.] Majjhimanikāya - mahāvedallasutta.

[SL Page 339] [\x 339/]

Hi atthe saṅkhāroti etaṃ attano vā paresaṃ vā vasena pavattassa
pubbapayogassādhivacanaṃ. Yadā panassa ñātijanassa paṭipatti dassanena jātaparicayā
bāladārakā bhikkhu disvā somanassa jātā sahasā kiñcideva hatthagataṃ dadanti vā vandanti
vā, tadā tatiyaṃ cittaṃ uppajjati. Yadā pana 'detha vandathā'ti ñātīhi ussā hitā evaṃ
paṭipajjanti. Tadā catutthaṃ cittaṃ uppajjati. Yadā pana deyyadhammapaṭiggāhakādīnaṃ
asampattiṃ aññesaṃ vā somanassa hetunaṃ abhāvaṃ āgammacatusupi vikappesu
somanassarahitā honti. Tadā sesāni cattāri upekkhāsahagatāni uppajjantiti evaṃ
somanassupekkhā ñāṇasaṅkhāra bhedato aṭṭhavidaṃ kāmāvacara kusalaṃ veditabbaṃ.
Rūpāvacaraṃ pana jhānaṅgayogabhedato pañcavidhaṃ hoti. Seyyathīdaṃ:
vitakkavicārapītisukhasamādisampayuttaṃ paṭhamaṃ, tato atikkantavitakkaṃ dutiyaṃ, tato
atikkantavicāraṃ tatiyaṃ, tato virattapītikaṃ catutthaṃ, atthagatasukhaṃ1 upekkhā samādhi
yuttaṃ pañcamanti.

Arūpāvacaraṃ catunnaṃ āruppānaṃ yogavasena catubbidhaṃ, vuttappakārena hi
ākāsānañcāyatanajhānena sampayuttaṃ paṭhamaṃ, viññāṇañcāyatanādīhi
dutiyatatiyacatutthāni.

Lokuttaraṃ catumaggasampayogato catubbidhanti evaṃ tāca kusalaviññāṇameva ekavīsati
vidhaṃhoti. [PTS Page 454] [\q 454/]

Akusalaṃ pana bhumito ekavidhaṃ kāmāvacarameva. Mūlato tividhaṃ lobhamūlaṃ
dosamūlaṃ mehamūlañca. Tattha loba mūlaṃ somanassupekkhādiṭṭhigatasaṅkhārabhedato
aṭṭhavidhaṃ. Seyyathīdaṃ: somanassasahagataṃ diṭṭhigatasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhāraṃ
sasaṅkhārañca, tathā diṭṭigatavippayuttaṃ. Upekkhāsahagataṃ diṭṭhigatasampayuttaṃ
asaṅkhāraṃ sasaṅkhārañca, tathā diṭṭhagatavippayuttaṃ. Yadāhi 'natthi kāmesu ādīnavo'tī
ādinā nayena micchādiṭṭhiṃ purakkhatvā haṭṭhakuṭṭho kāmo vā paribhuñjati,
diṭṭhamaṅgalādīni vā sārato pacceti, sabhāvatikkheneva anussāhitena cittena, tadā
paṭhamaṃ akusala cittaṃ uppajjati. Yadā mavdena samussāhitena cittena, tadā dutiyaṃ, yadā
micchādiṭṭhiṃ apurakkhatvā kevalaṃ haṭṭhatuṭṭho methunaṃ vā sevati, parasampattiṃ vā
abhijjhāyati, pahabhaṇḍaṃ vā rahati, sabhāvatikkheneva anussāhitena cittena, tadā tatiyaṃ.
Yadā mandena samussāhitena cittena, tadā catutthaṃ. Yadā pana kāmānaṃ vā asampattiṃ
āgamma aññesaṃ vā somanassahetunaṃ abhāvena catusupi vikappesu somanassarahitā
honti, tadā sesāni cattāri

1. Ma. Atthaṅgatasukhaṃ

[SL Page 340] [\x 340/]

Upekkhāsahagatāni uppajjantīti evaṃ somanassupekkhā diṭṭhigata saṅkhārabhedato
aṭṭavidhaṃ lobhamūlaṃ veditabbaṃ. Dosamūlaṃ pana domanassasahagataṃ
paṭighasampayuttaṃ asaṅkhāraṃ sasaṅkhāranti duvidha meva hoti, tassa pāṇātipātādisu
tikkhamavdappavattikāle uppatti veditabbā. Mohamūlaṃ upekkhāsahagataṃ vicikicchāsampa
yuttaṃ uddhaccasampayuttañcāti duvidhaṃ, tassa sanniṭṭhānavikkhepa kāle pavatti
veditabbāti evaṃ akusalaviññāṇaṃ dvādasavidhaṃ hoti.

Avyākataṃ jātibhedato duvidhaṃ vipākaṃ kiriyañca. Tattha vipākaṃ bhumito catubbidhaṃ
kāmāvacaraṃ rūpāvacaraṃ arūpāvacaraṃ lokuttarañca. Tattha kāmāvacaraṃ duvidhaṃ
kusalavipākaṃ akusala vipākañca. Kusalavipākampi duvidhaṃ ahetukaṃ sahetukañca. Tattha
alobhādivipākahetu virahitaṃ ahetukaṃ, taṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sotaghāṇajivhākāyaviññāṇaṃ
sampaṭicchanakiccā manodhātu santī raṇādikiccā ṅve manoviññāṇadhātuyo dvāti
aṭṭhavidhaṃ. [PTS Page 455] [\q 455/] tattha cakkhusannisitarūpavijānanalakkhaṇaṃ
cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, rūpanimittārammaṇarasaṃ, rūpābhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ,
rūpārammaṇāya kiriya manodhātuyā apagamapadaṭṭhānaṃ, sotādi sannissita saddādi
vijānana lakkhaṇāni sotaghāṇajivhākāyaviññāṇāni, saddādinimittārammaṇa rasāni,
saddādiabhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭānāni, saddādiārammaṇānaṃ kiriya manodhātūnaṃ
apagamapadṭhānāni, cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ anantaraṃ rūpādivijānanalakkhaṇā manodhātu,
rūpādisampaṭicchanarasā, tathā bhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ
apagamapadaṭṭhānā, ahetuka vipākā saḷārammaṇavijānanalakkhaṇā duvidhāpi
santīraṇādikiccā manoviññāṇadhātu, santīraṇādirasā, tathābhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, hadaya
vatthupadaṭṭhānā, somanassupekkhāyogato pana dvipañcaṭṭhāna bhedato ca tassā bhedo,
etāsu hi ekā ekantamiṭṭhārammaṇe pavattisabbhāvato somanassasampayuttā hutvā
santīraṇatadā rammaṇavasena pañcadvāre ceva javanāvasāne ca pavattanato dviṭṭhānā
hoti. Ekā iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe pavattisabbhāvato upekkhāsampayuttā hutvā
santīraṇatadārammaṇapaṭisandhibhavaṅgacuti vasena pavattanato pañcaṭṭhānā hoti.
Aṭṭhavidhampi cetaṃ ahetukavipākaviññāṇaṃ niyatāniyatārammaṇattā duvidhaṃ, upekkhā
sukhasomanassabedato tividhaṃ. Viññaṇapañcakaṃ hettha niyatā rammaṇaṃ yathākkamaṃ
rūpādīsuyeva pavattito, sesaṃ aniyatā rammaṇaṃ. Tata; hi manodhātu pañcasupi rūpādīsu
pavattati, mano viññāṇadhātudvayaṃ chassūti. Kāyaviññāṇaṃ panettha sukhayuttaṃ.
Ciṭṭhānā manoviññāṇadhātu somanassayuttā, sesaṃ upekkhā yuttanti. Evaṃ tāva
kusalavipākahetukaṃ aṭṭhavidhaṃ veditabbaṃ.

[SL Page 341] [\x 341/]

Alohādi vipākahetu sampayuttaṃ pana sahetukaṃ, taṃ kāmāvacarakusalaṃ viya
somanassādibhedato aṭṭhavidaṃ. Yathā pana kusalaṃ dānādivasena chasu ārammaṇesu
pavattati, na idaṃ tathā. Idaṃ hi paṭisandhibhavaṅgacutitadārammaṇavasena
parittadhammapariyāpannesu yeva chasu ārammaṇesu pavattati. Saṅkhārāsaṅkhārabhāvo
panetthaāgamanādivasena veditabbo. Sampayuttadhammānañca [PTS Page 456] [\q 456/]
visese asatipi ādāsatalādīsumukhanimittaṃ viya nirussāhaṃ vipākaṃ, mukhaṃ viya sa
ussāhaṃ kusalanti veditabbaṃ. Kevalaṃ hi akusalacittaṃ ahetukameva, taṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ
sotaghāṇajivhākāyaviññāṇaṃ sampaṭicchanakiccā manodhātu santīraṇādikiccā pañcaṭṭhānā
mano viññāṇadhātuti sattavidhaṃ, taṃ lakkhaṇādito kusalāhetuka vipāke vuttanayeneva
veditabbaṃ. Kevalaṃ hi kusalavipākāni iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇāni. Imāni
aniṭhaaniṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇāni, tāni ca upekkhāsukhasomanassabhedato tividhāni. Imāni
dukkhaupekkhāvasena duvidhāni. Etthahi kāyaviññāṇaṃ dukkhasahagatameva, sesāni
upekkhāsahagatāni. Sāca tesu upekkhā hīnā dukkhaṃ viya nātitikhiṇā, itaresu
upekkhāpaṇītā sukhaṃ viya nāti tikhiṇā, iti imesaṃ sattannaṃ akusalavipākānaṃ
purimānañca so pasannaṃ kusalavipākānaṃ vasena kāmāvacaravipākaviññāṇaṃ
tevīsatividhaṃ.

Rūpāvacaraṃ pana kusalaṃ viya pañcavidhaṃ, kusalampana samāpattivasena javanavīthiyaṃ
pavattati, idaṃ uppattiyaṃ paṭisandhibhavaṅga cutivasena, yathā ca rūpāvacaraṃ evaṃ
arūpāvacarampi kusalaṃ viya catubbidhaṃ, pavattibhedo pissa rūpāvacare vuttanayo eva.
Lokuttaravipākaṃ catumaggayuttacittaphalattā catubbidhaṃ, taṃ magga vithivasena ceva
phalasamāpattivasena ca vidhā pavattatīti evaṃ sabbampi catusu bhumūsu chattiṃsavidhaṃ
vipākaviññāṇaṃ hoti. Kiriyaṃ pana bhumibhedato tividhaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ rūpāvacaraṃ
ārūpāvacarañca; tattha kāmāvacaraṃ duvidhaṃahetukaṃ sahetukañca. Tattha alobhādi
kiriyāhetuvirahitaṃ ahetukaṃ, taṃ manodhātumanoviññāṇadhātu hedato duvidhaṃ, tattha
cakkhuviññāṇādipurecararūpādivijānanalakkhaṇā manodhātu, āvajjanarasā,
rūpādiabhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā bhavaṅgavicchedapadaṭṭhānā upekkhāyuttāva hoti.
Manoviññāṇa dhātu pana duvidhā sādhāraṇā āsādhāranā ca. [PTS Page 457] [\q 457/]
tattha sādhāraṇā upekkhāsahagatāhetukakiriyā saḷārammaṇa vijānanalakkhaṇā,
kiccavasena pañcadvāramanodvāresu votthapanāvajjanarasā, tathā bhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā,
ahetukavipākamanoviññāṇadhātubhavaṅgānaṃ aññatarāpagamapadaṭṭhānā. Asādhāraṇā
somanassasahagatā ahetukakiriyā saḷārammaṇavijānanalakkhaṇā, kiccavasena arahataṃ
anuḷāresu vatthusu hasituppādanarasā, tathābhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, ekantato
hadayavatthupadaṭṭhānāti; iti kāmāvacarakiriyaṃ ahetukaṃ tividhaṃ.

[SL Page 342] [\x 342/]

Sahetukaṃ pana somanassādibhedato kusalaṃ viya aṭṭhavidhaṃ, kevalaṃ hi kusalaṃ
sekhaputhujjanānaṃ uppajjati, idaṃ arahataṃ yevāti, ayamettha viseso. Evaṃ tāva
kāmāvacaraṃ ekādasavidhaṃ, rūpāvacaraṃ pana arūpāvacarañca kusalaṃ viya pañcavidhaṃ
catubbidhaṃ ca hoti, arahataṃ uppattivaseneva cassa kusalato viseso veditabboti. Evaṃ
sabbampi tīsu bhumīsu vīsatividhaṃ kiriyavaññāṇaṃ hoti, iti ekavīsati kusalāni
dvādasākusalāni chattiṃsavipākāni vīsatikiriyānīti sabbānipi ekunanavutiviññāṇāni honti,
yāni paṭisandhi bhavaṅgāvajjana dassana samaṇa ghāyana sāyana phusana sampaṭicchana
santīraṇa votthapana javana tadārammaṇa cutivasena cuddasahi ākāraha pavattantī.
Kathaṃ? Yadāhi aṭṭhannaṃ kāmāvacarakusalānaṃ ānubhāvena devamanussesu sattā
nibbattanti, tadā nesaṃmaraṇa kāle paccupaṭṭhitaṃ kammakammanimittagatinimittānaṃ
aññataraṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā aṭṭha sahetuka kāmāvacaravipākāni manussesu
paṇḍakādibhāvaṃ āpajjamānānaṃ dubbalavihetuka kusalavipāka upekkhāsahagatā
ahetukavipākamanoviññāṇadhātu cāti paṭisandhi vasena nava vipākacittāni pavattanti.
Yadā rūpāvacarārūpāvacara kusalānubhāvena rūpārūpabhavesu nibbattanti, tadā nesaṃ
maraṇa kāle paccupaṭṭhitaṃ kammakammanimittameva ārammaṇaṃ katvānava
rūpārūpāvacaravipākāni paṭisandhivasena pavattanti. Yadā pana akusalānubhāvena apāye
nibbattanti tadā nesaṃ maraṇakāle paccu paṭṭhitaṃ kammakammanimittagatinimittānaṃ
aññataraṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ekā akusalavipākāhetumanoviññāṇadhātu paṭisandhivasena
pavattatīti [PTS Page 458] [\q 458/] evaṃ tāvettha ekūnavīsatiyā vipākaviññāṇānaṃ
paṭisandhivasena pavatti veditabbā. Paṭisandhiviññāṇe pana niruddhe taṃ taṃ
paṭisandhiviññāṇamanubandhamānaṃ tassa tassema kammassa vipākabhūtaṃ
tasmiññecārammaṇe tādisameva bhavaṅgaviññāṇaṃ nāma pavattati, punapi tādisaṃ punapi
tādisanti evaṃ asati santāna vinivattake aññasmiṃ cittuppāde nadisotaṃ viya supinaṃ
apassato niddokkamana kālādisu aparimāṇasaṅkhampi pavattati yevāti evaṃ tesaññeva
viññāṇānaṃ bhavaṅgavasenāpi pavatti veditabbā. Evaṃ pavatte pana bhavaṅgasantāne yadā
sattānaṃ indriyāni ārammaṇagahaṇakkhamāni honti, tadā cakkhussāpāthagate rūpe rūpaṃ
paṭicca cakkhuppasādassa ghaṭṭanā hoti, tato ghaṭṭa nānubhāvena bhavaṅgacalanaṃ hoti.
Atha niruddhe bhavaṅge tadeva rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvābhavaṅgaṃ vicchivdamānā viya
āvajjanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā kiriyamanodhātu uppajjati, sotadvārādīsupi eseva nayo.
Manodvāre pana chabbidhepi ārammaṇe āpāthagate bhavaṅgacalanānantaraṃ bhavaṅga
vicchindamānā viya āvajjanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā ahetuka kiriyamanoviññāṇadhātu
uppajjati upekkhā

[SL Page 342] [\x 342/]

Sahagatāti, eravaṃ cinnaṃ kiriyaviññāṇānaṃ āvajjanavasena pavatti veditabbā.
Āvajjanānantaraṃ pana cakkhudvāre tāva dassanakicaṃ sādhayamānaṃ
cakkhuppasādavatthukaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, sotadvārādīsu savaṇādi kiccaṃ sādhayamānāni
sotaghāṇajivhākāyaviññāṇāni pavattanti, tāni iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattesu visayesu
kusalavipākāni. Aniṭṭhaaniṭṭhavajjhattesu visayesu akusalavipākānīti evaṃ dasannaṃ
vipākaviññāṇānaṃ dassanasavaṇaghāyanasāyanaphūsanavasena pavatti veditabbā.
Cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā uppajjitvā niruddhasamanantarā uppajjati cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ
tajjā manodhātuti ādi vacanato pana cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ anantarā tesaññeva visayaṃ
sampaṭiccha mānā kusalavipākānantaraṃ kusalavipākā, [PTS Page 459] [\q 459/]
akusalavipākānantaraṃ akusalavipākā manodhātu uppajjati, evi dvinnaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ
sampaṭicchanavasena pavatti veditabbā. Manodhātuyāpi uppajjitvā niruddhasamanantarā
uppajjati cittaṃ mano mānasaṃ tajjā manoviññāṇadhātūti vacanato pana manodhātuyā
sampaṭicchitameva visayaṃ santīrayamānā akusalavipākamanodhātuyā anantarā
akusalavipākā, kusalavipākāya anantarā iṭṭhārammaṇe somanassasahagatā, iṭṭhamajjhatte
upekkhāsahagatā uppajjati vipākāhekamanoviññāṇādhātuti evaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ
santīraṇavasena pavatti veditabbā. Santīraṇānantaraṃ pana tameva visayaṃ
vavatthāpayamānā uppajjati kiriyāhetukamano viññāṇadhātu upekkhā sahagatāti evaṃ
ekasseva kiriyaviññāṇassa votthapanavasena pavatti veditabbā. Votthapanānantaraṃ pana
sace mahantaṃ hotī rūpādiārammaṇaṃ, atha yathāvavatthāpite visaye aṭṭhannaṃ vā
kāmāvacarakusalānaṃ dvādasannaṃ vā akusalānaṃ navannaṃ vā
avasesakāmāvacarakiriyānaṃ aññataravasena cha satta vā javanāni javantī, esa tāva
pañcadvāre nayo. Manodvāre pana manodvārāvajjanānantaraṃ tāni yeva. Gotrabhuto
uddhaṃ rūpāvacarato pañca kusalānipañca kiriyāni, arūpāvacarato cattāri kusalāni cattāri
kiriyāni, lokuttarato cattāri magga cittāni cattāri phalacittānīti imesu yaṃ yaṃ
laddhapaccayaṃ hoti taṃ taṃ javatīti evaṃ pañcapaññāsāya kusalākusalakiriyavipāka
viññāṇānaṃ javanavasena pavatti veditabbā javanāvasāne pana sace pañcadvāre
atimahantaṃ manodvāre ca vibhūtamārammaṇaṃ hoti, atha kāmāvacarasattānaṃ
kāmāvacarajavanāvasāne iṭṭhārammaṇādīnaṃ purimakammajavanacittādīnañca vasena yo
yo paccayo laddho hoti, tassa tassa vasenaaṭṭhasu sahetuka kāmāvacaravipākesu tīsu
vipākāhetuka manoviññāṇadhātusu ca aññataraṃ paṭi sotagataṃ nāvaṃ anubandhamānaṃ
kiñci antaraṃ udakamiva bhavaṅgassā rammaṇato aññasmiṃ ārammaṇe javitaṃ
javanamanubandhanti

[SL Page 344] [\x 344/]

Dvikkhattuṃ sakiṃ vā vipākaviññāṇaṃ [PTS Page 460] [\q 460/] uppajjati, tadetaṃ
javanāva sāne bhavaṅgassa ārammaṇe pavattanārahaṃ samānaṃ tassa javanassa ārammaṇaṃ
ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattattātadārammaṇanti vuccati, evaṃ ekādasannaṃ vipākaviññāṇānaṃ
tadārammaṇavasena pavatti veditabbā. Tadārammaṇāvasāne pana puna bhavaṅgameva
pavattati, bhavaṅge vicchinne puna āvajjanādīnīti evaṃ laddhapaccayaṃ citta santānaṃ
bhavaṅgānantaraṃ āvajjanaṃ, āvajjanānantaraṃ dassanā dīnīti cittaniyamavaseneva
punappuna tāva pavattati, yava ekasmiṃ bhave bhavaṅgassa parikkhayo. Ekasmiṃ hi bhave
yaṃ sabbapacchimaṃ bhavaṅgacittaṃ, taṃ tato1 cavanattā cutīti vuccati, tasmā tampi
ekūnavīsatividhameva hoti, evaṃ ekūnavīsatiyāvipākaviññāṇānaṃ cutivasena pavatti
veditabbā. Cutito pana puna paṭisandhi, paṭisandhito puna bhavaṅganti evaṃ
bhavagatiṭhitinivāsesu saṃsaramānānaṃ sattānaṃ avicchinnaṃ cittasantānaṃ pavattatiyeva.
Yo panettha arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti tassa cuticitte niruddhe niruddha meva hotīti.

Idaṃ viññāṇakkhandhe vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Edāni yaṃ vuttaṃ yaṃ kiñci vedayitalakkhaṇaṃ sabbantaṃ ekato katvā vedanākkhandho
veditabboti. Etthāpi vedayita lakṇaṇaṃ nāma vedanāva. Yathāha: - "vedayati vedayatīti kho
āvuso tasmā vedanāti vuccatī[a]ti. Sā pana vedayitalakkhaṇena sabhāvato eka vidhāpi
jātivasena tividhā hoti: kusalā akusalā avyākatā cāti. Tattha kāmāvacaraṃ
somanassupekkhāñāṇasaṅkhārabhedato aṭṭhavidhanti ādinā nayena vuttena
kusalaviññāṇenasampayuttā kusalā, akusalena sampayuttā akusalā, avayākatena
sampayuttāavyākatāti veditabbā. [PTS Page 461] [\q 461/] sā sabhāvabhedato
pañcavidhā hoti: sukhaṃ dukkhaṃ somanassaṃ demanassaṃ upekkhāti. Tattha
kusalavipākena kāyaviññāṇena sampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, akusalavipākena dukkhaṃ,
kāmāvacarato catūhi kusalehi catūhi sahetukavipākehi ekena ahetukavipākena catūhi
sahetukakiriyehi ekena ahetukakiriyena catūhi akusalehi rūpāvacarato ṭhapetvā
pañcamajjhāna viññāṇaṃ catūhi kusalehi catūhi vipākehi catūhi kiriyehi, lokuttaraṃ pana
yasmā ajjhānikaṃ nāma natthi tasmā aṭṭhalo kuttarāni pañcannaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena
cattāḷīsaṃ hontī, tesu ṭhapetvā aṭṭha pañcamajjhānikāni sesehi dvattiṃsāya
kusalavipākehīti. Evaṃ somanassaṃ dvāyaṭṭhiyā viññāṇehi sampayuttaṃ,

1. Sī 11. Tato bhavaṅgato. [A.] Majjhimanikāya. Mahāvedallasutta.

[SL Page 345] [\x 345/]

Domanassaṃ dvīhi akusalehi, upekkhā avasesapañcapaññāsāya viññāṇehi sampayuttā.
Tattha iṭṭhaphoṭṭhabbānubhavanalakkhaṇaṃ sukhaṃ, sampayuttānaṃ upabrūhaṇarasaṃ,
kāyikaassādapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, kāyindriyapadaṭṭhānaṃ.
Aniṭṭhaphoṭṭhabbānubhavanalakkhaṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, sampa yuttānaṃ milāpanarasaṃ,
kāyikābādhapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, kāyindriya padaṭṭhānaṃ, iṭṭhārammaṇānubhavanalakkhaṇaṃ
somanassaṃ, yathā tathā vā iṭṭhākārasambhogarasaṃ, cetasikaassādapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ,
passaddhi padaṭṭhānaṃ. Aniṭṭhārammaṇānubhavanalakkhaṇaṃ domanassaṃ, yatā tathā cā
aniṭṭhākārasambhogarasaṃ, cetasikābādhapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, ekante neva
hadayavatthupadaṭṭhānaṃ. Majjhattavedayitalakkhaṇā upekkhā, sampayuttānaṃ
nātiupabrūhanamilāpanarasā, santabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, nippītikacittapadaṭṭhānāti.

Idaṃ vedanākkhavdhe vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ yaṃ kiñci sañjānanalakkhaṇaṃ sabbantaṃ ekato katvā saññākkhavdho
veditabboti. Etthāpi sañjānana lakkhaṇaṃ nāma saññāva. Yathāha: - "sañjānāti sañjānātīti
kho āvuso tasmā saññāti vuccatī[a]"ti. Sā panesā sañjānanalakkhaṇena sabhāvato
ekavidhāpi jātivasena tividhāva hoti: kusalā akusalā avyākatā ca. Tattha
kusalaviññāṇasampayuttā [PTS Page 462] [\q 462/] kusalā, akusalasampayuttā akusalā,
avyākatasampayuttā avayākatā. Na hi taṃ viññāṇaṃ atthi yaṃ saññāya vippayuttaṃ. Tasmā
yattako viññāṇassa bhedo tattako saññāyāti. Sā panesā evaṃ viññāṇena samappabhedāpi
lakkhaṇāditosabbāva sañjānana lakkhaṇā, tadevetanti puna
sañjānanappaccayanimittakaraṇarasādāruādīsu tacchakādayo viya, yathā
gahitanimittavasena abhinimesa karaṇapaccupaṭṭhānā hatthidassakaandhā viya, yathā
upaṭṭhita visaya padaṭṭhānā tiṇapurisakesu migapotakānaṃ purisātī uppannasaññā viyāti.

Idaṃ saññākkhavdhe vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ yaṃ kiñci abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇaṃ sabbanta ekato katvā
saṅkhārakkhandho veditabboti. Ettha abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇaṃ nāma
rāsikaraṇalakkhaṇaṃ; kiṃ pana tanti? Saṅkhārāyeva. Yathāha: "saṅkhatamabhisaṅkharontīti
kho bhikkhave tasmā saṅkhārāti vuccantī[b]"ti. Te abhisaṅkharaṇalakkhaṇā, āyūhanarasā,
vipphāra paccupaṭṭhānā, sesakhandhattaya padaṭṭhānā, evaṃ lakkhaṇādito eka

[A.] Majjhimanikāya - mahāvedallasutta. [B.] Saṃyuttanikāya-khajjaniyavagga.

[SL Page 346] [\x 346/]

Vidhāpi ca jātivasena tividhā: kusalā akusalā avyākatāti. Tesu kusalaviññāṇasampayuttā
kusalā, akusalasampayuttā akusalā, avayākatasampayuttā avyākatā. Tattha kāmāvacara
paṭhamakusala viññāṇasampayuttā tāva niyatā sarūpena āgatā sattavīsati, yevāpanakā
cattāro, aniyatā pañcāti chattiṃsa. Tattha phasso cetanā vitakko vicāro pīti viriyaṃ jīvitaṃ
samādhi saddhā sati [PTS Page 463] [\q 463/] hiri ottappaṃ alobho adoso amoho
kāyapassaddhi citta passaddhi kāyalahutā cittalahutā kāyamudutā cittamudutā kāya
kammaññatācittakammaññatā kāyapāguññatā cittapāguññatā kāyujjukatā cittujjukatāti
imesarūpena āgatā sattavīsati; chando adhimokkho manasikāro tatra majjhattatāti ime yevā
panakā cattāro;karuṇā muditā kāyaduccaritavirati vacīduccarita virati micchājivaviratīti ime
aniyatā pañca; etehi kadāci upjjanti uppajjamānāpi ca na ekato uppajjanti. Tattha phusa tīti
phasso, svāyaṃ phusanalakkhaṇo saṅghaṭṭanaraso sannipāta paccupaṭṭhāno
āpāthagatavisayapadaṭṭhāno. Ayaṃ hi arūpadhammopi samāno ārammaṇephusanākāreneva
pavattati. Ekadesena ca anallīyamānopi rūpaṃ viya cakkhu saddo viya ca sotaṃ cittaṃ
ārammaṇañca saṅghaṭṭeti, tikasannipātasaṅkhātassa attanokāraṇassa vasena paveditattā
sannipātapaccupaṭṭhāno, tajjā samannāhārena ceva indriyena ca parikkhate visaye anantarā
yeneva uppajjanato āpāthagatavisayapadaṭṭhānoti vuccati. Vedanādhiṭṭhānabhāvato pana
niccammagāvī viya daṭṭhabbo. Cetaya tīti cetanā, abhisandahatīti attho. Sā
cetanābhāvalakkhaṇā, āyūhanarasā, saṃvidahanapaccupaṭṭhānā sakiccaparakiccasādhikā
jeṭṭhasissamahāvaḍḍhakī ādayoviya. Accāyikakammānussaraṇādisu ca panāyaṃ
sampayuttānaṃ ussāhanabhāvena pavattamānā pākaṭā hoti, [PTS Page 464] [\q 464/]
vitakkavicārapītīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā taṃ sabbaṃ paṭhavīkasiṇa niddese
paṭhamajjhānavanṇanāyaṃ vuttameva. Vīrabhāvo viriyaṃ, taṃ ussāhanalakkhaṇaṃ,
sahajātānaṃ upatthambhanarasaṃ, asaṃsīdanabhāva paccupaṭṭhānaṃ, saṃviggo yoniso
padahatīti vacanato saṃvega padaṭṭānaṃ, viriyārambhavatthupadaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Sammā
āraddhaṃ sabba sampattīnaṃ mūlaṃ hotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Jivanti tena, sayaṃ vā jivati,
jivanamattameva vā tanti= jīvitaṃ. Lakkhaṇādīni panassa rūpa jivite vuttanayeneva
veditabbāni. Taṃ hi rūpadhammānaṃ jīvitaṃ, idaṃ arūpadhammānanti idamevettha
nānākaraṇaṃ. Ārammaṇe cittaṃ samaṃ ādhiyati, sammā vā ādhiyati, samādhānamattameva
vā etaṃ cittassāti= samādhi. So avisāralakkhaṇo, avikkhepalakkhaṇo vā. Sahajātānaṃ
sampiṇḍanaraso nahāṇiyacuṇṇānaṃ udakaṃ viya, upasamapaccupaṭṭhāno, visesato
sukhapadaṭṭhāno, nivāte dīpaccīnaṃ
[SL Page 347] [\x 347/]

hiti viya cetaso ṭhitīti daṭṭhabbo. Saddahanti etāya, sayaṃ vā saddahati,
saddahanamattameva vā esāti= saddhā. Sā saddahaṇalakkhaṇā, okappanalakkhaṇā vā,
pasādanarasā udakappasādakamaṇi viya, pakkhandha narasā vā oghuttaraṇo viya.
Akālussiyapaccupaṭṭhānā, adhimutti paccupaṭṭhānā vā, saddheyya vatthupadaṭṭhānā,
saddhammasavaṇādisotāpatti saṅgapadaṭṭhānā vā, hatthavittaṃjāni viya daṭṭhabbā. Saranti
tāya, sayaṃ vā sarati, saraṇamattameva vā esāti=sati. Sā apilāpana lakkhaṇā, asammoharasā,
ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā, visayabhimukhabhāva paccupaṭṭhānā vā, thirasaññāpadaṭṭhānā,
kāyādisatipaṭṭhāpadaṭṭhānā vā, ārammaṇe daḷhapatiṭṭhitattā pana esikā viya
cakkhudvārādirakkhaṇato dovāriko viya ca daṭṭhabbā. Kāyaduccaritādīhi hirīyatīti= hiri,
lajjāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tehiyeva ottapatīti= ottappaṃ, pāpato ubbegassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
Tattha pāpato jigucchana lakṇaṇā hiri, uttāsalakkhaṇaṃ ottappaṃ, lajjākārena pāpānaṃ
akaraṇarasā hiri, uttāsākārena ottappaṃ, vuttappakāreneva ca pāpato
saṅkocanapaccupaṭṭhānā etā, attagārava paragārava [PTS Page 465] [\q 465/]
padaṭṭhānā. Attānaṃ hi garukaṃ katvā hiriyaṃ pāpaṃ jahātī kulavadhū viya, paraṃ
garukaṃkatvā ottappena pāpaṃ jahāti vesiyā viya, ime ca pana dve dhammā lokapālakāti
daṭṭhabbā. Na lubbhanti tena, sayaṃ vā na lubbhati, alubbhanamattameva vā tanti=alobo,
adosāmohesupi eseva nayo. Tesu alobho ārammaṇe cittassa agedhalakkhaṇo,
alaggabhāvalakkhaṇo vā kamaladale jalabindu viya, apariggaharaso muttabhikkhu viya,
anallīnabhāvapaccu paṭṭhāno asucimhi patitapuriso viya. Adoso acaṇḍikka lakkhaṇo,
avirodhalakkhaṇo vā anukūlamitto viya, āghāta vinayaraso, parilāhavinayaraso vā
chandanaṃ viya, sommabhāvapaccu paṭṭhāno puṇṇacandoviya, amoho
yathāsabhāvapaṭivedhalakkhaṇo, akkhalitapaṭivedhalakkhaṇo vā
kusalissāsakkhittausupaṭivedho viya, visayobhāsanaraso padīpo viya,
asammohapaccupaṭṭhāno araññagatasudesako viya. Tayopi cete sabbakusalānaṃ mūla
bhūtāti daṭṭhabbā. Kāyapassambhanaṃ kāyapassaddhi, cittapassambhanaṃ cittapassaddhi.
Kāyoti cettha vedanādayo tayo khandhā, ubhopi panetā ekato katvā
kāyacittadarathavūpasamalakkhaṇā kāyacitta passaddhiyo,
tāyacittadarathanimmaddanarasā, kāyacittānaṃ aparipphandana sītibhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā,
kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā, kāyacittānaṃ avupasamakarauddhaccādi kilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti
daṭṭhabbā. Kāyalahu bhāvo kāyalahutā, cittalahubhāvo cittalahutā, tā kāyacitta
garubhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, kāyacittagarubhāvanimmaddanarasā, kāya cittānaṃ
adandhatāpaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā, kāyacittānaṃ
garubhāvakarathīnamiddhādikilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā. Kāyamudubhāvo

[SL Page 348] [\x 348/]

Kāyamudutā, cittamudubhāvo cittamudutā. Tā kāyacittathambhana vūpasamalakkhaṇā,
kāyacittathaddhabhāva nimmaddanarasā, appaṭighātapaccu paṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā,
kācittānaṃ thaddhabhāvakaradiṭṭhimā nādi kilesapaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭhṭhabbā.
Kāyakammaññabhāvokāya kammaññatā, cittakammaññabhāvo cittakammaññatā; tā kāya
cittākammaññabhāvavūpasamalakkhaṇā, [PTS Page 466] [\q 466/]
kāyacittākammaññabhāva nimmaddanarasā, kāyacittānaṃ
ārammaṇakaraṇasampattipaccupaṭṭhānā, kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā, kāyacittānaṃ
akammaññabhāvakarāvasesa nīvaraṇādipaṭipakkhabhūtā, pasādanīyavatthusu pasādāvahā,
hitakiriyāsu viniyogakkhamahāvāvahā suvaṇṇavisuddhiviyāti daṭṭhabbā. Kāyassa
pāguññabhāvo kāyapāguññatā. Cittassa pāguññabhāvo citta pāguññatā. Tā kāyacittānaṃ
agelaññabhāvalakkhaṇā, kāya cittagelaññanimmaddanarasā, nirādīnavapaccupaṭṭhānā,
kāyacitta padaṭṭhānā. Kāyacittānaṃ gelaññakaraassaddhiyādīpaṭipakkhabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā.
Kāyassa ujukabhāvo kāyujjukatā, cittassa ujukabhāvo cittujjukatā. Tā kāyacitta
ajjavalakkhaṇā, kāyacitta kuṭila bhāvanimmaddanarasā, ajimhatā paccupaṭṭhānā,
kāyacittapadaṭṭhānā, kāya cittānaṃ kuṭilabhāvakaramāyāsāṭheyyādipaṭipakkhabhūtāti
daṭṭhabbā. Chandoti kattukāmatāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmā so kattukāmatā lakkhaṇo
chando ārammaṇapariyesanaraso, ārammaṇena attha katā paccupaṭṭhāno, tadevassa
padaṭṭhānaṃ, ārammaṇaggahaṇe cāyaṃ cetaso hatthappasāraṇaṃ viya daṭṭhabbo.
Adhimuccanaṃ adhimokkho, so sanniṭṭhānalakkhano, asaṃsappanaraso,
nicchayapaccupaṭṭhāno, sanniṭṭheyyadhammapadaṭṭhāno, ārammaṇe niccalabhāvena
indakhiloviya daṭṭhabbo. Kiriyā kāro, manamhi kāro manasikāro, purima manato visadisaṃ
manaṃ karotī tipi manasikāro. Svāyaṃ ārammaṇaṃ paṭipādako, vīthipaṭipādako,
javanapaṭipādakoti tippakāro tattha ārammaṇapaṭipādako manamhi kāroti manasikāro, so
sāraṇalakkhaṇo, sampayuttānaṃ ārammaṇe saṃyojanaraso,
ārammaṇābimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāno, ārammaṇapadaṭṭhāno,
saṅkhārakkhandhapariyāpanno, ārammaṇa paṭipādakattena sampayuttānaṃ sārathi viya
daṭṭhabbo. Vīthipaṭipādakoti pana pañcadvārāvajjanassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ,
javanapaṭipādakoti manodvārāvajjanassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Na te idha adhippetā. Tesu
dhammesu majjhattatā tatramajjhattatā, sā cittacetasikānaṃ samavāhitalakkhaṇā, ūnādhi katā
nivāraṇarasā, [PTS Page 467] [\q 467/] pakkhapātupacchedanarasā vā,
majjhattabhāvapaccu paṭṭhānā, cittacetasikānaṃ ajjhupekkhanabāvena
samappavattānaṃājānīyānaṃ ajjhupekkhaka sārati viya daṭṭhabbā. Karuṇā muditā ca
brahmavihāraniddese vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Kevalaṃ hi tā appanāppattā rūpāvacarā, imā
kāmāvacarāti ayameva viseso,

[SL Page 349] [\x 349/]

Keci pana mettupekkhāyopi aniyatesu icchanti, taṃ na gahe tabbaṃ. Atthato hi adosoyeva
mettā, tata; majjhattupekkhā yeva upekkhāti. Kāyaduccaritato viratikāyaduccarita virati. Esa
nayo sesāsupi. Lakkhaṇādito panetā tissopi kāyaduccaritādivatthūnaṃ avītikkamalakkhaṇā,
amaddanalakkhaṇāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kāyaduccaritādivatthuto saṅkocanarasā, akiriya paccu
paṭṭhānā, saddhā hirottappa appicchatādi guṇapadaṭṭhānā, pāpakiriyato cittassa
vimukhabhāvabhūtāti daṭṭhabbā. Iti ime chattiṃsa saṅkhārā paṭhamena
kāmāvacarakusalaviññāṇena sampayogaṃ gacchantīti veditabbā. Yathā ca paṭhamena evaṃ
dutiyenāpi, sasaṅkhārabhāvamattameva hi ettha viseso. Tatiyena pana ṭhapetvā amohaṃ
avasesā veditabbā. Tathā catutthena, sasaṅkhārabhāva mattameva hettha viseso. Paṭhame
vuttesu pana īpetvā pītiṃ avasesā pañcamena sampayogaṃ gacchanti, yathā ca pañcamena
evaṃ chaṭṭhenāpi. Sasaṅkhārabhāvamattameva hi tattha1 viseso, sattamena ca pana
ṭhapetvā amohaṃ avasesā veditabbā, tathā aṭṭhamena. Sasaṅkhārabhāvamattameva hettha
viseso. Paṭhame vuttesu pana opetvā viratittayaṃ sesā rūpāvacarakusalesu paṭhamena
sampayogaṃ gacchanti, dutiyena tato vitakkavajjā, tatiyena tato vicāravajjā, catutthena tato
pītivajjā, pañcamena tato aniya tesu karuṇā muditā vajjā, teyeva catusu āruppakusalesu.
Arūpāvacarabhāvoyeva hi ettha viseso. Lokuttaresu paṭhamajjhānike tāva maggaviññāṇe
paṭhamarūpāvacaraviññāṇe vuttanayena, dutiyajjhānikādibhede
dutiyarūpāvacaraviññāṇādīsu vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Karuṇā muditānaṃ pana abhāvo
niyatavira titā lokuttaratā cāti [PTS Page 468] [\q 468/] ayamettha viseso. Evaṃ tāva
kusalā yeva saṅkhārā veditabbā. Akusalesu lobhamule paṭhamākusala sampayuttā tāva
niyatā sarūpena āgatā terasa, yevāpanakā cattāroti sattarasa. Tatthaphasso cetanā vitakko
vicāro pīti viriyaṃ jīvitaṃ samādhi ahirikaṃ anottappaṃlobho mohā micchādiṭṭhiti ime
sarūpena āgatā terasa, chavdo adhimokkho uddhaccaṃ manasikāroti ime yevāpanakā cattāro.
Tattha na hirīyatīti= ahiriko, ahirakassa bhāvo ahirikkaṃ. Na ottappatīti= anottappaṃ. Tesu
ahirikaṃ kāyaduccaritādīhi ajigucchana lakkhaṇaṃ, alajjālakkhaṇaṃvā. Anottappaṃ teheva
asārajja lakkhaṇaṃ, anuttāsalakkhaṇaṃ vā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana
hirottappānaṃ vuttapaṭipakkhavasena veditabbo. Lubbhanti tena, sayaṃ vā lubbhati,
lubbhanamattameva vā tanti= lobho. Muyhanti tena, sayaṃ vā muyhati, muyhanamattameva
vā tanti=

1. Ma. 1. Hettha

[SL Page 350] [\x 350/]

Moho. Tesu lobho ārammaṇagahaṇalakkhaṇo makkaṭā lepo viya. Abhisaṅgaraso
tattakapāle khittamaṃsapesī viya, apariccāgapaccupaṭṭhāno telañjanarāgo viya, saṃyojanīya
dhammesu assāda dassanapadaṭṭhāno, taṇhā nadībhāvena vaḍḍhamāno sīghasotā nadī
iva mahāsamuddaṃ apāyameva gahetvā gacchatīti daṭṭhabbo. Moho cittassa
andhabhāvalakkhaṇo, aññāṇa lakkhaṇo vā. Asampaṭivedharaso,
ārammaṇasabhāvacchādanaraso vā, asammāpaṭipattipaccupaṭṭhāno,
andhakārapaccupaṭṭāno vā. Ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhāno, sabbākusalānaṃ mūlanti
daṭṭhabbo. Micchā passanti tāya, sayaṃ vā miccā passati, micchādassanamattaṃ [PTS Page
469] [\q 469/] vā esāti= micchādiṭṭhi. Sā ayoniso abhinivesalakkhaṇā, parāmāsarasā,
micchābhinivesapaccupaṭṭhānā, ariyānaṃ adssanakāmatādipadaṭṭhānaṃ, paramaṃ vajjanti
daṭṭhabbā. Uddhatabhāvo uddhaccaṃ, taṃ avupasama lakkhaṇaṃ vātābhighātacalajalaṃ
viya, anavaṭṭhānarasaṃ vātābhighātavala dhajapaṭākā viya, bhantattapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ
pāsāṇābhighātasamuddhatabhasmaṃ viya, cetaso avupasame
ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhānaṃ, citta vikkhepoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sesā akusale vuttanayeneva
veditabbā. Akusalabhāvoyevahi akusalabhāvena ca lāmakattaṃ etesaṃ tehi viseso. Iti ime
sattarasa saṅkhārā paṭhamena akusalaviññāṇena sampayogaṃ gacchantīti veditabbā. Yathā
ca paṭhamena evaṃ dutiyenāpi, sasaṅkhāratā panettha thīnamiddhassa ca aniyatatā viseso.
Tatthathinanatā thīnaṃ, middhanatā middhaṃ, anussāhasaṃhananatā āsatti vighāto cāti
attho. Thīnañca middhañca thīnamiddhaṃ. Tattha thinaṃ anussāhalakkhaṇaṃ,
viriyavinodanarasaṃ, saṃsīdanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Middhaṃ akammaññatā lakkhaṇaṃ,
onahanarasaṃ, līnatāpaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, pacalāyikāniddāpaccupaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Ubhayampi arati
vijambhikādisu ayoniso manasikārapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Tatiyena paṭhame vuttesu ṭhapetvā
micchādiṭṭhiṃ avasosā veditabbā. Māno panettha aniyato hoti, ayaṃ viseso: so unnati
lakkhaṇo, sampagga haraso, ketukamyatāpaccupaṭṭhāno,
diṭṭhivippayuttalobhapadaṭṭhāno, ummādo viya daṭṭhabbo. Catutthena dutiye vuttesu
ṭhapetvā micchādiṭṭhiṃ avasesā veditabbā. Etthāpica māno aniyatesu hoti yeva. Paṭhame
vuttesu pana ṭhapetvā pītiṃ avasesā pañcamena sampayogaṃ gacchanti, yathā ca
pañcamena evaṃ chaṭṭhenāpi. Sasaṅkhā ratā panettha thinamiddhassa ca aniyatabhāvo
viseso. Sattamena pañcame vuttesu ṭhapetvi diṭṭhiṃ avasesā veditabbā. Māno panettha
aniyato hoti. Aṭṭhamena chaṭṭhe vuttesu ṭhapetvā diṭṭhiṃ avasesā veditabbā. Etthāpi ca
māno aniyatesu hotiyevāti. Dosamūlesu [PTS Page 470] [\q 470/] pana dvīsu
paṭhamasampayuttā tāva niyatā sarūpena āgatā ekādasa, yevāpanakā cattāro, aniyatā tayoti
aṭṭhārasa.

[SL Page 351] [\x 351/]

Tattha phasso cetanā vitakko vicāro viriyaṃ jīvitaṃ samādhi ahirikaṃ anottappaṃ doso
mohoti ime sarūpena āgatā ekā dasa, chando adhimokkho uddhaccaṃmanasikāroti ime
yevāpanakā cattāro, issā macchariyaṃ kukkuccanti ime aniyatā tayo. Tattha dussanti tena,
sayaṃ vā dussanamattameva vā tanti= doso. So caṇḍikkalakkhaṇo pahaṭāsiviso viya,
visaṃsappana raso visanipāto viya, attanonissayadahanaraso vā dāvaggi viya.
Dūsanapaccupaṭṭhāno laddhokāso viya sapatto, āghātavatthu padaṭṭhāno,
visaṃsaṭṭhapūtimuttaṃ viya daṭṭhabbo. Issāyanā issā, sā parasampattīnaṃ usūyanalakkhaṇā,
tattheva anabhiratirasā, tato vimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānā, parasampattipadaṭṭhānā,
saṃyojananti daṭṭhabbā. Maccharabhāvo macchariyaṃ, taṃ laddhānaṃ vā labhi tabbānaṃ vā
attano sampattīnaṃ niguhanalakkhaṇaṃ, tāsaṃ yeva parehi
sādhāraṇabhāvaakkhamanarasaṃ, saṃkocanapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, kaṭu kañcukatā
paccupaṭṭhānaṃ vā. Attasampattipadaṭṭhānaṃ, cetaso virūpabhāvoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Kucchitaṃkataṃ kukataṃ, tassa bhāvo kukkuccaṃ. Taṃ pacchānutāpalakkhaṇaṃ,
katākatānusocanarasaṃ, vippaṭisārapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, katākatapadaṭṭhānaṃ, dāsavyamiva
daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sosa vuttappakārāyevāti. Iti ime aṭṭhārasa saṅkhārā paṭhamena dosamūlena
sampayogaṃ gacchantīti veditabbā. Yathā ca paṭhamena, evaṃ dutiyenāpi. Sasaṅkhāratā
pana aniyatesu ca thīnamiddha sambhavova viseso. Mohamūlesu dvīsu
vicikicchāsampayuttena tāva [PTS Page 471] [\q 471/] phasso cetanā vitatko vicāro
viriyaṃ jīvitaṃ cittaṭṭhiti ahi rikaṃ anottappaṃ moho vicikicchāti sarūpena āgatā ekādasa,
uddhaccaṃ manasikāroti yevāpanakā dve cāti terasa. Tattha cittaṭṭhiti pavattiṭṭhitimatto
dubbalo samādhi, vigatā cikicchāti vicikicchā, sā saṃsayalakkhaṇā, kampanarasā, anicchaya
paccupaṭṭhānā, anekaṃsagāhapaccupaṭṭhānā vā. Vicikicchāsampayutte vuttesu ṭhapetvā
vicikicchaṃ sesā dvādasa, vicikicchāya abhāvena panettha adhimokkho uppajjati. Tena
saddhiṃ teraseva, adhimokkhasabbhā vato1 ca balataro samādhi hoti. Yaṃ cettha uddhaccaṃ
taṃ sarūpe neva āgataṃ, adhimekkhamanasikārā yevāpanakavasenāti evaṃ akusalasaṅkhārā
veditabbā. Avyākatesu vipākābyākatā tāva ahetukasahetukabhedato duvidhā. Tesu
ahetukavipākaviññāṇa sampayuttā ahetukā, tattha kusalākusalavipākaviññāṇa sampayuttā
ahetukā, tattha kusalākasalavipākacakkhuviññāṇasampayuttā tāva phasso cetanājīvitaṃ
cittaṭṭhitīti sarūpena āgatā cattāro, yevāpanako manasikāroyevāti pañca. Sotaghāṇa

1. Ma. 1. Sambhavato.

[SL Page 352] [\x 352/]

Jivhākāyaviññāṇasampayuttāpi eteyeva. Ubhayavipākamanodhātuyā ete ceva
vitakkavicārādhimokkhā cāti aṭṭha, tathā tividhāyapi ahetukamanoviññāṇadhātuyā. Yā
panettha somanassasahagatā, tāya saddhiṃ pīti adhikā hotīti veditabbā. Sahetukavipāka
viññāṇasampayuttā pana sahetukā, tesu aṭṭha kāmāvacaravipāka sampayuttā tāva aṭṭhahi
kāmāvacarakusalehi sampayuttasaṅkhārasadisā yeva. Yā pana aniyatesu karuṇā muditā. Tā
sattārammaṇattā vipākesu na santi, ekantaparittārammaṇā hi kāmāvacaravipākā, na
kevalañca karuṇā muditā, viratiyopi vipākesu na [PTS Page 472] [\q 472/] santi, pañca
sikkhāpadā kusalāyevātihi vuttaṃ. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacara lokuttaravipākaviññāṇasampayuttā
pana tesaṃ kusalaviññāṇa sampayuttasaṅkhārehi sadisā evaṃ. Kiriyāvyākatāpi
ahetukasahetukabhedato duvidhā. Tesu ahetukakiriyaviññāṇasampayuttā ahetukā. Te ca
kusalavipākamanodhātu ahetukamanoviññāṇa dhātudvayayuttehi samānā.
Manoviññāṇadhātudvaye pana viriyaṃ adhikaṃ, viriya sabbhāvato ca balappatto samādhi
hoti, yamettha miseso. Sahetukakiriyaviññāṇasampayuttā pana sahetukā. Tesu
aṭṭhakāmāvacarakiriyaviññāṇasampayuttā tāva ṭhapetvā viratiyo aṭṭhahi
kāmāvacarakusalehi sampayuttasaṅkhārasadisā. Rūpāvacarārūpāvacarakiriyasampayuttā
pana sabbākārenapi tesaṃ kusala viññāṇasampayuttasadisāyevāti; evaṃ avayākatāpi
saṅkhārā veditabbāti.

Idaṃ saṅkhārakkhandhe vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Idaṃ tāva abidhamme padabhājaniyanayena khandhesu vitthārakathā mukhaṃ. Bhagavatā
pana "yaṅkiñcirūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā
sukhumaṃvā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santiko vā, tadekajjhaṃ abisaṃyūhitvā
abisaṅkhipitvā ayaṃ vuccati rūpakkhavdho. Yā kāci vedanā - yā kāci saññā - ye keci
saṅkhāraja - yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītāgatapaccuppanaṃnaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahddhā vā oḷārikaṃ
vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇitaṃ vāyaṃ dūre santike vā, tadekajjhi abhisaṃyūhitvā
abhisaṅkhipitvā ayaṃ vuccati viññāṇakkhandho[a]"ti evaṃ khandhā vitthāritā. Tatthi
yaṅkiñcīti anavasesasapariyādānaṃ, rūpanti atippa saṅganiyamanaṃ, evaṃ
padadvayenāpirūpassa anavassepariggaho kato hota. Athassa atītādinā vibhāgaṃ ārabhati:
taṃhi kiñci atītaṃ kiñci anāgatādibhedanti. Esa nayo vedanādisu. Tattha rūpaṃ tāva
addhāsantatisamayakhaṇavasena catudhā atītaṃ nāma hoti, tathā anāgatapaccuppantaṃ.
Tattha addhāvasena tāva ekassa ekasmiṃ bhavo paṭisandhito pubbe atitaṃ, cutito
uddhamanāgataṃ, ubhinna

[A.] Vibhaṅgapāḷi - khandhavibhaṅgasuttanta bhājanīyaṃ.

[SL Page 353] [\x 353/]

Mantare paccuppannaṃ, santativasona sabhāgaekautusamuṭṭhānaṃ ekā
bhārasamuṭṭhānañca pubbāpariyavasena vattamānampi [PTS Page 473] [\q 473/]
paccuppannaṃ. Tato pubbe visabhāgautuāhārasamuṭṭhānaṃ atītaṃ, pacchā anāgataṃ, cittajaṃ
ekavīthiekajavanaekasamāpattisamuṭṭhānaṃ paccuppannaṃ, tato pubbe atītaṃ, pacchā
anāgataṃ, kammasamuṭṭānassa pāṭiyekkaṃ santativasena atītādibhedo natthi. Tesaññeva
pana utuāhāra 1 cittasumaṭṭhānānaṃ upatthambhakavasena tassa atītādi bhāvo veditabbo.
Samayavasena ekamuhuttapubbaṇhasāyanha rattindivādīsu samayesu santānavasena
pavattamānaṃ taṃ ti samayaṃ paccuppannaṃ nāma, tato pubbe atītaṃ, pacchā anāgataṃ.
Khaṇa vasena uppādādi khaṇattayapariyāpannaṃ paccuppannaṃ. Tato pubbe anāgataṃ,
paccā atītaṃ. Apica atikkantahetuppaccaya kiccamatītaṃ, niṭṭhitahetu
kiccamaniṭṭhitapaccayakiccaṃ paccuppannaṃ, ubhayakiccamasampannaṃ anāgataṃ,
sakiccakkhaṇe vā paccuppannaṃ, tato pubbe anāgataṃ, pacchā atītaṃ, ettha
cakhaṇādikathāva nippari yāyā, sesā sapariyāyā. Ajjhattabahiddhābhedo vuttanayo eva.
Apica idha niyakajjhattampi ajjhattaṃ parapuggalikampi ca bahiddhāti veditabbaṃ,
oḷārikasukhumabhedo vuttanayova. Hīnappaṇīta bhedo duvido: pariyāyato nippariyāyato
ca. Tattha akaniṭṭhānaṃ rūpatosudassīnaṃ rūpaṃ hīnaṃ, tadeva sudassānaṃ rūpato paṇītaṃ,
evaṃ yāva narakasattānaṃ rūpaṃ kāva pariyāyato hīnappaṇitatā veditabbā. Nippariyāyato
pana yattha akusalavipākaṃ uppajjatī, taṃ hīnaṃ, yattha kusalavipākaṃ, taṃ paṇītaṃ. Dūre
santiketi idampi vuttanayameva. Api ca okāsato pettha upādāyupādāyadūrasanti katā
veditabbā. Tadekajjhaṃ abhisaṃyūhitvā abisaṅkhipitvāti taṃ atītādīhi padehi visuṃ visuṃ
niddiṭṭaṃ rūpaṃ sabbaṃ ruppanalakkhaṇa saṅkhāte ekavidhabhāve paññāya rāsiṃ katvā
rūpakkhavdhoti vuccatīti ayamettha attho. Etena sabbampi rūpaṃ ruppanalakkhaṇe
rāsihāvūpagamanena rūpakkhandhoti dassitaṃ hoti, na hi rūpato añño rūpakkhavdho nāma
atthi. [PTS Page 474] [\q 474/] yathā ca rūpaṃ, evaṃ vedanā dayopi
vedayitalakkhaṇādīsu rāsibāvūpagamanena, na hi vedanādīhi aññe vedanākkhandhādayo
nāma atthi, atītādivibhāge panettha santati vasena khaṇādivasena ca vedanāya
atītānāgatapaccuppanna bhāvo veditabbo. Tattha santativasena
ekavīthiekajavanaekasamāpatti pariyāpannā ekavidhavisayasamāyogappavattā ca
pacacuppannā. Tato pubbe atītā, pacchā anāgatā. Khaṇādivasena khaṇattaya
pariyāpannāpubbantāparantamajjhagatā sakiccañca kurumānā vedanā paccuppannā, tato
pubbe atītā, paccā anāgatā,

1. Sī 11. Utuāhārānaṃ.

[SL Page 354] [\x 354/]

Ajjhatta pahiddhābhedo niyakajjhatta vasena veditabbo. Oḷārika sukhumabhedo: akusalā
vedanā oḷārikā, kusalā vyākatā vedanā sukhumāti ādinā nayena vibhaṅge vuttena
jātisabhāva puggalalokiyalokuttaravasena veditabbo. Jativasena tāva akusalā vedanā
sāvajjakiriyahetuto kilosasantāpabhāvato ca avupasantavuttīti kusalavedanāya oḷārikā.
Savyāpārato saussāhato savipākato kilesasantāpabhāvato sāvajjato ca vipākāvyākatāya
oḷārikā. Kilesasantāpabhāvato sāvajjato ca vipākāvyākatāya oḷārikā. Savipākato ca
kilesasantāpa bhāvato savyāpajjato sāvajjato ca kiriyāvyākatāya oḷalarikā. Kusalāvyākatā
pana vuttavipariyāyato akusalāya sukhumā. Dvepi kusalākusalacedanā savyāpārato
saussāhato savipākato cayathāyegaṃ duvidhāyapi avyākatāya oḷārikā, vuttavipariyāyena
duvidhāpi avyākatā tāhi sukhumā. Evaṃ tāva jātivasena oḷārikasukhumatā veditabbā.
Sahāvacasena pana dukkhā vedanā nirassādato savipphārato khobhakaraṇato ubbejanīyato
abhibhavanato ca itarāhi dvīhi oḷārikā. Itarā pana ṅve sātato santato paṇitato manāpato
majjhattato ca yathāyogaṃ dukkhāya sukhumā. Ubho pana sukhadukkhā savipphārato
kobhakaraṇato pākaṭato1ca adukkhamasukhāya oḷārikā, sā vuttavipariyāyena tadubhayato
sukhumā. Evaṃ sahāvacasena oḷārika sukhumatā veditbā. Puggalavasena pana
asamāpannassa vedānā nānārammaṇe vikkhittabāvato samāpannassa vedanāya oḷārikā,
vipariyāyena itarā sukhumā. Evaṃ puggalavasena oḷārika sukhumatā veditabbā. [PTS Page
475] [\q 475/] lokiyalokuttara vasena pana sāsavā vedanālokiyā, sā āsavuppattihetuto
oghaniyato yoganiyato gavthanīyato nīvaraṇīyato upādānīyato saṅkilesikato
puthujjanasādhāraṇato ca anāsavāya oḷārikā, sā vipariyāyena sāsavāya sukhumā. Evaṃ
lokiya lokuttaravasena oḷārika sukhumatā veditabbā. Tattha jātiādi vasena sambhedo
pariharitabbo. Akusalavipāka kāyaviññāṇa sampayuttā hi vedānā jātivasena avyākatattā
sukhumāpi samānā sabhāvādivasena oḷārikā hoti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - "avyākatā vedana
sukhumā, dukkhā vedanā oḷārikā, samāpannassa vedanā sukhumā, asamāpannassa vedanā
oḷārikā, anāsavā vedanā sukhumā, sāsavā vedanā oḷārikā[a]"ti. Yathāva ukkā vedanā, evaṃ
sukhāda yopi jātivasena oḷārikā, sabhāvādivasena sukhumā honti, tasmā yathā jātiādivasena
sambhedo na hoti, tathā vedanānāṃ oḷārika sukhumatā veditabbā. Seyyathīdaṃ: avyākatā
jātivasena kusalā kusalā hi sukhumā, tattha katamā avyākatā kiṃ dukkhā kiṃ sukhā kiṃ

1. Si. 1. Pākaṭakaraṇato. [A.] Vibhaṅgapāḷikhandhavibhaṅgasuttantabhājanīyaṃ.

[SL Page 355] [\x 355/]

Samāpannassa kiṃ asamāpannassa kiṃ sāsavā kiṃ anāsavāti evaṃ sabāvādibhedo na
parāmasitabbo. Esa nayo sabbattha. Apica: "taṃ taṃ vā pana vedanaṃ upādāyupādāya
vedāna oḷārisukhumā daṭṭhabbā[a]"ti vacanato akusalādisupi lobhasahagatāya dosasahagatā
vedanā aggi viya attano nissayadahanato oḷārikā, lobhasahagatā sukhumā. Dosasahagatāpi
niyatā oḷārikā, aniyatā sukhumā. Niyatāpi kappaṭṭhitikā oḷārikā, itarā sukhumā.
Kappaṭṭhitikāsupi asaṅkhārikā oḷārikā, itarā sukhumā. Lobhasahagatā pana
diṭṭhisampayuttā oḷārikā, itarā sukhumā. Avisesena ca akusalā bahuvipākā oḷārikā,
appavipākā sukhumā kusalā pana appavipākā oḷārikā, bahuvipākā sukumā. Apica:
kāmāvacarakusalā oḷārikā, rūpāvacarā sukhumā. Tato arūpāvacarā, tato lokuttarā,
kāmāvacarā dāna mayā oḷārikā, sīlamayā sukhumā. Tato bhāvanāmayā, bhāvanāmayāpi
duhetukā oḷārikā, tihetukā sukhumā. Tihetukāpi sasaṅkhārikā īḷārikā, asaṅkhārikā sukhumā.
Rūpāvacarā ca paṭhamajjhānikā oḷārikā dutiyajjhānikā oḷārikā tatiyajjhānikā oḷārikā
catuccajjhānikā oḷārikā pañcamajjhānikā sukhumā. Arūpāvacarā ca
ākāsānañcāyatanasampattiyā oḷārikā [PTS Page 476] [\q 476/] ākiññāyatanasamāpattiyā
oḷārikā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasampayuttā sukhumāva. Lokuttarā ca
sotāpattimaggasampayuttā oḷārikā -pe- arahattamaggasampayuttā sukumāva. Esa nayo taṃ
taṃ bhumivipākakiriyavedanāsu ca dukkhādi asamāpannādi sasāvādivasena vuttavedanāsu
ca. Okāsavasena cāpi niraye dukkhā oḷārikā, tiracchānayoniyaṃ sukhumā -pe
paranimmitavasavattīsu sukhumāva. Yathā ca dukkhā, evaṃ sukhāpi sabbattha
yathānurūpaṃ yojetabbā. Vatthu vasena cāpi hīnavatthukā yā kāci vedanā oḷārikā,
paṇītavatthukā sukhumā. Hīnappaṇitabhede yā oḷārikā, sā hīnā. Yā ca sukhumā, sā
paṇītāti daṭṭhabbā, dūre padaṃ pana akusalā vedanā kusalāvyā katāhi vedanāhi dūre.
Santike padaṃ pana akusalā vedanā akusalāya vedanāya santiketi ādīnā nayena vibhaṅge
vibhattaṃ. Tasmā akusalā vedanā visabhāgato asaṃsaṭṭhato asarikkhato ca kusalavyākatā hi
dūre, tatha kusalāvyākatā akusalāya; esanayo sabbavāresu, akusalā pana vedanā sabhāgato
sarikkhato ca akusalāya santiketi.

Idaṃ vedanākkhavdhassa atītādivibhāge vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Taṃ ti vedanāsampayuttānaṃ pana saññādīnampi evameva vedi tabbaṃ. Evaṃ viditvā ca
punaetesveca: -

[A.] Vibhaṅgapāḷi khavdhavibhaṅgasuttantabhājaniyaṃ.

[SL Page 356] [\x 356/]

Khandhesu ñāṇabhedatthaṃ kamatotha visesato,
Anūnādhikato ceva upamāto tatheva ca.

Daṭṭhabbato dvidhā evaṃ passantassattha siddhito,
Vinicchayanayo sammā viññātabbo vibhāvinā.

Tattha kamatoti idha upattikkamo pahānakkamo paṭi pattikkamo bhumikkamo
desanākkamoti bahuvidho kamo. Tattha "paṭhamaṃ kallaṃ hoti, kalalā hoti abbudaṃ"ti
evamādi uppattikkamo. "Dassanena pahātabbā dhammā, bhāvanāya pahātabbā dhammā"ti
evamādi pahānakkāmo. "Sīlavisuddhi [PTS Page 477] [\q 477/] cittavisuddhi"ti evamādi
piṭipattikkamo. "Kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarā"ti evamādi bhumikkame, "cattāro satipaṭṭhānā
cattāro sammappadhānā"ti vā "dānakathaṃ sīlakathaṃ"ti vā emavādi desanākkamo. Tesu
idha uppattikkamo tāva na yujjata. Kalalādīnaṃ viya khandhānaṃ pubbā
pariyavavatthanena anuppattito. Na pahānakkāmo, kusalāvyā katānaṃ appahātabbato. Na
paṭipattikkamo, akusalānaṃ appaṭi pajjanīyato. Na bhumikkamo, vedanādīnaṃ
catubhumipariyāpannattā. Denākkamo pana yujjati, abhedena hi yaṃ pañcasu khandhesu
attagāhapatitaṃ veneyyajanaṃ samūhaghanavinibbhogadassanena attagāhato movetukāmo
bhagavā hitakāmo tassa1 tassajanassa sukhagahaṇatthaṃ cakkhuādīnampi visayabhūtaṃ
oḷārikaṃ paṭhamaṃ rūpakkhandhaṃ desesi. Tato iṭṭhāniṭṭharūpasaṃvedanikaṃ vedanā. Yaṃ
vedayatī taṃ sañjānātīti evaṃ vedanāvisayassa āragāhikaṃ saññaṃ. Saññāvasena
abhasaṅkhārako saṃkhāre, tesaṃ vedanādinaṃ nissayaṃ adipatibhūtañca nesaṃ viññāṇanti
evaṃ tāva kamato vinicchayanayo viññātabbo. Visesatoti khandhānañca
upādānakkhandhānañca visesato. Ko pana nesaṃ viseso? Khandhātāva avisesato vuttā,
upādānakkhandhā sāsavaupādānīyabhāvena visesetvā. Yathāha: - "pañca ceva vo bhikkhave
dhandhe desissāmi pañca cūpādānakkhandhe, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha
bhāsissāmīti. Evaṃ bhanteti kho te bhikkhu bhagavato paccassosuṃ, bhagavā etadavoca:
katame ca bhikkhave pañcakkhandhā? Yaṅkiñci bhikkhave rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ
ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā, oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā, hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, yaṃ dūre santike
vā, ayaṃ vuccati rūpakkhandho yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā
bahiddhā vā, oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā, hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, yaṃ dūre santike vā, ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave viññāṇakkhandho, ime vuccanti bhikkhave pañcakkhandhā. Katame ca
bhikkhave pañcupādānakkhandhā? Yaṃ kiñci bhikkhave rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ
ajjhattā vā, bahiddhā vā, oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā, hīnāṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, yaṃ dūre santike
vā sāsavaṃ apādāniyaṃ ayaṃ vuccati rūpūpādākkhandho. Yā kāci vedanā
atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā, oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā, hīnaṃ vā
paṇītaṃ vā, yaṃ dūre santike vā sāsavaṃ upādāniyaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati
viññāṇūpādānakkhandho. Ime

1. Sī1 tassa janassa. [A.] Saṃyuttanikāya - ādittavagga.

[SL Page 357] [\x 357/]

Vuccanti bhikkhave pañcupādānakkhandhā"ti. [PTS Page 478] [\q 478/] ettha ca yathā
vedanā dayo anāsavāpi atthi, na evaṃ rūpaṃ. Yasmā panassa rāsaṭṭhena khandhabhāvo
yujjati, tasmā khandhesu vuttaṃ, yasmā rāsaṭṭhena ca sāsavaṭṭhena ca
upādānakkhandhabhāvova yujjati, tasmā upādānakkhandhesu vuttaṃ. Vedanādayo pana
anāsavāva khandhesu vuttā, sāsavā upādānakkhandhesu. Upādānakkhandhāti cettha
upādānagocarā khandhā upādānakkhandhāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Idha pana sabbepi te
ekajjhaṃ katvā khandhāti adippetā. Anūnādhikatoti kasmā pana bhagavatā pañceva khandhā
vuttā anūnā anadikāti?Sabbasaṅkhatasa bhāgekasaṅgahato attattaniyagāhavatthussa
etaparamato aññe sañcatadavarodhato. Anekappabhedesuhi saṅkhatadhammesu
sabhāgavasena saṅgayhamānesu rūpaṃrūpasabhāgekasaṅgabhavasena eko khabhdho hoti,
vedanā vedanāsabhāgekasaṅgabhavasena eko khandho hoti, esa nayo saññādīsu. Tasmā
sabbasaṅkhatasabhāgeka saṅgahato pañceva vuttā. Etaparamañcetaṃ attattaniyagāha vatthu
yadidaṃ rūpādayo pañca. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - "rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ
abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati etaṃ mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti. Vedānaya kho
bhikkhave sati vedanaṃ apādāya vedaṃ abhinivisa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati etaṃ vava eso
hamasmi eso me attāti. Saññāya ko bhikkhave sati saññaṃ apādāya saññaṃ abhinivissa evaṃ
diṭṭhi uppajjati etaṃ mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti. Saṅkhāresu kho bhikkhave sati
saṅkhāraṃ upādāya saṅkhāraṃ abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi upjjati etaṃ mama eso hamasmi eso
me attāti. Viññāṇe kho bhikkhave sati viññāṇaṃ upādāya viññāṇaṃ abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi
uppajjati etaṃ mama eso hamasmi eso me attāti. Tasmā attattaniya gāhavatthussa
etaparamatopi pañceva vuttā, yepi caññe sīlādayo pañca dhammakkhandhā vuttā, tepi
saṅkhā rakkhandhapariyāpannattā ettheva avarodhaṃ gacchanti. Tasmā aññesaṃ
tadavarodhatopi pañceva vuttāti evaṃ anūnādhikato vinicchayanaye viññātabbo. Upamātoti
ettha hi gilānasālū pamo rūpūpādānakkhavdho, gilānūpamassa viññāṇūpādānakkhandhassa
vatthu dvārārammaṇavasena nivāsaṭṭhānato. Gelaññūpamo vedanū pādānakkhavdho,
ābādhakattā. Gelaññasamuṭṭhānūpamo saññūpādānakkhavdho, kāmasaññādivasena
rāgādīsampayuttavedanā sabbhāvā. 1 Asappāyasevanūpamo saṅkhārūpādānakkhavdho,
vedanāgelaññassa nidānattā. Vedanaṃ vedanatthāya [PTS Page 479] [\q 479/]
abhisaṅkharontīti hi vuttaṃ, tathā akusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ kāya
viññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hoti dukkhasahagatanti. Gilānūpamo viññāṇūpādānakkhavdho,
vedanāgelaññena aparimuttattā. Apica: cāraka-kāraṇa - aparādha - kāraṇakāraka-
aparādhikūpamā ete bhājanabhojanabyañjana parivesaka - bhuñjakūpamā cāti evaṃ upamāto
vinicchayanayo viññātabbo. Daṭṭhabbato dvidhāti saṅkhepato vitthārato cāti evaṃ dvidhā
daṭṭhabbato pettha vinicchayanayo viññātabbo. Saṅkhepato hi pañcupādanakkhavdho
āsivisūpame

[A.] Saṃyuttanikāya ādittavagga. 1. Ma. 11. Sambhavā.

[SL Page 358] [\x 358/]

Vuttanayena ukkhittāsika paccatthikato, bhārasuttavasena bhārato, khajjaniyapariyāyavasena
khādakato, yamakasuttavasena aniccadukkānattasaṅkhatavadhakato daṭṭhabbā. Vitthārato
panettha p